diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:53:46 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-14 19:53:46 -0700 |
| commit | 3843b82cca25ef7baff5a55bda4b1910fa740ead (patch) | |
| tree | d5150cccda7582c569c2adf4d865437ed3cc6f2e /old | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
28 files changed, 29442 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/30434-8.txt b/old/30434-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aa86e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9765 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Occasion for Disaster + +Author: Gordon Randall Garrett + Laurence Mark Janifer + +Illustrator: van Dongen + +Release Date: November 9, 2009 [EBook #30434] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + + + + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + Transcriber's Note: + + This etext was produced from Analog Science Fact & Fiction November 1960, + December 1960, January 1961, February 1961. Extensive research did not + uncover any evidence that the U.S. copyright on this publication was + renewed. + + + + OCCASION ... for DISASTER + + + By MARK PHILLIPS + + + Illustrated by van Dongen + + + _A very small slip, at just the wrong place, can devastate + any enterprise. One tiny transistor can go wrong ... and + ruin a multi-million dollar missile. Which would be one way + to stop the missiles...._ + + + + "_We must remember not to judge any public servant by any + one act, and especially should we beware of attacking the + men who are merely the occasions and not the causes of + disaster._" + + Theodore Roosevelt + + * * * * * + + + + +In 1914, it was enemy aliens. + +In 1930, it was Wobblies. + +In 1957, it was fellow-travelers. + +In 1971, it was insane telepaths. + +And, in 1973: + +"We don't know _what_ it is," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the +FBI. He threw his hands in the air and looked baffled and confused. + +Kenneth J. Malone tried to appear sympathetic. "What what is?" + +Burris frowned and drummed his fingers on his big desk. "Malone," he +said, "make sense. And don't stutter." + +"Stutter?" Malone said. "You said you didn't know what it was. And I +wanted to know what it was." + +"That's just it," Burris said. "I don't know." + +Malone sighed and repressed an impulse to scream. "Now, wait a minute, +Chief--" he started. + +Burris frowned again. "Don't call me Chief," he said. + +Malone nodded, "O.K.," he said. "But--if you don't know what it is, +you must have some idea of what you don't know. I mean, is it larger +than a breadbox? Does it perform helpful tasks? Is it self-employed?" + +"Malone," Burris sighed, "you ought to be on television." + +"But--" + +"Let me explain," Burris said. His voice was calmer now, and he spoke +as if he were enunciating nothing but the most obvious and eternal +truths. "The country," he said, "is going to Hell in a handbasket." + +Malone nodded again. "Well, after all, Chief--" he started. + +"Don't call me Chief," Burris said wearily. + +"Anything you say," Malone agreed peacefully. He eyed the Director of +the FBI warily. "After all, it isn't anything new," he went on. "The +country's always been going to Hell in a handbasket, one way or +another. Look at Rome." + +"Rome?" Burris said. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Rome was always going to Hell in a handbasket, +and finally it--" He paused. "Finally it did, I guess," he said. + +"Exactly," Burris said. "And so are we. Finally." He passed a hand +over his forehead and stared past Malone at a spot on the wall. Malone +turned and looked at the spot, but saw nothing of interest. "Malone," +Burris said, and the FBI Agent whirled around again. + +"Yes, Ch--Yes?" he said. + +"This time," Burris said, "it isn't the same old story at all. This +time it's different." + +"Different?" Malone said. + +Burris nodded. "Look at it this way," he said. His eyes returned to +the FBI Agent. "Suppose you're a congressman," he went on, "and you +find evidence of inefficiency in the government." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. He had the feeling that if he +waited around a little while everything would make sense, and he was +willing to wait. After all, he wasn't on assignment at the moment, and +there was nothing pressing waiting for him. He was even between +romances. + +If he waited long enough, he told himself, Andrew J. Burris might say +something worth hearing. He looked attentive and eager. He considered +leaning over the desk a little, to look even more eager, but decided +against it; Burris might think he looked threatening. There was no +telling. + +"You're a congressman," Burris said, "and the government is +inefficient. You find evidence of it. What do you do?" + + * * * * * + +Malone blinked and thought for a second. It didn't take any longer +than that to come up with the old, old answer. "I start an +investigation," he said. "I get a committee and I talk to a lot of +newspaper editors and magazine editors and maybe I go on television +and talk some more, and my committee has a lot of meetings--" + +"Exactly," Burris said. + +"And we talk a lot at the meetings," Malone went on, carried away, +"and get a lot of publicity, and we subpoena famous people, just as +famous as we can get, except governors or presidents, because you +can't--they tried that back in the '50s, and it didn't work very +well--and that gives us some more publicity, and then when we have all +the publicity we can possibly get--" + +"You stop," Burris said hurriedly. + +"That's right," Malone said. "We stop. And that's what I'd do." + +"Of course, the problem of inefficiency is left exactly where it +always was," Burris said. "Nothing's been done about it." + +"Naturally," Malone said. "But think of all the lovely publicity. And +all the nice talk. And the subpoenas and committees and everything." + +"Sure," Burris said wearily. "It's happened a thousand times. But, +Malone, that's the difference. It isn't happening this time." + +There was a short pause. "What do you mean?" Malone said at last. + +"This time," Burris said, in a tone that sounded almost awed, "they +want to keep it a secret." + +"A secret?" Malone said, blinking. "But that's ... that's not the +American way." + +Burris shrugged. "It's un-congressman-like, anyhow," he said. "But +that's what they've done. Tiptoed over to me and whispered softly that +the thing has to be investigated quietly. Naturally, they didn't give +me any orders--but only because they know they can't make one stick. +They suggested it pretty strongly." + +"Any reasons?" Malone said. The whole idea interested him strangely. +It was odd--and he found himself almost liking odd cases, lately. That +is, he amended hurriedly, if they didn't get _too_ odd. + +"Oh, they had reasons, all right," Burris said. "It took a little +coaxing, but I managed to pry some loose. You see, every one of them +found inefficiency in his own department. And every one knows that +other men are investigating inefficiency." + +"Oh," Malone said. + +"That's right," Burris said. "Every one of them came to me to get me +to prove that the goof-ups in his particular department weren't his +fault. That covers them in case one of the others happens to light +into the department." + +"Well, it must be _somebody's_ fault," Malone said. + +"It isn't theirs," Burris said wearily. "I ought to know. They told +me. At great length, Malone." + +Malone felt a stab of honest pity. "How many so far?" he said. + +"Six," Burris said. "Four representatives, and two senators." + +"Only two?" Malone said. + +"Well," Burris said, "the Senate is so much smaller. And, besides, we +may get more. As a matter of fact, Senator Lefferts is worth any six +representatives all by himself." + +"He is?" Malone said, puzzled. Senator Lefferts was not one of his +favorite people. Nor, as far as he knew, did the somewhat excitable +senator hold any place of honor in the heart of Andrew J. Burris. + +"I mean his story," Burris said. "I've never heard anything like +it--at least, not since the Bilbo days. And I've only heard about +those," he added hurriedly. + +"What story?" Malone said. "He talked about inefficiency--" + +"Not exactly," Burris said carefully. "He said that somebody was out +to get him--him, personally. He said somebody was trying to discredit +him by sabotaging all his legislative plans." + +"Well," Malone said, feeling that some comment was called for, "three +cheers." + +"That isn't the point," Burris snapped. "No matter how we felt about +Senator Lefferts or his legislative plans, we're sworn to protect him. +And he says 'they' are out to get him." + +"They?" Malone said. + +"You know," Burris said, shrugging. "The great 'they.' The invisible +enemies all around, working against him." + +"Oh," Malone said. "Paranoid?" He had always thought Senator Lefferts +was slightly on the batty side, and the idea of real paranoia didn't +come as too much of a surprise. After all, when a man was batty to +start out with ... and he even _looked_ like a vampire, Malone thought +confusedly. + +"As far as paranoia is concerned," Burris said, "I checked with one of +our own psych men, and he'll back it up. Lefferts has definite +paranoid tendencies, he says." + +Malone said, "That's that." + +Burris shook his head. "It isn't that simple," he said. "You see, +Malone, there's some evidence that somebody _is_ working against him." + +"The American public, with any luck at all," Malone said. + +"No," Burris said. "An enemy. Somebody sabotaging his plans. Really." + +Malone shook his head. "You're crazy," he said. + +Burris looked shocked. "Malone, I'm the Director of the FBI," he said. +"And if you insist on being disrespectful--" + +"Sorry," Malone murmured. "But--" + +"I am perfectly sane," Burris said slowly. "It's Senator Lefferts +who's crazy. The only trouble is, he has evidence to show he's not." + +Malone thought about odd cases, and suddenly wished he were somewhere +else. Anywhere else. This one showed sudden signs of developing into +something positively bizarre. "I see," he said, wondering if he did. + +"After all," Burris said, in a voice that attempted to sound +reasonable, "a paranoid has just as much right to be persecuted as +anybody else, doesn't he?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "Everybody has rights. But what do you want me to +do about that?" + +"About their rights?" Burris said. "Nothing, Malone. Nothing." + +"I mean," Malone said patiently, "about whatever it is that's going +on." + +Burris took a deep breath. His hands clasped behind his head, and he +looked up at the ceiling. He seemed perfectly relaxed. That, Malone +knew, was a bad sign. It meant that there was a dirty job coming, a +job nobody wanted to do, and one Burris was determined to pass off on +him. He sighed and tried to feel resigned. + + * * * * * + +"Well," the FBI Director said, "the only actual trouble we can +pinpoint is that there seem to be a great many errors occurring in the +paperwork--more than usual." + +"People get tired," Malone said tentatively. + +"But computer-secretary calculating machines don't," Burris said. "And +that's where the errors are--in the computer-secretaries down in the +Senate Office Building. I think you'd better start out there." + +"Sure," Malone said sadly. + +"See if there's any mechanical or electrical defect in any of those +computers," Burris said. "Talk to the computer technicians. Find out +what's causing all these errors." + +"Yes, sir," Malone said. He was still trying to feel resigned, but he +wasn't succeeding very well. + +"And if you don't find anything--" Burris began. + +"I'll come right back," Malone said instantly. + +"No," Burris said. "You keep on looking." + +"I do?" + +"You do," Burris said. "After all, there has to be _something_ wrong." + +"Sure," Malone said, "if you say so. But--" + +"There are the interview tapes," Burris said, "and the reports the +congressmen brought in. You can go through those." + +Malone sighed. "I guess so," he said. + +"And there must be thousands of other things to do," Burris said. + +"Well--" Malone began cautiously. + +"You'll be able to think of them," Burris said heartily. "I know you +will. I have confidence in you, Malone. Confidence." + +"Thanks," Malone said sadly. + +"You just keep me posted from time to time on what you're doing, and +what ideas you get," Burris said. "I'm leaving the whole thing in your +hands, Malone, and I'm sure you won't disappoint me." + +"I'll try," Malone said. + +"I know you will," Burris said warmly. "And no matter how long it +takes--I know you'll succeed." + +"No matter how long it takes?" Malone said hesitantly. + +"That's right!" Burris said. "You can do it, Malone! You can do it." + +Malone nodded slowly. "I hope so," he said. "Well, I ... well, I'll +start out right away, then." + +He turned. Before he could make another move Burris said: "Wait!" + +Malone turned again, hope in his eyes. "Yes, sir?" he said. + +"When you leave--" Burris began, and the hope disappeared "please do +one little favor for me. Just one little favor, because I'm an old, +tired man and I'm not used to things any more." + +"Sure," Malone said. "Anything, Chief." + +"Don't call me--" + +"Sorry," Malone said. + +Burris breathed heavily. "When you leave," he said, "please, please +use the door." + +"But--" + +"Malone," Burris said, "I've tried. I've really tried. Believe me. +I've tried to get used to the fact that you can teleport. But--" + +"It's useful," Malone said, "in my work." + +"I can see that," Burris said. "And I don't want you to ... well, to +stop doing it. By no means. It's just that it sort of unnerves me, if +you see what I mean. No matter how useful it is for the FBI to have an +agent who can go instantaneously from one place to another, it +unnerves me." He sighed. "I can't get used to seeing you disappear +like an over-dried soap bubble, Malone. It does something to +me--here." He placed a hand directly over his sternum and sighed +again. + +"I can understand that," Malone said. "It unnerved me, too, the first +time I saw it. I thought I was going crazy, when that kid--Mike +Fueyo--winked out like a light. But then we got him, and some FBI +agents besides me have learned the trick." He stopped there, wondering +if he'd been tactful. After all, it took a latent ability to learn +teleportation, and some people had it, while others didn't. Malone, +along with a few other agents, did. Burris evidently didn't--so he +couldn't teleport, no matter how hard he tried or how many lessons he +took. + +"Well," Burris said, "I'm still unnerved. So ... please, Malone ... +when you come in here, or go out, use the door. All right?" + +"Yes, sir," Malone said. He turned and went out. As he opened the +door, he could almost hear Burris' sigh of relief. Then he banged it +shut behind him and, feeling that he might as well continue with his +spacebound existence, walked all the way to the elevator, and rode it +downstairs to the FBI laboratories. + +The labs, highly efficient and divided into dozens of departments, +covered several floors. Malone passed through the Fingerprint section, +filled with technicians doing strange things to great charts and +slides, and frowning over tiny pieces of material and photographs. +Then came Forgery Detection, involving many more technicians, many +more slides and charts and tiny pieces of things and photographs, and +even a witness or two sitting on the white bench at one side and +looking lost and somehow civilian. Identification Classified was next, +a great barn of a room filled with index files. The real indexes were +in the sub-basement; here, on microfilm, were only the basic division. +A man was standing in front of one of the files, frowning at it. +Malone went on by without stopping. + +Cosmetic Surgery Classification came next. Here there were more indexes, +and there were also charts and slides. There was an FBI agent sitting on a +bench looking bored while two female technicians--classified as O&U for +Old and Ugly in Malone's mind--fluttered around him, deciding what +disguises were possible, and which of those was indicated for the +particular job on hand. Malone waved to the agent, whom he knew very +slightly, and went on. He felt vaguely regretful that the FBI couldn't +hire prettier girls for the Cosmetic Surgery Division, but the trouble was +that pretty girls fell for the agents--and vice versa--and this led to an +unfortunate tendency toward only handsome and virile-looking disguises. +The O&U Division was unfortunate, he decided, but a necessity. + +Chemical Analysis (III) was next. The Chemical Analysis section was +scattered over several floors, with the first stages up above. +Division III, Malone remembered, was devoted to non-poisonous +substances--like clay or sand found in boots or trouser cuffs, cigar +ashes and such. They were placed on the same floor as Fingerprints to +allow free and frequent passage between the sections on the problems +of plastic prints--made in putty or like substances--and visible +prints, made when the hand is covered with a visible substance like +blood, ketchup or glue. + +Malone found what he was looking for at the very end of the floor. It +was the Computer Section, a large room filled with humming, clacking +and buzzing machines of an ancient vintage, muttering to themselves as +they worked, and newer machines which were smaller and more silent. +Lights were lighting and bells were ringing softly, relays were +relaying and the whole room was a gigantic maze of calculating and +control machines. What space wasn't filled by the machines themselves +was filled by workbenches, all littered with an assortment of gears, +tubes, spare relays, transistors, wires, rods, bolts, resistors and +all the other paraphernalia used in building the machines and +repairing them. Beyond the basic room were other, smaller rooms, each +assigned to a particular kind of computer work. + +The narrow aisles were choked here and there with men who looked up as +Malone passed by, but most of them gave him one quick glance and went +back to work. A few didn't even do that, but went right on +concentrating on their jobs. Malone headed for a man working all alone +in front of a workbench, frowning down at a complicated-looking +mechanism that seemed to have neither head nor tail, and prodding at +it with a long, thin screwdriver. The man was thin, too, but not very +long; he was a little under average height, and he had straight black +hair, thick-lensed glasses and a studious expression, even when he was +frowning. He looked as if the mechanism were a student who had cut too +many classes, and he was being kindly but firm with it. + + * * * * * + +Malone managed to get to the man's side, and coughed discreetly. There +was no response. + +"Fred?" he said. + +The screwdriver waggled a little. Malone wasn't quite sure that the +man was breathing. + +"Fred Mitchell," he said. + +Mitchell didn't look up. Another second passed. + +"Hey," Malone said. Then he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. +"Fred," he said in a loud, reasonable-sounding voice, "the State +Department's translator has started to talk pig-Latin." + +Mitchell straightened up as if somebody had jabbed him with a pin. The +screwdriver waved wildly in the air for a second, and then pointed at +Malone. "That's impossible," Mitchell said in a flat, precise voice. +"Simply impossible. It doesn't have a pig-Latin circuit. It can't +possibly--" He blinked and seemed to see Malone for the first time. +"Oh," he said. "Hello, Malone. What can I do for you?" + +Malone smiled, feeling a little victorious at having got through the +Mitchell armor, which was almost impregnable when there was a job in +hand. "I've been standing here talking to you for some time." + +"Oh, have you?" Mitchell said. "I was busy." That, obviously, +explained that. Malone shrugged. + +"I want you to help me check over some calculators, Fred," he said. +"We've had some reports that some of the government machines are out +of kilter, and I'd like you to go over them for me." + +"Out of kilter?" Fred Mitchell said. "No, you can forget about it. +It's absolutely unnecessary to make a check--believe me. Absolutely. +Forget it." He smiled suddenly. "I suppose it's some kind of a joke, +isn't it?" he said, just a trifle uncertainly. Fred Mitchell's world, +while pleasant, did not include much humor, Malone knew. "It's +supposed to be funny," he said in the same flat, precise voice. + +"It isn't funny," Malone said. + +Fred sighed. "Then they're obviously lying," he said, "and that's all +there is to it. Why bother me with it?" + +"Certainly," Fred said. He looked at the machinery with longing. + +Malone took a breath. "How do you know?" he said. + +Fred sighed. "It's perfectly obvious," he said in a patient tone. +"Since the State Department translator has no pig-Latin circuit, it +can't possibly be talking pig-Latin. I will admit that such a circuit +would be relatively easy to build, though it would have no utility as +far as I can see. Except, of course, for a joke." He paused. "Joke?" +he said, in a slightly uneasy tone. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Joke." + +Mitchell looked relieved. "Very well, then," he began. "Since--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "The pig-Latin is a joke. That's right. +But I'm not talking about the pig-Latin." + +"You're not?" Mitchell asked, surprised. + +"No," Malone said. + +Mitchell frowned. "But you said--" he began. + +"A joke," Malone said. "You were perfectly right. The pig-Latin is a +joke." He waited for Fred's expression to clear, and then added: "But +what I want to talk to you about isn't." + +"It sounds very confused," Fred said after a pause. "Not at all the +sort of thing that ... that usually goes on." + +"You have no idea," Malone said. "It's about the political machines, +all right, but it isn't anything as simple as pig-Latin." He +explained, taking his time over it. + +When he had finished, Fred was nodding his head slowly. "I see," he +said. "I understand just what you want me to do." + +"Good," Malone said. + +"I'll take a team over to the Senate Office Building," Fred said, "and +check the computer-secretaries there. That way, you see, I'll be able +to do a full running check on them without taking any one machine out +of operation for too long." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"And it shouldn't take long," Fred went on, "to find out just what the +trouble is." He looked very confident. + +"How long?" Malone asked. + +Fred shrugged. "Oh," he said, "five or six days." + +Malone repressed an impulse to scream. "Days?" he said. "I mean ... +well, look, Fred, it's important. Very important. Can't you do the job +any faster?" + +Fred gave a little sigh. "Checking and repairing all those machines," +he said, "is an extremely complex job. Sometimes, Malone, I don't +think you realize quite how complex, and how delicate a job it is to +deal with such a high-order machine. Why--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "Check and repair them?" + +"Of course," Fred said. + +"But I don't want them repaired," Malone said. Seeing the look of +horror on Fred's face, he added hastily: "I only want a report from +you on what's wrong, whether they are actually making errors or not. +And if they are making errors, just what's making them do it. And just +what kind of errors. See?" + +Fred nodded very slowly. "But I can't just ... just leave them there," +he said piteously. "In ... pieces and everything. It isn't right, +Malone. It just isn't right." + +"Well, then," Malone said with energy, "you go right ahead and repair +them, if you want to. Fix 'em all up. But you can do that _after_ you +make the report to me, can't you?" + +"I--" Fred hesitated. "I had planned to check and repair each machine +on an individual basis--" + +"The Congress can allow for a short suspension," Malone said. "Anyhow, +they can now--or as soon as I get the word to them. Suppose you check +all the machines first, and then get around to the repair work." + +"It's not the best way," Fred demurred. + +Malone discovered that it was his turn to sigh. "Is it the fastest?" +he said. + +Fred nodded. + +"Then it's the best," Malone said. "How long?" + +Fred rolled his eyes to the ceiling and calculated silently for a +second. "Tomorrow morning," he announced, returning his gaze to +Malone. + +"Fine," Malone said. "Fine." + +"But--" + +"Never mind the buts," Malone said hurriedly. "I'll count on hearing +from you tomorrow morning." + +"Oh--" Fred said. "All right." + +"And if it looks like sabotage," Malone added, "if the errors aren't +caused by normal wear and tear on the machines--you let me know right +away. Phone me. Don't waste an instant." + +[Illustration] + +"I'll ... I'll start right away," Fred said heavily. He looked sadly +at the mechanism he had been working on, and put his screwdriver down +next to it. It looked to Malone as if he were putting flowers on the +grave of a dear departed. "I'll get a team together," Fred added. He +gave the mechanism and screwdriver one last fond parting look. + +Malone looked after him for a second, thinking of nothing in +particular, and then turned in the opposite direction and headed back +toward the elevator. As he walked, he began to feel more and more +pleased with himself. After all, he'd gotten the investigation +started, hadn't he? + +And now all he had to do was go back to his office and read some +reports and listen to some interview tapes, and then he could go home. + +The reports and the interview tapes didn't exactly sound like fun, +Malone thought, but at the same time they seemed fairly innocent. He +would work his way through them grimly, and maybe he would even +indulge his most secret vice and smoke a cigar or two to make the work +pass more pleasantly. Soon enough, he told himself, they would be +finished with. + +Sometimes, though, he regretted the reputation he'd gotten. It had +been bad enough in the old days--the pre-1971 days when Malone had +thought he was just lucky. Burris had called him a Boy Wonder then, +when he'd cracked three difficult cases in a row. Being just lucky had +made it a little tough to live with the Boy Wonder label--after all, +Malone thought, it wasn't actually as if he'd done anything. + +But since 1971 and the case of the Telepathic Spy, things had gotten +worse. Much worse. Now Malone wasn't just lucky any more. Instead, he +could teleport and he could even foretell the future a little, in a +dim sort of way. He'd caught the Telepathic Spy that way, and when the +case of the Teleporting Juvenile Delinquents had come up he'd been +assigned to that one too, and he'd cracked it. Now Burris seemed to +think of him as a kind of god, and gave him all the tough dirty jobs. + +And if he wasn't just lucky any more, Malone couldn't think of himself +as a Fearless, Heroic FBI Agent, either. He just wasn't the type. He +was--well, talented. That was the word, he told himself: talented. He +had all these talents and they made him look like something +spectacular to Burris and the other FBI men. But he wasn't, really. He +hadn't done anything really tough to get his talents; they'd just +happened to him. + +Nobody, though, seemed to believe that. He heaved a little sigh and +stepped into the waiting elevator. + +There were, after all, he thought, compensations. He'd had some good +times, and the talents did come in handy. And he did have his pick of +the vacation schedule lately. And he'd met some lovely girls-- + +And besides, he told himself savagely as the elevator shot upward, he +wasn't going to do anything except return to his office and read some +reports and listen to some tapes. And then he was going to go home and +sleep all night, peacefully. And in the morning Mitchell was going to +call him up and tell him that the computer-secretaries needed nothing +more than a little repair. He'd say they were getting old, and he'd be +a little pathetic about it; but it wouldn't be anything serious. +Malone would send out orders to get the machines repaired, and that +would be that. And then the next case would be something both normal +and exciting, like a bank robbery or a kidnapping involving a gorgeous +blonde who would be so grateful to Malone that-- + +He had stepped out of the elevator and gone down the corridor without +noticing it. He pushed at his own office door and walked into the +outer room. The train of thought he had been following was very nice, +and sounded very attractive indeed, he told himself. + +Unfortunately, he didn't believe it. His prescient ability, +functioning with its usual efficient aplomb, told Malone that things +would not be better, or simpler, in the morning. They would be worse, +and more complicated. + +They would be quite a lot worse. + +And, as usual, that prescience was perfectly accurate. + + +II + +The telephone, Malone realized belatedly, had had a particularly +nasty-sounding ring. He might have known it would be bad news. + +As a matter of fact, he told himself sadly, he had known. + +"Nothing at all wrong?" he said into the mouthpiece. "Not with any of +the computers?" He blinked. "Not even one of them?" + +"Not a thing," Mitchell said. "I'll be sending a report up to you in a +little while. You read it; we put them through every test, and it's +all detailed there." + +"I'm sure you were very thorough," Malone said helplessly. + +"Of course we were," Mitchell said. "Of course. And the machines +passed every single test. Every one. Malone, it was beautiful." + +"Goody," Malone said at random. "But there's got to be something--" + +"There is, Malone," Fred said. "There is. I think there's definitely +something odd going on. Something funny. I mean peculiar, not +humorous." + +"I thought so," Malone put in. + +"Right," Fred said. "Malone, try and relax. This is a hard thing to +say, and it must be even harder to hear. But--" + +"Tell me," Malone said. "Who's dead? Who's been killed?" + +"I know it's tough, Malone," Fred went on. + +"Is everybody dead?" Malone said. "It can't be just one person, not +from that tone in your voice. Has somebody assassinated the entire +Senate? Or the President and his Cabinet? Or--" + +"It's nothing like that, Malone," Fred said, in a tone that implied +that such occurrences were really rather minor. "It's the machines." + +"The machines?" + +"That's right," Fred said grimly. "After we checked them over and +found they were in good shape, I asked for samples of both the input +and the output of each machine. I wanted to do a thorough job." + +"Congratulations," Malone said. "What happened?" + +Fred took a deep breath. "They don't agree," he said. + +"They don't?" Malone said. The phrase sounded as if it meant something +momentous, but he couldn't quite figure out what. In a minute, he +thought confusedly, it would come to him. But did he want it to? + +"They definitely do not agree," Fred was saying. "The correlation is +erratic; it makes no statistical sense. Malone, there are two +possibilities." + +"Tell me about them," Malone said. He was beginning to feel relieved. +To Fred, the malfunction of a machine was more serious than the murder +of the entire Congress. But Malone couldn't quite bring himself to +feel that way about things. + +"First," Fred said in a tense tone, "it's possible that the +technicians feeding information to the machines are making all kinds +of mistakes." + +Malone nodded at the phone. "That sounds possible," he said. "Which +ones?" + +"All of them," Fred said. "They're all making errors--and they're all +making about the same number of errors. There don't seem to be any +real peaks or valleys, Malone; everybody's doing it." + +Malone thought of the Varsity Drag and repressed the thought. "A bunch +of fumblebums," he said. "All fumbling alike. It does sound unlikely, +but I guess it's possible. We'll get after them right away, and--" + +"Wait," Fred said. "There is a second possibility." + +"Oh," Malone said. + +"Maybe they aren't mistakes," Fred said. "Maybe the technicians are +deliberately feeding the machine with wrong answers." + +Malone hated to admit, even to himself, but that answer sounded a lot +more probable. Machine technicians weren't exactly picked off the +streets at random; they were highly trained for their work, and the +idea of a whole crew of them starting to fumble at once, in a big way, +was a little hard to swallow. + +The idea of all of them sabotaging the machines they worked on, Malone +thought, was a tough one to take, too. But it had the advantage of +making some sense. People, he told himself dully, will do nutty things +deliberately. It's harder to think of them doing the same nutty things +without knowing it. + +"Well," he said at last, "however it turns out, we'll get to the +bottom of it. Frankly, I think it's being done on purpose." + +"So do I," Fred said. "And when you find out just who's making the +technicians do such things--when you find out who gives them their +orders--you let me know." + +"Let you know?" Malone said. "But--" + +"Any man who would give false data to a perfectly innocent computer," +Fred said savagely, "would ... would--" For a second he was apparently +lost for comparisons. Then he finished: "Would kill his own mother." +He paused a second and added, in an even more savage voice: "And then +lie about it!" + + * * * * * + +The image on the screen snapped off, and Malone sat back in his chair +and sighed. He spent a few minutes regretting that he hadn't chosen, +early in life, to be a missionary to the Fiji Islanders, or possibly +simply a drunken bum without any trouble, and then the report Mitchell +had mentioned arrived. Malone picked it up without much eagerness, and +began going through it carefully. + +It was beautifully typed and arranged; somebody on Mitchell's team had +obviously been up all night at the job. Malone admired the work, +without being able to get enthusiastic about the contents. Like all +technical reports, it tended to be boring and just a trifle obscure to +someone who wasn't completely familiar with the field involved. Malone +and cybernetics were not exactly bosom buddies, and by the time he +finished reading through the report he was suffering from an extreme +case of _ennui_. + +There were no new clues in the report, either; Mitchell's phone +conversation had covered all of the main points. Malone put the sheaf +of papers down on his desk and looked at them for a minute as if he +expected an answer to leap out from the pile and greet him with a glad +cry, but nothing happened. Unfortunately, he had to do some more work. + +The obvious next step was to start checking on the technicians who +were working on the machines. Malone determined privately that he +would give none of his reports to Fred Mitchell; he didn't like the +idea of being responsible for murder, and that was the least Fred +would do to someone who confused his precious calculators. + +He picked up the phone, punched for the Records Division, and waited +until a bald, middle-aged face appeared. He asked the face to send up +the dossiers of the technicians concerned to his office. The face +nodded. + +"You want them right away?" it said in a mild, slightly scratchy +voice. + +"Sooner than right away," Malone said. + +"They're coming up by messenger," the voice said. + +Malone nodded and broke the connection. The technicians had, of +course, been investigated by the FBI before they'd been hired, but it +wouldn't do any harm to check them out again. He felt grateful that he +wouldn't have to do all that work himself; he would just go through +the dossiers and assign field agents to the actual checking when he +had a picture of what might need to be checked. + +He sighed again and leaned back in his chair. He put his feet up on +the desk, remembered that he was entirely alone, and swung them down +again. He fished in a private compartment in his top desk drawer, drew +out a cigar and unwrapped it. Putting his feet back on the desk, he +lit the cigar, drew in a cloud of smoke, and lapsed into deep thought. + +Cigar smoke billowed around him, making strange, fantastic shapes in +the air of the office. Malone puffed away, frowning slightly and +trying to force the puzzle he was working on to make some sense. + +It certainly looked as though something were going on, he thought. +But, for the life of him, he couldn't figure out just what it was. +After all, what could be anybody's purpose in goofing up a bunch of +calculators the way they had? Of course, the whole thing could be a +series of accidents, but the series was a pretty long one, and made +Malone suspicious to start with. It was easier to assume that the +goof-ups were being done deliberately. + +Unfortunately, they didn't make much sense as sabotage, either. + +Senator Deeds, for instance, had sent out a ten-thousand-copy form +letter to his constituents, blasting an Administration power bill in +extremely strong language, and asking for some comments on the +Deeds-Hartshorn Air Ownership Bill, a pending piece of legislation +that provided for private, personal ownership, based on land title, to +the upper stratosphere--with a strong hint that rights of passage no +longer applied without some recompense to the owner of the air. +Naturally, Deeds had filed the original with a computer-secretary to +turn out ten thousand duplicate copies, and the machine had done so, +folding the copies, slipping them into addressed envelopes and sending +them out under the senator's franking stamp. + +The addresses on the envelopes, however, had not been those of the +senator's supporters. The letter had been sent to ten thousand +stockholders in major airline companies, and the senator's head was +still ringing from the force of the denunciatory letters, telegrams +and telephone calls he'd been getting. + + * * * * * + +And then there was Representative Follansbee of South Dakota. A set of +news releases on the proposed Follansbee Waterworks Bill contained the +statement that the artificial lake which Follansbee proposed in the +Black Hills country "be formed by controlled atomic power blasts, and +filled with water obtained from collecting the tears of widows and +orphans." + +Newsmen who saw this release immediately checked the bill. The wording +was exactly the same. Follansbee claimed that the "widows and orphans" +phrase had appeared in his speech on the bill, and not in the proposed +bill itself. "It's completely absurd," he said, with commendable calm, +"to consider this method of filling an artificial lake." +Unfortunately, the absurdity was now contained in the bill, which +would have to go back to committee for redefinition, and probably +wouldn't come up again in the present session of Congress. Judging +from the amount of laughter that had greeted the error when it had +come to light, Malone privately doubted whether any amount of +redefinition was going to save it from a landslide defeat. + +Representative Keller of Idaho had made a speech which contained so +many errors in fact that newspaper editorials, and his enemies on the +floor of Congress, cut him to pieces with ease and pleasure. Keller +complained of his innocence and said he'd gotten his facts from a +computer-secretary, but this didn't save him. His re-election was a +matter for grave concern in his own party, and the opposition was, +naturally, tickled. They would not, Malone thought, dare to be tickled +pink. + +And these were not the only casualties. They were the most blatant +foul-ups, but there were others, such as the mistake in numbering of a +House Bill that resulted in a two-month delay during which the +opposition to the bill raised enough votes to defeat it on the floor. +Communications were diverted or lost or scrambled in small ways that +made for confusion--including, Malone recalled the perfectly horrible +mixup that resulted when a freshman senator, thinking he was talking +to his girlfriend on a blanked-vision circuit, discovered he was +talking to his wife. + +The flow of information was being blocked by bottlenecks that suddenly +existed where there had never been bottlenecks before. + +And it wasn't only the computers, Malone knew. He remembered the +reports the senators and representatives had made. Someone forgot to +send an important message here, or sent one too soon over there. Both +courses were equally disturbing, and both resulted in more snarl-ups. +Reports that should have been sent in weeks before arrived too late; +reports meant for the eyes of only one man were turned out in +triplicate and passed all over the offices of Congress. + +Each snarl-up was a little one. But, together, they added up to +inefficiency of a kind and extent that hadn't been seen, Malone told +himself with some wonder, since the Harding administration fifty years +before. + +And there didn't seem to be anyone to blame anything on. + +Malone thought hopefully of sabotage, infiltration and mass treason, +but it didn't make him feel much better. He puffed out some more smoke +and frowned at nothing. + +There was a knock at the door of his office. + +Speedily and guiltily, he swung his feet off the desk and snatched the +cigar out of his mouth. He jammed it into a deep ashtray and put the +ashtray back into his desk drawer. He locked the drawer, waved +ineffectively at the clouds of smoke that surrounded him, and said in +a resigned voice: "Come in." + +The door opened. A tall, solidly built man stood there, wearing a +fringe of beard and a cheerful expression. The man had an enormous +amount of muscle distributed more or less evenly over his chunky body, +and a potbelly that looked as if he had swallowed a globe of the +world. In addition, he was smoking a cigarette and letting out little +puffs of smoke, rather like a toy locomotive. + +"Well, well," Malone said, brushing feebly at the smoke that still +wreathed him faintly. "If it isn't Thomas Boyd, the FBI's answer to +Nero Wolfe." + +"And if the physique holds true, you're Sherlock Holmes, I suppose," +Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head, thinking sadly of his father and the cigar. +"Not exactly," he said. "Not ex--" And then it came to him. It wasn't +that he was ashamed of smoking cigars like his father, exactly--but +cigars just weren't right for a fearless, dedicated FBI agent. And he +had just thought of a way to keep Boyd from knowing what he'd been +doing. "That's a hell of a cigarette you're smoking, by the way," he +said. + +Boyd looked at it. "It is?" he said. + +"Sure is," Malone said, hoping he sounded sufficiently innocent. +"Smells like a cigar or something." + +Boyd sniffed the air for a second, his face wrinkled. Then he looked +down at his cigarette again. "You're right, Ken. It _does_ smell like +a cigar." He came over to Malone's desk, looked around for an ashtray +and didn't find one, and finally went to the window and tossed the +cigarette out into the Washington breeze. "How are things, anyhow, +Ken?" he said. + +"Things are confused," Malone said. "Aren't they always?" + +Boyd came back to the desk and sat down in a chair at one side of it. +He put his elbow on the desk. "Sure they are," he said. "I'm confused +myself, as a matter of fact. Only I think I know where I can get some +help." + +"Really?" Malone said. + +Boyd nodded. "Burris told me I might be able to get some information +from a certain famous and highly respected person," he said. + +"Well, well," Malone said. "Who?" + +"You," Boyd said. + +"Oh," Malone said, trying to look disappointed, flattered and modest +all at the same time. "Well," he went on after a second, "anything I +can do--" + +"Burris thought you might have some answers," Boyd said. + +"Burris is getting optimistic in his old age," Malone said. "I don't +even have many questions." + +Boyd nodded. "Well," he said, "you know this California thing?" + +"Sure I do," Malone said. "You're looking into the resignation out +there, aren't you?" + +"Senator Burley," Boyd said. "That's right. But Senator Burley's +resignation isn't all of it, by any means." + +"It isn't?" Malone said, trying to sound interested. + +"Not at all," Boyd said. "It goes a lot deeper than it looks on the +surface. In the past year, Ken, five senators have announced their +resignations from the Senate of the United States. It isn't exactly a +record--" + +"It sounds like a record," Malone said. + +"Well," Boyd said, "there was 1860 and the Civil War, when a whole lot +of senators and representatives resigned all at once." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But there isn't any Civil War going on now. At +least," he added, "I haven't heard of any." + +"That's what makes it so funny," Boyd said. "Of course, Senator Burley +said it was ill health, and so did two others, while Senator Davidson +said it was old age." + +"Well," Malone said, "people do get old. And sick." + +"Sure," Boyd said. "The only trouble is--" He paused. "Ken," he said, +"do you mind if I smoke? I mean, do you mind the smell of cigars?" + +"Mind?" Malone said. "Not at all. Not at all." He blinked. "Besides," +he added, "maybe this one won't smell like a cigar." + +"Well, the last one did," Boyd said. He took a cigarette out of a pack +in his pocket, and lit it. He sniffed. "You know," he said, "You're +right. This one doesn't." + +"I told you," Malone said. "Must have been a bad cigarette. Spoiled or +something." + +"I guess so," Boyd said vaguely. "But about these retirements--the FBI +wanted me to look into it because of Burley's being mixed up with the +space program scandal last year. Remember? + +"Vaguely," Malone said. "I was busy last year." + +"Sure you were," Boyd said. "We were both busy getting famous and +well-known." + +Malone grinned. "Go on with the story," he said. + +Boyd puffed at his cigarette. "Anyhow, we couldn't find anything +really wrong," he said. "Three senators retiring because of ill +health, one because of old age. And Farnsworth, the youngest. He had a +nervous breakdown." + +"I didn't hear about it," Malone said. + +Boyd shrugged. "We hushed it up," he said. "But Farnsworth's got +delusions of persecution. He apparently thinks somebody's out to get +him. As a matter of fact, he thinks _everybody's_ out to get him." + +"Now that," Malone said, "sounds familiar." + +Boyd leaned back a little more in his chair. "Here's the funny thing, +though," he said. "The others all act as if they're suspicious of +everybody who talks to them. Not anything obvious, you understand. +Just--worried. Apprehensive. Always looking at you out of the corners +of their eyes. That kind of thing." + +Malone thought of Senator Lefferts, who was also suffering from +delusions of persecution--delusions that had real evidence to back +them up. "It does sound funny," he said cautiously. + +"Well, I reported everything to Burris," Boyd went on. "And he said +you were working on something similar, and we might as well pool our +resources." + +"Here we go again," Malone said. He took a deep breath, filling his +nostrils with what remained of the cigar odor in the room, and felt +more peaceful. Quickly, he told Boyd about what had been happening in +Congress. "It seems pretty obvious," he finished, "that there is some +kind of a tie-up between the two cases." + +"Maybe it's obvious," Boyd said, "But it is just a little bit odd. Fun +and games. You know, Ken, Burris was right." + +"How?" Malone said. + +"He said everything was all mixed up," Boyd went on. "He told me the +country was going to Rome in a handbasket, or something like that." + +Wondering vaguely if Burris had really been predicting mass religious +conversions, Malone nodded silently. + +"And he's right," Boyd said. "Look at the newspapers. Everything's +screwy lately." + +"Everything always is screwy," Malone said. + +"Not like now," Boyd said. "So many big-shot gangsters have been +killed lately we might as well bring back Prohibition. And the labor +unions are so busy with internal battles that they haven't had time to +go on strike for over a year." + +"Is that bad?" Malone said. + +Boyd shrugged. "God knows," he said. "But it's sure confusing as all +hell." + +"And now," Malone said, "with all that going on--" + +"The Congress of the United States decides to go off its collective +rocker," Boyd finished. "Exactly." He stared down at his cigarette for +a minute with a morose and pensive expression on his face. He looked, +Malone thought, like Henry VIII trying to decide what to do about all +these here wives. + +[Illustration] + +Then he looked up at Malone. "Ken," he said in a strained voice, +"there seem to be a lot of nutty cases lately." + +Malone considered. "No," he said at last. "It's just that when a nutty +one comes along, we get it." + +"That's what I mean," Boyd said. "I wonder why that is." + +Malone shrugged. "It takes a thief to catch a thief," he said. + +"But these aren't thieves," Boyd said. "I mean--they're just nutty." +He paused. "Oh," he said. + +"And, two thieves are better than one," Malone said. + +"Anyhow," Boyd said with a small, gusty sigh, "it's company." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +Boyd looked for an ashtray, failed again to find one, and walked over +to flip a second cigarette out onto Washington. He came back to his +chair, sat down, and said: "What's our next step, Ken?" + +Malone considered carefully. "First," he said finally, "we'll start +assuming something. We'll start assuming that there is some kind of +organization behind all this--behind all the senators' resignations +and everything like that." + +"It sounds like a big assumption," Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head. "It isn't really," he said. "After all, we +can't figure it's the work of one person: it's too widespread for +that. And it's silly to assume that everything's accidental." + +"All right," Boyd said equably. "It's an organization." + +"Trying to subvert the United States," Malone went on. "Reducing +everything to chaos. And that brings in everything else, Tom. That +brings in the unions and the gang wars and everything." + +Boyd blinked. "How?" he said. + +"Obvious," Malone said. "Strife brought on by internal +confusion--that's what's going on all over. It's the same pattern. And +if we assume an organization trying to jam up the United States, it +even makes sense." He leaned back and beamed. + +"Sure it makes sense," Boyd said. "But who's the organization?" + +Malone shrugged. + +"If I were doing the picking," Boyd said, "I'd pick the Russians. Or +the Chinese. Or both. Probably both." + +"It's a possibility," Malone said. "Anyhow, if it's sabotage, who else +would be interested in sabotaging the United States? There's some +Russian or Chinese organization fouling up Congress, and the unions, +and the gangs. Come to think of it, why the gangs? It seems to me that +if you left the professional gangsters strong, it would do even more +to foul things up." + +"Who knows?" Boyd said. "Maybe they're trying to get rid of American +gangsters so they can import some of their own." + +"That doesn't make any sense," Malone said, "but I'll think about it. +In the meantime, we have one more interesting question." + +"We do?" Boyd said. + +"Sure we do," Malone said. "The question is: How?" + +Boyd said: "Hm-m-m." Then there was silence for a little while. + +"How are the saboteurs doing all this?" Malone said. "It just doesn't +seem very probable that _all_ the technicians in the Senate Office +Building, for instance, are spies. It makes even less sense that the +labor unions are composed mostly of spies. Or, for that matter, the +Mafia and the organizations like it. What would spies be doing in the +Mafia?" + +"Learning Italian," Boyd said instantly. + +"Don't be silly," Malone said. "If there were that many spies in this +country, the Russians wouldn't have to fight at all. They could _vote_ +the Communists into power--and by a nice big landslide, too." + +"Wait a minute," Boyd said. "If there aren't so many spies, then how +is all this getting done?" + +Malone beamed. "That's the question," he said. "And I think I have the +answer." + +"You do?" Boyd said. After a second he said: "Oh, no." + +"Suppose you tell me," Malone said. + +Boyd opened his mouth. Nothing emerged. He shut it. A second passed +and he opened it again. "Magic?" he said weakly. + +"Not exactly," Malone said cheerfully. "But you're getting warm." + +Boyd shut his eyes. "I'm not going to stand for it," he announced. +"I'm not going to take any more." + +"Any more what?" Malone said. "Tell me what you have in mind." + +"I won't even consider it," Boyd said. "It haunts me. It gets into my +dreams. Now, look, Ken: I can't even see a pitchfork any more without +thinking of Greek letters." + +Malone took a breath. "Which Greek letter?" he said. + +"You know very well," Boyd said. "What a pitchfork looks like. _Psi_. +And I'm not even going to think about it." + +"Well," Malone said equably, "you won't have to. If you'd rather start +with the Russian spy end of things, you can do that." + +"What I'd rather do," Boyd said, "is resign." + +"Next year," Malone said instantly. "For now, you can wait around +until the dossiers come up--they're for the Senate Office Building +technicians, and they're on the way. You can go over them, and start +checking on any known Russian agents in the country for contacts. You +can also start checking on the dossiers, and in general for any +hanky-panky." + +Boyd blinked. "Hanky-panky?" he said. + +"It's a perfectly good word," Malone said, offended. "Or two words. +Anyhow, you can start on that end, and not worry about anything else." + +"It's going to haunt me," Boyd said. + +"Well," Malone said, "eat lots of ectoplasm and get enough sleep, and +everything will be fine. After all, I'm going to have to do the real +end of the work--the psionics end. I may be wrong, but--" + +He was interrupted by the phone. He flicked the switch and Andrew J. +Burris' face appeared on the screen. + +"Malone," Burris said instantly, "I just got a complaint from the +State Department that ties in with your work. Their translator has +been acting up." + +Malone couldn't say anything for a minute. + +"Malone," Burris went on. "I said--" + +"I heard you," Malone said. "And it doesn't have one." + +"It doesn't have one what?" Burris said. + +"A pig-Latin circuit," Malone said. "What else?" + +Burris' voice was very calm. "Malone," he said, "what does pig-Latin +have to do with anything?" + +"You said--" + +"I said one of the State Department translators was acting up," Burris +said. "If you want details--" + +"I don't think I can stand them," Malone said. + +"Some of the Russian and Chinese releases have come through with the +meaning slightly altered," Burris went on doggedly. "And I want you to +check on it right away. I--" + +"Thank God," Malone said. + +Burris blinked. "What?" + +"Never mind," Malone said. "Never mind. I'm glad you told me, Chief. +I'll get to work on it right away, and--" + +"You do that, Malone," Burris said. "And stop calling me Chief! Do I +look like an Indian? Do I have feathers in my hair?" + +"Anything," Malone said grandly, "is possible." He broke the +connection in a hurry. + + +III + +The summer sun beat down on the white city of Washington, D. C. as if +it had mistaken its instructions slightly, and was convinced that the +city had been put down somewhere in the Sahara. The sun seemed +confused, Malone thought. If this were the Sahara, obviously there was +no reason whatever for the Potomac to be running through it. The sun +was doing its best to correct this small error, however, by exerting +even more heat in a valiant attempt to dry up the river. + +Its attempt was succeeding, at least partially. The Potomac was still +there, but quite a lot of it was not in the river bed any more. +Instead, it had gone into the air, which was so humid by now that +Malone was willing to swear that it was splashing into his lungs at +every inhalation. Resisting an impulse to try the breast-stroke, he +stood in the full glare of the straining sun, just outside the Senate +Office Building. He looked across at the Capitol, squinting his eyes +manfully against the glare of its dome in the brightness. + +The Capitol was, at any rate, some relief from the sight of Thomas +Boyd and a group of agents busily grilling two technicians. That was +going on in the Senate Office Building, and Malone had come over to +watch the proceedings. Everything had been set up in what Malone +considered the most complicated fashion possible. A big room had been +turned into a projection chamber, and films were being run off over +and over. The films, taken by hidden cameras watching the +computer-secretaries, had caught two technicians red-handed punching +errors into the machines. Boyd had leaped on this evidence, and he and +his crew were showing the movies to the technicians and questioning +them under bright lights in an effort to break down their resistance. + +But it didn't look as though they were going to have any more success +than the sun was having, turning Washington into the Sahara. After +all, Malone told himself, wiping his streaming brow, there were no +Pyramids in Washington. He tried to discover whether that made any +sense, but it was too much work. He went back to thinking about Boyd. + +The technicians were sticking to their original stories, that the +mistakes had been honest ones. It sounded like a sensible idea to +Malone; after all, people did make mistakes. And the FBI didn't have a +single shred of evidence to prove that the technicians were engaged in +deliberate sabotage. But Boyd wasn't giving up. Over and over he got +the technicians to repeat their stories, looking for discrepancies or +slips. Over and over he ran off the films of their mistakes, looking +for some clue, some shred of evidence. + +Even the sight of the Capitol, Malone told himself sadly, was better +than any more of Boyd's massive investigation techniques. + +He had come out to do some thinking. He believed, in spite of a good +deal of evidence to the contrary, that his best ideas came to him +while walking. At any rate, it was a way of getting away from four +walls and from the prying eyes and anxious looks of superiors. He +sighed gently, crammed his hat onto his head and started out. + +Only a maniac, he reflected, would wear a hat on a day like the one he +was swimming through. But the people who passed him as he trudged +onward to no particular destination didn't seem to notice; they gave +him a fairly wide berth, and seemed very polite, but that wasn't +because they thought he was nuts, Malone knew. It was because they +knew he was an FBI man. + +That was the result of an FBI regulation. All agents had to wear hats. +Malone wasn't sure why, and his thinking on the matter had only +dredged up the idea that you had to have a hat in case somebody asked +you to keep something under it. But the FBI was firm about its +rulings. No matter what the weather, an agent wore a hat. Malone +thought bitterly that he might just as well wear a red, white and blue +luminous sign that said _FBI_ in great winking letters, and maybe a +hooting siren, too. Still, the Federal Bureau of Investigation was not +supposed to be a secret organization--no matter what occasional +critics might say. And the hats, at least as long as the weather +remained broiling, were enough proof of that for anybody. + +Malone could feel water collecting under his hat and soaking his head. +He removed the hat quickly, wiped his head with a handkerchief and +replaced the hat, feeling as if he had become incognito for a few +seconds. The hat was back on now, feeling official but terrible, and +about the same was true of the fully-loaded Smith & Wesson .44 Magnum +revolver which hung in his shoulder holster. The harness chafed at his +shoulder and chest and the weight of the gun itself was an added and +unwelcome burden. + +But even without the gun and the hat, Malone did not feel exactly +chipper. His shirt and undershirt were no longer two garments, but +one, welded together by seamless sweat and plastered heavily and not +too skillfully to his skin. His trouser legs clung damply to calves +and thighs, rubbing as he walked, and at the knees each trouser leg +attached and detached itself with the unpleasant regularity of a wet +bastinado. Inside Malone's shoes, his socks were completely awash, and +he seemed to squish as he walked. It was hard to tell, but there +seemed to be a small fish in his left shoe. It might, he told himself, +be no more than a pebble or a wrinkle in his sock. But he was willing +to swear that it was swimming upstream. + +And the forecast, he told himself bitterly, was for continued warm. + +He forced himself to take his mind off his own troubles and get back +to the troubles of the FBI in general, such as the problem at hand. It +was an effort, but he frowned and kept walking, and within a block he +was concentrating again on the _psi_ powers. + + * * * * * + +_Psi_, he told himself, was behind the whole mess. In spite of Boyd's +horrified refusal to believe such a thing, Malone was sure of it. +Three years ago, of course, he wouldn't have considered the notion +either. But since then a great many things had happened, and his +horizons had widened. After all, capturing a double handful of totally +insane, if perfectly genuine telepaths, from asylums all over the +country, was enough by itself to widen quite a few stunned horizons. +And then, later, there had been the gang of juvenile delinquents. They +had been perfectly normal juvenile delinquents, stealing cars and +bopping a stray policeman or two. It just happened, though, that they +had solved the secret of instantaneous teleportation, too. This made +them just a trifle unusual. + +In capturing them, Malone, too, had learned the teleportation secret. +Unlike Boyd, he thought, or Burris, the idea of psionic power didn't +bother him much. After all, the psionic spectrum--if it was a spectrum +at all--was just as much a natural phenomenon as gravity, or +magnetism. + +It was just a little hard for some people to get used to. + +And, of course, he didn't fully understand _how_ it worked, or _why_. +This put him in the position, he told himself, of an Australian +aborigine. He tried to imagine an Australian aborigine in a hat on a +hot day, decided the aborigine would have too much sense, and got back +off the subject again. + +However, he thought grimly, there was this Australian aborigine. And +he had a magnifying glass, which he'd picked up from the wreck of some +ship. Using that--assuming that experience, or a friendly missionary, +taught him how--he could manage to light a fire, using the sun's +thermonuclear processes to do the job. Malone doubted that the +aborigine knew anything about thermonuclear processes, but he could +start a fire with them. + +As a matter of fact, he told himself, the aborigine didn't understand +oxidation, either. But he could use that fire, when he got it going. +In spite of his lack of knowledge, the aborigine could use that nice, +hot, burning fire ... + +Hurriedly, Malone pried his thoughts away from aborigines and heat, +and tried to focus his mind elsewhere. He didn't understand psionic +processes, he thought; but then, nobody did, really, as far as he +knew. But he could use them. + +And, obviously, somebody else could use them, too. + +Only what kind of force was being used? What kind of psionic force +would it take to make so many people in the United States goof up the +way they were doing? + +That, Malone told himself, was a good question, a basic and an +important question. He was proud of himself for thinking of it. + +Unfortunately, he didn't have the answer. + +But he thought he knew a way of getting one. + +It was perfectly true that nobody knew much about how psionics worked. +For that matter, nobody knew very much about how gravity worked. But +there was still some information--and, in the case of psionics, Malone +knew where it was to be found. + +It was to be found in Yucca Flats, Nevada. + +It was, of course, true that Nevada would probably be even hotter than +Washington, D. C. But there was no help for that, Malone told himself +sadly; and, besides, the cold chill of the expert himself would +probably cool things off quite rapidly. Malone thought of Dr. Thomas +O'Connor, the Westinghouse psionics expert and frowned. O'Connor was +not exactly what might be called a friendly man. + +But he did know more about psionics than anyone else Malone could +think of. And his help had been invaluable in solving the two previous +psionic cases Malone had worked on. + +For a second he thought of calling O'Connor, but he brushed that +thought aside bravely. In spite of the heat of Yucca Flats, he would +have to talk to the man personally. He thought again of O'Connor's +congealed personality, and wondered if it would really be effective in +combating the heat. If it were, he told himself, he would take the man +right back to Washington with him, and plug him into the +air-conditioning lines. + +He sighed deeply, thought about a cigar and decided regretfully +against it, here on the public street where he would be visible to +anyone. Instead, he looked around him, discovered that he was only a +block from a large, neon-lit drugstore and headed for it. Less than a +minute later he was in a phone booth. + + * * * * * + +The operators throughout the country seemed to suffer from heat +prostration, and Malone was hardly inclined to blame them. But, all +the same, it took several minutes for him to get through to Dr. +O'Connor's office, and a minute or so more before he could convince a +security-addled secretary that, after all, he would hardly blow +O'Connor to bits over the long-distance phone. + +Finally the secretary, with a sigh of reluctance, said she would see +if Dr. O'Connor were available. Malone waited in the phone booth, +opening the door every few seconds to breathe. The booth was +air-conditioned, but remained for some mystical reason an even ten +degrees above the boiling point of Malone's temper. + +Finally Dr. O'Connor's lean, pallid face appeared on the screen. He +had not changed since Malone had last seen him. He still looked, and +acted, like one of Malone's more disliked law professors. + +"Ah," the scientist said in a cold, precise voice. "Mr. Malone. I am +sorry for our precautions, but you understand that security must be +served." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"Being an FBI man, of course you would," Dr. O'Connor went on, his +face changing slightly and his voice warming almost to the boiling +point of nitrogen. It was obvious that the phrase was Dr. O'Connor's +idea of a little joke, and Malone smiled politely and nodded. The +scientist seemed to feel some friendliness toward Malone, though it +was hard to tell for sure. But Malone had brought him some fine +specimens to work with--telepaths and teleports, though human, being +no more than specimens to such a very precise scientific mind--and he +seemed grateful for Malone's diligence and effort in finding such +fascinating objects of study. + +That Malone certainly hadn't started out to find them made, it +appeared, very little difference. + +"Well, then," O'Connor said, returning to his normal, serious tone, +"what can I do for you, Mr. Malone?" + +"If you have the time, doctor," Malone said respectfully, "I'd like to +talk to you for a few minutes." He had the absurd feeling that +O'Connor was going to tell him to stop by after class, but the +scientist only nodded. + +"Your call is timed very well," he said. "As it happens, Mr. Malone, I +do have a few seconds to spare just now." + +"Fine," Malone said. + +"I should be glad to talk with you," O'Connor said, without looking +any more glad than ever. + +"I'll be right there," Malone said. O'Connor nodded again, and blanked +out. Malone switched off and took a deep, superheated breath of phone +booth air. For a second he considered starting his trip from outside +the phone booth, but that was dangerous--if not to Malone, then to +innocent spectators. Psionics was by no means a household word, and +the sight of Malone leaving for Nevada might send several citizens +straight to the wagon. Which was not a place, he thought judiciously, +for anybody to be on such a hot day. + +He closed his eyes for a fraction of a second. In that time he +reconstructed from memory a detailed, three-dimensional, full-color +image of Dr. O'Connor's office in his mind. It was perfect in detail; +he checked it over mentally and then, by a special effort of will, he +gave himself the psychic push that made the transition possible. + +When he opened his eyes, he was in O'Connor's office, standing in +front of the scientist's wide desk. He hoped nobody had been looking +into the phone booth at the instant he had disappeared; but he was +reasonably sure he'd been unobserved. People didn't go around peering +into phone booths, after all, and he had seen no one. + +O'Connor looked up without surprise. "Ah," he said. "Sit down, Mr. +Malone." Malone looked around for the chair, which was an +uncomfortably straight-backed affair, and sat down in it gingerly. +Remembering past visits to O'Connor, he was grateful for even the +small amount of relaxation the hard wood afforded him. O'Connor had +only recently unbent to the point of supplying a spare chair in his +office for visitors, and, apparently, especially for Malone. Perhaps, +Malone thought, it was more gratitude for the lovely specimens. + +Malone still felt uncomfortable, but tried bravely not to show it. He +felt slightly guilty, too, as he always did when he popped into +O'Connor's office without bothering to stay spacebound. By law, after +all, he knew he should check in and out at the main gate of the huge, +ultra-top-secret government reservation whenever he visited Yucca +Flats. But that meant wasting a lot of time and going through a lot of +trouble. Malone had rationalized it out for himself that way, and had +got just far enough to do things the quick and easy way, and not quite +far enough to feel undisturbed about it. After all, he told himself +grimly, anything that saved time and trouble increased the efficiency +of the FBI, so it was all to the good. + +He swallowed hard. "Dr. O'Connor--" he began. + +O'Connor looked up again. "Yes?" he said. He'd had plenty of practice +in watching people appear and disappear, between Malone and the +specimens Malone had brought him; he was beyond surprise or shock by +now. + +"I came here to talk to you," Malone began again. + +O'Connor nodded, a trifle impatiently. "Yes," he said. "I know that." + +"Well--" Malone thought fast. Presenting the case to O'Connor was +impossible; it was too complicated, and it might violate governmental +secrecy somewhere along the line. He decided to wrap it up in a +hypothetical situation. "Doctor," he said, "I know that all the +various manifestations of the _psi_ powers were investigated and named +long before responsible scientists became interested in the subject." + +"That," O'Connor said with some reluctance, "is true." He looked sad, +as if he wished they'd waited on naming some of the psionic +manifestations until he'd been born and started investigating them. +Malone tried to imagine a person doing something called O'Connorizing, +and decided he was grateful for history. + +"Well, then--" he said. + +"At least," O'Connor cut in, "it is true in a rather vague and general +way. You see, Mr. Malone, any precise description of a psionic +manifestation must wait until a metalanguage has grown up to encompass +it; that is, until understanding and knowledge have reached the point +where careful and accurate description can take place." + +"Oh," Malone said helplessly. "Sure." He wondered if what O'Connor had +said meant anything, and decided that it probably did, but he didn't +want to know about it. + +"While we have not yet reached that point," O'Connor said, "we are +approaching it in our experiments. I am hopeful that, in the near +future--" + +"Well," Malone cut in desperately, "sure. Of course. Naturally." + + * * * * * + +Dr. O'Connor looked miffed. The temperature of the room seemed to +drop several degrees, and Malone swallowed hard and tried to look +ingratiating and helpful, like a student with nothing but A's on his +record. + +Before O'Connor could pick up the thread of his sentence, Malone went +on: "What I mean is something like this. Picking up the mental +activity of another person is called telepathy. Floating in the air is +called levitation. Moving objects around is psychokinesis. Going from +one place to another instantaneously is teleportation. And so on." + +"The language you use," O'Connor said, still miffed, "is extremely +loose. I might go so far as to say that the statements you have made +are, essentially, meaningless as a result of their lack of rigor." + +Malone took a deep breath. "Dr. O'Connor," he said, "you know what I +mean, don't you?" + +"I believe so," O'Connor said, with the air of a king granting a +pardon to a particularly repulsive-looking subject in the lowest +income brackets. + +"Well, then," Malone said. "Yes or no?" + +O'Connor frowned. "Yes or no what?" he said. + +"I" Malone blinked. "I meant, the things have names," he said at last. +"All the various psionic manifestations have names." + +"Ah," O'Connor said. "Well. I should say." He put his fingertips +together and stared at a point on the white ceiling for a second. +"Yes," he said at last. + +Malone breathed a sigh of relief. "Good," he said. "That's what I +wanted to know." He leaned forward. "And if they all do have names," +he went on, "what is it called, when a large group of people are +forced to act in a certain manner?" + +O'Connor shrugged. "Forced?" he said. + +"Forced by mental power," Malone said. + +There was a second of silence. + +"At first," O'Connor said, "I might think of various examples: the +actions of a mob, for example, or the demonstrations of the Indian +Rope Trick, or perhaps the sale of a useless product through +television or through other advertising." Again his face moved, ever +so slightly, in what he obviously believed to be a smile. "The usual +name for such a phenomenon is 'mass hypnotism,' Mr. Malone," he said. +"But that is not, strictly speaking, a _psi_ phenomenon at all. +Studies in that area belong to the field of mob psychology; they are +not properly in my scope." He looked vastly superior to anything and +everything that was outside his scope. Malone concentrated on looking +receptive and understanding. + +"Yes?" he said. + +O'Connor gave him a look that made Malone feel he'd been caught +cribbing during an exam, but the scientist said nothing to back up the +look. Instead, he went on: "I will grant that there may be an +amplification of the telepathic faculty in the normal individual in +such cases." + +"Good," Malone said doubtfully. + +"Such an amplification," O'Connor went on, as if he hadn't heard, +"would account for the apparent ... ah ... mental linkage that makes a +mob appear to act as a single organism during certain periods of ... +ah ... stress." He looked judicious for a second, and then nodded. +"However," he said, "other than that, I would doubt that there is any +psionic force involved." + +Malone spent a second or two digesting O'Connor's reply. "Well," he +said at last, "I'm not sure that's what I meant. I mean, I'm not sure +I meant to ask that question." He took a breath and decided to start +all over. "It's not like a mob," he said, "with everybody all doing +the same thing at the same time. It's more like a group of men, all +separated, without any apparent connections between any of the men. +And they're all working toward a common goal. All doing different +things, but all with the same objective. See?" + +"Of course I do," O'Connor said flatly. "But what you're suggesting--" +He looked straight at Malone. "Have you had any experience of this ... +phenomenon?" + +"Experience?" Malone said. + +"I believe you have had," O'Connor said. "Such a concept could not +have come to you in a theoretical manner. You must be involved with an +actual situation very much like the one you describe." + +Malone swallowed. "Me?" he said. + +"Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "May I remind you that this is Yucca +Flats? That the security checks here are as careful as anywhere in the +world? That I, myself, have top-security clearance for my special +projects? You do not need to watch your words here." + +"It's not security," Malone said. "Anyhow, it's not only security. But +things are pretty complicated." + +"I assure you," O'Connor said, "that I will be able to understand even +events which you feel are complex." + +Malone swallowed again, hard. "I didn't mean--" he started. + +"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. His voice was colder than usual. +Malone had the feeling that he was about to take the extra chair away. +"Go on," O'Connor said. "Explain yourself." + +Malone took a deep breath. He started with the facts he'd been told by +Burris, and went straight through to the interviews of the two +computer-secretary technicians by Boyd and Company. + +It took quite a while. By the time he had finished, O'Connor wasn't +looking frozen any more; he'd apparently forgotten to keep the freezer +coils running. Instead, his face showed frank bewilderment, and great +interest. "I never heard of such a thing," he said. "Never. Not at any +time." + +"But--" + +O'Connor shook his head. "I have never heard of a psionic +manifestation on that order," he said. It seemed to be a painful +admission. "Something that would make a random group of men co-operate +in that manner--why, it's completely new." + +"It is?" Malone said, wondering if, when it was all investigated and +described, it might be called O'Connorizing. Then he wondered how +anybody was going to go about investigating it and describing it, and +sank even deeper into gloom. + +[Illustration] + +"Completely new," O'Connor said. "You may take my word." Then, slowly, +he began to brighten again, with all the glitter of newly-formed ice. +"As a matter of fact," he said, in a tone more like his usual one, +"Mr. Malone, I don't think it's possible." + +"But it happened," Malone said. "It's still happening. All over." + +O'Connor's lips tightened. "I have given my opinion," he said. "I do +not believe that such a thing is possible. There must be some other +explanation." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. "I'll bite. What is it?" + +O'Connor frowned. "Your levity," he said, "is uncalled-for." + +Malone shrugged. "I didn't mean to be--" he paused. "Anyhow, I didn't +mean to be funny," he went on. "But I would like to have another idea +of what's causing all this." + +"Scientific theories," O'Connor said sternly, "are not invented on the +spur of the moment. Only after long, careful thought--" + +"You mean you can't think of anything," Malone said. + +"There must be some other explanation," O'Connor said. "Naturally, +since the facts have only now been presented to me, it is impossible +for me to display at once a fully constructed theory." + +Malone nodded slowly. "O.K.," he said. "Have you got any hints, then? +Any ideas at all?" + +O'Connor shook his head. "I have not," he said. "But I strongly +suggest, Mr. Malone, that you recheck your data. The fault may very +well lie in your own interpretations of the actual facts." + +"I don't think so," Malone said. + +O'Connor grimaced. "I do," he said firmly. + +Malone sighed, very faintly. He shifted in the chair and began to +realize, for the first time, just how uncomfortable it really was. He +also felt a little chilly, and the chill was growing. That, he told +himself, was the effect of Dr. O'Connor. He no longer regretted +wearing his hat. As a matter of fact, he thought wistfully for a +second of a small, light overcoat. + +O'Connor, he told himself, was definitely not the warm, friendly type. + +"Well, then," he said, conquering the chilly feeling for a second, +"maybe there's somebody else. Somebody who knows something more about +psionics, and who might have some other ideas about--" + +"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "The United States Government +would hardly have chosen me had I not been uniquely qualified in my +field." + +Malone sighed again. "I mean ... maybe there are some books on the +subject," he said quietly, hoping he sounded tactful. "Maybe there's +something I could look up." + +"Mr. Malone." The temperature of the office, Malone realized, was +definitely lowering. O'Connor's built-in freezer coils were working +overtime, he told himself. "The field of psionics is so young that I +can say, without qualification, that I am acquainted with everything +written on the subject. By that, of course, I mean scientific works. I +do not doubt that the American Society for Psychical Research, for +instance, has hundreds of crackpot books which I have never read, or +even heard of. But in the strictly scientific field, I must say +that--" + +He broke off, looking narrowly at Malone with what might have been +concern, but looked more like discouragement and boredom. + +"Mr. Malone," he said, "are you ill?" + +Malone thought about it. He wasn't quite sure, he discovered. The +chill in the office was bothering him more and more, and as it grew he +began to doubt that it was all due to the O'Connor influence. Suddenly +a distinct shudder started somewhere in the vicinity of his shoulders +and rippled its way down his body. + +Another one followed it, and then a third. + +"Me?" Malone said. "I'm ... I'm all right." + +"You seem to have contracted a chill," O'Connor said. + +A fourth shudder followed the other three. + +"I ... guess so," Malone said. "I d-d ... I do s-seem to be r-r-rather +chilly." + +O'Connor nodded. "Ah," he said. "I thought so. Although a chill is +certainly odd at seventy-two degrees Fahrenheit." He looked at the +thermometer just outside the window of his office, then turned back to +Malone. "Pardon me," he said. "Seventy-one point six." + +"Is ... is that all it is?" Malone said. Seventy-one point six +degrees, or even seventy-two, hardly sounded like the broiling Nevada +desert he'd expected. + +"Of course," O'Connor said. "At nine o'clock in the morning, one would +hardly expect great temperatures. The desert becomes quite hot during +the day, but cools off rapidly; I assume you are familiar with the +laws covering the system." + +"Sure," Malone said. "S-sure." + +The chills were not getting any better. They continued to travel up +and down his body with the dignified regularity of Pennsylvania +Railroad commuter trains. + +O'Connor frowned for a second. It was obvious that his keen scientific +eye was sizing up the phenomenon, and reporting events to his keen +scientific brain. In a second or less, the keen scientific brain had +come up with an answer, and Dr. O'Connor spoke in his very keenest +scientific voice. + +"I should have warned you," he said, without an audible trace of +regret. "The answer is childishly simple, Mr. Malone. You left +Washington at noon." + +"Just a little before noon," Malone said. Remembering the burning sun, +he added: "High noon. Very high." + +"Just so," O'Connor said. "And not only the heat was intense; the +humidity, I assume, was also high." + +"Very," Malone said, thinking back. He shivered again. + +"In Washington," O'Connor said, "it was noon. Here it is nine o'clock, +and hardly as warm. The atmosphere is quite arid, and about twenty +degrees below that obtaining in Washington." + +Malone thought about it, trying to ignore the chills. "Oh," he said at +last. "And all the time I thought it was you." + +"What?" O'Connor leaned forward. + +"Nothing," Malone said hastily. + +"My suggestion," O'Connor said, putting his fingertips together again, +"is that you take off your clothes, which are undoubtedly damp, and--" + +Naturally, Malone had not brought any clothes to Yucca Flats to change +into. And when he tried to picture himself in a spare suit of Dr. +O'Connor's, the picture just wouldn't come. Besides, the idea of doing +a modified strip-tease in, or near, the O'Connor office was thoroughly +unattractive. + +"Well," he said slowly, "thanks a lot, doctor, but no thanks. I really +have a better idea." + +"Better?" O'Connor said. + +"Well, I--" Malone took a deep breath and shut his eyes. + +He heard Dr. O'Connor say: "Well, Mr. Malone--good-by. And good luck." + +Then the office in Yucca Flats was gone, and Malone was standing in +the bedroom of his own apartment, on the fringes of Washington, D. C. + + +IV + +He walked over to the wall control and shut off the air-conditioning +in a hurry. He threw open a window and breathed great gulps of the +hot, humid air from the streets. In a small corner at the back of his +mind, he wondered why he was grateful for the air he had suffered +under only a few minutes before. But that, he reflected, was life. And +a very silly kind of life, too, he told himself without rancor. + +In a few minutes he left the window, somewhat restored, and headed for +the shower. When it was running nicely and he was under it, he started +to sing. But his voice didn't sound as much like the voice of Lauritz +Melchior as it usually did, not even when he made a brave, if +foolhardy stab at the Melchior accent. Slowly, he began to realize +that he was bothered. + +He climbed out of the shower and started drying himself. Up to now, he +thought, he had depended on Dr. Thomas O'Connor for edifying, +trustworthy and reasonably complete information about psionics and +_psi_ phenomena in general. He had looked on O'Connor as a sort of +living version of an extremely good edition of the _Britannica_, +always available for reference. + +And now O'Connor had failed him. That, Malone thought, was hardly +fair. O'Connor had no business failing him--particularly when there +was no place else to go. + +The scientist had been right, of course, Malone knew. There was no +other scientist who knew as much about psionics as O'Connor, and if +O'Connor said there were no books, then that was that: there were no +books. + +He reached for a drawer in his dresser, opened it and pulled out some +underclothes, humming tunelessly under his breath as he dressed. If +there was no one to ask, he thought, and if there were no books-- + +He stopped with a sock in his hand, and stared at it in wonder. +O'Connor hadn't said there were no books. As a matter of fact, Malone +realized, he'd said exactly the opposite. + +There were books. But they were "crackpot" books. O'Connor had never +read them. He had, he said, probably never even heard of many of them. + +"Crackpot" was a fighting word to O'Connor. But to Malone it had all +the sweetness of flattery. After all, he'd found telepaths in insane +asylums, and teleports among the juvenile delinquents of New York. +"Crackpot" was a word that was rapidly ceasing to have any meaning at +all in Malone's mind. + +He realized that he was still staring at the sock, which was black +with a gold clock. Hurriedly, he put it on, and finished dressing. He +reached for the phone and made a few fast calls, and then teleported +himself to his locked office in FBI Headquarters, on East Sixty-ninth +Street in New York. He let himself out, and strolled down the +corridor. The agent-in-charge looked up from his desk as Malone +passed, blinked, and said: "Hello, Malone. What's up now?" + +"I'm going prowling," Malone said. "But there won't be any work for +you, as far as I can see." + +"Oh?" + +"Just relax," Malone said. "Breathe easy." + +"I'll try to," the agent-in-charge said, a little sadly. "But every +time you show up, I think about that wave of red Cadillacs you +started. I'll never feel really secure again." + +"Relax," Malone said. "Next time it won't be Cadillacs. But it might +be spirits, blowing on ear-trumpets. Or whatever it is they do." + +"Spirits, Malone?" the agent-in-charge said. + +"No, thanks," Malone said sternly. "I never drink on duty." He gave +the agent a cheery wave of his hand and went out to the street. + + * * * * * + +The Psychical Research Society had offices in the Ravell Building, a +large structure composed mostly of plate glass and anodized aluminum +that looked just a little like a bright blue, partially transparent +crackerbox that had been stood on end for purposes unknown. Having +walked all the way down to this box on Fifty-sixth Street, Malone had +recovered his former sensitivity range to temperature and felt +pathetically grateful for the coolish sea breeze that made New York +somewhat less of an unbearable Summer Festival than was normal. + +The lobby of the building was glittering and polished, as if human +beings could not possibly exist in it. Malone took an elevator to the +sixth floor, stepped out into a small, equally polished hall, and +hurriedly looked off to his right. A small door stood there, with a +legend engraved in elegantly small letters. It said: + + _The Psychical Research Society_ + _Push_ + +Malone obeyed instructions. The door swung noiselessly open, and then +closed behind him. + +He was in a large square-looking room which had a couch and chair set +at one corner, and a desk at the far end. Behind the desk was a brass +plate, on which was engraved: + + _The Psychical Research Society_ + _Main Offices_ + +To Malone's left was a hall that angled off into invisibility, and to +the left of the desk was another one, going straight back past doors +and two radiators until it ran into a right-angled turn and also +disappeared. + +Malone took in the details of his surroundings almost automatically, +filing them in his memory just in case he ever needed to use them. + +One detail, however, required more than automatic attention. Sitting +behind the desk, her head just below the brass plaque, was a redhead. +She was, Malone thought, positively beautiful. Of course, he could not +see the lower two-thirds of her body, but if they were half as +interesting as the upper third and the face and head, he was willing +to spend days, weeks or even months on their investigation. Some jobs, +he told himself, feeling a strong sense of duty, were definitely worth +taking time over. + +She was turned slightly away from Malone, and had obviously not heard +him come in. Malone wondered how best to announce himself, and +regretfully gave up the idea of tiptoeing up to the girl, placing his +hands over her eyes, kissing the back of her neck and crying: +"Surprise!" It was elegant, he felt, but it just wasn't right. + +He compromised at last on the old established method of +throat-clearing to attract her attention. He was sure he could take it +from there, to an eminently satisfying conclusion. + +He tiptoed on the deep-pile rug right up to her desk. + +And the expected happened. + +He sneezed. + +The sneeze was loud and long, and it echoed through the room and +throughout the corridors. It sounded to Malone like the blast of a +small bomb, or possibly a grenade. Startled himself by the volume of +sound he had managed to generate, he jumped back. + +The girl had jumped, too--but her leap had been straight upward, about +an inch and a half. She came down on her chair and reached up a hand. +The hand wiped the back of her neck with a slow, lingering motion of +complete loathing. Then, equally slowly, she turned. + +"That," she said in a low, sweet voice, "was a dirty trick." + +"It was an accident," Malone said. + +She regarded Malone darkly. "Do you always do that to strangers? Is it +some new sort of perversion?" + +"I have never done such a thing before," Malone said sternly. + +"Oh," the girl said. "An experimenter. Avid for new sensations. +Probably a jaded scion of a rich New York family." She paused. "Tell +me," she said. "Is it fun?" + +Malone opened his mouth, but nothing came out. He shut it, thought for +a second and then tried again. He got as far as: "I--" before Nemesis +overtook him. The second sneeze was even louder and more powerful than +the first had been. + +"It must be fun," the girl said acidly, producing a handkerchief from +somewhere and going to work on her face. "You just can't seem to wait +to do it again. Would it do any good to tell you that the fascination +with this form of greeting is not universal? Or don't you care?" + +Malone said, goaded, "I've got a cold." + +"And you feel you should share it with the world," the girl said. "I +quite understand. Tell me, is there anything I can do for you? Or has +your mission been accomplished?" + +"My mission?" Malone said. + +"Having sneezed twice at me," the girl said, "do you now feel +satisfied? Will you vanish softly and silently away? Or do you want to +sneeze at somebody else?" + +"I want the President of the Society," Malone said. "According to my +information, his name is Sir Lewis Carter." + +"And if you sneeze at him," the girl said, "yours is going to be mud. +He isn't much on novelty." + +"I--" + +"Besides which," she said, "he's extremely busy. And I don't think +he'll see you at all. Why don't you go and sneeze at somebody else? +There must be lots of people who would consider themselves honored to +be noticed, especially in such a startling way. Why don't you try and +find one somewhere? Somewhere very far away?" + +Malone was beyond speech. He fumbled for his wallet, flipped it open +and showed the girl his identification. + +"My, my," she said. "And hasn't the FBI anything better to do? I mean, +can't you go and sneeze at counterfeiters in their lairs, or wherever +they might be?" + +"I want to see Sir Lewis Carter," Malone said doggedly. + +The girl shrugged and picked up the phone on her desk. It was a +blank-vision device, of course; many office intercoms were. She +dialed, waited and then said: "Sir Lewis, please." Another second went +by. Then she spoke again. "Sir Lewis," she said, "this is Lou, at the +front desk. There's a man here named Malone, who wants to see you." + +She waited a second. "I don't know what he wants," she told the phone. +"But he's from the FBI." A second's pause. "That's right, the FBI," +she said. "All right, Sir Lewis. Right away." She hung up the phone +and turned to watch Malone warily. + +"Sir Lewis," she said, "will see you. I couldn't say why. But take the +side corridor to the rear of the suite. His office has his name on it, +and I won't tell you you can't miss it because I have every faith that +you will. Good luck." + +Malone blinked. "Look," he said. "I know I startled you, but I didn't +mean to. I--" He started to sneeze, but this time he got his own +handkerchief out in time and muffled the explosion slightly. + +"Good work," the girl said approvingly. + + * * * * * + +There was nothing at all to say to that remark, Malone reflected as he +wended his way down the side corridor. It seemed endless, and kept +branching off unexpectedly. Once he blundered into a large open room +filled with people at desks. A woman who seemed to have a great many +teeth and rather bulbous eyes looked up at him. "Can I help you?" she +said in a fervent whine. + +"I sincerely hope not," Malone said, backing away and managing to find +the corridor once more. After what seemed like a long time, and two +more sneezes, he found a small door which was labeled in capital +letters: + + THE PSYCHICAL RESEARCH + SOCIETY + SIR LEWIS CARTER + PRESIDENT + +Malone sighed. "Well," he muttered, "they certainly aren't hiding +anything." He pushed at the door, and it swung open. + +Sir Lewis was a tall, solidly-built man with a kindly expression. He +wore gray flannel trousers and a brown tweed jacket, which made an +interesting color contrast with his iron-gray hair. His teeth were +clenched so firmly on the bit of a calabash pipe with a meerschaum +bowl that Malone wondered if he could ever get loose. Malone shut the +door behind him, and Sir Lewis rose and extended a hand. + +Malone went to the desk and reached across to take the hand. It was +firm and dry. "I'm Kenneth Malone," Malone said. + +"Ah, yes," Sir Lewis said. "Pleased to meet you; always happy, of +course, to do whatever I can for your FBI. Not only a duty, so to +speak, but a pleasure. Sit down. Please do sit down." + +Malone found a chair at the side of the desk, and sank into it. It was +soft and comfortable. It provided such a contrast to O'Connor's +furnishings that Malone began to wish it was Sir Lewis who was +employed at Yucca Flats. Then he could tell Sir Lewis everything about +the case. + +Now, of course, he could only hedge and try to make do without stating +very many facts. "Sir Lewis," he said, "I trust you'll keep this +conversation confidential." + +"Naturally," Sir Lewis said. He removed the pipe, stared at it, and +replaced it. + +"I can't give you the full details," Malone went on, "but the FBI is +presently engaged in an investigation which requires the specialized +knowledge your organization seems to have." + +"FBI?" Sir Lewis said. "Specialized investigation?" He seemed pleased, +but a trifle puzzled. "Dear boy, anything we have is at your disposal, +of course. But I quite fail to see how you can consider us--" + +"It's rather an unusual problem," Malone said, feeling that that was +the understatement of the year. "But I understand that your records go +back nearly a century." + +"Quite true," Sir Lewis murmured. + +"During that time," Malone said, "the Society investigated a great +many supposedly supernatural or supernormal incidents." + +"Many of them," Sir Lewis said, "were discovered to be fraudulent, I'm +afraid. The great majority, in fact." + +"That's what I'd assume," Malone said. He fished in his pockets, found +a cigarette and lit it. Sir Lewis went on chewing at his unlit pipe. +"What we're interested in," Malone said, "is some description of the +various methods by which these frauds were perpetrated." + +"Ah," Sir Lewis said. "The tricks of the trade, so to speak?" + +"Exactly," Malone said. + +"Well, then," Sir Lewis said. "The luminous gauze, for instance, that +passes for ectoplasm; the various methods of table-lifting; control of +the ouija board--things like that?" + +"Not quite that elementary," Malone said. He puffed on the cigarette, +wishing it was a cigar. "We're pretty much up to that kind of thing. +But had it ever occurred to you that many of the methods used by phony +mind-reading acts, for instance, might be used as communication +methods by spies?" + +"Why, I believe some have been," Sir Lewis said. "Though I don't know +much about that, of course; there was a case during the First World +War--" + +"Exactly," Malone said. He took a deep breath. "It's things like that +we're interested in," he said, and spent the next twenty minutes +slowly approaching his subject. Sir Lewis, apparently fascinated, was +perfectly willing to unbend in any direction, and jotted down notes on +some of Malone's more interesting cases, murmuring: "Most unusual, +most unusual," as he wrote. + +The various types of phenomena that the Society had investigated came +into the discussion, and Malone heard quite a lot about the Beyond, +the Great Summerland, Spirit Mediums and the hypothetical existence of +fairies, goblins and elves. + +"But, Sir Lewis--" he said. + +"I make no claims personally," Sir Lewis said. "But I understand that +there is a large and somewhat vocal group which does make rather +solid-sounding claims in that direction. They say that they have seen +fairies, talked with goblins, danced with the elves." + +"They must be very unusual people," Malone said, understating heavily. + +"Oh," Sir Lewis said, "without a that it goes through +Accounting." + +Talk like this passed away nearly a half hour, until Malone finally +felt that it was the right time to introduce some of his real +questions. "Tell me, Sir Lewis," he said, "have you had many instances +of a single man, or a small group of men, controlling the actions of a +much larger group? And doing it in such a way that the larger group +doesn't even know it is being manipulated?" + +"Of course I have," Sir Lewis said. "And so have you. They call it +advertising." + +Malone flicked his cigarette into an ashtray. "I didn't mean exactly +that," he said. "Suppose they're doing it in such a way that the +larger group doesn't even suspect that manipulation is going on?" + +Sir Lewis removed his pipe and frowned at it. "I may be able to give +you a little information," he said slowly, "but not much." + +"Ah?" Malone said, trying to sound only mildly interested. + +"Outside of mob psychology," Sir Lewis said, "and all that sort of +thing, I really haven't seen any record of a case of such a thing +happening. And I can't quite imagine anyone faking it." + +"But you have got some information?" Malone said. + +"Certainly," Sir Lewis said. "There is always spirit control." + +"Spirit control?" Malone blinked. + +"Demonic intervention," Sir Lewis said. "'My name is Legion,' you +know." + +Sir Lewis Legion, Malone thought confusedly, was a rather unusual +name. He took a breath and caught hold of his revolving mind. "How +would you go about that?" he said, a little hopelessly. + +"I haven't the foggiest," Sir Lewis admitted cheerfully. "But I will +have it looked up for you." He made a note. "Anything else?" + +Malone tried to think. "Yes," he said at last. "Can you give me a +condensed report on what is known--and I mean _known_--on telepathy +and teleportation?" + +"What you want," Sir Lewis said, "are those cases proven genuine, not +the ones in which we have established fraud, or those still in doubt." + +"Exactly," Malone said. If he got no other use out of the data, it +would provide a measuring-stick for the Society. The general public +didn't know that the government was actually using psionic powers, and +the Society's theories, checked against actual fact, would provide a +rough index of reliability to use on the Society's other data. + +But spirits, somehow, didn't seem very likely. Malone sighed and stood +up. + +"I'll have copies made of all the relevant material," Sir Lewis said, +"from our library and research files. Where do you want the material +sent? I do want to warn you of its bulk; there may be quite a lot of +it." + +"FBI Headquarters, on Sixty-ninth Street," Malone said. "And send a +statement of expenses along with it. As long as the bill's within +reason, don't worry about itemizing; I'll see that it goes through +Accounting." + +Sir Lewis nodded. "Fine," he said. "And, if you should have any +difficulties with the material, please let me know. I'll always be +glad to help." + +"Thanks for your co-operation," Malone said. He went to the door, and +walked on out. + +He blundered back into the same big room again, on his way through the +corridors. The bulbous-eyed woman, who seemed to have inherited a full +set of thirty-two teeth from each of her parents, gave him a friendly +if somewhat crowded smile, but Malone pressed on without a word. After +a while, he found the reception room again. + + * * * * * + +The girl behind the desk looked up. "How did he react?" she said. + +Malone blinked. "React?" he said. + +"When you sneezed at him," she said. "Because I've been thinking it +over, and I've got a new theory. You're doing a survey on how people +act when encountering sneezes. Like Kinsey." + +This girl--Lou something, Malone thought, and with difficulty +refrained from adding "Gehrig"--had an unusual effect, he decided. He +wondered if there were anyone in the world she couldn't reduce to +paralyzed silence. + +"Of course," she went on, "Kinsey was dealing with sex, and you +aren't. At least, you aren't during business hours." She smiled +politely at Malone. + +"No," he said helplessly, "I'm not." + +"It is sneezing, then," she said. "Will I be in the book when it's +published?" + +"Book?" Malone said, feeling more and more like a rather low-grade +moron. + +"The book on sneezing, when you get it published," she said. "I can +see it now--the Case of Miss X, a Receptionist." + +"There isn't going to be any book," Malone said. + +She shook her head. "That's a shame," she said. "I've always wanted to +be a Miss X. It sounds exciting." + +"X," Malone said at random, "marks the spot." + +"Why, that's the sweetest thing that's been said to me all day," the +girl said. "I thought you could hardly talk, and here you come out +with lovely things like that. But I'll bet you say it to all the +girls." + +"I have never said it to anybody before," Malone said flatly. "And I +never will again." + +The girl sighed. "I'll treasure it," she said. "My one great moment. +Good-by, Mr. ... Malone, isn't it?" + +"Ken," Malone said. "Just call me Ken." + +"And I'm Lou," the girl said. "Good-by." + +An elevator arrived and Malone ducked into it. Louie? he thought. +Louise? Luke? Of course, there was Sir Lewis Carter, who might be +called Lou. Was he related to the girl? + +No, Malone thought wildly. Relations went by last names. There was no +reason for Lou to be related to Sir Lewis. They didn't even look +alike. For instance, he had no desire whatever to make a date with Sir +Lewis Carter, or to take him to a glittering nightclub. And the very +idea of Sir Lewis Carter sitting on the Malone lap was enough to give +him indigestion and spots before the eyes. + +Sternly, he told himself to get back to business. The elevator stopped +at the lobby and he got out and started down the street, feeling that +consideration of the Lady Known As Lou was much more pleasant. After +all, what did he have to work with, as far as his job was concerned? + +So far, two experts had told him that his theory was full of lovely +little holes. Worse than that, they had told him that mass control of +human beings was impossible, as far as they knew. + +And maybe it was impossible, he told himself sadly. Maybe he should +just junk his whole theory and think up a new one. Maybe there was no +psionics involved in the thing at all, and Boyd and O'Connor were +right. + +Of course, he had a deep-seated conviction that psionics was somewhere +at the root of everything, but that didn't necessarily mean anything. +A lot of people had deep-seated convictions that they were beetles, or +that the world was flat. And then again, murderers often suffered as a +result of deep-seated convictions. + +On the other hand, maybe he had invented a whole new psionic +theory--or, at least, observed some new psionic facts. Maybe they +would call the results Maloneizing, instead of O'Connorizing. He tried +to picture a man opening a door and saying: "Come out quick--Mr. +Frembits is Maloneizing again." + +It didn't sound very plausible. But, after all, he did have a +deep-seated conviction. He tried to think of a shallow-seated +conviction, and failed. Didn't convictions ever stand up, anyhow, or +lie down? + +He shook his head, discovered that he was on Sixty-ninth Street, and +headed for the FBI headquarters. His convictions, he had found, were +sometimes an expression of his precognitive powers; he determined to +ride with them, at least for a while. + +By the time he came to the office of the agent-in-charge, he had +figured out the beginnings of a new line of attack. + +"How about the ghosts?" the agent-in-charge asked as he passed. + +"They'll be along," Malone said. "In a big bundle, addressed to me +personally. And don't open the bundle." + +"Why not?" the agent-in-charge asked. + +"Because I don't want the things to get loose and run around saying +_Boo!_ to everybody," Malone said brightly, and went on. + + * * * * * + +He opened the door of his private office, went inside and sat down at +the desk there. He took his time about framing a thought, a single, +clear, deliberate thought: + +_Your Majesty, I'd like to speak to you._ + +[Illustration] + +He hardly had time to finish it. A flash of color appeared in the +room, just a few feet from his desk. The flash resolved itself into a +tiny, grandmotherly-looking woman with a corona of white hair and a +kindly, twinkling expression. She was dressed in the full court +costume of the First Elizabethan period, and this was hardly +surprising to Malone. The little old lady believed, quite firmly, that +she was Queen Elizabeth I, miraculously preserved over all these +centuries. Malone, himself, had practically forgotten that the woman's +real name was Rose Thompson, and that she had only been alive for +sixty-five years or so. For most of that time, she had been insane. + +For all of that time, however, she had been a genuine telepath. She +had been discovered during the course of Malone's first psionic case, +and by now she had even learned to teleport by "reading" the process +in Malone's mind. + +"Good afternoon, Sir Kenneth," she said in a regal, kindly voice. She +was mad, he knew, but her delusion was nicely kept within bounds. All +of her bright world hinged on the single fact that she was unshakably +certain of her royalty. As long as the FBI catered to that +notion--which included a Royal dwelling for her in Yucca Flats, and +the privilege of occasionally knighting FBI Agents who had pleased her +unpredictable fancy--she was perfectly rational on all other points. +She co-operated with Dr. O'Connor and with the FBI in the +investigation of her psionic powers, and she had given her Royal word +not to teleport except at Malone's personal request. + +"I'd like to talk to you," Malone said, "Your Majesty." + +There was an odd note in the Queen's voice, and an odd, haunted +expression on her face. "I've been hoping you'd ask me to come," she +said. + +"I had a hunch you were following me telepathically," Malone said. +"Can you give me any help?" + +"I ... I really don't know," she said. "It's something new, and +something ... disturbing. I've never come across anything like it +before." + +"Like what?" Malone asked. + +"It's the--" She made a gesture that conveyed nothing at all to +Malone. "The ... the static," she said at last. + +Malone blinked. "Static?" he said. + +"Yes," she said. "You're not telepathic, so I can't tell you what it's +really like. But ... well, Sir Kenneth, have you ever seen disturbance +on a TV screen, when there's some powerful electric output nearby? The +bright, senseless snowstorms, the meaningless hash?" + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"It's like that," she said. "It's a ... a sudden, meaningless, +disturbing blare of telepathic energy." + +The telephone rang once. Malone ignored it. + +"What's causing these disturbances?" he asked. + +She shook her head. "I don't know, Sir Kenneth. I don't know," she +said. "I can't pick up a person's mind over a distance unless I know +him--and I can't see what's causing this at all. It's ... frankly, Sir +Kenneth, it's rather terrifying." + +The phone rang again. + +"How long have you been experiencing this disturbance?" Malone asked. +He looked at the phone. + +"The telephone isn't important," Her Majesty said. "It's only Sir +Thomas, calling to tell you he's arrested three spies, and that +doesn't matter at all." + +"It doesn't?" + +"Not at all," Her Majesty said. "What does matter is that I've only +been picking up these flashes since you were assigned to this new +case, Sir Kenneth. And--" She paused. + +"Well?" Malone said. + +"And they only appear," Her Majesty said, "when I'm tuned to _your_ +mind!" + +[Illustration] + + +V + +Malone stared. He tried to say something but he couldn't find any +words. The telephone rang again and he pushed the switch with a sense +of relief. The beard-fringed face of Thomas Boyd appeared on the +screen. + +"You're getting hard to find," Boyd said. "I think you're letting fame +and fortune go to your head." + +"I left word at the office that I was coming here," Malone said +aggrievedly. + +"Sure you did," Boyd said. "How do you think I found you? Am I +telepathic? Do I have strange powers?" + +"Wouldn't surprise me in the least," Malone said. "Now, about those +spies--" + +"See what I mean?" Boyd said. "How did you know?" + +"Just lucky, I guess," Malone murmured. "But what about them?" + +"Well," Boyd said, "we picked up two men working in the Senate Office +Building, and another one working for the State Department." + +"And they are spies?" Malone said. "Real spies?" + +"Oh, they're real enough," Boyd said. "We've known about 'em for +years, and I finally decided to pick them up for questioning. Maybe +they have something to do with all this mess that's bothering +everybody." + +"You haven't the faintest idea what you mean," Malone said. "Mess is +hardly the word." + +Boyd snorted. "You go on getting yourself confused," he said, "while +some of us do the real work. After all--" + +"Never mind the insults," Malone said. "How about the spies?" + +"Well," Boyd said, a trifle reluctantly, "they've been working as +janitors and maintenance men, and of course we've made sure they +haven't been able to get their hands on any really valuable +information." + +"So they've suddenly turned into criminal masterminds," Malone said. +"After being under careful surveillance for years--" + +"Well, it's possible," Boyd said defensively. + +"Almost anything is possible," Malone said. + +"Some things," Boyd said carefully, "are more possible than others." + +"Thank you, Charles W. Aristotle," Malone said. "I hope you realize +what you've done, picking up those three men. We might have been able +to get some good lines on them, if you'd left them where they were." + +There is an old story about a general who went on an inspection tour +of the front during World War I, and, putting his head incautiously up +out of a trench, was narrowly missed by a sniper's bullet. He turned +to a nearby sergeant and bellowed: "Get that sniper!" + +"Oh, we've got him spotted, sir," the sergeant said. "He's been there +for six days now." + +"Well, then," the general said, "why don't you blast him out of +there?" + +"Well, sir, it's this way," the sergeant explained. "He's fired about +sixty rounds since he's been out there, and he hasn't hit anything +yet. We're afraid if we get rid of him they'll put up somebody who +_can_ shoot." + +This was standard FBI policy when dealing with minor spies. A great +many had been spotted, including four in the Department of Fisheries. +But known spies are easier to keep track of than unknown ones. And, as +long as they're allowed to think they haven't been spotted, they may +lead the way to other spies or spy networks. + +"I thought it was worth the risk," Boyd said. "After all, if they have +something to do with the case--" + +"But they don't," Malone said. + +Boyd exploded, "Let me find out for myself, will you? You're spoiling +all the fun." + +"Well, anyhow," Malone said, "they don't." + +"You can't afford to take any chances," Boyd said. "After all, when I +think about William Logan, I tell myself we'd better take care of +every lead." + +"Well," Malone said finally, "you may be right. And then again, you +may be normally wrong." + +"What is that supposed to mean?" Boyd said. + +"How should I know?" Malone said "I'm too busy to go around and around +like this. But since you've picked up the spies, I suppose it won't do +any harm to find out if they know anything." + +Boyd snorted again. "Thank you," he said, "for your kind permission." + +"I'll be right down," Malone said. + +"I'll be waiting," Boyd said. "In Interrogation Room 7. You'll +recognize me by the bullet hole in my forehead and the strange South +American poison, hitherto unknown to science, in my oesophagus." + +"Very funny," Malone said. "Don't give up the ship." + + * * * * * + +Boyd switched off without a word. Malone shrugged at the blank screen +and pushed his own switch. Then he turned slowly back to Her Majesty, +who was standing, waiting patiently, at the opposite side of the desk. +Interference, he thought, located around him-- + +"Why, yes," she said. "That's exactly what I did say." + +Malone blinked. "Your Majesty," he said, "would you mind terribly if I +asked you questions before you answered them? I know you can see them +in my mind, but it's simpler for me to do things the normal way, just +now." + +"I'm sorry," she said sincerely. "I do agree that matters are confused +enough already. Please go on." + +"Thank you, Your Majesty," Malone said. "Well, then. Do you mean that +_I'm_ the one causing all this ... mental static?" + +"Oh, no," she said. "Not at all. It's definitely coming from somewhere +else, and it's beamed at you, or beamed around you." + +"But--" + +"It's just that I can only pick it up when I'm tuned to your mind," +she said. + +"Like now?" Malone said. + +She shook her head. "Right now," she said, "there isn't any. It only +happens every once in a while--every so often, and not continuously." + +"Does it happen at regular intervals?" Malone said. + +"Not as far as I've been able to tell," Her Majesty said. "It just ... +happens, that's all. There doesn't seem to be any rhyme or reason to +it. Except that it did start when you were assigned to this case." + +"Lovely," Malone said. "And what is it supposed to mean?" + +"Interference," she said. "Static. Jumble. That's all it means. I just +don't know any more than that, Sir Kenneth; I've never experienced +anything like it in my life. It really does disturb me." + +That, Malone told himself, he could believe. It must be an experience, +he told himself, like having someone you were looking at suddenly +dissolve into a jumble of meaningless shapes and lights. + +"That's a very good analogy," Her Majesty said. "If you'll pardon me +speaking before you've voiced your thought--" + +"Not at all," Malone said. "Go right ahead." + +"Well, then," Her Majesty said. "The analogy you use is a good one. +It's just as disturbing and as meaningless as that." + +"And you don't know what's causing it?" Malone said. + +"I don't know," she said. + +"Nor what the purpose of it is?" he said. + +Her Majesty shook her head slowly. "Sir Kenneth," she said, "I don't +even know whether or not there _is_ any purpose." + +Malone sighed deeply. Nothing in the case seemed to make any sense. It +wasn't that there were no clues, or no information for him to work +with. There were a lot of clues, and there was a lot of information. +But nothing seemed to link up with anything else. Every new fact was a +bright, shiny arrow pointing nowhere in particular. + +"Well, then--" he started. + +The intercom buzzed. Malone jabbed ferociously at the button. "Yes," +he said. + +"The ghosts are here," the agent-in-charge's voice said. + +Malone blinked. "What?" he said. + +"You said you were going to get some ghosts," the agent-in-charge +said. "From the Psychical Research Society, in a couple of large +bundles And they're here now. Want me to exorcise 'em for you?" + +"No," Malone said wearily. "Just send them in to join the crowd. Got +a messenger?" + +"I'll send them down," the agent-in-charge said. "About one minute." + +Malone nodded, realized the man couldn't see him, said: "Fine," and +switched off. He looked at his watch. A little over half an hour had +passed since he had left the Psychical Research Society offices. That, +he told himself, was efficiency. + +Not that the books would mean anything, he thought. They would just +take their places at the end of the long row of meaningless, +disturbing, vicious facts that cluttered up his mind. He wasn't an FBI +agent any more; he was a clown and a failure, and he was through. He +was going to resign and go to South Dakota and live the life of a +hermit. He would drink goat's milk and eat old shoes or something, and +whenever another human being came near he would run away and hide. +They would call him Old Kenneth, and people would write articles for +magazines about The Twentieth Century Hermit. + +And that would make him famous, he thought wearily, and the whole +circle would start all over again. + +"Now, now, Sir Kenneth," Queen Elizabeth said. "Things aren't quite +that bad." + +"Oh, yes, they are," Malone said. "They're even worse." + +"I'm sure we can find an answer to all your questions," Her Majesty +said. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Even I can find an answer. But it isn't the +right one." + +"You can?" Her Majesty said. + +"That's right," Malone said. "My answer is: To Hell with everything." + + * * * * * + +Malone's Washington offices didn't look any different. He sighed and +put the two big packages from the Psychical Research Society down on +his desk, and then turned to Her Majesty. + +"I wanted you to teleport along with me," he said, "because I need +your help." + +"Yes," she said. "I know." + +He blinked. "Oh. Sure you do. But let me go over the details." + +Her Majesty waved a gracious hand. "If you like, Sir Kenneth," she +said. + +Malone nodded. "We're going on down to Interrogation Room 7 now," he +said. "Next door to it, there's an observation room, with a one-way +panel in the wall. You'll be able to see us, but we won't be able to +see you." + +"I really don't require an observation panel," Her Majesty said. "If I +enter your mind, I can see through your eyes--" + +"Oh, sure," Malone said. "But the observation room was built for more +normal people--saving your presence, Your Majesty." + +"Of course," she said. + +"Now," Malone went on, "I want you to watch all three of the men we're +going to bring in, and dig everything you can out of their minds." + +"Everything?" she said. + +"We don't know what might be useful," Malone said. "Anything you can +find. And if you want any questions asked--if there's anything you +think I ought to ask the men, or say to them--there's a nonvision +phone in the observation room. Just lift the receiver. That +automatically rings the one in the Interrogation Room and I'll pick it +up. Understand?" + +"Perfectly, Sir Kenneth," she said. + +"O.K., then," Malone said. "Let's go." They headed for the door. +Malone stopped as he opened it. "And by the way," he said. + +"Yes?" + +"If you get any more of those--disturbances, let me know." + +"At once," Her Majesty promised. + +They went on down the hall and took the elevator down to Interrogation +Room 7, on the lowest level. There was no particular reason for +putting the Interrogation section down there, except that it tended to +make prisoners more nervous. And a nervous prisoner, Malone knew, was +very possibly a confessing prisoner. + +Malone ushered Her Majesty through the unmarked door of the +observation chamber, made sure that the panel and phone were in +working order, and went out. He stepped into Interrogation Room 7 +trying hard to look bored, businesslike and unbeatable. Boyd and four +other agents were already there, all standing around and talking +desultorily in low tones. None of them looked as if they had ever had +a moment's worry in their lives. It was all part of the same +technique, of course, Malone thought. Make the prisoner feel +resistance is useless, and you've practically got him working for you. + +The prisoner was a hulking, flabby fat man in work coveralls. He had +black hair that spilled all over his forehead, and tiny button eyes. +He was the only man in the room who was sitting down, and that was +meant to make him feel even more inferior and insecure. His hands were +clasped fatly in his lap, and he was staring down at them in a +regretful manner. None of the FBI agents paid the slightest attention +to him. The general impression was that something really tough was +coming up, but that they were in no hurry for it. They were willing to +wait for the Third Degree, it seemed, until the blacksmith had done a +really good job with the new spikes for the Iron Maiden. + +The prisoner looked up apprehensively as Malone shut the door. Malone +paid no attention to him, and the prisoner unclasped his hands, rubbed +them on his coveralls and then reclasped them in his lap. His eyes +fell again. + +Boyd looked up, too. "Hello, Ken," he said. He tapped a sheaf of +papers on the single table in the room. Malone went over and picked +them up. + +They were the abbreviated condensations of three dossiers. All three +of the men covered in the dossiers were naturalized citizens, but all +had come in us "political refugees"--from Hungary, from +Czechoslovakia, and from East Germany. Further checking had turned up +the fact that all three were actually Russians. They had been using +false names during their stay in the United States, but their real +ones were appended to the dossiers. + +The fat one in the Interrogation Room was named Alexis Brubitsch. The +other two, who were presumably waiting separately in other rooms, were +Ivan Borbitsch and Vasili Garbitsch. The collection sounded, to +Malone, like a seedy musical-comedy firm of lawyers: Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch. He could picture them dancing gaily across a +stage while the strains of music followed them, waving legal forms and +telephones and singing away. + +Brubitsch did not, however, look very gay. Malone went over to him +now, walking slowly, and looked down. Boyd came and stood next to him. + + * * * * * + +"This is the one who won't talk, eh?" Malone said, wondering if he +sounded as much like Dick Tracy as he thought he did. It was a +standard opening, meant to make the prisoner think his fellows had +already confessed. + +"That's him," Boyd said. + +"Hm-m-m," Malone said, trying to look as if he were deciding between +the rack and the boiling oil. Brubitsch fidgeted slightly, but he +didn't say anything. + +"We didn't know whether we had to get this one to talk, too," Boyd +said. "What with the others, and all. But we did think you ought to +have a look at him." He sounded very bored. It was obvious from his +tone that the FBI didn't care in the least if Alexis Brubitsch never +opened his mouth again, in what was likely to be a very short +lifetime. + +"Well," Malone said, equally bored, "we might be able to get a few +corroborative details." + +Brubitsch swallowed hard. Malone ignored him. + +"Now, just look at him," Boyd said. "He certainly doesn't _look_ like +the head of a spy ring, does he?" + +"Of course he doesn't," Malone said. "That's probably why the Russians +used him. They figured nobody would ever look twice at a fat slob like +this. Nobody would ever suspect him of being the head man." + +"I guess you're right," Boyd said. He yawned, which Malone thought was +overacting a trifle. Brubitsch saw the yawn, and one hand came up to +jerk at his collar. + +"Who'd ever think," Malone said, "that he plotted those killings in +Redstone--all three of them?" + +"It is surprising," Boyd said. + +"But, then," Malone said, "we know he did. There isn't any doubt of +that." + +Brubitsch seemed to be turning a pale green. It was a fascinating +color, unlike any other Malone had ever seen. He watched it with +interest. + +"Oh, sure," Boyd said. "We've got enough evidence from the other two +to send this one to the chair tomorrow, if we want to." + +"More than enough," Malone agreed. + +Brubitsch opened his mouth, shut it again and closed his eyes. His +lips moved silently. + +"Tell me," Boyd said conversationally, leaning down to the fat man, +"Did your orders on that job come from Moscow, or did you mastermind +it all by yourself?" + +Brubitsch's eyes stirred, then snapped open as if they'd been pulled +by a string. "Me?" he said in a hoarse bass voice. "I know nothing +about this murder. What murder?" + +There were no such murders, of course. But Malone was not ready to let +Brubitsch know anything about that. "Oh, the ones you shot in +Redstone," he said in an offhand way. + +"The what?" Brubitsch said. "I shot people? Never." + +"Oh, sure you did," Boyd said. "The others say you did." + +Brubitsch's head seemed to sink into his neck. "Borbitsch and +Garbitsch, they tell you about a murder? It is not true. Is a lie." + +"Really?" Malone said. "We think it's true." + +"Is a lie," Brubitsch said, his little eyes peering anxiously from +side to side. "Is not true," he went on hopefully. "I have alibi." + +"You do?" Boyd said. "For what time?" + +"For time when murder happened," Brubitsch said. "I was some place +else." + +"Well, then," Malone said, "how do you know when the murders were +done? They were kept out of the newspapers." That, he reflected, was +quite true, since the murders had never happened. But he watched +Brubitsch with a wary eye. + +"I know nothing about time," Brubitsch said, jerking at his collar. "I +don't know when they happened." + +"Then how can you have an alibi?" Boyd snapped. + +"Because I didn't do them!" Brubitsch said tearfully. "If I didn't, +then I _must_ have alibi!" + +"You'd be surprised," Malone said. "Now, about these murders--" + +"Was no murder, not by me," Brubitsch said firmly. "Was never any +killing of anybody, not even by accident." + +"But your two friends say--" Boyd began. + +"My two friends are not my friends," Brubitsch said firmly. "If they +tell you about murder and say it was me, they are no friends. I did +not murder anybody. I have alibi. I did not even murder anybody a +little bit. They are no friends. This is terrible." + +"There," Malone said reflectively, "I agree with you. It's positively +awful. And I think we might as well give it up. After all, we don't +need your testimony. The other two are enough; they'll get maybe ten +years apiece, but you're going to get the chair." + +"I will not sit down," Brubitsch said firmly. "I am innocent. I am +innocent like a small child. Does a small child commit a murder? It is +ridiculous." + + * * * * * + +Boyd picked up his cue with ease. "You might as well give us your side +of the story, then," he said easily. "If you didn't commit any +murders--" + +"I am a small child," Brubitsch announced. + +"O.K.," Boyd said. "But if you didn't commit any murders, just what +_have_ you been doing since you've been in this country as a Soviet +agent?" + +[Illustration] + +"I will say nothing," Brubitsch announced. "I am a small child. It is +enough." He paused, blinked, and went on: "I will only tell you this: +no murders were done by our group in any of our activities." + +"And what were your activities?" + +"Oh, many things," Brubitsch said. "Many, many things. We--" + +The telephone rang loudly, and Malone scooped it up with a practiced +hand. "Malone here," he said. + +Her Majesty's voice was excited. "Sir Kenneth!" she said. "I just got +a tremendous burst of--static!" + +Malone blinked. _Is my mind acting up again?_ he thought, knowing she +would pick it up. _Am I being interfered with?_ + +He didn't feel any different. But then, how was he supposed to feel? + +"It's not _your_ mind, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "Not this time. +It's _his_ mind. That sneaky-thinking Brubitsch fellow." + +_Brubitsch?_ Malone thought. _Now what is that supposed to mean?_ + +"I don't know, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But get on back to +your questioning. He's ready to talk now." + +"O.K.," Malone said aloud. "Fine." He hung up and looked back to the +Russian sitting on his chair. Brubitsch was ready to talk, and that +was one good thing, anyhow. But what was all the static about? + +What was going on? + +"Now, then," Malone said. "You were telling us about your group +activities." + +"True," Brubitsch said. "I did not commit any murders. It is possible +that Borbitsch committed murders. It is possible that Garbitsch +committed murders. But I do not think so." + +"Why not?" Boyd said. + +"They are my friends," Brubitsch said. "Even if they tell lies. They +are also small children. Besides, I am not even the head of the +group." + +"Who is?" Malone said. + +"Garbitsch," Brubitsch said instantly. "He worked in the State +Department, and he told us what to look for in the Senate Office +Building." + +"What were you supposed to look for?" Boyd said. + +"For information," Brubitsch said. "For scraps of paper, or things we +overheard. But it was very bad, very bad." + +"What do you mean, bad?" Malone said. + +"Everything was terrible," Brubitsch said mournfully. "Sometimes +Borbitsch heard something and forgot to tell Garbitsch about it. +Garbitsch did not like this. He is a very inflamed person. Once he +threatened to send Borbitsch to the island of Yap as a spy. That is a +very bad place to go to. There are no enjoyments on the island of Yap, +and no one likes strangers there." + +"What did you do with your information?" Boyd said. + +"We remembered it," Brubitsch said. "Or, if we had a scrap of paper, +we saved it for Garbitsch and gave it to him. But I remember once that +I had some paper. It had a formula on it. I do not know what the +formula said." + +"What was it about?" Malone said. + +Brubitsch gave a massive shrug. "It was about an X and some numbers," +he said. "It was not very interesting, but it was a formula, and +Garbitsch would have liked it. Unfortunately, I did not give it to +him." + +"Why not?" Boyd said. + +"I am ashamed," Brubitsch said, looking ashamed. "I was lighting a +cigarette in the afternoon, when I had the formula. It is a very +relaxing thing to smoke a cigarette in the afternoon. It is soothing +to the soul." He looked very sad. "I was holding the piece of paper in +one hand," he said. "Unfortunately, the match and the paper came into +contact. I burned my finger. Here." He stuck out a finger toward +Malone and Boyd, who looked at it without much interest for a second. +"The paper is gone," he said. "Don't tell Garbitsch. He is very +inflamed." + +Malone sighed. "But you remember the formula," he said. "Don't you?" + +Brubitsch shook his massive head very slowly. "It was not very +interesting," he said. "And I do not have a mathematical mind." + +"We know," Malone said, "You are a small child." + + * * * * * + +"It was terrible," Brubitsch said. "Garbitsch was not happy about our +activities." + +"What did Garbitsch do with the information?" Boyd said. + +"He passed it on," Brubitsch said. "Every week he would send a +short-wave message to the homeland, in code. Some weeks he did not +send the message." + +"Why not?" Malone said. + +"The radio did not work," Brubitsch said simply. "We received orders +by short-wave, but sometimes we did not receive the orders. The radio +was of very poor quality, and some weeks it refused to send any +messages. On other weeks, it refused to receive any messages." + +"Who was your contact in Russia?" Boyd said. + +"A man named X," Brubitsch said. "Like in the formula." + +"But what was his real name?" Malone said. + +"Who knows?" Brubitsch said. + +"What else did you do?" Boyd said. + +"We met twice a week," Brubitsch said. "Sometimes in Garbitsch's home, +sometimes in other places. Sometimes we had information. At other +times, we were friends, having a social gathering." + +"Friends?" Malone said. + +Brubitsch nodded. "We drank together, talked, played chess. Garbitsch +is the best chess player in the group. I am not very good. But once we +had some trouble." He paused. "We had been drinking Russian liquors. +They are very strong. We decided to uphold the honor of our country." + +"I think," Malone murmured sadly, "I know what's coming." + +"Ah?" Brubitsch said, interested. "At any rate, we decided to honor +our country in song. And a policeman came and talked to us. He took us +down to the police station." + +"Why?" Boyd said. + +"He was suspicious," Brubitsch said. "We were singing the +_Internationale_, and he was suspicious. It is unreasonable." + +"Oh, I don't know," Boyd said. "What happened then?" + +"He took us to the police station," Brubitsch said, "and then after a +little while he let us go. I do not understand this." + +"It's all right," Malone said. "I do." He drew Boyd aside for a +second, and whispered to him: "The cops were ready to charge these +three clowns with everything in the book. We had a time springing them +so we could go on watching them. I remember the stir-up, though I +never did know their names until now." + +Boyd nodded, and they returned to Brubitsch, who was staring up at +them with surly eyes. + +"It is a secret you are telling him," Brubitsch said. "That is not +right." + +"What do you mean, it's not right?" Malone said. + +"It is wrong," Brubitsch went on. "It is not the American way." + +He went on, with some prodding, to tell about the activities of the +spy ring. It did not seem to be a very efficient spy ring; Brubitsch's +long sad tale of forgotten messages, mixed orders, misplaced documents +and strange mishaps was a marvel and a revelation to the listening +officers. + +"I've never heard anything like it," one of them whispered in a tone +of absolute wonder. "They're almost working on our side." + +Over an hour later, Malone turned wearily away from the prisoner. "All +right, Brubitsch," he said. "I guess that pretty much covers things +for the moment. If we want any more information, though--" + +"Call on me," Brubitsch said sadly. "I am not going any place. And I +will give you all the information you desire. But I did not commit any +murders--" + +"Good-bye, small child," Malone said, as two agents led the fat man +away. The other two left soon afterward, and Malone and Boyd were +alone. + + * * * * * + +"Think he was telling the truth?" Boyd said. + +Malone nodded. "Nobody," he said, "could make up a story like that." + +"I suppose so," Boyd said, and the phone rang. Malone picked it up. + +"Well?" he asked. + +"He was telling the truth, all right," Her Majesty said. "There are a +few more details, of course--there was a girl Brubitsch was involved +with, Sir Kenneth. But she doesn't seem to have anything to do with +the spy ring, and besides, she isn't a very nice person. She always +wants money." + +"Sounds perfectly lovely," Malone said. "As a matter of fact, I think +I know her. I know a lot of girls who always want money." + +"You don't know this one, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "and +besides, she wouldn't be a good influence on you." + +Malone sighed. "How about the static explosions?" he said. "Pick up +any more?" + +"No," she said. "Just that one." + +Malone nodded at the receiver. "All right," he said. "We're going to +bring in the second one now. Keep up the good work." + +He hung up. + +"Who've you got in the Observation Room?" Boyd asked. + +"Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said. "Her Royal Majesty." + +"Oh," Boyd said without surprise. "Well, was Brubitsch telling the +truth?" + +"He wasn't holding back anything important," Malone said, thinking +about the girl. It would be nice to meet a bad influence, he thought +mournfully. It would be nice to go somewhere with a bad influence--a +bad influence, he amended, with a good figure--and forget all about +his job, about the spies, about telepathy, teleportation, psionics and +everything else. It might be restful. + +Unfortunately, it was impossible. + +"What's this business about a static explosion?" Boyd said. + +"Don't ask silly questions," Malone said. "A static explosion is a +contradiction in terms. If something is static, it doesn't move--and +whoever heard of a motionless explosion?" + +"If it is a contradiction in terms," Boyd said, "they're your terms." + +"Sure," Malone said. "But I don't know what they mean. I don't even +know what I mean." + +"You're in a bad way," Boyd said, looking sympathetic. + +"I'm in a perfectly terrible way," Malone said, "and it's going to get +worse. You wait and see." + +"Of course I'll wait and see," Boyd said. "I wouldn't miss the end of +the world for anything. It ought to be a great spectacle." He paused. +"Want them to bring in the next one?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "What have we got to lose but our minds? And who +is the next one?" + +"Borbitsch," Boyd said. "They're saving Garbitsch for a big finish." + +Malone nodded wearily. "Onward," he said, and picked up the phone. He +punched a number, spoke a few words and hung up. + +A minute later, the four FBI agents came back, leading a man. This one +was tall and thin, with the expression of a gloomy, degenerate and +slightly nauseated bloodhound. He was led to the chair and he sat down +in it as if he expected the worst to start happening at once. + +"Well," Malone said in a bored, tired voice. "So this is the one who +won't talk." + + +VI + +Midnight. + +Kenneth J. Malone sat at his desk, in his Washington office, +surrounded by piles of papers covering the desk, spilling off onto the +floor and decorating his lap. He was staring at the papers as if he +expected them to leap up, dance round him and shout the solution to +all his problems at him in trained choral voices. They did nothing at +all. + +Seated cross-legged on the rug in the center of the room, and looking +like an impossible combination of the last Henry Tudor and Gautama +Buddha, Thomas Boyd did nothing either. He was staring downward, his +hands folded on his ample lap, wearing an expression of utter, burning +frustration. And on a nearby chair sat the third member of the +company, wearing the calm and patient expression of the gently born +under all vicissitudes: Queen Elizabeth I. + +"All right," Malone said into the silence. "Now let's see what we've +got." + +"I think we've got cerebral paresis," Boyd said. "It's been coming on +for years." + +"Don't be funny," Malone said. + +Boyd gave a short, mirthless bark. "Funny?" he said. "I'm absolutely +hysterical with joy and good humor. I'm out of my mind with +happiness." He paused. "Anyway," he finished, "I'm out of my mind. +Which puts me in good company. The entire FBI, Brubitsch, Borbitsch, +Garbitsch, Dr. Thomas O'Connor and Sir Lewis Carter--we're all out of +our minds. If we weren't, we'd all move away to the Moon." + +"And drink to forget," Malone added. "Sure. But let's try and get some +work done." + +"By all means, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. Boyd had not included +her in his list of insane people, and she looked slightly miffed. It +was hard for Malone to tell whether she was miffed by the mention of +insanity, or at being left out. + +"Let's review the facts," Malone said. "This whole thing started with +some inefficiency in Congress." + +"And some upheavals elsewhere." Boyd said. "Labor unions, gangster +organizations--" + +"Just about all over," Malone said. "And though we've found three +spies, it seems pretty obvious that they aren't causing this." + +"They aren't causing much of anything," Boyd said. "Except a lot of +unbelieving laughter farther up the FBI line. I don't think anybody is +going to believe our reports of those interviews." + +"But they're true," Her Majesty said. + +"Sure they're true," Boyd said. "That's the unbelievable part. They +read like farce--and not very good farce at that." + +"Oh, I don't know," Malone said. "I think they're pretty funny." + +"Shall we get back to the business at hand?" Her Majesty said gently. + +"Ah," Malone said. "Anyhow, it isn't the spies. And what we now have +is confusion even worse compounded." + +"Confounded," Boyd said. "John Milton. 'Paradise Lost.' I heard it +somewhere...." + +"I don't mean confounded," Malone said. "I mean confusion. Anyhow, the +Russian espionage rings in this country seem to be in as bad a state +as the Congress, the labor unions, the Syndicates, and all the rest. +And all of them seem to have some sort of weird tie-in to these +flashes of telepathic interference. Right, Your Majesty?" + +"I ... believe so, Sir Kenneth," she said. The old woman looked tired +and confused. Somehow, a lot of the brightness seemed to have gone out +of her life. "That's right," she said. "I didn't realize there was so +much of it going on. You see, Sir Kenneth, you're the only one I can +pick up at a distance who has been having these flashes. But now that +I'm here in Washington, I can feel it going on all around me." + +"It may not have anything to do with everything else," Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head. "If it doesn't," he said, "it's the weirdest +coincidence I've ever even dreamed about, and my dreams can be pretty +strange. No, it's got to be tied in. There's some kind of mental +static that is somehow making all these people goof up." + +"But why?" Boyd said. "What is it being done for? Just fun?" + +"God only knows," Malone said. "But we're going to have to find out." + +"In that case," Boyd said, "I suggest lots and lots of prayers." + +Her Majesty looked up. "That's a fine idea," she said. + +"But God helps those," Malone said, "who help themselves. And we're +going to help ourselves. Mostly with facts." + +"All right," Boyd said. "So far, all the facts have been a great +help." + +"Well, here's one," Malone said. "We got one flash each from +Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch while we were questioning them. +And in each case, that flash occurred just before they started to blab +everything they knew. Before the flash, they weren't talking. They +were behaving just like good spies and keeping their mouths shut. +After the flash, they couldn't talk fast enough." + +"That's true," Boyd said reflectively. "They did seem to give up +pretty fast, even for amateurs." + +Malone nodded. "So the question is this," he said. "Just what happens +during those crazy bursts of static?" + +He looked expectantly at Her Majesty, but she shook her head sadly. "I +don't know," she said. "I simply don't know. It's just noise to +me--meaningless noise." She put her hands slowly over her face. +"People shouldn't do things like that to their Sovereign," she said in +a muffled voice. + + * * * * * + +Malone got up and went over to her. She wasn't crying, but she wasn't +far from it. He put an arm around her thin shoulders. "Now, look, Your +Majesty," he said in gentle tones, "this will all clear up. We'll find +out what's going on, and we'll find a way to put a stop to it." + +"Sure we will," Boyd said. "After all, Your Majesty, Sir Kenneth and I +will work hard on this." + +"And the Queen's Own FBI," Malone said, "won't stop until we've +finished with this whole affair, once and for all." + +Her Majesty brought her hands down from her face, very slowly. She was +forcing a smile, but it didn't look too well. "I know you won't fail +your Queen," she said. "You two have always been the most loyal of my +subjects." + +"We'll work hard," Malone said. "No matter how long it takes." + +"Because, after all," Boyd said in a musing, thoughtful tone, "it is a +serious crime, you know." + +The words seemed to have an effect on Her Majesty, like a tonic. For a +second her face wore an expression of Royal anger and indignance, and +the accustomed strength flowed back into her aged voice. "You're quite +correct, Sir Thomas!" she said. "The security of the Throne and the +Crown are at stake!" + +Malone blinked. "What?" he said. "Are you two talking about something? +What crime is this?" + +"An extremely serious one," Boyd said in a grave voice. He rose +unsteadily to his feet, planted them firmly on the carpet, and +frowned. + +"Go on," Malone said, fascinated. Her Majesty was watching Boyd with +an intent expression. + +"The crime," Boyd said, "the very serious crime involved, is that of +Threatening the Welfare of the Queen. The criminal has committed the +crime of Causing the Said Sovereign, Baselessly, Reasonlessly and +Without Consent or Let, to Be in a State of Apprehension for Her Life +or Her Well-Being. And this crime--" + +"Aha," Malone said. "I've got it. The crime is--" + +"High treason," Boyd intoned. + +"High treason," Her Majesty said with satisfaction and fire in her +voice. + +"Very high treason," Malone said. "Extremely high." + +"Stratospheric," Boyd agreed. "That is, of course," he added, "if the +perpetrators of this dastardly crime are Her Majesty's subjects." + +"My goodness," the Queen said. "I never thought of that. Suppose +they're not?" + +"Then," Malone said in his most vibrant voice, "it is an Act of War." + +"Steps," Boyd said, "must be taken." + +"We must do our utmost," Malone said. "Sir Thomas--" + +"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" Boyd said. + +"This task requires our most fervent dedication," Malone said. "Please +come with me." + +He went to the desk. Boyd followed him, walking straight-backed and +tall. Malone bent and removed from a drawer of the desk a bottle of +bourbon. He closed the drawer, poured some bourbon into two handy +water glasses from the desk, and capped the bottle. He handed one of +the water glasses to Boyd, and raised the other one aloft. + +"Sir Thomas," Malone said, "I give you--Her Majesty, the Queen!" + +"To the Queen!" Boyd echoed. + +They downed their drinks and turned, as one man, to hurl the glasses +into the wastebasket. + + * * * * * + +In thinking it over later, Malone realized that he hadn't considered +anything about that moment silly at all. Of course, an outsider might +have been slightly surprised at the sequence of events, but Malone was +no outsider. And, after all, it was the proper way to treat a Queen, +wasn't it? + +And-- + +When Malone had first met Her Majesty, he had wondered why, although +she could obviously read minds, and so knew perfectly well that +neither Malone nor Boyd believed she was Queen Elizabeth I, she +insisted on an outward show of respect and dedication. He'd asked her +about it at last, and her reply had been simple, reasonable and to the +point. + +According to her--and Malone didn't doubt it for an instant--most +people simply didn't think their superiors were all they claimed to +be. But they acted as if they did--at least while in the presence of +those superiors. It was a common fiction, a sort of handy oil on the +wheels of social intercourse. + +And all Her Majesty had ever insisted on was the same sort of +treatment. + +"Bless you," she'd said, "I can't help the way you _think_, but, as +Queen, I do have some control over the way you _act_." + +The funny thing, as far as Malone was concerned, was that the two +parts of his personality were becoming more and more alike. He didn't +actually believe that Her Majesty was Queen Elizabeth I, and he hoped +fervently that he never would. But he did have a great deal of respect +for her, and more affection than he had believed possible at first. +She was the grandmother Malone had never known; she was good, and +kind, and he wanted to keep her happy and contented. There had been +nothing at all phony in the solemn toast he had proposed--nor in the +righteous indignation he had felt against anyone who was giving Her +Majesty even a minute's worth of discomfort. + +And Boyd, surprisingly enough, seemed to feel the same way. Malone +felt good about that; Her Majesty needed all the loyal supporters she +could get. + +But all of this was later. At the time, Malone was doing nothing +except what came naturally--nor, apparently, was Boyd. After the +glasses had been thrown, with a terrifying crash, into the metal +wastebasket, and the reverberations of that second had stopped ringing +in their ears, a moment of silence had followed. + +Then Boyd turned, briskly rubbing his hands. "All right," he said. +"Let's get back to work." + +Malone looked at the proud, happy look on Her Majesty's face; he saw +the glimmer of a tear in the corner of each eye. But he gave no +indication that he had noticed anything at all out of the ordinary. + +"Fine," he said. "Now, getting on back to the facts, we've established +something, anyhow. Some agency is causing flashes of telepathic static +all over the place. And those flashes are somehow connected with the +confusion that's going on all around us. Somehow, these flashes have +an effect on the minds of people." + +"And we know at least one manifestation of that effect," Boyd said. +"It makes spies blab all their secrets when they're exposed to it." + +"These three spies, anyhow," Malone said. + +"If 'spies' is the right word," Boyd said. + +"O.K.," Malone said. "And now we've got another obvious question." + +"It seems to me we've got about twelve," Boyd said. + +"I mean: who's doing it?" Malone said. "Who is causing these +telepathic flashes?" + +"Maybe it's just happening," Boyd said. "Out of thin air." + +"Maybe," Malone said. "But let's go on the assumption that there's a +human cause. The other way, we can't do a thing except sit back and +watch the world go to hell." + +Boyd nodded. "It doesn't seem to be the Russians," he said. "Although, +of course, it might be a Red herring." + +"What do you mean?" Malone said. + +"Well," Boyd said, "they might have known we were on to Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch--" He stopped. "You know," he said, "every +time I say that name I have to reassure myself that we're not all +walking around in the world of Florenz Ziegfeld?" + +"Likewise," Malone said. "But go on." + +"Sure," Boyd said. "Anyhow, they might have set the three of them up +as patsies--just in case we stumbled on to this mess. We can't +overlook that possibility." + +"Right," Malone said. "It's faint, but it is a possibility. In other +words, the agency behind the flashes might be Russian, and it might +not be Russian." + +"That clears that up nicely," Boyd said. "Next question?" + + * * * * * + +"The next one," Malone said grimly, "is: what's behind the flashes? +Some sort of psionic power is causing them--that much is obvious." + +"I'll go along with that," Boyd said. "I have to go along with it. But +don't think I like it." + +"Nobody likes it," Malone said. "But let's go on. O'Connor isn't any +help; he washes his hands of the whole business." + +"Lucky man," Boyd said. + +"He says that it can't be happening," Malone said, "and if it is we're +all screwy. Now, right or wrong, that isn't an opinion that gives us +any handle to work with." + +"No," Boyd said reflectively. "A certain amount of comfort, to be +sure, but no handles." + +"Sir Lewis Carter, on the other hand--" Malone said. He fumbled +through some of the piles of paper until he had located the ones the +President of the Psychical Research Society had sent. "Sir Lewis +Carter," he went on, "does seem to be doing some pretty good work. At +least, some of the more modern stuff he sent over looks pretty solid. +They've been doing quite a bit of research into the subject, and their +theories seem to be all right, or nearly all right, to me. Of course, +I'm not an expert--" + +"Who is?" Boyd said. "Except for O'Connor, of course." + +"Well, somebody is," Malone said. "Whoever's doing all this, for +instance. And the theories do seem O.K. In most cases, for instance, +they agree with O'Connor's work--though they're not in complete +agreement." + +"I should think so," Boyd said. "O'Connor wouldn't recognize an Astral +Plane if TWA were putting them into service." + +"I don't mean that sort of thing," Malone said. "There's lots about +astral bodies and ghosts, ectoplasm, Transcendental Yoga, theosophy, +deros, the Great Pyramid, Atlantis, and other such pediculous pets. +That's just silly, as far as I can see. But what they have to say +about parapsychology and psionics as such does seem to be reasonably +accurate." + +"I suppose so," Boyd said tiredly. + +"O.K., then," Malone said. "Did anybody notice anything in that pile +of stuff that might conceivably have any bearing whatever on our +problems?" + +"I did," Boyd said. "Or I think I did." + +"You both did," Her Majesty said. "And so did I, when I looked through +it. But I didn't bother with it. I dismissed it." + +"Why?" Malone said. + +"Because I don't think it's true," she said. "However, my opinion is +really only an opinion." She smiled around at the others. + +Malone picked up a thick sheaf of papers from one of the piles of his +desk. "Let's get straight what it is we're talking about," he said. +"All right?" + +"Anything's all right with me," Boyd said. "I'm easy to please." + +Malone nodded. "Now, this writer ... what's his name?" he said. He +glanced at the copy of the cover page. "'Minds and Morons'," he read. +"By Cartier Taylor." + +"Great title," Boyd said. "Does he say which is which?" + +"Let's get back to serious business," Malone said, giving Boyd a +single look. There was silence for a second, and then Malone said: "He +mentions something, in the book, that he calls 'telepathic +projection.' As far as I understand what he's talking about, that's +some method of forcing your thoughts on another person." He glanced +over at the Queen. "Now, Your Majesty," he said, "you don't think it's +true--and that may only be an opinion, but it's a pretty informed one. +It seems to me as if Taylor makes a good case for this 'telepathic +projection' of his. Why don't you think so?" + +"Because," Her Majesty said flatly, "it doesn't work." + +"You've tried it?" Boyd put in. + +"I have," she said. "And I have had no success with it at all. It's a +complete failure." + + * * * * * + +"Now, wait a minute," Boyd said. "Just a minute." + +"What's the matter?" Malone said. "Have you tried it, and made it +work?" + +Boyd snorted. "Fat chance," he said. "I just want to look at the +thing, that's all." He held out his hand, and Malone gave him the +sheaf of papers. Boyd leafed through them slowly, stopping every now +and again to consult a page, until he found what he was looking for. +"There," he said. + +"There, what?" Malone said. + +"Listen to this," Boyd said. "'For those who draw the line at demonic +possession, I suggest trying telepathic projection. Apparently, it is +possible to project one's own thoughts directly into the mind of +another--even to the point of taking control of the other's mind. +Hypnotism? You tell me, and we'll both know. Ever since the orthodox +scientists have come around to accepting hypnotism, I've been chary of +it. Maybe there really is an astral body or a soul that a person has +stashed about him somewhere--something that he can send out to take +control of another human being. But I, personally, prefer the +telepathic projection theory. All you have to do is squirt your +thoughts across space and spray them all over the fellow's brain. +Presto-bingo, he does pretty much what you want him to do.'" + +"That's the quote I was thinking of," Malone said. + +"Of course it is," Her Majesty said. "But it really doesn't work. I've +tried it." + +"How have you tried it?" Malone said. + +"There were many times, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "when I wanted +someone to do something particular--for me, or for some other person. +After all, you must remember that I was in a hospital for a long +time. Of course, that represents only a short segment of my life span, +but it seemed long to me." + +Malone, who was trying to view the years from age fifteen to age +sixty-odd as a short segment of anybody's lifetime, remembered with a +shock that this was not Rose Thompson speaking. It was Queen Elizabeth +I, who had never died. + +"That's right, Sir Kenneth," she said kindly. "And in that hospital, +there were a number of times when I wanted one of the doctors or +nurses to do what I wanted them to. I tried many times, but I never +succeeded." + +Boyd nodded his head. "Well--" he began. + +"Oh, yes, Sir Thomas," Her Majesty said. "What you're thinking is +certainly possible. It may even be true." + +"What _is_ he thinking?" Malone said. + +"He thinks," Her Majesty said, "that I may not have the talent for +this particular effect--and perhaps I don't. But, talent or not, I +know what's possible and what isn't. And the way Mr. Taylor describes +it is simply silly, that's all. And unladylike. Imagine any +self-respecting lady 'squirting' her thoughts about in space!" + +"Well," Malone said carefully, "aside from its being unladylike--" + +"Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you are not telepathic. Neither is +Sir Thomas." + +"I'm nothing," Boyd said. "I don't even exist." + +"And it is very difficult to explain to the nontelepath just what Mr. +Taylor is implying," Her Majesty went on imperturbably. "Before you +could inject any thoughts into anyone else's mind, you'd have to be +able to see into that mind. Is that correct?" + +[Illustration] + +"I guess so," Malone said. + +"And in order to do that, you'd have to be telepathic," Her Majesty +said. "Am I correct?" + +"Correct," Malone said. + +"Well, then," Her Majesty said with satisfaction, and beamed at him. + +A second passed. + +"Well, then, what?" Malone said in confusion. + +"Telepathy," Her Majesty said patiently, "is an extremely complex +affair. It involves a sort of meshing with the mind of this other +person. It has nothing--absolutely nothing--in common with this simple +'squirting' of thoughts across space, as if they were orange pips you +were trying to put into a wastebasket. No, Sir Kenneth, I cannot +believe in what Mr. Taylor says." + +"But it's still possible," Malone said. + +"Oh," Her Majesty said, "it's certainly possible. But I should think +that if any telepaths were around, and if they were changing people's +minds by 'squirting' at them, I would know it." + +Malone frowned. "Maybe you would at that," he said. "I guess you +would." + +"Not to mention," Boyd put in, "that if you were going to control +everything we've come across like that you'd need an awful lot of +telepathic operators." + +"That's true," Malone admitted. "And the objections seem to make some +sense. But what else is there to go on?" + +"I don't know," Boyd said. "I haven't the faintest idea. And I'm +rapidly approaching the stage where I don't care." + +"Well," Malone said, heaving a sigh, "let's keep looking." + +He bent down and picked up another sheaf of copies from the Psychical +Research Society. + +"After all," he said, without much hope, "you never know." + + +VII + +Malone looked around the office of Andrew J. Burris as if he'd never +seen it before. He felt tired, and worn out, and depressed; it had +been a long night, and here it was morning and the head of the FBI was +talking to him about his report. It was, Malone told himself heavily, +a hell of a life. + +"Now, Malone," Burris said in a kindly voice, "this is a very +interesting report." + +"Yes, sir," Malone said automatically. + +"A very interesting report indeed, Kenneth," Burris went on, +positively bursting with good-fellowship. + +"Thank you, sir," Malone said dully. + +Burris beamed a little more. "You've done a fine job," he said, "a +really fine job. Hardly on the job any time at all, and here you've +managed to get all three of the culprits responsible." + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said in sudden panic. "That isn't what I +said." + +"No?" Burris said, looking a little surprised. + +"Not at all," Malone said. "I don't think those three spies have +anything to do with this at all. Not a thing." + +There was a brief silence, during which Burris' surprise seemed to +expand like a gas and fill the room. "But they've confessed," he said +at last. "Their job was to try and get information, and also to +disrupt our own work here." + +"I know all that," Malone said. "But--" + +Burris held up a pink, patient hand. Malone stared at it, fascinated. +It had five pink, patient fingers on it. "Malone," Burris said slowly, +"just what's bothering you? Don't you think those men _are_ spies? Is +that it?" + +"Spies?" Malone said, slightly confused. + +"You know," Burris said. "The men you arrested, Malone. The men you +wrote this report about." + +Malone blinked and focused on the hand again. It still had five +fingers. "Sure they are," he said. "They're spies, all right. And +they're caught, and that's that. Except I don't think they're causing +all the confusion around here." + +"Well, of course they're not," Burris said, the beam of kindliness +coming back to his face. "Not any more. You caught them." + +"I mean," Malone said desperately, "they never were. Even before I +caught them." + +"Then why," Burris said with great patience, "did you arrest them?" + +"Because they're spies," Malone said. "Besides, I didn't." + +"Didn't what?" Burris said, looking confused. He seemed to realize he +was still holding up his hand, and dropped it to the desk. Malone felt +sad as he watched it go. Now he had nothing to concentrate on except +the conversation, and he didn't even want to think about what was +happening to that. + +"Didn't arrest them," he said. "Tom Boyd did." + +"Acting," Burris pointed out gently, "under your orders, Kenneth." + +It was the second time Burris had called him Kenneth, Malone realized. +It started a small warning bell in the back of his mind. When Burris +called him by his first name, Burris was feeling paternal and kindly. +And that, Malone thought determinedly, boded Kenneth J. Malone very +little good indeed. + +"He was under my orders to arrest them because they were spies," he +said at last. He wondered if the sentence made any real sense, but +shrugged his shoulders and plunged on. "But they're not the real +spies," he said. "Not the ones everybody's been looking for." + +"Kenneth," Burris said, his voice positively dripping with what Malone +thought of as the heavy, Grade A, Government-inspected cream of human +kindness, "all the confusion with the computer-secretaries has +stopped. Everything is running fine in that department." + +"But--" Malone began. + +"The technicians," Burris said, hypnotized by this poem of beauty, +"aren't making any more mistakes. The information is flowing through +beautifully. It's a pleasure to see their reports. Believe me, +Kenneth--" + +"Call me Chief," Malone said wearily. + +Burris blinked. "What?" he said. "Oh. Ha. Indeed. Very well, then: +Malone, what more proof do you want?" + +"Is that proof?" Malone said. "The spies didn't even confess to that. +They--" + +"Of course they didn't, Malone," Burris said. + +"Of course?" Malone said weakly. + +"Look at their confessions," Burris said. "Just look at them, in black +and white." He reached for a sheaf of papers and pushed them across +the desk. Malone looked at them. They were indeed, he told himself, in +black and white. There was no arguing with that. None at all. + + * * * * * + +"Well?" Burris said after a second. + +"I don't see anything about computer-secretaries," Malone said. + +"The Russians," Burris began slowly, "are not stupid, Malone. You +believe that, don't you?" + +"Of course I believe it," Malone said. "Otherwise we wouldn't need an +FBI." + +Burris frowned. "There are still domestic cases," he said. "Like +juvenile delinquents stealing cars inter-state, for instance. If you +remember." He paused, then went on: "But the fact remains: Russians +are not stupid. Not by a long shot." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. + +"Do you really think, then," Burris said instantly, "that a spy ring +could be as utterly inefficient as the one described in those +confessions?" + +"Lots of people are inefficient," Malone said. + +"Not spies," Burris said with decision. "Do you really believe that +the Russians would send over a bunch of operatives as clodheaded as +these are pretending to be?" + +"People make mistakes," Malone said weakly. + +"Russian spies," Burris said, "do not make mistakes. Or, anyhow, we +can't depend on it. We have to depend on the fact that they're +operating at peak efficiency, Malone. Peak." + +Malone nearly asked: "Where?" but controlled himself at the last +minute. Instead, he said: "But the confessions are right there. And, +according to the confessions--" + +"Do you really believe," Burris said, "that a trio of Soviet agents +would confess everything as easily as all that if they didn't intend +to get something out of it? Such as, for instance, covering up their +methods of doing damage? And do you really believe--" + +Malone began to feel as if he were involved in the Athanasian Creed. +"I don't think the spies are the real spies," he said stubbornly. "I +mean the spies we're all looking for." + +"Do you mean to stand there and tell me," Burris went on inexorably, +"that you take the word of spies when they tell you about their own +activities?" + +"Their confessions--" + +"Spies can lie, Malone," Burris said gently. "As a matter of fact, +they usually do. We have come to depend on it as one of the facts of +life." + +"But Queen Elizabeth," Malone said stubbornly, "told me they weren't +lying." As he finished the sentence, he suddenly realized what it +sounded like. "You know Queen Elizabeth," he said chummily. + +"The Virgin Queen," Burris said helpfully. + +"I wouldn't know," Malone said, feeling uncomfortable. "I mean Rose +Thompson. She thinks she's Queen Elizabeth and I just said it that way +because--" + +"It's all right, Malone," Burris said softly. "I know who you mean." + +"Well, then," Malone said. "If Queen Elizabeth says the spies aren't +lying, then--" + +"Then nothing," Burris said flatly. "Miss Rose Thompson is a nice, +sweet, little old lady. I admit that." + +"And she's been a lot of help," Malone said. + +"I admit that, too," Burris said. "But she is also somewhat battier, +Malone, than the entire Order Chiroptera, including Count Dracula and +all his happy friends." + +"She only thinks she's Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said defensively. + +"That," Burris said, "is a large sort of _only_. Malone, you've got to +look at the facts sensibly. Square in the face." + +Malone pictured a lot of facts going by with square faces. He didn't +like the picture. "All right," he said. + +"Things are going wrong in the Congressional computer-secretaries," +Burris said. "So I assign you to the case. You come back to me with +three spies, and the trouble stops. And what other information have +you got?" + +"Plenty," Malone said, and stopped for thought. There was a long +pause. + +"All this business about mysterious psionic faculties," Burris said, +"comes direct from the testimony of that sweet little old twitch. +Which she is. Dr. O'Connor, for instance, has told you in so many +words that there's no such thing as this mysterious force. And if you +don't want to take the word of the nation's foremost authority, +there's this character from the Psychical Research Society--Carter, or +whatever his name is. Carter told you he'd never heard of such a +thing." + +"But that doesn't mean there isn't such a thing," Malone said. + +"Even your own star witness," Burris said, "even the Queen herself, +told you it couldn't be done." + +"Nevertheless--" Malone began. But he felt puzzled. There was no way, +he decided, to finish a sentence that started with _nevertheless_. It +was the wrong kind of word. + +"What are you trying to do?" Burris said. "Beat your head against a +stone wall?" + +Malone realized that that was just what he felt like. Of course, +Burris thought the stone wall was his psionic theory. Malone knew that +the stone wall was Andrew J. Burris. But it didn't matter, he thought +confusedly. Where there's a stone, there's a way. + +"I feel," he said carefully, "like a man with a stone head." + +"And I don't blame you," Burris said in an understanding tone. "Here +you are trying to make evidence to fit your theories. What real +evidence is there, Malone, that these three spies ... these three +comic-opera spies--are innocent?" + +"What evidence is there that they're guilty?" Malone said. "Now, +listen, Chief--" + +"Don't call me Chief," Burris murmured. + +"Another five minutes," Malone said in a sudden rage, "and I won't +even call you." + +"Malone!" Burris said. + +Malone swallowed hard. "Sorry," he said at last. "But isn't it just +barely possible that these three spies aren't the real criminals? +Suppose you were a spy." + +"All right," Burris said. "I'm a spy." Something in his tone made +Malone look at him with a sudden suspicion. Burris, he thought, was +humoring him. + +Is it possible, Malone asked himself, that _I_ am the one who is as a +little child? + +Little children, he told himself with decision, do not capture Russian +spies and then argue about it. They go home, eat supper and go to bed. + + * * * * * + +He stopped thinking about sleep in a hurry, and got back to the +business at hand. "If you were a spy," he said, "and you knew that a +lot of other spies had been arrested and charged with the crimes you +were committing, what would you do?" + +Burris appeared to think deeply. "I would celebrate," he said at last, +in a judicious tone. + +"I mean, would you just go on with the same crimes?" Malone said. + +"What are you talking about, Malone?" Burris said cautiously. + +"If you knew we'd arrested Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch," Malone +went on doggedly, "you'd lay off for a while, just to make us think +we'd caught the right men. Doesn't that make sense?" + +"Of course it makes sense," Burris said in what was almost a pitying +tone. "But don't push it too far. Malone, I want you to know +something." + +Malone sighed. "Yes, sir?" he said. + +"Contrary to popular opinion," Burris said, "I was not appointed +Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation just because I own a +Hoover vacuum cleaner." + +"Of course not," Malone said, feeling that something of the sort was +called for. + +"And I think you ought to know by now," Burris went on, "that I +wouldn't fall for a trick like that any more than you would. There are +obviously more members in this spy ring. Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch are just a start." + +"Well, then--" Malone began. + +"_I'm_ not going to be taken in by what these three say," Burris said. +"But now, Malone, we know what to look for. All we have to do is +pretend to be taken in. Get it?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "We pretend to be taken in. And in the meantime I +can go on looking for--" + +"We don't have to look for anything," Burris said calmly. + +Malone took a deep breath. Somehow, he told himself, things were not +working out very well. "But the other spies--" + +"The next time they try anything," Burris said, "we'll be able to +reach out and pick them up as easy as falling off a log." + +"It's the wrong log!" Malone said. + +Burris folded his hands on the desk and looked at them for a second, +frowning slightly like a psychiatrist. "Malone," he said at last, "I +want you to listen to me. Calmly. Coolly. Collectedly." + +Malone shrugged. "All right," he said. "I'm calm and cool." + +"And collected," Burris added. + +"That, too," Malone said vaguely. + +"Malone," Burris began, "you've got to get rid of this idea that +everything the FBI investigates these days is somehow linked with +psionics. I know you've done a lot of work in that connection--" + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "There are those errors. How did +the technicians feed the wrong data into the machines?" + +"Errors do happen," Burris said. "If I slip on a banana peel, do I +blame psionics? Do I even blame the United Fruit Growers? I do not, +Malone. Instead, I tell myself that errors do happen. All the time." + +"Now," Malone said, "you've contradicted yourself." + +"I have?" Burris said with a look of complete surprise. + +"Sure," Malone said. He leaned forward across the desk. "If the errors +were just ordinary accidental errors, then how were the spies +responsible? And why did they stop after the spies were arrested? When +you slip on a banana peel, does it matter whether or not the United +Fruit Growers are out on strike?" + +"Oh," Burris said. + +"You see?" Malone said. "You've gone and contradicted yourself." He +felt victorious, but somewhere in the back of his mind was the +horrible sensation that someone was about to come up behind him and +hit him on the head with a wet sock full of old sand. + +A long second passed. Then Burris said: "Oh. Malone, I forgot to give +you the analysis report." + +That, Malone realized dimly, was supposed to be the wet sock. Fate, he +told himself, was against him. Anyhow, something was against him. It +was a few seconds before he came to the conclusion that what he had +heard didn't really make any sense. "Analysis report?" he said. + +"On the water cooler," Burris explained cheerfully. + +"There is an analysis report on a water cooler," Malone said. +"Everything now becomes as clear as crystal." He heard his voice begin +to rise. "You analyzed a water cooler and discovered that it was a +Siberian spy in disguise," he said, trying to make himself sound less +hysterical. + +"No, no," Burris said, pushing at Malone with his palms. "The water in +it, Malone. The water in it." + +"No Siberian spy," Malone said with decision, "could disguise himself +as the water in a water cooler." + +"I didn't say that," Burris went on. "But what do you think was in +that water cooler, Malone?" + +"Water," Malone said. "_Cool_ water." + +"Congratulations," Burris said, in the hearty tones usually reserved +for announcers on programs where housewives win trips to Nome. "You +are just a shade less than ninety-nine point nine nine per cent +correct." + +"The rest of the water," Malone hazarded, "was warm?" + +"The rest of the water," Burris said, "wasn't water. Aside from the +usual minerals, there was also a trace of one of the psychodrugs." + + * * * * * + +The word seemed to hang in mid-air, like somebody's sword. Malone knew +perfectly well what the psychodrugs were. Over the past twenty years, +a great number of them had been developed by confused and anxious +researchers. Some were solids, some liquids and a few gaseous at +normal temperatures. Some were weak and some were highly potent. Some +were relatively innocuous, and quite a few were as deadly as any of +the more common poisons. They could be administered by mouth, by +injection, by spray, as drops, grains, whiffs or in any other way +conceivable to medical science. But they all had one thing in common. +They affected the mental functioning--what seemed to be the +personality itself--of the person dosed with them. + +The effect of the drugs was, in most cases, highly specific. One might +make a normally brave man a craven coward; laboratory tests on that +one had presented the interesting spectacle of terrified cats running +from surprised, but by no means displeased, experimental mice. Another +drug reversed this picture, and made the experimental mice mad with +power. They attacked cats in battalions or singly, cheering and almost +waving large flags as they went over the top, completely foolhardy in +the presence of any danger whatever. Others made man abnormally +suspicious and still others disassociated judgment to the point where +all decisions were made completely at random. + +The FBI had a large file on psychodrugs, Malone knew. But he didn't +need the file to see what was coming. He asked the question anyhow, +just for the record: "What particular psychodrug was this one?" + +"One of the judgment-warpers," Burris said. "Haenlingen's Mixture; +it's more or less a new development, but the Russians probably know as +much about it as we do. In large doses, the drug affects even the +automatic nervous system and throws the involuntary functions out of +whack; but it isn't usually used in killing amounts." + +"And in the water cooler?" Malone asked. + +"There wasn't much of it," Burris said, "but there was enough. The +technicians could be depended on to make a great many more mistakes +than usual--just how many we can't determine, but the order of +magnitude seems about right. It would depend on how much water each +one of them drank, of course, and we haven't a chance of getting +anything like a precise determination of that now." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But it comes out about right, doesn't it?" He felt +hopeless. + +"Just about," Burris said cheerfully. "And since it was Brubitsch's +job to change the cooler jug--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "I think I see a hole in that." + +"Really?" Burris said. He frowned slightly. + +Malone nodded. "Sure," he said. "If any of the spies drank the +water--their judgment would be warped, too, wouldn't it?" + +"So they didn't drink the water," Burris said easily. + +"How can we be sure?" Malone asked. + +Burris shrugged. "Why do we have to be?" he said. "Malone, you've got +to stop pressing so hard on this." + +"But a man who didn't drink water all day would be a little +conspicuous," Malone said. "After a while, anyhow." + +Burris sighed. "The man is a janitor, Kenneth," he said. "Do you know +what a janitor is?" + +"Don't baby me," Malone snapped. + +Burris shrugged. "A janitor doesn't work in the office with the men," +he said. "He can drink out of a faucet in the broom closet--or +wherever the faucets might be. Nobody would notice. Nobody would think +it odd." + +Malone said: "But--" and stopped and thought it over. "All right," he +went on at last. "But I still insist--" + +"Now, Kenneth," Burris said in a voice that dripped oil. "I'll admit +that psionics is new and wonderful and you've done a lot of fine work +with it. A lot of very fine work indeed. But you can't go around +blaming everything on psionics no matter what it is or how much sense +it makes." + +"I don't," Malone said, injured. "But--" + +"But you do," Burris said. "Lately, you've been acting as though magic +were loose in the world. As though nothing were dependable any more." + +"It's not magic," Malone said. + +"But it is," Burris told him, "when you use it as an explanation for +anything and everything." He paused, "Kenneth," he said in a more +kindly tone, "don't think I blame you. I know how hard you've been +working. I know how much time and effort you've put into the gallant +fight against this country's enemies." + +Malone closed his eyes and turned slightly green. "It was nothing," he +said at last. He opened his eyes but nothing had changed. Burris' +expression was still kindly and concerned. + +"Oh, but it was," Burris said. "Something, I mean. You've been working +very hard and you're just not at peak efficiency any more. You need a +rest, Kenneth. A nice rest." + +"I do not," Malone said indignantly. + +"A lovely rest," Burris went on, oblivious. "Somewhere peaceful and +quiet, where you can just sit around and think peacefully about +peaceful things. Oh, it ought to be wonderful for you, Kenneth. A +nice, peaceful, lovely, wonderful vacation." + +Through the haze of adjectives, Malone remembered dimly the last time +Burris had offered him a vacation in that tone of voice. It had turned +out to be one of the toughest cases he'd ever had: the case of the +teleporting delinquents. + +[Illustration] + +"Nice?" Malone said. "Peaceful? Lovely? Wonderful? I can see it now." + +"What do you mean, Malone?" Burris said. + +"What am I going to get?" Malone said. "A nice easy job like arresting +all the suspected nose-pickers in Mobile, Alabama?" + +Burris choked and recovered quickly. "No," he said. "No, no, no. I +mean it. You've earned a vacation, Kenneth, a real vacation. A nice, +peaceful--" + +"Lovely, wonderful vacation," Malone said. "But--" + +"You're one of my best agents," Burris said. "I might almost say +you're my top man. My very top man. And because of that I've been +overworking you." + +"But--" + +"Now, now," Burris said, waving a hand vaguely. "I have been +overworking you, Kenneth, and I'm sorry. I want to make amends." + +"A what?" Malone said, feeling confused again. + +"Amends," Burris said. "I want to do something for you." + +Malone thought about that for a second. Burris was well-meaning, all +right, but from the way the conversation was going it looked very much +as if "vacation" weren't going to be the right word. + +The right word, he thought dismally, was going to be "rest home." Or +possibly even "insane asylum." + +"I don't want to stop work," he said grimly. "Really, I don't." + +"You'll have lots of time to yourself," Burns said in a wheedling +tone. + +Malone nodded. "Sure I will," he said. "Until they come and put me in +a wet pack." + +Burris blinked, but recovered gamely. "You don't have to go swimming," +he said, "if you don't want to go swimming. Up in the mountains, for +instance--" + +"Where there are nice big guards to watch everything," Malone said. +"And nuts." + +"Guides," Burris said. "But you could just sit around and take things +easy." + +"All locked up," Malone said. "Sure. I'll love it." + +"If you want to go out," Burris said, "you can go out. Anywhere. Just +do whatever you feel like doing." + +Malone sighed. "O.K.," he said. "When do the men in the white coats +arrive?" + +"White coats?" Burris said. There was a short silence. "Kenneth," he +said, "don't suspect me of trying to do anything to you. This is my +way of doing you a favor. It would just be a vacation--going anywhere +you want to go, doing anything you want to do." + +"Avacado," Malone muttered at random. + +Burris stared. "What?" + +"Nothing," Malone said shamefacedly. "An old song. It runs through my +mind. And when you said that about going where I want to go--" + +"An old song with avacados in it?" Burris said. + +Malone cleared his throat and burst into shy and slightly hoarse song. + +"Avacado go where you go," he piped feebly, "do what you do--" + +"Oh," Burris said. "Oh, my." + +"Sorry," Malone muttered. He took a breath and waited. A second +passed. + +"Well, Kenneth," Burris said at last, with an attempt at heartiness, +"you can do anything you like. The mountains. The seashore. Hawaii. +The Riviera. Just go and forget all about gangsters, spies, +counter-espionage, kidnapings, mad telepaths, juvenile teleports and +anything else like that." + +"You forgot water coolers," Malone said. + +Burris nodded. "And water coolers," he said, "by all means. Forget +about FBI business. Forget about me. Just relax." + +It did sound appealing, Malone told himself. But there was a case to +finish, and he was sure Burris was finishing it wrong. He wanted to +argue about it some more, but he was fresh out of arguments. + +And besides, the idea of being able to forget all about Andrew J. +Burris for a little while was almost insidious. Malone liked it more +the more he thought about it. Burris went on naming vacation spots and +drawing magnificent travel-agency pictures of how wonderful life could +be, and after a while Malone left. There just wasn't anything else to +say. Burris had given him an order for his vacation pay and another +guaranteeing travel expenses. Not, he thought glumly, that he would be +expected to buy return tickets. Oh, no. Once he'd been to a place he +could teleport back, so there would be no point in taking a plane or +a train back from wherever he went. + +"And suppose I like planes and trains?" he muttered, going on down the +hall. But there was nothing he could do about it. He did think of +looking for some sympathy, at least, but he couldn't even get much of +that. Tom Boyd had apparently already talked to Burris, and was in +full agreement with him. + +"After all," Boyd said, "there's the drug in the water--and it looks +like pretty solid proof to me, Ken." + +"It's not proof of anything," Malone said sourly. + +"Sure it is," Boyd said. "Why would anybody put it there otherwise?" + +Malone shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I'm not surprised you like +Burris' theory. Psionics never did make you very happy, did it?" + +"Not very," Boyd admitted. "This way, anyhow, I've got something I can +cope with. And it makes nice, simple sense. No reason to go and +complicate it, Ken. None at all." + + * * * * * + +Glumly, Malone made his farewells and then teleported himself from the +Justice Department Building back to his own apartment. There, slowly +and sadly, he began to pack. He hadn't yet decided just where he _was_ +going, but that was a minor detail. The important thing was that he +was going. If the Director of the FBI tells you that you need a rest +cure, Malone thought, you do not argue with him. Argument may result +in your vacation being extended indefinitely. And that is not a good +thing. + +Of course, such a "vacation" wouldn't be the end of the world. Not +quite. He could even beat Burris to the gun, hand in his resignation +and go into private practice as a lawyer. The name of Malone, he told +himself proudly, had not been entirely forgotten in Chicago, by any +means. But he didn't feel happy about the idea. He knew, perfectly +well, that he didn't want to live by trading on his father's +reputation. And besides, he _liked_ being an FBI agent. It had +glamour. It had standing. + +It had everything. It even had trouble. + +Malone caught his whirling mind and forced it back to a landing. +Where, he asked himself, was he going? + +He thought about that for a second. Perhaps, as Burris had apparently +suspected, he was going nuts. When he considered it, it even sounded +like a good possibility. + +After all, what evidence _did_ he have for his psionic theory? Her +Majesty had told him about those peculiar bursts of metal energy, +true. But there wasn't anything else. And, come to think of it, wasn't +it possible that Her Majesty had slipped just a little off the trolley +of her one-track psychosis? + +At that thought a quick wave of guilt swept through him. Her Majesty, +after all, might be reading his mind from Yucca Flats, where she had +returned the previous night, right at that moment. He felt as if he +had committed high, middle and low treason all in one great big +package, not to mention Jack and the Game, he added disconsolately. + +"Nevertheless," he muttered, and stopped. He blinked and started over +again. In spite of all that, he told himself, the Burris Theory +certainly looked a lot sounder when you considered it objectively. + +The big question was whether or not he _wanted_ to consider it +objectively. But he put this aside for the future, and continued +packing slowly and carefully. When at last he snapped shut the last +suitcase, he still hadn't made up his mind as to the best spot for a +vacation. Images tumbled through his brain: mountains, seacoasts, +beaches, beautiful native girls and even a few insane asylums. But +nothing definite appeared. He sat down in his favorite easychair, +found a cigar and lit it, and luxuriated in the soothing fumes while +his mind began to wander. + +Her Majesty, he was quite certain, wouldn't lie purposely. Granted, +she had misled him now and again, but even when she felt misleading +necessary she hadn't lied; she had merely juggled the truth a little. +And Malone was sure she would continue to tell him the truth as she +knew it. + +Of course, that was the stopper: _as she knew it_. And she might have +developed another delusion. In which case, he thought sadly, Burris +was very probably right. + +But she might also be telling the actual truth. And that meant, Malone +thought, that little pops of energy were occasionally bursting in +various minds. These little pops had an effect, or an apparent effect: +they made people change their minds about doing one thing or another. + +And that meant--Malone stopped, his cigar halfway to his mouth. + +_Wasn't it possible that just such a burst of energy had made Burris +call him off the case?_ + +It seemed like a long time before the cigar reached his mouth. Malone +felt slightly appalled. The flashes that had been going on in his own +mind had already been bothering him, and he'd decided that he'd have +to check every decision he made to be sure that it was not capricious; +now he made a resolve that he'd kept his mental faculties on a +perpetual watch for that sort of interference. Of course, it was more +than barely possible that he wouldn't notice it if anything happened. +But it would be pretty stupid to succumb to that sort of defeatism +now, he told himself grimly. + +Now that everything was narrowing down so nicely, anyhow, he thought. +There were only two real possibilities. Malone numbered them in his +mind: + +1. Her Majesty has developed a new delusion. In this case, he thought, +Burris was perfectly right. I can enjoy a month of free vacation. + +2. Her Majesty is no nuttier than before. If this is the case, he +thought, then there's more to the case than has appeared, and Kenneth +J. Malone, with or without the FBI, is going to get to the bottom of +it. + +Therefore, he summed up, everything now hinged on whether or not Her +Majesty was unhinged. + +That was confusing, but he managed to straighten it out after a +second. He put his half-smoked cigar carefully in an ashtray and stood +up. He went over to the phone and dialed the special unlisted number +of the FBI. + +The face that appeared was faintly sallow and looked sad. "Pelham +here," it said in the tones of a discouraged horse. + +"Hello, Pelham," Malone said. "Kenneth Malone here." + +"Trouble?" Pelham said. It was obvious that he expected trouble, and +always had, and probably always would. + +"Nope," Malone said. Pelham looked even sadder. "Just checking out for +vacation. You can tell the Chief I'm going to take off for Las Vegas. +I'm taking his advice, tell him; I'm going to carouse and throw my +money away and look at dancing girls and smoke and drink and stay out +late. I'll let the local office know where I'm staying when I get +there, just in case something comes up." + +"O.K.," Pelham said unhappily. "I'll check you out." He tried a smile, +but it looked more like the blank expression on the face of a local +corpse. "Have fun," he said. + +"Thanks," Malone said. "I'll try." + +But his precognitive sense suddenly rose up on its hind legs as he +broke the connection. The attempt to have fun, it told him in no +uncertain terms, was going to be a morbid failure. + +"Nevertheless," Malone muttered, heaved a great sigh, and started for +the suitcase and the door. + + +VIII + +The Great Universal was not the tops in every field. Not by a long +shot. As Las Vegas resorts went, as a matter of fact, almost any of +them could outdo the Great Universal in one respect or another. The +Golden Palace, for instance, had much gaudier gaming rooms. The +Moonbeam had a louder orchestra. The Barbary Coast and the Ringing +Welkin both had more slot machines, and it was undeniable that the +Flower of the West had fatter and pinker dancing girls. The Red Hot, +the Last Fling and the Double Star all boasted more waiters and more +famous guests per square foot of breathable air. + +But the Great Universal, in sheer size, volume of business and +elegance of surroundings, outdid any three of the others combined. It +stood grandly alone at the edge of the Strip, the grandiloquent Las +Vegas version of Broadway or Hollywood Boulevard. It had a central +Tower that climbed thirty stories into the clean desert air, and the +Tower was surrounded by a quarter of a square mile of single-level +structures. At the base, the building spread out for five hundred feet +in every direction, and beyond that were the clusters of individual +cabins interlaced by walks, small parks, an occasional pool, and a few +little groves of trees "for privacy and the feeling of oneness with +Nature," the brochure said. But the brochure didn't even do justice to +the place. Nothing could have except the popping eyes of the thousand +of tourists who saw the Great Universal every month. And they were +usually in no condition to sit down and talk calmly about it. + +Around the entire collection of buildings rose a wall that fitted the +architectural style of the place perfectly. A Hollywood writer out for +a three-day bender had called it "Futuristic Mediaeval," since it +seemed to be a set-designer's notion of Camelot combined with a +Twenty-fifth Century city as imagined by Frank R. Paul. It had +Egyptian designs on it, but no one knew exactly why. On the other +hand, of course, there was no real reason why not. + +That was not the only decoration. Emblazoned on the Tower, in huge +letters of evershifting color, was a glowing sign larger than the eye +could believe. The sign proclaimed through daylight and the darkest +night: Great Universal Hotel. Malone had no doubts about it. + +There was a running argument as to whether or not the Great Universal +was actually on the Strip. Certainly the original extent of the Strip +didn't include it. But the Strip itself had been spreading Westward at +a slow but steady pace for two decades, and the only imaginable +stopping-point was the California border. + +Malone had taken a taxi from the airfield, and had supplied himself +with silver dollars there. He gave the cabbie one of them and added +another when the man's expression showed real pain. Still unhappy but +looking a little less like a figure out of the Great Depression, the +cabbie gunned his machine away, leaving Malone standing in the carport +surrounded by suitcases and bags of all sizes and weights. + +A robot redcap came gliding along. Inevitably, it was gilded, and +looked absolutely brand new. Behind it, a chunky little man with +bright eyes waved at Malone. "Reserved here?" he said. + +"That's right," Malone said. "The name is Malone." + +The redcap's escort shrugged. "I don't care if the name is Jack the +Ripper," he said. "Just reservations, that's all I care." + +Malone watched the luggage being stowed away, and followed after the +redcap and its escort with mixed feelings. Las Vegas glittered like +mad, but the two inhabitants he had met so far seemed a little dim. +However, he told himself, better things might turn up. + +Better things did, almost immediately. In the great lobby of the +Tower, guests were lounging about in little groups. Many of the guests +were dressed in tuxedos, others in sport shirts and slacks. Quite a +number were wearing dresses, skirt-and-blouse combinations or evening +gowns, and Malone paid most of his attention to these. + +New York, Washington and even Chicago had nothing to match them, he +thought dazedly. They were magnificent, and almost frightening in +their absolute beauty. Malone however, was not easily daunted. He +followed a snappily-dressed bellman to the registration desk while his +robot purred gently after him. First things first, he thought--but +making friends with the other guests definitely came up number two. Or +three, anyhow, he amended sadly. + +He signed his own name to the register, but didn't add: "Federal +Bureau of Investigation" after it. After all, he thought, he was there +unofficially. And even though gambling was perfectly legal in Nevada, +the thought of the FBI still made many of the club owners just the +least little bit nervous. Instead, Malone gave a Chicago firm as his +business address--one which the FBI used as a cover for just such +purposes. + +The clerk looked at him politely and blankly. "A room in the Tower, +sir?" he said. + +Malone shook his head. "Ground floor," he said. "But not too far from +the Tower. I get airsick easily." + +The clerk gave Malone a large laugh, which made him uncomfortable and +a little angry. The joke hadn't been all that good, he thought. If +he'd ordered a top-price room he could understand the hospitality, but +the most expensive rooms were in the Tower, with the outside cabins +running a close second. The other rooms dropped in price as they +approached the periphery of the main building. + +"A humorist, sir?" the clerk said. + +"Not at all," Malone said pleasantly, wishing he'd signed with his +full occupation and address. "I'm a gravedigger. Business has been +very good this year." + +The clerk, apparently undecided as to whether or not to offer +congratulations, settled for consulting his registry and then stabbing +at a button on a huge and complex board at his right. A key slid out +of a slot and the clerk handed it to Malone with a rather strained +smile. "10-Q," he said. + +"You're very welcome," Malone said in his most unctuous tones. He took +the key. + +The clerk blinked. "The bellman will take you to your rooms, sir," he +said in a good imitation of his original voice. "There are maps of the +building at intervals along the halls, and if you find that you have +become lost you have only to ask one of the hall guides to show you +the proper directions." + +"My, my," Malone said. + +The clerk cleared his throat. "If you wish to use one of the cars," he +went on in a slightly more unsteady voice, "simply insert your key in +the slot beneath one of the wall maps, and a car will be at your +service." + +Malone shook his head and gave a deep sigh. "What," he said, "will +they think of next?" + + * * * * * + +Satisfied with that for an exit line, he turned and found that the +bellman had already taken his luggage from the robot redcap and put it +aboard a small electric car. Malone got in beside him and the bellman +started the vehicle down the hallway. It rolled along on soft, silent +tires. It, too, was gilded. It didn't move very fast, Malone thought, +but it certainly beat walking. + +Each hallway which radiated out from the central section beneath the +Tower was built like a small-edition city street. The little cars +scooted up and down the two center lanes while pedestrians, poor +benighted souls, kept to the side walkways. Every so often Malone saw +one, walking along the raised walkway and holding the rail along the +outside that was meant to keep guests of every stage of drunkenness +from falling into the road. At the intersections, small, +Japanese-style bridges crossed over the roadway. On these, Malone saw +uniformed men standing motionless, one to a bridge. They all looked +identical, and each one had a small gold stripe sewn to the chest of +the red uniform. Malone read the letters on the stripe as they passed +the third man. It said: _Guide_. + +"Now, you live in Q-wing, sir," the bellman was saying in a nasal, but +rather pleasant voice as Malone looked away. "You're not far from the +Tower Lobby, so you won't have a lot to remember. It's not like living +along, say, the D-E Passageway out near 20 or 23." + +"I'm sure it isn't," Malone said politely. + +"No," the bellman said, "you got it simple. This here is Q-Yellow--see +the yellow stripe on the wall?" + +Malone looked. There was a yellow stripe on the wall. "I see it," he +said. + +"So all you got to do," the bellman said, "is follow Q-Yellow to the +Tower Lobby." He acted as if he had demonstrated a Euclidean +proposition flawlessly. "Got it?" he asked. + +"Very simple," Malone said. + +"O.K.," the bellman said. "Now, the gaming rooms--" + +Malone listened with about a fifth of an ear while the bellman went on +spinning out incredibly complex directions for getting around in the +quasi-city that was the Great Universal. At one point he thought he +caught the man saying that an elephant ramp took guests past the +resplendent glass rest rooms to the roots of the roulette wheel, but +that didn't sound even remotely plausible when he considered it. At +last the bellman announced: + +"Here we are, sir. Right to your door. A courtesy of the friendly +Great Universal Hotel." + +He pulled over to the side, pushed a button on the sidewalk, and the +little car's body elevated itself on hydraulic pistons until it was +even with the elevated sidewalk. The bellman pushed a stud on the +walkway rail and a gate swung open. Malone stepped out and waited +while luggage was unloaded. The courtesy of the Great Universal Hotel +was not free, of course; Malone got rid of some more silver dollars. +He fished in his pockets, found one lone crumpled ten-dollar bill and +arranged it neatly and visibly in his right hand. + +"I notice you've got a lot of guides in the halls," he said as the +bellman eyed the ten-spot. "Do that many people get lost in here?" + +"Well, not really, sir," the bellman said. "Not really. That's for +the--what they call the protection of our guests. A courtesy." + +"Protection?" Malone said. He had noticed, he recalled, odd bulges +beneath the left armpits of the guides. "Protection from what?" he +asked, keeping a firm, loving grip on the bill. "There are a lot more +guides than you'd expect, aren't there?" + +The bellman shifted uneasily from foot to foot. "Well, sir," he said +at last in an uneasy manner, "I guess it's because of the politics +around here. I mean, it's sort of confused." + +"Confused how?" Malone said, waving the bill ever so slightly. + +The bellman appeared to be hypnotized by its green color. "It's the +governor shooting himself," he said at last. "And the Legislature +wants to impeach the Lieutenant-governor, and the City Council of Las +Vegas is having trouble with the Mayor, and the County Sheriff is +having a feud with the State Police, and--Sir, it's all sort of +confused right now. But it isn't serious." He grinned hopefully. + +Malone sighed and let go of the ten. It stayed fluttering in the air +for perhaps a tenth of a second, and disappeared. "I'm sure it isn't," +Malone said. "Just forget I asked you." + +The bellman's hand went to his pocket and came out again empty. "Asked +me, sir?" he said. "Asked me what?" + + * * * * * + +The next fifteen minutes were busy ones. Malone made himself quickly +at home, keeping his eyes open for hidden TV cameras or other forms of +bugging. Satisfied at last that he was entirely alone, he took a deep +breath, closed his eyes and teleported himself to Yucca Flats. + +[Illustration] + +This time, he didn't land in Dr. O'Connor's office. Instead, he opened +his eyes in the hallway in the nearby building that housed the +psychologists, psychiatrists and psychotherapists who were working +with the telepaths Malone and the FBI had unearthed two years before. + +Apparently, telepathy was turning out to be more a curse than a +blessing. Of the seven known telepaths in the world, only Her Majesty +retained anything like the degree of sanity necessary for +communication. The psych men who were working with the other six had +been trying to establish some kind of rapport, but their efforts so +far had been as fruitless as a petrified tree. + +Malone went down the hallway until he came to a door near the end. He +looked at the sign painted on the opaqued glass for a second: + + ALAN MARSHALL, M.D. + CHIEF OF STAFF + PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT + +With a slight sigh, he pushed open the door and went in. + +Dr. Marshall was a tall, balding man with a light-brown brush mustache +and a pleasant smile. He wore thick glasses but he didn't look at all +scholarly; instead, he looked rather like Alec Guinness made up for a +role as a Naval lieutenant. He rose as Malone entered, and stretched a +hand across the desk. "Glad to see you, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Very +glad." + +Malone shook hands and raised his eyebrows. "_Sir_ Kenneth?" he said. + +Dr. Marshall shrugged slightly. "She prefers it," he said. "And since +there's no telling whose mind she might look into--" He smiled. "After +all," he finished, "why not?" + +"Tell me, doctor," Malone said. "Don't you ever get uneasy about the +fact that Her Majesty can look into your mind? I mean, it has +disturbed some people." + +"Not at all," Marshall said. "Not in the least. After all, Sir +Kenneth, it's all a matter of adjustment. Simple adjustment and no +more." He paused, then added: "Like sex." + +"Sex?" Malone said in a voice he hoped was calm. + +"Cultural mores," Marshall said. "That sort of thing. Nothing, +really." He sat down. "Make yourself comfortable," he told Malone. "As +a matter of fact, the delusion Her Majesty suffers from has its +compensations for the psychiatrist. Where else could I be appointed +Royal Psychiatrist, Advisor to the Crown, and Earl Marshal?" + +Malone looked around, found a comfortable chair and dropped into it. +"I suppose so," he said. "It must be sort of fun, in a way." + +"Oh, it is," Marshall said. "Of course, it can get to be specifically +troublesome; all cases can. I remember a girl who'd managed to get +herself married to the wrong man--she was trying to escape her mother, +or some such thing. And she'd moved into this apartment where her +next-door neighbor, a nice woman really, had rather strange sexual +tendencies. Well, what with those problems, and the husband himself--a +rather ill-tempered brute, but a nice fellow basically--and her +eventually meeting Mr. Right, which was inevitable--" + +"I'm sure it was very troublesome," Malone put in. + +"Extremely," Marshall said. "Worked out in the end, though. Ah ... +most of them do seem to, when we're lucky. When things break right." + +"And when they don't?" Malone said. + +Marshall shook his head slowly and rubbed at his forehead with two +fingers. "We do what we can," he said. "It's an infant science. I +remember one rather unhappy case--started at a summer theatre, but the +complications didn't stop there. As I recall, there were something +like seven women and three men involved deeply before it began to +straighten itself out. My patient was a young boy. Ah ... he had +actually precipitated the situation, or was convinced that he had. All +basically nice people, by the way. All of them. But the kind of thing +they managed to get mixed up in--" + +"I'm sure it was interesting," Malone said. "But--" + +"Oh, they're all interesting," Marshall said. "But for sheer +complexity ... well, this is an unusual sort of case, the one I'm +thinking about now. I remember it began with a girl named Ned--" + +"Dr. Marshall," Malone said desperately, "I'd like to hear about a +girl named Ned. I really would. It doesn't even sound probable." + +"Ah?" Dr. Marshall said. "I'd like to tell you--" + +"Unfortunately," Malone went on doggedly, "there is some business I've +got to talk over." + +Dr. Marshall's disappointment was evident for less than a second. +"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" he said. + +Malone took a deep breath. "It's about Her Majesty's mental state," he +said. "I understand that a lot of it is complicated, and I probably +wouldn't understand it. But can you give me as much as you think I can +digest?" + +Marshall nodded slowly. "Ah ... you must understand that psychiatrists +differ," he said. "We appear to run in schools--like fish, which is +neither here nor there. But what I tell you might not be in accord +with a psychiatrist from another school, Sir Kenneth." + +"O.K.," Malone said. "Shoot." + +"An extremely interesting slang word, by the way," Marshall said. +"'Shoot.' Superficially an invitation to violence. I wonder--" A +glance from Malone was sufficient. "Getting back to the track, +however," he went on, "I should begin by saying that Her Majesty +appears to have suffered a shock of traumatic proportions early in +life. That might be the telepathic faculty itself coming to the +fore--or, rather, the realization that others did not share her +faculty. That she was, in fact, in communication with a world which +could never reach her on her own deepest and most important level." He +paused. "Are you following me so far?" he asked. + +"Gamely," Malone admitted. "In other words, when she couldn't +communicate, she went into this traumatic shock." + +"Nor exactly," Marshall said. "We must understand what communication +is. Basically, Sir Kenneth, we can understand it as a substitute for +sexual activity. That is, in its deepest sense. It is this attack on +the deepest levels of the psychic organism that results in the trauma; +and has results of its own, by the way, which succeed in stabilizing +the traumatic shock on several levels." + +Malone blinked. "That last part began to get me a little," he said. +"Can we go over it again, just the tune this time and leave out the +harmony?" + +Marshall smiled. "Certainly," he said. "Remember that Her Majesty has +been locked up in institutions since early adolescence. Because of +this--a direct result of the original psychosis--she has been +deprived, not only of the communication which serves as a sublimation +for sexual activity, but, in fact, any normal sexual activity. Her +identification of herself with the Virgin Queen is far from +accidental, Sir Kenneth." + +The idea that conservation was sex was a new and somewhat frightening +one to Malone, but he stuck to it grimly. "No sex," Malone said. +"That's the basic trouble." + +Marshall nodded. "It always is," he said. "In one form or another, Sir +Kenneth; it is at the root of such problems at all times. But in Her +Majesty's case the psychosis has become stabilized; she is the Virgin +Queen, and therefore her failure to become part of the normal sexual +activity of her group has a reason. It is accepted on that basis by +her own psyche." + +"I see," Malone said. "Or, anyhow, I think I do. But how about +changes? Could she get worse or better? Could she start lying to +people--for the fun of it, or for reasons of her own?" + +"Changes in her psychic state don't seem very probable," Marshall +said. "In theory, of course, anything is possible; but in fact, I have +observed and worked with Her Majesty and no such change has occurred. +You may take that as definite." + +"And the lying?" Malone said. + +Marshall frowned slightly. "I've just explained," he said, "that Her +Majesty has been blocked in the direction of communication--that is, +in the direction of one of her most important sexual sublimations. +Such communication as she can have, therefore, is to be highly +treasured by her; it provides the nearest thing to sex that she may +have. As the Virgin Queen, she may still certainly _converse_ in any +way possible. She would not injure that valuable possession and right +by falsifying it. It's quite impossible, Sir Kenneth. Quite +impossible." + +This did not make Malone feel any better. It removed one of the two +possibilities--but it left him with no vacation, and the most +complicated case he had ever dreamed of sitting squarely in his lap +and making rude faces at him. + +He had to solve the case--and he had nobody but himself to depend on. + +"You're sure?" he said. + +"Perfectly sure, Sir Kenneth," Marshall said. + +Malone sighed. "Well, then," he said, "can I see Her Majesty?" He knew +perfectly well that he didn't have to ask Marshall's permission--or +anybody else's. But it seemed more polite, somehow. + +"She's receiving Dr. Sheldon Lord in audience just at the moment," +Marshall said. "I don't see why you shouldn't go on to the Throne +Room, though. He's giving her some psychological tests, but they ought +to be finished in a minute or two." + +"Fine," Malone said. "How about court dress? Got anything here that +might fit me?" + +Marshall nodded. "We've got a pretty complete line of court costume +now," he said. "I should say it was the most complete in +existence--except possibly for the TV historical companies. Down the +hall, three doors farther on, you'll find the dressing room." + + * * * * * + +Malone thanked Dr. Marshall and went out slowly. He didn't really mind +the court dress or the Elizabethan etiquette Her Majesty liked to +preserve; as a matter of fact, he was rather fond of it. There had +been some complaints about expense when the Throne Room and the +costume arrangement were first set up, but the FBI and the Government +had finally decided that it was better and easier to humor Her +Majesty. + +Malone spent ten minutes dressing himself magnificently in hose and +doublet, slash-sleeved, ermine-trimmed coat, lace collar, and plumed +hat. By the time he presented himself at the door to the Throne Room +he felt almost cheerful. It had been a long time since he had entered +the world of Elizabethan knighthood over which Her Majesty held sway, +and it always made him feel taller and more sure of himself. He bowed +to a chunkily-built man of medium height in a stiffly brocaded jacket, +carrying a small leather briefcase. The man had a whaler's beard of +blond-red hair that looked slightly out of period, but the costume +managed to overpower it. "Dr. Lord?" Malone said. + +The bearded man peered at him. "Ah, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Yes, yes. +Just been giving Her Majesty a few tests. Normal weekly check, you +know." + +"I know," Malone said. "Any change?" + +"Change?" Lord said. "In Her Majesty? Sir Kenneth, you might as well +expect the very rocks to change. Her Majesty remains Her Majesty--and +will, in all probability, throughout the foreseeable future." + +"The same as ever?" Malone asked hopefully. + +"Exactly," Lord said. "But--if you do want background on the case--I'm +flying back to New York tonight. Look me up there, if you have a +chance. I'm afraid there's little information I can give you, but it's +always a pleasure to talk with you." + +"Thanks," Malone said dully. + +"Barrow Street," Lord said with a cheery wave of the briefcase. +"Number 69." He was gone. The Security Officer at the door, a young +man in the uniform of a page, opened it and peered out at Malone. The +FBI Agent nodded to him and the Security Officer announced in a firm, +loud voice: "Sir Kenneth Malone, of Her Majesty's Own FBI!" + +The Throne Room was magnificent. The whole place had been done in +plastic and synthetic fibers to look like something out of the +Sixteenth Century. It was as garish, and as perfect, as a Hollywood +movie set--which wasn't surprising, since two stage designers had been +hired away from color-TV spectaculars to set it up. At the far end of +the room, past the rich hangings and the flaming chandeliers, was a +great golden throne, and on it Her Majesty was seated. + +Lady Barbara Wilson, Her Majesty's personal nurse, was sitting on a +camp-chair arrangement nearby. She smiled slowly at Malone as he went +by, and Malone returned the smile with a good deal of interest. He +strode firmly down the long crimson carpet that stretched from the +doorway to the throne. At the steps leading up toward the dais that +held the Throne, his free hand went up and swept off the plumed hat. +He sank to one knee. + +"Your Majesty," he said gravely. + +The queen looked down on him. "Rise, Sir Kenneth," she said in a tone +of surprise. "We welcome your presence." + +Malone got up off his knee and stood, his hat in his hand. + +"What is your business with us?" Her Majesty asked. + +Malone looked her full in the face for the first time. He realized +that her expression was rather puzzled and worried. She looked even +more confused than she had the last time he'd seen her. + +He took a deep breath, wished for a cigar and plunged blindly ahead +into the toils of court etiquette. + +"Your Majesty," he said, "I know full well that you are aware of the +thoughts that I have had concerning the case we have been working on. +I beg Your Majesty's pardon for having doubted Your Majesty's Royal +Word. Since my first doubts, of which I am sore ashamed, I have been +informed by Our Majesty's Royal Psychiatrist that my doubts were +ill-founded, and I wish to convey my deepest apologies. Now, having +been fully convinced of the truth of Your Majesty's statements, I have +a theory I would discuss with you, the particulars of which you can +doubtless see in my mind." + +He paused. Her Majesty was staring at him, her face pale. + +"Sir Kenneth," she said in a strained voice, "we appreciate your +attitude. However--" She paused for a moment, and then continued. +"However, Sir Kenneth, it is our painful duty to inform you--" + +She stopped again. And when she managed to speak, she had dropped all +pretense of Court Etiquette. + +"Sir Kenneth, I've been so worried! I was afraid you were dead!" + +Malone blinked. "Dead?" he asked. + +"For the past twenty-four hours," Her Majesty said in a frightened +voice, "I've been unable to contact your mind. And right now, as you +stand there, I can't read anything! + +"It's as though you weren't thinking at all!" + +[Illustration] + + +PART 3 + +IX + +Malone stared at Her Majesty for what seemed like a long time. "Not +thinking at all?" he said at last, weakly. "But I _am_ thinking. At +least, I _think_ I am." He suddenly felt as if he had gone René +Descartes one better. It wasn't a pleasant feeling. + +Her Majesty regarded Malone for an interminable, silent second. Then +she turned to Lady Barbara. "My dear," she said, "I would like to +speak to Sir Kenneth alone. We will go to my chambers." + +Malone, feeling as though his brain had suddenly turned to quince +jelly, followed the two women out of a small door at the rear of the +Throne Room, and into Her Majesty's private apartments. Lady Barbara +left them alone with some reluctance, but she'd evidently been getting +used to following her patient's orders. Which, Malone thought with +admiration, must take a lot of effort for a nurse. + +The door closed and he was alone with the Queen. Malone opened his +mouth to speak, but Her Majesty raised a monitory hand. "Please, Sir +Kenneth," she said. "Just a moment. Don't say anything for a little +bit." + +Malone shut his mouth. When the minute was up, Her Majesty began to +nod her head, very slowly. Her voice, when she spoke, was low and +calm. + +"It's as though you were almost invisible," she said. "I can see you +with my eyes, of course, but mentally you are almost completely +indetectable. Knowing you as well as I do, and being this close to +you, it is just possible for me to detect very faint traces of +activity." + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "I am thinking. I know I am. Maybe +it's not me. Your telepathy might be fading out temporarily, or +something like that. It's possible, isn't it?" He was reasonably sure +it wasn't, but it was a last try at making sense. Her Majesty shook +her head. + +"I can still receive Sir Thomas, for instance, quite clearly," she +said. She seemed a little miffed, but the irritation was overpowered +by her worry. "I think, Sir Kenneth, that you just don't know your own +power, that's all. I don't know how, but you've managed somehow to +smother telepathic communication almost completely." + +"But not quite?" Malone said. Apparently, he was thinking, but very +weakly. Like a small child, he told himself dismally. Like a small +Elizabethan child. + +Her Majesty's face took on a look of faraway concentration. "It's like +looking at a very dim light," she said, "a light just at the threshold +of perception. You might say that you've got to look at such a light +sideways. If you look directly at it, you can't see it. And, of +course, you can't see it at all if you're a long way off." She +blinked. "It's not exactly like that, you understand," she finished. +"But in some ways--" + +"I get the idea," Malone said. "Or I think I do. But what's causing +it? Sunspots? Little green men?" + +"Not so little," Her Majesty said with some return of her old humor, +"and not green, either. As a matter of fact, _you_ are, Sir Kenneth." + +Malone opened his mouth, shut it again and finally managed to say: +"Me?" in a batlike squeal of surprise. + +"I don't know how, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty went on, "but you are. +It's ... rather frightening to me, as a matter of fact; I've never +seen such a thing before. I've never even considered it before." + +"You?" Malone said. "How about me?" It was like suddenly discovering +that you'd been lifting two-hundred-pound barbells and not knowing it. +"How could I be doing anything like that without knowing anything +about it?" + +Her Majesty shook her head. "I haven't the faintest idea," she said. + +But Malone, very suddenly, did. He remembered deciding to keep a close +check on his mental processes to make sure those bursts of energy +didn't do anything to him. Subconsciously, he knew, he was still +keeping that watch. + +And maybe the watch itself caused the complete blanking of his +telepathic faculties. It was worth a test, at least, he decided. And +it was an easy test to make. + +"Listen," he said. He told himself that he would now allow +communication between himself and Her Majesty--and only between those +two. Maybe it wasn't possible to let down the barrier in a selective +way, but he gave it all he had. A long second passed. + +"My goodness!" Her Majesty said in pleased surprise. "There you are +again!" + +"You can read me?" Malone asked. + +"Why ... yes," Her Majesty said. "And I can see just what you're +thinking. I'm afraid, Sir Kenneth, that I don't know whether it's +selective or not. But ... oh. Just a minute. You go right on thinking, +now, just the way you are." Her Majesty's eyes unfocused slightly and +a long time passed, while Malone tried to keep on thinking. But it was +difficult, he told himself, to think about things without having any +things to think about. He felt his mind begin to spin gently with the +rhythm of the last sentence, and he considered slowly the possibility +of thinking about things when there weren't any things thinking about +you. That seemed to make as much sense as anything else, and he was +turning it over and over in his mind when a voice broke in. + + * * * * * + +"I was contacting Willie," Her Majesty said. + +"Ah," Malone said. "Willie. Of course. Very fine for contacting." + +Her Majesty frowned. "You remember Willie, don't you?" she said. +"Willie Logan--who used to be a spy for the Russians, just because he +didn't know any better, poor boy?" + +"Oh," Malone said. "Logan." He remembered the catatonic youngster who +had used his telepathic powers against the United States until Her +Majesty, the FBI, and Kenneth J. Malone had managed to put matters +right. That had been the first time he'd met Her Majesty; it seemed +like fifty years before. + +"Well," Her Majesty said, "Willie and I had a little argument just +now. And I think you'll be interested in it." + +"I'm fascinated," Malone said. + +"Was he thinking about things or were things thinking about him?" + +"Really, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you do think about the +silliest notions when you don't watch yourself." + +Malone blushed slightly. "Anyhow," he said after a pause, "what was +the argument about?" + +"Willie says you aren't here," Her Majesty said. "He can't detect you +at all. Even when I let him take a peek at you through my own +mind--making myself into sort of a relay station, so to speak--Willie +wouldn't believe it. He said I was hallucinating." + +"Hallucinating me?" Malone said. "I think I'm flattered. Not many +people would bother." + +"Don't underestimate yourself, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, rather +severely. "But you do see what this little argument means, don't you? +I think you may assume that your telepathic contact is quite +selective. If Willie can't read you, Sir Kenneth, believe me, nobody +at all can ... unless you let them." + +How he had developed this mental shield, he couldn't imagine, unless +his subconscious had done it for him. Good old subconscious, he +thought, always looking out for a person's welfare, preparing little +surprises and things. Though he hoped vaguely that the next surprise, +if there were a next one, would sneak up a little more gently. Being +told flatly that your mind was not in operation was not a very good +way to start an investigation. + +Then he thought of something else. "Do you think this ... barrier of +mine will keep out those little bursts of mental energy?" he said. + +Her Majesty looked judicious. "I really do," she said. "It does appear +quite impenetrable, Sir Kenneth. I can't understand how you're doing +it. Or why, for that matter." + +"Well--" Malone began. + +Her Majesty raised a hand. "No," she said. "I'd rather not know, if +you please." Her voice was stern, but just a little shaken. "The +thought of blocking off thought--the only real form of communication +that exists--is, frankly, quite horrible to me. I would rather be +blinded, Sir Kenneth. I truly would." + +Malone thought of Dr. Marshall and blushed. Her Majesty peered at him +narrowly, and then smiled. + +"You've been talking to my Royal Psychiatrist again, haven't you?" she +said. Malone nodded. "Frankly, Sir Kenneth," she went on, "I think +people pay too much attention to that sort of thing nowadays." + +The subject, Malone recognized, was firmly closed. He cleared his +throat and started up another topic. "Let's talk about these energy +bursts," he said. "Do you still pick them up occasionally?" + +"Oh, my, yes," Her Majesty said. "And it's not only me. Willie has +been picking them up too. We've had some long talks about it, Willie +and I. It's frightening, in a way, but you must admit that it's very +interesting." + +"Fascinating," Malone muttered. "Tell me, have you figured out what +they might be, yet?" + +Her Majesty shook her head. "All we know is that they do seem to occur +just before a person intends to make a decision. The burst somehow +appears to influence the decision. But we don't know how, and we don't +know where they come from, or what causes them. Or even why." + +"In other words," Malone said, "we know absolutely nothing new." + +"I'm afraid not, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But Willie and I do +intend to keep working on it. It is important, isn't it?" + +"Important," Malone said, "is not the word." He paused. "And now, if +your Majesty will excuse me," he said, "I'll have to go. I have work +to do, and your information has been most helpful." + +"You may go, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, returning with what +appeared to be real pleasure to the etiquette of the Elizabethan +Court. "We are grateful that you have done so much, and continue to do +so much, to defend the peace of Our Realm." + +"I pledge myself to continue in those efforts which please Your +Majesty," Malone said, and started back for the costume room. Once +he'd changed into his regular clothing again he snapped himself back +to the room he had rented in the Great Universal. He had a great deal +of thinking to do, he told himself, and not much time to do it in. + + * * * * * + +However, he was alone. That meant he could light up a cigar--something +which, as an FBI Agent, he didn't feel he should do in public. Cigars +just weren't right for FBI Agents, though they were all right for +ordinary detectives like Malone's father. As a matter of fact, he +considered briefly hunting up a vest, putting it on and letting the +cigar ash dribble over it. His father seemed to have gotten a lot of +good ideas that way. But, in the end, he rejected the notion as being +too complicated, and merely sat back in a chair, with an ashtray +conveniently on a table by his side, and smoked and thought. + +Now, he knew with reasonable certainty that Andrew J. Burris was wrong +and that he, Malone, was right. The source of all the confusion in the +country was due to psionics, not to psychodrugs and Walt Disney spies. + +His first idea was to rush back and tell Burris. However, this looked +like a useless move, and every second he thought about it made it seem +more useless. He simply didn't have enough new evidence to convince +Burris of anything whatever; psychiatric evidence was fine to back up +something else, but on its own it was still too shaky to be accepted +by the courts, in most cases. And Burris thought even more strictly +than the courts in such matters. + +Not only that, Malone realized with alarm, but even if he did manage +somehow to convince Burris there was very little chance that Burris +would stay convinced. If his mind could be changed by a burst of wild +mental power--and why not? Malone reflected--then he could be +unconvinced as often as necessary. He could be spun round and round +like a top and never end up facing the way Malone needed him to face. + +That left the burden of solving the problem squatting like a +hunchback's hunch squarely on Malone's shoulders. He thought he could +bear the weight for a while, if he could only think of some way of +dislodging it. But the idea of its continuing to squat there forever +was horribly unnerving. "Quasimodo Malone," he muttered, and uttered a +brief prayer of thanks that his father had been spared a classical +education. "Ken" wasn't so bad. "Quasi" would have been awful. + +He couldn't think of any way to get a fingerhold on the thing that +weighed him down. Slowly, he went over it in his mind. + +Situation: an unidentifiable something is attacking the United States +with an untraceable something else from a completely unknown source. + +Problem: how do you go about latching on to anything as downright +nonexistent as all that? + +Even the best detective, Malone told himself irritably, needed clues +of some kind. And this thing, whatever it was, was not playing fair. +It didn't go around leaving bloody fingerprints or lipsticked +cigarette butts or packets of paper matches with _Ciro's, Hollywood_, +written on them. It didn't even have an alibi for anything that could +be cracked, or leave tire marks or footprints behind that could be +photographed. Hell, Malone thought disgustedly, it wasn't that the +trail was cold. It just _wasn't_. + +Of course, there were ways to get clues, he reflected. He thought of +his father. His father would have gone to the scene of the crime, or +questioned some of the witnesses. But the scene of the crime was +anywhere and everywhere, and most of the witnesses didn't know they +were witnessing anything. Except for Her Majesty, of course--but he'd +already questioned her, and there hadn't been any clues he could +recall in that conversation. + +Malone stubbed out his cigar, lit another one absent-mindedly, and +rescued his tie, which was working its slow way around to the side of +his collar. There were, he remembered, three classic divisions of any +crime: method, motive and opportunity. Maybe thinking about those +would lead somewhere. + +As an afterthought, he got up, found a pencil and paper with the +hotel's name stamped on them in gold and came back to the chair. +Clearing the ashtray aside, he put the paper on the table and divided +the paper into three vertical columns with the pencil. He headed the +first one _Method_, the second _Motive_ and the third _Opportunity_. + +He stared at the paper for a while, and decided with some trepidation +to take the columns one by one. Under _Method_, he put down: "Little +bursts. Who knows cause?" Some more thought gave him another item, and +he set it down under the first one: "Psionic. Look for psionic +people?" + +That apparently was all there was to the first column. After a while +he moved to number two, _Motive_. "Confuse things," he wrote with +scarcely a second's reflection. But that didn't seem like enough. A +few minutes more gave him several other items, written down one under +the other. "Disrupt entire US. Set US up for invasion? Martians? +Russians? CK: Is Russia having trble?" That seemed to exhaust the +subject and with some relief he went on. But the title of the next +column nearly stopped him completely. + +[Illustration] + +_Opportunity._ There wasn't anything he could put down under that one, +Malone told himself, until he knew a great deal more about method. As +things stood at present, the best entry under _Opportunity_ was a +large, tastefully done question mark. He made one, and then sat back +to look at the entire list and see what help it gave him: + +_Method_ +Little bursts. Who knows cause? +Psionic. Look for psionic people? + +_Motive_ +Confuse things. +Disrupt entire US. +Set US up for invasion? +Martians? +Russians? +CK: Is Russia having trble? + +_Opportunity_ +? + +Somehow, it didn't seem to be much help, when he thought about it. It +had a lot of information on it, but none of the information seemed to +lead anywhere. It did seem to be established that the purpose was to +confuse or disrupt the United States, but this didn't seem to point to +anybody except a Russian, an alien or a cosmic practical joker. Malone +could see no immediate way of deciding among the trio. However, he +told himself, there are other ways to start investigating a crime. +There must be. + +Psychological methods, for instance. People had little gray cells, he +remembered from his childhood reading. Some of the more brainy +fictional detectives never stooped to anything so low as an actual +physical clue. They concentrated solely on finding a pattern in the +crimes that indicated, infallibly, the psychology of the individual. +Once his psychology had been identified, it was only a short step to +actually catching him and putting him in jail until his psychology +changed for the better. Or, of course, until it disappeared entirely +and was buried, along with the rest of him, in a small wood box. + +That wasn't Malone's affair. All he had to do was take the first few +steps and actually find the man. And perhaps psychology and pattern +was the place to start. Anyhow, he reflected, he didn't have any other +method that looked even remotely likely to lead to anything except +brain-fag, disappointment, and catalepsy. + +But he didn't have enough cases to find a pattern. There must, he +thought, be a way to get some more. After a few seconds he thought of +it. + + * * * * * + +At first he thought of asking Room Service for all the local and +out-of-state papers, but that, he quickly saw, was a little unwise. +People didn't come to Las Vegas to catch up on the news; they came to +get away from it. A man might read Las Vegas papers, and possibly even +his home town's paper if he couldn't break himself of the pernicious +habit. But nobody on vacation would start reading papers from +everywhere. + +There was no sense in causing suspicion, Malone told himself. Instead, +he reached for the phone and called the desk. + +"Great Universal, good afternoon," a pleasant voice said in his ear. + +Malone blinked. "What time _is_ it?" he said. + +"A few minutes before six," the voice said. "In the evening, sir." + +"Oh," Malone said. It was later than he'd thought; the list had taken +some time. "This is Kenneth J. Malone," he went on, "in Room--" He +tried to remember the number of his room and failed. It seemed like +four or five days since he'd entered it. "Well, wherever I am," he +said at last, "send up some kind of a car for me and have a taxi +waiting outside." + +The voice sounded unperturbed. "Right away, sir," it said. "Will there +be anything else?" + +"I guess not," Malone said. "Not now, anyhow." He hung up and stubbed +out the latest in his series of cigars. + +The hallway car arrived in a few minutes. It was manned by a muscular +little man with beady eyes and thinning black hair. "You Malone?" he +said when the FBI Agent opened the door. + +"Kenneth J.," Malone said. "I called for a car." + +"Right outside, Chief," the little man said in a gravelly voice. "Just +hop in and off we go into the wild blue yonder. Right?" + +"I guess so," Malone said helplessly. He followed the man outside, +locked his door and climbed into a duplicate of the little car that +had taken him to his room in the first place. + +"Step right in, Chief," the little man said. "We're off." + +Malone, overcoming an immediate distaste for the chummy little fellow, +climbed in and the car retreated down to the road. It started off +smoothly and they went back toward the lobby. The little man chatted +incessantly and Malone tried not to listen. But there was nothing else +to do except watch the gun-toting "guides" as the car passed them, and +the sight was making him nervous. + +"You want anything--special," the driver said, giving Malone a blow in +the ribs that was apparently meant to be subtle, "you just ask for +Murray. Got it?" + +"I've got it," Malone said wearily. + +"You just pick up the little phone and you ask for Murray," the driver +said. "Maybe you want something a little out of the ordinary--get what +I mean?" Malone moved aside, but not fast enough, and Murray's stone +elbow caught him again. "Something special, extra-nice. For my +friends, pal. You want to be a friend of mine?" + +Assurances that friendship with Murray was Malone's dearest ambition +in life managed to fend off further blows until the car pulled to a +stop in the lobby. "Cab's outside, Mr. Malone," Murray said. "You +remember me--hey?" + +"I will never, never forget you," Malone said fervently, and got out +in a hurry. He found the cab and the driver, a heavy-set man with a +face that looked as if, somewhere along the line, it had run into a +Waring Blendor and barely escaped, swiveled around to look at him as +he got in. + +"Where to, Mac?" he asked sourly. + +Malone shrugged. "Center of town," he said. "A nice big newsstand." + +The cabbie blinked. "A what?" he said. + +"Newsstand," Malone said pleasantly. "All right with you?" + +"Everybody's a little crazy, I guess," the cabbie said. "But why do I +always get the real nuts?" He started the cab with a savage jerk and +Malone was carried along the road at dizzying speed. They managed to +make ten blocks before the cab squealed to a stop. Malone peered out +and saw a nice selection of sawhorses piled up in the road, guarded by +two men with guns. The men were dressed in police uniforms and the +cabby, staring at them, uttered one brief and impolite word. + +"What's going on?" Malone said. + +"Roadblock," the cabbie said. "Thing's going to stay here until Hell +freezes over. Not that they need it. Hell, I passed it on the way in +but I figured they'd take it down pretty quick." + +"Roadblock?" Malone said. "What for?" + +The cabbie shrugged eloquently. "Who knows?" he said. "You ask +questions, you might get answers you don't like. I don't ask +questions, I live longer." + +"But--" + +The cops, meanwhile, had advanced toward the car. One of them looked +in. "Who's the passenger?" he said. + +The cabbie swore again. "You want me to take loyalty oaths from +people?" he said. "You want to ruin my business? I got a passenger, +how do I know who he is? Maybe he's the Lone Ranger." + +"Don't get funny," the cop said. His partner had gone around to the +back of the car. + +"What's this, the trunk again?" the cabbie said. "You think maybe I'm +smuggling in showgirls from the edge of town?" + +"Ha, ha," the cop said distinctly. "One more joke and it's thirty +days, buster. Just keep cool and nothing will happen." + +"Nothing, he calls it," the cabbie said dismally. But he stayed silent +until the second cop came back to rejoin his partner. + +"Clean," he said. + +"Here, too, I guess," the first cop said, and looked in again. "You," +he said to Malone. "You a tourist?" + +"That's right," Malone said. "Kenneth J. Malone, at the Great +Universal. Arrived this afternoon. What's happening here, officer?" + +"I'm asking questions," the cop said. "You're answering them. Outside +of that, you don't have to know a thing." He looked very tough and +official. Malone didn't say anything else. + +After a few more seconds they went back to their positions and the +cabbie started the car again. Ten yards past the roadblock he turned +around and looked at Malone. "It's the sheriff's office every time," +he said. "Now, you take a State cop, he's O.K. because what does he +care? He's got other things to worry about, he don't have to bear down +on hard-working cabbies." + +"Sure," Malone said helpfully. + +"And the city police--they're right here in the city, they're O.K. I +know them, they know me, nothing goes wrong. Get what I mean?" + +"The sheriff's office is the worst, though?" Malone said. + +"The worst is nothing compared to those boys," the cabbie said. +"Believe me, every time they can make life tough for a cabbie, they do +it. It's hatred, that's what it is. They hate cabbies. That's the +sheriff's office for you." + +"Tough," Malone said. "But the roadblock--what _was_ it for, anyhow?" + +The cabbie looked back at the road, avoided an oncoming car with a +casual sweep of the wheel, and sighed gustily. "Mister," he said, "you +don't ask questions, I don't give out answers. Fair?" + +There was, after all, nothing else to say. "Fair," Malone told him, +and rode the rest of the way in total silence. + + * * * * * + +Buying the papers in Las Vegas took more time than Malone had +bargained for. He had to hunt from store to store to get a good, +representative selection, and there were crowds almost everywhere +playing the omnipresent slot-machines. The whir of the machines and +the low undertones and whispers of the bettors combined in the air to +make what Malone considered the single most depressing sound he had +ever heard. It sounded like a factory, old, broken-down and unwanted, +that was geared only to the production of cigarette butts and old +cellophane, ready-crumpled for throwing away. Malone pushed through +the crowds as fast as possible, but nearly an hour had gone by when he +had all his papers and hailed another cab to get him back to the +hotel. + +This time, the cabbie had a smiling, shining face. He looked like +Pollyanna, after eight or ten shots at the middleweight title. Malone +beamed right back at him and got in. "Great Universal," he said. + +"Hey, that's a nice place," the cabbie said heartily, as they started +off. "I heard there was a couple TV stars there last week and they got +drunk and had a fight. You see that?" + +"Just arrived this afternoon," Malone said. "Sorry." + +"Oh, don't worry," the cabbie assured him. "Something's always going +on at the Universal. I hear they posted a lot of guards there, just +waiting for something to come up now. Something about some shooting, +but I didn't get the straight story yet. That true?" + +"Far as I know," Malone said. "There's a lot of strange things +happening lately, aren't there?" + +"Lots," the cabbie said eagerly. He meandered slowly around a couple +of bright-red convertibles. "A guy owned the _Last Stand_, he killed +himself with a gun today. It's in the papers. Listen, Mister, funny +things happen all the time around here. I remember last week there was +a lady in my cab, nice old bat, looked like she wouldn't take off an +earring in public, not among strangers. You know the type. Well, sir, +she asked me to take her on to the Golden Palace, and that's a fair +ride. So on the way down, she--" + +Fascinated as he was by the unreeling story of the shy old bat, Malone +interrupted. "I hear there's a roadblock up now, and they're searching +all the cars. Know anything about that?" + +The cabbie nodded violently. "Sure, Mister," he said. "Now, it's funny +you should ask. I hit the block once today and I was saying to myself, +I'll bet somebody's going to ask me about this. So when I was in town +I talked around with Si Deeds ... you know Si? Oh, no, you just +arrived today ... anyhow, I figured Si would know." + +"And did he?" Malone said. + +"Not a thing," the cabbie said. Malone sighed disgustedly and the +cabbie went on: "So I went over and talked to Bob Grindell. I figured, +there was action, Bob would know. And guess what?" + +"He didn't know either," Malone said tiredly. + +"Bob?" the cabbie said. "Say, Mister, you must be new here for sure, +if you say Bob wouldn't know what was going on. Why, Bob knows more +about this town than guys lived in it twice as long, I'll tell you. +Believe me, he knows." + +"And what did he say?" Malone asked. + +The cabbie paused. "About what?" he said. + +"About the roadblock," Malone said distinctly. + +"Oh," the cabbie said. "That. Well, that was a funny thing and no +mistake. There was this fight, see? And Shellenberger got in the +middle of it, see? So when he was dead they had to set up this +roadblock." + +Malone restrained himself with some difficulty. "What fight?" he said. +"And who's Shellenberger? And how did he get in the way?" + +"Mister," the cabbie said, "you must be new here." + +"A remarkable guess," Malone said. + +The cabbie nodded. "Sure must be," he said. "Gus Shellenberger's lived +here over ten years now. I drove him around many's the time. Remember +when he used to go out to this motel out on the outskirts there; there +was this doll he was interested in but it never came to much. He said +she wasn't right for his career, you know how guys like that are, they +got to be careful all the time. Never hit the papers or anything--I +mean with the doll and all--but people get to know things. You know. +So with this doll--" + +"How long ago did all this happen?" Malone asked. + +"The doll?" the cabbie said. "Oh, five-six years. Maybe seven. I +remember it was the year I got a new cab, business was pretty good, +you know. Seven, I guess. Garage made me a price, you know, I had to +be an idiot to turn it down? A nice price. Well, George Lamel who owns +the place, he's an old friend, you know? I did him some favors so he +gives me a nice price. Well, this new cab--" + +"Can we get back to the present for a little while?" Malone said. +"There was this fight, and your friend Gus Shellenberger got involved +in it somehow--" + +"Oh, that," the cabbie said. "Oh, sure. Well, there was a kind of +chase. Some sheriff's officers were looking for an escaped convict, +and they were chasing him and doing some shooting. And Shellenberger, +he got in the way and got shot accidentally. The criminal, he got +away. But it's kind of a mess, because--" + +A loud chorus of sirens effectively stopped all conversation. Two cars +stamped with the insignia of the sheriff's office came into sight and +streaked past, headed for Las Vegas. + +"Because Shellenberger was State's attorney, after all," the cabbie +said. "It's not like just anybody got killed." + +"And the roadblock?" Malone said. + +"For the criminal, I guess," the cabbie said. + +Malone nodded heavily. The whole thing smelled rather loudly, he +thought. The "accident" wasn't very plausible to start with. And a +search for an escaped criminal that didn't even involve checking +identification of strangers like Malone wasn't much of a search. The +cops knew who they were looking for. + +And Shellenberger hadn't been killed by accident. + +The roadblock was down, he noticed. The sheriff's office cars had +apparently carried the cheerful cops back to Las Vegas. Maybe they'd +found their man, Malone thought, and maybe they just didn't care any +more. + +"Wouldn't a State's attorney live in Carson City?" he asked after a +while. + +"Not old Gus Shellenberger," the cabbie said. "Many's the time I +talked with him and he said he loved this old town. Loved it. Like an +old friend. Why, he used to say to me--" + +At that point the Great Universal hove into view. Malone felt +extraordinarily grateful to see it. + + * * * * * + +He went to his room with the bundle of papers in his hand and locked +himself in. He lit a fresh cigar and started through the papers. Las +Vegas was the one on top, and he gave it a quick going-over. Sure +enough, the suicide of the Golden Palace owner was on page one, along +with a lot of other local news. + +_Mayor Resigns Under Council Pressure_, one headline read. On page 3 +another story was headlined: _County Attorney Indicted by Grand Jury +in Bribery Case_. And at the bottom of page 1, complete with pictures +of baffled phone operators and linemen, was a double column spread: +_Damage to Phone Relay Station Isolates City Five Hours_. + +Carson City, the State Capitol, came in for lots of interesting news, +too. Three headlines caught Malone's attention: + + LT.-GOVERNOR MORRIS SWORN IN AS GOVERNOR TWELVE MEMBERS OF + LEGISLATURE RESIGN + + Ill Health Given As Reason + + STATE'S ATTORNEY'S OFFICE: "NO COMMENT" ON RACKETS + CONNECTION CHARGE. + +The next paper was the New York Post. Malone studied the front page +with interest: + + MAYOR ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMM. + +The story on page 3 had a little more detail: + + MAYOR AMALFI ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMMISSIONER ON + EVIDENCE SHOWING "COLLUSION WITH GAMBLING INTERESTS" + +But Malone didn't have time to read the story. Other headlines on +pages 2 and 3 attracted his startled attention: + + TWELVE DIE IN BROOKLYN GANG MASSACRE + + Ricardo, Numbers Head, Among Slain + + "DANGEROUS DAN" SUGRUE LINKED WITH TRUCKER'S UNION + + Admits Connection "Gladly" + +[Illustration] + + HOUSING AUTHORITY DENIES, THEN CONFESSES GRAFT CHARGE + +Malone wiped a streaming brow. Apparently all hell was busting loose. +Under the _Post_ was the San Francisco _Examiner_, its crowded front +page filled with all sorts of strange and startling news items. Malone +looked over a few at random. A wildcat waterfront strike had been +called off after the resignation of the union local's president. The +"Nob Hill Mob," which had grown notorious in the past few years, had +been rounded up and captured _in toto_ after what the paper described +only as a "police tipoff." Two headlines caught his special attention: + + BERSERK POLICE CAPTAIN KILLS TWO AIDES, SELF: CORRUPTION + HINTED + +The second hit closer to home: + + FBI ARRESTS THREE STATE SENATORS ON INCOME TAX CHARGE + +Malone felt a pang of nostalgia. Conquering it after a brief struggle, +he went on to the next paper. From Los Angeles, its front page showed +that Hollywood, at least, was continuing to hold its own: + + LAVISH FUNERAL PLANNED FOR WONDER DOG TOMORROW + +But the Washington _Times-Herald_ brought things back to the mess +Malone had expected. All sorts of things were going on: + + PRESIDENT ACCEPTS RESIGNATION OF THREE CABINET MEMBERS + + New Appointees Not Yet Named + + PENTAGON TO INVESTIGATE QUARTER-MASTER CORPS GRAFT + + Revelations Hinted In Closed Hearing Thursday + + RIOT ON SENATE FLOOR QUELLED BY GUARDS + + Sen. Briggs Hospitalized + + GENERAL BREGER, MISSILE BASE HEAD, DIES IN TESTING ACCIDENT + + Faulty Equipment Blamed + +Malone put the papers down with a deep sigh. There was some kind of a +pattern there, he was sure; there had to be. More was happening in the +good old United States inside of twenty-four hours than ordinarily +happened in a couple of months. The big trouble was that some of it +was, doubtless, completely unconnected with the work of Malone's +psychological individual. It was equally certain that some of it +wasn't; no normal workings of chance could account for the spate of +resignations, deaths, arrests of high officials, freak accidents and +everything else he'd just seen. + +But there was no way of telling which was which. The only one he was +reasonably sure he could leave out of his calculations was Hollywood's +good old Wonder Dog. And when he looked at the rest all he could see +was that confusion was rampant. Which was exactly what he'd known +before. + +He remembered once, when he was a boy, his mother had taken him to an +astronomical observatory, and he had looked at Mars through the big +telescope, hoping to see the canals he'd heard so much about. Sure, +enough, there had been a blurred pattern of some kind. It might have +represented canals--but he'd been completely unable to trace any given +line. It was like looking at a spiderweb through a sheet of frosted +glass. + +He needed a clearer view, and there wasn't any way to get it without +finding some more information. Sooner or later, he told himself, +everything would fall into one simple pattern, and he would give a cry +of "Eureka!" + +There was, at any rate, no need to go to the scene of the crime. He +was right in the middle of it--and would have been, apparently, no +matter where he'd been. The big question was: where were all the facts +he needed? + +He certainly wasn't going to find them all alone in his room, he +decided. Mingling with the Las Vegas crowds might give him some sort +of a lead--and, besides, he had to act like a man on vacation, didn't +he? Satisfied of this, Malone began to change into his dress suit. +People who came to Las Vegas, he told himself while fiddling with what +seemed to be a left-hand-thread cufflink of a peculiarly nasty +disposition, were usually rich. Rich people would be worried about the +way the good old United States was acting up, just like anybody else, +but they'd have access to various sources both of information and +rumor. Rumor was more valuable than might at first appear, Malone +thought sententiously, sneaking up on the cufflink and fastening it +securely. He finished dressing with what was almost an air of hope. + +He surveyed himself in the mirror when he was done. Nobody, he told +himself with some assurance, would recognize him as the FBI Agent who +had come into the Golden Palace two years before, clad in Elizabethan +costume and escorting a Queen who had turned out to be a phenomenal +poker player. After all, Las Vegas was a town in which lots of strange +things happened daily, and he was dressed differently, and he'd aged +at least two years in the intervening two years. + +He put in a call for a hallway car--carefully refraining from asking +for Murray. + + +X + +"Business, Mr. Malone," the bartender said, "is shot all to hell. The +whole country is shot all to hell." + +"I believe it," Malone said. + +"Sure," the bartender said. He finished polishing one glass and set to +work on another one. "Look at the place," he went on. "Half full. You +been here two weeks now, and you know how business was when you came. +Now look." + +It wasn't necessary, but Malone turned obediently to survey the huge +gambling hall. It was roofed over by a large golden dome that seemed +to make the place look even emptier than it could possibly be. There +were still plenty of people around the various tables, and something +approaching a big crowd clustered around the _chemin de fer_ layout. +But it was possible to breathe in the place, and even move from table +to table without stepping into anybody's pocket. Las Vegas was +definitely sliding downhill at the moment, Malone thought. + +The glitter of polished gold and silver ornaments, the low cries of +the various dealers and officials, the buzz of conversation, were all +the same. But under the great dome, Malone told himself sadly, you +could almost see the people leaving, one by one. + +"No money around either," the bartender said. "Except maybe for a few +guys like yourself. I mean, people take their chances at the wheel or +the tables, but there's no big betting going on, just nickel-dime +stuff. And no big spending, either. Used to be tips in a place like +this, just tips, would really mount up to something worth while. Now, +nothing." He put the glass and towel down and leaned across the bar. +"You know what I think, Mr. Malone?" he said. + +"No," Malone said politely. "What do you think?" + +The bartender looked portentous. "I think all the big-money guys have +rushed off home to look after their business and like that," he said, +"everything's going to hell, and what I want to know is: What's wrong +with the country? You're a big businessman, Mr. Malone. You ought to +have some ideas." + +Malone paused and looked thoughtful. "I'll tell you what I think," he +said. "I think people have decided that gambling is sinful. Maybe we +all ought to go and get our souls dry-cleaned." + +The bartender shook his head. "You always got a little joke, Mr. +Malone," he said. "It's what I like about you. But there must be some +reason for what's happening." + +"There must be," Malone agreed. "But I'll be double-roasted for extra +fresh flavor if I know what it is." + +His vacation pay, he told himself with a feeling of downright misery, +was already down the drain. He'd been dipping into personal savings to +keep up his front as a big spender, but that couldn't go on +forever--even though he saved money on the front by gambling very +little while he tipped lavishly. And in spite of what he'd spent he +was no closer to an answer than he had been when he'd started. + +"Now, you take the stock market," the bartender said, picking up the +glass and towel again and starting to work in a semiautomatic fashion. +"It's going up and down like a regular roller coaster. I know because +I got a few little things going for me there--nothing much, you +understand, but I keep an eye out for developments. It doesn't make +any sense, Mr. Malone. Even the financial columnists can't make sense +out of it." + +"Terrible," Malone said. + +"And the Government's been cracking down on business everywhere it +can," the bartender went on. "All kinds of violations. I got nothing +against the law, you understand. But that kind of thing don't help +profits any. Look at the Justice Department." + +"You look at it," Malone muttered. + +"No," the bartender said. "I mean it. They been arresting people all +over the place for swindling on Government contracts, and falsifying +tax records, and graft, and all kinds of things. Listen, every FBI man +in the country must be up to his cute little derby hat in work." + +"I'll bet they are," Malone said. He heaved a great sigh. Every one of +them except Kenneth J. Malone was probably hopping full time in an +effort to straighten out the complicated mess everything was getting +into. Of course, he was working, too--but not officially. As far as +the FBI knew, he was on vacation, and they were perfectly willing to +let him stay there. + +A nationwide emergency over two weeks old, and getting worse all the +time--and Burris hadn't even so much as called Malone to talk about +the weather. He'd said that Malone was one of his top operatives, but +now that trouble was really piling up there wasn't a peep out of him. + +The enemy, whoever they were, were doing a great job, Malone thought +bitterly. Every time Burris decided he might need Malone, apparently, +they pushed a little mental burst at him and turned him around again. +He could just picture Burris looking blankly at an FBI roster and +saying: "Malone? Who's he?" + +It wasn't a nice picture. Malone took a deep swallow of his +bourbon-and-water and tried forgetting about it. The bartender, called +by another customer, put the glass and towel down and went to the +other end of the bar. Malone finished his drink very slowly, feeling +more lonely than he could ever remember being before. + + * * * * * + +At last, though, four-thirty rolled around and he got up from the +plush bar stool and headed for the Universal Joint, the hotel's big +show-room. It was one of the few places in the hotel that was easily +reachable from the front bar on foot, and Malone walked, taking an +unexpected pleasure in this novel form of locomotion. In a few minutes +he was at the great curtained front doors. + +He pushed them open. Later, of course, when the Universal Joint was +open to the public, a man in a uniform slightly more impressive than +that of a South American generalissimo would be standing before the +doors to save patrons the unpleasant necessity of opening them for +themselves. But now, in the afternoon, the Universal Joint was closed. +There was no one inside but Primo Palveri, the manager and majority +stockholder of the Great Universal, and the new strip act he was +watching. Malone didn't particularly like the idea of sharing his +conversation with a burlesque stripper, but there was little he could +do about it; he'd waited several days for the appointment already. + +As the doors opened he could hear a nasal voice, almost without +over-tones, saying: "Now turn around, baby. Turn around." A pause, and +then another voice, this one female: + +"Is this all right, Mr. Palveri? You want me to show you something +else?" + +Malone shut the door quietly behind him. The female voice was coming +from the throat of a semi-naked girl about five feet eight, with +bright red hair and a wide, wide smile. She was staring at a chunky +little black-haired man sunk in a chair, whose back was to Malone. + +"What else do you do, Sweetheart?" the chunky man said. "Let me see +whatever you do. I want some wide-talent stuff, you know, for the +place. Class." + +The girl smiled even wider. Malone was sure her teeth were about to +fall out onto the floor, probably in a neat arrangement that spelled +out _Will You Kiss Me In The Dark Baby_. That would take an awful lot +of teeth, he reflected, but the stripper looked as if she could manage +the job. "I dance and sing," she said. "I could do a dance for you, +but my music is upstairs. You want me to go and get it?" + +Palveri shook his head. "How about a song, baby? You mind singing +without a piano?" + +"I don't have anything prepared," the girl said, her eyes wide. "I +didn't know this was going to be a special audition. I thought, you +know, just a burlesque audition, so I didn't bring anything." + +Palveri sank a little lower in the chair. "O.K., Sweetheart," he said. +"You got a nice shape, you'll fit in the line anyhow. But just sing a +song you know. How about that? If you make it with that, you could get +yourself a featured spot. More dough." + +The girl appeared to consider this proposition. "Gee," she said +slowly. "I could do 'God Bless America'. O.K., Mr. Palveri?" + +The chunky man sank even deeper toward the floor. "Never mind," he +said. "Go get dressed, tell Tony you got the number five spot in the +line. O.K.?" + +"Gee," she said. "Maybe I could work on something and do it for you +some other time, Mr. Palveri?" + +He nodded wearily. "Some other time," he said. "Sure." + + * * * * * + +The girl went off through a door at the left of the club. Malone +threaded his way past tables with chairs piled on top of them until he +came to Palveri's side. The club owner was sitting on a single chair +dragged off the heap that stood on a table next to him. He didn't turn +around. "Mr. Malone," he said, "take another chair, sit down and we'll +talk. O.K.?" + +Malone blinked. "How'd you know I was there?" he said. "Much less who +I was?" + +"In this business," Palveri said, still without turning, "you learn to +notice things, Mr. Malone. I heard you come in and wait. Who else +would you be?" + +Malone took a chair from the pile and set it up next to Palveri's. The +chunky man turned to face him for the first time. Malone took a deep +breath and tried to look hard and tough as he studied the club owner. + +Palveri had small, sunken eyes decorated with bluish bags below and +tufted black eyebrows above. The eyes were very cold. The rest of his +face didn't warm things up any; he had an almost lipless slash for a +mouth, a small reddish nose and cheeks that could have used either a +shave or a good sandblasting job. + + * * * * * + +"You said you wanted to see me," Palveri began after a second. "But +you didn't say what about. What's up, Mr. Malone?" + +"I've been looking around," Malone said in what he hoped was a grim, +no-nonsense tone. "Checking things. You know." + +"Checking?" Palveri said. "What's this about?" + +Malone shrugged. He fished out a cigarette and lit it. "Castelnuovo in +Chicago sent me down," he said. "I've been doing some checking around +for him." + +Palveri's eyes narrowed slightly. Malone puffed on the cigarette and +tried to act cool. "You throwing names around to impress me?" the club +owner said at last. + +"I'm not throwing names around," Malone said grimly. "Castelnuovo +wants me to look around, that's all." + +"Castelnuovo's a big man in Chicago," Palveri said. "He wouldn't send +a guy down without telling me about it." + +"He did," Malone said. He thought back to the FBI files on Giacomo +Castelnuovo, which took up a lot of space in Washington, even on +microfilm. "You want proof?" he said. "He's got a scar over his ribs +on the left side--got it from a bullet in '62. He wears a little black +mustache because he thinks he looks like an old-time TV star, but he +doesn't, much. He's got three or four girls on the string, but the +only one he cares about is Carla Bragonzi. He--" + +"O.K.," Palveri said. "O.K., O.K. You know him. You're not fooling, +around. But how come he sends you down without telling me?" + +Malone shrugged. "I've been here two weeks," he said. "You didn't know +I was around, did you? That's the way Castelnuovo wanted it." + +"He thinks I'd cheat him?" Palveri said, his face changing color +slightly. "He thinks I'd dress up for him or drag down? He knows me +better than that." + +Malone took a puff of his cigarette. "Maybe he just wants to be sure," +he said. "Funny things are happening all over." The cigarette tasted +terrible and he put it out in an ashtray from the chair-covered table. + +"You're telling me," Palveri said. "Things are crazy. What I'm +thinking is this: Maybe Castelnuovo wants to keep this place +operating. Maybe he wants to keep me here working for him." + +"And if he does?" Malone said. + +"If he does, he's going to have to pay for it," Palveri said firmly. +"The place needs dough to keep operating. I've got to have a loan, or +else I'm going under." + +"The place is making money," Malone said. + +Palveri shook his head vigorously. He reached into a pocket and took +out a gold cigar case. He flipped it open. "Have one," he told Malone. + +An FBI Agent, Malone told himself, had no business smoking cigars and +looking undignified. But as a messenger from Castelnuovo, he could do +as he pleased. He almost reached for one before he realized that +maybe, sometime in the future, Palveri would find out who Kenneth J. +Malone really was. And then he'd remember Malone smoking cigars, and +that would be bad for the dignity of the FBI. Reluctantly, he drew his +hand back. + +"No, thanks," he said. "Never touch 'em." + +"To each his own," Palveri muttered. He took out a cigar, lit it and +returned the case to his pocket. The immediate vicinity became crowded +with smoke. Malone breathed deeply. + +"About the money--" Malone said after a second. + +Palveri snorted. "The place is making half of what I'm losing," he +said. "You got to see it this way, Malone: the contacts are gone." + +"Contacts?" Malone said. + +Palveri nodded. "The mayor's resigned, remember?" he said. "You saw +that. Everybody's getting investigated. A couple of weeks ago the +Golden Palace guy knocked himself off, and where does that leave me? +He's my only contact with half the State boys; hell, he ran the whole +string of clubs here, more or less. Castelnuovo knows all that." + +"Sure," Malone said. "But you can make new contacts." + +"Where?" Palveri said. He flung out his arms. "When nobody knows +what's going to happen tomorrow? I tell you, Malone, it's like a curse +on me." + +Malone decided to push the man a little farther. "Castelnuovo," he +said with what he hoped was a steely glint in his eyes, "isn't going +to like a curse ruining business." He took another deep breath of +tobacco smoke. + +"Primo Palveri don't like it either," Palveri said. "You think +whatever you like but that's the way things are. It's like Prohibition +except we're losing all the way down the line. Listen, and I'll tell +you something you didn't pick up around town." + +"Go ahead," Malone said. + + * * * * * + +Palveri blew out some more smoke. "You know about the shipments?" he +said. "The stuff from out on the desert?" + +Malone nodded. The FBI had a long file on the possibility of +Castelnuovo, through Palveri or someone else in the vicinity, shipping +peyotl buttons from Nevada and New Mexico all over the country. Until +this moment, it had only been a possibility. + +"Mike Sand wanted to get in on some of that," Palveri said. "Well, +it's big money, a guy figures he's got to have competition. But it's +business nowadays, not a shooting war. That went out forty years ago." + +"So?" Malone said, acting impatient. + +"I'm getting there," Palveri said. "I'm getting there. Mike Sand and +his truckers, they tried to high jack a shipment coming through out on +the desert. Now, the Trucker's Union is old and experienced, maybe, +but not as old and experienced as the Mafia. It figures we can take +them, right?" + +"It figures," Malone agreed. "But you didn't?" + +Palveri looked doleful. "It's like a curse," he said. "Two boys +wounded and one of them dead, right there on the sand. The shipment +gone, and Mike Sand on his way to the East with it. A curse." He +sucked some more at the cigar. + +Malone looked thoughtful and concerned. "Things are certainly bad," he +said. "But how's money going to make things any better?" + +Palveri almost dropped his cigar. Malone watched it lovingly. "Help?" +the club owner said. "With money I could stay open, I could stay +alive. Listen, I had investments, nice guaranteed stuff: real estate, +some California oil stuff ... you know the kind of thing." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"Now that the contacts are gone and everybody's dead or resigned or +being investigated," Palveri said, "what do you think's happened to +all that? Down the drain, Malone." + +Malone said: "But--" + +"And not only that," Palveri said, waving the cigar. "The club was +going good, and you know I thought about building a second one a +little farther out. A straight investment, get me: an honest one." + +Malone nodded as if he knew all about it. + +"So I got the foundation in, Malone," Palveri said, "and it's just +sitting there, not doing anything. A whole foundation going to pot +because I can't do anything more with it. Just sitting there because +everything's going to hell with itself." + +"In a handbasket," Malone said automatically. + +Palveri gave him a violent nod. "You said it, Malone," he added. +"Everything. My men, too." He sighed. "And the contractor after me for +his dough. Good old Harry Seldon, everybody's friend. Sure. Owe him +some money and find out how friendly he is. Talks about nothing but +figures. Ten thousand. Twelve thousand." + +"Tough," Malone said. "But what do you mean about your men?" + +"Mistakes," Palveri said. "Book-keepers throwing the computers off and +croupiers making mistakes paying off and collecting--and always +mistakes against me, Malone. Always. It's like a curse. Even the hotel +bills--three of them this week were made out too small and the +customer paid up and went before I found out about it." + +"It sounds like a curse," Malone said. "Either that or there are spies +in the organization." + +"Spies?" Palveri said. "With the checking we do? With the way I've +known some of these guys from childhood? They were little kids with +me, Malone. They stuck with me all the way. And with Castelnuovo, +too," he added hurriedly. + +"Sure," Malone said. "But they could still be spies." + +Palveri nodded sadly. "I thought of that," he said. "I fired four of +them. Four of my childhood friends, Malone. It was like cutting off an +arm. And all it did was leave me with one arm less. The same mistakes +go on happening." + +Malone stood up and heaved a sigh. "Well," he said, "I'll see what I +can do." + +"I'd appreciate it, Malone," Palveri said. "And when Primo Palveri +appreciates something, he _appreciates_ it. Get what I mean?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "I'll report back and let you know what happens." + +Palveri looked just as anxious, but a little hopeful. "I need the +dough," he said. "I really need it." + +"With dough," Malone said, "you could fix up what's been happening?" + +Palveri shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I could stay open long +enough to find out." + +Malone went back to the gaming room feeling that he had learned +something, but not being quite sure what. Obviously whatever +organization was mixing everything up was paying just as much +attention to gangsters as to congressmen and businessmen. The simple +justice of this arrangement did not escape Malone, but he failed to +see where it led him. + +[Illustration] + +He considered the small chance that Palveri would actually call +Castelnuovo and check up on Kenneth J. Malone, but he didn't think it +was probable. Palveri was too desperate to take the chance of making +his boss mad in case Malone's story were true. And, even if the check +were made, Malone felt reasonably confident. It's hard to kill a man +who has a good, accurate sense of precognition and who can teleport +himself out of any danger he might get into. Not impossible, but hard. +Being taken for a ride in the desert, for instance, might be an +interesting experience, but could hardly prove inconvenient to anybody +except the driver of the car and the men holding the guns. + +The gaming room wasn't any fuller, he noticed. He wended his way back +to the bar for a bourbon-and-water and greeted the bartender morosely. +The drink came along and he sipped at it quietly, trying to put things +together in his mind. The talk with Palveri, he felt sure, had +provided an essential clue--maybe _the_ essential clue--to what was +going on. But he couldn't find it. + +"Mess," he said quietly. "Everything's in a mess. And so what?" + +A voice behind him picked that second to say: "Gezundheit." Malone +didn't turn. Instead he looked at the bar mirror, and one glance at +what was reflected there was enough to freeze him as solid as the core +of Pluto. + +Lou was there. Lou Gehrig or whatever her name was, the girl behind +the reception desk of the New York offices of the Psychical Research +Society. That, in itself, didn't bother him. The company of a +beautiful girl while drinking was not something Malone actually hated. +But she knew he was an FBI Agent, and she might pick any second to +blat it out in the face of an astonished bartender. This, Malone told +himself, would not be pleasant. He wondered just how to hush her up +without attracting attention. Knock-out pills in her drink? A hand +over her mouth? A sudden stream of unstoppable words? + +He had reached no decision when she sat down on the stool beside him, +turned a bright, cheerful smile in his direction and said: "I've +forgotten your name. Mine's Luba Ardanko." + +"Oh," Malone said dully. Even the disclosure of what "Lou" stood for +did nothing to raise his spirits. + +"I'm always forgetting things," Lou went on. "I've forgotten just +about everything about you." + +Malone breathed a long, inaudible sigh of relief. If more people, he +thought, had the brains not to greet FBI Agents by name, rank and +serial number when meeting them in a strange place, there would be +fewer casualties among the FBI. + +He realized that Luba was still smiling at him expectantly. "My name's +Malone," he said. "Kenneth Malone. I'm a cookie manufacturer, +remember?" + +"Oh," Luba said delightedly. "Sure! I remember last time I met you you +gave me that lovely box of cookies. Modeled on the Seven Dwarfs." + +Occasionally, Malone told himself, things moved a little faster than +he liked. "On the Seven Dwarfs," he said. "Oh, sure." + +"And I thought the model of Sneezy was awfully cute," she said. "But +don't let's talk about cookies. Let's talk about Martinis." + +Malone opened his mouth, tried to think of something clever to say, +and shut it again. Luba Ardanko was, perfectly obviously, altogether +too fast for him. But then, he reflected, I've had a hard day. "All +right," he said at last. "What _about_ Martinis?" + +Luba's smile broadened. "I'd like one," she said. "And since you're a +wealthy cookie manufacturer--" + +"Be my guest," Malone said. "On the other hand, why not buy your own? +Since they're free as long as you're in the gambling room." + +The bartender had approached them silently. "That's right," he said in +a voice that betrayed the fact that he had memorized the entire +speech, word for word. "Drinks are free for those who play the gaming +tables. A courtesy of the Great Universal." + +He delivered a Martini and Luba drank it while Malone finished his +bourbon-and-water. "Well," she said, "I suppose we've got to go to the +gambling tables now. If only to be fair." + +"A horrible fate," Malone agreed, "but there you are: that's life." + +"It certainly is," she said brightly, and moved off. Malone, shaking +his head, went after her and found her standing in front of a roulette +wheel. "I just love roulette," she said, turning. "Don't you? It's so +exciting and expensive." + +Malone licked dry lips, said: "Sure," and started to move off. + +"Oh, let's just play a little," Luba said. + +There was nothing to do but agree. Malone put a small stack of silver +dollars on Red, and the croupier looked up with a bored expression. +There were three other people in the game, including a magnificent old +lady with blue hair who spent her money with a lavish hand. Two weeks +before, she wouldn't even have been noticed. Now the croupier was +bending over backward in an attempt not to show how grateful he was +for the patronage. + +The wheel spun around and landed on Number Two, Black. Malone sighed +and fished for more money. He felt his precognitive sense beginning to +come into play and happily decided to ride with it. This time the +stack of silver dollars was larger. + +Twenty minutes later he left the table approximately nine hundred +dollars richer. Luba was beaming. "There, now," she said. "Wasn't that +fun?" + +"Hysterical," Malone said. He glanced back over his shoulder. The +blue-haired old lady was winning and losing large sums with a speed +and aplomb that was certainly going to make her a twenty-four-hour +legend by the end of the evening. She looked grim and secure, as if +she were undergoing a penance. Malone shrugged and looked away. + +"Now," Luba said, "you can take me dancing." + +"I can?" Malone said. "I mean, do I? I mean--" + +"I mean the Solar Room," Luba said. "I've always wanted to enter on +the arms of a handsome cookie manufacturer. It will make me the +sensation of New York society." + + * * * * * + +The Solar Room was magnificently expensive. Malone had been there +once, establishing his character as a man of lavish appetites, and had +then avoided the place in deference to his real bankroll. He +remembered it as the kind of place where an order of scrambled eggs +was liable to come in, flaming, on a golden sabre. But Luba wanted the +Solar Room, and Malone was not at all sure she wouldn't use blackmail +if he turned her down. "Fine," he said in a lugubrious tone. + +The place shone, when they entered, as if they had come in from the +darkness of midnight. Along with the Universal Joint, it was the pride +and glory of the Great Universal Hotel and no expense had been spared +in the attempt to give it what Primo Palveri called Class. Couples and +foursomes were scattered around at the marble-topped tables, and +red-uniformed waiters scurried around bearing drinks, food and even +occasional plug-in telephones. There seemed to be more of the last +than Malone remembered as usual; people were worrying about +investments and businesses, and even those who had decided to stick it +out grimly at Las Vegas and, _enjoy_ themselves had to check up with +the home folks in order to know when to start pricing windows in high +buildings. Malone wondered how many people were actually getting their +calls through. Since the first breakdown two weeks before, Las Vegas +and virtually every other United States city had suffered +interruptions in telephone service. Las Vegas had had three breakdowns +in two weeks; other cities weren't doing much better, if at all. + +Vaguely, Malone began looking around for handbaskets. + +"Let's dance," Luba said happily. "They're playing our song." + +On a stand at the front of the room a small orchestra was working away +busily. There were two or three couples on the postage-stamp dance +floor, whirling away to the strains of something Malone dimly +remembered as: "My heart's in orbit out in space until I see you +again." + +"Our song?" he said. + +Luba nodded. "You sang it to me the very first time we met," she said. +"At the cookie-manufacturer's ball. Remember?" + +Malone sighed. If Luba wanted to dance, Luba was going to dance. And +so was Malone. He rose and they went to the dance floor. Malone took +her in his arms and for a few bars they danced silently. At the end of +that time they were much closer together than they had been, and +Malone realized that he was somehow managing to enjoy himself. +Thoroughly. + +He thought dimly of the stripper he'd seen when he walked in on +Palveri. Like Luba, she had red hair. But somehow, she looked less +attractive undressed than Luba did in a complete wardrobe. Malone +wondered what the funny feeling creeping up his spine was. After a +second he realized that it wasn't love. Luba's hand was tickling him. +He shifted slightly and the hand left, but the funny feeling remained. + +Maybe it _was_ love, he thought. He didn't know whether or not to hope +so. + +Luba was pressed close to him. He wondered how to open the +conversation, and decided that a sudden passionate declaration would +be more startling than welcome. At last he said: "Thanks for not +tipping my hand." + +Luba's whisper caressed his ear. "Don't thank me," she said. "I +enjoyed it." + +"Why are you doing this?" Malone said. "Not that I don't appreciate +it, but I thought you were sore." + +"Let's just say that your masterful, explosive approach was +irresistible," Luba said. + +Malone wondered briefly whether or not they'd turned off the +air-conditioning. If he moved slightly away from Luba, he thought, he +could breathe more easily. But breathing just wasn't worth it. "I will +cheerfully admit," he said, "that I am a ball of fire in the +feathers, as they say. But I didn't realize it was that obvious--even +to a woman of your tender sensitivity." + +Somehow, Luba had managed to get even closer to him. "You touch me +deeply," she whispered into his ear. + +Malone swallowed hard and tried to take another breath. Just one more, +he thought; that would be all he needed. "What are you doing in Las +Vegas?" he asked in what he hoped was a casual tone. It didn't sound +very casual, though. + +"I'm on vacation," Luba said in an off-handed manner. "I won't ask +what you're doing; I can guess pretty well. Besides, you obviously +want to keep it under cover." + +"Well," Malone said, "I certainly wouldn't want what I'm doing to be +broadcast aloud to the great American public out there in +television-land." It was a long speech for a man without any breath. +Just one more, Malone told himself, and he could die happy. + +"I felt that," Luba said. "You know, Mr. Malone--" + +"Call me Ken," Malone said. + +"It is silly to be formal now, isn't it?" Luba said. "You know, Ken, +I'm beginning to realize that you are really a very nice person--in +spite of your rather surprising method of attack." + +"What's surprising about it?" Malone said. "People do it all the +time." + + * * * * * + +The orchestra suddenly shifted from the previous slow number to a +rapid fire tune Malone couldn't remember having heard before. "That," +he announced, "is too fast for me. I'm going to get some fresh air." + +Luba nodded, her red hair brushing Malone's cheek silkily. "I'm +coming, too," she said. + +Surrounding the Great Universal, Malone remembered, was a small belt +of parkland. He flagged a hallway car--remembering carefully to check +whether or not the driver was the sniggering Murray--and he and Luba +piled in and started out for the park. In the car, he held her hand +silently, feeling a little like a bashful schoolboy and a little like +Sir Kenneth Malone. It was a strange mixture, but he decided that he +liked it. + +They got out, standing in the cool darkness of the park. Overhead a +moon and stars were shining. The little hallway car rolled away and +they were alone. Completely alone. Malone swallowed hard. + +"Sleuth," Luba said softly in the darkness. + +Malone turned to face her. + +"Sleuth," she said, "don't you ever take a chance?" + +"Chance?" Malone said. + +"Damn it," Luba said in a soft, sweet voice, "kiss me, Ken." + +Malone had no answer to that--at least, no verbal answer. But then, +one didn't seem to be needed. + +When he finally came up for air, he said: "Lou--" + +"Yes, Ken?" + +"Lou, how long are you going to be here? Or in New York? What I mean +is--" + +"I'll be around," Lou said. "I will be going back to New York of +course; after all, Ken, I do have a living to make, such as it is, and +Sir Lewis is expecting me." + +"I don't know," Malone said, "but it still sounds funny. A girl like +you working for ... well, for the Psychical Research people. Ghosts +and ectoplasm and all that." + +Suddenly Lou wasn't in his arms any more. "Now, wait a minute," she +said. "You seemed to need their information, all right." + +"But that was ... oh, well," Malone said. "Never mind. Maybe I'm +silly. It really doesn't matter." + +"I guess it doesn't, now," Lou said in a softer tone. "Except that it +does mean I'll be going back to New York pretty soon." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But ... look, Lou, maybe we could work something +out. I could tell Sir Lewis I needed you here for something, and then +he'd--" + +"My, my," she said. "What it must be like to have all that influence." + +"What?" Malone said. + +Lou grinned, almost invisibly. "Nothing," she said. "Nothing. But, my +fine feathered Fed, I don't want to be pulled around on somebody +else's string." + +"But--" + +"I mean it, Ken," Luba said. + +Malone shrugged. "Suppose we table it for now, then," he said, "and +get around to it later. At dinner, say ... around nine?" + +"And just where," Luba said, "will you be before nine? Making improper +advances to the local contingent of chorines?" + +"I will make improper advances," Malone vowed, "only to you, Lou." + +Lou's eyes sparkled. "Goody," she said. "I've always wanted to be a +Fallen Woman." + +"But I have got some things to do before nine," Malone said. "I've got +to work, too." + +"Well, then," Lou said in a suspiciously sweet voice, "suppose I talk +to Sir Lewis Carter, and tell him to keep you in New York? Then--" + +"Enough," Malone said. "Nine o'clock." + +[Illustration] + + +XI + + Somebody somewhere was wishing all the world "a plague on + both your houses," and making it stick. Confusion is fun in a + comedy--but in the pilot of a plane or an executive of a + nation.... + +Back in his room, Malone put on a fresh shirt, checked the .44 Magnum +in his shoulder holster, changed jackets, adjusted his hat to the +proper angle, and vanished. + +He had, he'd realized, exactly one definite lead. And now he was going +to follow up on it. The Government was apparently falling to pieces; +so was business and so was the Mafia. Nobody Malone had heard of had +gained anything. Except Mike Sand and his truckers. They'd beaten the +Mafia, at least. + +Sand was worth a chat. Malone had a way to get in to see him, but he +had to work fast. Otherwise Sand would very possibly know what Malone +was trying to do. And that might easily be dangerous. + +He had made his appearance in the darkness beneath one of the bridges +at the southwest side of Central Park, in New York. It was hardly +Malone's idea of perfect comfort, but it did mean safety; there was +very seldom anyone around after dark, and the shadows were thick +enough so that his "appearance" would only mean, to the improbable +passerby, that he had stepped out into the light. + +Now he strolled quietly over to Central Park West, and flagged a taxi +heading downtown. He'd expected to run into one of the roving muggers +who still made the Park a trap for the unwary--he'd almost looked +forward to it, in a way--but nobody appeared. It was unusual, but he +didn't have time to wonder about it. + +The headquarters for the National Brotherhood of Truckers was east of +Greenwich Village, on First Avenue, so Malone had plenty of time to +think things out while the cab wended its laborious southeast way. +After a few minutes he realized that he would have even more time to +think than he'd planned on. + +"Lots of traffic for this time of night," he volunteered. + +The cabbie, a fiftyish man with a bald, wrinkled head and surprisingly +bright blue eyes, nodded without turning his head. "Maybe you think +this is bad," he said. "You would not recognize the place an hour +earlier, friend. During the real rush hour, I mean. Things are what +they call _meshuggah_, friend. It means crazy." + +"How come?" Malone said. + +"The subway is on strike since last week," the cabbie said. "The buses +are also on strike. This means that everybody is using a car. They +can make it faster if they wish to walk, but they use a car. It does +not help matters, believe me." + +"I can see that," Malone murmured. + +"And the cops are not doing much good either," the cabbie went on, +"since they went on strike sometime last Tuesday." + +Malone nodded, and then did a double-take. "Cops?" he said. "On +strike? But that's illegal. They could be arrested." + +"You can be funny," the cabbie said. "I am too sad to be funny." + +"But--" + +"Unless you are from Rhode Island," the cabbie said, "or even farther +away, you are deaf, dumb and blind. Everybody in New York knows what +is going on by this time. I admit that it is not in the newspapers, +but the newspapers do not tell the truth since, as I remember it, the +City Council election of 1924, and then it is an accident, due to the +major's best friend working in the printing plants." + +"But cops can't go on strike," Malone said plaintively. + +"This," the cabbie said in a judicious tone, "is true. But they do not +give out any parking tickets any more, or any traffic citations +either. They are working on bigger things, they say, and besides all +this there are not so many cops on the force now. They are spread very +thin." + +Malone could see what was coming. "Arrests of policemen," he said, +"and resignations." + +"And investigations," the cabbie said. "Mayor Amalfi is a good Joe +and does not want anything in the papers until a real strike comes +along, but the word gets out anyhow, as it always does." + +"Makes driving tough," Malone said. + +"People can make better time on their hands and knees," the cabbie +said, "with the cops pulling a strike. They concentrate on big items +now, and you can even smoke in the subways if you can find a subway +that is running." + +Malone stopped to think how much of the city's income depended on +parking tickets and small fines, and realized that a "strike" like the +one the police were pulling might be very effective indeed. And, +unlike the participants in the Boston Police Strike of sixty-odd years +before, these cops would have public sentiment on their side--since +they were keeping actual crime down. + +"How long do they think it's going to last?" Malone said. + +"It can be over tomorrow," the cabbie said, "but this is not generally +believed in the most influential quarters. Mayor Amalfi and the new +Commissioner try to straighten things out all day long, but the way +things go straightening them out does no good. Something big is in the +wind, friend. I--" + + * * * * * + +The cab, on Second Avenue and Seventeenth Street, stopped for a +traffic light. Malone felt an itch in the back of his mind, as if his +prescience were trying to warn him of something; he'd felt it for a +little while, he realized, but only now could he pay attention to it. + +The door on the driver's side opened suddenly, and so did the door +next to Malone. Two young men, obviously in their early twenties, were +standing in the openings, holding guns that were plainly intended for +immediate use. + +The one next to the driver said, in a flat voice: "Don't nobody get +wise. That way nobody gets hurt. Give us--" + +That was as far as he got. + +When the rear door had opened, Malone had had a full second to prepare +himself, which was plenty of time. The message from his precognitive +powers had come along just in time. + +The second gunman thrust his gun into the cab. He seemed almost to be +handing it to Malone politely, and this effect was spoiled only by +Malone's twist of the gunman's wrist, which must have felt as if he'd +put his hand into a loop tied to the axle of a high-speed centrifuge. +The gunman let go of the gun and Malone, spurning it, let it drop. + +He didn't need it. His other hand had gone into his coat and come out +again with the .44 Magnum. + +The thug at the front of the car had barely realized what was +happening by the time it was all over. Automatic reflexes turned him +away from the driver and toward the source of danger, his gun pointing +toward Malone. But the reflexes gave out as he found himself staring +down a rifled steel tube which, though hardly more than +seven-sixteenths of an inch in diameter, must have looked as though a +high-speed locomotive might come roaring out of it at any second. + +Malone hardly needed to bark: "_Drop it!_" The revolver hit the seat +next to the cabbie. + +"Driver," Malone said in a conversational voice, "can you handle a +gun?" + +"Why, it is better than even that I still can," the cabbie said. "I am +in the business myself many years ago, before I see the error of my +ways and buy a taxi with the profits I make. It is a high-pay +business," he went on, "but very insecure." + +The cabbie scooped up the weapon by his side, flipped out the cylinder +expertly to check the cartridges, flipped it back in and centered the +muzzle on the gunman who'd dropped the revolver. + +"It is more than thirty years since I use one of these," he said +gently, "but I do not forget how to pull the trigger, and at this +range I can hardly miss." + +Malone noticed vaguely that he was still holding hands with the second +gunman, and that this one was trying to struggle free. Malone shrugged +and eased off a bit, at the same time shifting his own aim. The .44 +Magnum now pointed at gunman number two, and the cabbie was aiming at +gunman number one. The tableau was silent for some seconds. + +"Now," Malone said at last, "we wait. Driver, if you would sort of +lean against your horn button, we might be able to speed things up a +little. The light has turned green." + +"The local constables," the cabbie said, "do not bother with stalled +cars in traffic these days." + +"But," Malone pointed out, "I have a hunch no cop could resist a taxi +which is not only stalled and blocking traffic but is also blatting +its horn continuously. Strike or no strike," he finished +sententiously, "there are things beyond the power of man to ignore." + +"Friend," the cabbie said, "you convince me. It is a good move." He +sagged slightly against the horn button, keeping the gun centered at +all times on the man before him. + +The horn began to wail horribly. + +The first gunman swallowed nervously. "Hey, now, listen," he said, +shouting slightly above the horn. "This wasn't anything. Just a gag, +see? A little gag. We was playing a joke. On a friend." + +The driver addressed Malone. "Do you ever see either of these boys +before?" + +"Never," Malone said. + +"Nor do I," the cabbie said. He eyed the gunman. "We are not your +friend," he said. "Either of us." + +"No, no," the gunman said. "Not you. This friend, he ... uh ... owns a +taxi, and we thought this was it. It was kind of a joke, see? A +friendly joke, that's all. Believe me, the gun's not even loaded. Both +of them aren't. Phony bullets, honest. Believe me?" + +"Why, naturally I believe you," the cabbie said politely. "I never +doubt the word of a stranger, especially such an honest-appearing +stranger as you seem to be. And since the gun is loaded with false +bullets, as you say, all you have to do is reach over and take it away +from me." + +There was a short silence. + +"A joke," the gunman said feebly. "Honest, just a joke." + +"We believe you," Malone assured him grandly. "As a matter of fact, we +appreciate the joke so much that we want you to tell it to a panel of +twelve citizens, a judge and a couple of lawyers, so they can +appreciate it, too. They get little fun out of life and your joke may +give them a few moments of happiness. Why hide your light under an +alibi?" + +The horn continued its dismal wail for a few seconds more before two +patrolmen and a sergeant came up on horses. It took somewhat more time +than that for Malone to convince the sergeant that he didn't have time +to go down to the station to prefer charges. He showed his +identification and the police were suitably impressed. + +"Lock 'em up for violating the Sullivan Law," he said. "I'm sure they +don't have licenses for these lovely little guns of theirs." + +"Probably not," the sergeant agreed. "There's been an awful lot of +this kind of thing going on lately. But here's an idea: the cabbie +here can come on with us." + +The top of the cabbie's head turned pale. "That," he said, "is the +trouble with being a law-abiding citizen such as I have been for +upwards of thirty years. Because I do not want to lose twenty dollars +to these young strangers, I lose twenty dollars' worth of time in a +precinct station, the air of which is very bad for my asthma." + +Malone, taking the hint, dug a twenty out of his pockets, and then +added another to it, remembering how much he had spent in Las Vegas, +where his money funneled slowly into the pockets of Primo Palveri. The +cabbie took the money with haste and politeness and stowed it away. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am now prepared to spend the entire night +signing affidavits, if enough affidavits can be dug up." He looked +pleased. + +"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said wearily, "people just don't realize +what's going on in this town. We never did have half enough cops, and +now, with so many men resigning and getting arrested and suspended, we +haven't got a quarter enough. People think this strike business is +funny, but if we spent any time fiddling around with traffic and +parking tickets, we'd never have time to stop even crimes like this, +let alone the big jobs. As it is, though, there haven't been a lot of +big ones. Every hood in the city's out to make a couple of bucks--but +that's it so far, thank God." + +Malone nodded. "How about the FBI?" he said. "Want them to come in and +help?" + +"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said, "the City of New York can take very +good care of itself, without outside interference." + +Some day, Malone told himself, good old New York City was going to +secede from the Union and form a new country entirely. Then it would +have a war with New Jersey and probably be wiped right off the map. + +Viewing the traffic around him as he hunted for another cab, he wasn't +at all sure that that was a bad idea. He began to wish vaguely that he +had borrowed one of the policemen's horses. + + * * * * * + +Malone wasn't in the least worried about arriving at Mike Sand's +office late. In the first place, Sand was notorious for sleeping late +and working late to make up for it. His work schedule was somewhere +around forty-five degrees out of phase with the rest of the world, +which made it just about average for the National Brotherhood of +Truckers. It had never agitated for a nine-to-five work day. A man +driving a truck, after all, worked all sorts of odd hours--and the +union officials did the same, maybe just to prove that they were all +good truckers at heart. + +The sign over the door read: + + National Headquarters + NATIONAL BROTHERHOOD + OF TRUCKERS + Welcome, Brother + +Malone pushed at the door and it swung open, revealing a rather +dingy-looking foyer. More Good Old Truckers At Heart, he told himself. +Mike Sand owned a quasi-palatial mansion in Puerto Rico for winter +use, and a two-floor, completely air-conditioned apartment on Fifth +Avenue for summer use. But the Headquarters Building looked dingy +enough to make truckers conscience-stricken about paying back dues. + +Behind the reception desk there was a man whose face was the +approximate shape and color of a slightly used waffle. He looked up +from his crossword puzzle as Malone came in, apparently trying to +decide whether or not this new visitor should be greeted with: +"Welcome, Brother!" + +Taking pity on his indecision, Malone strode to the desk and said: +"Tell Mike Sand he has a visitor." + +The waffle-faced man blinked. "Mr. Sand is busy right now," he said. +"Who wants to talk to him?" + +Malone tried to look steely-eyed and tough. "You pick up the +intercom," he said, "and you tell Sand there's a man out here who's in +the cloak-and-suit business." + +"The what?" + +"Tell him this man is worried about a recent shipment of buttons," +Malone went on. + +"Mister," the waffle-faced man said, "you're nuts." + +"So I'm nuts," Malone said. "Make the call." + +It was put through. After a few minutes of earnest conversation the +man turned to look at Malone again, dizzied wonder in his eyes. "Mr. +Sand says go right up," he told the FBI Agent in a shocked voice. +"Elevator to the third floor." + +Malone went over to the elevator, stepped in and pressed the +third-floor button. As the doors closed, the familiar itch of +precognition began to assail him again. This time he had nothing else +to distract him. He paid very close attention to it as he was carried +slowly and creakily upward. + +He looked up. There was an escape-hatch in the top of the car. +Standing on tiptoe, he managed to lift it aside, grasp the edges of +the resulting hole and pull himself up through the hole to the top of +the car. He looked back down, memorizing the elevator, and then pulled +the hatch shut again. There was a small peephole in it, and Malone put +his eye to it and waited. + +About twenty seconds later, the car stopped and the doors opened. A +little more time passed, and then a gun, closely followed by a man, +edged around the door frame. + +"What the hell," the man said. "The car's empty!" + +Another voice said: "Let's cover the stairway." + +Two pairs of footsteps receded rapidly down the hall. Malone, gun in +hand, teleported himself back to the previously memorized elevator, +tiptoed to the door and looked out. The two men were standing at the +far end of the hall, posted at either side of the stairwell and +obviously waiting for him to come on up. + +Instead, he tiptoed out of the elevator hefting his gun, and came up +silently behind the pair. When he was within ten feet he stopped and +said, very politely: "Drop the guns, boys." + +The guns thudded to the floor and the two men turned round. + +"All right," Malone said, smiling into their astonished faces. "Now, +let's go on and see Mr. Sand." + +[Illustration] + +He picked up the guns with his free hand and put them into his coat +pockets. Together, the three men went down toward the lighted office +at the far end of the hall. + +"Open it," Malone said as they came to the door. He followed them into +the office. Behind a battered, worm-eaten desk in a dingy room sat a +very surprised-looking Mike Sand. + +He was only about five feet six, but he looked as if weighed over two +hundred pounds. He had huge shoulders and a thick neck, and his face +was sleepy-looking. He seemed to have lost a lot of fights in his long +career; Sand, Malone reflected, was nearing fifty now, and he was +beginning to look his age. His short hair, once black, was turning to +iron-gray. + +He didn't say anything. Malone smiled at him pleasantly. "These boys +were carrying deadly weapons," he told Sand in a polite voice. "That's +hardly the way to treat a brother." His precognitive warning system +wasn't ringing any alarm bells, but he kept his gun trained on the +pair of thugs as he walked over to Mike Sand's desk and took the two +extra revolvers from his pocket. "You'd better keep these, Sand," he +said. "Your boys don't know how to handle them." + +Sand grinned sourly, pulled open a desk drawer and swept the guns into +it with one motion of his ham-like hand. He didn't look at Malone. +"You guys better go downstairs and keep Jerry company," he said. "You +can do crossword puzzles together." + +"Now, Mike, we--" one of them began. + +Mike Sand snorted. "Go on," he said. "Scram." + +"But he was supposed to be in the elevator, and we--" + +"Scram," Sand said. It sounded like a curse. The two men got out. +"Like apes in the trees," Sand said heavily. "Ask for bright boys and +what do you get? Everything," he went on dismally, "is going to hell." + + * * * * * + +That line, Malone reflected, was beginning to have all the persistence +of a bass-bourdon. It droned its melancholy way through anything and +everything else. He signed deeply, thought about a cigar and lit a +cigarette instead. It tasted awful. "About those buttons--" he said. + +"I got nothing to do with buttons," Sand said. + +"You do with these," Malone said. "A shipment of buttons from the +Nevada desert. You grabbed them from Palveri." + +"I got nothing to do with it," Sand said. + +Malone looked around and found a chair and an ashtray. He grabbed one +and sat down in the other. "I'm not from Castelnuovo," he said. "Or +Palveri, or any of the Mafia boys. If I were, you'd know it fast +enough." + +Sand regarded him from under eyelids made almost entirely of +scar-tissue. "I guess so," he said sourly at last. "But what do you +want to know about the stuff? And who are you, anyhow?" + +"The name's Malone," Malone said. "You might say trouble is my +business. Or something like that. I see an opportunity to create a +little trouble--but not for you. That is, if you want to hear some +more about those buttons. Of course, if you had nothing to do with +it--" + +"All right," Sand said. "All right. But it was strictly a legitimate +proposition, understand?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "Strictly legitimate." + +"Well, it was," Sand said defensively. "We got to stop scab trucking, +don't we? And that Palveri was using nonunion boys on the trucks. We +had to stop them; it was a service to the Brotherhood, understand?" + +"And the peyotl buttons?" Malone asked. + +Sand shrugged. "So we had to confiscate the cargo, didn't we?" he +said. "To teach them a lesson. Nonunion drivers, that's what we're +against." + +"And you're for peyotl," Malone said, "so you can make it into peyote +and get enough money to refurbish Brotherhood Headquarters." + +"Now, look," Sand said. "You think you're tough and you can get away +with a lot of wisecracks. That's a wrong idea, brother." He didn't +move, but he suddenly seemed set to spring. Malone wondered if, just +maybe, his precognition had blown a fuse. + +"O.K., let's forget it," he said. "But I've got some inside lines, +Sand. You didn't get the real shipment." + +"Didn't get it?" Sand said with raised eyebrows. "I got it. It's +right where I can put my finger on it now." + +"That was the fake," Malone said easily. "They knew you were after a +shipment, Sand, so they suckered you in. They fed your spies with +false information and sent you out after the fake shipment." + +"Fake shipment?" Sand said. "It's the real stuff, brother. The real +stuff." + +"But not enough of it," Malone said. "Their big shipments are almost +three times what you got. They made one while you were suckered off +with the fake--and they're making another one next week. Interested?" + +Sand snorted. "The hell," he said. "Didn't you hear me say I got the +first shipment right where I can put my finger on it?" + +"So?" Malone said. + +"So I can't get rid of it," Sand said. "What do I want with a new +load? Every day I hold the stuff is dangerous. You never know when +somebody's going to look for it and maybe find it." + +"Can't get rid of it?" Malone said. This was a new turn of events. +"What's happening?" + +"Everything," Sand said tersely. "Look, you want to sell me some +information--but you don't know the setup. Maybe when I tell you, +you'll stop bothering me." He put his head in his hands, and his +voice, when he spoke again, was muffled. "The contacts are gone," he +said. "With the arrests and the resignations and everything else, +nobody wants to take any chances; the few guys that aren't locked up +are scared they will be. I can't make any kind of a deal for anything. +There just isn't any action." + +"Things are tough, huh?" Malone said hopelessly. Apparently even Mike +Sand wasn't going to pan out for him. + +"Things are terrible," Sand said. "The locals are having +revolutions--guys there are kicking out the men from National +Headquarters. Nobody knows where he stands any more--a lot of my +organizers have been goofing up and getting arrested for one thing and +another. Like apes in the trees, that's what." + +Malone nodded very slowly and took another puff of the cigarette. +"Nothing's going right," he said. + +"Listen," Sand said. "You want to hear trouble? My account books are +in duplicate--you know? Just to keep things nice and peaceful and +quiet." + +"One for the investigators and one for the money," Malone said. + +"Sure," Sand said, preoccupied with trouble. "You know the setup. But +both sets are missing. Both sets." He raised his head, the picture of +witless agony. "I've got an idea where they are, too. I'm just waiting +for the axe to fall." + +"O.K.," Malone said. "Where are they?" + +"The U. S. Attorney's Office," Sand said dismally. He stared down at +his battered desk and sighed. + +Malone stubbed out his cigarette. "So you're not in the market for any +more buttons?" he said. + +"All I'm in the market for," Sand said without raising his eyes, "is +a nice, painless way to commit suicide." + + * * * * * + +Malone walked several blocks without noticing where he was going. He +tried to think things over, and everything seemed to fall into a +pattern that remained, agonizingly, just an inch or so out of his +mental reach. The mental bursts, the trouble the United States was +having, Palveri, Queen Elizabeth, Burris, Mike Sand, Dr. O'Connor, Sir +Lewis Carter and even Luba Ardanko juggled and flowed in his mind like +pieces out of a kaleidoscope. But they refused to form any pattern he +could recognize. + +He uttered a short curse and managed to collide with a bulky woman +with frazzled black hair. "Pardon me," he said politely. + +"The hell with it," the woman said, looking straight past him, and +went jerkily on her way. Malone blinked and looked around him. There +were a lot of people still on the streets, but they didn't look like +normal New York City people. They were all curiously tense and wary, +as if they were suspicious not only of him and each other, but even +themselves. He caught sight of several illegal-looking bulges beneath +men's armpits, and many heavily sagging pockets. One or two women +appeared to be unduly solicitous of their large and heavy handbags. +But it wasn't his job to enforce the Sullivan Law, he told himself. +Especially while he was on vacation. + +A single foot patrolman stood a few feet ahead, guarding a liquor +store with drawn revolver, his eyes scanning the passers-by warily +while he waited for help. Behind him, the smashed plate glass and +broken bottles and the sprawled figure just inside the door told a +fairly complete story. + +Down the block, Malone saw several stores that carried _Closed_ or +_Gone Out Of Business_ signs. The whole depressing picture gave him +the feeling that all the tragedies of the 1930-1935 period had somehow +been condensed into the past two weeks. + +Ahead there was a chain drugstore, and Malone headed for it. Two +uniformed men wearing Special Police badges were standing near the +door eyeing everyone with suspicion, but Malone managed to get past +them and went on to a telephone booth. He tried dialling the +Washington number of the FBI, but got only a continuous _beep-beep_, +indicating a service delay. Finally he managed to get a special +operator, who told him sorrowfully that calls to Washington were +jamming all available trunk lines. + +Malone glanced around to make sure nobody was watching. Then he +teleported himself to his apartment in Washington and, on arriving, +headed for the phone there. Using that one, he dialed again, got +Pelham's sad face on the screen, and asked for Thomas Boyd. + +Boyd didn't look any different, Malone thought, though maybe he was a +little more tired. Henry VIII had obviously had a hard day trying to +get his wives to stop nagging him. "Ken," he said. "I thought you were +on vacation. What are you doing calling up the FBI, or do you just +want to feel superior to us poor working slobs?" + +"I need some information," Malone said. + +Boyd uttered a short, mirthless laugh. "How to beat the tables, you +mean?" he said. "How are things in good old Las Vegas?" + +Malone, realizing that with direct-dial phones Boyd had no idea where +he was actually calling from, kept wisely quiet. "How about Burris?" +he said after a second. "Has he come up with any new theories yet?" + +"New theories?" Boyd said. "What about?" + +"Everything," Malone said. "From all I see in the papers things +haven't been quieting down any. Is it still Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch putting psychodrugs in water-coolers, or has something new +been added?" + +"I don't know what the chief thinks," Boyd said. "Things'll straighten +out in a while. We're working on it--twenty-four hours a day, or damn +near, but we're working. While you take a nice, long vacation that--" + +"I want you to get me something," Malone said. "Just go and get it and +send it to me at Las Vegas." + +"Money?" Boyd said with raised eyebrows. + +"Dossiers," Malone said. "On Mike Sand and Primo Palveri." + +"Palveri I can understand," Boyd said. "You want to threaten him with +exposure unless he lets you beat the roulette tables. But why Sand? +Ken, are you working on something psionic?" + +"Me?" Malone said sweetly. "I'm on vacation." + +"The chief won't like--" + +"Can you send me the dossiers?" Malone interrupted. + +Boyd shook his head very slowly. "Ken, I can't do it without the chief +finding out about it. If you are working on something ... hell, I'd +like to help you. But I don't see how I can. You don't know what +things are like here." + +"What are they like?" Malone said. + +"The full force is here," Boyd said. "As far as I know, you're the +only vacation leave not canceled yet. And not only that, but we've got +agents in from the Sureté and New Scotland Yard, agents from Belgium +and Germany and Holland and Japan ... Ken, we've even got three MVD +men here working with us." + +"It's happening all over?" Malone said. + +"All over the world," Boyd said. "Ken, I'm beginning to think we've +got a case of Martian Invaders on our hands. Or something like it." He +paused. "But we're licking them, Ken," he went on. "Slowly but surely, +we're licking them." + +"How do you mean?" Malone said. + +"Crime is down," Boyd said, "away down. Major crime, I mean--petty +theft, assault, breaking and entering and that sort of thing has gone +away up, but that's to be expected. Everything's going to--" + +"Skip the handbasket," Malone said. "But you're working things out?" + +"Sooner or later," Boyd said. "Every piece of equipment and every man +in the FBI is working overtime; we can't be stopped forever." + +"I'll wave flags," Malone said bitterly. "And I wish I could join +you." + +"Believe me," Boyd said, "you don't know when you're well off." + +Malone switched off. He looked at his watch; it was ten-thirty. + + +XII + +That made it eight-thirty in Las Vegas. Malone opened his eyes again +in his hotel room there. He had half an hour to spare until his dinner +date with Luba. That gave him plenty of time to shower, shave and +dress, and he felt pleased to have managed the timing so neatly. + +Two minutes later, he was soaking in the luxury of a hot tub allowing +the warmth to relax his body while his mind turned over the facts he +had collected. There were a lot of them, but they didn't seem to mean +anything special. + +The world, he told himself, was going to hell in a handbasket. That +was all very well and good, but just what was the handbasket made of? +Burris' theory, the more he thought about it, was a pure case of +mental soapsuds, with perhaps a dash of old cotton-candy to make +confusion even worse confounded. + +And there wasn't any other theory, was there? + +Well, Malone reflected, there was one, or at least a part of one. Her +Majesty had said that everything was somehow tied up with the mental +bursts--and that sounded a lot more probable. Assuming that the bursts +and the rest of the mixups were _not_ connected made, as a matter of +fact, very little sense; it was multiplying hypotheses without reason. +When two unusual things happen, they have at least one definite +connection: they're both unusual. The sensible thing to do, Malone +thought, was to look for more connections. + +Which meant asking who was causing the bursts, and why. Her Majesty +had said that she didn't know, and couldn't do it herself. Obviously, +though, some telepath or a team of telepaths was doing the job. And +the only trouble with that, Malone reflected sadly, was that all +telepaths were in the Yucca Flats laboratory. + +It was at this point that he sat upright in the tub, splashing water +over the floor and gripping the soap with a strange excitement. Who'd +ever said that _all_ the telepaths were in Yucca Flats? All the ones +so far discovered were--but that, obviously, was an entirely different +matter. + +Her majesty didn't know about any others, true. But Malone thought of +his own mind-shield. If he could make himself telepathically +"invisible," why couldn't someone else? Dr. Marshall's theories seemed +to point the other way--but they only went for telepaths like Her +Majesty, who were psychotic. A sane telepath, Malone thought, might +conceivably develop such a mind-shield. + +All known telepaths were nuts, he told himself. Now, he began to see +why. He'd started out, two years before, _hunting_ for nuts, and for +idiots. But they wouldn't even know anything about sane telepaths--the +sane ones probably wouldn't even want to communicate with them. + +A sane telepath was pretty much of an unknown quantity. But that, +Malone told himself with elation, was exactly what he was looking for. +Could a sane telepath do what an insane one couldn't--and project +thoughts, or at least mental bursts? + +He got out of the cooling tub and grabbed for a terry-cloth robe. Not +even bothering about the time, he closed his eyes. When he opened them +again he was in the Yucca Flats apartment of Dr. Thomas O'Connor. + +O'Connor wasn't sleeping, exactly. He sat in a chair in his +bare-looking living room, a book open on his lap, his head nodding +slightly. Malone's entrance made no sounds, and O'Connor didn't move +or look around. + +"Doctor," Malone said, "is it possible that--" + +O'Connor came up off the chair a good foot and a half. He went: "Eee," +and came down again, still gripping the book. His head turned. + +"It's me," Malone said. + +"Indeed," O'Connor said. "Indeed indeed. My goodness." He opened his +mouth some more but no words came out of it. "Eee," he said again, at +last, in a conversational tone. + +Malone took a deep breath. "I'm sorry I startled you," he said, "but +this is important and it couldn't wait." O'Connor stared blankly at +him. "Dr. O'Connor," Malone said, "it's me. Kenneth J. Malone. I want +to talk to you." + + * * * * * + +At last O'Connor's expression returned almost to normal. "Mr. Malone," +he said, "you are undressed." + +Malone sighed. "This is important, doctor," he said. "Let's not waste +time with all that kind of thing." + +"But, Mr. Malone--" O'Connor began frostily. + +"I need some information," Malone said, "and maybe you've got it. What +do you know about telepathic projection?" + +"About what?" O'Connor said. "Do you mean nontelepaths receiving some +sort of ... communication from telepaths?" + +"Right," Malone said. "Mind-to-mind communication, of course; I'm not +interested in the United States mail or the telephone companies. How +about it, doctor? Is it possible?" + +O'Connor gnawed at his lower lip for a second. "There have been cases +reported," he said at last. "Very few have been written up with any +accuracy, and those seem to be confined to close relatives or loved +ones of the person projecting the message." + +"Is that necessary?" Malone said. "Isn't it possible that--" + +"Further," O'Connor said, getting back into his lecture-room stride, +"I think you'll find that the ... ah ... message so received is one +indicating that the projector of such a message is in dire peril. He +has, for instance, been badly injured, or is rapidly approaching +death, or else he has narrowly escaped death." + +"What does that have to do with it?" Malone said. "I mean, why should +all those requirements be necessary?" + +O'Connor frowned slightly. "Because," he said, "the amount of psionic +energy necessary for such a feat is tremendous. Usually, it is the +final burst of energy, the outpouring of all the remaining psionic +force immediately before death. And if death does not occur, the +person is at the least greatly weakened; his mind, if it ever does +recover, needs time and rest to do so." + +"And he reaches a relative or a loved one," Malone said, "because the +linkage is easier; there's some thought of him in that other mind for +him to 'tune in' on." + +"We assume so," O'Connor said. + +"Very well, then," Malone said. "I'll assume so, too. But if the +energy is so great, then a person couldn't do this sort of thing very +often." + +"Hardly," O'Connor said. + +Malone nodded. "It's like ... like giving blood to a blood bank," he +said. "Giving ... oh, three quarts of blood. It might not kill you. +But if it didn't, you'd be weak for a long time." + +"Exactly," O'Connor said. "A good analogy, Mr. Malone." Malone looked +at him and felt relieved that he'd managed to get the conversation +onto pure lecture-room science so quickly. O'Connor, easily at home in +that world, had been able to absorb the shock of Malone's sudden +appearance while providing the facts in his own inimitable, frozen +manner. + +"So one telepath couldn't go on doing it all the time," he said. +"But--how about several people?" + +"Several people?" O'Connor said. + +"I mean ... well, let's look at that blood bank again," Malone said. +"You need three quarts of blood. But one person doesn't have to give +it. Suppose twelve people gave half a pint each." + +"Ah," O'Connor said. "I see. Or twenty-four people, giving a +quarter-pint each. Or--" + +"That's the idea," Malone said hurriedly. "I guess there'd be a point +of diminishing returns, but that's the point. Would something like +that be possible?" + +O'Connor thought for what seemed like a long time. "It might," he said +at last. "At least theoretically. But it would take a great deal of +mental co-ordination among the participants. They would all have to be +telepaths, of course." + +"In order to mesh their thoughts right on the button, and direct them +properly and at the correct time," Malone said. "Right?" + +"Ah ... correct," O'Connor said. "Given that, Mr. Malone, I imagine +that it might possibly be done." + +"Wonderful," Malone said. + +"However," O'Connor said, apparently glad to throw even a little cold +water on the notion, "it could not be done for very long periods of +time, you understand. It would happen in rather short bursts." + +"That's right," Malone said, enjoying the crestfallen look on +O'Connor's face. "That's exactly what I was looking for." + +"I'm ... ah ... glad to have been of service," O'Connor said. +"However, Mr. Malone, I should like to request--" + +"Oh, don't worry," Malone said. "I won't slam the door." He vanished. + + * * * * * + +It was eight-fifty. Hurriedly, he rinsed himself off, shaved and put +on his evening clothes. But he was still late--it was two minutes +after nine when he showed up at the door that led off the lobby to the +Universal Joint. Luba was, surprisingly, waiting for him there. + +"Ready for a vast feast?" she asked pleasantly. + +"In about a minute and a half," Malone said. "Do you mind waiting that +long?" + +"Frankly," Luba said, "in five minutes I will be gnawing holes in the +gold paneling around here. And I do want to catch the first floor +show, too. I understand they've got a girl who has--" + +"That," Malone said sternly, "should interest me more than it does +you." + +"I'm always interested in what the competition is doing," Luba said. + +"Nevertheless," Malone began, and stopped. After a second he started +again: "Anyhow, this is important." + +[Illustration] + +"All right," she said instantly. "What is it?" + +He led her away from the door to an alcove in the lobby where they +could talk without being overheard. "Can you get hold of Sir Lewis at +this time of night?" he asked. + +"Sir Lewis?" she said. "If ... if it's urgent, I suppose I could." + +"It's urgent," Malone said. "I need all the data on telepathic +projection I can get. The scientists have given me some of it--maybe +Psychical Research has some more. I imagine it's all mixed up with +ghosts and ectoplasm, but--" + +"Telepathic projection," Luba said. "Is that where a person projects a +thought into somebody else's mind?" + +"That's it," Malone said. "Can Sir Lewis get me all the data on that +tonight?" + +"Tonight?" Luba said. "It's pretty late and what with sending them +from New York to Nevada--" + +"Don't bother about that," Malone said. "Just send 'em to the FBI +Offices in New York. I'll have the boys there make copies and send the +copies on." Instead, he thought, he would teleport to New York +himself. But Luba definitely didn't have to know that. + +"He'd have to send the originals," Luba said. + +"I'll guarantee their safety," Malone said. "But I need the data right +now." + +Luba hesitated. + +"Tell him to bill the FBI," Malone said. "Call him collect and he can +bill the phone call, too." + +"All right, Ken," Luba said at last. "I'll try." + +She went off to make the call, and came back in a few minutes. + +"O.K.?" Malone said. + +She smiled at him, very gently. "O.K.," she said. "Now let's go in to +dinner, before I get any hungrier and the Great Universal loses some +of its paneling." + +Dinner, Malone told himself, was going to be wonderful. He was alone +with Luba, and he was in a fancy, fine, expensive place. He was happy, +and Luba was happy, and everything was going to be perfectly frabjous. + +It was. He had no desire whatever, when dinner and the floor show were +over, to leave Luba. Unfortunately, he did have work to do--work that +was more important than anything else he could imagine. He made a +tentative date for the next day, went to his room, and from there +teleported himself to FBI Headquarters, New York. + +The agent-in-charge looked up at him. "Hey," he said. "I thought you +were on vacation, Malone." + +"How come everybody knows about me being on vacation?" Malone said +sourly. + +The agent-in-charge shrugged. "The only leave not canceled?" he said. +"Hell, it was all over the place in five minutes." + +"O.K., O.K.," Malone said. "Don't remind me. Is there a package for +me?" + +The agent-in-charge produced a large box. "A messenger brought it," he +said. "From the Psychical Research Society," he said. "What is it, +ghosts?" + +"Dehydrated," Malone said. "Just add ectoplasm and out they come, +shouting _Boo!_ at everybody." + +"Sounds wonderful," the agent-in-charge said. "Can I come to the +party?" + +"First," Malone said judiciously, "you'd have to be dead. Of course I +can arrange that--" + +"Thanks," the agent-in-charge said, leaving in a hurry. Malone went on +down to his office and opened the box. It contained books, pamphlets +and reports from Sir Lewis, all dealing with some area of telepathic +projection. He spent a few minutes looking them over and trying to +make some connected sense out of them, but finally he gave up and just +sat and thought. The material seemed to be no help at all; it told him +even less than Dr. O'Connor had. + +What he needed, he decided, was somebody to talk to. But who? He +couldn't talk to the FBI, and nobody else knew much about what he was +trying to investigate. He thought of Her Majesty and rejected the +notion with a sigh. No, what he needed was somebody smart and quick, +somebody who could be depended on, somebody with training and +knowledge. + +And then, very suddenly, he knew who he wanted. + +"Well, now, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Let's put everything together and +see what happens." + +"Indeed," said Sir Kenneth Malone, "it is high time we did so, Sirrah. +Proceed: I shall attend." + + * * * * * + +"Let's start from the beginning," Malone said. "We know there's +confusion in all parts of the country--in all parts of the world, I +guess. And we know that confusion is being caused by carefully timed +accidents and errors. We also know that these errors appear to be +accompanied by violent bursts of psionic static--violent energy. And +we know, further, that on three specific occasions, these bursts of +energy were immediately followed by a reversal of policy in the mind +of the person on the receiving end." + +"You mean," Sir Kenneth put in, "that these gentlemen changed their +opinions." + +"Correct," Malone said. "I refer, of course, to the firm of Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch, Spying Done Cheap." + +"Indeed," Sir Kenneth said. "Then the operators of this strange force, +whatever it may prove to be, must have some interest in allowing the +spies' confession?" + +"Maybe," Malone said. "Let's leave that for later. To get back to the +beginning of all this: it seems to me to follow that the accidents and +errors which have caused all the confusion throughout the world happen +because somebody's mind is changed just the right amount at the right +time. A man does something he didn't intend to do--or else he forgets +to do it at all." + +"Ah," Sir Kenneth said. "We have done those things we ought not to +have done; we have left undone those things we ought to have done. And +you feel, Sirrah, that a telepathic command is the cause of this +confusion?" + +"A series of them," Malone said. "But we also know, from Dr. O'Connor, +that it takes a great deal of psychic energy to perform this +particular trick--more than a person can normally afford to expend." + +"Marry, now," Sir Kenneth said. "Meseemeth this is not reasonable. +Changing the mind of a man indeed seems a small thing in comparison to +teleportation, or psychokinesis, or levitation or any such witchery. +And yet it take more power than any of these?" + +Malone thought for a second. "Sure it does," he said. "I'd say it was +a matter of resistance. Moving an inanimate object is pretty +simple--comparatively, anyhow--because inert matter has no mental +resistance." + +"And moving oneself?" Sir Kenneth said. + +"There's some resistance there, probably," Malone said. "But you'll +remember that the Fueyo system of training for teleportation involved +overcoming your own mental resistance to the idea." + +"True," Sir Kenneth said. "'Tis true. Then let us agree that it takes +great power to effect this change. Where does our course point from +that agreement, Sirrah?" + +"Next," Malone said, "we have to do a little supposing. This project +must be handled by a fairly large group, since no individual can do it +alone. This large group has to be telepathic--and not only for the +reasons Dr. O'Connor and I specified." + +"And why else?" Sir Kenneth demanded. + +"They've also got to know exactly when to make this victim of theirs +change his mind," Malone said. "Right?" + +"Correct," Sir Kenneth said. + +"We've got to look for a widespread organization of telepaths," Malone +said, "with enough mental discipline to hold onto a tough mental +shield. Strong, trained, sane men." + +"A difficult assignment," Sir Kenneth commented. + +"Well," Malone said, "suppose you hold on for a second--don't go +away--and let me figure something out." + +"I shall wait," sir Kenneth said, "without." + +"Without what?" Malone murmured. But there was no time for games. Now, +then, he told himself--and sneezed. + +He shook his head, cursed softly and went on. + +Now, then.... + + * * * * * + +There was an organization, spread all over the Western world, and with +what were undoubtedly secret branches in the Soviet Union. The +organization had to be an old one--because it had to have trained +telepaths, of a high degree of efficiency. And training took time. + +There was something else to consider, too. In order to organize to +such a degree that they could wreak the complete havoc they were +wreaking, the organization couldn't be completely secret; there are +always leaks, always suspicious events, and a society that spent time +covering all of those up would have no time for anything else. + +So the organization had to be a known one, in the Western world at +least--a known group, masquerading as something else. + +So far, everything made sense. Malone frowned and tried to think. +Where, he wondered, did he go from here? + +Maybe this time a list would help. He found a pencil and a piece of +paper, and headed the paper: _Organization_. Then he started putting +down what he knew about it, and what he'd figured out: + +1. Large +2. Old +3. Disguised + +It sounded, so far, just a little like Frankenstein's Monster wearing +a red wig. But what else did he know about it? + +After a second's thought, he murmured: "Nothing," and put the pencil +down. + +But that, he realized, wasn't quite true. He knew one more thing about +the organization. He knew they'd probably be immune to the confusion +everybody else was suffering from. The organization would be--had to +be--efficient. It would be composed of intelligent, superbly +co-operative people, who could work together as a unit without in the +least impairing their own individuality. + +He reached for the pencil again, and put down: + +4. Efficient + +He looked at it. Now it didn't remind him so much of the Monster. But +it didn't look terribly familiar, either. Who did he know, he thought, +who was large, old, disguised and efficient? + +It sounded like an improbable combination. He set the paper down, +clearing off some of the PRS books to make room for it. And then he +stopped. + +The papers the PRS had sent him.... + +And he'd gotten them so quickly, so efficiently.... + +They were a large organization.... + +And an old one.... + +He looked for a desk phone, found one and grabbed at it frantically. + + * * * * * + +The girl who answered the phone looked familiar. Malone suddenly +remembered to check the time--it was just after nine. The girl stared +at him. She did not look terribly old, but she was large and she had +to be disguised. There seemed to be a lot of teeth running around in +this case, Malone thought, between the burlesque stripper in Las Vegas +and Miss Dental Display here in New York. Nobody, he told himself, +could have collected that many teeth honestly. + +"Psychical Research Society," she said. "Oh, Mr. Malone. Good +morning." + +"Sir Lewis," Malone said in a rush. "Sir Lewis Carter. I want to talk +to him. Hurry." + +"Sir Lewis Carter?" the girl said very slowly. "Oh, I'm sorry, Mr. +Malone, but he won't be in at all today." + +"Home number," Malone said desperately. "I've got to." + +"Well, I can give you that, Mr. Malone," she said, "but it wouldn't do +you any good, really. Because he went away on his vacation and when he +does that he never tells us where. You know? He won't be back for two +or three weeks," she added as an afterthought. + +Malone said: "Oog," and thought for less than a second. "Somebody +official," he said. "Got to talk to somebody official. Now." + +"Oh, I can't do that either, Mr. Malone," the toothy girl said. "All +of the executives already left on their vacation. They just left a +skeleton force here at the office." + +"They're all gone?" Malone said hollowly. + +"That's right," the girl said with great cheer. "As a matter of fact, +I'm in charge now. You know?" + +"I'm afraid I do," Malone said. "It's very important, though. You +don't have any idea where any of them went?" + +"None at all," she said. "I'm sorry, but that's how it is. Maybe if +you were me you'd ask questions, but I just follow orders and those +were my orders. To take over until they get back. You know? They +didn't tell me where and I just didn't ask." + +"Great," Malone said. He wanted to shoot himself. Everything was +obvious now--about twenty-four hours too late. And now, they'd all +gone--for two weeks--or for good. + +The girl's rancid voice broke in on his thoughts. + +"Oh, Mr. Malone," she said. "I'm sorry, but I just remembered they +left a note for you." + +"A note?" Malone said. "For me?" + +"Sir Lewis said you might call," the girl said, "and he left a +message. If you'll hold on a minute I'll read it." + +Malone waited tensely. The girl found a slip of paper, blinked at it +and read: + +"My dear Malone, I'm afraid that what you have deduced is quite +correct; and, as you can see, that leaves us no alternative. Sorry. +Miss Luba A. sends her apologies to you, since she is joining us; my +apologies are also tendered." The girl looked up. "It's signed by Sir +Lewis," she said. "Does that mean anything to you, Mr. Malone?" + +"I'm afraid it does," Malone said blankly. "It means entirely too +much." + + +XIII + +After Miss Dental Display had faded from Malone's screen, he just sat +there, looking at the dead, gray front of the visiphone and feeling +about twice as dead and at least three times as gray. + +Things, he told himself, were terrible. But even that sentence, which +was a good deal more cheerful than what he actually felt, did nothing +whatever to improve his mood. All of the evidence, after all, had been +practically living on the tip of his nose for God alone knew how long, +and not only had he done nothing about it, he hadn't even seen it. + +There was the organization, staring him in the face. There was +Luba--nobody's fool, no starry-eyed dreamer of occult dreams. She was +part of the Psychical Research Society, why hadn't he thought to +wonder why she was connected with it? + +And there was his own mind-shield. Why hadn't he wondered whether +other telepaths might not have the same shield? + +He thought about Luba and told himself bitterly that from now on she +was Miss Ardanko. Enough, he told himself, was enough. From now on he +was calling her by her last name, formally and distantly. In his own +mind, anyhow. + +Facts came tumbling in on him like the side of a mountain falling on a +hapless traveler, during a landslide season. And, Malone told himself, +he had never possessed less hap in all of his ill-starred life. + +And then, very suddenly, one more fact arrived, and pushed the rest +out into the black night of Malone's bitter mind. He stood up, pushing +the books away, and closed his eyes. When he opened them he went to +the telephone in his Las Vegas hotel suite, and switched it on. A +smiling operator appeared. Malone wanted to see him die of poison, +slowly. + +"Give me Room 4-T," he snapped. "Hurry." + +"Room forty?" the operator asked. + +"Damn it," Malone said, "I said 4-T and I meant 4-T. Four as in four +and T as in--as in China. And hurry." + +"Oh," the operator said. "Yes, sir." He turned away from the screen. +"That would have been Miss Luba Ardanko's room, sir?" he said. + +"Right," Malone snapped. "I ... wait a minute. Would have been?" + +"That's correct, sir," the operator said. "She checked out, sir, early +this morning. The room is unoccupied." + +Malone swallowed hard. It was all true, then. Sir Lewis' note hadn't +simply been one last wave of the red cape before an angry bull. Luba +was one of them. + +_Miss Ardanko_, he corrected himself savagely. + +"What time?" he said. + +The operator consulted an information board before him. "Approximately +one o'clock, sir," he said. + +"In the morning?" + +"Yes, sir," the clerk said. + +Malone closed his eyes. "Thanks," he said. + +"You're quite welcome, sir," the operator said. "A courtesy of the +Great Universal Ho--" + +Malone cut him off. "Ho, indeed," he said bitterly. "Not to mention ha +and hee--hee and yippe-ki-yay. A great life." He whisked himself back +to New York in a dismal, rainy state of mind. As he sat down again to +the books and papers the door to the room opened. + +"You still here?" the agent-in-charge said. "I'm just going off duty +and I came by to check. Don't you ever sleep?" + +"I'm on vacation, remember?" + +"Some vacation," the a-in-c said. "If you're on special assignment why +not tell the rest of us?" + +"I want it to be a surprise," Malone said. "And meantime, I'd +appreciate it if I were left entirely to my own devices." + +"Still conjuring up ghosts?" the a-in-c said. + +"That," Malone said, "I don't know. I've got some long-distance calls +to make." + + * * * * * + +He started with the overseas calls, leaving the rest of the United +States time for the sun to get round to them. His first call, which +involved a lot of cursing on Malone's part and much hard work for the +operator, who claimed plaintively that she didn't know how things had +gotten so snarled up, but overseas calls were getting worse and worse, +went to New Scotland Yard in London. After great difficulty, Malone +managed to get Assistant Commissioner C. E. Teal, who promised to +check on the inquiry at once. + +It seemed like years before he called back, and Malone leaped to the +phone. + +"Yes?" he said. + +Teal, red-faced and apparently masticating a stick of gum, said: "I +got C. I. D. Commander Gideon to follow up on that matter, Mr. Malone. +As you know, it's after noon here--" + +"And they're all out to lunch," Malone said. + +"As a matter of fact," Teal went on, "they seem to have disappeared +entirely. On vacation, that sort of thing. It is rather difficult +attempting any full-scale tracing job just now; our men are terribly +overworked. I imagine you've had reports from the New Scotland Yard +representatives working with you there--" + +"Oh, certainly," Malone said. "But the hour; what does that have to do +with anything?" + +"I'm afraid I was thinking of our Inspector Ottermole," Teal said. "He +was sent to locate Dr. Carnacki, President of the Psychical Research +Society here. On being told that Dr. Carnacki was 'out to lunch,' +Ottermole investigated every restaurant and eating-place within ten +blocks of the offices. Dr. Carnacki was not present; he, like the rest +of the Society here, appears to have left for places unknown." + +"Thorough work," Malone said. + +"Ottermole's a good man," Teal said. "We've checked as quickly as +possible, Mr. Malone. I would like to ask you a question in return." + +"Ask away," Malone said. + +Teal looked worried. "Do you people think this may have anything to do +with the present ... ah ... trouble?" he said. "Things are quite upset +here, as you know; so many members of Parliament have resigned or ... +ah ... died that the realm is being run by a rather shakily assembled +coalition government. There is even some talk of giving executive +power to Her Majesty until a general election can be held." + +For one brief moment, Malone thought Teal was talking about Rose +Thompson. Then he recalled Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, and felt +better. Things weren't quite as bad as he'd thought. + +But they were bad enough. "We simply don't know yet," he said +untruthfully. "But as soon as anything definite comes up, of course, +you'll be informed." + +"Thank you, Mr. Malone," Teal said. "Of course, we'll do the same." +And then, still masticating, he switched off. + +Paris was next, then Rome, Berlin and a couple more. Every one had the +same result. From Maigret of the Paris Sureté to Poirot in Belgium, +from Berlin's strict officialdom to the cheerful Hollanders, all the +reports were identical. The PRS of each country had gone underground. + +Malone buried his face in his hands, thought about a cigar and decided +that even a cigar might make him feel worse. Where were they? What +were they doing now? What did they plan to do? + +Where had they gone? + +"Out of the everywhere," he heard himself say in a hollow, sepulchral +voice, "into the here." + +But where was the here? + +He tried to make up his mind whether or not that made sense. +Superficially, it sounded like extremely bad English, but he wasn't +sure of anything any more. Things were getting much too confused. + +He close his eyes wearily, and vanished. + +When he opened them, he was in his Washington apartment. He went over +to the big couch and sat down, feeling that if he were going to curse +he might as well be comfortable while he did it. But, some minutes +later, when the air was a bright electric blue around him, he didn't +feel any better. Cursing was not the answer. + +Nothing seemed to be. + +What was his next move? + +Where did he go from here? + +The more he thought about it, the more his mind spun. He was, he +realized, at an absolute, total dead end. + +Oh, there were things he could do. Malone knew that very well. He +could make a lot of noise and go through a lot of waste motion; that +was what it amounted to. He could have all the homes of all the +missing PRS members checked somehow. That would undoubtedly result in +the startling discovery that the PRS members involved weren't home. He +could have their dossiers sent to him, which would clutter everything +with a great many more pieces of paper. But he felt quite sure that +the pieces of paper would do no good at all. In general, he could +raise all hell--and find nothing whatever. + +Now, he told himself sadly, he had the evidence to start the FBI in +motion. The only trouble was that he could think of nowhere for them +to go. + +And, though he had evidence that might convince Burris--the PRS +members, after all, _had_ done a rather unusual fadeout--he had +nowhere near enough to carry the case into court, much less make a +try at getting the case to stand up once carried in. That was one +thing he couldn't do, he realized, he couldn't issue warrants for the +arrest of anybody at all. + +[Illustration] + +But, vacation or no vacation, he thought solemnly, he was an FBI +Agent, and his motto was: "There's always a way." No normal method of +tracking down the PRS members, or finding their present whereabouts, +was going to work. They'd been covering themselves for such an +emergency, undoubtedly, for a good many years--and if anyone got +close, a burst of mental energy was quite enough to turn the seeker +aside. + +Nobody, Malone told himself grimly, was perfect. There were clues +lying around somewhere; he was sure of that. There had to be. The +problem was simply to figure out where to look, and how to look, and +what to look for. + +Somewhere, the clues were sitting quietly and waiting for him to find +them. The thought cheered him slightly, but not very much. He stood up +slowly and went into the kitchen to start heating water for coffee. +There was, he told himself, a long night ahead of him. He sighed +gently. But there was no help for it; the work had to be done--and +done quickly. + +But when eight cigars had been reduced to ash, and what seemed like +several gallons of coffee had sloshed their way into Malone's interior +workings, his mind was as blank as a baby's. The lovely, opalescent +dawn began to show in the East, and Malone tendered it some extremely +rude words. Then, Haggard, red-eyed, confused, violently angry, and +not one inch closer to a solution, he fell into a fitful doze on his +couch. + + * * * * * + +When he awoke, the sun was high in the sky, and outside his window the +cheerful sound of too much traffic floated in the air. Downstairs +somebody was playing a television set too loudly, and the voice +reached Malone's semiaware mind in a great tinny shout: + +"The President, taking action on the current crisis, has declared martial +law throughout the nation," a voice said in an important-sounded +monotone. "Exempt from this proclamation are members of the Armed +Services, Special Agents and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The +proclamation, issued this morning, was made public in a special news +conference which--" + +Malone ripped out a particularly foul oath and sat up on the couch. +"That," he muttered, "is a fine thing to wake up to." He focused his +eyes, with only slight difficulty, on his watch. The time was a little +after two. + +"Later developments will be reported as and when they occur," the +announcer was saying, "and in one hour a special panel of newscasters +will be assembled here to discuss this latest action in the light of +present happenings. Any special rules and regulations will be +broadcast over this station--" + +"Shut up," Malone said. He had wasted a lot of time doing nothing but +sleeping, he told himself. This was no time to be listening to +television. He got up and found, to his vague surprise, that he felt a +lot better and clearer-headed than he had been. Maybe the sleep had +actually done him some good. + +He yawned, blinked and stretched, and then padded into the bathroom +for a shower and shave. After he'd changed he thought about a morning +or afternoon cup of coffee, but last night's dregs appeared to have +taken up permanent residence in his digestive tract, and he decided +against it at last. He swallowed some orange juice and toast and +then, heaving a great sigh of resignation and brushing crumbs off his +shirt, he teleported himself over to his office. + +Now he knew that, sooner or later, he was going to have to talk to +Burris. Burris _had_ to know, even if there was nothing to be done. + +And now was just as good--or as bad--a time as any. + +He didn't hesitate. He punched the button on his intercom for Burris' +office and then sat back, with his eyes closed, waiting for the +well-known voice. + +It didn't come. + +Instead, Wolf, the Director's secretary, spoke up. + +"Burris isn't in, Malone," he said. "He had to fly to Miami. I can get +a call through to him on the plane, if it's urgent, but he'll be +landing in about fifteen minutes. And he did say he'd call in this +afternoon." + +"Oh," Malone said. "Sure. O.K. It isn't urgent." He was just as glad +of the reprieve; it gave him one more chance to work matters through +to a solution, and hand it to Burris on a silver platter. "But why +Miami?" he added. + +"Don't you hear about anything any more?" Wolf asked. + +"I've been on vacation." + +"Oh," Wolf said. "Well, the Governor of Mississippi was assassinated +yesterday, at Miami Beach." + +"Ah," Malone said. He thought about it for a second. "Frankly," he +said, "this does not strike me as an irreparable loss to the nation. +Not even to Mississippi." + +"You express my views precisely," Wolf said. + +"How about the killer?" Malone said. "I gather they haven't got him +yet, or Burris wouldn't be on his way down." + +"No," Wolf said. "The killer would be on his way here instead. But you +know how things are--everything's confused. Governor Flarion was +walking along Collins Avenue when somebody fired at him, using a +high-powered rifle with, I guess, a scope sight." + +"Professional," Malone commented. + +"It looks like it," Wolf said. "And he picked the right time for it, +too--the way things are he was just one more confusion among the rest. +Nobody even heard the sniper's shot; the governor just fell over, +right there in the street. And by the time his bodyguards found out +what had happened, it was impossible even to be sure just which way he +was facing when the shot had been fired." + +"And as I remember Collins Avenue--" Malone started. + +"Right," Wolf said. "But it's even worse now, with everything going +nuts. Out where Governor Flarion was taking his stroll, there's an +awful lot of it to search. The boys are trying to find somebody who +saw a man acting suspicious in any of the nearby buildings, or heard a +shot, or saw anybody at all lurking or loitering anywhere near to the +scene." + +"Lovely," Malone said. "Sounds like a nice complicated job." + +"You don't know the half of it," Wolf said. "There's also the Miami +Beach Chamber of Commerce. According to them, Flarion died of a heart +attack, and not even in Miami Beach. Everything happening down there +isn't happening, according to them; Miami Beach is the one unsullied +beauty spot in a mixed-up United States." + +"All I can say," Malone offered, "is good luck. This is the saddest +day in American history since the assassination of Huey P. Long." + +"Agreed," Wolf said. "Want me to tell Burris you called?" + +"Right," Malone said, and switched off. + + * * * * * + +The assassination of Nemours P. Flarion, he told himself, obviously +meant something. It pointed straight toward some entirely new kind of +answer. Granted, old Nemours P. had been a horrible mistake, a +paranoid, self-centered, would-be, dictator whose final act was quite +in keeping with the rest of his official life. Who else would be in +Miami Beach, far away from his home state, while the President was +declaring nationwide martial law? + +But that, Malone told himself, wasn't the point. Or not quite the +point, anyhow. + +Maybe some work would dig up more facts. Anyhow, Malone was reasonably +sure that he could reassign himself from vacation time, at least until +he called Burris. And he had work to do; nobody was going to hand him +anything on a silver serving salver. + +He punched the intercom again and got the Records office. + +"Yes, sir?" a familiar voice said. + +"Potter," Malone said, "this is Malone. I want facsimiles of +everything we have on the Psychical Research Society, on Sir Lewis +Carter, and on Luba Ardanko. Both of these last are connected with the +Society." + +"You're back on duty, Malone?" Potter said. + +"Right," Malone said. "Make that fast, will you?" + +Potter nodded. "Right away," he said. + +It didn't take long for the facsimile records to arrive, and Malone +went right to work on them. Maybe somewhere in those records was the +clue he had desperately needed. Where was the PRS? What were they +doing now? What did they plan to do? + +And why had they started the whole row in the first place? + +The PRS, he saw, was even more widely spread than he had thought. It +had branches in almost every major city in the United States, in +Europe, South Africa, South America and Australia. There was even a +small branch society in Greenland. True, the Communist disapproval of +such nonmaterialistic, un-Marxian objectives as Psychical Research +showed up in the fact that there were no registered branches in the +Sino-Soviet bloc. But that, Malone thought, hardly mattered. Maybe in +Russia they called themselves the Lenin Study Group, or the Better +Borschch League. He was fairly sure, from all the evidence, that the +PRS had some kind of organization even behind the Iron Curtain. + +Money backing didn't seem to be much of a problem, either. Malone +checked for the supporters of the organization and found a microfilmed +list that ran into the hundreds of thousands of names, most of them +ordinary people who seemed to be interested in spiritualism and the +like, and who donated a few dollars apiece to the PRS. Besides this +mass of small donations, of course, there were a few large ones, from +independently wealthy men who gave support to the organization and +seemed actively interested in its aims. + +It wasn't an unusual picture; just an exceptionally big one. + +Malone sighed and went on to the personal dossiers. + +Sir Lewis Carter himself was a well-known astronomer and +mathematician. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society, the Royal +Astronomical Society and the Royal Mathematical Society. He had been +knighted for his contributions in higher mathematics only two years +before he had come to live in the United States. Malone went over the +papers dealing with his entry into the country carefully, but they +were all in order and they contained absolutely nothing in the way of +usable clues. + +Sir Lewis' books on political and historical philosophy had been +well-received, and he had also written a novel, "But Some Are More +Equal," which, for a few weeks after publication, had managed to claw +its way to the bottom of the best-seller list. + +And that was that. Malone tried to figure out whether all this +information did him any good, and the answer came very quickly. The +answer was no. He opened the second dossier. + +Luba Ardanko had been born in New York. Her mother had been a woman of +Irish descent named Mary Foley, and had died in '69. Her father had +been a Hungarian named Chris Yorgen Ardanko, and had died in the same +year. + +Malone sighed. Somewhere in the dossiers, he was sure, there was a +clue, the basic clue that would tell him everything he needed to know. +His prescience had never been so strong; he knew perfectly well that +he was staring at the biggest, most startling and most complete +disclosure of all. And he couldn't see it. + +He stared at the folders for a long minute. What did they tell him? +What was the clue. + +And then, very slowly, the soft light of a prodigal sun illuminated +his mind. + +"Mr. Malone," Malone said gently, "you are a damned fool. There are +times when it is necessary to discard the impossible after you have +seen that the obscure is the obvious." + +He wasn't sure whether that meant anything, or even whether he knew +what he was saying. But, as the entire structure of facts became +clear, and then turned right upside down in his mind and changed into +something else entirely--something that told him not only who, and +where, but also why, he became absolutely sure of one thing. + +He knew the final answer. + +And it _was_ obvious. Obvious as all hell! + + +XIV + +There was, of course, only one thing to do and only one place to go. +Malone teleported to the New York offices of the FBI and went +immediately downstairs to the garage, where a specially-built Lincoln +awaited him at all times. + +One of the mechanics looked up curiously as Malone headed for the car. +"Want a driver?" he said. + +Malone thanked his lucky stars that he didn't have to get into any +lengthy and time-consuming argument about whether or not he was on +vacation. "No, thanks," he said. "This is a solo job." + +That, he told himself, was for sure. He drove out onto the streets and +into the heavy late-afternoon traffic of New York. The Lincoln handled +smoothly, but Malone didn't press his luck in the traffic which he +thought was even worse than the mess he'd driven through with the +happy cab driver two days before. He wasn't in any hurry now, after +all. He had all the time in the world, and he knew it. They--and, for +once, Malone could put real names to that "they"--would still be +waiting for him when he got there. + +_If_ he got there, he thought suddenly, turning a corner and being +confronted with a great mass of automobiles wedged solidly fender to +fender as far as the eye could see. The noise of honking horns was +deafening, and great clouds of smoke rose up to make the scene look +like the circle of Hell devoted to hot-rod drivers. Malone cursed and +sweated until the line began to move, and then cursed and sweated some +more until he was out of the city at last. + +It took quite a lot of time. New York traffic, in the past forty-eight +hours, hadn't gotten better; it had gotten a lot worse. He was nearly +exhausted by the time he finally crossed the George Washington Bridge +and headed west. And, while he drove, he began to let his reflexes +take over most of the automotive problems now that New York City was +behind him. + +He took all his thoughts from behind the shield that had sheltered +them and arrayed them neatly before him. They were beamed, he told +himself firmly, to one particular group of persons and to no one else. +Everything was perfectly clear; all he had to do now was explain it. + +Malone had wondered, over the years, about the detectives in books. +They always managed to wrap everything up in the last chapter, which +was perfectly all right by itself. But they always had a whole crowd +of suspects listening to them, too. Malone knew perfectly well that he +could never manage a setup like that. People would interrupt him. +Things would happen. Two dogs would rush in and start a battle royal +on the floor. There would be an earthquake or an invasion of little +green Venusians, or else somebody would just decide to faint and +cause a furor. + +But now, at long last, he realized, he had his chance. Nobody could +interrupt him. And he could explain to his heart's content. + +Because the members of the PRS were telepathic. And Kenneth J. Malone, +he thought happily, was not. + +Luba, he was sure, would be tuned in on him as he drove toward their +Pennsylvania hiding place. At least, he wanted to think so; it made +things much more pleasant. And he hoped that Luba, or whoever was +really tuned in, would alert everybody else, so they could all hook in +and hear his grand final explanation of everything. + +He opened his mind in that one special direction, beaming his thoughts +to nobody else but the group he'd decided on. A second of silence +passed. + +And then a sound began. Malone had passed a company of soldiers some +yards back, but he hadn't noticed them particularly; with the country +under martial law, soldiers were going to be as common as tree frogs. +Now, however, something different was happening. + +Malone felt the car tremble slightly, and stopped. Past him, rolling +along the side of the highway he was on, came a parade of thirty-ton +tanks. They rumbled and roared their slow, elephantine way down the +highway and, after what seemed about three days, disappeared from +sight. Malone wondered what the tanks were for, and then dismissed it +from his mind. It certainly wasn't very pleasant to think about, no +matter how necessary it turned out to be. + +He started up again. There were few cars on the road, although a lot +of them were parked along the sides. A series of _Closed_ signs on +filling stations explained that, and Malone began to be grateful for +the national emergency. It allowed him to drive without much +interference, anyhow. + + * * * * * + +_And a hearty good afternoon to all, he thought--especially to Miss +Luba Ardanko. I hope she's tuned in ... and, if she isn't, I hope +somebody alerts her. Frankly, I'd rather talk to her than to anyone +else I can think of at the moment. As a matter of fact, it's a little +easier to concentrate if I talk out loud, so I think I'll do that._ + +He swerved the car at this point, neatly avoiding a broken wooden +crate that crouched in wait for him. "Road hog," he told it bitterly, +and went on. + +"Nothing personal," he went on after a second. "I don't care if you're +_all_ listening in, as a matter of fact. And I'm not going to hide +anything." He thought a second, and then added: "Frankly, I'm not sure +I've got anything to hide." + +He paused and, in his imagination, he could almost hear Luba's voice. + +_I'm listening, Kenneth,_ she said. _Go on._ + +He fished around in his mind for a second, wondering exactly where to +start. Then he decided, in the best traditions of the detective story, +not to mention "Alice in Wonderland," to start at the beginning. + +"The dear old Psychical Research Society," he said, speaking earnestly +to his windshield, "has been going on for a good many years now--since +the 1880's, as a matter of fact. That's a long time and it adds up to +a lot of Psychical Research. A lot of famous and intelligent people +have belonged to the Society. And, with all that, it's hardly +surprising that, after nearly a hundred years of work, something +finally turned up." + +At this point, there was another interruption. A couple of sawhorses +blocked the road ahead of Malone. As he stared at them, he felt his +prescience begin to itch. He took out his .44 Magnum and slowed the +car, memorizing the road as he passed it. He stopped the car before +the sawhorses. Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles, and a stern, +pale captain, his bars pointing sideways and glittering on his +shoulders, appeared from the sides of the road. + +The captain's voice was a military bark. "Out of the car!" + +Malone began to obey. + +"With your hands up!" the captain snapped. Malone dropped the .44 +unobtrusively into his jacket pocket and complied. Then, as he came +out of the car, he teleported himself back to a section of the road +he'd memorized, ten feet behind the car. The four men were gaping, +dumbfounded, as Malone drew his gun and shot them. Then he removed the +sawhorses, got back in his car, reloaded the .44, put it back in his +holster and drove on. + +"Now," he said in a thoughtful tone. "Where was I?" + +He imagined Luba's voice saying: _You were telling us how, all this +time, it's hardly surprising--_ + +"Oh, yes," he said. "Well, then. So you solved some of the problems, +you'd set. You learned how to use and control telepathy and +teleportation, maybe, long before scientific boys like Dr. O'Connor +became interested. But you never announced it publicly. You kept the +knowledge all to yourself. 'Is this what the common folk call +telepathy, Lord Bromley?' 'Yes, Lady Bromley.' 'Much too good for +them, isn't it?' And maybe it is, at that; I don't know." + +His thoughts, he recognized, were veering slightly. After a second he +got back on the track. + +"At any rate," he went on, "you--all of your out there--are +responsible for what's happening to this country and all of Europe and +Asia--and, for all I know, the suburbs of Hell. + +"I remember one of the book facsimiles you got me, for instance," he +said. "The writer tried for an 'expose' of the Society, in which he +attempted to prove that Sir Lewis Carter and certain other members +were trying to take over the world and run it to suit themselves, +using their psionic powers to institute a rather horrible type of +dictatorship over the world. + +"It was a pretty convincing book in a lot of ways. The author +evidently know a lot about what he was dealing with." + + * * * * * + +At this point, Malone ran into another roadblock. There had been a +fight of some kind up ahead, and a lot of cars with what looked like +shell-holes in them were piled on one side of the road. The State +Police were working under the confused direction of an Army major to +straighten things out, while a bulldozer pushed the cars off the road +onto the grass bordering it. The major stopped what he was doing and +came to meet Malone as the car stopped. + +"Get off the road," the major said surlily. + +Malone looked up at him. "I've got some identification here," he said. +"Mind if I get it out?" + +The major reached for a gun and held it. "Go ahead," he said. "Don't +try anything funny. It's been hell up and down this road, mister." + +Malone flipped out his wallet and showed the identification. + +"FBI?" the Major said. "What're you doing out here?" + +"Special assignment," Malone said. "Oh ... by the way ... you might +send some men back a ways. There are four dead mean in military +uniforms lying on the road near a couple of sawhorses." + +The major stared. "Dead?" he said at last. "Dead how?" + +"I shot them," Malone said. + +"You--" The major's finger tightened on the trigger of his gun. + +"Now wait a minute," Malone said. "I said they were in military +uniforms. I didn't say they were soldiers." + +"But--" + +"Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles?" Malone said. "When the M-1's +out of date? And a captain with his bars on sideways? No, major. +Those were renegades. Looters of some kind; they wanted to kill me and +get the car and any valuables I happened to have." + +The major, very slowly, relaxed his grip on the gun and his arm fell +to his side. "You did the smart thing, Mr. Malone," he said. + +"And I've got to go on doing it," Malone said. "I'm in a hurry." + +He noticed a newspaper fluttering at the side of the road, not too +near the cars. Somehow it made everything seem even more lonely and +strange. The headlines fluttered into sight: + + MARTIAL LAW EDICT + + "MUST BE OBEYED," SAYS GOVERNOR + + But Riots Are Feared In Outlying Towns + + MAN AND WIFE CONFESS KILLING OF RELATIVES ABOARD PRIVATE + PLANE: + + Force Kin To Drop Off + +There was a photo of a woman there, too, and Malone could read just a +little of the caption: + +"Obeying the edict of martial law laid down by the President, Miss +Helen A.--" + +He wondered vaguely if her last name were Handbasket. + +The major was looking at him. "O.K., then," he said. + +"I can go on?" Malone said. + +The major looked stern. "Drive on," he said. + +Malone got the car going; the roadblock was lifted for him and he went +on by. + +After a moment, he said: "Pardon the interruption. I trust that all +the devoted listeners to Uncle Kenneth's Happy Hour are still tuned +in." + +_Go ahead,_ said Lou's voice. + +"All right, let's take a look at what you've been doing. You've caused +people to change their minds about what they've been intending to do. +You can cause all sorts of hell to break loose that way. You have a +lot of people you want to get rid of, so you play on their neuroses +and concoct errors for them to fight. You rig things so that they +quit, or get fired, or lose elections, or get arrested, or just +generally get put out of circulation. Some of the less stable ones +just up and did away with themselves. + +"Sometimes, it's individuals who have to go. Sometimes, it's whole +groups or maybe even whole nations. And sometimes it's in between, and +you manage to foul up organizational moves with misplaced papers, +mis-sent messages, errors, changed minds, and everything else you can +think of. + +"You know," he went on, "at first I couldn't see any pattern in what +was going on--though I remember telling myself that there was a kind +of justice in the way this thing was just as hard on gangsters as it +was on businessmen and Congressmen. + +"The Congressman from Gahoochie County, Arkansas, gets himself in a +jam over fraudulent election returns on the same day that the +accountant for the Truckers Union sends Mike Sands' books to the +Attorney General. Simple justice, I call it. + +"And, you know, seen from that viewpoint, this whole caper might come +out looking pretty good. If most of the characters you've taken care +of are just the boys who needed taking care of, I'd say more power to +you--except for one thing. It's all right to get rid of all the fools, +idiots, maniacs, blockheads, morons, psychopaths, paranoids, +timidity-ridden, fear-worshipers, fanatics, thieves, and the rest of +the general, all-round, no-good characters; I'm all for it. But not +this way. Oh, no. + +"You've pressed the panic button, that's what you've done. + +"You've done more damage in two weeks than all those fumblebrains have +been able to do in several myriads of lifetimes. You've loused up the +economy of this nation and every other civilized nation. You've caused +riots in which innocent people have died; you've caused thousands more +to lose their businesses and their savings. And only God Himself knows +how many more are going to die of starvation and murder before this +thing is over. + +"And you can't tell me that _all_ of those people deserve to die." + +He slowed down as he came to a small town, and for the first time in +many miles he focused on the road ahead with his full mind. The town, +he saw, looked like a shambles. There were four cars tastefully +arranged on the lawn of what appeared to be the local library. Across +the street, a large drugstore was in flames, and surprised people were +hurrying to put it out. There didn't seem to be any State Police or +Army men around, but they'd passed through; Malone saw a forgotten +overseas cap lying on the road ahead. + +With a shock, he realized that he was now in Pennsylvania, close to +where he wanted to go. A signboard told him the town he was looking at +was Milford. It was a mess, and Malone hoped fervently that it was a +mess that could eventually be cleaned up. + +The town was a small one, and Malone was glad to get out of it so +quickly. + +"That's the kind of thing I mean," he said aloud. Then he paused. "Are +you there, anybody?" + +He imagined he heard Luba's voice saying: _Yes, Ken. Yes, I'm here. +Listening to you._ + +Imagination was fine but, of course, there was no way for them to get +through to him. They were telepathic, but Kenneth J. Malone, he told +himself sadly, was not. + +"Hello, out there," he went on. "I hope you've been listening so far, +because there isn't too much more for me to say. + +"Just this: you've wrecked my country, and you've wrecked almost all +of the rest of civilization. You've brought my world down around my +ears. + +"I have every logical reason to hate your guts. By all the evidence I +have, you are a group of the worst blackguards who ever existed; by +all the evidence, I should be doing everything in my power to +exterminate you. + +"But I'm not. + +"My prescience tells me that what you've been doing is right and +necessary. I'm damned if I can see it, but there it is. I just hope +you can explain it to me." + + +XV + +Soon, he was in the midst of the countryside. It was, of course, +filled with country. It spread around him in the shape of hills, +birds, trees, flowers, grass, billboards and other distractions to the +passing motorist. + +It took Malone better than two hours more to find the place he was +looking for. Long before he found it, he had come to the conclusion +that finding country estates in Pennsylvania was only a shade easier +than finding private homes in the Borough of Brooklyn. In both cases, +he had found himself saddled with the same frantic search down what +seemed likely routes which turned out to lead nowhere. He had found, +in both cases, complete ignorance of the place on the part of local +citizens, and even strong doubts that the place could possibly have +any sort of existence. + +The fact that is was growing dark didn't help much, either. + +But he found it at last. Rounding a curve in a narrow, blacktop road, +he saw the home behind a grove of trees. + +He recognized it instantly. + +He had seen it so often that he felt as if he knew it intimately. + +[Illustration] + +It was a big, rambling, Colonial-type mansion, painted a blinding and +beautiful white, with a broad, pillared porch and a great carved front +door. The front windows were curtained in rich purples, and before the +house was a great front garden, and tall old trees. Malone +half-expected Scarlett O'Hara to come tripping out of the house at any +minute shouting: "Rhett! The children's mush is on fire!" or something +equally inappropriate. + +Inside it, however, if Malone were right, was not the magnetic +Scarlett. Inside the house were some of the most important members of +the PRS--and one person who was not a member. + +But it was impossible to tell from the outside. Nothing moved on the +well-kept grounds, and the windows didn't show so much as the flutter +of a purple curtain. There was no sound. No cars were parked around +the house--nor, Malone realized, thinking of "Gone With the Wind," +were there any horses or carriages. + +The place looked deserted. + +Malone thought he knew better, but it took a few minutes for him to +get up enough courage to go up the long driveway. He stared at the +house. It was an old one, he knew, built long before the Civil War and +originally commanding a huge tract of land. Now, all that remained of +the vast acreage was the small portion that surrounded the house. + +But the original family still inhabited it, proud of the house and of +their part in its past. Over the years, Malone knew, they had kept it +up scrupulously, and the place had been both restored and modernized +on the inside without harming the classic outlines of the +hundred-and-fifty-year-old structure. + +A fence surrounded the estate, but the front gate was swinging open. +Malone saw it and took a deep breath. Now, he told himself, or never. +He drove the Lincoln through the opening slowly, alert for almost +anything. + +There was no disturbance. Thirty yards from the front door he pulled +the car to a cautious stop and got out. He started to walk toward the +building. Each step seemed to take whole minutes, and everything he +had thought raced through his mind again. Nothing seemed to move +anywhere, except Malone himself. + +Was he right? Were the people he'd been beaming to really here? Or had +he been led astray by them? Had he been manipulated, in spite of his +shield, as easily as they had manipulated so many others? + +That was possible. But it wasn't the only possibility. + +Suppose, he thought, that he was perfectly right, and that the group +was waiting inside. And suppose, too, that he'd misunderstood their +motives. + +Suppose they were just waiting for him to get a little closer. + +Malone kept walking. In just a few steps, he could be close enough so +that a bullet aimed at him from the house hadn't a real chance of +missing him. + +And it didn't have to be bullets, either. They might have set a trap, +he thought, and were waiting for him to walk into it. Then they would +hold him prisoner while they devised ways to.... + +To what? + +He didn't know. And that was even worse; it called up horrible terrors +from the darkest depths of Malone's mind. He continued to walk +forward. + +Finally he reached the steps that led up to the porch, and took them +one at a time. + +He stood on the porch. A long second passed. + +He took a step toward the high, wide and handsome oaken door. Then he +took another step, and another. + +What was waiting for him inside? + +He took a deep breath, and pressed the doorbell button. + +The door swung open immediately, and Malone involuntarily stepped +back. + +The owner of the house smiled at him from the doorway. Malone let out +his breath in one long sigh of relief. + +"I was hoping it would be you," he said weakly. "May I come in?" + +"Why, certainly, Malone. Come on in. We've been expecting you, you +know," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the FBI. + + +XVI + +Malone sat, quietly relaxed and almost completely at ease, in the +depths of a huge, comfortable, old-fashioned Morris chair. Three +similar chairs were clustered around a squat, massive coffee table, +made of a single slab of dark wood set on short, curved legs. Malone +looked around at the other three with a relaxed feeling of +recognition: Andrew J. Burris, Sir Lewis Carter and Luba Ardanko. + +Sir Lewis softly exhaled a cloud of smoke as he removed the briar from +his mouth. "Malone," he asked gently, "how did you know we would be +here?" + +"Well," Malone said, "I just ... I mean, it was obvious as soon as +I--" He stopped, frowning. "I had one thing to go on, anyway," he +said. "I figured out the PRS was responsible for all the troubles +because it was so efficient. And then, while I was sitting and staring +at the file reports, it suddenly came to me: the FBI was just as +efficient. So it was obvious." + +"What was?" Burris said. + +Malone shrugged. "I thought you'd been keeping me on vacation because +your mind was being changed," he said. "Now I can see you were doing +it of your own free will." + +"Yes," Sir Lewis said. "But how did you know you'd find us _here_, +Malone?" + +There was a shadow in the room, but not a visible one. Malone felt the +chill of sudden danger. Whatever was going to happen, he realized, he +would not be around for the finish. He, Kenneth Joseph Malone, the +cuddly, semi-intrepid FBI Agent he had always known and loved, would +never get out of this deadly situation. If he lived, he would be so +changed that-- + +He didn't even want to think about it. + +"What sort of logic," Sir Lewis was saying, "led you to the belief +that we would all be here, in Andrew's house?" + +Malone forced his mind to consider the question. "Well," he began, "it +isn't exactly logic, I guess." + +Luba smiled at him. He felt a little reassured, but not much. "You +should have phrased that differently," she said. "It's: 'It isn't +exactly logic. I guess.'" + +"Not guess," Sir Lewis said. "You know. Prescience, Malone. Your +precognitive faculty." + +"All right," Malone said. "All right. So what?" + +"Take it easy," Burris put in. "Relax, Malone. Everything's going to +be all right." + +Sir Lewis waved a hand negligently. "Let's continue," he said. "Tell +me, Malone: if you were a mathematics professor, teaching a course in +calculus, how would you grade a paper that had all the answers but +didn't show the work?" + +"I never took calculus," Malone said. "But I imagine I'd flunk him." + +"Why?" Sir Lewis said. + +"Because if he can't back up his answer," Malone said slowly, "then +it's no better than a layman's guess. He has to give reasons for his +answers; otherwise nobody else can understand him." + +"Fine," Sir Lewis said. "Perfectly fine. Now--" he puffed at his +pipe--"can you give me a logical reason for arriving at the decision +you made a few hours ago?" + +The danger was coming closer, Malone realized. He didn't know what it +was or how to guard himself against it. All he could do was answer, +and play for time. + +"While I was driving up here," he said, "I sent you a message. I told +you what I knew and what I believed about the whole world picture as +it stands now. I don't know if you received it, but I--" + +Luba spoke without the trace of a smile. "You mean you didn't know?" +she said. "You didn't know I was answering you?" + +That was the first pebble of the avalanche, Malone knew suddenly--the +avalanche that was somehow going to destroy him. "You forced your +thoughts into my mind, then," he said as coolly as he could. "Just as +you forced decision on the rest of society." + +"Now, dammit, Malone!" Burris said suddenly. "You know those bursts +take a lot of energy, and only last for a fraction of a second!" + +Malone blinked. "Then you ... didn't--" + +_Of course I didn't force anything on you, Kenneth. I can't. Not all +the power of the entire PRS could force anything through your shield. +But you opened it to me._ + +It was Luba's mental "voice." Malone opened his mouth, shut it and +then, belatedly, snapped shut the channel through which he'd contacted +her. Luba gave him a wry look, but said nothing. "You mean I'm a +telepath?" Malone asked weakly. + +"Certainly," Sir Lewis snapped. "At the moment, you can only pick up +Luba--but you are certainly capable of picking up anyone, eventually. +Just as you learned to teleport, you can learn to be a telepath. +You--" + +The room was whirling, but Malone tried to keep his mind steady. "Wait +a minute," he said. "If you received what I sent, then you know I've +got a question to ask." + +There was a little silence. + +Finally Sir Lewis looked up. "You want to know why you felt we--the +PRS--were innocent of the crimes you want to charge us with. Very +well." He paused. "We have wrecked civilization: granted. We could +have done it more smoothly: granted." + +"Then--" + +Sir Lewis' face was serious and steady. Malone tensed. + +"Malone," Sir Lewis said, "do you think you're the only one with a +mental shield?" + +Malone shook his head. "I guess stress--fixity of mind or +purpose--could develop it in anyone," he said. "At least, in some +people." + +"Very well," Sir Lewis said. "Now, among the various people of the +world who have, through one necessity or another, managed to develop +such shields--" + +Burris broke in impatiently. His words rang, and then echoed in the +old house. + +"Some fool," he said flatly, "was going to start the Last War." + + * * * * * + +"So you had to stop it," Malone said after a long second. "But I still +don't see--" + +"Of course you don't," Sir Lewis said. "But you've got to understand +why you don't see it first." + +"Because I'm stupid," Malone said. + +Luba was shaking her head. Malone turned to face her. "Not stupid," +she said. "But some people, Kenneth, have certain talents. Others +have--other talents. There's no way of equating these talents; all are +useful, each performs a different function." + +"And my talent," Malone said, "is stupidity. But--" + +She lit a cigarette daintily. "Not at all," she said. "You've done a +really tremendous job, Kenneth. I was trained ever since I was a baby +to use my psionic abilities--the PRS has known how to train children +in that line ever since 1970. Only Mike Fueyo developed a system for +instruction independently; the boy was, and is, a genius, as you've +noticed." + +"Agreed," Malone said. "But--" + +"You, however," Luba said, "have the distinction of being the first +human being who has, as an adult, achieved his full powers without +childhood training. In addition, you're the only human being who has +ever developed to the extent you have--in precognition, too." + +She puffed on the cigarette. Malone waited. + +"But what you don't have," she said at last, very carefully, "is the +ability to reason out the steps you've taken, after you've reached the +proper conclusion." + +"Like the calculus student," Malone said. "I flunk." Something inside +him grated over the marrow in his bones. It was as though someone had +decided that the best cure for worry was coarse emery in the joints, +and he, Kenneth J. Malone, had been picked for the first experiment. + +"You're not flunking," Luba said. "You're a very long way from +flunking, Kenneth." + +Burris cleared his throat suddenly. Malone turned to him. The Head of +the FBI stuck an unlighted cigar into his mouth, chewed it a little, +and then said: "Malone, we've been keeping tabs on you. Your shield +was unbreakable--but we have been able to reach the minds of people +you've talked to: Mike Sands, Primo Palveri, and so on. And Her +Majesty, of course: you opened up a gap in your shield to talk to her, +and you haven't closed it down. Until you started broadcasting here on +the way up, naturally." + +"All right," Malone said, waiting with as much patience as possible +for the point. + +"I tried to take you off the case," Burris went on, "because Sir Lewis +and the others felt you were getting too close to the truth. Which you +were, Malone, which you were." He lit his cigar and looked obscurely +pleased. "But they didn't know how you'd take it," he said. "They ... +we ... felt that a man who hadn't been trained since childhood to +accept the extrasensory abilities of the human mind couldn't possibly +learn to accept the reality of the job the PRS has to do." + +"I still don't," Malone said. "I'm stupid. I flunk. Remember?" + +"Now, now," Burris said helplessly. "Not at all, Malone. But we were +worried. I lied to you about those three spies--I put the drug in the +water-cooler. I tried to keep you from learning the Fueyo method of +teleportation. I didn't want you to learn that you were telepathic." + +"But I did," Malone said, "And what does that make me?" + +"That," Sir Lewis cut in, "is what we're attempting to find out." + +Malone felt suitably crushed, but he wasn't sure by what. "I've got +some questions," he said after a second. "I want to know three +things." + +"Go ahead," Sir Lewis said. + +"One:" Malone said, "How come Her Majesty and the other nutty +telepaths didn't spot you? Two: How come you sent me out on these jobs +when you were afraid I was dangerous? And three: What was it that was +so safe about busting up civilization? How did that save us from the +Last War?" + +Sir Lewis nodded. "First," he said, "we've developed a technique of +throwing up a shield and screening it with a surface of innocuous +thoughts--like hiding behind a movie screen. Second ... well, we had +to get the jobs done, Malone. And Andrew thought you were the most +capable, dangerous or not. For one thing, we wanted to get all the +insane telepaths in one place; it's difficult to work when the +atmosphere's full of such telepathic ravings." + +"But wrecking the world because of a man with a mind-shield--why not +just work things so his underlings wouldn't obey him?" Malone shook +his head. "That sounds more reasonable." + +"It may," Sir Lewis said. "But it wouldn't work. As a matter of fact, +it was tried, and it didn't work. You see, the Sino-Soviet top men +were smart enough to see that their underlings were being tampered +with. And they've developed a system, partly depending on automatic +firing systems, partly on individuals with mind-blocks--that is, +people who aren't being tampered with--which we can't disrupt +directly. So we had to smash them." + +"And the United States at the same time," Burris said. "The economic +balance had to be kept; a strong America would be forced in to fill +the power vacuum otherwise, and that would make for an even worse +catastrophe. And if we weren't in trouble, the Sino-Soviet Bloc would +blame their mess on us. And that would start the Last War before +collapse could get started. Right, Malone?" + +"I see," Malone said, thinking that he almost did. He told himself he +could feel happy now; the danger--which hadn't been danger to him, +really, but danger from him toward the PRS, toward civilization--was +over. But he didn't feel happy. He didn't feel anything. + +"There's a crisis building in New York," Sir Lewis said suddenly, +"that's going to take all our attention. Malone, why don't you ... +well, go home and get some rest? We're going to be busy for a while, +and you'll want to be fresh for the work coming up." + +"Sure," Malone said listlessly. "Sure." + +As the others rose, he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. Then +he vanished. + + +XVII + +Two hours passed, somehow. Bourbon and soda helped them pass, Malone +discovered; he drank two high-balls slowly, trying not to think about +anything. He felt terrible. After a while he made himself a third +high-ball and started on it. Maybe this would make him feel better. +Maybe he thought, he ought to break out his cigars and celebrate. + +But there didn't seem to be very much to celebrate somehow. He felt +like an amoeba on a slide being congratulated on having successfully +conquered the world. + +He drank some more bourbon-and-soda. Amoebae, he told himself, didn't +drink bourbon-and-soda. He was better off than an amoeba. He was +happier than an amoeba. But somehow he couldn't imagine any amoeba in +the world, no matter how heart-broken, feeling any worse than Kenneth +J. Malone. + +He looked up. There was another amoeba in the room. + +Then he frowned. She wasn't an amoeba, he thought. She was the +scientist the amoeba was supposed to fall in love with, so the +scientist could report on everything he did, so all the other +scien--psiontists could know all about him. But whoever heard of a +scien--psiontist--falling in love with an amoeba? Nobody. It was fate. +And fate was awful. Malone had often suspected it, but now he was +sure. Now he was looking at things from the amoeba's side, and fate +was terrible. + +"No, Ken," the psiontist said. "It needn't be at all like that." + +"Oh, yes, it need," Malone said positively. "It need be even worse. +When I have some more to drink, it'll _be_ even worse. Wait and see." + +"Ken," Luba said softly, "you don't have to suffer this way." + +"No," Malone said agreeably, "I don't. You could shoot me and then I'd +be dead. Just quit all this amoebing around, O.K.?" + +"You're already half shot," Luba said sharply. "Now be quiet and +listen. You're angry because you've fallen in love with me and you're +all choked up over the futility of it all." + +"Exactly," Malone said. "Ex-positively-actly. You're a psionic +super-man--woman. You can figure things out in your own little head +instead of just getting along on dum psionic luck like us amoebae. +You're too far above me." + +"Ken, listen!" Luba snapped. "Look into my mind. You can link up with +me: go ahead and do it. You can read me clear down to the subconscious +if you want to." + +Malone blinked. + +"Now, Ken!" Luba said. + +Malone looked. For a long time. + + * * * * * + +Half an hour later, Kenneth J. Malone, alone in his room, was humming +happily to himself as he brushed a few specks of dust from the top of +his best royal blue bowler. He faced the mirror on the wall, puffed on +the cigar clenched between his teeth, and adjusted the bowler to just +the right angle. + +There was a knock on the door. He went and opened it, carefully +disposing of the cigar first. "Oh," he said. "What are you doing +here?" + +"Just saying hello," Thomas Boyd grinned. "Back at work?" + +Boyd didn't know, of course, what had happened. Nor need he ever know. +"Just about," Malone said. "Spending the evening relaxing, though." + +"Hm-m-m," Boyd said. "Let me guess. Her name begins with L?" + +"It does not," Malone said flatly. + +"But--" Boyd began. + +Malone cast about in his mind for an explanation. Telling Boyd the +truth--that Luba and Kenneth J. Malone just weren't equals as far as +social intercourse went--would leave him exactly nowhere. But, +somehow, it had to be said. "Tom," he said, "suppose you met a +beautiful girl--charming, wonderful, brilliant." + +"Great," Boyd said. "I like it already." + +"Suppose she looked about ... oh ... twenty-three," Malone went on. + +"Do any more supposing," Boyd said, "and I'll be pawing the ground." + +"And then," Malone said, very carefully, "suppose you found out, after +you'd been out with her ... well, when you took her out, say, you met +your grandmother." + +"My grandmother," Boyd said virtuously, "doesn't go to joints like +that." + +"Use your imagination," Malone snapped. "And suppose your grandmother +recognized the girl as an old schoolmate of hers." + +Boyd swallowed hard. "As a what?" + +"An old schoolmate," Malone said. "Suppose this girl were so charming +and everything just because she'd had ... oh, ninety years or so to +practice in." + +"Malone," Boyd said in a depressed tone, "you can spoil more ideas--" + +"Well," Malone said, "would you go out with her again?" + +"You kidding?" Boyd said. "Of course not." + +"But she's the same girl," Malone said. "You've just found out +something new about her, that's all." + +Boyd nodded. "So," he said, "you found out something new about Luba. +Like, maybe, she's ninety years old?" + +"No," Malone said. "Nothing like that. Just--something." He remembered +Queen Elizabeth's theory of politeness toward superiors: people, she'd +said, act as if they believed their bosses were superior to them, but +they didn't believe it. + +On the other hand, he thought, when a man knows and believes that +someone actually _is_ superior--then, he doesn't mind at all. He can +depend on that superiority to help him. And love, ordinary +man-and-woman love, just can't exist. + +Nor, Malone told himself, would anyone want it to. It would, after +all, be damned uncomfortable. + +"So who's the girl?" Boyd said. "And where? The clubs are all closed, +and the streets probably aren't very safe just now." + +"Barbara Wilson," Malone said, "and Yucca Flats. I ought to be able to +get a fast plane." He shrugged. "Or maybe teleport," he added. + +"Sure," Boyd said. "But on a night with so many troubles--" + +"Oh, King Henry," Malone said, "hearken. A man who looks as historical +as you do ought to know a little history." + +"Such as?" Boyd said, bristling slightly. + +"There have always been troubles," Malone said. "In the Eighth +Century, it was Saracens; in the Fourteenth, the Black Death. Then +there was the Reformation, and the Prussians in 1870, and the Spanish +in 1898, and--" + +"And?" Boyd said. + +Malone took a deep breath. He could almost feel the court dress +flowing over him, as the court manners did. Lady Barbara, after all, +attendant to Her Majesty, would expect a certain character from him. + +After a second, he had it. + +"In 1914, it was enemy aliens," said Sir Kenneth Malone. + + +THE END + + * * * * * + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + +***** This file should be named 30434-8.txt or 30434-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/4/3/30434/ + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/30434-8.zip b/old/30434-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60b9c64 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-8.zip diff --git a/old/30434-h.zip b/old/30434-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..edcbb53 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h.zip diff --git a/old/30434-h/30434-h.htm b/old/30434-h/30434-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fefbe94 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/30434-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9912 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Occasion ... for Disaster, by Mark Phillips + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; background-color: #FFFFFF; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +.tr {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; margin-top: 5%; margin-bottom: 5%; padding: 2em; background-color: #f6f2f2; color: black; border: dotted black 1px;} + +.f1 { font-size:inherit; margin-left:70%; } + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + +.blockquot1 { + margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 15%; +} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +.figleft { + float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 0em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-right: 0.25em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1em; + margin-bottom: + 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +/* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Occasion for Disaster + +Author: Gordon Randall Garrett + Laurence Mark Janifer + +Illustrator: van Dongen + +Release Date: November 9, 2009 [EBook #30434] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + + + + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="tr"><p class="center">Transcriber's Note:</p> +<p class="center">This etext was produced from Analog Science Fact & Fiction November 1960, December 1960, January 1961, February 1961. Extensive research did not uncover any evidence that the U.S. copyright on this publication was renewed.</p></div> +<p> </p> + + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_001.jpg" width="600" height="268" alt="" /> +</div> +<p> </p> + +<h1>OCCASION ... for DISASTER</h1> +<p> </p> +<h2>By MARK PHILLIPS</h2> +<p> </p> +<h3>Illustrated by van Dongen</h3> +<p> </p> +<div class="blockquot1"><p><i>A very small slip, at just the wrong place, can devastate +any enterprise. One tiny transistor can go wrong ... and +ruin a multi-million dollar missile. Which would be one way +to stop the missiles....</i></p></div> + +<p> </p> + + +<div class="blockquot"><p>"<i>We must remember not to judge any public servant by any +one act, and especially should we beware of attacking the +men who are merely the occasions and not the causes of +disaster.</i>"</p></div> + +<p class="f1">Theodore Roosevelt</p> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + +<div class="figleft"><img src="images/image_i.jpg" alt="I" width="49" height="50" /></div> +<p>n 1914, it was enemy aliens.</p> + +<p>In 1930, it was Wobblies.</p> + +<p>In 1957, it was fellow-travelers.</p> + +<p>In 1971, it was insane telepaths.</p> + +<p>And, in 1973:</p> + +<p>"We don't know <i>what</i> it is," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the +FBI. He threw his hands in the air and looked baffled and confused.</p> + +<p>Kenneth J. Malone tried to appear sympathetic. "What what is?"</p> + +<p>Burris frowned and drummed his fingers on his big desk. "Malone," he +said, "make sense. And don't stutter."</p> + +<p>"Stutter?" Malone said. "You said you didn't know what it was. And I +wanted to know what it was."</p> + +<p>"That's just it," Burris said. "I don't know."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed and repressed an impulse to scream. "Now, wait a minute, +Chief—" he started.</p> + +<p>Burris frowned again. "Don't call me Chief," he said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded, "O.K.," he said. "But—if you don't know what it is, +you must have some idea of what you don't know. I mean, is it larger +than a breadbox? Does it perform helpful tasks? Is it self-employed?"</p> + +<p>"Malone," Burris sighed, "you ought to be on television."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Let me explain," Burris said. His voice was calmer now, and he spoke +as if he were enunciating nothing but the most obvious and eternal +truths. "The country," he said, "is going to Hell in a handbasket."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded again. "Well, after all, Chief—" he started.</p> + +<p>"Don't call me Chief," Burris said wearily.</p> + +<p>"Anything you say," Malone agreed peacefully. He eyed the Director of +the FBI warily. "After all, it isn't anything new," he went on. "The +country's always been going to Hell in a handbasket, one way or +another. Look at Rome."</p> + +<p>"Rome?" Burris said.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Rome was always going to Hell in a handbasket, +and finally it—" He paused. "Finally it did, I guess," he said.</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Burris said. "And so are we. Finally." He passed a hand +over his forehead and stared past Malone at a spot on the wall. Malone +turned and looked at the spot, but saw nothing of interest. "Malone," +Burris said, and the FBI Agent whirled around again.</p> + +<p>"Yes, Ch—Yes?" he said.</p> + +<p>"This time," Burris said, "it isn't the same old story at all. This +time it's different."</p> + +<p>"Different?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Burris nodded. "Look at it this way," he said. His eyes returned to +the FBI Agent. "Suppose you're a congressman," he went on, "and you +find evidence of inefficiency in the government."</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said agreeably. He had the feeling that if he +waited around a little while everything would make sense, and he was +willing to wait. After all, he wasn't on assignment at the moment, and +there was nothing pressing waiting for him. He was even between +romances.</p> + +<p>If he waited long enough, he told himself, Andrew J. Burris might say +something worth hearing. He looked attentive and eager. He considered +leaning over the desk a little, to look even more eager, but decided +against it; Burris might think he looked threatening. There was no +telling.</p> + +<p>"You're a congressman," Burris said, "and the government is +inefficient. You find evidence of it. What do you do?"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone blinked and thought for a second. It didn't take any longer +than that to come up with the old, old answer. "I start an +investigation," he said. "I get a committee and I talk to a lot of +newspaper editors and magazine editors and maybe I go on television +and talk some more, and my committee has a lot of meetings—"</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Burris said.</p> + +<p>"And we talk a lot at the meetings," Malone went on, carried away, +"and get a lot of publicity, and we subpoena famous people, just as +famous as we can get, except governors or presidents, because you +can't—they tried that back in the '50s, and it didn't work very +well—and that gives us some more publicity, and then when we have all +the publicity we can possibly get—"</p> + +<p>"You stop," Burris said hurriedly.</p> + +<p>"That's right," Malone said. "We stop. And that's what I'd do."</p> + +<p>"Of course, the problem of inefficiency is left exactly where it +always was," Burris said. "Nothing's been done about it."</p> + +<p>"Naturally," Malone said. "But think of all the lovely publicity. And +all the nice talk. And the subpoenas and committees and everything."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Burris said wearily. "It's happened a thousand times. But, +Malone, that's the difference. It isn't happening this time."</p> + +<p>There was a short pause. "What do you mean?" Malone said at last.</p> + +<p>"This time," Burris said, in a tone that sounded almost awed, "they +want to keep it a secret."</p> + +<p>"A secret?" Malone said, blinking. "But that's ... that's not the +American way."</p> + +<p>Burris shrugged. "It's un-congressman-like, anyhow," he said. "But +that's what they've done. Tiptoed over to me and whispered softly that +the thing has to be investigated quietly. Naturally, they didn't give +me any orders—but only because they know they can't make one stick. +They suggested it pretty strongly."</p> + +<p>"Any reasons?" Malone said. The whole idea interested him strangely. +It was odd—and he found himself almost liking odd cases, lately. That +is, he amended hurriedly, if they didn't get <i>too</i> odd.</p> + +<p>"Oh, they had reasons, all right," Burris said. "It took a little +coaxing, but I managed to pry some loose. You see, every one of them +found inefficiency in his own department. And every one knows that +other men are investigating inefficiency."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"That's right," Burris said. "Every one of them came to me to get me +to prove that the goof-ups in his particular department weren't his +fault. That covers them in case one of the others happens to light +into the department."</p> + +<p>"Well, it must be <i>somebody's</i> fault," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"It isn't theirs," Burris said wearily. "I ought to know. They told +me. At great length, Malone."</p> + +<p>Malone felt a stab of honest pity. "How many so far?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Six," Burris said. "Four representatives, and two senators."</p> + +<p>"Only two?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Well," Burris said, "the Senate is so much smaller. And, besides, we +may get more. As a matter of fact, Senator Lefferts is worth any six +representatives all by himself."</p> + +<p>"He is?" Malone said, puzzled. Senator Lefferts was not one of his +favorite people. Nor, as far as he knew, did the somewhat excitable +senator hold any place of honor in the heart of Andrew J. Burris.</p> + +<p>"I mean his story," Burris said. "I've never heard anything like +it—at least, not since the Bilbo days. And I've only heard about +those," he added hurriedly.</p> + +<p>"What story?" Malone said. "He talked about inefficiency—"</p> + +<p>"Not exactly," Burris said carefully. "He said that somebody was out +to get him—him, personally. He said somebody was trying to discredit +him by sabotaging all his legislative plans."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, feeling that some comment was called for, "three +cheers."</p> + +<p>"That isn't the point," Burris snapped. "No matter how we felt about +Senator Lefferts or his legislative plans, we're sworn to protect him. +And he says 'they' are out to get him."</p> + +<p>"They?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"You know," Burris said, shrugging. "The great 'they.' The invisible +enemies all around, working against him."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "Paranoid?" He had always thought Senator Lefferts +was slightly on the batty side, and the idea of real paranoia didn't +come as too much of a surprise. After all, when a man was batty to +start out with ... and he even <i>looked</i> like a vampire, Malone thought +confusedly.</p> + +<p>"As far as paranoia is concerned," Burris said, "I checked with one of +our own psych men, and he'll back it up. Lefferts has definite +paranoid tendencies, he says."</p> + +<p>Malone said, "That's that."</p> + +<p>Burris shook his head. "It isn't that simple," he said. "You see, +Malone, there's some evidence that somebody <i>is</i> working against him."</p> + +<p>"The American public, with any luck at all," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"No," Burris said. "An enemy. Somebody sabotaging his plans. Really."</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head. "You're crazy," he said.</p> + +<p>Burris looked shocked. "Malone, I'm the Director of the FBI," he said. +"And if you insist on being disrespectful—"</p> + +<p>"Sorry," Malone murmured. "But—"</p> + +<p>"I am perfectly sane," Burris said slowly. "It's Senator Lefferts +who's crazy. The only trouble is, he has evidence to show he's not."</p> + +<p>Malone thought about odd cases, and suddenly wished he were somewhere +else. Anywhere else. This one showed sudden signs of developing into +something positively bizarre. "I see," he said, wondering if he did.</p> + +<p>"After all," Burris said, in a voice that attempted to sound +reasonable, "a paranoid has just as much right to be persecuted as +anybody else, doesn't he?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Everybody has rights. But what do you want me to +do about that?"</p> + +<p>"About their rights?" Burris said. "Nothing, Malone. Nothing."</p> + +<p>"I mean," Malone said patiently, "about whatever it is that's going +on."</p> + +<p>Burris took a deep breath. His hands clasped behind his head, and he +looked up at the ceiling. He seemed perfectly relaxed. That, Malone +knew, was a bad sign. It meant that there was a dirty job coming, a +job nobody wanted to do, and one Burris was determined to pass off on +him. He sighed and tried to feel resigned.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"Well," the FBI Director said, "the only actual trouble we can +pinpoint is that there seem to be a great many errors occurring in the +paperwork—more than usual."</p> + +<p>"People get tired," Malone said tentatively.</p> + +<p>"But computer-secretary calculating machines don't," Burris said. "And +that's where the errors are—in the computer-secretaries down in the +Senate Office Building. I think you'd better start out there."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said sadly.</p> + +<p>"See if there's any mechanical or electrical defect in any of those +computers," Burris said. "Talk to the computer technicians. Find out +what's causing all these errors."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," Malone said. He was still trying to feel resigned, but he +wasn't succeeding very well.</p> + +<p>"And if you don't find anything—" Burris began.</p> + +<p>"I'll come right back," Malone said instantly.</p> + +<p>"No," Burris said. "You keep on looking."</p> + +<p>"I do?"</p> + +<p>"You do," Burris said. "After all, there has to be <i>something</i> wrong."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said, "if you say so. But—"</p> + +<p>"There are the interview tapes," Burris said, "and the reports the +congressmen brought in. You can go through those."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "I guess so," he said.</p> + +<p>"And there must be thousands of other things to do," Burris said.</p> + +<p>"Well—" Malone began cautiously.</p> + +<p>"You'll be able to think of them," Burris said heartily. "I know you +will. I have confidence in you, Malone. Confidence."</p> + +<p>"Thanks," Malone said sadly.</p> + +<p>"You just keep me posted from time to time on what you're doing, and +what ideas you get," Burris said. "I'm leaving the whole thing in your +hands, Malone, and I'm sure you won't disappoint me."</p> + +<p>"I'll try," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I know you will," Burris said warmly. "And no matter how long it +takes—I know you'll succeed."</p> + +<p>"No matter how long it takes?" Malone said hesitantly.</p> + +<p>"That's right!" Burris said. "You can do it, Malone! You can do it."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded slowly. "I hope so," he said. "Well, I ... well, I'll +start out right away, then."</p> + +<p>He turned. Before he could make another move Burris said: "Wait!"</p> + +<p>Malone turned again, hope in his eyes. "Yes, sir?" he said.</p> + +<p>"When you leave—" Burris began, and the hope disappeared "please do +one little favor for me. Just one little favor, because I'm an old, +tired man and I'm not used to things any more."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Anything, Chief."</p> + +<p>"Don't call me—"</p> + +<p>"Sorry," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Burris breathed heavily. "When you leave," he said, "please, please +use the door."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Malone," Burris said, "I've tried. I've really tried. Believe me. +I've tried to get used to the fact that you can teleport. But—"</p> + +<p>"It's useful," Malone said, "in my work."</p> + +<p>"I can see that," Burris said. "And I don't want you to ... well, to +stop doing it. By no means. It's just that it sort of unnerves me, if +you see what I mean. No matter how useful it is for the FBI to have an +agent who can go instantaneously from one place to another, it +unnerves me." He sighed. "I can't get used to seeing you disappear +like an over-dried soap bubble, Malone. It does something to +me—here." He placed a hand directly over his sternum and sighed +again.</p> + +<p>"I can understand that," Malone said. "It unnerved me, too, the first +time I saw it. I thought I was going crazy, when that kid—Mike +Fueyo—winked out like a light. But then we got him, and some FBI +agents besides me have learned the trick." He stopped there, wondering +if he'd been tactful. After all, it took a latent ability to learn +teleportation, and some people had it, while others didn't. Malone, +along with a few other agents, did. Burris evidently didn't—so he +couldn't teleport, no matter how hard he tried or how many lessons he +took.</p> + +<p>"Well," Burris said, "I'm still unnerved. So ... please, Malone ... +when you come in here, or go out, use the door. All right?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," Malone said. He turned and went out. As he opened the +door, he could almost hear Burris' sigh of relief. Then he banged it +shut behind him and, feeling that he might as well continue with his +spacebound existence, walked all the way to the elevator, and rode it +downstairs to the FBI laboratories.</p> + +<p>The labs, highly efficient and divided into dozens of departments, +covered several floors. Malone passed through the Fingerprint section, +filled with technicians doing strange things to great charts and +slides, and frowning over tiny pieces of material and photographs. +Then came Forgery Detection, involving many more technicians, many +more slides and charts and tiny pieces of things and photographs, and +even a witness or two sitting on the white bench at one side and +looking lost and somehow civilian. Identification Classified was next, +a great barn of a room filled with index files. The real indexes were +in the sub-basement; here, on microfilm, were only the basic division. +A man was standing in front of one of the files, frowning at it. +Malone went on by without stopping.</p> + +<p>Cosmetic Surgery Classification came next. Here there were more indexes, +and there were also charts and slides. There was an FBI agent sitting on a +bench looking bored while two female technicians—classified as O&U for +Old and Ugly in Malone's mind—fluttered around him, deciding what +disguises were possible, and which of those was indicated for the +particular job on hand. Malone waved to the agent, whom he knew very +slightly, and went on. He felt vaguely regretful that the FBI couldn't +hire prettier girls for the Cosmetic Surgery Division, but the trouble was +that pretty girls fell for the agents—and vice versa—and this led to an +unfortunate tendency toward only handsome and virile-looking disguises. +The O&U Division was unfortunate, he decided, but a necessity.</p> + +<p>Chemical Analysis (III) was next. The Chemical Analysis section was +scattered over several floors, with the first stages up above. +Division III, Malone remembered, was devoted to non-poisonous +substances—like clay or sand found in boots or trouser cuffs, cigar +ashes and such. They were placed on the same floor as Fingerprints to +allow free and frequent passage between the sections on the problems +of plastic prints—made in putty or like substances—and visible +prints, made when the hand is covered with a visible substance like +blood, ketchup or glue.</p> + +<p>Malone found what he was looking for at the very end of the floor. It +was the Computer Section, a large room filled with humming, clacking +and buzzing machines of an ancient vintage, muttering to themselves as +they worked, and newer machines which were smaller and more silent. +Lights were lighting and bells were ringing softly, relays were +relaying and the whole room was a gigantic maze of calculating and +control machines. What space wasn't filled by the machines themselves +was filled by workbenches, all littered with an assortment of gears, +tubes, spare relays, transistors, wires, rods, bolts, resistors and +all the other paraphernalia used in building the machines and +repairing them. Beyond the basic room were other, smaller rooms, each +assigned to a particular kind of computer work.</p> + +<p>The narrow aisles were choked here and there with men who looked up as +Malone passed by, but most of them gave him one quick glance and went +back to work. A few didn't even do that, but went right on +concentrating on their jobs. Malone headed for a man working all alone +in front of a workbench, frowning down at a complicated-looking +mechanism that seemed to have neither head nor tail, and prodding at +it with a long, thin screwdriver. The man was thin, too, but not very +long; he was a little under average height, and he had straight black +hair, thick-lensed glasses and a studious expression, even when he was +frowning. He looked as if the mechanism were a student who had cut too +many classes, and he was being kindly but firm with it.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone managed to get to the man's side, and coughed discreetly. There +was no response.</p> + +<p>"Fred?" he said.</p> + +<p>The screwdriver waggled a little. Malone wasn't quite sure that the +man was breathing.</p> + +<p>"Fred Mitchell," he said.</p> + +<p>Mitchell didn't look up. Another second passed.</p> + +<p>"Hey," Malone said. Then he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. +"Fred," he said in a loud, reasonable-sounding voice, "the State +Department's translator has started to talk pig-Latin."</p> + +<p>Mitchell straightened up as if somebody had jabbed him with a pin. The +screwdriver waved wildly in the air for a second, and then pointed at +Malone. "That's impossible," Mitchell said in a flat, precise voice. +"Simply impossible. It doesn't have a pig-Latin circuit. It can't +possibly—" He blinked and seemed to see Malone for the first time. +"Oh," he said. "Hello, Malone. What can I do for you?"</p> + +<p>Malone smiled, feeling a little victorious at having got through the +Mitchell armor, which was almost impregnable when there was a job in +hand. "I've been standing here talking to you for some time."</p> + +<p>"Oh, have you?" Mitchell said. "I was busy." That, obviously, +explained that. Malone shrugged.</p> + +<p>"I want you to help me check over some calculators, Fred," he said. +"We've had some reports that some of the government machines are out +of kilter, and I'd like you to go over them for me."</p> + +<p>"Out of kilter?" Fred Mitchell said. "No, you can forget about it. +It's absolutely unnecessary to make a check—believe me. Absolutely. +Forget it." He smiled suddenly. "I suppose it's some kind of a joke, +isn't it?" he said, just a trifle uncertainly. Fred Mitchell's world, +while pleasant, did not include much humor, Malone knew. "It's +supposed to be funny," he said in the same flat, precise voice.</p> + +<p>"It isn't funny," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Fred sighed. "Then they're obviously lying," he said, "and that's all +there is to it. Why bother me with it?"</p> + +<p>"Certainly," Fred said. He looked at the machinery with longing.</p> + +<p>Malone took a breath. "How do you know?" he said.</p> + +<p>Fred sighed. "It's perfectly obvious," he said in a patient tone. +"Since the State Department translator has no pig-Latin circuit, it +can't possibly be talking pig-Latin. I will admit that such a circuit +would be relatively easy to build, though it would have no utility as +far as I can see. Except, of course, for a joke." He paused. "Joke?" +he said, in a slightly uneasy tone.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Joke."</p> + +<p>Mitchell looked relieved. "Very well, then," he began. "Since—"</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," Malone said. "The pig-Latin is a joke. That's right. +But I'm not talking about the pig-Latin."</p> + +<p>"You're not?" Mitchell asked, surprised.</p> + +<p>"No," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Mitchell frowned. "But you said—" he began.</p> + +<p>"A joke," Malone said. "You were perfectly right. The pig-Latin is a +joke." He waited for Fred's expression to clear, and then added: "But +what I want to talk to you about isn't."</p> + +<p>"It sounds very confused," Fred said after a pause. "Not at all the +sort of thing that ... that usually goes on."</p> + +<p>"You have no idea," Malone said. "It's about the political machines, +all right, but it isn't anything as simple as pig-Latin." He +explained, taking his time over it.</p> + +<p>When he had finished, Fred was nodding his head slowly. "I see," he +said. "I understand just what you want me to do."</p> + +<p>"Good," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I'll take a team over to the Senate Office Building," Fred said, "and +check the computer-secretaries there. That way, you see, I'll be able +to do a full running check on them without taking any one machine out +of operation for too long."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"And it shouldn't take long," Fred went on, "to find out just what the +trouble is." He looked very confident.</p> + +<p>"How long?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>Fred shrugged. "Oh," he said, "five or six days."</p> + +<p>Malone repressed an impulse to scream. "Days?" he said. "I mean ... +well, look, Fred, it's important. Very important. Can't you do the job +any faster?"</p> + +<p>Fred gave a little sigh. "Checking and repairing all those machines," +he said, "is an extremely complex job. Sometimes, Malone, I don't +think you realize quite how complex, and how delicate a job it is to +deal with such a high-order machine. Why—"</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," Malone said. "Check and repair them?"</p> + +<p>"Of course," Fred said.</p> + +<p>"But I don't want them repaired," Malone said. Seeing the look of +horror on Fred's face, he added hastily: "I only want a report from +you on what's wrong, whether they are actually making errors or not. +And if they are making errors, just what's making them do it. And just +what kind of errors. See?"</p> + +<p>Fred nodded very slowly. "But I can't just ... just leave them there," +he said piteously. "In ... pieces and everything. It isn't right, +Malone. It just isn't right."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Malone said with energy, "you go right ahead and repair +them, if you want to. Fix 'em all up. But you can do that <i>after</i> you +make the report to me, can't you?"</p> + +<p>"I—" Fred hesitated. "I had planned to check and repair each machine +on an individual basis—"</p> + +<p>"The Congress can allow for a short suspension," Malone said. "Anyhow, +they can now—or as soon as I get the word to them. Suppose you check +all the machines first, and then get around to the repair work."</p> + +<p>"It's not the best way," Fred demurred.</p> + +<p>Malone discovered that it was his turn to sigh. "Is it the fastest?" +he said.</p> + +<p>Fred nodded.</p> + +<p>"Then it's the best," Malone said. "How long?"</p> + +<p>Fred rolled his eyes to the ceiling and calculated silently for a +second. "Tomorrow morning," he announced, returning his gaze to +Malone.</p> + +<p>"Fine," Malone said. "Fine."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Never mind the buts," Malone said hurriedly. "I'll count on hearing +from you tomorrow morning."</p> + +<p>"Oh—" Fred said. "All right."</p> + +<p>"And if it looks like sabotage," Malone added, "if the errors aren't +caused by normal wear and tear on the machines—you let me know right +away. Phone me. Don't waste an instant."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/image_002.jpg" width="500" height="344" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"I'll ... I'll start right away," Fred said heavily. He looked sadly +at the mechanism he had been working on, and put his screwdriver down +next to it. It looked to Malone as if he were putting flowers on the +grave of a dear departed. "I'll get a team together," Fred added. He +gave the mechanism and screwdriver one last fond parting look.</p> + +<p>Malone looked after him for a second, thinking of nothing in +particular, and then turned in the opposite direction and headed back +toward the elevator. As he walked, he began to feel more and more +pleased with himself. After all, he'd gotten the investigation +started, hadn't he?</p> + +<p>And now all he had to do was go back to his office and read some +reports and listen to some interview tapes, and then he could go home.</p> + +<p>The reports and the interview tapes didn't exactly sound like fun, +Malone thought, but at the same time they seemed fairly innocent. He +would work his way through them grimly, and maybe he would even +indulge his most secret vice and smoke a cigar or two to make the work +pass more pleasantly. Soon enough, he told himself, they would be +finished with.</p> + +<p>Sometimes, though, he regretted the reputation he'd gotten. It had +been bad enough in the old days—the pre-1971 days when Malone had +thought he was just lucky. Burris had called him a Boy Wonder then, +when he'd cracked three difficult cases in a row. Being just lucky had +made it a little tough to live with the Boy Wonder label—after all, +Malone thought, it wasn't actually as if he'd done anything.</p> + +<p>But since 1971 and the case of the Telepathic Spy, things had gotten +worse. Much worse. Now Malone wasn't just lucky any more. Instead, he +could teleport and he could even foretell the future a little, in a +dim sort of way. He'd caught the Telepathic Spy that way, and when the +case of the Teleporting Juvenile Delinquents had come up he'd been +assigned to that one too, and he'd cracked it. Now Burris seemed to +think of him as a kind of god, and gave him all the tough dirty jobs.</p> + +<p>And if he wasn't just lucky any more, Malone couldn't think of himself +as a Fearless, Heroic FBI Agent, either. He just wasn't the type. He +was—well, talented. That was the word, he told himself: talented. He +had all these talents and they made him look like something +spectacular to Burris and the other FBI men. But he wasn't, really. He +hadn't done anything really tough to get his talents; they'd just +happened to him.</p> + +<p>Nobody, though, seemed to believe that. He heaved a little sigh and +stepped into the waiting elevator.</p> + +<p>There were, after all, he thought, compensations. He'd had some good +times, and the talents did come in handy. And he did have his pick of +the vacation schedule lately. And he'd met some lovely girls—</p> + +<p>And besides, he told himself savagely as the elevator shot upward, he +wasn't going to do anything except return to his office and read some +reports and listen to some tapes. And then he was going to go home and +sleep all night, peacefully. And in the morning Mitchell was going to +call him up and tell him that the computer-secretaries needed nothing +more than a little repair. He'd say they were getting old, and he'd be +a little pathetic about it; but it wouldn't be anything serious. +Malone would send out orders to get the machines repaired, and that +would be that. And then the next case would be something both normal +and exciting, like a bank robbery or a kidnapping involving a gorgeous +blonde who would be so grateful to Malone that—</p> + +<p>He had stepped out of the elevator and gone down the corridor without +noticing it. He pushed at his own office door and walked into the +outer room. The train of thought he had been following was very nice, +and sounded very attractive indeed, he told himself.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, he didn't believe it. His prescient ability, +functioning with its usual efficient aplomb, told Malone that things +would not be better, or simpler, in the morning. They would be worse, +and more complicated.</p> + +<p>They would be quite a lot worse.</p> + +<p>And, as usual, that prescience was perfectly accurate.</p> + + +<h3>II</h3> +<p>The telephone, Malone realized belatedly, had had a particularly +nasty-sounding ring. He might have known it would be bad news.</p> + +<p>As a matter of fact, he told himself sadly, he had known.</p> + +<p>"Nothing at all wrong?" he said into the mouthpiece. "Not with any of +the computers?" He blinked. "Not even one of them?"</p> + +<p>"Not a thing," Mitchell said. "I'll be sending a report up to you in a +little while. You read it; we put them through every test, and it's +all detailed there."</p> + +<p>"I'm sure you were very thorough," Malone said helplessly.</p> + +<p>"Of course we were," Mitchell said. "Of course. And the machines +passed every single test. Every one. Malone, it was beautiful."</p> + +<p>"Goody," Malone said at random. "But there's got to be something—"</p> + +<p>"There is, Malone," Fred said. "There is. I think there's definitely +something odd going on. Something funny. I mean peculiar, not +humorous."</p> + +<p>"I thought so," Malone put in.</p> + +<p>"Right," Fred said. "Malone, try and relax. This is a hard thing to +say, and it must be even harder to hear. But—"</p> + +<p>"Tell me," Malone said. "Who's dead? Who's been killed?"</p> + +<p>"I know it's tough, Malone," Fred went on.</p> + +<p>"Is everybody dead?" Malone said. "It can't be just one person, not +from that tone in your voice. Has somebody assassinated the entire +Senate? Or the President and his Cabinet? Or—"</p> + +<p>"It's nothing like that, Malone," Fred said, in a tone that implied +that such occurrences were really rather minor. "It's the machines."</p> + +<p>"The machines?"</p> + +<p>"That's right," Fred said grimly. "After we checked them over and +found they were in good shape, I asked for samples of both the input +and the output of each machine. I wanted to do a thorough job."</p> + +<p>"Congratulations," Malone said. "What happened?"</p> + +<p>Fred took a deep breath. "They don't agree," he said.</p> + +<p>"They don't?" Malone said. The phrase sounded as if it meant something +momentous, but he couldn't quite figure out what. In a minute, he +thought confusedly, it would come to him. But did he want it to?</p> + +<p>"They definitely do not agree," Fred was saying. "The correlation is +erratic; it makes no statistical sense. Malone, there are two +possibilities."</p> + +<p>"Tell me about them," Malone said. He was beginning to feel relieved. +To Fred, the malfunction of a machine was more serious than the murder +of the entire Congress. But Malone couldn't quite bring himself to +feel that way about things.</p> + +<p>"First," Fred said in a tense tone, "it's possible that the +technicians feeding information to the machines are making all kinds +of mistakes."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded at the phone. "That sounds possible," he said. "Which +ones?"</p> + +<p>"All of them," Fred said. "They're all making errors—and they're all +making about the same number of errors. There don't seem to be any +real peaks or valleys, Malone; everybody's doing it."</p> + +<p>Malone thought of the Varsity Drag and repressed the thought. "A bunch +of fumblebums," he said. "All fumbling alike. It does sound unlikely, +but I guess it's possible. We'll get after them right away, and—"</p> + +<p>"Wait," Fred said. "There is a second possibility."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Maybe they aren't mistakes," Fred said. "Maybe the technicians are +deliberately feeding the machine with wrong answers."</p> + +<p>Malone hated to admit, even to himself, but that answer sounded a lot +more probable. Machine technicians weren't exactly picked off the +streets at random; they were highly trained for their work, and the +idea of a whole crew of them starting to fumble at once, in a big way, +was a little hard to swallow.</p> + +<p>The idea of all of them sabotaging the machines they worked on, Malone +thought, was a tough one to take, too. But it had the advantage of +making some sense. People, he told himself dully, will do nutty things +deliberately. It's harder to think of them doing the same nutty things +without knowing it.</p> + +<p>"Well," he said at last, "however it turns out, we'll get to the +bottom of it. Frankly, I think it's being done on purpose."</p> + +<p>"So do I," Fred said. "And when you find out just who's making the +technicians do such things—when you find out who gives them their +orders—you let me know."</p> + +<p>"Let you know?" Malone said. "But—"</p> + +<p>"Any man who would give false data to a perfectly innocent computer," +Fred said savagely, "would ... would—" For a second he was apparently +lost for comparisons. Then he finished: "Would kill his own mother." +He paused a second and added, in an even more savage voice: "And then +lie about it!"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The image on the screen snapped off, and Malone sat back in his chair +and sighed. He spent a few minutes regretting that he hadn't chosen, +early in life, to be a missionary to the Fiji Islanders, or possibly +simply a drunken bum without any trouble, and then the report Mitchell +had mentioned arrived. Malone picked it up without much eagerness, and +began going through it carefully.</p> + +<p>It was beautifully typed and arranged; somebody on Mitchell's team had +obviously been up all night at the job. Malone admired the work, +without being able to get enthusiastic about the contents. Like all +technical reports, it tended to be boring and just a trifle obscure to +someone who wasn't completely familiar with the field involved. Malone +and cybernetics were not exactly bosom buddies, and by the time he +finished reading through the report he was suffering from an extreme +case of <i>ennui</i>.</p> + +<p>There were no new clues in the report, either; Mitchell's phone +conversation had covered all of the main points. Malone put the sheaf +of papers down on his desk and looked at them for a minute as if he +expected an answer to leap out from the pile and greet him with a glad +cry, but nothing happened. Unfortunately, he had to do some more work.</p> + +<p>The obvious next step was to start checking on the technicians who +were working on the machines. Malone determined privately that he +would give none of his reports to Fred Mitchell; he didn't like the +idea of being responsible for murder, and that was the least Fred +would do to someone who confused his precious calculators.</p> + +<p>He picked up the phone, punched for the Records Division, and waited +until a bald, middle-aged face appeared. He asked the face to send up +the dossiers of the technicians concerned to his office. The face +nodded.</p> + +<p>"You want them right away?" it said in a mild, slightly scratchy +voice.</p> + +<p>"Sooner than right away," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"They're coming up by messenger," the voice said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded and broke the connection. The technicians had, of +course, been investigated by the FBI before they'd been hired, but it +wouldn't do any harm to check them out again. He felt grateful that he +wouldn't have to do all that work himself; he would just go through +the dossiers and assign field agents to the actual checking when he +had a picture of what might need to be checked.</p> + +<p>He sighed again and leaned back in his chair. He put his feet up on +the desk, remembered that he was entirely alone, and swung them down +again. He fished in a private compartment in his top desk drawer, drew +out a cigar and unwrapped it. Putting his feet back on the desk, he +lit the cigar, drew in a cloud of smoke, and lapsed into deep thought.</p> + +<p>Cigar smoke billowed around him, making strange, fantastic shapes in +the air of the office. Malone puffed away, frowning slightly and +trying to force the puzzle he was working on to make some sense.</p> + +<p>It certainly looked as though something were going on, he thought. +But, for the life of him, he couldn't figure out just what it was. +After all, what could be anybody's purpose in goofing up a bunch of +calculators the way they had? Of course, the whole thing could be a +series of accidents, but the series was a pretty long one, and made +Malone suspicious to start with. It was easier to assume that the +goof-ups were being done deliberately.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, they didn't make much sense as sabotage, either.</p> + +<p>Senator Deeds, for instance, had sent out a ten-thousand-copy form +letter to his constituents, blasting an Administration power bill in +extremely strong language, and asking for some comments on the +Deeds-Hartshorn Air Ownership Bill, a pending piece of legislation +that provided for private, personal ownership, based on land title, to +the upper stratosphere—with a strong hint that rights of passage no +longer applied without some recompense to the owner of the air. +Naturally, Deeds had filed the original with a computer-secretary to +turn out ten thousand duplicate copies, and the machine had done so, +folding the copies, slipping them into addressed envelopes and sending +them out under the senator's franking stamp.</p> + +<p>The addresses on the envelopes, however, had not been those of the +senator's supporters. The letter had been sent to ten thousand +stockholders in major airline companies, and the senator's head was +still ringing from the force of the denunciatory letters, telegrams +and telephone calls he'd been getting.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>And then there was Representative Follansbee of South Dakota. A set of +news releases on the proposed Follansbee Waterworks Bill contained the +statement that the artificial lake which Follansbee proposed in the +Black Hills country "be formed by controlled atomic power blasts, and +filled with water obtained from collecting the tears of widows and +orphans."</p> + +<p>Newsmen who saw this release immediately checked the bill. The wording +was exactly the same. Follansbee claimed that the "widows and orphans" +phrase had appeared in his speech on the bill, and not in the proposed +bill itself. "It's completely absurd," he said, with commendable calm, +"to consider this method of filling an artificial lake." +Unfortunately, the absurdity was now contained in the bill, which +would have to go back to committee for redefinition, and probably +wouldn't come up again in the present session of Congress. Judging +from the amount of laughter that had greeted the error when it had +come to light, Malone privately doubted whether any amount of +redefinition was going to save it from a landslide defeat.</p> + +<p>Representative Keller of Idaho had made a speech which contained so +many errors in fact that newspaper editorials, and his enemies on the +floor of Congress, cut him to pieces with ease and pleasure. Keller +complained of his innocence and said he'd gotten his facts from a +computer-secretary, but this didn't save him. His re-election was a +matter for grave concern in his own party, and the opposition was, +naturally, tickled. They would not, Malone thought, dare to be tickled +pink.</p> + +<p>And these were not the only casualties. They were the most blatant +foul-ups, but there were others, such as the mistake in numbering of a +House Bill that resulted in a two-month delay during which the +opposition to the bill raised enough votes to defeat it on the floor. +Communications were diverted or lost or scrambled in small ways that +made for confusion—including, Malone recalled the perfectly horrible +mixup that resulted when a freshman senator, thinking he was talking +to his girlfriend on a blanked-vision circuit, discovered he was +talking to his wife.</p> + +<p>The flow of information was being blocked by bottlenecks that suddenly +existed where there had never been bottlenecks before.</p> + +<p>And it wasn't only the computers, Malone knew. He remembered the +reports the senators and representatives had made. Someone forgot to +send an important message here, or sent one too soon over there. Both +courses were equally disturbing, and both resulted in more snarl-ups. +Reports that should have been sent in weeks before arrived too late; +reports meant for the eyes of only one man were turned out in +triplicate and passed all over the offices of Congress.</p> + +<p>Each snarl-up was a little one. But, together, they added up to +inefficiency of a kind and extent that hadn't been seen, Malone told +himself with some wonder, since the Harding administration fifty years +before.</p> + +<p>And there didn't seem to be anyone to blame anything on.</p> + +<p>Malone thought hopefully of sabotage, infiltration and mass treason, +but it didn't make him feel much better. He puffed out some more smoke +and frowned at nothing.</p> + +<p>There was a knock at the door of his office.</p> + +<p>Speedily and guiltily, he swung his feet off the desk and snatched the +cigar out of his mouth. He jammed it into a deep ashtray and put the +ashtray back into his desk drawer. He locked the drawer, waved +ineffectively at the clouds of smoke that surrounded him, and said in +a resigned voice: "Come in."</p> + +<p>The door opened. A tall, solidly built man stood there, wearing a +fringe of beard and a cheerful expression. The man had an enormous +amount of muscle distributed more or less evenly over his chunky body, +and a potbelly that looked as if he had swallowed a globe of the +world. In addition, he was smoking a cigarette and letting out little +puffs of smoke, rather like a toy locomotive.</p> + +<p>"Well, well," Malone said, brushing feebly at the smoke that still +wreathed him faintly. "If it isn't Thomas Boyd, the FBI's answer to +Nero Wolfe."</p> + +<p>"And if the physique holds true, you're Sherlock Holmes, I suppose," +Boyd said.</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head, thinking sadly of his father and the cigar. +"Not exactly," he said. "Not ex—" And then it came to him. It wasn't +that he was ashamed of smoking cigars like his father, exactly—but +cigars just weren't right for a fearless, dedicated FBI agent. And he +had just thought of a way to keep Boyd from knowing what he'd been +doing. "That's a hell of a cigarette you're smoking, by the way," he +said.</p> + +<p>Boyd looked at it. "It is?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Sure is," Malone said, hoping he sounded sufficiently innocent. +"Smells like a cigar or something."</p> + +<p>Boyd sniffed the air for a second, his face wrinkled. Then he looked +down at his cigarette again. "You're right, Ken. It <i>does</i> smell like +a cigar." He came over to Malone's desk, looked around for an ashtray +and didn't find one, and finally went to the window and tossed the +cigarette out into the Washington breeze. "How are things, anyhow, +Ken?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Things are confused," Malone said. "Aren't they always?"</p> + +<p>Boyd came back to the desk and sat down in a chair at one side of it. +He put his elbow on the desk. "Sure they are," he said. "I'm confused +myself, as a matter of fact. Only I think I know where I can get some +help."</p> + +<p>"Really?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded. "Burris told me I might be able to get some information +from a certain famous and highly respected person," he said.</p> + +<p>"Well, well," Malone said. "Who?"</p> + +<p>"You," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said, trying to look disappointed, flattered and modest +all at the same time. "Well," he went on after a second, "anything I +can do—"</p> + +<p>"Burris thought you might have some answers," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Burris is getting optimistic in his old age," Malone said. "I don't +even have many questions."</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded. "Well," he said, "you know this California thing?"</p> + +<p>"Sure I do," Malone said. "You're looking into the resignation out +there, aren't you?"</p> + +<p>"Senator Burley," Boyd said. "That's right. But Senator Burley's +resignation isn't all of it, by any means."</p> + +<p>"It isn't?" Malone said, trying to sound interested.</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Boyd said. "It goes a lot deeper than it looks on the +surface. In the past year, Ken, five senators have announced their +resignations from the Senate of the United States. It isn't exactly a +record—"</p> + +<p>"It sounds like a record," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Well," Boyd said, "there was 1860 and the Civil War, when a whole lot +of senators and representatives resigned all at once."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "But there isn't any Civil War going on now. At +least," he added, "I haven't heard of any."</p> + +<p>"That's what makes it so funny," Boyd said. "Of course, Senator Burley +said it was ill health, and so did two others, while Senator Davidson +said it was old age."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "people do get old. And sick."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Boyd said. "The only trouble is—" He paused. "Ken," he said, +"do you mind if I smoke? I mean, do you mind the smell of cigars?"</p> + +<p>"Mind?" Malone said. "Not at all. Not at all." He blinked. "Besides," +he added, "maybe this one won't smell like a cigar."</p> + +<p>"Well, the last one did," Boyd said. He took a cigarette out of a pack +in his pocket, and lit it. He sniffed. "You know," he said, "You're +right. This one doesn't."</p> + +<p>"I told you," Malone said. "Must have been a bad cigarette. Spoiled or +something."</p> + +<p>"I guess so," Boyd said vaguely. "But about these retirements—the FBI +wanted me to look into it because of Burley's being mixed up with the +space program scandal last year. Remember?</p> + +<p>"Vaguely," Malone said. "I was busy last year."</p> + +<p>"Sure you were," Boyd said. "We were both busy getting famous and +well-known."</p> + +<p>Malone grinned. "Go on with the story," he said.</p> + +<p>Boyd puffed at his cigarette. "Anyhow, we couldn't find anything +really wrong," he said. "Three senators retiring because of ill +health, one because of old age. And Farnsworth, the youngest. He had a +nervous breakdown."</p> + +<p>"I didn't hear about it," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd shrugged. "We hushed it up," he said. "But Farnsworth's got +delusions of persecution. He apparently thinks somebody's out to get +him. As a matter of fact, he thinks <i>everybody's</i> out to get him."</p> + +<p>"Now that," Malone said, "sounds familiar."</p> + +<p>Boyd leaned back a little more in his chair. "Here's the funny thing, +though," he said. "The others all act as if they're suspicious of +everybody who talks to them. Not anything obvious, you understand. +Just—worried. Apprehensive. Always looking at you out of the corners +of their eyes. That kind of thing."</p> + +<p>Malone thought of Senator Lefferts, who was also suffering from +delusions of persecution—delusions that had real evidence to back +them up. "It does sound funny," he said cautiously.</p> + +<p>"Well, I reported everything to Burris," Boyd went on. "And he said +you were working on something similar, and we might as well pool our +resources."</p> + +<p>"Here we go again," Malone said. He took a deep breath, filling his +nostrils with what remained of the cigar odor in the room, and felt +more peaceful. Quickly, he told Boyd about what had been happening in +Congress. "It seems pretty obvious," he finished, "that there is some +kind of a tie-up between the two cases."</p> + +<p>"Maybe it's obvious," Boyd said, "But it is just a little bit odd. Fun +and games. You know, Ken, Burris was right."</p> + +<p>"How?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"He said everything was all mixed up," Boyd went on. "He told me the +country was going to Rome in a handbasket, or something like that."</p> + +<p>Wondering vaguely if Burris had really been predicting mass religious +conversions, Malone nodded silently.</p> + +<p>"And he's right," Boyd said. "Look at the newspapers. Everything's +screwy lately."</p> + +<p>"Everything always is screwy," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Not like now," Boyd said. "So many big-shot gangsters have been +killed lately we might as well bring back Prohibition. And the labor +unions are so busy with internal battles that they haven't had time to +go on strike for over a year."</p> + +<p>"Is that bad?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd shrugged. "God knows," he said. "But it's sure confusing as all +hell."</p> + +<p>"And now," Malone said, "with all that going on—"</p> + +<p>"The Congress of the United States decides to go off its collective +rocker," Boyd finished. "Exactly." He stared down at his cigarette for +a minute with a morose and pensive expression on his face. He looked, +Malone thought, like Henry VIII trying to decide what to do about all +these here wives.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/image_003.jpg" width="300" height="855" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>Then he looked up at Malone. "Ken," he said in a strained voice, +"there seem to be a lot of nutty cases lately."</p> + +<p>Malone considered. "No," he said at last. "It's just that when a nutty +one comes along, we get it."</p> + +<p>"That's what I mean," Boyd said. "I wonder why that is."</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "It takes a thief to catch a thief," he said.</p> + +<p>"But these aren't thieves," Boyd said. "I mean—they're just nutty." +He paused. "Oh," he said.</p> + +<p>"And, two thieves are better than one," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Anyhow," Boyd said with a small, gusty sigh, "it's company."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd looked for an ashtray, failed again to find one, and walked over +to flip a second cigarette out onto Washington. He came back to his +chair, sat down, and said: "What's our next step, Ken?"</p> + +<p>Malone considered carefully. "First," he said finally, "we'll start +assuming something. We'll start assuming that there is some kind of +organization behind all this—behind all the senators' resignations +and everything like that."</p> + +<p>"It sounds like a big assumption," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head. "It isn't really," he said. "After all, we +can't figure it's the work of one person: it's too widespread for +that. And it's silly to assume that everything's accidental."</p> + +<p>"All right," Boyd said equably. "It's an organization."</p> + +<p>"Trying to subvert the United States," Malone went on. "Reducing +everything to chaos. And that brings in everything else, Tom. That +brings in the unions and the gang wars and everything."</p> + +<p>Boyd blinked. "How?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Obvious," Malone said. "Strife brought on by internal +confusion—that's what's going on all over. It's the same pattern. And +if we assume an organization trying to jam up the United States, it +even makes sense." He leaned back and beamed.</p> + +<p>"Sure it makes sense," Boyd said. "But who's the organization?"</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged.</p> + +<p>"If I were doing the picking," Boyd said, "I'd pick the Russians. Or +the Chinese. Or both. Probably both."</p> + +<p>"It's a possibility," Malone said. "Anyhow, if it's sabotage, who else +would be interested in sabotaging the United States? There's some +Russian or Chinese organization fouling up Congress, and the unions, +and the gangs. Come to think of it, why the gangs? It seems to me that +if you left the professional gangsters strong, it would do even more +to foul things up."</p> + +<p>"Who knows?" Boyd said. "Maybe they're trying to get rid of American +gangsters so they can import some of their own."</p> + +<p>"That doesn't make any sense," Malone said, "but I'll think about it. +In the meantime, we have one more interesting question."</p> + +<p>"We do?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Sure we do," Malone said. "The question is: How?"</p> + +<p>Boyd said: "Hm-m-m." Then there was silence for a little while.</p> + +<p>"How are the saboteurs doing all this?" Malone said. "It just doesn't +seem very probable that <i>all</i> the technicians in the Senate Office +Building, for instance, are spies. It makes even less sense that the +labor unions are composed mostly of spies. Or, for that matter, the +Mafia and the organizations like it. What would spies be doing in the +Mafia?"</p> + +<p>"Learning Italian," Boyd said instantly.</p> + +<p>"Don't be silly," Malone said. "If there were that many spies in this +country, the Russians wouldn't have to fight at all. They could <i>vote</i> +the Communists into power—and by a nice big landslide, too."</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," Boyd said. "If there aren't so many spies, then how +is all this getting done?"</p> + +<p>Malone beamed. "That's the question," he said. "And I think I have the +answer."</p> + +<p>"You do?" Boyd said. After a second he said: "Oh, no."</p> + +<p>"Suppose you tell me," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd opened his mouth. Nothing emerged. He shut it. A second passed +and he opened it again. "Magic?" he said weakly.</p> + +<p>"Not exactly," Malone said cheerfully. "But you're getting warm."</p> + +<p>Boyd shut his eyes. "I'm not going to stand for it," he announced. +"I'm not going to take any more."</p> + +<p>"Any more what?" Malone said. "Tell me what you have in mind."</p> + +<p>"I won't even consider it," Boyd said. "It haunts me. It gets into my +dreams. Now, look, Ken: I can't even see a pitchfork any more without +thinking of Greek letters."</p> + +<p>Malone took a breath. "Which Greek letter?" he said.</p> + +<p>"You know very well," Boyd said. "What a pitchfork looks like. <i>Psi</i>. +And I'm not even going to think about it."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said equably, "you won't have to. If you'd rather start +with the Russian spy end of things, you can do that."</p> + +<p>"What I'd rather do," Boyd said, "is resign."</p> + +<p>"Next year," Malone said instantly. "For now, you can wait around +until the dossiers come up—they're for the Senate Office Building +technicians, and they're on the way. You can go over them, and start +checking on any known Russian agents in the country for contacts. You +can also start checking on the dossiers, and in general for any +hanky-panky."</p> + +<p>Boyd blinked. "Hanky-panky?" he said.</p> + +<p>"It's a perfectly good word," Malone said, offended. "Or two words. +Anyhow, you can start on that end, and not worry about anything else."</p> + +<p>"It's going to haunt me," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "eat lots of ectoplasm and get enough sleep, and +everything will be fine. After all, I'm going to have to do the real +end of the work—the psionics end. I may be wrong, but—"</p> + +<p>He was interrupted by the phone. He flicked the switch and Andrew J. +Burris' face appeared on the screen.</p> + +<p>"Malone," Burris said instantly, "I just got a complaint from the +State Department that ties in with your work. Their translator has +been acting up."</p> + +<p>Malone couldn't say anything for a minute.</p> + +<p>"Malone," Burris went on. "I said—"</p> + +<p>"I heard you," Malone said. "And it doesn't have one."</p> + +<p>"It doesn't have one what?" Burris said.</p> + +<p>"A pig-Latin circuit," Malone said. "What else?"</p> + +<p>Burris' voice was very calm. "Malone," he said, "what does pig-Latin +have to do with anything?"</p> + +<p>"You said—"</p> + +<p>"I said one of the State Department translators was acting up," Burris +said. "If you want details—"</p> + +<p>"I don't think I can stand them," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Some of the Russian and Chinese releases have come through with the +meaning slightly altered," Burris went on doggedly. "And I want you to +check on it right away. I—"</p> + +<p>"Thank God," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Burris blinked. "What?"</p> + +<p>"Never mind," Malone said. "Never mind. I'm glad you told me, Chief. +I'll get to work on it right away, and—"</p> + +<p>"You do that, Malone," Burris said. "And stop calling me Chief! Do I +look like an Indian? Do I have feathers in my hair?"</p> + +<p>"Anything," Malone said grandly, "is possible." He broke the +connection in a hurry.</p> + + +<h3>III</h3> +<p>The summer sun beat down on the white city of Washington, D. C. as if +it had mistaken its instructions slightly, and was convinced that the +city had been put down somewhere in the Sahara. The sun seemed +confused, Malone thought. If this were the Sahara, obviously there was +no reason whatever for the Potomac to be running through it. The sun +was doing its best to correct this small error, however, by exerting +even more heat in a valiant attempt to dry up the river.</p> + +<p>Its attempt was succeeding, at least partially. The Potomac was still +there, but quite a lot of it was not in the river bed any more. +Instead, it had gone into the air, which was so humid by now that +Malone was willing to swear that it was splashing into his lungs at +every inhalation. Resisting an impulse to try the breast-stroke, he +stood in the full glare of the straining sun, just outside the Senate +Office Building. He looked across at the Capitol, squinting his eyes +manfully against the glare of its dome in the brightness.</p> + +<p>The Capitol was, at any rate, some relief from the sight of Thomas +Boyd and a group of agents busily grilling two technicians. That was +going on in the Senate Office Building, and Malone had come over to +watch the proceedings. Everything had been set up in what Malone +considered the most complicated fashion possible. A big room had been +turned into a projection chamber, and films were being run off over +and over. The films, taken by hidden cameras watching the +computer-secretaries, had caught two technicians red-handed punching +errors into the machines. Boyd had leaped on this evidence, and he and +his crew were showing the movies to the technicians and questioning +them under bright lights in an effort to break down their resistance.</p> + +<p>But it didn't look as though they were going to have any more success +than the sun was having, turning Washington into the Sahara. After +all, Malone told himself, wiping his streaming brow, there were no +Pyramids in Washington. He tried to discover whether that made any +sense, but it was too much work. He went back to thinking about Boyd.</p> + +<p>The technicians were sticking to their original stories, that the +mistakes had been honest ones. It sounded like a sensible idea to +Malone; after all, people did make mistakes. And the FBI didn't have a +single shred of evidence to prove that the technicians were engaged in +deliberate sabotage. But Boyd wasn't giving up. Over and over he got +the technicians to repeat their stories, looking for discrepancies or +slips. Over and over he ran off the films of their mistakes, looking +for some clue, some shred of evidence.</p> + +<p>Even the sight of the Capitol, Malone told himself sadly, was better +than any more of Boyd's massive investigation techniques.</p> + +<p>He had come out to do some thinking. He believed, in spite of a good +deal of evidence to the contrary, that his best ideas came to him +while walking. At any rate, it was a way of getting away from four +walls and from the prying eyes and anxious looks of superiors. He +sighed gently, crammed his hat onto his head and started out.</p> + +<p>Only a maniac, he reflected, would wear a hat on a day like the one he +was swimming through. But the people who passed him as he trudged +onward to no particular destination didn't seem to notice; they gave +him a fairly wide berth, and seemed very polite, but that wasn't +because they thought he was nuts, Malone knew. It was because they +knew he was an FBI man.</p> + +<p>That was the result of an FBI regulation. All agents had to wear hats. +Malone wasn't sure why, and his thinking on the matter had only +dredged up the idea that you had to have a hat in case somebody asked +you to keep something under it. But the FBI was firm about its +rulings. No matter what the weather, an agent wore a hat. Malone +thought bitterly that he might just as well wear a red, white and blue +luminous sign that said <i>FBI</i> in great winking letters, and maybe a +hooting siren, too. Still, the Federal Bureau of Investigation was not +supposed to be a secret organization—no matter what occasional +critics might say. And the hats, at least as long as the weather +remained broiling, were enough proof of that for anybody.</p> + +<p>Malone could feel water collecting under his hat and soaking his head. +He removed the hat quickly, wiped his head with a handkerchief and +replaced the hat, feeling as if he had become incognito for a few +seconds. The hat was back on now, feeling official but terrible, and +about the same was true of the fully-loaded Smith & Wesson .44 Magnum +revolver which hung in his shoulder holster. The harness chafed at his +shoulder and chest and the weight of the gun itself was an added and +unwelcome burden.</p> + +<p>But even without the gun and the hat, Malone did not feel exactly +chipper. His shirt and undershirt were no longer two garments, but +one, welded together by seamless sweat and plastered heavily and not +too skillfully to his skin. His trouser legs clung damply to calves +and thighs, rubbing as he walked, and at the knees each trouser leg +attached and detached itself with the unpleasant regularity of a wet +bastinado. Inside Malone's shoes, his socks were completely awash, and +he seemed to squish as he walked. It was hard to tell, but there +seemed to be a small fish in his left shoe. It might, he told himself, +be no more than a pebble or a wrinkle in his sock. But he was willing +to swear that it was swimming upstream.</p> + +<p>And the forecast, he told himself bitterly, was for continued warm.</p> + +<p>He forced himself to take his mind off his own troubles and get back +to the troubles of the FBI in general, such as the problem at hand. It +was an effort, but he frowned and kept walking, and within a block he +was concentrating again on the <i>psi</i> powers.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p><i>Psi</i>, he told himself, was behind the whole mess. In spite of Boyd's +horrified refusal to believe such a thing, Malone was sure of it. +Three years ago, of course, he wouldn't have considered the notion +either. But since then a great many things had happened, and his +horizons had widened. After all, capturing a double handful of totally +insane, if perfectly genuine telepaths, from asylums all over the +country, was enough by itself to widen quite a few stunned horizons. +And then, later, there had been the gang of juvenile delinquents. They +had been perfectly normal juvenile delinquents, stealing cars and +bopping a stray policeman or two. It just happened, though, that they +had solved the secret of instantaneous teleportation, too. This made +them just a trifle unusual.</p> + +<p>In capturing them, Malone, too, had learned the teleportation secret. +Unlike Boyd, he thought, or Burris, the idea of psionic power didn't +bother him much. After all, the psionic spectrum—if it was a spectrum +at all—was just as much a natural phenomenon as gravity, or +magnetism.</p> + +<p>It was just a little hard for some people to get used to.</p> + +<p>And, of course, he didn't fully understand <i>how</i> it worked, or <i>why</i>. +This put him in the position, he told himself, of an Australian +aborigine. He tried to imagine an Australian aborigine in a hat on a +hot day, decided the aborigine would have too much sense, and got back +off the subject again.</p> + +<p>However, he thought grimly, there was this Australian aborigine. And +he had a magnifying glass, which he'd picked up from the wreck of some +ship. Using that—assuming that experience, or a friendly missionary, +taught him how—he could manage to light a fire, using the sun's +thermonuclear processes to do the job. Malone doubted that the +aborigine knew anything about thermonuclear processes, but he could +start a fire with them.</p> + +<p>As a matter of fact, he told himself, the aborigine didn't understand +oxidation, either. But he could use that fire, when he got it going. +In spite of his lack of knowledge, the aborigine could use that nice, +hot, burning fire ...</p> + +<p>Hurriedly, Malone pried his thoughts away from aborigines and heat, +and tried to focus his mind elsewhere. He didn't understand psionic +processes, he thought; but then, nobody did, really, as far as he +knew. But he could use them.</p> + +<p>And, obviously, somebody else could use them, too.</p> + +<p>Only what kind of force was being used? What kind of psionic force +would it take to make so many people in the United States goof up the +way they were doing?</p> + +<p>That, Malone told himself, was a good question, a basic and an +important question. He was proud of himself for thinking of it.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, he didn't have the answer.</p> + +<p>But he thought he knew a way of getting one.</p> + +<p>It was perfectly true that nobody knew much about how psionics worked. +For that matter, nobody knew very much about how gravity worked. But +there was still some information—and, in the case of psionics, Malone +knew where it was to be found.</p> + +<p>It was to be found in Yucca Flats, Nevada.</p> + +<p>It was, of course, true that Nevada would probably be even hotter than +Washington, D. C. But there was no help for that, Malone told himself +sadly; and, besides, the cold chill of the expert himself would +probably cool things off quite rapidly. Malone thought of Dr. Thomas +O'Connor, the Westinghouse psionics expert and frowned. O'Connor was +not exactly what might be called a friendly man.</p> + +<p>But he did know more about psionics than anyone else Malone could +think of. And his help had been invaluable in solving the two previous +psionic cases Malone had worked on.</p> + +<p>For a second he thought of calling O'Connor, but he brushed that +thought aside bravely. In spite of the heat of Yucca Flats, he would +have to talk to the man personally. He thought again of O'Connor's +congealed personality, and wondered if it would really be effective in +combating the heat. If it were, he told himself, he would take the man +right back to Washington with him, and plug him into the +air-conditioning lines.</p> + +<p>He sighed deeply, thought about a cigar and decided regretfully +against it, here on the public street where he would be visible to +anyone. Instead, he looked around him, discovered that he was only a +block from a large, neon-lit drugstore and headed for it. Less than a +minute later he was in a phone booth.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The operators throughout the country seemed to suffer from heat +prostration, and Malone was hardly inclined to blame them. But, all +the same, it took several minutes for him to get through to Dr. +O'Connor's office, and a minute or so more before he could convince a +security-addled secretary that, after all, he would hardly blow +O'Connor to bits over the long-distance phone.</p> + +<p>Finally the secretary, with a sigh of reluctance, said she would see +if Dr. O'Connor were available. Malone waited in the phone booth, +opening the door every few seconds to breathe. The booth was +air-conditioned, but remained for some mystical reason an even ten +degrees above the boiling point of Malone's temper.</p> + +<p>Finally Dr. O'Connor's lean, pallid face appeared on the screen. He +had not changed since Malone had last seen him. He still looked, and +acted, like one of Malone's more disliked law professors.</p> + +<p>"Ah," the scientist said in a cold, precise voice. "Mr. Malone. I am +sorry for our precautions, but you understand that security must be +served."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Being an FBI man, of course you would," Dr. O'Connor went on, his +face changing slightly and his voice warming almost to the boiling +point of nitrogen. It was obvious that the phrase was Dr. O'Connor's +idea of a little joke, and Malone smiled politely and nodded. The +scientist seemed to feel some friendliness toward Malone, though it +was hard to tell for sure. But Malone had brought him some fine +specimens to work with—telepaths and teleports, though human, being +no more than specimens to such a very precise scientific mind—and he +seemed grateful for Malone's diligence and effort in finding such +fascinating objects of study.</p> + +<p>That Malone certainly hadn't started out to find them made, it +appeared, very little difference.</p> + +<p>"Well, then," O'Connor said, returning to his normal, serious tone, +"what can I do for you, Mr. Malone?"</p> + +<p>"If you have the time, doctor," Malone said respectfully, "I'd like to +talk to you for a few minutes." He had the absurd feeling that +O'Connor was going to tell him to stop by after class, but the +scientist only nodded.</p> + +<p>"Your call is timed very well," he said. "As it happens, Mr. Malone, I +do have a few seconds to spare just now."</p> + +<p>"Fine," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I should be glad to talk with you," O'Connor said, without looking +any more glad than ever.</p> + +<p>"I'll be right there," Malone said. O'Connor nodded again, and blanked +out. Malone switched off and took a deep, superheated breath of phone +booth air. For a second he considered starting his trip from outside +the phone booth, but that was dangerous—if not to Malone, then to +innocent spectators. Psionics was by no means a household word, and +the sight of Malone leaving for Nevada might send several citizens +straight to the wagon. Which was not a place, he thought judiciously, +for anybody to be on such a hot day.</p> + +<p>He closed his eyes for a fraction of a second. In that time he +reconstructed from memory a detailed, three-dimensional, full-color +image of Dr. O'Connor's office in his mind. It was perfect in detail; +he checked it over mentally and then, by a special effort of will, he +gave himself the psychic push that made the transition possible.</p> + +<p>When he opened his eyes, he was in O'Connor's office, standing in +front of the scientist's wide desk. He hoped nobody had been looking +into the phone booth at the instant he had disappeared; but he was +reasonably sure he'd been unobserved. People didn't go around peering +into phone booths, after all, and he had seen no one.</p> + +<p>O'Connor looked up without surprise. "Ah," he said. "Sit down, Mr. +Malone." Malone looked around for the chair, which was an +uncomfortably straight-backed affair, and sat down in it gingerly. +Remembering past visits to O'Connor, he was grateful for even the +small amount of relaxation the hard wood afforded him. O'Connor had +only recently unbent to the point of supplying a spare chair in his +office for visitors, and, apparently, especially for Malone. Perhaps, +Malone thought, it was more gratitude for the lovely specimens.</p> + +<p>Malone still felt uncomfortable, but tried bravely not to show it. He +felt slightly guilty, too, as he always did when he popped into +O'Connor's office without bothering to stay spacebound. By law, after +all, he knew he should check in and out at the main gate of the huge, +ultra-top-secret government reservation whenever he visited Yucca +Flats. But that meant wasting a lot of time and going through a lot of +trouble. Malone had rationalized it out for himself that way, and had +got just far enough to do things the quick and easy way, and not quite +far enough to feel undisturbed about it. After all, he told himself +grimly, anything that saved time and trouble increased the efficiency +of the FBI, so it was all to the good.</p> + +<p>He swallowed hard. "Dr. O'Connor—" he began.</p> + +<p>O'Connor looked up again. "Yes?" he said. He'd had plenty of practice +in watching people appear and disappear, between Malone and the +specimens Malone had brought him; he was beyond surprise or shock by +now.</p> + +<p>"I came here to talk to you," Malone began again.</p> + +<p>O'Connor nodded, a trifle impatiently. "Yes," he said. "I know that."</p> + +<p>"Well—" Malone thought fast. Presenting the case to O'Connor was +impossible; it was too complicated, and it might violate governmental +secrecy somewhere along the line. He decided to wrap it up in a +hypothetical situation. "Doctor," he said, "I know that all the +various manifestations of the <i>psi</i> powers were investigated and named +long before responsible scientists became interested in the subject."</p> + +<p>"That," O'Connor said with some reluctance, "is true." He looked sad, +as if he wished they'd waited on naming some of the psionic +manifestations until he'd been born and started investigating them. +Malone tried to imagine a person doing something called O'Connorizing, +and decided he was grateful for history.</p> + +<p>"Well, then—" he said.</p> + +<p>"At least," O'Connor cut in, "it is true in a rather vague and general +way. You see, Mr. Malone, any precise description of a psionic +manifestation must wait until a metalanguage has grown up to encompass +it; that is, until understanding and knowledge have reached the point +where careful and accurate description can take place."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said helplessly. "Sure." He wondered if what O'Connor had +said meant anything, and decided that it probably did, but he didn't +want to know about it.</p> + +<p>"While we have not yet reached that point," O'Connor said, "we are +approaching it in our experiments. I am hopeful that, in the near +future—"</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone cut in desperately, "sure. Of course. Naturally."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Dr. O'Connor looked miffed. The temperature of the room seemed to +drop several degrees, and Malone swallowed hard and tried to look +ingratiating and helpful, like a student with nothing but A's on his +record.</p> + +<p>Before O'Connor could pick up the thread of his sentence, Malone went +on: "What I mean is something like this. Picking up the mental +activity of another person is called telepathy. Floating in the air is +called levitation. Moving objects around is psychokinesis. Going from +one place to another instantaneously is teleportation. And so on."</p> + +<p>"The language you use," O'Connor said, still miffed, "is extremely +loose. I might go so far as to say that the statements you have made +are, essentially, meaningless as a result of their lack of rigor."</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. "Dr. O'Connor," he said, "you know what I +mean, don't you?"</p> + +<p>"I believe so," O'Connor said, with the air of a king granting a +pardon to a particularly repulsive-looking subject in the lowest +income brackets.</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Malone said. "Yes or no?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor frowned. "Yes or no what?" he said.</p> + +<p>"I" Malone blinked. "I meant, the things have names," he said at last. +"All the various psionic manifestations have names."</p> + +<p>"Ah," O'Connor said. "Well. I should say." He put his fingertips +together and stared at a point on the white ceiling for a second. +"Yes," he said at last.</p> + +<p>Malone breathed a sigh of relief. "Good," he said. "That's what I +wanted to know." He leaned forward. "And if they all do have names," +he went on, "what is it called, when a large group of people are +forced to act in a certain manner?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor shrugged. "Forced?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Forced by mental power," Malone said.</p> + +<p>There was a second of silence.</p> + +<p>"At first," O'Connor said, "I might think of various examples: the +actions of a mob, for example, or the demonstrations of the Indian +Rope Trick, or perhaps the sale of a useless product through +television or through other advertising." Again his face moved, ever +so slightly, in what he obviously believed to be a smile. "The usual +name for such a phenomenon is 'mass hypnotism,' Mr. Malone," he said. +"But that is not, strictly speaking, a <i>psi</i> phenomenon at all. +Studies in that area belong to the field of mob psychology; they are +not properly in my scope." He looked vastly superior to anything and +everything that was outside his scope. Malone concentrated on looking +receptive and understanding.</p> + +<p>"Yes?" he said.</p> + +<p>O'Connor gave him a look that made Malone feel he'd been caught +cribbing during an exam, but the scientist said nothing to back up the +look. Instead, he went on: "I will grant that there may be an +amplification of the telepathic faculty in the normal individual in +such cases."</p> + +<p>"Good," Malone said doubtfully.</p> + +<p>"Such an amplification," O'Connor went on, as if he hadn't heard, +"would account for the apparent ... ah ... mental linkage that makes a +mob appear to act as a single organism during certain periods of ... +ah ... stress." He looked judicious for a second, and then nodded. +"However," he said, "other than that, I would doubt that there is any +psionic force involved."</p> + +<p>Malone spent a second or two digesting O'Connor's reply. "Well," he +said at last, "I'm not sure that's what I meant. I mean, I'm not sure +I meant to ask that question." He took a breath and decided to start +all over. "It's not like a mob," he said, "with everybody all doing +the same thing at the same time. It's more like a group of men, all +separated, without any apparent connections between any of the men. +And they're all working toward a common goal. All doing different +things, but all with the same objective. See?"</p> + +<p>"Of course I do," O'Connor said flatly. "But what you're suggesting—" +He looked straight at Malone. "Have you had any experience of this ... +phenomenon?"</p> + +<p>"Experience?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I believe you have had," O'Connor said. "Such a concept could not +have come to you in a theoretical manner. You must be involved with an +actual situation very much like the one you describe."</p> + +<p>Malone swallowed. "Me?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "May I remind you that this is Yucca +Flats? That the security checks here are as careful as anywhere in the +world? That I, myself, have top-security clearance for my special +projects? You do not need to watch your words here."</p> + +<p>"It's not security," Malone said. "Anyhow, it's not only security. But +things are pretty complicated."</p> + +<p>"I assure you," O'Connor said, "that I will be able to understand even +events which you feel are complex."</p> + +<p>Malone swallowed again, hard. "I didn't mean—" he started.</p> + +<p>"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. His voice was colder than usual. +Malone had the feeling that he was about to take the extra chair away. +"Go on," O'Connor said. "Explain yourself."</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. He started with the facts he'd been told by +Burris, and went straight through to the interviews of the two +computer-secretary technicians by Boyd and Company.</p> + +<p>It took quite a while. By the time he had finished, O'Connor wasn't +looking frozen any more; he'd apparently forgotten to keep the freezer +coils running. Instead, his face showed frank bewilderment, and great +interest. "I never heard of such a thing," he said. "Never. Not at any +time."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>O'Connor shook his head. "I have never heard of a psionic +manifestation on that order," he said. It seemed to be a painful +admission. "Something that would make a random group of men co-operate +in that manner—why, it's completely new."</p> + +<p>"It is?" Malone said, wondering if, when it was all investigated and +described, it might be called O'Connorizing. Then he wondered how +anybody was going to go about investigating it and describing it, and +sank even deeper into gloom.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/image_004.jpg" width="500" height="400" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"Completely new," O'Connor said. "You may take my word." Then, slowly, +he began to brighten again, with all the glitter of newly-formed ice. +"As a matter of fact," he said, in a tone more like his usual one, +"Mr. Malone, I don't think it's possible."</p> + +<p>"But it happened," Malone said. "It's still happening. All over."</p> + +<p>O'Connor's lips tightened. "I have given my opinion," he said. "I do +not believe that such a thing is possible. There must be some other +explanation."</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said agreeably. "I'll bite. What is it?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor frowned. "Your levity," he said, "is uncalled-for."</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "I didn't mean to be—" he paused. "Anyhow, I didn't +mean to be funny," he went on. "But I would like to have another idea +of what's causing all this."</p> + +<p>"Scientific theories," O'Connor said sternly, "are not invented on the +spur of the moment. Only after long, careful thought—"</p> + +<p>"You mean you can't think of anything," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"There must be some other explanation," O'Connor said. "Naturally, +since the facts have only now been presented to me, it is impossible +for me to display at once a fully constructed theory."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded slowly. "O.K.," he said. "Have you got any hints, then? +Any ideas at all?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor shook his head. "I have not," he said. "But I strongly +suggest, Mr. Malone, that you recheck your data. The fault may very +well lie in your own interpretations of the actual facts."</p> + +<p>"I don't think so," Malone said.</p> + +<p>O'Connor grimaced. "I do," he said firmly.</p> + +<p>Malone sighed, very faintly. He shifted in the chair and began to +realize, for the first time, just how uncomfortable it really was. He +also felt a little chilly, and the chill was growing. That, he told +himself, was the effect of Dr. O'Connor. He no longer regretted +wearing his hat. As a matter of fact, he thought wistfully for a +second of a small, light overcoat.</p> + +<p>O'Connor, he told himself, was definitely not the warm, friendly type.</p> + +<p>"Well, then," he said, conquering the chilly feeling for a second, +"maybe there's somebody else. Somebody who knows something more about +psionics, and who might have some other ideas about—"</p> + +<p>"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "The United States Government +would hardly have chosen me had I not been uniquely qualified in my +field."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed again. "I mean ... maybe there are some books on the +subject," he said quietly, hoping he sounded tactful. "Maybe there's +something I could look up."</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone." The temperature of the office, Malone realized, was +definitely lowering. O'Connor's built-in freezer coils were working +overtime, he told himself. "The field of psionics is so young that I +can say, without qualification, that I am acquainted with everything +written on the subject. By that, of course, I mean scientific works. I +do not doubt that the American Society for Psychical Research, for +instance, has hundreds of crackpot books which I have never read, or +even heard of. But in the strictly scientific field, I must say +that—"</p> + +<p>He broke off, looking narrowly at Malone with what might have been +concern, but looked more like discouragement and boredom.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone," he said, "are you ill?"</p> + +<p>Malone thought about it. He wasn't quite sure, he discovered. The +chill in the office was bothering him more and more, and as it grew he +began to doubt that it was all due to the O'Connor influence. Suddenly +a distinct shudder started somewhere in the vicinity of his shoulders +and rippled its way down his body.</p> + +<p>Another one followed it, and then a third.</p> + +<p>"Me?" Malone said. "I'm ... I'm all right."</p> + +<p>"You seem to have contracted a chill," O'Connor said.</p> + +<p>A fourth shudder followed the other three.</p> + +<p>"I ... guess so," Malone said. "I d-d ... I do s-seem to be r-r-rather +chilly."</p> + +<p>O'Connor nodded. "Ah," he said. "I thought so. Although a chill is +certainly odd at seventy-two degrees Fahrenheit." He looked at the +thermometer just outside the window of his office, then turned back to +Malone. "Pardon me," he said. "Seventy-one point six."</p> + +<p>"Is ... is that all it is?" Malone said. Seventy-one point six +degrees, or even seventy-two, hardly sounded like the broiling Nevada +desert he'd expected.</p> + +<p>"Of course," O'Connor said. "At nine o'clock in the morning, one would +hardly expect great temperatures. The desert becomes quite hot during +the day, but cools off rapidly; I assume you are familiar with the +laws covering the system."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "S-sure."</p> + +<p>The chills were not getting any better. They continued to travel up +and down his body with the dignified regularity of Pennsylvania +Railroad commuter trains.</p> + +<p>O'Connor frowned for a second. It was obvious that his keen scientific +eye was sizing up the phenomenon, and reporting events to his keen +scientific brain. In a second or less, the keen scientific brain had +come up with an answer, and Dr. O'Connor spoke in his very keenest +scientific voice.</p> + +<p>"I should have warned you," he said, without an audible trace of +regret. "The answer is childishly simple, Mr. Malone. You left +Washington at noon."</p> + +<p>"Just a little before noon," Malone said. Remembering the burning sun, +he added: "High noon. Very high."</p> + +<p>"Just so," O'Connor said. "And not only the heat was intense; the +humidity, I assume, was also high."</p> + +<p>"Very," Malone said, thinking back. He shivered again.</p> + +<p>"In Washington," O'Connor said, "it was noon. Here it is nine o'clock, +and hardly as warm. The atmosphere is quite arid, and about twenty +degrees below that obtaining in Washington."</p> + +<p>Malone thought about it, trying to ignore the chills. "Oh," he said at +last. "And all the time I thought it was you."</p> + +<p>"What?" O'Connor leaned forward.</p> + +<p>"Nothing," Malone said hastily.</p> + +<p>"My suggestion," O'Connor said, putting his fingertips together again, +"is that you take off your clothes, which are undoubtedly damp, and—"</p> + +<p>Naturally, Malone had not brought any clothes to Yucca Flats to change +into. And when he tried to picture himself in a spare suit of Dr. +O'Connor's, the picture just wouldn't come. Besides, the idea of doing +a modified strip-tease in, or near, the O'Connor office was thoroughly +unattractive.</p> + +<p>"Well," he said slowly, "thanks a lot, doctor, but no thanks. I really +have a better idea."</p> + +<p>"Better?" O'Connor said.</p> + +<p>"Well, I—" Malone took a deep breath and shut his eyes.</p> + +<p>He heard Dr. O'Connor say: "Well, Mr. Malone—good-by. And good luck."</p> + +<p>Then the office in Yucca Flats was gone, and Malone was standing in +the bedroom of his own apartment, on the fringes of Washington, D. C.</p> + + +<h3>IV</h3> +<p>He walked over to the wall control and shut off the air-conditioning +in a hurry. He threw open a window and breathed great gulps of the +hot, humid air from the streets. In a small corner at the back of his +mind, he wondered why he was grateful for the air he had suffered +under only a few minutes before. But that, he reflected, was life. And +a very silly kind of life, too, he told himself without rancor.</p> + +<p>In a few minutes he left the window, somewhat restored, and headed for +the shower. When it was running nicely and he was under it, he started +to sing. But his voice didn't sound as much like the voice of Lauritz +Melchior as it usually did, not even when he made a brave, if +foolhardy stab at the Melchior accent. Slowly, he began to realize +that he was bothered.</p> + +<p>He climbed out of the shower and started drying himself. Up to now, he +thought, he had depended on Dr. Thomas O'Connor for edifying, +trustworthy and reasonably complete information about psionics and +<i>psi</i> phenomena in general. He had looked on O'Connor as a sort of +living version of an extremely good edition of the <i>Britannica</i>, +always available for reference.</p> + +<p>And now O'Connor had failed him. That, Malone thought, was hardly +fair. O'Connor had no business failing him—particularly when there +was no place else to go.</p> + +<p>The scientist had been right, of course, Malone knew. There was no +other scientist who knew as much about psionics as O'Connor, and if +O'Connor said there were no books, then that was that: there were no +books.</p> + +<p>He reached for a drawer in his dresser, opened it and pulled out some +underclothes, humming tunelessly under his breath as he dressed. If +there was no one to ask, he thought, and if there were no books—</p> + +<p>He stopped with a sock in his hand, and stared at it in wonder. +O'Connor hadn't said there were no books. As a matter of fact, Malone +realized, he'd said exactly the opposite.</p> + +<p>There were books. But they were "crackpot" books. O'Connor had never +read them. He had, he said, probably never even heard of many of them.</p> + +<p>"Crackpot" was a fighting word to O'Connor. But to Malone it had all +the sweetness of flattery. After all, he'd found telepaths in insane +asylums, and teleports among the juvenile delinquents of New York. +"Crackpot" was a word that was rapidly ceasing to have any meaning at +all in Malone's mind.</p> + +<p>He realized that he was still staring at the sock, which was black +with a gold clock. Hurriedly, he put it on, and finished dressing. He +reached for the phone and made a few fast calls, and then teleported +himself to his locked office in FBI Headquarters, on East Sixty-ninth +Street in New York. He let himself out, and strolled down the +corridor. The agent-in-charge looked up from his desk as Malone +passed, blinked, and said: "Hello, Malone. What's up now?"</p> + +<p>"I'm going prowling," Malone said. "But there won't be any work for +you, as far as I can see."</p> + +<p>"Oh?"</p> + +<p>"Just relax," Malone said. "Breathe easy."</p> + +<p>"I'll try to," the agent-in-charge said, a little sadly. "But every +time you show up, I think about that wave of red Cadillacs you +started. I'll never feel really secure again."</p> + +<p>"Relax," Malone said. "Next time it won't be Cadillacs. But it might +be spirits, blowing on ear-trumpets. Or whatever it is they do."</p> + +<p>"Spirits, Malone?" the agent-in-charge said.</p> + +<p>"No, thanks," Malone said sternly. "I never drink on duty." He gave +the agent a cheery wave of his hand and went out to the street.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The Psychical Research Society had offices in the Ravell Building, a +large structure composed mostly of plate glass and anodized aluminum +that looked just a little like a bright blue, partially transparent +crackerbox that had been stood on end for purposes unknown. Having +walked all the way down to this box on Fifty-sixth Street, Malone had +recovered his former sensitivity range to temperature and felt +pathetically grateful for the coolish sea breeze that made New York +somewhat less of an unbearable Summer Festival than was normal.</p> + +<p>The lobby of the building was glittering and polished, as if human +beings could not possibly exist in it. Malone took an elevator to the +sixth floor, stepped out into a small, equally polished hall, and +hurriedly looked off to his right. A small door stood there, with a +legend engraved in elegantly small letters. It said:</p> + +<p class="center"> +<i>The Psychical Research Society</i><br /> +<i>Push</i> +</p> + +<p>Malone obeyed instructions. The door swung noiselessly open, and then +closed behind him.</p> + +<p>He was in a large square-looking room which had a couch and chair set +at one corner, and a desk at the far end. Behind the desk was a brass +plate, on which was engraved:</p> + +<p class="center"> +<i>The Psychical Research Society</i><br /> +<i>Main Offices</i> +</p> + +<p>To Malone's left was a hall that angled off into invisibility, and to +the left of the desk was another one, going straight back past doors +and two radiators until it ran into a right-angled turn and also +disappeared.</p> + +<p>Malone took in the details of his surroundings almost automatically, +filing them in his memory just in case he ever needed to use them.</p> + +<p>One detail, however, required more than automatic attention. Sitting +behind the desk, her head just below the brass plaque, was a redhead. +She was, Malone thought, positively beautiful. Of course, he could not +see the lower two-thirds of her body, but if they were half as +interesting as the upper third and the face and head, he was willing +to spend days, weeks or even months on their investigation. Some jobs, +he told himself, feeling a strong sense of duty, were definitely worth +taking time over.</p> + +<p>She was turned slightly away from Malone, and had obviously not heard +him come in. Malone wondered how best to announce himself, and +regretfully gave up the idea of tiptoeing up to the girl, placing his +hands over her eyes, kissing the back of her neck and crying: +"Surprise!" It was elegant, he felt, but it just wasn't right.</p> + +<p>He compromised at last on the old established method of +throat-clearing to attract her attention. He was sure he could take it +from there, to an eminently satisfying conclusion.</p> + +<p>He tiptoed on the deep-pile rug right up to her desk.</p> + +<p>And the expected happened.</p> + +<p>He sneezed.</p> + +<p>The sneeze was loud and long, and it echoed through the room and +throughout the corridors. It sounded to Malone like the blast of a +small bomb, or possibly a grenade. Startled himself by the volume of +sound he had managed to generate, he jumped back.</p> + +<p>The girl had jumped, too—but her leap had been straight upward, about +an inch and a half. She came down on her chair and reached up a hand. +The hand wiped the back of her neck with a slow, lingering motion of +complete loathing. Then, equally slowly, she turned.</p> + +<p>"That," she said in a low, sweet voice, "was a dirty trick."</p> + +<p>"It was an accident," Malone said.</p> + +<p>She regarded Malone darkly. "Do you always do that to strangers? Is it +some new sort of perversion?"</p> + +<p>"I have never done such a thing before," Malone said sternly.</p> + +<p>"Oh," the girl said. "An experimenter. Avid for new sensations. +Probably a jaded scion of a rich New York family." She paused. "Tell +me," she said. "Is it fun?"</p> + +<p>Malone opened his mouth, but nothing came out. He shut it, thought for +a second and then tried again. He got as far as: "I—" before Nemesis +overtook him. The second sneeze was even louder and more powerful than +the first had been.</p> + +<p>"It must be fun," the girl said acidly, producing a handkerchief from +somewhere and going to work on her face. "You just can't seem to wait +to do it again. Would it do any good to tell you that the fascination +with this form of greeting is not universal? Or don't you care?"</p> + +<p>Malone said, goaded, "I've got a cold."</p> + +<p>"And you feel you should share it with the world," the girl said. "I +quite understand. Tell me, is there anything I can do for you? Or has +your mission been accomplished?"</p> + +<p>"My mission?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Having sneezed twice at me," the girl said, "do you now feel +satisfied? Will you vanish softly and silently away? Or do you want to +sneeze at somebody else?"</p> + +<p>"I want the President of the Society," Malone said. "According to my +information, his name is Sir Lewis Carter."</p> + +<p>"And if you sneeze at him," the girl said, "yours is going to be mud. +He isn't much on novelty."</p> + +<p>"I—"</p> + +<p>"Besides which," she said, "he's extremely busy. And I don't think +he'll see you at all. Why don't you go and sneeze at somebody else? +There must be lots of people who would consider themselves honored to +be noticed, especially in such a startling way. Why don't you try and +find one somewhere? Somewhere very far away?"</p> + +<p>Malone was beyond speech. He fumbled for his wallet, flipped it open +and showed the girl his identification.</p> + +<p>"My, my," she said. "And hasn't the FBI anything better to do? I mean, +can't you go and sneeze at counterfeiters in their lairs, or wherever +they might be?"</p> + +<p>"I want to see Sir Lewis Carter," Malone said doggedly.</p> + +<p>The girl shrugged and picked up the phone on her desk. It was a +blank-vision device, of course; many office intercoms were. She +dialed, waited and then said: "Sir Lewis, please." Another second went +by. Then she spoke again. "Sir Lewis," she said, "this is Lou, at the +front desk. There's a man here named Malone, who wants to see you."</p> + +<p>She waited a second. "I don't know what he wants," she told the phone. +"But he's from the FBI." A second's pause. "That's right, the FBI," +she said. "All right, Sir Lewis. Right away." She hung up the phone +and turned to watch Malone warily.</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis," she said, "will see you. I couldn't say why. But take the +side corridor to the rear of the suite. His office has his name on it, +and I won't tell you you can't miss it because I have every faith that +you will. Good luck."</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "Look," he said. "I know I startled you, but I didn't +mean to. I—" He started to sneeze, but this time he got his own +handkerchief out in time and muffled the explosion slightly.</p> + +<p>"Good work," the girl said approvingly.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>There was nothing at all to say to that remark, Malone reflected as he +wended his way down the side corridor. It seemed endless, and kept +branching off unexpectedly. Once he blundered into a large open room +filled with people at desks. A woman who seemed to have a great many +teeth and rather bulbous eyes looked up at him. "Can I help you?" she +said in a fervent whine.</p> + +<p>"I sincerely hope not," Malone said, backing away and managing to find +the corridor once more. After what seemed like a long time, and two +more sneezes, he found a small door which was labeled in capital +letters:</p> + +<p class="center"> +THE PSYCHICAL RESEARCH<br /> +SOCIETY<br /> +SIR LEWIS CARTER<br /> +PRESIDENT +</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "Well," he muttered, "they certainly aren't hiding +anything." He pushed at the door, and it swung open.</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis was a tall, solidly-built man with a kindly expression. He +wore gray flannel trousers and a brown tweed jacket, which made an +interesting color contrast with his iron-gray hair. His teeth were +clenched so firmly on the bit of a calabash pipe with a meerschaum +bowl that Malone wondered if he could ever get loose. Malone shut the +door behind him, and Sir Lewis rose and extended a hand.</p> + +<p>Malone went to the desk and reached across to take the hand. It was +firm and dry. "I'm Kenneth Malone," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Ah, yes," Sir Lewis said. "Pleased to meet you; always happy, of +course, to do whatever I can for your FBI. Not only a duty, so to +speak, but a pleasure. Sit down. Please do sit down."</p> + +<p>Malone found a chair at the side of the desk, and sank into it. It was +soft and comfortable. It provided such a contrast to O'Connor's +furnishings that Malone began to wish it was Sir Lewis who was +employed at Yucca Flats. Then he could tell Sir Lewis everything about +the case.</p> + +<p>Now, of course, he could only hedge and try to make do without stating +very many facts. "Sir Lewis," he said, "I trust you'll keep this +conversation confidential."</p> + +<p>"Naturally," Sir Lewis said. He removed the pipe, stared at it, and +replaced it.</p> + +<p>"I can't give you the full details," Malone went on, "but the FBI is +presently engaged in an investigation which requires the specialized +knowledge your organization seems to have."</p> + +<p>"FBI?" Sir Lewis said. "Specialized investigation?" He seemed pleased, +but a trifle puzzled. "Dear boy, anything we have is at your disposal, +of course. But I quite fail to see how you can consider us—"</p> + +<p>"It's rather an unusual problem," Malone said, feeling that that was +the understatement of the year. "But I understand that your records go +back nearly a century."</p> + +<p>"Quite true," Sir Lewis murmured.</p> + +<p>"During that time," Malone said, "the Society investigated a great +many supposedly supernatural or supernormal incidents."</p> + +<p>"Many of them," Sir Lewis said, "were discovered to be fraudulent, I'm +afraid. The great majority, in fact."</p> + +<p>"That's what I'd assume," Malone said. He fished in his pockets, found +a cigarette and lit it. Sir Lewis went on chewing at his unlit pipe. +"What we're interested in," Malone said, "is some description of the +various methods by which these frauds were perpetrated."</p> + +<p>"Ah," Sir Lewis said. "The tricks of the trade, so to speak?"</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Sir Lewis said. "The luminous gauze, for instance, that +passes for ectoplasm; the various methods of table-lifting; control of +the ouija board—things like that?"</p> + +<p>"Not quite that elementary," Malone said. He puffed on the cigarette, +wishing it was a cigar. "We're pretty much up to that kind of thing. +But had it ever occurred to you that many of the methods used by phony +mind-reading acts, for instance, might be used as communication +methods by spies?"</p> + +<p>"Why, I believe some have been," Sir Lewis said. "Though I don't know +much about that, of course; there was a case during the First World +War—"</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Malone said. He took a deep breath. "It's things like that +we're interested in," he said, and spent the next twenty minutes +slowly approaching his subject. Sir Lewis, apparently fascinated, was +perfectly willing to unbend in any direction, and jotted down notes on +some of Malone's more interesting cases, murmuring: "Most unusual, +most unusual," as he wrote.</p> + +<p>The various types of phenomena that the Society had investigated came +into the discussion, and Malone heard quite a lot about the Beyond, +the Great Summerland, Spirit Mediums and the hypothetical existence of +fairies, goblins and elves.</p> + +<p>"But, Sir Lewis—" he said.</p> + +<p>"I make no claims personally," Sir Lewis said. "But I understand that +there is a large and somewhat vocal group which does make rather +solid-sounding claims in that direction. They say that they have seen +fairies, talked with goblins, danced with the elves."</p> + +<p>"They must be very unusual people," Malone said, understating heavily.</p> + +<p>"Oh," Sir Lewis said, "without a that it goes through +Accounting."</p> + +<p>Talk like this passed away nearly a half hour, until Malone finally +felt that it was the right time to introduce some of his real +questions. "Tell me, Sir Lewis," he said, "have you had many instances +of a single man, or a small group of men, controlling the actions of a +much larger group? And doing it in such a way that the larger group +doesn't even know it is being manipulated?"</p> + +<p>"Of course I have," Sir Lewis said. "And so have you. They call it +advertising."</p> + +<p>Malone flicked his cigarette into an ashtray. "I didn't mean exactly +that," he said. "Suppose they're doing it in such a way that the +larger group doesn't even suspect that manipulation is going on?"</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis removed his pipe and frowned at it. "I may be able to give +you a little information," he said slowly, "but not much."</p> + +<p>"Ah?" Malone said, trying to sound only mildly interested.</p> + +<p>"Outside of mob psychology," Sir Lewis said, "and all that sort of +thing, I really haven't seen any record of a case of such a thing +happening. And I can't quite imagine anyone faking it."</p> + +<p>"But you have got some information?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Certainly," Sir Lewis said. "There is always spirit control."</p> + +<p>"Spirit control?" Malone blinked.</p> + +<p>"Demonic intervention," Sir Lewis said. "'My name is Legion,' you +know."</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis Legion, Malone thought confusedly, was a rather unusual +name. He took a breath and caught hold of his revolving mind. "How +would you go about that?" he said, a little hopelessly.</p> + +<p>"I haven't the foggiest," Sir Lewis admitted cheerfully. "But I will +have it looked up for you." He made a note. "Anything else?"</p> + +<p>Malone tried to think. "Yes," he said at last. "Can you give me a +condensed report on what is known—and I mean <i>known</i>—on telepathy +and teleportation?"</p> + +<p>"What you want," Sir Lewis said, "are those cases proven genuine, not +the ones in which we have established fraud, or those still in doubt."</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Malone said. If he got no other use out of the data, it +would provide a measuring-stick for the Society. The general public +didn't know that the government was actually using psionic powers, and +the Society's theories, checked against actual fact, would provide a +rough index of reliability to use on the Society's other data.</p> + +<p>But spirits, somehow, didn't seem very likely. Malone sighed and stood +up.</p> + +<p>"I'll have copies made of all the relevant material," Sir Lewis said, +"from our library and research files. Where do you want the material +sent? I do want to warn you of its bulk; there may be quite a lot of +it."</p> + +<p>"FBI Headquarters, on Sixty-ninth Street," Malone said. "And send a +statement of expenses along with it. As long as the bill's within +reason, don't worry about itemizing; I'll see that it goes through +Accounting."</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis nodded. "Fine," he said. "And, if you should have any +difficulties with the material, please let me know. I'll always be +glad to help."</p> + +<p>"Thanks for your co-operation," Malone said. He went to the door, and +walked on out.</p> + +<p>He blundered back into the same big room again, on his way through the +corridors. The bulbous-eyed woman, who seemed to have inherited a full +set of thirty-two teeth from each of her parents, gave him a friendly +if somewhat crowded smile, but Malone pressed on without a word. After +a while, he found the reception room again.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The girl behind the desk looked up. "How did he react?" she said.</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "React?" he said.</p> + +<p>"When you sneezed at him," she said. "Because I've been thinking it +over, and I've got a new theory. You're doing a survey on how people +act when encountering sneezes. Like Kinsey."</p> + +<p>This girl—Lou something, Malone thought, and with difficulty +refrained from adding "Gehrig"—had an unusual effect, he decided. He +wondered if there were anyone in the world she couldn't reduce to +paralyzed silence.</p> + +<p>"Of course," she went on, "Kinsey was dealing with sex, and you +aren't. At least, you aren't during business hours." She smiled +politely at Malone.</p> + +<p>"No," he said helplessly, "I'm not."</p> + +<p>"It is sneezing, then," she said. "Will I be in the book when it's +published?"</p> + +<p>"Book?" Malone said, feeling more and more like a rather low-grade +moron.</p> + +<p>"The book on sneezing, when you get it published," she said. "I can +see it now—the Case of Miss X, a Receptionist."</p> + +<p>"There isn't going to be any book," Malone said.</p> + +<p>She shook her head. "That's a shame," she said. "I've always wanted to +be a Miss X. It sounds exciting."</p> + +<p>"X," Malone said at random, "marks the spot."</p> + +<p>"Why, that's the sweetest thing that's been said to me all day," the +girl said. "I thought you could hardly talk, and here you come out +with lovely things like that. But I'll bet you say it to all the +girls."</p> + +<p>"I have never said it to anybody before," Malone said flatly. "And I +never will again."</p> + +<p>The girl sighed. "I'll treasure it," she said. "My one great moment. +Good-by, Mr. ... Malone, isn't it?"</p> + +<p>"Ken," Malone said. "Just call me Ken."</p> + +<p>"And I'm Lou," the girl said. "Good-by."</p> + +<p>An elevator arrived and Malone ducked into it. Louie? he thought. +Louise? Luke? Of course, there was Sir Lewis Carter, who might be +called Lou. Was he related to the girl?</p> + +<p>No, Malone thought wildly. Relations went by last names. There was no +reason for Lou to be related to Sir Lewis. They didn't even look +alike. For instance, he had no desire whatever to make a date with Sir +Lewis Carter, or to take him to a glittering nightclub. And the very +idea of Sir Lewis Carter sitting on the Malone lap was enough to give +him indigestion and spots before the eyes.</p> + +<p>Sternly, he told himself to get back to business. The elevator stopped +at the lobby and he got out and started down the street, feeling that +consideration of the Lady Known As Lou was much more pleasant. After +all, what did he have to work with, as far as his job was concerned?</p> + +<p>So far, two experts had told him that his theory was full of lovely +little holes. Worse than that, they had told him that mass control of +human beings was impossible, as far as they knew.</p> + +<p>And maybe it was impossible, he told himself sadly. Maybe he should +just junk his whole theory and think up a new one. Maybe there was no +psionics involved in the thing at all, and Boyd and O'Connor were +right.</p> + +<p>Of course, he had a deep-seated conviction that psionics was somewhere +at the root of everything, but that didn't necessarily mean anything. +A lot of people had deep-seated convictions that they were beetles, or +that the world was flat. And then again, murderers often suffered as a +result of deep-seated convictions.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, maybe he had invented a whole new psionic +theory—or, at least, observed some new psionic facts. Maybe they +would call the results Maloneizing, instead of O'Connorizing. He tried +to picture a man opening a door and saying: "Come out quick—Mr. +Frembits is Maloneizing again."</p> + +<p>It didn't sound very plausible. But, after all, he did have a +deep-seated conviction. He tried to think of a shallow-seated +conviction, and failed. Didn't convictions ever stand up, anyhow, or +lie down?</p> + +<p>He shook his head, discovered that he was on Sixty-ninth Street, and +headed for the FBI headquarters. His convictions, he had found, were +sometimes an expression of his precognitive powers; he determined to +ride with them, at least for a while.</p> + +<p>By the time he came to the office of the agent-in-charge, he had +figured out the beginnings of a new line of attack.</p> + +<p>"How about the ghosts?" the agent-in-charge asked as he passed.</p> + +<p>"They'll be along," Malone said. "In a big bundle, addressed to me +personally. And don't open the bundle."</p> + +<p>"Why not?" the agent-in-charge asked.</p> + +<p>"Because I don't want the things to get loose and run around saying +<i>Boo!</i> to everybody," Malone said brightly, and went on.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>He opened the door of his private office, went inside and sat down at +the desk there. He took his time about framing a thought, a single, +clear, deliberate thought:</p> + +<p><i>Your Majesty, I'd like to speak to you.</i></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/image_005.jpg" width="500" height="353" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>He hardly had time to finish it. A flash of color appeared in the +room, just a few feet from his desk. The flash resolved itself into a +tiny, grandmotherly-looking woman with a corona of white hair and a +kindly, twinkling expression. She was dressed in the full court +costume of the First Elizabethan period, and this was hardly +surprising to Malone. The little old lady believed, quite firmly, that +she was Queen Elizabeth I, miraculously preserved over all these +centuries. Malone, himself, had practically forgotten that the woman's +real name was Rose Thompson, and that she had only been alive for +sixty-five years or so. For most of that time, she had been insane.</p> + +<p>For all of that time, however, she had been a genuine telepath. She +had been discovered during the course of Malone's first psionic case, +and by now she had even learned to teleport by "reading" the process +in Malone's mind.</p> + +<p>"Good afternoon, Sir Kenneth," she said in a regal, kindly voice. She +was mad, he knew, but her delusion was nicely kept within bounds. All +of her bright world hinged on the single fact that she was unshakably +certain of her royalty. As long as the FBI catered to that +notion—which included a Royal dwelling for her in Yucca Flats, and +the privilege of occasionally knighting FBI Agents who had pleased her +unpredictable fancy—she was perfectly rational on all other points. +She co-operated with Dr. O'Connor and with the FBI in the +investigation of her psionic powers, and she had given her Royal word +not to teleport except at Malone's personal request.</p> + +<p>"I'd like to talk to you," Malone said, "Your Majesty."</p> + +<p>There was an odd note in the Queen's voice, and an odd, haunted +expression on her face. "I've been hoping you'd ask me to come," she +said.</p> + +<p>"I had a hunch you were following me telepathically," Malone said. +"Can you give me any help?"</p> + +<p>"I ... I really don't know," she said. "It's something new, and +something ... disturbing. I've never come across anything like it +before."</p> + +<p>"Like what?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>"It's the—" She made a gesture that conveyed nothing at all to +Malone. "The ... the static," she said at last.</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "Static?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Yes," she said. "You're not telepathic, so I can't tell you what it's +really like. But ... well, Sir Kenneth, have you ever seen disturbance +on a TV screen, when there's some powerful electric output nearby? The +bright, senseless snowstorms, the meaningless hash?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"It's like that," she said. "It's a ... a sudden, meaningless, +disturbing blare of telepathic energy."</p> + +<p>The telephone rang once. Malone ignored it.</p> + +<p>"What's causing these disturbances?" he asked.</p> + +<p>She shook her head. "I don't know, Sir Kenneth. I don't know," she +said. "I can't pick up a person's mind over a distance unless I know +him—and I can't see what's causing this at all. It's ... frankly, Sir +Kenneth, it's rather terrifying."</p> + +<p>The phone rang again.</p> + +<p>"How long have you been experiencing this disturbance?" Malone asked. +He looked at the phone.</p> + +<p>"The telephone isn't important," Her Majesty said. "It's only Sir +Thomas, calling to tell you he's arrested three spies, and that +doesn't matter at all."</p> + +<p>"It doesn't?"</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Her Majesty said. "What does matter is that I've only +been picking up these flashes since you were assigned to this new +case, Sir Kenneth. And—" She paused.</p> + +<p>"Well?" Malone said.</p> + + +<p>"And they only appear," Her Majesty said, "when I'm tuned to <i>your</i> +mind!"</p> + + + +<h3>V</h3> +<div class="figleft"><img src="images/image_m.jpg" alt="M" width="50" height="50" /></div> +<p>alone stared. He tried to say something but he couldn't find any +words. The telephone rang again and he pushed the switch with a sense +of relief. The beard-fringed face of Thomas Boyd appeared on the +screen.</p> + +<p>"You're getting hard to find," Boyd said. "I think you're letting fame +and fortune go to your head."</p> + +<p>"I left word at the office that I was coming here," Malone said +aggrievedly.</p> + +<p>"Sure you did," Boyd said. "How do you think I found you? Am I +telepathic? Do I have strange powers?"</p> + +<p>"Wouldn't surprise me in the least," Malone said. "Now, about those +spies—"</p> + +<p>"See what I mean?" Boyd said. "How did you know?"</p> + +<p>"Just lucky, I guess," Malone murmured. "But what about them?"</p> + +<p>"Well," Boyd said, "we picked up two men working in the Senate Office +Building, and another one working for the State Department."</p> + +<p>"And they are spies?" Malone said. "Real spies?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, they're real enough," Boyd said. "We've known about 'em for +years, and I finally decided to pick them up for questioning. Maybe +they have something to do with all this mess that's bothering +everybody."</p> + +<p>"You haven't the faintest idea what you mean," Malone said. "Mess is +hardly the word."</p> + +<p>Boyd snorted. "You go on getting yourself confused," he said, "while +some of us do the real work. After all—"</p> +<div class="figleft" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/image_006.jpg" width="300" height="917" alt="" /> +</div> +<p>"Never mind the insults," Malone said. "How about the spies?"</p> + +<p>"Well," Boyd said, a trifle reluctantly, "they've been working as +janitors and maintenance men, and of course we've made sure they +haven't been able to get their hands on any really valuable +information."</p> + +<p>"So they've suddenly turned into criminal masterminds," Malone said. +"After being under careful surveillance for years—"</p> + +<p>"Well, it's possible," Boyd said defensively.</p> + +<p>"Almost anything is possible," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Some things," Boyd said carefully, "are more possible than others."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Charles W. Aristotle," Malone said. "I hope you realize +what you've done, picking up those three men. We might have been able +to get some good lines on them, if you'd left them where they were."</p> + +<p>There is an old story about a general who went on an inspection tour +of the front during World War I, and, putting his head incautiously up +out of a trench, was narrowly missed by a sniper's bullet. He turned +to a nearby sergeant and bellowed: "Get that sniper!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, we've got him spotted, sir," the sergeant said. "He's been there +for six days now."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," the general said, "why don't you blast him out of +there?"</p> + +<p>"Well, sir, it's this way," the sergeant explained. "He's fired about +sixty rounds since he's been out there, and he hasn't hit anything +yet. We're afraid if we get rid of him they'll put up somebody who +<i>can</i> shoot."</p> + +<p>This was standard FBI policy when dealing with minor spies. A great +many had been spotted, including four in the Department of Fisheries. +But known spies are easier to keep track of than unknown ones. And, as +long as they're allowed to think they haven't been spotted, they may +lead the way to other spies or spy networks.</p> + +<p>"I thought it was worth the risk," Boyd said. "After all, if they have +something to do with the case—"</p> + +<p>"But they don't," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd exploded, "Let me find out for myself, will you? You're spoiling +all the fun."</p> + +<p>"Well, anyhow," Malone said, "they don't."</p> + +<p>"You can't afford to take any chances," Boyd said. "After all, when I +think about William Logan, I tell myself we'd better take care of +every lead."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said finally, "you may be right. And then again, you +may be normally wrong."</p> + +<p>"What is that supposed to mean?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"How should I know?" Malone said "I'm too busy to go around and around +like this. But since you've picked up the spies, I suppose it won't do +any harm to find out if they know anything."</p> + +<p>Boyd snorted again. "Thank you," he said, "for your kind permission."</p> + +<p>"I'll be right down," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I'll be waiting," Boyd said. "In Interrogation Room 7. You'll +recognize me by the bullet hole in my forehead and the strange South +American poison, hitherto unknown to science, in my oesophagus."</p> + +<p>"Very funny," Malone said. "Don't give up the ship."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Boyd switched off without a word. Malone shrugged at the blank screen +and pushed his own switch. Then he turned slowly back to Her Majesty, +who was standing, waiting patiently, at the opposite side of the desk. +Interference, he thought, located around him—</p> + +<p>"Why, yes," she said. "That's exactly what I did say."</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "Your Majesty," he said, "would you mind terribly if I +asked you questions before you answered them? I know you can see them +in my mind, but it's simpler for me to do things the normal way, just +now."</p> + +<p>"I'm sorry," she said sincerely. "I do agree that matters are confused +enough already. Please go on."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Your Majesty," Malone said. "Well, then. Do you mean that +<i>I'm</i> the one causing all this ... mental static?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, no," she said. "Not at all. It's definitely coming from somewhere +else, and it's beamed at you, or beamed around you."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"It's just that I can only pick it up when I'm tuned to your mind," +she said.</p> + +<p>"Like now?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>She shook her head. "Right now," she said, "there isn't any. It only +happens every once in a while—every so often, and not continuously."</p> + +<p>"Does it happen at regular intervals?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Not as far as I've been able to tell," Her Majesty said. "It just ... +happens, that's all. There doesn't seem to be any rhyme or reason to +it. Except that it did start when you were assigned to this case."</p> + +<p>"Lovely," Malone said. "And what is it supposed to mean?"</p> + +<p>"Interference," she said. "Static. Jumble. That's all it means. I just +don't know any more than that, Sir Kenneth; I've never experienced +anything like it in my life. It really does disturb me."</p> + +<p>That, Malone told himself, he could believe. It must be an experience, +he told himself, like having someone you were looking at suddenly +dissolve into a jumble of meaningless shapes and lights.</p> + +<p>"That's a very good analogy," Her Majesty said. "If you'll pardon me +speaking before you've voiced your thought—"</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Malone said. "Go right ahead."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Her Majesty said. "The analogy you use is a good one. +It's just as disturbing and as meaningless as that."</p> + +<p>"And you don't know what's causing it?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I don't know," she said.</p> + +<p>"Nor what the purpose of it is?" he said.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty shook her head slowly. "Sir Kenneth," she said, "I don't +even know whether or not there <i>is</i> any purpose."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed deeply. Nothing in the case seemed to make any sense. It +wasn't that there were no clues, or no information for him to work +with. There were a lot of clues, and there was a lot of information. +But nothing seemed to link up with anything else. Every new fact was a +bright, shiny arrow pointing nowhere in particular.</p> + +<p>"Well, then—" he started.</p> + +<p>The intercom buzzed. Malone jabbed ferociously at the button. "Yes," +he said.</p> + +<p>"The ghosts are here," the agent-in-charge's voice said.</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "What?" he said.</p> + +<p>"You said you were going to get some ghosts," the agent-in-charge +said. "From the Psychical Research Society, in a couple of large +bundles And they're here now. Want me to exorcise 'em for you?"</p> + +<p>"No," Malone said wearily. "Just send them in to join the crowd. Got +a messenger?"</p> + +<p>"I'll send them down," the agent-in-charge said. "About one minute."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded, realized the man couldn't see him, said: "Fine," and +switched off. He looked at his watch. A little over half an hour had +passed since he had left the Psychical Research Society offices. That, +he told himself, was efficiency.</p> + +<p>Not that the books would mean anything, he thought. They would just +take their places at the end of the long row of meaningless, +disturbing, vicious facts that cluttered up his mind. He wasn't an FBI +agent any more; he was a clown and a failure, and he was through. He +was going to resign and go to South Dakota and live the life of a +hermit. He would drink goat's milk and eat old shoes or something, and +whenever another human being came near he would run away and hide. +They would call him Old Kenneth, and people would write articles for +magazines about The Twentieth Century Hermit.</p> + +<p>And that would make him famous, he thought wearily, and the whole +circle would start all over again.</p> + +<p>"Now, now, Sir Kenneth," Queen Elizabeth said. "Things aren't quite +that bad."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, they are," Malone said. "They're even worse."</p> + +<p>"I'm sure we can find an answer to all your questions," Her Majesty +said.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Even I can find an answer. But it isn't the +right one."</p> + +<p>"You can?" Her Majesty said.</p> + +<p>"That's right," Malone said. "My answer is: To Hell with everything."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone's Washington offices didn't look any different. He sighed and +put the two big packages from the Psychical Research Society down on +his desk, and then turned to Her Majesty.</p> + +<p>"I wanted you to teleport along with me," he said, "because I need +your help."</p> + +<p>"Yes," she said. "I know."</p> + +<p>He blinked. "Oh. Sure you do. But let me go over the details."</p> + +<p>Her Majesty waved a gracious hand. "If you like, Sir Kenneth," she +said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "We're going on down to Interrogation Room 7 now," he +said. "Next door to it, there's an observation room, with a one-way +panel in the wall. You'll be able to see us, but we won't be able to +see you."</p> + +<p>"I really don't require an observation panel," Her Majesty said. "If I +enter your mind, I can see through your eyes—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, sure," Malone said. "But the observation room was built for more +normal people—saving your presence, Your Majesty."</p> + +<p>"Of course," she said.</p> + +<p>"Now," Malone went on, "I want you to watch all three of the men we're +going to bring in, and dig everything you can out of their minds."</p> + +<p>"Everything?" she said.</p> + +<p>"We don't know what might be useful," Malone said. "Anything you can +find. And if you want any questions asked—if there's anything you +think I ought to ask the men, or say to them—there's a nonvision +phone in the observation room. Just lift the receiver. That +automatically rings the one in the Interrogation Room and I'll pick it +up. Understand?"</p> + +<p>"Perfectly, Sir Kenneth," she said.</p> + +<p>"O.K., then," Malone said. "Let's go." They headed for the door. +Malone stopped as he opened it. "And by the way," he said.</p> + +<p>"Yes?"</p> + +<p>"If you get any more of those—disturbances, let me know."</p> + +<p>"At once," Her Majesty promised.</p> + +<p>They went on down the hall and took the elevator down to Interrogation +Room 7, on the lowest level. There was no particular reason for +putting the Interrogation section down there, except that it tended to +make prisoners more nervous. And a nervous prisoner, Malone knew, was +very possibly a confessing prisoner.</p> + +<p>Malone ushered Her Majesty through the unmarked door of the +observation chamber, made sure that the panel and phone were in +working order, and went out. He stepped into Interrogation Room 7 +trying hard to look bored, businesslike and unbeatable. Boyd and four +other agents were already there, all standing around and talking +desultorily in low tones. None of them looked as if they had ever had +a moment's worry in their lives. It was all part of the same +technique, of course, Malone thought. Make the prisoner feel +resistance is useless, and you've practically got him working for you.</p> + +<p>The prisoner was a hulking, flabby fat man in work coveralls. He had +black hair that spilled all over his forehead, and tiny button eyes. +He was the only man in the room who was sitting down, and that was +meant to make him feel even more inferior and insecure. His hands were +clasped fatly in his lap, and he was staring down at them in a +regretful manner. None of the FBI agents paid the slightest attention +to him. The general impression was that something really tough was +coming up, but that they were in no hurry for it. They were willing to +wait for the Third Degree, it seemed, until the blacksmith had done a +really good job with the new spikes for the Iron Maiden.</p> + +<p>The prisoner looked up apprehensively as Malone shut the door. Malone +paid no attention to him, and the prisoner unclasped his hands, rubbed +them on his coveralls and then reclasped them in his lap. His eyes +fell again.</p> + +<p>Boyd looked up, too. "Hello, Ken," he said. He tapped a sheaf of +papers on the single table in the room. Malone went over and picked +them up.</p> + +<p>They were the abbreviated condensations of three dossiers. All three +of the men covered in the dossiers were naturalized citizens, but all +had come in us "political refugees"—from Hungary, from +Czechoslovakia, and from East Germany. Further checking had turned up +the fact that all three were actually Russians. They had been using +false names during their stay in the United States, but their real +ones were appended to the dossiers.</p> + +<p>The fat one in the Interrogation Room was named Alexis Brubitsch. The +other two, who were presumably waiting separately in other rooms, were +Ivan Borbitsch and Vasili Garbitsch. The collection sounded, to +Malone, like a seedy musical-comedy firm of lawyers: Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch. He could picture them dancing gaily across a +stage while the strains of music followed them, waving legal forms and +telephones and singing away.</p> + +<p>Brubitsch did not, however, look very gay. Malone went over to him +now, walking slowly, and looked down. Boyd came and stood next to him.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"This is the one who won't talk, eh?" Malone said, wondering if he +sounded as much like Dick Tracy as he thought he did. It was a +standard opening, meant to make the prisoner think his fellows had +already confessed.</p> + +<p>"That's him," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Hm-m-m," Malone said, trying to look as if he were deciding between +the rack and the boiling oil. Brubitsch fidgeted slightly, but he +didn't say anything.</p> + +<p>"We didn't know whether we had to get this one to talk, too," Boyd +said. "What with the others, and all. But we did think you ought to +have a look at him." He sounded very bored. It was obvious from his +tone that the FBI didn't care in the least if Alexis Brubitsch never +opened his mouth again, in what was likely to be a very short +lifetime.</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, equally bored, "we might be able to get a few +corroborative details."</p> + +<p>Brubitsch swallowed hard. Malone ignored him.</p> + +<p>"Now, just look at him," Boyd said. "He certainly doesn't <i>look</i> like +the head of a spy ring, does he?"</p> + +<p>"Of course he doesn't," Malone said. "That's probably why the Russians +used him. They figured nobody would ever look twice at a fat slob like +this. Nobody would ever suspect him of being the head man."</p> + +<p>"I guess you're right," Boyd said. He yawned, which Malone thought was +overacting a trifle. Brubitsch saw the yawn, and one hand came up to +jerk at his collar.</p> + +<p>"Who'd ever think," Malone said, "that he plotted those killings in +Redstone—all three of them?"</p> + +<p>"It is surprising," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"But, then," Malone said, "we know he did. There isn't any doubt of +that."</p> + +<p>Brubitsch seemed to be turning a pale green. It was a fascinating +color, unlike any other Malone had ever seen. He watched it with +interest.</p> + +<p>"Oh, sure," Boyd said. "We've got enough evidence from the other two +to send this one to the chair tomorrow, if we want to."</p> + +<p>"More than enough," Malone agreed.</p> + +<p>Brubitsch opened his mouth, shut it again and closed his eyes. His +lips moved silently.</p> + +<p>"Tell me," Boyd said conversationally, leaning down to the fat man, +"Did your orders on that job come from Moscow, or did you mastermind +it all by yourself?"</p> + +<p>Brubitsch's eyes stirred, then snapped open as if they'd been pulled +by a string. "Me?" he said in a hoarse bass voice. "I know nothing +about this murder. What murder?"</p> + +<p>There were no such murders, of course. But Malone was not ready to let +Brubitsch know anything about that. "Oh, the ones you shot in +Redstone," he said in an offhand way.</p> + +<p>"The what?" Brubitsch said. "I shot people? Never."</p> + +<p>"Oh, sure you did," Boyd said. "The others say you did."</p> + +<p>Brubitsch's head seemed to sink into his neck. "Borbitsch and +Garbitsch, they tell you about a murder? It is not true. Is a lie."</p> + +<p>"Really?" Malone said. "We think it's true."</p> + +<p>"Is a lie," Brubitsch said, his little eyes peering anxiously from +side to side. "Is not true," he went on hopefully. "I have alibi."</p> + +<p>"You do?" Boyd said. "For what time?"</p> + +<p>"For time when murder happened," Brubitsch said. "I was some place +else."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Malone said, "how do you know when the murders were +done? They were kept out of the newspapers." That, he reflected, was +quite true, since the murders had never happened. But he watched +Brubitsch with a wary eye.</p> + +<p>"I know nothing about time," Brubitsch said, jerking at his collar. "I +don't know when they happened."</p> + +<p>"Then how can you have an alibi?" Boyd snapped.</p> + +<p>"Because I didn't do them!" Brubitsch said tearfully. "If I didn't, +then I <i>must</i> have alibi!"</p> + +<p>"You'd be surprised," Malone said. "Now, about these murders—"</p> + +<p>"Was no murder, not by me," Brubitsch said firmly. "Was never any +killing of anybody, not even by accident."</p> + +<p>"But your two friends say—" Boyd began.</p> + +<p>"My two friends are not my friends," Brubitsch said firmly. "If they +tell you about murder and say it was me, they are no friends. I did +not murder anybody. I have alibi. I did not even murder anybody a +little bit. They are no friends. This is terrible."</p> + +<p>"There," Malone said reflectively, "I agree with you. It's positively +awful. And I think we might as well give it up. After all, we don't +need your testimony. The other two are enough; they'll get maybe ten +years apiece, but you're going to get the chair."</p> + +<p>"I will not sit down," Brubitsch said firmly. "I am innocent. I am +innocent like a small child. Does a small child commit a murder? It is +ridiculous."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Boyd picked up his cue with ease. "You might as well give us your side +of the story, then," he said easily. "If you didn't commit any +murders—"</p> + +<p>"I am a small child," Brubitsch announced.</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Boyd said. "But if you didn't commit any murders, just what +<i>have</i> you been doing since you've been in this country as a Soviet +agent?"</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/image_007.jpg" width="500" height="385" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"I will say nothing," Brubitsch announced. "I am a small child. It is +enough." He paused, blinked, and went on: "I will only tell you this: +no murders were done by our group in any of our activities."</p> + +<p>"And what were your activities?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, many things," Brubitsch said. "Many, many things. We—"</p> + +<p>The telephone rang loudly, and Malone scooped it up with a practiced +hand. "Malone here," he said.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty's voice was excited. "Sir Kenneth!" she said. "I just got +a tremendous burst of—static!"</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. <i>Is my mind acting up again?</i> he thought, knowing she +would pick it up. <i>Am I being interfered with?</i></p> + +<p>He didn't feel any different. But then, how was he supposed to feel?</p> + +<p>"It's not <i>your</i> mind, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "Not this time. +It's <i>his</i> mind. That sneaky-thinking Brubitsch fellow."</p> + +<p><i>Brubitsch?</i> Malone thought. <i>Now what is that supposed to mean?</i></p> + +<p>"I don't know, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But get on back to +your questioning. He's ready to talk now."</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Malone said aloud. "Fine." He hung up and looked back to the +Russian sitting on his chair. Brubitsch was ready to talk, and that +was one good thing, anyhow. But what was all the static about?</p> + +<p>What was going on?</p> + +<p>"Now, then," Malone said. "You were telling us about your group +activities."</p> + +<p>"True," Brubitsch said. "I did not commit any murders. It is possible +that Borbitsch committed murders. It is possible that Garbitsch +committed murders. But I do not think so."</p> + +<p>"Why not?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"They are my friends," Brubitsch said. "Even if they tell lies. They +are also small children. Besides, I am not even the head of the +group."</p> + +<p>"Who is?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Garbitsch," Brubitsch said instantly. "He worked in the State +Department, and he told us what to look for in the Senate Office +Building."</p> + +<p>"What were you supposed to look for?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"For information," Brubitsch said. "For scraps of paper, or things we +overheard. But it was very bad, very bad."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, bad?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Everything was terrible," Brubitsch said mournfully. "Sometimes +Borbitsch heard something and forgot to tell Garbitsch about it. +Garbitsch did not like this. He is a very inflamed person. Once he +threatened to send Borbitsch to the island of Yap as a spy. That is a +very bad place to go to. There are no enjoyments on the island of Yap, +and no one likes strangers there."</p> + +<p>"What did you do with your information?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"We remembered it," Brubitsch said. "Or, if we had a scrap of paper, +we saved it for Garbitsch and gave it to him. But I remember once that +I had some paper. It had a formula on it. I do not know what the +formula said."</p> + +<p>"What was it about?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Brubitsch gave a massive shrug. "It was about an X and some numbers," +he said. "It was not very interesting, but it was a formula, and +Garbitsch would have liked it. Unfortunately, I did not give it to +him."</p> + +<p>"Why not?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"I am ashamed," Brubitsch said, looking ashamed. "I was lighting a +cigarette in the afternoon, when I had the formula. It is a very +relaxing thing to smoke a cigarette in the afternoon. It is soothing +to the soul." He looked very sad. "I was holding the piece of paper in +one hand," he said. "Unfortunately, the match and the paper came into +contact. I burned my finger. Here." He stuck out a finger toward +Malone and Boyd, who looked at it without much interest for a second. +"The paper is gone," he said. "Don't tell Garbitsch. He is very +inflamed."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "But you remember the formula," he said. "Don't you?"</p> + +<p>Brubitsch shook his massive head very slowly. "It was not very +interesting," he said. "And I do not have a mathematical mind."</p> + +<p>"We know," Malone said, "You are a small child."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"It was terrible," Brubitsch said. "Garbitsch was not happy about our +activities."</p> + +<p>"What did Garbitsch do with the information?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"He passed it on," Brubitsch said. "Every week he would send a +short-wave message to the homeland, in code. Some weeks he did not +send the message."</p> + +<p>"Why not?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"The radio did not work," Brubitsch said simply. "We received orders +by short-wave, but sometimes we did not receive the orders. The radio +was of very poor quality, and some weeks it refused to send any +messages. On other weeks, it refused to receive any messages."</p> + +<p>"Who was your contact in Russia?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"A man named X," Brubitsch said. "Like in the formula."</p> + +<p>"But what was his real name?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Who knows?" Brubitsch said.</p> + +<p>"What else did you do?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"We met twice a week," Brubitsch said. "Sometimes in Garbitsch's home, +sometimes in other places. Sometimes we had information. At other +times, we were friends, having a social gathering."</p> + +<p>"Friends?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Brubitsch nodded. "We drank together, talked, played chess. Garbitsch +is the best chess player in the group. I am not very good. But once we +had some trouble." He paused. "We had been drinking Russian liquors. +They are very strong. We decided to uphold the honor of our country."</p> + +<p>"I think," Malone murmured sadly, "I know what's coming."</p> + +<p>"Ah?" Brubitsch said, interested. "At any rate, we decided to honor +our country in song. And a policeman came and talked to us. He took us +down to the police station."</p> + +<p>"Why?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"He was suspicious," Brubitsch said. "We were singing the +<i>Internationale</i>, and he was suspicious. It is unreasonable."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I don't know," Boyd said. "What happened then?"</p> + +<p>"He took us to the police station," Brubitsch said, "and then after a +little while he let us go. I do not understand this."</p> + +<p>"It's all right," Malone said. "I do." He drew Boyd aside for a +second, and whispered to him: "The cops were ready to charge these +three clowns with everything in the book. We had a time springing them +so we could go on watching them. I remember the stir-up, though I +never did know their names until now."</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded, and they returned to Brubitsch, who was staring up at +them with surly eyes.</p> + +<p>"It is a secret you are telling him," Brubitsch said. "That is not +right."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, it's not right?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"It is wrong," Brubitsch went on. "It is not the American way."</p> + +<p>He went on, with some prodding, to tell about the activities of the +spy ring. It did not seem to be a very efficient spy ring; Brubitsch's +long sad tale of forgotten messages, mixed orders, misplaced documents +and strange mishaps was a marvel and a revelation to the listening +officers.</p> + +<p>"I've never heard anything like it," one of them whispered in a tone +of absolute wonder. "They're almost working on our side."</p> + +<p>Over an hour later, Malone turned wearily away from the prisoner. "All +right, Brubitsch," he said. "I guess that pretty much covers things +for the moment. If we want any more information, though—"</p> + +<p>"Call on me," Brubitsch said sadly. "I am not going any place. And I +will give you all the information you desire. But I did not commit any +murders—"</p> + +<p>"Good-bye, small child," Malone said, as two agents led the fat man +away. The other two left soon afterward, and Malone and Boyd were +alone.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"Think he was telling the truth?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "Nobody," he said, "could make up a story like that."</p> + +<p>"I suppose so," Boyd said, and the phone rang. Malone picked it up.</p> + +<p>"Well?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"He was telling the truth, all right," Her Majesty said. "There are a +few more details, of course—there was a girl Brubitsch was involved +with, Sir Kenneth. But she doesn't seem to have anything to do with +the spy ring, and besides, she isn't a very nice person. She always +wants money."</p> + +<p>"Sounds perfectly lovely," Malone said. "As a matter of fact, I think +I know her. I know a lot of girls who always want money."</p> + +<p>"You don't know this one, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "and +besides, she wouldn't be a good influence on you."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "How about the static explosions?" he said. "Pick up +any more?"</p> + +<p>"No," she said. "Just that one."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded at the receiver. "All right," he said. "We're going to +bring in the second one now. Keep up the good work."</p> + +<p>He hung up.</p> + +<p>"Who've you got in the Observation Room?" Boyd asked.</p> + +<p>"Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said. "Her Royal Majesty."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Boyd said without surprise. "Well, was Brubitsch telling the +truth?"</p> + +<p>"He wasn't holding back anything important," Malone said, thinking +about the girl. It would be nice to meet a bad influence, he thought +mournfully. It would be nice to go somewhere with a bad influence—a +bad influence, he amended, with a good figure—and forget all about +his job, about the spies, about telepathy, teleportation, psionics and +everything else. It might be restful.</p> + +<p>Unfortunately, it was impossible.</p> + +<p>"What's this business about a static explosion?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"Don't ask silly questions," Malone said. "A static explosion is a +contradiction in terms. If something is static, it doesn't move—and +whoever heard of a motionless explosion?"</p> + +<p>"If it is a contradiction in terms," Boyd said, "they're your terms."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "But I don't know what they mean. I don't even +know what I mean."</p> + +<p>"You're in a bad way," Boyd said, looking sympathetic.</p> + +<p>"I'm in a perfectly terrible way," Malone said, "and it's going to get +worse. You wait and see."</p> + +<p>"Of course I'll wait and see," Boyd said. "I wouldn't miss the end of +the world for anything. It ought to be a great spectacle." He paused. +"Want them to bring in the next one?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "What have we got to lose but our minds? And who +is the next one?"</p> + +<p>"Borbitsch," Boyd said. "They're saving Garbitsch for a big finish."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded wearily. "Onward," he said, and picked up the phone. He +punched a number, spoke a few words and hung up.</p> + +<p>A minute later, the four FBI agents came back, leading a man. This one +was tall and thin, with the expression of a gloomy, degenerate and +slightly nauseated bloodhound. He was led to the chair and he sat down +in it as if he expected the worst to start happening at once.</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said in a bored, tired voice. "So this is the one who +won't talk."</p> + + +<h3>VI</h3> +<p>Midnight.</p> + +<p>Kenneth J. Malone sat at his desk, in his Washington office, +surrounded by piles of papers covering the desk, spilling off onto the +floor and decorating his lap. He was staring at the papers as if he +expected them to leap up, dance round him and shout the solution to +all his problems at him in trained choral voices. They did nothing at +all.</p> + +<p>Seated cross-legged on the rug in the center of the room, and looking +like an impossible combination of the last Henry Tudor and Gautama +Buddha, Thomas Boyd did nothing either. He was staring downward, his +hands folded on his ample lap, wearing an expression of utter, burning +frustration. And on a nearby chair sat the third member of the +company, wearing the calm and patient expression of the gently born +under all vicissitudes: Queen Elizabeth I.</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said into the silence. "Now let's see what we've +got."</p> + +<p>"I think we've got cerebral paresis," Boyd said. "It's been coming on +for years."</p> + +<p>"Don't be funny," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd gave a short, mirthless bark. "Funny?" he said. "I'm absolutely +hysterical with joy and good humor. I'm out of my mind with +happiness." He paused. "Anyway," he finished, "I'm out of my mind. +Which puts me in good company. The entire FBI, Brubitsch, Borbitsch, +Garbitsch, Dr. Thomas O'Connor and Sir Lewis Carter—we're all out of +our minds. If we weren't, we'd all move away to the Moon."</p> + +<p>"And drink to forget," Malone added. "Sure. But let's try and get some +work done."</p> + +<p>"By all means, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. Boyd had not included +her in his list of insane people, and she looked slightly miffed. It +was hard for Malone to tell whether she was miffed by the mention of +insanity, or at being left out.</p> + +<p>"Let's review the facts," Malone said. "This whole thing started with +some inefficiency in Congress."</p> + +<p>"And some upheavals elsewhere." Boyd said. "Labor unions, gangster +organizations—"</p> + +<p>"Just about all over," Malone said. "And though we've found three +spies, it seems pretty obvious that they aren't causing this."</p> + +<p>"They aren't causing much of anything," Boyd said. "Except a lot of +unbelieving laughter farther up the FBI line. I don't think anybody is +going to believe our reports of those interviews."</p> + +<p>"But they're true," Her Majesty said.</p> + +<p>"Sure they're true," Boyd said. "That's the unbelievable part. They +read like farce—and not very good farce at that."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I don't know," Malone said. "I think they're pretty funny."</p> + +<p>"Shall we get back to the business at hand?" Her Majesty said gently.</p> + +<p>"Ah," Malone said. "Anyhow, it isn't the spies. And what we now have +is confusion even worse compounded."</p> + +<p>"Confounded," Boyd said. "John Milton. 'Paradise Lost.' I heard it +somewhere...."</p> + +<p>"I don't mean confounded," Malone said. "I mean confusion. Anyhow, the +Russian espionage rings in this country seem to be in as bad a state +as the Congress, the labor unions, the Syndicates, and all the rest. +And all of them seem to have some sort of weird tie-in to these +flashes of telepathic interference. Right, Your Majesty?"</p> + +<p>"I ... believe so, Sir Kenneth," she said. The old woman looked tired +and confused. Somehow, a lot of the brightness seemed to have gone out +of her life. "That's right," she said. "I didn't realize there was so +much of it going on. You see, Sir Kenneth, you're the only one I can +pick up at a distance who has been having these flashes. But now that +I'm here in Washington, I can feel it going on all around me."</p> + +<p>"It may not have anything to do with everything else," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head. "If it doesn't," he said, "it's the weirdest +coincidence I've ever even dreamed about, and my dreams can be pretty +strange. No, it's got to be tied in. There's some kind of mental +static that is somehow making all these people goof up."</p> + +<p>"But why?" Boyd said. "What is it being done for? Just fun?"</p> + +<p>"God only knows," Malone said. "But we're going to have to find out."</p> + +<p>"In that case," Boyd said, "I suggest lots and lots of prayers."</p> + +<p>Her Majesty looked up. "That's a fine idea," she said.</p> + +<p>"But God helps those," Malone said, "who help themselves. And we're +going to help ourselves. Mostly with facts."</p> + +<p>"All right," Boyd said. "So far, all the facts have been a great +help."</p> + +<p>"Well, here's one," Malone said. "We got one flash each from +Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch while we were questioning them. +And in each case, that flash occurred just before they started to blab +everything they knew. Before the flash, they weren't talking. They +were behaving just like good spies and keeping their mouths shut. +After the flash, they couldn't talk fast enough."</p> + +<p>"That's true," Boyd said reflectively. "They did seem to give up +pretty fast, even for amateurs."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "So the question is this," he said. "Just what happens +during those crazy bursts of static?"</p> + +<p>He looked expectantly at Her Majesty, but she shook her head sadly. "I +don't know," she said. "I simply don't know. It's just noise to +me—meaningless noise." She put her hands slowly over her face. +"People shouldn't do things like that to their Sovereign," she said in +a muffled voice.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone got up and went over to her. She wasn't crying, but she wasn't +far from it. He put an arm around her thin shoulders. "Now, look, Your +Majesty," he said in gentle tones, "this will all clear up. We'll find +out what's going on, and we'll find a way to put a stop to it."</p> + +<p>"Sure we will," Boyd said. "After all, Your Majesty, Sir Kenneth and I +will work hard on this."</p> + +<p>"And the Queen's Own FBI," Malone said, "won't stop until we've +finished with this whole affair, once and for all."</p> + +<p>Her Majesty brought her hands down from her face, very slowly. She was +forcing a smile, but it didn't look too well. "I know you won't fail +your Queen," she said. "You two have always been the most loyal of my +subjects."</p> + +<p>"We'll work hard," Malone said. "No matter how long it takes."</p> + +<p>"Because, after all," Boyd said in a musing, thoughtful tone, "it is a +serious crime, you know."</p> + +<p>The words seemed to have an effect on Her Majesty, like a tonic. For a +second her face wore an expression of Royal anger and indignance, and +the accustomed strength flowed back into her aged voice. "You're quite +correct, Sir Thomas!" she said. "The security of the Throne and the +Crown are at stake!"</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "What?" he said. "Are you two talking about something? +What crime is this?"</p> + +<p>"An extremely serious one," Boyd said in a grave voice. He rose +unsteadily to his feet, planted them firmly on the carpet, and +frowned.</p> + +<p>"Go on," Malone said, fascinated. Her Majesty was watching Boyd with +an intent expression.</p> + +<p>"The crime," Boyd said, "the very serious crime involved, is that of +Threatening the Welfare of the Queen. The criminal has committed the +crime of Causing the Said Sovereign, Baselessly, Reasonlessly and +Without Consent or Let, to Be in a State of Apprehension for Her Life +or Her Well-Being. And this crime—"</p> + +<p>"Aha," Malone said. "I've got it. The crime is—"</p> + +<p>"High treason," Boyd intoned.</p> + +<p>"High treason," Her Majesty said with satisfaction and fire in her +voice.</p> + +<p>"Very high treason," Malone said. "Extremely high."</p> + +<p>"Stratospheric," Boyd agreed. "That is, of course," he added, "if the +perpetrators of this dastardly crime are Her Majesty's subjects."</p> + +<p>"My goodness," the Queen said. "I never thought of that. Suppose +they're not?"</p> + +<p>"Then," Malone said in his most vibrant voice, "it is an Act of War."</p> + +<p>"Steps," Boyd said, "must be taken."</p> + +<p>"We must do our utmost," Malone said. "Sir Thomas—"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"This task requires our most fervent dedication," Malone said. "Please +come with me."</p> + +<p>He went to the desk. Boyd followed him, walking straight-backed and +tall. Malone bent and removed from a drawer of the desk a bottle of +bourbon. He closed the drawer, poured some bourbon into two handy +water glasses from the desk, and capped the bottle. He handed one of +the water glasses to Boyd, and raised the other one aloft.</p> + +<p>"Sir Thomas," Malone said, "I give you—Her Majesty, the Queen!"</p> + +<p>"To the Queen!" Boyd echoed.</p> + +<p>They downed their drinks and turned, as one man, to hurl the glasses +into the wastebasket.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>In thinking it over later, Malone realized that he hadn't considered +anything about that moment silly at all. Of course, an outsider might +have been slightly surprised at the sequence of events, but Malone was +no outsider. And, after all, it was the proper way to treat a Queen, +wasn't it?</p> + +<p>And—</p> + +<p>When Malone had first met Her Majesty, he had wondered why, although +she could obviously read minds, and so knew perfectly well that +neither Malone nor Boyd believed she was Queen Elizabeth I, she +insisted on an outward show of respect and dedication. He'd asked her +about it at last, and her reply had been simple, reasonable and to the +point.</p> + +<p>According to her—and Malone didn't doubt it for an instant—most +people simply didn't think their superiors were all they claimed to +be. But they acted as if they did—at least while in the presence of +those superiors. It was a common fiction, a sort of handy oil on the +wheels of social intercourse.</p> + +<p>And all Her Majesty had ever insisted on was the same sort of +treatment.</p> + +<p>"Bless you," she'd said, "I can't help the way you <i>think</i>, but, as +Queen, I do have some control over the way you <i>act</i>."</p> + +<p>The funny thing, as far as Malone was concerned, was that the two +parts of his personality were becoming more and more alike. He didn't +actually believe that Her Majesty was Queen Elizabeth I, and he hoped +fervently that he never would. But he did have a great deal of respect +for her, and more affection than he had believed possible at first. +She was the grandmother Malone had never known; she was good, and +kind, and he wanted to keep her happy and contented. There had been +nothing at all phony in the solemn toast he had proposed—nor in the +righteous indignation he had felt against anyone who was giving Her +Majesty even a minute's worth of discomfort.</p> + +<p>And Boyd, surprisingly enough, seemed to feel the same way. Malone +felt good about that; Her Majesty needed all the loyal supporters she +could get.</p> + +<p>But all of this was later. At the time, Malone was doing nothing +except what came naturally—nor, apparently, was Boyd. After the +glasses had been thrown, with a terrifying crash, into the metal +wastebasket, and the reverberations of that second had stopped ringing +in their ears, a moment of silence had followed.</p> + +<p>Then Boyd turned, briskly rubbing his hands. "All right," he said. +"Let's get back to work."</p> + +<p>Malone looked at the proud, happy look on Her Majesty's face; he saw +the glimmer of a tear in the corner of each eye. But he gave no +indication that he had noticed anything at all out of the ordinary.</p> + +<p>"Fine," he said. "Now, getting on back to the facts, we've established +something, anyhow. Some agency is causing flashes of telepathic static +all over the place. And those flashes are somehow connected with the +confusion that's going on all around us. Somehow, these flashes have +an effect on the minds of people."</p> + +<p>"And we know at least one manifestation of that effect," Boyd said. +"It makes spies blab all their secrets when they're exposed to it."</p> + +<p>"These three spies, anyhow," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"If 'spies' is the right word," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Malone said. "And now we've got another obvious question."</p> + +<p>"It seems to me we've got about twelve," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"I mean: who's doing it?" Malone said. "Who is causing these +telepathic flashes?"</p> + +<p>"Maybe it's just happening," Boyd said. "Out of thin air."</p> + +<p>"Maybe," Malone said. "But let's go on the assumption that there's a +human cause. The other way, we can't do a thing except sit back and +watch the world go to hell."</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded. "It doesn't seem to be the Russians," he said. "Although, +of course, it might be a Red herring."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Well," Boyd said, "they might have known we were on to Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch—" He stopped. "You know," he said, "every +time I say that name I have to reassure myself that we're not all +walking around in the world of Florenz Ziegfeld?"</p> + +<p>"Likewise," Malone said. "But go on."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Boyd said. "Anyhow, they might have set the three of them up +as patsies—just in case we stumbled on to this mess. We can't +overlook that possibility."</p> + +<p>"Right," Malone said. "It's faint, but it is a possibility. In other +words, the agency behind the flashes might be Russian, and it might +not be Russian."</p> + +<p>"That clears that up nicely," Boyd said. "Next question?"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"The next one," Malone said grimly, "is: what's behind the flashes? +Some sort of psionic power is causing them—that much is obvious."</p> + +<p>"I'll go along with that," Boyd said. "I have to go along with it. But +don't think I like it."</p> + +<p>"Nobody likes it," Malone said. "But let's go on. O'Connor isn't any +help; he washes his hands of the whole business."</p> + +<p>"Lucky man," Boyd said.</p> + +<p>"He says that it can't be happening," Malone said, "and if it is we're +all screwy. Now, right or wrong, that isn't an opinion that gives us +any handle to work with."</p> + +<p>"No," Boyd said reflectively. "A certain amount of comfort, to be +sure, but no handles."</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis Carter, on the other hand—" Malone said. He fumbled +through some of the piles of paper until he had located the ones the +President of the Psychical Research Society had sent. "Sir Lewis +Carter," he went on, "does seem to be doing some pretty good work. At +least, some of the more modern stuff he sent over looks pretty solid. +They've been doing quite a bit of research into the subject, and their +theories seem to be all right, or nearly all right, to me. Of course, +I'm not an expert—"</p> + +<p>"Who is?" Boyd said. "Except for O'Connor, of course."</p> + +<p>"Well, somebody is," Malone said. "Whoever's doing all this, for +instance. And the theories do seem O.K. In most cases, for instance, +they agree with O'Connor's work—though they're not in complete +agreement."</p> + +<p>"I should think so," Boyd said. "O'Connor wouldn't recognize an Astral +Plane if TWA were putting them into service."</p> + +<p>"I don't mean that sort of thing," Malone said. "There's lots about +astral bodies and ghosts, ectoplasm, Transcendental Yoga, theosophy, +deros, the Great Pyramid, Atlantis, and other such pediculous pets. +That's just silly, as far as I can see. But what they have to say +about parapsychology and psionics as such does seem to be reasonably +accurate."</p> + +<p>"I suppose so," Boyd said tiredly.</p> + +<p>"O.K., then," Malone said. "Did anybody notice anything in that pile +of stuff that might conceivably have any bearing whatever on our +problems?"</p> + +<p>"I did," Boyd said. "Or I think I did."</p> + +<p>"You both did," Her Majesty said. "And so did I, when I looked through +it. But I didn't bother with it. I dismissed it."</p> + +<p>"Why?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Because I don't think it's true," she said. "However, my opinion is +really only an opinion." She smiled around at the others.</p> + +<p>Malone picked up a thick sheaf of papers from one of the piles of his +desk. "Let's get straight what it is we're talking about," he said. +"All right?"</p> + +<p>"Anything's all right with me," Boyd said. "I'm easy to please."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "Now, this writer ... what's his name?" he said. He +glanced at the copy of the cover page. "'Minds and Morons'," he read. +"By Cartier Taylor."</p> + +<p>"Great title," Boyd said. "Does he say which is which?"</p> + +<p>"Let's get back to serious business," Malone said, giving Boyd a +single look. There was silence for a second, and then Malone said: "He +mentions something, in the book, that he calls 'telepathic +projection.' As far as I understand what he's talking about, that's +some method of forcing your thoughts on another person." He glanced +over at the Queen. "Now, Your Majesty," he said, "you don't think it's +true—and that may only be an opinion, but it's a pretty informed one. +It seems to me as if Taylor makes a good case for this 'telepathic +projection' of his. Why don't you think so?"</p> + +<p>"Because," Her Majesty said flatly, "it doesn't work."</p> + +<p>"You've tried it?" Boyd put in.</p> + +<p>"I have," she said. "And I have had no success with it at all. It's a +complete failure."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"Now, wait a minute," Boyd said. "Just a minute."</p> + +<p>"What's the matter?" Malone said. "Have you tried it, and made it +work?"</p> + +<p>Boyd snorted. "Fat chance," he said. "I just want to look at the +thing, that's all." He held out his hand, and Malone gave him the +sheaf of papers. Boyd leafed through them slowly, stopping every now +and again to consult a page, until he found what he was looking for. +"There," he said.</p> + +<p>"There, what?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Listen to this," Boyd said. "'For those who draw the line at demonic +possession, I suggest trying telepathic projection. Apparently, it is +possible to project one's own thoughts directly into the mind of +another—even to the point of taking control of the other's mind. +Hypnotism? You tell me, and we'll both know. Ever since the orthodox +scientists have come around to accepting hypnotism, I've been chary of +it. Maybe there really is an astral body or a soul that a person has +stashed about him somewhere—something that he can send out to take +control of another human being. But I, personally, prefer the +telepathic projection theory. All you have to do is squirt your +thoughts across space and spray them all over the fellow's brain. +Presto-bingo, he does pretty much what you want him to do.'"</p> + +<p>"That's the quote I was thinking of," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Of course it is," Her Majesty said. "But it really doesn't work. I've +tried it."</p> + +<p>"How have you tried it?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"There were many times, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "when I wanted +someone to do something particular—for me, or for some other person. +After all, you must remember that I was in a hospital for a long +time. Of course, that represents only a short segment of my life span, +but it seemed long to me."</p> + +<p>Malone, who was trying to view the years from age fifteen to age +sixty-odd as a short segment of anybody's lifetime, remembered with a +shock that this was not Rose Thompson speaking. It was Queen Elizabeth +I, who had never died.</p> + +<p>"That's right, Sir Kenneth," she said kindly. "And in that hospital, +there were a number of times when I wanted one of the doctors or +nurses to do what I wanted them to. I tried many times, but I never +succeeded."</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded his head. "Well—" he began.</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, Sir Thomas," Her Majesty said. "What you're thinking is +certainly possible. It may even be true."</p> + +<p>"What <i>is</i> he thinking?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"He thinks," Her Majesty said, "that I may not have the talent for +this particular effect—and perhaps I don't. But, talent or not, I +know what's possible and what isn't. And the way Mr. Taylor describes +it is simply silly, that's all. And unladylike. Imagine any +self-respecting lady 'squirting' her thoughts about in space!"</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said carefully, "aside from its being unladylike—"</p> + +<p>"Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you are not telepathic. Neither is +Sir Thomas."</p> + +<p>"I'm nothing," Boyd said. "I don't even exist."</p> + +<p>"And it is very difficult to explain to the nontelepath just what Mr. +Taylor is implying," Her Majesty went on imperturbably. "Before you +could inject any thoughts into anyone else's mind, you'd have to be +able to see into that mind. Is that correct?"</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/image_008.jpg" width="500" height="336" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"I guess so," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"And in order to do that, you'd have to be telepathic," Her Majesty +said. "Am I correct?"</p> + +<p>"Correct," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Her Majesty said with satisfaction, and beamed at him.</p> + +<p>A second passed.</p> + +<p>"Well, then, what?" Malone said in confusion.</p> + +<p>"Telepathy," Her Majesty said patiently, "is an extremely complex +affair. It involves a sort of meshing with the mind of this other +person. It has nothing—absolutely nothing—in common with this simple +'squirting' of thoughts across space, as if they were orange pips you +were trying to put into a wastebasket. No, Sir Kenneth, I cannot +believe in what Mr. Taylor says."</p> + +<p>"But it's still possible," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Oh," Her Majesty said, "it's certainly possible. But I should think +that if any telepaths were around, and if they were changing people's +minds by 'squirting' at them, I would know it."</p> + +<p>Malone frowned. "Maybe you would at that," he said. "I guess you +would."</p> + +<p>"Not to mention," Boyd put in, "that if you were going to control +everything we've come across like that you'd need an awful lot of +telepathic operators."</p> + +<p>"That's true," Malone admitted. "And the objections seem to make some +sense. But what else is there to go on?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know," Boyd said. "I haven't the faintest idea. And I'm +rapidly approaching the stage where I don't care."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, heaving a sigh, "let's keep looking."</p> + +<p>He bent down and picked up another sheaf of copies from the Psychical +Research Society.</p> + +<p>"After all," he said, without much hope, "you never know."</p> + + +<h3>VII</h3> +<p>Malone looked around the office of Andrew J. Burris as if he'd never +seen it before. He felt tired, and worn out, and depressed; it had +been a long night, and here it was morning and the head of the FBI was +talking to him about his report. It was, Malone told himself heavily, +a hell of a life.</p> + +<p>"Now, Malone," Burris said in a kindly voice, "this is a very +interesting report."</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," Malone said automatically.</p> + +<p>"A very interesting report indeed, Kenneth," Burris went on, +positively bursting with good-fellowship.</p> + +<p>"Thank you, sir," Malone said dully.</p> + +<p>Burris beamed a little more. "You've done a fine job," he said, "a +really fine job. Hardly on the job any time at all, and here you've +managed to get all three of the culprits responsible."</p> + +<p>"Now, wait a minute," Malone said in sudden panic. "That isn't what I +said."</p> + +<p>"No?" Burris said, looking a little surprised.</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Malone said. "I don't think those three spies have +anything to do with this at all. Not a thing."</p> + +<p>There was a brief silence, during which Burris' surprise seemed to +expand like a gas and fill the room. "But they've confessed," he said +at last. "Their job was to try and get information, and also to +disrupt our own work here."</p> + +<p>"I know all that," Malone said. "But—"</p> + +<p>Burris held up a pink, patient hand. Malone stared at it, fascinated. +It had five pink, patient fingers on it. "Malone," Burris said slowly, +"just what's bothering you? Don't you think those men <i>are</i> spies? Is +that it?"</p> + +<p>"Spies?" Malone said, slightly confused.</p> + +<p>"You know," Burris said. "The men you arrested, Malone. The men you +wrote this report about."</p> + +<p>Malone blinked and focused on the hand again. It still had five +fingers. "Sure they are," he said. "They're spies, all right. And +they're caught, and that's that. Except I don't think they're causing +all the confusion around here."</p> + +<p>"Well, of course they're not," Burris said, the beam of kindliness +coming back to his face. "Not any more. You caught them."</p> + +<p>"I mean," Malone said desperately, "they never were. Even before I +caught them."</p> + +<p>"Then why," Burris said with great patience, "did you arrest them?"</p> + +<p>"Because they're spies," Malone said. "Besides, I didn't."</p> + +<p>"Didn't what?" Burris said, looking confused. He seemed to realize he +was still holding up his hand, and dropped it to the desk. Malone felt +sad as he watched it go. Now he had nothing to concentrate on except +the conversation, and he didn't even want to think about what was +happening to that.</p> + +<p>"Didn't arrest them," he said. "Tom Boyd did."</p> + +<p>"Acting," Burris pointed out gently, "under your orders, Kenneth."</p> + +<p>It was the second time Burris had called him Kenneth, Malone realized. +It started a small warning bell in the back of his mind. When Burris +called him by his first name, Burris was feeling paternal and kindly. +And that, Malone thought determinedly, boded Kenneth J. Malone very +little good indeed.</p> + +<p>"He was under my orders to arrest them because they were spies," he +said at last. He wondered if the sentence made any real sense, but +shrugged his shoulders and plunged on. "But they're not the real +spies," he said. "Not the ones everybody's been looking for."</p> + +<p>"Kenneth," Burris said, his voice positively dripping with what Malone +thought of as the heavy, Grade A, Government-inspected cream of human +kindness, "all the confusion with the computer-secretaries has +stopped. Everything is running fine in that department."</p> + +<p>"But—" Malone began.</p> + +<p>"The technicians," Burris said, hypnotized by this poem of beauty, +"aren't making any more mistakes. The information is flowing through +beautifully. It's a pleasure to see their reports. Believe me, +Kenneth—"</p> + +<p>"Call me Chief," Malone said wearily.</p> + +<p>Burris blinked. "What?" he said. "Oh. Ha. Indeed. Very well, then: +Malone, what more proof do you want?"</p> + +<p>"Is that proof?" Malone said. "The spies didn't even confess to that. +They—"</p> + +<p>"Of course they didn't, Malone," Burris said.</p> + +<p>"Of course?" Malone said weakly.</p> + +<p>"Look at their confessions," Burris said. "Just look at them, in black +and white." He reached for a sheaf of papers and pushed them across +the desk. Malone looked at them. They were indeed, he told himself, in +black and white. There was no arguing with that. None at all.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"Well?" Burris said after a second.</p> + +<p>"I don't see anything about computer-secretaries," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"The Russians," Burris began slowly, "are not stupid, Malone. You +believe that, don't you?"</p> + +<p>"Of course I believe it," Malone said. "Otherwise we wouldn't need an +FBI."</p> + +<p>Burris frowned. "There are still domestic cases," he said. "Like +juvenile delinquents stealing cars inter-state, for instance. If you +remember." He paused, then went on: "But the fact remains: Russians +are not stupid. Not by a long shot."</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said agreeably.</p> + +<p>"Do you really think, then," Burris said instantly, "that a spy ring +could be as utterly inefficient as the one described in those +confessions?"</p> + +<p>"Lots of people are inefficient," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Not spies," Burris said with decision. "Do you really believe that +the Russians would send over a bunch of operatives as clodheaded as +these are pretending to be?"</p> + +<p>"People make mistakes," Malone said weakly.</p> + +<p>"Russian spies," Burris said, "do not make mistakes. Or, anyhow, we +can't depend on it. We have to depend on the fact that they're +operating at peak efficiency, Malone. Peak."</p> + +<p>Malone nearly asked: "Where?" but controlled himself at the last +minute. Instead, he said: "But the confessions are right there. And, +according to the confessions—"</p> + +<p>"Do you really believe," Burris said, "that a trio of Soviet agents +would confess everything as easily as all that if they didn't intend +to get something out of it? Such as, for instance, covering up their +methods of doing damage? And do you really believe—"</p> + +<p>Malone began to feel as if he were involved in the Athanasian Creed. +"I don't think the spies are the real spies," he said stubbornly. "I +mean the spies we're all looking for."</p> + +<p>"Do you mean to stand there and tell me," Burris went on inexorably, +"that you take the word of spies when they tell you about their own +activities?"</p> + +<p>"Their confessions—"</p> + +<p>"Spies can lie, Malone," Burris said gently. "As a matter of fact, +they usually do. We have come to depend on it as one of the facts of +life."</p> + +<p>"But Queen Elizabeth," Malone said stubbornly, "told me they weren't +lying." As he finished the sentence, he suddenly realized what it +sounded like. "You know Queen Elizabeth," he said chummily.</p> + +<p>"The Virgin Queen," Burris said helpfully.</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't know," Malone said, feeling uncomfortable. "I mean Rose +Thompson. She thinks she's Queen Elizabeth and I just said it that way +because—"</p> + +<p>"It's all right, Malone," Burris said softly. "I know who you mean."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Malone said. "If Queen Elizabeth says the spies aren't +lying, then—"</p> + +<p>"Then nothing," Burris said flatly. "Miss Rose Thompson is a nice, +sweet, little old lady. I admit that."</p> + +<p>"And she's been a lot of help," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"I admit that, too," Burris said. "But she is also somewhat battier, +Malone, than the entire Order Chiroptera, including Count Dracula and +all his happy friends."</p> + +<p>"She only thinks she's Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said defensively.</p> + +<p>"That," Burris said, "is a large sort of <i>only</i>. Malone, you've got to +look at the facts sensibly. Square in the face."</p> + +<p>Malone pictured a lot of facts going by with square faces. He didn't +like the picture. "All right," he said.</p> + +<p>"Things are going wrong in the Congressional computer-secretaries," +Burris said. "So I assign you to the case. You come back to me with +three spies, and the trouble stops. And what other information have +you got?"</p> + +<p>"Plenty," Malone said, and stopped for thought. There was a long +pause.</p> + +<p>"All this business about mysterious psionic faculties," Burris said, +"comes direct from the testimony of that sweet little old twitch. +Which she is. Dr. O'Connor, for instance, has told you in so many +words that there's no such thing as this mysterious force. And if you +don't want to take the word of the nation's foremost authority, +there's this character from the Psychical Research Society—Carter, or +whatever his name is. Carter told you he'd never heard of such a +thing."</p> + +<p>"But that doesn't mean there isn't such a thing," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Even your own star witness," Burris said, "even the Queen herself, +told you it couldn't be done."</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless—" Malone began. But he felt puzzled. There was no way, +he decided, to finish a sentence that started with <i>nevertheless</i>. It +was the wrong kind of word.</p> + +<p>"What are you trying to do?" Burris said. "Beat your head against a +stone wall?"</p> + +<p>Malone realized that that was just what he felt like. Of course, +Burris thought the stone wall was his psionic theory. Malone knew that +the stone wall was Andrew J. Burris. But it didn't matter, he thought +confusedly. Where there's a stone, there's a way.</p> + +<p>"I feel," he said carefully, "like a man with a stone head."</p> + +<p>"And I don't blame you," Burris said in an understanding tone. "Here +you are trying to make evidence to fit your theories. What real +evidence is there, Malone, that these three spies ... these three +comic-opera spies—are innocent?"</p> + +<p>"What evidence is there that they're guilty?" Malone said. "Now, +listen, Chief—"</p> + +<p>"Don't call me Chief," Burris murmured.</p> + +<p>"Another five minutes," Malone said in a sudden rage, "and I won't +even call you."</p> + +<p>"Malone!" Burris said.</p> + +<p>Malone swallowed hard. "Sorry," he said at last. "But isn't it just +barely possible that these three spies aren't the real criminals? +Suppose you were a spy."</p> + +<p>"All right," Burris said. "I'm a spy." Something in his tone made +Malone look at him with a sudden suspicion. Burris, he thought, was +humoring him.</p> + +<p>Is it possible, Malone asked himself, that <i>I</i> am the one who is as a +little child?</p> + +<p>Little children, he told himself with decision, do not capture Russian +spies and then argue about it. They go home, eat supper and go to bed.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>He stopped thinking about sleep in a hurry, and got back to the +business at hand. "If you were a spy," he said, "and you knew that a +lot of other spies had been arrested and charged with the crimes you +were committing, what would you do?"</p> + +<p>Burris appeared to think deeply. "I would celebrate," he said at last, +in a judicious tone.</p> + +<p>"I mean, would you just go on with the same crimes?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"What are you talking about, Malone?" Burris said cautiously.</p> + +<p>"If you knew we'd arrested Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch," Malone +went on doggedly, "you'd lay off for a while, just to make us think +we'd caught the right men. Doesn't that make sense?"</p> + +<p>"Of course it makes sense," Burris said in what was almost a pitying +tone. "But don't push it too far. Malone, I want you to know +something."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "Yes, sir?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Contrary to popular opinion," Burris said, "I was not appointed +Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation just because I own a +Hoover vacuum cleaner."</p> + +<p>"Of course not," Malone said, feeling that something of the sort was +called for.</p> + +<p>"And I think you ought to know by now," Burris went on, "that I +wouldn't fall for a trick like that any more than you would. There are +obviously more members in this spy ring. Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch are just a start."</p> + +<p>"Well, then—" Malone began.</p> + +<p>"<i>I'm</i> not going to be taken in by what these three say," Burris said. +"But now, Malone, we know what to look for. All we have to do is +pretend to be taken in. Get it?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "We pretend to be taken in. And in the meantime I +can go on looking for—"</p> + +<p>"We don't have to look for anything," Burris said calmly.</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. Somehow, he told himself, things were not +working out very well. "But the other spies—"</p> + +<p>"The next time they try anything," Burris said, "we'll be able to +reach out and pick them up as easy as falling off a log."</p> + +<p>"It's the wrong log!" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Burris folded his hands on the desk and looked at them for a second, +frowning slightly like a psychiatrist. "Malone," he said at last, "I +want you to listen to me. Calmly. Coolly. Collectedly."</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "All right," he said. "I'm calm and cool."</p> + +<p>"And collected," Burris added.</p> + +<p>"That, too," Malone said vaguely.</p> + +<p>"Malone," Burris began, "you've got to get rid of this idea that +everything the FBI investigates these days is somehow linked with +psionics. I know you've done a lot of work in that connection—"</p> + +<p>"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "There are those errors. How did +the technicians feed the wrong data into the machines?"</p> + +<p>"Errors do happen," Burris said. "If I slip on a banana peel, do I +blame psionics? Do I even blame the United Fruit Growers? I do not, +Malone. Instead, I tell myself that errors do happen. All the time."</p> + +<p>"Now," Malone said, "you've contradicted yourself."</p> + +<p>"I have?" Burris said with a look of complete surprise.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. He leaned forward across the desk. "If the errors +were just ordinary accidental errors, then how were the spies +responsible? And why did they stop after the spies were arrested? When +you slip on a banana peel, does it matter whether or not the United +Fruit Growers are out on strike?"</p> + +<p>"Oh," Burris said.</p> + +<p>"You see?" Malone said. "You've gone and contradicted yourself." He +felt victorious, but somewhere in the back of his mind was the +horrible sensation that someone was about to come up behind him and +hit him on the head with a wet sock full of old sand.</p> + +<p>A long second passed. Then Burris said: "Oh. Malone, I forgot to give +you the analysis report."</p> + +<p>That, Malone realized dimly, was supposed to be the wet sock. Fate, he +told himself, was against him. Anyhow, something was against him. It +was a few seconds before he came to the conclusion that what he had +heard didn't really make any sense. "Analysis report?" he said.</p> + +<p>"On the water cooler," Burris explained cheerfully.</p> + +<p>"There is an analysis report on a water cooler," Malone said. +"Everything now becomes as clear as crystal." He heard his voice begin +to rise. "You analyzed a water cooler and discovered that it was a +Siberian spy in disguise," he said, trying to make himself sound less +hysterical.</p> + +<p>"No, no," Burris said, pushing at Malone with his palms. "The water in +it, Malone. The water in it."</p> + +<p>"No Siberian spy," Malone said with decision, "could disguise himself +as the water in a water cooler."</p> + +<p>"I didn't say that," Burris went on. "But what do you think was in +that water cooler, Malone?"</p> + +<p>"Water," Malone said. "<i>Cool</i> water."</p> + +<p>"Congratulations," Burris said, in the hearty tones usually reserved +for announcers on programs where housewives win trips to Nome. "You +are just a shade less than ninety-nine point nine nine per cent +correct."</p> + +<p>"The rest of the water," Malone hazarded, "was warm?"</p> + +<p>"The rest of the water," Burris said, "wasn't water. Aside from the +usual minerals, there was also a trace of one of the psychodrugs."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The word seemed to hang in mid-air, like somebody's sword. Malone knew +perfectly well what the psychodrugs were. Over the past twenty years, +a great number of them had been developed by confused and anxious +researchers. Some were solids, some liquids and a few gaseous at +normal temperatures. Some were weak and some were highly potent. Some +were relatively innocuous, and quite a few were as deadly as any of +the more common poisons. They could be administered by mouth, by +injection, by spray, as drops, grains, whiffs or in any other way +conceivable to medical science. But they all had one thing in common. +They affected the mental functioning—what seemed to be the +personality itself—of the person dosed with them.</p> + +<p>The effect of the drugs was, in most cases, highly specific. One might +make a normally brave man a craven coward; laboratory tests on that +one had presented the interesting spectacle of terrified cats running +from surprised, but by no means displeased, experimental mice. Another +drug reversed this picture, and made the experimental mice mad with +power. They attacked cats in battalions or singly, cheering and almost +waving large flags as they went over the top, completely foolhardy in +the presence of any danger whatever. Others made man abnormally +suspicious and still others disassociated judgment to the point where +all decisions were made completely at random.</p> + +<p>The FBI had a large file on psychodrugs, Malone knew. But he didn't +need the file to see what was coming. He asked the question anyhow, +just for the record: "What particular psychodrug was this one?"</p> + +<p>"One of the judgment-warpers," Burris said. "Haenlingen's Mixture; +it's more or less a new development, but the Russians probably know as +much about it as we do. In large doses, the drug affects even the +automatic nervous system and throws the involuntary functions out of +whack; but it isn't usually used in killing amounts."</p> + +<p>"And in the water cooler?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>"There wasn't much of it," Burris said, "but there was enough. The +technicians could be depended on to make a great many more mistakes +than usual—just how many we can't determine, but the order of +magnitude seems about right. It would depend on how much water each +one of them drank, of course, and we haven't a chance of getting +anything like a precise determination of that now."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "But it comes out about right, doesn't it?" He felt +hopeless.</p> + +<p>"Just about," Burris said cheerfully. "And since it was Brubitsch's +job to change the cooler jug—"</p> + +<p>"Wait a minute," Malone said. "I think I see a hole in that."</p> + +<p>"Really?" Burris said. He frowned slightly.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "Sure," he said. "If any of the spies drank the +water—their judgment would be warped, too, wouldn't it?"</p> + +<p>"So they didn't drink the water," Burris said easily.</p> + +<p>"How can we be sure?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>Burris shrugged. "Why do we have to be?" he said. "Malone, you've got +to stop pressing so hard on this."</p> + +<p>"But a man who didn't drink water all day would be a little +conspicuous," Malone said. "After a while, anyhow."</p> + +<p>Burris sighed. "The man is a janitor, Kenneth," he said. "Do you know +what a janitor is?"</p> + +<p>"Don't baby me," Malone snapped.</p> + +<p>Burris shrugged. "A janitor doesn't work in the office with the men," +he said. "He can drink out of a faucet in the broom closet—or +wherever the faucets might be. Nobody would notice. Nobody would think +it odd."</p> + +<p>Malone said: "But—" and stopped and thought it over. "All right," he +went on at last. "But I still insist—"</p> + +<p>"Now, Kenneth," Burris said in a voice that dripped oil. "I'll admit +that psionics is new and wonderful and you've done a lot of fine work +with it. A lot of very fine work indeed. But you can't go around +blaming everything on psionics no matter what it is or how much sense +it makes."</p> + +<p>"I don't," Malone said, injured. "But—"</p> + +<p>"But you do," Burris said. "Lately, you've been acting as though magic +were loose in the world. As though nothing were dependable any more."</p> + +<p>"It's not magic," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"But it is," Burris told him, "when you use it as an explanation for +anything and everything." He paused, "Kenneth," he said in a more +kindly tone, "don't think I blame you. I know how hard you've been +working. I know how much time and effort you've put into the gallant +fight against this country's enemies."</p> + +<p>Malone closed his eyes and turned slightly green. "It was nothing," he +said at last. He opened his eyes but nothing had changed. Burris' +expression was still kindly and concerned.</p> + +<p>"Oh, but it was," Burris said. "Something, I mean. You've been working +very hard and you're just not at peak efficiency any more. You need a +rest, Kenneth. A nice rest."</p> + +<p>"I do not," Malone said indignantly.</p> + +<p>"A lovely rest," Burris went on, oblivious. "Somewhere peaceful and +quiet, where you can just sit around and think peacefully about +peaceful things. Oh, it ought to be wonderful for you, Kenneth. A +nice, peaceful, lovely, wonderful vacation."</p> + +<p>Through the haze of adjectives, Malone remembered dimly the last time +Burris had offered him a vacation in that tone of voice. It had turned +out to be one of the toughest cases he'd ever had: the case of the +teleporting delinquents.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_009.jpg" width="600" height="279" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"Nice?" Malone said. "Peaceful? Lovely? Wonderful? I can see it now."</p> + +<p>"What do you mean, Malone?" Burris said.</p> + +<p>"What am I going to get?" Malone said. "A nice easy job like arresting +all the suspected nose-pickers in Mobile, Alabama?"</p> + +<p>Burris choked and recovered quickly. "No," he said. "No, no, no. I +mean it. You've earned a vacation, Kenneth, a real vacation. A nice, +peaceful—"</p> + +<p>"Lovely, wonderful vacation," Malone said. "But—"</p> + +<p>"You're one of my best agents," Burris said. "I might almost say +you're my top man. My very top man. And because of that I've been +overworking you."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Now, now," Burris said, waving a hand vaguely. "I have been +overworking you, Kenneth, and I'm sorry. I want to make amends."</p> + +<p>"A what?" Malone said, feeling confused again.</p> + +<p>"Amends," Burris said. "I want to do something for you."</p> + +<p>Malone thought about that for a second. Burris was well-meaning, all +right, but from the way the conversation was going it looked very much +as if "vacation" weren't going to be the right word.</p> + +<p>The right word, he thought dismally, was going to be "rest home." Or +possibly even "insane asylum."</p> + +<p>"I don't want to stop work," he said grimly. "Really, I don't."</p> + +<p>"You'll have lots of time to yourself," Burns said in a wheedling +tone.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "Sure I will," he said. "Until they come and put me in +a wet pack."</p> + +<p>Burris blinked, but recovered gamely. "You don't have to go swimming," +he said, "if you don't want to go swimming. Up in the mountains, for +instance—"</p> + +<p>"Where there are nice big guards to watch everything," Malone said. +"And nuts."</p> + +<p>"Guides," Burris said. "But you could just sit around and take things +easy."</p> + +<p>"All locked up," Malone said. "Sure. I'll love it."</p> + +<p>"If you want to go out," Burris said, "you can go out. Anywhere. Just +do whatever you feel like doing."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "O.K.," he said. "When do the men in the white coats +arrive?"</p> + +<p>"White coats?" Burris said. There was a short silence. "Kenneth," he +said, "don't suspect me of trying to do anything to you. This is my +way of doing you a favor. It would just be a vacation—going anywhere +you want to go, doing anything you want to do."</p> + +<p>"Avacado," Malone muttered at random.</p> + +<p>Burris stared. "What?"</p> + +<p>"Nothing," Malone said shamefacedly. "An old song. It runs through my +mind. And when you said that about going where I want to go—"</p> + +<p>"An old song with avacados in it?" Burris said.</p> + +<p>Malone cleared his throat and burst into shy and slightly hoarse song.</p> + +<p>"Avacado go where you go," he piped feebly, "do what you do—"</p> + +<p>"Oh," Burris said. "Oh, my."</p> + +<p>"Sorry," Malone muttered. He took a breath and waited. A second +passed.</p> + +<p>"Well, Kenneth," Burris said at last, with an attempt at heartiness, +"you can do anything you like. The mountains. The seashore. Hawaii. +The Riviera. Just go and forget all about gangsters, spies, +counter-espionage, kidnapings, mad telepaths, juvenile teleports and +anything else like that."</p> + +<p>"You forgot water coolers," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Burris nodded. "And water coolers," he said, "by all means. Forget +about FBI business. Forget about me. Just relax."</p> + +<p>It did sound appealing, Malone told himself. But there was a case to +finish, and he was sure Burris was finishing it wrong. He wanted to +argue about it some more, but he was fresh out of arguments.</p> + +<p>And besides, the idea of being able to forget all about Andrew J. +Burris for a little while was almost insidious. Malone liked it more +the more he thought about it. Burris went on naming vacation spots and +drawing magnificent travel-agency pictures of how wonderful life could +be, and after a while Malone left. There just wasn't anything else to +say. Burris had given him an order for his vacation pay and another +guaranteeing travel expenses. Not, he thought glumly, that he would be +expected to buy return tickets. Oh, no. Once he'd been to a place he +could teleport back, so there would be no point in taking a plane or +a train back from wherever he went.</p> + +<p>"And suppose I like planes and trains?" he muttered, going on down the +hall. But there was nothing he could do about it. He did think of +looking for some sympathy, at least, but he couldn't even get much of +that. Tom Boyd had apparently already talked to Burris, and was in +full agreement with him.</p> + +<p>"After all," Boyd said, "there's the drug in the water—and it looks +like pretty solid proof to me, Ken."</p> + +<p>"It's not proof of anything," Malone said sourly.</p> + +<p>"Sure it is," Boyd said. "Why would anybody put it there otherwise?"</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I'm not surprised you like +Burris' theory. Psionics never did make you very happy, did it?"</p> + +<p>"Not very," Boyd admitted. "This way, anyhow, I've got something I can +cope with. And it makes nice, simple sense. No reason to go and +complicate it, Ken. None at all."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Glumly, Malone made his farewells and then teleported himself from the +Justice Department Building back to his own apartment. There, slowly +and sadly, he began to pack. He hadn't yet decided just where he <i>was</i> +going, but that was a minor detail. The important thing was that he +was going. If the Director of the FBI tells you that you need a rest +cure, Malone thought, you do not argue with him. Argument may result +in your vacation being extended indefinitely. And that is not a good +thing.</p> + +<p>Of course, such a "vacation" wouldn't be the end of the world. Not +quite. He could even beat Burris to the gun, hand in his resignation +and go into private practice as a lawyer. The name of Malone, he told +himself proudly, had not been entirely forgotten in Chicago, by any +means. But he didn't feel happy about the idea. He knew, perfectly +well, that he didn't want to live by trading on his father's +reputation. And besides, he <i>liked</i> being an FBI agent. It had +glamour. It had standing.</p> + +<p>It had everything. It even had trouble.</p> + +<p>Malone caught his whirling mind and forced it back to a landing. +Where, he asked himself, was he going?</p> + +<p>He thought about that for a second. Perhaps, as Burris had apparently +suspected, he was going nuts. When he considered it, it even sounded +like a good possibility.</p> + +<p>After all, what evidence <i>did</i> he have for his psionic theory? Her +Majesty had told him about those peculiar bursts of metal energy, +true. But there wasn't anything else. And, come to think of it, wasn't +it possible that Her Majesty had slipped just a little off the trolley +of her one-track psychosis?</p> + +<p>At that thought a quick wave of guilt swept through him. Her Majesty, +after all, might be reading his mind from Yucca Flats, where she had +returned the previous night, right at that moment. He felt as if he +had committed high, middle and low treason all in one great big +package, not to mention Jack and the Game, he added disconsolately.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless," he muttered, and stopped. He blinked and started over +again. In spite of all that, he told himself, the Burris Theory +certainly looked a lot sounder when you considered it objectively.</p> + +<p>The big question was whether or not he <i>wanted</i> to consider it +objectively. But he put this aside for the future, and continued +packing slowly and carefully. When at last he snapped shut the last +suitcase, he still hadn't made up his mind as to the best spot for a +vacation. Images tumbled through his brain: mountains, seacoasts, +beaches, beautiful native girls and even a few insane asylums. But +nothing definite appeared. He sat down in his favorite easychair, +found a cigar and lit it, and luxuriated in the soothing fumes while +his mind began to wander.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty, he was quite certain, wouldn't lie purposely. Granted, +she had misled him now and again, but even when she felt misleading +necessary she hadn't lied; she had merely juggled the truth a little. +And Malone was sure she would continue to tell him the truth as she +knew it.</p> + +<p>Of course, that was the stopper: <i>as she knew it</i>. And she might have +developed another delusion. In which case, he thought sadly, Burris +was very probably right.</p> + +<p>But she might also be telling the actual truth. And that meant, Malone +thought, that little pops of energy were occasionally bursting in +various minds. These little pops had an effect, or an apparent effect: +they made people change their minds about doing one thing or another.</p> + +<p>And that meant—Malone stopped, his cigar halfway to his mouth.</p> + +<p><i>Wasn't it possible that just such a burst of energy had made Burris +call him off the case?</i></p> + +<p>It seemed like a long time before the cigar reached his mouth. Malone +felt slightly appalled. The flashes that had been going on in his own +mind had already been bothering him, and he'd decided that he'd have +to check every decision he made to be sure that it was not capricious; +now he made a resolve that he'd kept his mental faculties on a +perpetual watch for that sort of interference. Of course, it was more +than barely possible that he wouldn't notice it if anything happened. +But it would be pretty stupid to succumb to that sort of defeatism +now, he told himself grimly.</p> + +<p>Now that everything was narrowing down so nicely, anyhow, he thought. +There were only two real possibilities. Malone numbered them in his +mind:</p> + +<p>1. Her Majesty has developed a new delusion. In this case, he thought, +Burris was perfectly right. I can enjoy a month of free vacation.</p> + +<p>2. Her Majesty is no nuttier than before. If this is the case, he +thought, then there's more to the case than has appeared, and Kenneth +J. Malone, with or without the FBI, is going to get to the bottom of +it.</p> + +<p>Therefore, he summed up, everything now hinged on whether or not Her +Majesty was unhinged.</p> + +<p>That was confusing, but he managed to straighten it out after a +second. He put his half-smoked cigar carefully in an ashtray and stood +up. He went over to the phone and dialed the special unlisted number +of the FBI.</p> + +<p>The face that appeared was faintly sallow and looked sad. "Pelham +here," it said in the tones of a discouraged horse.</p> + +<p>"Hello, Pelham," Malone said. "Kenneth Malone here."</p> + +<p>"Trouble?" Pelham said. It was obvious that he expected trouble, and +always had, and probably always would.</p> + +<p>"Nope," Malone said. Pelham looked even sadder. "Just checking out for +vacation. You can tell the Chief I'm going to take off for Las Vegas. +I'm taking his advice, tell him; I'm going to carouse and throw my +money away and look at dancing girls and smoke and drink and stay out +late. I'll let the local office know where I'm staying when I get +there, just in case something comes up."</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Pelham said unhappily. "I'll check you out." He tried a smile, +but it looked more like the blank expression on the face of a local +corpse. "Have fun," he said.</p> + +<p>"Thanks," Malone said. "I'll try."</p> + +<p>But his precognitive sense suddenly rose up on its hind legs as he +broke the connection. The attempt to have fun, it told him in no +uncertain terms, was going to be a morbid failure.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless," Malone muttered, heaved a great sigh, and started for +the suitcase and the door.</p> + + +<h3>VIII</h3> +<p>The Great Universal was not the tops in every field. Not by a long +shot. As Las Vegas resorts went, as a matter of fact, almost any of +them could outdo the Great Universal in one respect or another. The +Golden Palace, for instance, had much gaudier gaming rooms. The +Moonbeam had a louder orchestra. The Barbary Coast and the Ringing +Welkin both had more slot machines, and it was undeniable that the +Flower of the West had fatter and pinker dancing girls. The Red Hot, +the Last Fling and the Double Star all boasted more waiters and more +famous guests per square foot of breathable air.</p> + +<p>But the Great Universal, in sheer size, volume of business and +elegance of surroundings, outdid any three of the others combined. It +stood grandly alone at the edge of the Strip, the grandiloquent Las +Vegas version of Broadway or Hollywood Boulevard. It had a central +Tower that climbed thirty stories into the clean desert air, and the +Tower was surrounded by a quarter of a square mile of single-level +structures. At the base, the building spread out for five hundred feet +in every direction, and beyond that were the clusters of individual +cabins interlaced by walks, small parks, an occasional pool, and a few +little groves of trees "for privacy and the feeling of oneness with +Nature," the brochure said. But the brochure didn't even do justice to +the place. Nothing could have except the popping eyes of the thousand +of tourists who saw the Great Universal every month. And they were +usually in no condition to sit down and talk calmly about it.</p> + +<p>Around the entire collection of buildings rose a wall that fitted the +architectural style of the place perfectly. A Hollywood writer out for +a three-day bender had called it "Futuristic Mediaeval," since it +seemed to be a set-designer's notion of Camelot combined with a +Twenty-fifth Century city as imagined by Frank R. Paul. It had +Egyptian designs on it, but no one knew exactly why. On the other +hand, of course, there was no real reason why not.</p> + +<p>That was not the only decoration. Emblazoned on the Tower, in huge +letters of evershifting color, was a glowing sign larger than the eye +could believe. The sign proclaimed through daylight and the darkest +night: Great Universal Hotel. Malone had no doubts about it.</p> + +<p>There was a running argument as to whether or not the Great Universal +was actually on the Strip. Certainly the original extent of the Strip +didn't include it. But the Strip itself had been spreading Westward at +a slow but steady pace for two decades, and the only imaginable +stopping-point was the California border.</p> + +<p>Malone had taken a taxi from the airfield, and had supplied himself +with silver dollars there. He gave the cabbie one of them and added +another when the man's expression showed real pain. Still unhappy but +looking a little less like a figure out of the Great Depression, the +cabbie gunned his machine away, leaving Malone standing in the carport +surrounded by suitcases and bags of all sizes and weights.</p> + +<p>A robot redcap came gliding along. Inevitably, it was gilded, and +looked absolutely brand new. Behind it, a chunky little man with +bright eyes waved at Malone. "Reserved here?" he said.</p> + +<p>"That's right," Malone said. "The name is Malone."</p> + +<p>The redcap's escort shrugged. "I don't care if the name is Jack the +Ripper," he said. "Just reservations, that's all I care."</p> + +<p>Malone watched the luggage being stowed away, and followed after the +redcap and its escort with mixed feelings. Las Vegas glittered like +mad, but the two inhabitants he had met so far seemed a little dim. +However, he told himself, better things might turn up.</p> + +<p>Better things did, almost immediately. In the great lobby of the +Tower, guests were lounging about in little groups. Many of the guests +were dressed in tuxedos, others in sport shirts and slacks. Quite a +number were wearing dresses, skirt-and-blouse combinations or evening +gowns, and Malone paid most of his attention to these.</p> + +<p>New York, Washington and even Chicago had nothing to match them, he +thought dazedly. They were magnificent, and almost frightening in +their absolute beauty. Malone however, was not easily daunted. He +followed a snappily-dressed bellman to the registration desk while his +robot purred gently after him. First things first, he thought—but +making friends with the other guests definitely came up number two. Or +three, anyhow, he amended sadly.</p> + +<p>He signed his own name to the register, but didn't add: "Federal +Bureau of Investigation" after it. After all, he thought, he was there +unofficially. And even though gambling was perfectly legal in Nevada, +the thought of the FBI still made many of the club owners just the +least little bit nervous. Instead, Malone gave a Chicago firm as his +business address—one which the FBI used as a cover for just such +purposes.</p> + +<p>The clerk looked at him politely and blankly. "A room in the Tower, +sir?" he said.</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head. "Ground floor," he said. "But not too far from +the Tower. I get airsick easily."</p> + +<p>The clerk gave Malone a large laugh, which made him uncomfortable and +a little angry. The joke hadn't been all that good, he thought. If +he'd ordered a top-price room he could understand the hospitality, but +the most expensive rooms were in the Tower, with the outside cabins +running a close second. The other rooms dropped in price as they +approached the periphery of the main building.</p> + +<p>"A humorist, sir?" the clerk said.</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Malone said pleasantly, wishing he'd signed with his +full occupation and address. "I'm a gravedigger. Business has been +very good this year."</p> + +<p>The clerk, apparently undecided as to whether or not to offer +congratulations, settled for consulting his registry and then stabbing +at a button on a huge and complex board at his right. A key slid out +of a slot and the clerk handed it to Malone with a rather strained +smile. "10-Q," he said.</p> + +<p>"You're very welcome," Malone said in his most unctuous tones. He took +the key.</p> + +<p>The clerk blinked. "The bellman will take you to your rooms, sir," he +said in a good imitation of his original voice. "There are maps of the +building at intervals along the halls, and if you find that you have +become lost you have only to ask one of the hall guides to show you +the proper directions."</p> + +<p>"My, my," Malone said.</p> + +<p>The clerk cleared his throat. "If you wish to use one of the cars," he +went on in a slightly more unsteady voice, "simply insert your key in +the slot beneath one of the wall maps, and a car will be at your +service."</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head and gave a deep sigh. "What," he said, "will +they think of next?"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Satisfied with that for an exit line, he turned and found that the +bellman had already taken his luggage from the robot redcap and put it +aboard a small electric car. Malone got in beside him and the bellman +started the vehicle down the hallway. It rolled along on soft, silent +tires. It, too, was gilded. It didn't move very fast, Malone thought, +but it certainly beat walking.</p> + +<p>Each hallway which radiated out from the central section beneath the +Tower was built like a small-edition city street. The little cars +scooted up and down the two center lanes while pedestrians, poor +benighted souls, kept to the side walkways. Every so often Malone saw +one, walking along the raised walkway and holding the rail along the +outside that was meant to keep guests of every stage of drunkenness +from falling into the road. At the intersections, small, +Japanese-style bridges crossed over the roadway. On these, Malone saw +uniformed men standing motionless, one to a bridge. They all looked +identical, and each one had a small gold stripe sewn to the chest of +the red uniform. Malone read the letters on the stripe as they passed +the third man. It said: <i>Guide</i>.</p> + +<p>"Now, you live in Q-wing, sir," the bellman was saying in a nasal, but +rather pleasant voice as Malone looked away. "You're not far from the +Tower Lobby, so you won't have a lot to remember. It's not like living +along, say, the D-E Passageway out near 20 or 23."</p> + +<p>"I'm sure it isn't," Malone said politely.</p> + +<p>"No," the bellman said, "you got it simple. This here is Q-Yellow—see +the yellow stripe on the wall?"</p> + +<p>Malone looked. There was a yellow stripe on the wall. "I see it," he +said.</p> + +<p>"So all you got to do," the bellman said, "is follow Q-Yellow to the +Tower Lobby." He acted as if he had demonstrated a Euclidean +proposition flawlessly. "Got it?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Very simple," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"O.K.," the bellman said. "Now, the gaming rooms—"</p> + +<p>Malone listened with about a fifth of an ear while the bellman went on +spinning out incredibly complex directions for getting around in the +quasi-city that was the Great Universal. At one point he thought he +caught the man saying that an elephant ramp took guests past the +resplendent glass rest rooms to the roots of the roulette wheel, but +that didn't sound even remotely plausible when he considered it. At +last the bellman announced:</p> + +<p>"Here we are, sir. Right to your door. A courtesy of the friendly +Great Universal Hotel."</p> + +<p>He pulled over to the side, pushed a button on the sidewalk, and the +little car's body elevated itself on hydraulic pistons until it was +even with the elevated sidewalk. The bellman pushed a stud on the +walkway rail and a gate swung open. Malone stepped out and waited +while luggage was unloaded. The courtesy of the Great Universal Hotel +was not free, of course; Malone got rid of some more silver dollars. +He fished in his pockets, found one lone crumpled ten-dollar bill and +arranged it neatly and visibly in his right hand.</p> + +<p>"I notice you've got a lot of guides in the halls," he said as the +bellman eyed the ten-spot. "Do that many people get lost in here?"</p> + +<p>"Well, not really, sir," the bellman said. "Not really. That's for +the—what they call the protection of our guests. A courtesy."</p> + +<p>"Protection?" Malone said. He had noticed, he recalled, odd bulges +beneath the left armpits of the guides. "Protection from what?" he +asked, keeping a firm, loving grip on the bill. "There are a lot more +guides than you'd expect, aren't there?"</p> + +<p>The bellman shifted uneasily from foot to foot. "Well, sir," he said +at last in an uneasy manner, "I guess it's because of the politics +around here. I mean, it's sort of confused."</p> + +<p>"Confused how?" Malone said, waving the bill ever so slightly.</p> + +<p>The bellman appeared to be hypnotized by its green color. "It's the +governor shooting himself," he said at last. "And the Legislature +wants to impeach the Lieutenant-governor, and the City Council of Las +Vegas is having trouble with the Mayor, and the County Sheriff is +having a feud with the State Police, and—Sir, it's all sort of +confused right now. But it isn't serious." He grinned hopefully.</p> + +<p>Malone sighed and let go of the ten. It stayed fluttering in the air +for perhaps a tenth of a second, and disappeared. "I'm sure it isn't," +Malone said. "Just forget I asked you."</p> + +<p>The bellman's hand went to his pocket and came out again empty. "Asked +me, sir?" he said. "Asked me what?"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The next fifteen minutes were busy ones. Malone made himself quickly +at home, keeping his eyes open for hidden TV cameras or other forms of +bugging. Satisfied at last that he was entirely alone, he took a deep +breath, closed his eyes and teleported himself to Yucca Flats.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_010.jpg" width="600" height="460" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>This time, he didn't land in Dr. O'Connor's office. Instead, he opened +his eyes in the hallway in the nearby building that housed the +psychologists, psychiatrists and psychotherapists who were working +with the telepaths Malone and the FBI had unearthed two years before.</p> + +<p>Apparently, telepathy was turning out to be more a curse than a +blessing. Of the seven known telepaths in the world, only Her Majesty +retained anything like the degree of sanity necessary for +communication. The psych men who were working with the other six had +been trying to establish some kind of rapport, but their efforts so +far had been as fruitless as a petrified tree.</p> + +<p>Malone went down the hallway until he came to a door near the end. He +looked at the sign painted on the opaqued glass for a second:</p> + +<p class="center"> +ALAN MARSHALL, M.D.<br /> +CHIEF OF STAFF<br /> +PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT +</p> + +<p>With a slight sigh, he pushed open the door and went in.</p> + +<p>Dr. Marshall was a tall, balding man with a light-brown brush mustache +and a pleasant smile. He wore thick glasses but he didn't look at all +scholarly; instead, he looked rather like Alec Guinness made up for a +role as a Naval lieutenant. He rose as Malone entered, and stretched a +hand across the desk. "Glad to see you, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Very +glad."</p> + +<p>Malone shook hands and raised his eyebrows. "<i>Sir</i> Kenneth?" he said.</p> + +<p>Dr. Marshall shrugged slightly. "She prefers it," he said. "And since +there's no telling whose mind she might look into—" He smiled. "After +all," he finished, "why not?"</p> + +<p>"Tell me, doctor," Malone said. "Don't you ever get uneasy about the +fact that Her Majesty can look into your mind? I mean, it has +disturbed some people."</p> + +<p>"Not at all," Marshall said. "Not in the least. After all, Sir +Kenneth, it's all a matter of adjustment. Simple adjustment and no +more." He paused, then added: "Like sex."</p> + +<p>"Sex?" Malone said in a voice he hoped was calm.</p> + +<p>"Cultural mores," Marshall said. "That sort of thing. Nothing, +really." He sat down. "Make yourself comfortable," he told Malone. "As +a matter of fact, the delusion Her Majesty suffers from has its +compensations for the psychiatrist. Where else could I be appointed +Royal Psychiatrist, Advisor to the Crown, and Earl Marshal?"</p> + +<p>Malone looked around, found a comfortable chair and dropped into it. +"I suppose so," he said. "It must be sort of fun, in a way."</p> + +<p>"Oh, it is," Marshall said. "Of course, it can get to be specifically +troublesome; all cases can. I remember a girl who'd managed to get +herself married to the wrong man—she was trying to escape her mother, +or some such thing. And she'd moved into this apartment where her +next-door neighbor, a nice woman really, had rather strange sexual +tendencies. Well, what with those problems, and the husband himself—a +rather ill-tempered brute, but a nice fellow basically—and her +eventually meeting Mr. Right, which was inevitable—"</p> + +<p>"I'm sure it was very troublesome," Malone put in.</p> + +<p>"Extremely," Marshall said. "Worked out in the end, though. Ah ... +most of them do seem to, when we're lucky. When things break right."</p> + +<p>"And when they don't?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Marshall shook his head slowly and rubbed at his forehead with two +fingers. "We do what we can," he said. "It's an infant science. I +remember one rather unhappy case—started at a summer theatre, but the +complications didn't stop there. As I recall, there were something +like seven women and three men involved deeply before it began to +straighten itself out. My patient was a young boy. Ah ... he had +actually precipitated the situation, or was convinced that he had. All +basically nice people, by the way. All of them. But the kind of thing +they managed to get mixed up in—"</p> + +<p>"I'm sure it was interesting," Malone said. "But—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, they're all interesting," Marshall said. "But for sheer +complexity ... well, this is an unusual sort of case, the one I'm +thinking about now. I remember it began with a girl named Ned—"</p> + +<p>"Dr. Marshall," Malone said desperately, "I'd like to hear about a +girl named Ned. I really would. It doesn't even sound probable."</p> + +<p>"Ah?" Dr. Marshall said. "I'd like to tell you—"</p> + +<p>"Unfortunately," Malone went on doggedly, "there is some business I've +got to talk over."</p> + +<p>Dr. Marshall's disappointment was evident for less than a second. +"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" he said.</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. "It's about Her Majesty's mental state," he +said. "I understand that a lot of it is complicated, and I probably +wouldn't understand it. But can you give me as much as you think I can +digest?"</p> + +<p>Marshall nodded slowly. "Ah ... you must understand that psychiatrists +differ," he said. "We appear to run in schools—like fish, which is +neither here nor there. But what I tell you might not be in accord +with a psychiatrist from another school, Sir Kenneth."</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Malone said. "Shoot."</p> + +<p>"An extremely interesting slang word, by the way," Marshall said. +"'Shoot.' Superficially an invitation to violence. I wonder—" A +glance from Malone was sufficient. "Getting back to the track, +however," he went on, "I should begin by saying that Her Majesty +appears to have suffered a shock of traumatic proportions early in +life. That might be the telepathic faculty itself coming to the +fore—or, rather, the realization that others did not share her +faculty. That she was, in fact, in communication with a world which +could never reach her on her own deepest and most important level." He +paused. "Are you following me so far?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Gamely," Malone admitted. "In other words, when she couldn't +communicate, she went into this traumatic shock."</p> + +<p>"Nor exactly," Marshall said. "We must understand what communication +is. Basically, Sir Kenneth, we can understand it as a substitute for +sexual activity. That is, in its deepest sense. It is this attack on +the deepest levels of the psychic organism that results in the trauma; +and has results of its own, by the way, which succeed in stabilizing +the traumatic shock on several levels."</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "That last part began to get me a little," he said. +"Can we go over it again, just the tune this time and leave out the +harmony?"</p> + +<p>Marshall smiled. "Certainly," he said. "Remember that Her Majesty has +been locked up in institutions since early adolescence. Because of +this—a direct result of the original psychosis—she has been +deprived, not only of the communication which serves as a sublimation +for sexual activity, but, in fact, any normal sexual activity. Her +identification of herself with the Virgin Queen is far from +accidental, Sir Kenneth."</p> + +<p>The idea that conservation was sex was a new and somewhat frightening +one to Malone, but he stuck to it grimly. "No sex," Malone said. +"That's the basic trouble."</p> + +<p>Marshall nodded. "It always is," he said. "In one form or another, Sir +Kenneth; it is at the root of such problems at all times. But in Her +Majesty's case the psychosis has become stabilized; she is the Virgin +Queen, and therefore her failure to become part of the normal sexual +activity of her group has a reason. It is accepted on that basis by +her own psyche."</p> + +<p>"I see," Malone said. "Or, anyhow, I think I do. But how about +changes? Could she get worse or better? Could she start lying to +people—for the fun of it, or for reasons of her own?"</p> + +<p>"Changes in her psychic state don't seem very probable," Marshall +said. "In theory, of course, anything is possible; but in fact, I have +observed and worked with Her Majesty and no such change has occurred. +You may take that as definite."</p> + +<p>"And the lying?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Marshall frowned slightly. "I've just explained," he said, "that Her +Majesty has been blocked in the direction of communication—that is, +in the direction of one of her most important sexual sublimations. +Such communication as she can have, therefore, is to be highly +treasured by her; it provides the nearest thing to sex that she may +have. As the Virgin Queen, she may still certainly <i>converse</i> in any +way possible. She would not injure that valuable possession and right +by falsifying it. It's quite impossible, Sir Kenneth. Quite +impossible."</p> + +<p>This did not make Malone feel any better. It removed one of the two +possibilities—but it left him with no vacation, and the most +complicated case he had ever dreamed of sitting squarely in his lap +and making rude faces at him.</p> + +<p>He had to solve the case—and he had nobody but himself to depend on.</p> + +<p>"You're sure?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Perfectly sure, Sir Kenneth," Marshall said.</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "Well, then," he said, "can I see Her Majesty?" He knew +perfectly well that he didn't have to ask Marshall's permission—or +anybody else's. But it seemed more polite, somehow.</p> + +<p>"She's receiving Dr. Sheldon Lord in audience just at the moment," +Marshall said. "I don't see why you shouldn't go on to the Throne +Room, though. He's giving her some psychological tests, but they ought +to be finished in a minute or two."</p> + +<p>"Fine," Malone said. "How about court dress? Got anything here that +might fit me?"</p> + +<p>Marshall nodded. "We've got a pretty complete line of court costume +now," he said. "I should say it was the most complete in +existence—except possibly for the TV historical companies. Down the +hall, three doors farther on, you'll find the dressing room."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone thanked Dr. Marshall and went out slowly. He didn't really mind +the court dress or the Elizabethan etiquette Her Majesty liked to +preserve; as a matter of fact, he was rather fond of it. There had +been some complaints about expense when the Throne Room and the +costume arrangement were first set up, but the FBI and the Government +had finally decided that it was better and easier to humor Her +Majesty.</p> + +<p>Malone spent ten minutes dressing himself magnificently in hose and +doublet, slash-sleeved, ermine-trimmed coat, lace collar, and plumed +hat. By the time he presented himself at the door to the Throne Room +he felt almost cheerful. It had been a long time since he had entered +the world of Elizabethan knighthood over which Her Majesty held sway, +and it always made him feel taller and more sure of himself. He bowed +to a chunkily-built man of medium height in a stiffly brocaded jacket, +carrying a small leather briefcase. The man had a whaler's beard of +blond-red hair that looked slightly out of period, but the costume +managed to overpower it. "Dr. Lord?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>The bearded man peered at him. "Ah, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Yes, yes. +Just been giving Her Majesty a few tests. Normal weekly check, you +know."</p> + +<p>"I know," Malone said. "Any change?"</p> + +<p>"Change?" Lord said. "In Her Majesty? Sir Kenneth, you might as well +expect the very rocks to change. Her Majesty remains Her Majesty—and +will, in all probability, throughout the foreseeable future."</p> + +<p>"The same as ever?" Malone asked hopefully.</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Lord said. "But—if you do want background on the case—I'm +flying back to New York tonight. Look me up there, if you have a +chance. I'm afraid there's little information I can give you, but it's +always a pleasure to talk with you."</p> + +<p>"Thanks," Malone said dully.</p> + +<p>"Barrow Street," Lord said with a cheery wave of the briefcase. +"Number 69." He was gone. The Security Officer at the door, a young +man in the uniform of a page, opened it and peered out at Malone. The +FBI Agent nodded to him and the Security Officer announced in a firm, +loud voice: "Sir Kenneth Malone, of Her Majesty's Own FBI!"</p> + +<p>The Throne Room was magnificent. The whole place had been done in +plastic and synthetic fibers to look like something out of the +Sixteenth Century. It was as garish, and as perfect, as a Hollywood +movie set—which wasn't surprising, since two stage designers had been +hired away from color-TV spectaculars to set it up. At the far end of +the room, past the rich hangings and the flaming chandeliers, was a +great golden throne, and on it Her Majesty was seated.</p> + +<p>Lady Barbara Wilson, Her Majesty's personal nurse, was sitting on a +camp-chair arrangement nearby. She smiled slowly at Malone as he went +by, and Malone returned the smile with a good deal of interest. He +strode firmly down the long crimson carpet that stretched from the +doorway to the throne. At the steps leading up toward the dais that +held the Throne, his free hand went up and swept off the plumed hat. +He sank to one knee.</p> + +<p>"Your Majesty," he said gravely.</p> + +<p>The queen looked down on him. "Rise, Sir Kenneth," she said in a tone +of surprise. "We welcome your presence."</p> + +<p>Malone got up off his knee and stood, his hat in his hand.</p> + +<p>"What is your business with us?" Her Majesty asked.</p> + +<p>Malone looked her full in the face for the first time. He realized +that her expression was rather puzzled and worried. She looked even +more confused than she had the last time he'd seen her.</p> + +<p>He took a deep breath, wished for a cigar and plunged blindly ahead +into the toils of court etiquette.</p> + +<p>"Your Majesty," he said, "I know full well that you are aware of the +thoughts that I have had concerning the case we have been working on. +I beg Your Majesty's pardon for having doubted Your Majesty's Royal +Word. Since my first doubts, of which I am sore ashamed, I have been +informed by Our Majesty's Royal Psychiatrist that my doubts were +ill-founded, and I wish to convey my deepest apologies. Now, having +been fully convinced of the truth of Your Majesty's statements, I have +a theory I would discuss with you, the particulars of which you can +doubtless see in my mind."</p> + +<p>He paused. Her Majesty was staring at him, her face pale.</p> + +<p>"Sir Kenneth," she said in a strained voice, "we appreciate your +attitude. However—" She paused for a moment, and then continued. +"However, Sir Kenneth, it is our painful duty to inform you—"</p> + +<p>She stopped again. And when she managed to speak, she had dropped all +pretense of Court Etiquette.</p> + +<p>"Sir Kenneth, I've been so worried! I was afraid you were dead!"</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "Dead?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"For the past twenty-four hours," Her Majesty said in a frightened +voice, "I've been unable to contact your mind. And right now, as you +stand there, I can't read anything!</p> + +<p>"It's as though you weren't thinking at all!"</p> + + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2><span class="smcap">Part 3</span></h2> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_011.jpg" width="600" height="451" alt="" /> +</div> + + +<h3>IX</h3> +<div class="figleft"><img src="images/image_m.jpg" alt="M" width="50" height="50" /></div> +<p>alone stared at Her Majesty for what seemed like a long time. "Not +thinking at all?" he said at last, weakly. "But I <i>am</i> thinking. At +least, I <i>think</i> I am." He suddenly felt as if he had gone René +Descartes one better. It wasn't a pleasant feeling.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty regarded Malone for an interminable, silent second. Then +she turned to Lady Barbara. "My dear," she said, "I would like to +speak to Sir Kenneth alone. We will go to my chambers."</p> + +<p>Malone, feeling as though his brain had suddenly turned to quince +jelly, followed the two women out of a small door at the rear of the +Throne Room, and into Her Majesty's private apartments. Lady Barbara +left them alone with some reluctance, but she'd evidently been getting +used to following her patient's orders. Which, Malone thought with +admiration, must take a lot of effort for a nurse.</p> + +<p>The door closed and he was alone with the Queen. Malone opened his +mouth to speak, but Her Majesty raised a monitory hand. "Please, Sir +Kenneth," she said. "Just a moment. Don't say anything for a little +bit."</p> + +<p>Malone shut his mouth. When the minute was up, Her Majesty began to +nod her head, very slowly. Her voice, when she spoke, was low and +calm.</p> + +<p>"It's as though you were almost invisible," she said. "I can see you +with my eyes, of course, but mentally you are almost completely +indetectable. Knowing you as well as I do, and being this close to +you, it is just possible for me to detect very faint traces of +activity."</p> + +<p>"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "I am thinking. I know I am. Maybe +it's not me. Your telepathy might be fading out temporarily, or +something like that. It's possible, isn't it?" He was reasonably sure +it wasn't, but it was a last try at making sense. Her Majesty shook +her head.</p> + +<p>"I can still receive Sir Thomas, for instance, quite clearly," she +said. She seemed a little miffed, but the irritation was overpowered +by her worry. "I think, Sir Kenneth, that you just don't know your own +power, that's all. I don't know how, but you've managed somehow to +smother telepathic communication almost completely."</p> + +<p>"But not quite?" Malone said. Apparently, he was thinking, but very +weakly. Like a small child, he told himself dismally. Like a small +Elizabethan child.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty's face took on a look of faraway concentration. "It's like +looking at a very dim light," she said, "a light just at the threshold +of perception. You might say that you've got to look at such a light +sideways. If you look directly at it, you can't see it. And, of +course, you can't see it at all if you're a long way off." She +blinked. "It's not exactly like that, you understand," she finished. +"But in some ways—"</p> + +<p>"I get the idea," Malone said. "Or I think I do. But what's causing +it? Sunspots? Little green men?"</p> + +<p>"Not so little," Her Majesty said with some return of her old humor, +"and not green, either. As a matter of fact, <i>you</i> are, Sir Kenneth."</p> + +<p>Malone opened his mouth, shut it again and finally managed to say: +"Me?" in a batlike squeal of surprise.</p> + +<p>"I don't know how, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty went on, "but you are. +It's ... rather frightening to me, as a matter of fact; I've never +seen such a thing before. I've never even considered it before."</p> + +<p>"You?" Malone said. "How about me?" It was like suddenly discovering +that you'd been lifting two-hundred-pound barbells and not knowing it. +"How could I be doing anything like that without knowing anything +about it?"</p> + +<p>Her Majesty shook her head. "I haven't the faintest idea," she said.</p> + +<p>But Malone, very suddenly, did. He remembered deciding to keep a close +check on his mental processes to make sure those bursts of energy +didn't do anything to him. Subconsciously, he knew, he was still +keeping that watch.</p> + +<p>And maybe the watch itself caused the complete blanking of his +telepathic faculties. It was worth a test, at least, he decided. And +it was an easy test to make.</p> + +<p>"Listen," he said. He told himself that he would now allow +communication between himself and Her Majesty—and only between those +two. Maybe it wasn't possible to let down the barrier in a selective +way, but he gave it all he had. A long second passed.</p> + +<p>"My goodness!" Her Majesty said in pleased surprise. "There you are +again!"</p> + +<p>"You can read me?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>"Why ... yes," Her Majesty said. "And I can see just what you're +thinking. I'm afraid, Sir Kenneth, that I don't know whether it's +selective or not. But ... oh. Just a minute. You go right on thinking, +now, just the way you are." Her Majesty's eyes unfocused slightly and +a long time passed, while Malone tried to keep on thinking. But it was +difficult, he told himself, to think about things without having any +things to think about. He felt his mind begin to spin gently with the +rhythm of the last sentence, and he considered slowly the possibility +of thinking about things when there weren't any things thinking about +you. That seemed to make as much sense as anything else, and he was +turning it over and over in his mind when a voice broke in.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"I was contacting Willie," Her Majesty said.</p> + +<p>"Ah," Malone said. "Willie. Of course. Very fine for contacting."</p> + +<p>Her Majesty frowned. "You remember Willie, don't you?" she said. +"Willie Logan—who used to be a spy for the Russians, just because he +didn't know any better, poor boy?"</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "Logan." He remembered the catatonic youngster who +had used his telepathic powers against the United States until Her +Majesty, the FBI, and Kenneth J. Malone had managed to put matters +right. That had been the first time he'd met Her Majesty; it seemed +like fifty years before.</p> + +<p>"Well," Her Majesty said, "Willie and I had a little argument just +now. And I think you'll be interested in it."</p> + +<p>"I'm fascinated," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Was he thinking about things or were things thinking about him?"</p> + +<p>"Really, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you do think about the +silliest notions when you don't watch yourself."</p> + +<p>Malone blushed slightly. "Anyhow," he said after a pause, "what was +the argument about?"</p> + +<p>"Willie says you aren't here," Her Majesty said. "He can't detect you +at all. Even when I let him take a peek at you through my own +mind—making myself into sort of a relay station, so to speak—Willie +wouldn't believe it. He said I was hallucinating."</p> + +<p>"Hallucinating me?" Malone said. "I think I'm flattered. Not many +people would bother."</p> + +<p>"Don't underestimate yourself, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, rather +severely. "But you do see what this little argument means, don't you? +I think you may assume that your telepathic contact is quite +selective. If Willie can't read you, Sir Kenneth, believe me, nobody +at all can ... unless you let them."</p> + +<p>How he had developed this mental shield, he couldn't imagine, unless +his subconscious had done it for him. Good old subconscious, he +thought, always looking out for a person's welfare, preparing little +surprises and things. Though he hoped vaguely that the next surprise, +if there were a next one, would sneak up a little more gently. Being +told flatly that your mind was not in operation was not a very good +way to start an investigation.</p> + +<p>Then he thought of something else. "Do you think this ... barrier of +mine will keep out those little bursts of mental energy?" he said.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty looked judicious. "I really do," she said. "It does appear +quite impenetrable, Sir Kenneth. I can't understand how you're doing +it. Or why, for that matter."</p> + +<p>"Well—" Malone began.</p> + +<p>Her Majesty raised a hand. "No," she said. "I'd rather not know, if +you please." Her voice was stern, but just a little shaken. "The +thought of blocking off thought—the only real form of communication +that exists—is, frankly, quite horrible to me. I would rather be +blinded, Sir Kenneth. I truly would."</p> + +<p>Malone thought of Dr. Marshall and blushed. Her Majesty peered at him +narrowly, and then smiled.</p> + +<p>"You've been talking to my Royal Psychiatrist again, haven't you?" she +said. Malone nodded. "Frankly, Sir Kenneth," she went on, "I think +people pay too much attention to that sort of thing nowadays."</p> + +<p>The subject, Malone recognized, was firmly closed. He cleared his +throat and started up another topic. "Let's talk about these energy +bursts," he said. "Do you still pick them up occasionally?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, my, yes," Her Majesty said. "And it's not only me. Willie has +been picking them up too. We've had some long talks about it, Willie +and I. It's frightening, in a way, but you must admit that it's very +interesting."</p> + +<p>"Fascinating," Malone muttered. "Tell me, have you figured out what +they might be, yet?"</p> + +<p>Her Majesty shook her head. "All we know is that they do seem to occur +just before a person intends to make a decision. The burst somehow +appears to influence the decision. But we don't know how, and we don't +know where they come from, or what causes them. Or even why."</p> + +<p>"In other words," Malone said, "we know absolutely nothing new."</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid not, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But Willie and I do +intend to keep working on it. It is important, isn't it?"</p> + +<p>"Important," Malone said, "is not the word." He paused. "And now, if +your Majesty will excuse me," he said, "I'll have to go. I have work +to do, and your information has been most helpful."</p> + +<p>"You may go, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, returning with what +appeared to be real pleasure to the etiquette of the Elizabethan +Court. "We are grateful that you have done so much, and continue to do +so much, to defend the peace of Our Realm."</p> + +<p>"I pledge myself to continue in those efforts which please Your +Majesty," Malone said, and started back for the costume room. Once +he'd changed into his regular clothing again he snapped himself back +to the room he had rented in the Great Universal. He had a great deal +of thinking to do, he told himself, and not much time to do it in.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>However, he was alone. That meant he could light up a cigar—something +which, as an FBI Agent, he didn't feel he should do in public. Cigars +just weren't right for FBI Agents, though they were all right for +ordinary detectives like Malone's father. As a matter of fact, he +considered briefly hunting up a vest, putting it on and letting the +cigar ash dribble over it. His father seemed to have gotten a lot of +good ideas that way. But, in the end, he rejected the notion as being +too complicated, and merely sat back in a chair, with an ashtray +conveniently on a table by his side, and smoked and thought.</p> + +<p>Now, he knew with reasonable certainty that Andrew J. Burris was wrong +and that he, Malone, was right. The source of all the confusion in the +country was due to psionics, not to psychodrugs and Walt Disney spies.</p> + +<p>His first idea was to rush back and tell Burris. However, this looked +like a useless move, and every second he thought about it made it seem +more useless. He simply didn't have enough new evidence to convince +Burris of anything whatever; psychiatric evidence was fine to back up +something else, but on its own it was still too shaky to be accepted +by the courts, in most cases. And Burris thought even more strictly +than the courts in such matters.</p> + +<p>Not only that, Malone realized with alarm, but even if he did manage +somehow to convince Burris there was very little chance that Burris +would stay convinced. If his mind could be changed by a burst of wild +mental power—and why not? Malone reflected—then he could be +unconvinced as often as necessary. He could be spun round and round +like a top and never end up facing the way Malone needed him to face.</p> + +<p>That left the burden of solving the problem squatting like a +hunchback's hunch squarely on Malone's shoulders. He thought he could +bear the weight for a while, if he could only think of some way of +dislodging it. But the idea of its continuing to squat there forever +was horribly unnerving. "Quasimodo Malone," he muttered, and uttered a +brief prayer of thanks that his father had been spared a classical +education. "Ken" wasn't so bad. "Quasi" would have been awful.</p> + +<p>He couldn't think of any way to get a fingerhold on the thing that +weighed him down. Slowly, he went over it in his mind.</p> + +<p>Situation: an unidentifiable something is attacking the United States +with an untraceable something else from a completely unknown source.</p> + +<p>Problem: how do you go about latching on to anything as downright +nonexistent as all that?</p> + +<p>Even the best detective, Malone told himself irritably, needed clues +of some kind. And this thing, whatever it was, was not playing fair. +It didn't go around leaving bloody fingerprints or lipsticked +cigarette butts or packets of paper matches with <i>Ciro's, Hollywood</i>, +written on them. It didn't even have an alibi for anything that could +be cracked, or leave tire marks or footprints behind that could be +photographed. Hell, Malone thought disgustedly, it wasn't that the +trail was cold. It just <i>wasn't</i>.</p> + +<p>Of course, there were ways to get clues, he reflected. He thought of +his father. His father would have gone to the scene of the crime, or +questioned some of the witnesses. But the scene of the crime was +anywhere and everywhere, and most of the witnesses didn't know they +were witnessing anything. Except for Her Majesty, of course—but he'd +already questioned her, and there hadn't been any clues he could +recall in that conversation.</p> + +<p>Malone stubbed out his cigar, lit another one absent-mindedly, and +rescued his tie, which was working its slow way around to the side of +his collar. There were, he remembered, three classic divisions of any +crime: method, motive and opportunity. Maybe thinking about those +would lead somewhere.</p> + +<p>As an afterthought, he got up, found a pencil and paper with the +hotel's name stamped on them in gold and came back to the chair. +Clearing the ashtray aside, he put the paper on the table and divided +the paper into three vertical columns with the pencil. He headed the +first one <i>Method</i>, the second <i>Motive</i> and the third <i>Opportunity</i>.</p> + +<p>He stared at the paper for a while, and decided with some trepidation +to take the columns one by one. Under <i>Method</i>, he put down: "Little +bursts. Who knows cause?" Some more thought gave him another item, and +he set it down under the first one: "Psionic. Look for psionic +people?"</p> + +<p>That apparently was all there was to the first column. After a while +he moved to number two, <i>Motive</i>. "Confuse things," he wrote with +scarcely a second's reflection. But that didn't seem like enough. A +few minutes more gave him several other items, written down one under +the other. "Disrupt entire US. Set US up for invasion? Martians? +Russians? CK: Is Russia having trble?" That seemed to exhaust the +subject and with some relief he went on. But the title of the next +column nearly stopped him completely.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_012.jpg" width="600" height="220" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p><i>Opportunity.</i> There wasn't anything he could put down under that one, +Malone told himself, until he knew a great deal more about method. As +things stood at present, the best entry under <i>Opportunity</i> was a +large, tastefully done question mark. He made one, and then sat back +to look at the entire list and see what help it gave him:</p> + +<p> +<i>Method</i><br /> +Little bursts. Who knows cause?<br /> +Psionic. Look for psionic people?<br /> +<br /> +<i>Motive</i><br /> +Confuse things.<br /> +Disrupt entire US.<br /> +Set US up for invasion?<br /> +Martians?<br /> +Russians?<br /> +CK: Is Russia having trble?<br /> +<br /> +<i>Opportunity</i><br /> +?<br /> +</p> + +<p>Somehow, it didn't seem to be much help, when he thought about it. It +had a lot of information on it, but none of the information seemed to +lead anywhere. It did seem to be established that the purpose was to +confuse or disrupt the United States, but this didn't seem to point to +anybody except a Russian, an alien or a cosmic practical joker. Malone +could see no immediate way of deciding among the trio. However, he +told himself, there are other ways to start investigating a crime. +There must be.</p> + +<p>Psychological methods, for instance. People had little gray cells, he +remembered from his childhood reading. Some of the more brainy +fictional detectives never stooped to anything so low as an actual +physical clue. They concentrated solely on finding a pattern in the +crimes that indicated, infallibly, the psychology of the individual. +Once his psychology had been identified, it was only a short step to +actually catching him and putting him in jail until his psychology +changed for the better. Or, of course, until it disappeared entirely +and was buried, along with the rest of him, in a small wood box.</p> + +<p>That wasn't Malone's affair. All he had to do was take the first few +steps and actually find the man. And perhaps psychology and pattern +was the place to start. Anyhow, he reflected, he didn't have any other +method that looked even remotely likely to lead to anything except +brain-fag, disappointment, and catalepsy.</p> + +<p>But he didn't have enough cases to find a pattern. There must, he +thought, be a way to get some more. After a few seconds he thought of +it.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>At first he thought of asking Room Service for all the local and +out-of-state papers, but that, he quickly saw, was a little unwise. +People didn't come to Las Vegas to catch up on the news; they came to +get away from it. A man might read Las Vegas papers, and possibly even +his home town's paper if he couldn't break himself of the pernicious +habit. But nobody on vacation would start reading papers from +everywhere.</p> + +<p>There was no sense in causing suspicion, Malone told himself. Instead, +he reached for the phone and called the desk.</p> + +<p>"Great Universal, good afternoon," a pleasant voice said in his ear.</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "What time <i>is</i> it?" he said.</p> + +<p>"A few minutes before six," the voice said. "In the evening, sir."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. It was later than he'd thought; the list had taken +some time. "This is Kenneth J. Malone," he went on, "in Room—" He +tried to remember the number of his room and failed. It seemed like +four or five days since he'd entered it. "Well, wherever I am," he +said at last, "send up some kind of a car for me and have a taxi +waiting outside."</p> + +<p>The voice sounded unperturbed. "Right away, sir," it said. "Will there +be anything else?"</p> + +<p>"I guess not," Malone said. "Not now, anyhow." He hung up and stubbed +out the latest in his series of cigars.</p> + +<p>The hallway car arrived in a few minutes. It was manned by a muscular +little man with beady eyes and thinning black hair. "You Malone?" he +said when the FBI Agent opened the door.</p> + +<p>"Kenneth J.," Malone said. "I called for a car."</p> + +<p>"Right outside, Chief," the little man said in a gravelly voice. "Just +hop in and off we go into the wild blue yonder. Right?"</p> + +<p>"I guess so," Malone said helplessly. He followed the man outside, +locked his door and climbed into a duplicate of the little car that +had taken him to his room in the first place.</p> + +<p>"Step right in, Chief," the little man said. "We're off."</p> + +<p>Malone, overcoming an immediate distaste for the chummy little fellow, +climbed in and the car retreated down to the road. It started off +smoothly and they went back toward the lobby. The little man chatted +incessantly and Malone tried not to listen. But there was nothing else +to do except watch the gun-toting "guides" as the car passed them, and +the sight was making him nervous.</p> + +<p>"You want anything—special," the driver said, giving Malone a blow in +the ribs that was apparently meant to be subtle, "you just ask for +Murray. Got it?"</p> + +<p>"I've got it," Malone said wearily.</p> + +<p>"You just pick up the little phone and you ask for Murray," the driver +said. "Maybe you want something a little out of the ordinary—get what +I mean?" Malone moved aside, but not fast enough, and Murray's stone +elbow caught him again. "Something special, extra-nice. For my +friends, pal. You want to be a friend of mine?"</p> + +<p>Assurances that friendship with Murray was Malone's dearest ambition +in life managed to fend off further blows until the car pulled to a +stop in the lobby. "Cab's outside, Mr. Malone," Murray said. "You +remember me—hey?"</p> + +<p>"I will never, never forget you," Malone said fervently, and got out +in a hurry. He found the cab and the driver, a heavy-set man with a +face that looked as if, somewhere along the line, it had run into a +Waring Blendor and barely escaped, swiveled around to look at him as +he got in.</p> + +<p>"Where to, Mac?" he asked sourly.</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "Center of town," he said. "A nice big newsstand."</p> + +<p>The cabbie blinked. "A what?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Newsstand," Malone said pleasantly. "All right with you?"</p> + +<p>"Everybody's a little crazy, I guess," the cabbie said. "But why do I +always get the real nuts?" He started the cab with a savage jerk and +Malone was carried along the road at dizzying speed. They managed to +make ten blocks before the cab squealed to a stop. Malone peered out +and saw a nice selection of sawhorses piled up in the road, guarded by +two men with guns. The men were dressed in police uniforms and the +cabby, staring at them, uttered one brief and impolite word.</p> + +<p>"What's going on?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Roadblock," the cabbie said. "Thing's going to stay here until Hell +freezes over. Not that they need it. Hell, I passed it on the way in +but I figured they'd take it down pretty quick."</p> + +<p>"Roadblock?" Malone said. "What for?"</p> + +<p>The cabbie shrugged eloquently. "Who knows?" he said. "You ask +questions, you might get answers you don't like. I don't ask +questions, I live longer."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>The cops, meanwhile, had advanced toward the car. One of them looked +in. "Who's the passenger?" he said.</p> + +<p>The cabbie swore again. "You want me to take loyalty oaths from +people?" he said. "You want to ruin my business? I got a passenger, +how do I know who he is? Maybe he's the Lone Ranger."</p> + +<p>"Don't get funny," the cop said. His partner had gone around to the +back of the car.</p> + +<p>"What's this, the trunk again?" the cabbie said. "You think maybe I'm +smuggling in showgirls from the edge of town?"</p> + +<p>"Ha, ha," the cop said distinctly. "One more joke and it's thirty +days, buster. Just keep cool and nothing will happen."</p> + +<p>"Nothing, he calls it," the cabbie said dismally. But he stayed silent +until the second cop came back to rejoin his partner.</p> + +<p>"Clean," he said.</p> + +<p>"Here, too, I guess," the first cop said, and looked in again. "You," +he said to Malone. "You a tourist?"</p> + +<p>"That's right," Malone said. "Kenneth J. Malone, at the Great +Universal. Arrived this afternoon. What's happening here, officer?"</p> + +<p>"I'm asking questions," the cop said. "You're answering them. Outside +of that, you don't have to know a thing." He looked very tough and +official. Malone didn't say anything else.</p> + +<p>After a few more seconds they went back to their positions and the +cabbie started the car again. Ten yards past the roadblock he turned +around and looked at Malone. "It's the sheriff's office every time," +he said. "Now, you take a State cop, he's O.K. because what does he +care? He's got other things to worry about, he don't have to bear down +on hard-working cabbies."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said helpfully.</p> + +<p>"And the city police—they're right here in the city, they're O.K. I +know them, they know me, nothing goes wrong. Get what I mean?"</p> + +<p>"The sheriff's office is the worst, though?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"The worst is nothing compared to those boys," the cabbie said. +"Believe me, every time they can make life tough for a cabbie, they do +it. It's hatred, that's what it is. They hate cabbies. That's the +sheriff's office for you."</p> + +<p>"Tough," Malone said. "But the roadblock—what <i>was</i> it for, anyhow?"</p> + +<p>The cabbie looked back at the road, avoided an oncoming car with a +casual sweep of the wheel, and sighed gustily. "Mister," he said, "you +don't ask questions, I don't give out answers. Fair?"</p> + +<p>There was, after all, nothing else to say. "Fair," Malone told him, +and rode the rest of the way in total silence.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Buying the papers in Las Vegas took more time than Malone had +bargained for. He had to hunt from store to store to get a good, +representative selection, and there were crowds almost everywhere +playing the omnipresent slot-machines. The whir of the machines and +the low undertones and whispers of the bettors combined in the air to +make what Malone considered the single most depressing sound he had +ever heard. It sounded like a factory, old, broken-down and unwanted, +that was geared only to the production of cigarette butts and old +cellophane, ready-crumpled for throwing away. Malone pushed through +the crowds as fast as possible, but nearly an hour had gone by when he +had all his papers and hailed another cab to get him back to the +hotel.</p> + +<p>This time, the cabbie had a smiling, shining face. He looked like +Pollyanna, after eight or ten shots at the middleweight title. Malone +beamed right back at him and got in. "Great Universal," he said.</p> + +<p>"Hey, that's a nice place," the cabbie said heartily, as they started +off. "I heard there was a couple TV stars there last week and they got +drunk and had a fight. You see that?"</p> + +<p>"Just arrived this afternoon," Malone said. "Sorry."</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't worry," the cabbie assured him. "Something's always going +on at the Universal. I hear they posted a lot of guards there, just +waiting for something to come up now. Something about some shooting, +but I didn't get the straight story yet. That true?"</p> + +<p>"Far as I know," Malone said. "There's a lot of strange things +happening lately, aren't there?"</p> + +<p>"Lots," the cabbie said eagerly. He meandered slowly around a couple +of bright-red convertibles. "A guy owned the <i>Last Stand</i>, he killed +himself with a gun today. It's in the papers. Listen, Mister, funny +things happen all the time around here. I remember last week there was +a lady in my cab, nice old bat, looked like she wouldn't take off an +earring in public, not among strangers. You know the type. Well, sir, +she asked me to take her on to the Golden Palace, and that's a fair +ride. So on the way down, she—"</p> + +<p>Fascinated as he was by the unreeling story of the shy old bat, Malone +interrupted. "I hear there's a roadblock up now, and they're searching +all the cars. Know anything about that?"</p> + +<p>The cabbie nodded violently. "Sure, Mister," he said. "Now, it's funny +you should ask. I hit the block once today and I was saying to myself, +I'll bet somebody's going to ask me about this. So when I was in town +I talked around with Si Deeds ... you know Si? Oh, no, you just +arrived today ... anyhow, I figured Si would know."</p> + +<p>"And did he?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Not a thing," the cabbie said. Malone sighed disgustedly and the +cabbie went on: "So I went over and talked to Bob Grindell. I figured, +there was action, Bob would know. And guess what?"</p> + +<p>"He didn't know either," Malone said tiredly.</p> + +<p>"Bob?" the cabbie said. "Say, Mister, you must be new here for sure, +if you say Bob wouldn't know what was going on. Why, Bob knows more +about this town than guys lived in it twice as long, I'll tell you. +Believe me, he knows."</p> + +<p>"And what did he say?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>The cabbie paused. "About what?" he said.</p> + +<p>"About the roadblock," Malone said distinctly.</p> + +<p>"Oh," the cabbie said. "That. Well, that was a funny thing and no +mistake. There was this fight, see? And Shellenberger got in the +middle of it, see? So when he was dead they had to set up this +roadblock."</p> + +<p>Malone restrained himself with some difficulty. "What fight?" he said. +"And who's Shellenberger? And how did he get in the way?"</p> + +<p>"Mister," the cabbie said, "you must be new here."</p> + +<p>"A remarkable guess," Malone said.</p> + +<p>The cabbie nodded. "Sure must be," he said. "Gus Shellenberger's lived +here over ten years now. I drove him around many's the time. Remember +when he used to go out to this motel out on the outskirts there; there +was this doll he was interested in but it never came to much. He said +she wasn't right for his career, you know how guys like that are, they +got to be careful all the time. Never hit the papers or anything—I +mean with the doll and all—but people get to know things. You know. +So with this doll—"</p> + +<p>"How long ago did all this happen?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>"The doll?" the cabbie said. "Oh, five-six years. Maybe seven. I +remember it was the year I got a new cab, business was pretty good, +you know. Seven, I guess. Garage made me a price, you know, I had to +be an idiot to turn it down? A nice price. Well, George Lamel who owns +the place, he's an old friend, you know? I did him some favors so he +gives me a nice price. Well, this new cab—"</p> + +<p>"Can we get back to the present for a little while?" Malone said. +"There was this fight, and your friend Gus Shellenberger got involved +in it somehow—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, that," the cabbie said. "Oh, sure. Well, there was a kind of +chase. Some sheriff's officers were looking for an escaped convict, +and they were chasing him and doing some shooting. And Shellenberger, +he got in the way and got shot accidentally. The criminal, he got +away. But it's kind of a mess, because—"</p> + +<p>A loud chorus of sirens effectively stopped all conversation. Two cars +stamped with the insignia of the sheriff's office came into sight and +streaked past, headed for Las Vegas.</p> + +<p>"Because Shellenberger was State's attorney, after all," the cabbie +said. "It's not like just anybody got killed."</p> + +<p>"And the roadblock?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"For the criminal, I guess," the cabbie said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded heavily. The whole thing smelled rather loudly, he +thought. The "accident" wasn't very plausible to start with. And a +search for an escaped criminal that didn't even involve checking +identification of strangers like Malone wasn't much of a search. The +cops knew who they were looking for.</p> + +<p>And Shellenberger hadn't been killed by accident.</p> + +<p>The roadblock was down, he noticed. The sheriff's office cars had +apparently carried the cheerful cops back to Las Vegas. Maybe they'd +found their man, Malone thought, and maybe they just didn't care any +more.</p> + +<p>"Wouldn't a State's attorney live in Carson City?" he asked after a +while.</p> + +<p>"Not old Gus Shellenberger," the cabbie said. "Many's the time I +talked with him and he said he loved this old town. Loved it. Like an +old friend. Why, he used to say to me—"</p> + +<p>At that point the Great Universal hove into view. Malone felt +extraordinarily grateful to see it.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>He went to his room with the bundle of papers in his hand and locked +himself in. He lit a fresh cigar and started through the papers. Las +Vegas was the one on top, and he gave it a quick going-over. Sure +enough, the suicide of the Golden Palace owner was on page one, along +with a lot of other local news.</p> + +<p><i>Mayor Resigns Under Council Pressure</i>, one headline read. On page 3 +another story was headlined: <i>County Attorney Indicted by Grand Jury +in Bribery Case</i>. And at the bottom of page 1, complete with pictures +of baffled phone operators and linemen, was a double column spread: +<i>Damage to Phone Relay Station Isolates City Five Hours</i>.</p> + +<p>Carson City, the State Capitol, came in for lots of interesting news, +too. Three headlines caught Malone's attention:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>LT.-GOVERNOR MORRIS SWORN IN AS GOVERNOR TWELVE MEMBERS OF +LEGISLATURE RESIGN</p> + +<p>Ill Health Given As Reason</p> + +<p>STATE'S ATTORNEY'S OFFICE: "NO COMMENT" ON RACKETS +CONNECTION CHARGE.</p></div> + +<p>The next paper was the New York Post. Malone studied the front page +with interest:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>MAYOR ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMM.</p></div> + +<p>The story on page 3 had a little more detail:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>MAYOR AMALFI ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMMISSIONER ON +EVIDENCE SHOWING "COLLUSION WITH GAMBLING INTERESTS"</p></div> + +<p>But Malone didn't have time to read the story. Other headlines on +pages 2 and 3 attracted his startled attention:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>TWELVE DIE IN BROOKLYN GANG MASSACRE</p> + +<p>Ricardo, Numbers Head, Among Slain</p> + +<p>"DANGEROUS DAN" SUGRUE LINKED WITH TRUCKER'S UNION</p> + +<p>Admits Connection "Gladly"</p></div> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_013.jpg" width="600" height="404" alt="" /> +</div> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>HOUSING AUTHORITY DENIES, THEN CONFESSES GRAFT CHARGE</p></div> + +<p>Malone wiped a streaming brow. Apparently all hell was busting loose. +Under the <i>Post</i> was the San Francisco <i>Examiner</i>, its crowded front +page filled with all sorts of strange and startling news items. Malone +looked over a few at random. A wildcat waterfront strike had been +called off after the resignation of the union local's president. The +"Nob Hill Mob," which had grown notorious in the past few years, had +been rounded up and captured <i>in toto</i> after what the paper described +only as a "police tipoff." Two headlines caught his special attention:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>BERSERK POLICE CAPTAIN KILLS TWO AIDES, SELF: CORRUPTION +HINTED</p></div> + +<p>The second hit closer to home:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>FBI ARRESTS THREE STATE SENATORS ON INCOME TAX CHARGE</p></div> + +<p>Malone felt a pang of nostalgia. Conquering it after a brief struggle, +he went on to the next paper. From Los Angeles, its front page showed +that Hollywood, at least, was continuing to hold its own:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>LAVISH FUNERAL PLANNED FOR WONDER DOG TOMORROW</p></div> + +<p>But the Washington <i>Times-Herald</i> brought things back to the mess +Malone had expected. All sorts of things were going on:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>PRESIDENT ACCEPTS RESIGNATION OF THREE CABINET MEMBERS</p> + +<p>New Appointees Not Yet Named</p> + +<p>PENTAGON TO INVESTIGATE QUARTER-MASTER CORPS GRAFT</p> + +<p>Revelations Hinted In Closed Hearing Thursday</p> + +<p>RIOT ON SENATE FLOOR QUELLED BY GUARDS</p> + +<p>Sen. Briggs Hospitalized</p> + +<p>GENERAL BREGER, MISSILE BASE HEAD, DIES IN TESTING ACCIDENT</p> + +<p>Faulty Equipment Blamed</p></div> + +<p>Malone put the papers down with a deep sigh. There was some kind of a +pattern there, he was sure; there had to be. More was happening in the +good old United States inside of twenty-four hours than ordinarily +happened in a couple of months. The big trouble was that some of it +was, doubtless, completely unconnected with the work of Malone's +psychological individual. It was equally certain that some of it +wasn't; no normal workings of chance could account for the spate of +resignations, deaths, arrests of high officials, freak accidents and +everything else he'd just seen.</p> + +<p>But there was no way of telling which was which. The only one he was +reasonably sure he could leave out of his calculations was Hollywood's +good old Wonder Dog. And when he looked at the rest all he could see +was that confusion was rampant. Which was exactly what he'd known +before.</p> + +<p>He remembered once, when he was a boy, his mother had taken him to an +astronomical observatory, and he had looked at Mars through the big +telescope, hoping to see the canals he'd heard so much about. Sure, +enough, there had been a blurred pattern of some kind. It might have +represented canals—but he'd been completely unable to trace any given +line. It was like looking at a spiderweb through a sheet of frosted +glass.</p> + +<p>He needed a clearer view, and there wasn't any way to get it without +finding some more information. Sooner or later, he told himself, +everything would fall into one simple pattern, and he would give a cry +of "Eureka!"</p> + +<p>There was, at any rate, no need to go to the scene of the crime. He +was right in the middle of it—and would have been, apparently, no +matter where he'd been. The big question was: where were all the facts +he needed?</p> + +<p>He certainly wasn't going to find them all alone in his room, he +decided. Mingling with the Las Vegas crowds might give him some sort +of a lead—and, besides, he had to act like a man on vacation, didn't +he? Satisfied of this, Malone began to change into his dress suit. +People who came to Las Vegas, he told himself while fiddling with what +seemed to be a left-hand-thread cufflink of a peculiarly nasty +disposition, were usually rich. Rich people would be worried about the +way the good old United States was acting up, just like anybody else, +but they'd have access to various sources both of information and +rumor. Rumor was more valuable than might at first appear, Malone +thought sententiously, sneaking up on the cufflink and fastening it +securely. He finished dressing with what was almost an air of hope.</p> + +<p>He surveyed himself in the mirror when he was done. Nobody, he told +himself with some assurance, would recognize him as the FBI Agent who +had come into the Golden Palace two years before, clad in Elizabethan +costume and escorting a Queen who had turned out to be a phenomenal +poker player. After all, Las Vegas was a town in which lots of strange +things happened daily, and he was dressed differently, and he'd aged +at least two years in the intervening two years.</p> + +<p>He put in a call for a hallway car—carefully refraining from asking +for Murray.</p> + + +<h3>X</h3> +<p>"Business, Mr. Malone," the bartender said, "is shot all to hell. The +whole country is shot all to hell."</p> + +<p>"I believe it," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Sure," the bartender said. He finished polishing one glass and set to +work on another one. "Look at the place," he went on. "Half full. You +been here two weeks now, and you know how business was when you came. +Now look."</p> + +<p>It wasn't necessary, but Malone turned obediently to survey the huge +gambling hall. It was roofed over by a large golden dome that seemed +to make the place look even emptier than it could possibly be. There +were still plenty of people around the various tables, and something +approaching a big crowd clustered around the <i>chemin de fer</i> layout. +But it was possible to breathe in the place, and even move from table +to table without stepping into anybody's pocket. Las Vegas was +definitely sliding downhill at the moment, Malone thought.</p> + +<p>The glitter of polished gold and silver ornaments, the low cries of +the various dealers and officials, the buzz of conversation, were all +the same. But under the great dome, Malone told himself sadly, you +could almost see the people leaving, one by one.</p> + +<p>"No money around either," the bartender said. "Except maybe for a few +guys like yourself. I mean, people take their chances at the wheel or +the tables, but there's no big betting going on, just nickel-dime +stuff. And no big spending, either. Used to be tips in a place like +this, just tips, would really mount up to something worth while. Now, +nothing." He put the glass and towel down and leaned across the bar. +"You know what I think, Mr. Malone?" he said.</p> + +<p>"No," Malone said politely. "What do you think?"</p> + +<p>The bartender looked portentous. "I think all the big-money guys have +rushed off home to look after their business and like that," he said, +"everything's going to hell, and what I want to know is: What's wrong +with the country? You're a big businessman, Mr. Malone. You ought to +have some ideas."</p> + +<p>Malone paused and looked thoughtful. "I'll tell you what I think," he +said. "I think people have decided that gambling is sinful. Maybe we +all ought to go and get our souls dry-cleaned."</p> + +<p>The bartender shook his head. "You always got a little joke, Mr. +Malone," he said. "It's what I like about you. But there must be some +reason for what's happening."</p> + +<p>"There must be," Malone agreed. "But I'll be double-roasted for extra +fresh flavor if I know what it is."</p> + +<p>His vacation pay, he told himself with a feeling of downright misery, +was already down the drain. He'd been dipping into personal savings to +keep up his front as a big spender, but that couldn't go on +forever—even though he saved money on the front by gambling very +little while he tipped lavishly. And in spite of what he'd spent he +was no closer to an answer than he had been when he'd started.</p> + +<p>"Now, you take the stock market," the bartender said, picking up the +glass and towel again and starting to work in a semiautomatic fashion. +"It's going up and down like a regular roller coaster. I know because +I got a few little things going for me there—nothing much, you +understand, but I keep an eye out for developments. It doesn't make +any sense, Mr. Malone. Even the financial columnists can't make sense +out of it."</p> + +<p>"Terrible," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"And the Government's been cracking down on business everywhere it +can," the bartender went on. "All kinds of violations. I got nothing +against the law, you understand. But that kind of thing don't help +profits any. Look at the Justice Department."</p> + +<p>"You look at it," Malone muttered.</p> + +<p>"No," the bartender said. "I mean it. They been arresting people all +over the place for swindling on Government contracts, and falsifying +tax records, and graft, and all kinds of things. Listen, every FBI man +in the country must be up to his cute little derby hat in work."</p> + +<p>"I'll bet they are," Malone said. He heaved a great sigh. Every one of +them except Kenneth J. Malone was probably hopping full time in an +effort to straighten out the complicated mess everything was getting +into. Of course, he was working, too—but not officially. As far as +the FBI knew, he was on vacation, and they were perfectly willing to +let him stay there.</p> + +<p>A nationwide emergency over two weeks old, and getting worse all the +time—and Burris hadn't even so much as called Malone to talk about +the weather. He'd said that Malone was one of his top operatives, but +now that trouble was really piling up there wasn't a peep out of him.</p> + +<p>The enemy, whoever they were, were doing a great job, Malone thought +bitterly. Every time Burris decided he might need Malone, apparently, +they pushed a little mental burst at him and turned him around again. +He could just picture Burris looking blankly at an FBI roster and +saying: "Malone? Who's he?"</p> + +<p>It wasn't a nice picture. Malone took a deep swallow of his +bourbon-and-water and tried forgetting about it. The bartender, called +by another customer, put the glass and towel down and went to the +other end of the bar. Malone finished his drink very slowly, feeling +more lonely than he could ever remember being before.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>At last, though, four-thirty rolled around and he got up from the +plush bar stool and headed for the Universal Joint, the hotel's big +show-room. It was one of the few places in the hotel that was easily +reachable from the front bar on foot, and Malone walked, taking an +unexpected pleasure in this novel form of locomotion. In a few minutes +he was at the great curtained front doors.</p> + +<p>He pushed them open. Later, of course, when the Universal Joint was +open to the public, a man in a uniform slightly more impressive than +that of a South American generalissimo would be standing before the +doors to save patrons the unpleasant necessity of opening them for +themselves. But now, in the afternoon, the Universal Joint was closed. +There was no one inside but Primo Palveri, the manager and majority +stockholder of the Great Universal, and the new strip act he was +watching. Malone didn't particularly like the idea of sharing his +conversation with a burlesque stripper, but there was little he could +do about it; he'd waited several days for the appointment already.</p> + +<p>As the doors opened he could hear a nasal voice, almost without +over-tones, saying: "Now turn around, baby. Turn around." A pause, and +then another voice, this one female:</p> + +<p>"Is this all right, Mr. Palveri? You want me to show you something +else?"</p> + +<p>Malone shut the door quietly behind him. The female voice was coming +from the throat of a semi-naked girl about five feet eight, with +bright red hair and a wide, wide smile. She was staring at a chunky +little black-haired man sunk in a chair, whose back was to Malone.</p> + +<p>"What else do you do, Sweetheart?" the chunky man said. "Let me see +whatever you do. I want some wide-talent stuff, you know, for the +place. Class."</p> + +<p>The girl smiled even wider. Malone was sure her teeth were about to +fall out onto the floor, probably in a neat arrangement that spelled +out <i>Will You Kiss Me In The Dark Baby</i>. That would take an awful lot +of teeth, he reflected, but the stripper looked as if she could manage +the job. "I dance and sing," she said. "I could do a dance for you, +but my music is upstairs. You want me to go and get it?"</p> + +<p>Palveri shook his head. "How about a song, baby? You mind singing +without a piano?"</p> + +<p>"I don't have anything prepared," the girl said, her eyes wide. "I +didn't know this was going to be a special audition. I thought, you +know, just a burlesque audition, so I didn't bring anything."</p> + +<p>Palveri sank a little lower in the chair. "O.K., Sweetheart," he said. +"You got a nice shape, you'll fit in the line anyhow. But just sing a +song you know. How about that? If you make it with that, you could get +yourself a featured spot. More dough."</p> + +<p>The girl appeared to consider this proposition. "Gee," she said +slowly. "I could do 'God Bless America'. O.K., Mr. Palveri?"</p> + +<p>The chunky man sank even deeper toward the floor. "Never mind," he +said. "Go get dressed, tell Tony you got the number five spot in the +line. O.K.?"</p> + +<p>"Gee," she said. "Maybe I could work on something and do it for you +some other time, Mr. Palveri?"</p> + +<p>He nodded wearily. "Some other time," he said. "Sure."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The girl went off through a door at the left of the club. Malone +threaded his way past tables with chairs piled on top of them until he +came to Palveri's side. The club owner was sitting on a single chair +dragged off the heap that stood on a table next to him. He didn't turn +around. "Mr. Malone," he said, "take another chair, sit down and we'll +talk. O.K.?"</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "How'd you know I was there?" he said. "Much less who +I was?"</p> + +<p>"In this business," Palveri said, still without turning, "you learn to +notice things, Mr. Malone. I heard you come in and wait. Who else +would you be?"</p> + +<p>Malone took a chair from the pile and set it up next to Palveri's. The +chunky man turned to face him for the first time. Malone took a deep +breath and tried to look hard and tough as he studied the club owner.</p> + +<p>Palveri had small, sunken eyes decorated with bluish bags below and +tufted black eyebrows above. The eyes were very cold. The rest of his +face didn't warm things up any; he had an almost lipless slash for a +mouth, a small reddish nose and cheeks that could have used either a +shave or a good sandblasting job.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"You said you wanted to see me," Palveri began after a second. "But +you didn't say what about. What's up, Mr. Malone?"</p> + +<p>"I've been looking around," Malone said in what he hoped was a grim, +no-nonsense tone. "Checking things. You know."</p> + +<p>"Checking?" Palveri said. "What's this about?"</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. He fished out a cigarette and lit it. "Castelnuovo in +Chicago sent me down," he said. "I've been doing some checking around +for him."</p> + +<p>Palveri's eyes narrowed slightly. Malone puffed on the cigarette and +tried to act cool. "You throwing names around to impress me?" the club +owner said at last.</p> + +<p>"I'm not throwing names around," Malone said grimly. "Castelnuovo +wants me to look around, that's all."</p> + +<p>"Castelnuovo's a big man in Chicago," Palveri said. "He wouldn't send +a guy down without telling me about it."</p> + +<p>"He did," Malone said. He thought back to the FBI files on Giacomo +Castelnuovo, which took up a lot of space in Washington, even on +microfilm. "You want proof?" he said. "He's got a scar over his ribs +on the left side—got it from a bullet in '62. He wears a little black +mustache because he thinks he looks like an old-time TV star, but he +doesn't, much. He's got three or four girls on the string, but the +only one he cares about is Carla Bragonzi. He—"</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Palveri said. "O.K., O.K. You know him. You're not fooling, +around. But how come he sends you down without telling me?"</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "I've been here two weeks," he said. "You didn't know +I was around, did you? That's the way Castelnuovo wanted it."</p> + +<p>"He thinks I'd cheat him?" Palveri said, his face changing color +slightly. "He thinks I'd dress up for him or drag down? He knows me +better than that."</p> + +<p>Malone took a puff of his cigarette. "Maybe he just wants to be sure," +he said. "Funny things are happening all over." The cigarette tasted +terrible and he put it out in an ashtray from the chair-covered table.</p> + +<p>"You're telling me," Palveri said. "Things are crazy. What I'm +thinking is this: Maybe Castelnuovo wants to keep this place +operating. Maybe he wants to keep me here working for him."</p> + +<p>"And if he does?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"If he does, he's going to have to pay for it," Palveri said firmly. +"The place needs dough to keep operating. I've got to have a loan, or +else I'm going under."</p> + +<p>"The place is making money," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Palveri shook his head vigorously. He reached into a pocket and took +out a gold cigar case. He flipped it open. "Have one," he told Malone.</p> + +<p>An FBI Agent, Malone told himself, had no business smoking cigars and +looking undignified. But as a messenger from Castelnuovo, he could do +as he pleased. He almost reached for one before he realized that +maybe, sometime in the future, Palveri would find out who Kenneth J. +Malone really was. And then he'd remember Malone smoking cigars, and +that would be bad for the dignity of the FBI. Reluctantly, he drew his +hand back.</p> + +<p>"No, thanks," he said. "Never touch 'em."</p> + +<p>"To each his own," Palveri muttered. He took out a cigar, lit it and +returned the case to his pocket. The immediate vicinity became crowded +with smoke. Malone breathed deeply.</p> + +<p>"About the money—" Malone said after a second.</p> + +<p>Palveri snorted. "The place is making half of what I'm losing," he +said. "You got to see it this way, Malone: the contacts are gone."</p> + +<p>"Contacts?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Palveri nodded. "The mayor's resigned, remember?" he said. "You saw +that. Everybody's getting investigated. A couple of weeks ago the +Golden Palace guy knocked himself off, and where does that leave me? +He's my only contact with half the State boys; hell, he ran the whole +string of clubs here, more or less. Castelnuovo knows all that."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "But you can make new contacts."</p> + +<p>"Where?" Palveri said. He flung out his arms. "When nobody knows +what's going to happen tomorrow? I tell you, Malone, it's like a curse +on me."</p> + +<p>Malone decided to push the man a little farther. "Castelnuovo," he +said with what he hoped was a steely glint in his eyes, "isn't going +to like a curse ruining business." He took another deep breath of +tobacco smoke.</p> + +<p>"Primo Palveri don't like it either," Palveri said. "You think +whatever you like but that's the way things are. It's like Prohibition +except we're losing all the way down the line. Listen, and I'll tell +you something you didn't pick up around town."</p> + +<p>"Go ahead," Malone said.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Palveri blew out some more smoke. "You know about the shipments?" he +said. "The stuff from out on the desert?"</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. The FBI had a long file on the possibility of +Castelnuovo, through Palveri or someone else in the vicinity, shipping +peyotl buttons from Nevada and New Mexico all over the country. Until +this moment, it had only been a possibility.</p> + +<p>"Mike Sand wanted to get in on some of that," Palveri said. "Well, +it's big money, a guy figures he's got to have competition. But it's +business nowadays, not a shooting war. That went out forty years ago."</p> + +<p>"So?" Malone said, acting impatient.</p> + +<p>"I'm getting there," Palveri said. "I'm getting there. Mike Sand and +his truckers, they tried to high jack a shipment coming through out on +the desert. Now, the Trucker's Union is old and experienced, maybe, +but not as old and experienced as the Mafia. It figures we can take +them, right?"</p> + +<p>"It figures," Malone agreed. "But you didn't?"</p> + +<p>Palveri looked doleful. "It's like a curse," he said. "Two boys +wounded and one of them dead, right there on the sand. The shipment +gone, and Mike Sand on his way to the East with it. A curse." He +sucked some more at the cigar.</p> + +<p>Malone looked thoughtful and concerned. "Things are certainly bad," he +said. "But how's money going to make things any better?"</p> + +<p>Palveri almost dropped his cigar. Malone watched it lovingly. "Help?" +the club owner said. "With money I could stay open, I could stay +alive. Listen, I had investments, nice guaranteed stuff: real estate, +some California oil stuff ... you know the kind of thing."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Now that the contacts are gone and everybody's dead or resigned or +being investigated," Palveri said, "what do you think's happened to +all that? Down the drain, Malone."</p> + +<p>Malone said: "But—"</p> + +<p>"And not only that," Palveri said, waving the cigar. "The club was +going good, and you know I thought about building a second one a +little farther out. A straight investment, get me: an honest one."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded as if he knew all about it.</p> + +<p>"So I got the foundation in, Malone," Palveri said, "and it's just +sitting there, not doing anything. A whole foundation going to pot +because I can't do anything more with it. Just sitting there because +everything's going to hell with itself."</p> + +<p>"In a handbasket," Malone said automatically.</p> + +<p>Palveri gave him a violent nod. "You said it, Malone," he added. +"Everything. My men, too." He sighed. "And the contractor after me for +his dough. Good old Harry Seldon, everybody's friend. Sure. Owe him +some money and find out how friendly he is. Talks about nothing but +figures. Ten thousand. Twelve thousand."</p> + +<p>"Tough," Malone said. "But what do you mean about your men?"</p> + +<p>"Mistakes," Palveri said. "Book-keepers throwing the computers off and +croupiers making mistakes paying off and collecting—and always +mistakes against me, Malone. Always. It's like a curse. Even the hotel +bills—three of them this week were made out too small and the +customer paid up and went before I found out about it."</p> + +<p>"It sounds like a curse," Malone said. "Either that or there are spies +in the organization."</p> + +<p>"Spies?" Palveri said. "With the checking we do? With the way I've +known some of these guys from childhood? They were little kids with +me, Malone. They stuck with me all the way. And with Castelnuovo, +too," he added hurriedly.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "But they could still be spies."</p> + +<p>Palveri nodded sadly. "I thought of that," he said. "I fired four of +them. Four of my childhood friends, Malone. It was like cutting off an +arm. And all it did was leave me with one arm less. The same mistakes +go on happening."</p> + +<p>Malone stood up and heaved a sigh. "Well," he said, "I'll see what I +can do."</p> + +<p>"I'd appreciate it, Malone," Palveri said. "And when Primo Palveri +appreciates something, he <i>appreciates</i> it. Get what I mean?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "I'll report back and let you know what happens."</p> + +<p>Palveri looked just as anxious, but a little hopeful. "I need the +dough," he said. "I really need it."</p> + +<p>"With dough," Malone said, "you could fix up what's been happening?"</p> + +<p>Palveri shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I could stay open long +enough to find out."</p> + +<p>Malone went back to the gaming room feeling that he had learned +something, but not being quite sure what. Obviously whatever +organization was mixing everything up was paying just as much +attention to gangsters as to congressmen and businessmen. The simple +justice of this arrangement did not escape Malone, but he failed to +see where it led him.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/image_014.jpg" width="300" height="735" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>He considered the small chance that Palveri would actually call +Castelnuovo and check up on Kenneth J. Malone, but he didn't think it +was probable. Palveri was too desperate to take the chance of making +his boss mad in case Malone's story were true. And, even if the check +were made, Malone felt reasonably confident. It's hard to kill a man +who has a good, accurate sense of precognition and who can teleport +himself out of any danger he might get into. Not impossible, but hard. +Being taken for a ride in the desert, for instance, might be an +interesting experience, but could hardly prove inconvenient to anybody +except the driver of the car and the men holding the guns.</p> + +<p>The gaming room wasn't any fuller, he noticed. He wended his way back +to the bar for a bourbon-and-water and greeted the bartender morosely. +The drink came along and he sipped at it quietly, trying to put things +together in his mind. The talk with Palveri, he felt sure, had +provided an essential clue—maybe <i>the</i> essential clue—to what was +going on. But he couldn't find it.</p> + +<p>"Mess," he said quietly. "Everything's in a mess. And so what?"</p> + +<p>A voice behind him picked that second to say: "Gezundheit." Malone +didn't turn. Instead he looked at the bar mirror, and one glance at +what was reflected there was enough to freeze him as solid as the core +of Pluto.</p> + +<p>Lou was there. Lou Gehrig or whatever her name was, the girl behind +the reception desk of the New York offices of the Psychical Research +Society. That, in itself, didn't bother him. The company of a +beautiful girl while drinking was not something Malone actually hated. +But she knew he was an FBI Agent, and she might pick any second to +blat it out in the face of an astonished bartender. This, Malone told +himself, would not be pleasant. He wondered just how to hush her up +without attracting attention. Knock-out pills in her drink? A hand +over her mouth? A sudden stream of unstoppable words?</p> + +<p>He had reached no decision when she sat down on the stool beside him, +turned a bright, cheerful smile in his direction and said: "I've +forgotten your name. Mine's Luba Ardanko."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said dully. Even the disclosure of what "Lou" stood for +did nothing to raise his spirits.</p> + +<p>"I'm always forgetting things," Lou went on. "I've forgotten just +about everything about you."</p> + +<p>Malone breathed a long, inaudible sigh of relief. If more people, he +thought, had the brains not to greet FBI Agents by name, rank and +serial number when meeting them in a strange place, there would be +fewer casualties among the FBI.</p> + +<p>He realized that Luba was still smiling at him expectantly. "My name's +Malone," he said. "Kenneth Malone. I'm a cookie manufacturer, +remember?"</p> + +<p>"Oh," Luba said delightedly. "Sure! I remember last time I met you you +gave me that lovely box of cookies. Modeled on the Seven Dwarfs."</p> + +<p>Occasionally, Malone told himself, things moved a little faster than +he liked. "On the Seven Dwarfs," he said. "Oh, sure."</p> + +<p>"And I thought the model of Sneezy was awfully cute," she said. "But +don't let's talk about cookies. Let's talk about Martinis."</p> + +<p>Malone opened his mouth, tried to think of something clever to say, +and shut it again. Luba Ardanko was, perfectly obviously, altogether +too fast for him. But then, he reflected, I've had a hard day. "All +right," he said at last. "What <i>about</i> Martinis?"</p> + +<p>Luba's smile broadened. "I'd like one," she said. "And since you're a +wealthy cookie manufacturer—"</p> + +<p>"Be my guest," Malone said. "On the other hand, why not buy your own? +Since they're free as long as you're in the gambling room."</p> + +<p>The bartender had approached them silently. "That's right," he said in +a voice that betrayed the fact that he had memorized the entire +speech, word for word. "Drinks are free for those who play the gaming +tables. A courtesy of the Great Universal."</p> + +<p>He delivered a Martini and Luba drank it while Malone finished his +bourbon-and-water. "Well," she said, "I suppose we've got to go to the +gambling tables now. If only to be fair."</p> + +<p>"A horrible fate," Malone agreed, "but there you are: that's life."</p> + +<p>"It certainly is," she said brightly, and moved off. Malone, shaking +his head, went after her and found her standing in front of a roulette +wheel. "I just love roulette," she said, turning. "Don't you? It's so +exciting and expensive."</p> + +<p>Malone licked dry lips, said: "Sure," and started to move off.</p> + +<p>"Oh, let's just play a little," Luba said.</p> + +<p>There was nothing to do but agree. Malone put a small stack of silver +dollars on Red, and the croupier looked up with a bored expression. +There were three other people in the game, including a magnificent old +lady with blue hair who spent her money with a lavish hand. Two weeks +before, she wouldn't even have been noticed. Now the croupier was +bending over backward in an attempt not to show how grateful he was +for the patronage.</p> + +<p>The wheel spun around and landed on Number Two, Black. Malone sighed +and fished for more money. He felt his precognitive sense beginning to +come into play and happily decided to ride with it. This time the +stack of silver dollars was larger.</p> + +<p>Twenty minutes later he left the table approximately nine hundred +dollars richer. Luba was beaming. "There, now," she said. "Wasn't that +fun?"</p> + +<p>"Hysterical," Malone said. He glanced back over his shoulder. The +blue-haired old lady was winning and losing large sums with a speed +and aplomb that was certainly going to make her a twenty-four-hour +legend by the end of the evening. She looked grim and secure, as if +she were undergoing a penance. Malone shrugged and looked away.</p> + +<p>"Now," Luba said, "you can take me dancing."</p> + +<p>"I can?" Malone said. "I mean, do I? I mean—"</p> + +<p>"I mean the Solar Room," Luba said. "I've always wanted to enter on +the arms of a handsome cookie manufacturer. It will make me the +sensation of New York society."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The Solar Room was magnificently expensive. Malone had been there +once, establishing his character as a man of lavish appetites, and had +then avoided the place in deference to his real bankroll. He +remembered it as the kind of place where an order of scrambled eggs +was liable to come in, flaming, on a golden sabre. But Luba wanted the +Solar Room, and Malone was not at all sure she wouldn't use blackmail +if he turned her down. "Fine," he said in a lugubrious tone.</p> + +<p>The place shone, when they entered, as if they had come in from the +darkness of midnight. Along with the Universal Joint, it was the pride +and glory of the Great Universal Hotel and no expense had been spared +in the attempt to give it what Primo Palveri called Class. Couples and +foursomes were scattered around at the marble-topped tables, and +red-uniformed waiters scurried around bearing drinks, food and even +occasional plug-in telephones. There seemed to be more of the last +than Malone remembered as usual; people were worrying about +investments and businesses, and even those who had decided to stick it +out grimly at Las Vegas and, <i>enjoy</i> themselves had to check up with +the home folks in order to know when to start pricing windows in high +buildings. Malone wondered how many people were actually getting their +calls through. Since the first breakdown two weeks before, Las Vegas +and virtually every other United States city had suffered +interruptions in telephone service. Las Vegas had had three breakdowns +in two weeks; other cities weren't doing much better, if at all.</p> + +<p>Vaguely, Malone began looking around for handbaskets.</p> + +<p>"Let's dance," Luba said happily. "They're playing our song."</p> + +<p>On a stand at the front of the room a small orchestra was working away +busily. There were two or three couples on the postage-stamp dance +floor, whirling away to the strains of something Malone dimly +remembered as: "My heart's in orbit out in space until I see you +again."</p> + +<p>"Our song?" he said.</p> + +<p>Luba nodded. "You sang it to me the very first time we met," she said. +"At the cookie-manufacturer's ball. Remember?"</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. If Luba wanted to dance, Luba was going to dance. And +so was Malone. He rose and they went to the dance floor. Malone took +her in his arms and for a few bars they danced silently. At the end of +that time they were much closer together than they had been, and +Malone realized that he was somehow managing to enjoy himself. +Thoroughly.</p> + +<p>He thought dimly of the stripper he'd seen when he walked in on +Palveri. Like Luba, she had red hair. But somehow, she looked less +attractive undressed than Luba did in a complete wardrobe. Malone +wondered what the funny feeling creeping up his spine was. After a +second he realized that it wasn't love. Luba's hand was tickling him. +He shifted slightly and the hand left, but the funny feeling remained.</p> + +<p>Maybe it <i>was</i> love, he thought. He didn't know whether or not to hope +so.</p> + +<p>Luba was pressed close to him. He wondered how to open the +conversation, and decided that a sudden passionate declaration would +be more startling than welcome. At last he said: "Thanks for not +tipping my hand."</p> + +<p>Luba's whisper caressed his ear. "Don't thank me," she said. "I +enjoyed it."</p> + +<p>"Why are you doing this?" Malone said. "Not that I don't appreciate +it, but I thought you were sore."</p> + +<p>"Let's just say that your masterful, explosive approach was +irresistible," Luba said.</p> + +<p>Malone wondered briefly whether or not they'd turned off the +air-conditioning. If he moved slightly away from Luba, he thought, he +could breathe more easily. But breathing just wasn't worth it. "I will +cheerfully admit," he said, "that I am a ball of fire in the +feathers, as they say. But I didn't realize it was that obvious—even +to a woman of your tender sensitivity."</p> + +<p>Somehow, Luba had managed to get even closer to him. "You touch me +deeply," she whispered into his ear.</p> + +<p>Malone swallowed hard and tried to take another breath. Just one more, +he thought; that would be all he needed. "What are you doing in Las +Vegas?" he asked in what he hoped was a casual tone. It didn't sound +very casual, though.</p> + +<p>"I'm on vacation," Luba said in an off-handed manner. "I won't ask +what you're doing; I can guess pretty well. Besides, you obviously +want to keep it under cover."</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "I certainly wouldn't want what I'm doing to be +broadcast aloud to the great American public out there in +television-land." It was a long speech for a man without any breath. +Just one more, Malone told himself, and he could die happy.</p> + +<p>"I felt that," Luba said. "You know, Mr. Malone—"</p> + +<p>"Call me Ken," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"It is silly to be formal now, isn't it?" Luba said. "You know, Ken, +I'm beginning to realize that you are really a very nice person—in +spite of your rather surprising method of attack."</p> + +<p>"What's surprising about it?" Malone said. "People do it all the +time."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The orchestra suddenly shifted from the previous slow number to a +rapid fire tune Malone couldn't remember having heard before. "That," +he announced, "is too fast for me. I'm going to get some fresh air."</p> + +<p>Luba nodded, her red hair brushing Malone's cheek silkily. "I'm +coming, too," she said.</p> + +<p>Surrounding the Great Universal, Malone remembered, was a small belt +of parkland. He flagged a hallway car—remembering carefully to check +whether or not the driver was the sniggering Murray—and he and Luba +piled in and started out for the park. In the car, he held her hand +silently, feeling a little like a bashful schoolboy and a little like +Sir Kenneth Malone. It was a strange mixture, but he decided that he +liked it.</p> + +<p>They got out, standing in the cool darkness of the park. Overhead a +moon and stars were shining. The little hallway car rolled away and +they were alone. Completely alone. Malone swallowed hard.</p> + +<p>"Sleuth," Luba said softly in the darkness.</p> + +<p>Malone turned to face her.</p> + +<p>"Sleuth," she said, "don't you ever take a chance?"</p> + +<p>"Chance?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Damn it," Luba said in a soft, sweet voice, "kiss me, Ken."</p> + +<p>Malone had no answer to that—at least, no verbal answer. But then, +one didn't seem to be needed.</p> + +<p>When he finally came up for air, he said: "Lou—"</p> + +<p>"Yes, Ken?"</p> + +<p>"Lou, how long are you going to be here? Or in New York? What I mean +is—"</p> + +<p>"I'll be around," Lou said. "I will be going back to New York of +course; after all, Ken, I do have a living to make, such as it is, and +Sir Lewis is expecting me."</p> + +<p>"I don't know," Malone said, "but it still sounds funny. A girl like +you working for ... well, for the Psychical Research people. Ghosts +and ectoplasm and all that."</p> + +<p>Suddenly Lou wasn't in his arms any more. "Now, wait a minute," she +said. "You seemed to need their information, all right."</p> + +<p>"But that was ... oh, well," Malone said. "Never mind. Maybe I'm +silly. It really doesn't matter."</p> + +<p>"I guess it doesn't, now," Lou said in a softer tone. "Except that it +does mean I'll be going back to New York pretty soon."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "But ... look, Lou, maybe we could work something +out. I could tell Sir Lewis I needed you here for something, and then +he'd—"</p> + +<p>"My, my," she said. "What it must be like to have all that influence."</p> + +<p>"What?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>Lou grinned, almost invisibly. "Nothing," she said. "Nothing. But, my +fine feathered Fed, I don't want to be pulled around on somebody +else's string."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"I mean it, Ken," Luba said.</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "Suppose we table it for now, then," he said, "and +get around to it later. At dinner, say ... around nine?"</p> + +<p>"And just where," Luba said, "will you be before nine? Making improper +advances to the local contingent of chorines?"</p> + +<p>"I will make improper advances," Malone vowed, "only to you, Lou."</p> + +<p>Lou's eyes sparkled. "Goody," she said. "I've always wanted to be a +Fallen Woman."</p> + +<p>"But I have got some things to do before nine," Malone said. "I've got +to work, too."</p> + +<p>"Well, then," Lou said in a suspiciously sweet voice, "suppose I talk +to Sir Lewis Carter, and tell him to keep you in New York? Then—"</p> + +<p>"Enough," Malone said. "Nine o'clock."</p> + + +<h3>XI</h3> +<p class="blockquot1">Somebody somewhere was wishing all the world "a plague on both your houses," and making it stick. Confusion is fun in a comedy—but in the pilot of a plane or an executive of a nation....</p> + + +<div class="figleft"><img src="images/image_b.jpg" alt="B" width="51" height="50" /></div> +<p>ack in his room, Malone put on a fresh shirt, checked the .44 Magnum +in his shoulder holster, changed jackets, adjusted his hat to the +proper angle, and vanished.</p> + +<p>He had, he'd realized, exactly one definite lead. And now he was going +to follow up on it. The Government was apparently falling to pieces; +so was business and so was the Mafia. Nobody Malone had heard of had +gained anything. Except Mike Sand and his truckers. They'd beaten the +Mafia, at least.</p> + +<p>Sand was worth a chat. Malone had a way to get in to see him, but he +had to work fast. Otherwise Sand would very possibly know what Malone +was trying to do. And that might easily be dangerous.</p> + +<p>He had made his appearance in the darkness beneath one of the bridges +at the southwest side of Central Park, in New York. It was hardly +Malone's idea of perfect comfort, but it did mean safety; there was +very seldom anyone around after dark, and the shadows were thick +enough so that his "appearance" would only mean, to the improbable +passerby, that he had stepped out into the light.</p> + +<p>Now he strolled quietly over to Central Park West, and flagged a taxi +heading downtown. He'd expected to run into one of the roving muggers +who still made the Park a trap for the unwary—he'd almost looked +forward to it, in a way—but nobody appeared. It was unusual, but he +didn't have time to wonder about it.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 300px;"> +<img src="images/image_015.jpg" width="300" height="852" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>The headquarters for the National Brotherhood of Truckers was east of +Greenwich Village, on First Avenue, so Malone had plenty of time to +think things out while the cab wended its laborious southeast way. +After a few minutes he realized that he would have even more time to +think than he'd planned on.</p> + +<p>"Lots of traffic for this time of night," he volunteered.</p> + +<p>The cabbie, a fiftyish man with a bald, wrinkled head and surprisingly +bright blue eyes, nodded without turning his head. "Maybe you think +this is bad," he said. "You would not recognize the place an hour +earlier, friend. During the real rush hour, I mean. Things are what +they call <i>meshuggah</i>, friend. It means crazy."</p> + +<p>"How come?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"The subway is on strike since last week," the cabbie said. "The buses +are also on strike. This means that everybody is using a car. They +can make it faster if they wish to walk, but they use a car. It does +not help matters, believe me."</p> + +<p>"I can see that," Malone murmured.</p> + +<p>"And the cops are not doing much good either," the cabbie went on, +"since they went on strike sometime last Tuesday."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded, and then did a double-take. "Cops?" he said. "On +strike? But that's illegal. They could be arrested."</p> + +<p>"You can be funny," the cabbie said. "I am too sad to be funny."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Unless you are from Rhode Island," the cabbie said, "or even farther +away, you are deaf, dumb and blind. Everybody in New York knows what +is going on by this time. I admit that it is not in the newspapers, +but the newspapers do not tell the truth since, as I remember it, the +City Council election of 1924, and then it is an accident, due to the +major's best friend working in the printing plants."</p> + +<p>"But cops can't go on strike," Malone said plaintively.</p> + +<p>"This," the cabbie said in a judicious tone, "is true. But they do not +give out any parking tickets any more, or any traffic citations +either. They are working on bigger things, they say, and besides all +this there are not so many cops on the force now. They are spread very +thin."</p> + +<p>Malone could see what was coming. "Arrests of policemen," he said, +"and resignations."</p> + +<p>"And investigations," the cabbie said. "Mayor Amalfi is a good Joe +and does not want anything in the papers until a real strike comes +along, but the word gets out anyhow, as it always does."</p> + +<p>"Makes driving tough," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"People can make better time on their hands and knees," the cabbie +said, "with the cops pulling a strike. They concentrate on big items +now, and you can even smoke in the subways if you can find a subway +that is running."</p> + +<p>Malone stopped to think how much of the city's income depended on +parking tickets and small fines, and realized that a "strike" like the +one the police were pulling might be very effective indeed. And, +unlike the participants in the Boston Police Strike of sixty-odd years +before, these cops would have public sentiment on their side—since +they were keeping actual crime down.</p> + +<p>"How long do they think it's going to last?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"It can be over tomorrow," the cabbie said, "but this is not generally +believed in the most influential quarters. Mayor Amalfi and the new +Commissioner try to straighten things out all day long, but the way +things go straightening them out does no good. Something big is in the +wind, friend. I—"</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The cab, on Second Avenue and Seventeenth Street, stopped for a +traffic light. Malone felt an itch in the back of his mind, as if his +prescience were trying to warn him of something; he'd felt it for a +little while, he realized, but only now could he pay attention to it.</p> + +<p>The door on the driver's side opened suddenly, and so did the door +next to Malone. Two young men, obviously in their early twenties, were +standing in the openings, holding guns that were plainly intended for +immediate use.</p> + +<p>The one next to the driver said, in a flat voice: "Don't nobody get +wise. That way nobody gets hurt. Give us—"</p> + +<p>That was as far as he got.</p> + +<p>When the rear door had opened, Malone had had a full second to prepare +himself, which was plenty of time. The message from his precognitive +powers had come along just in time.</p> + +<p>The second gunman thrust his gun into the cab. He seemed almost to be +handing it to Malone politely, and this effect was spoiled only by +Malone's twist of the gunman's wrist, which must have felt as if he'd +put his hand into a loop tied to the axle of a high-speed centrifuge. +The gunman let go of the gun and Malone, spurning it, let it drop.</p> + +<p>He didn't need it. His other hand had gone into his coat and come out +again with the .44 Magnum.</p> + +<p>The thug at the front of the car had barely realized what was +happening by the time it was all over. Automatic reflexes turned him +away from the driver and toward the source of danger, his gun pointing +toward Malone. But the reflexes gave out as he found himself staring +down a rifled steel tube which, though hardly more than +seven-sixteenths of an inch in diameter, must have looked as though a +high-speed locomotive might come roaring out of it at any second.</p> + +<p>Malone hardly needed to bark: "<i>Drop it!</i>" The revolver hit the seat +next to the cabbie.</p> + +<p>"Driver," Malone said in a conversational voice, "can you handle a +gun?"</p> + +<p>"Why, it is better than even that I still can," the cabbie said. "I am +in the business myself many years ago, before I see the error of my +ways and buy a taxi with the profits I make. It is a high-pay +business," he went on, "but very insecure."</p> + +<p>The cabbie scooped up the weapon by his side, flipped out the cylinder +expertly to check the cartridges, flipped it back in and centered the +muzzle on the gunman who'd dropped the revolver.</p> + +<p>"It is more than thirty years since I use one of these," he said +gently, "but I do not forget how to pull the trigger, and at this +range I can hardly miss."</p> + +<p>Malone noticed vaguely that he was still holding hands with the second +gunman, and that this one was trying to struggle free. Malone shrugged +and eased off a bit, at the same time shifting his own aim. The .44 +Magnum now pointed at gunman number two, and the cabbie was aiming at +gunman number one. The tableau was silent for some seconds.</p> + +<p>"Now," Malone said at last, "we wait. Driver, if you would sort of +lean against your horn button, we might be able to speed things up a +little. The light has turned green."</p> + +<p>"The local constables," the cabbie said, "do not bother with stalled +cars in traffic these days."</p> + +<p>"But," Malone pointed out, "I have a hunch no cop could resist a taxi +which is not only stalled and blocking traffic but is also blatting +its horn continuously. Strike or no strike," he finished +sententiously, "there are things beyond the power of man to ignore."</p> + +<p>"Friend," the cabbie said, "you convince me. It is a good move." He +sagged slightly against the horn button, keeping the gun centered at +all times on the man before him.</p> + +<p>The horn began to wail horribly.</p> + +<p>The first gunman swallowed nervously. "Hey, now, listen," he said, +shouting slightly above the horn. "This wasn't anything. Just a gag, +see? A little gag. We was playing a joke. On a friend."</p> + +<p>The driver addressed Malone. "Do you ever see either of these boys +before?"</p> + +<p>"Never," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Nor do I," the cabbie said. He eyed the gunman. "We are not your +friend," he said. "Either of us."</p> + +<p>"No, no," the gunman said. "Not you. This friend, he ... uh ... owns a +taxi, and we thought this was it. It was kind of a joke, see? A +friendly joke, that's all. Believe me, the gun's not even loaded. Both +of them aren't. Phony bullets, honest. Believe me?"</p> + +<p>"Why, naturally I believe you," the cabbie said politely. "I never +doubt the word of a stranger, especially such an honest-appearing +stranger as you seem to be. And since the gun is loaded with false +bullets, as you say, all you have to do is reach over and take it away +from me."</p> + +<p>There was a short silence.</p> + +<p>"A joke," the gunman said feebly. "Honest, just a joke."</p> + +<p>"We believe you," Malone assured him grandly. "As a matter of fact, we +appreciate the joke so much that we want you to tell it to a panel of +twelve citizens, a judge and a couple of lawyers, so they can +appreciate it, too. They get little fun out of life and your joke may +give them a few moments of happiness. Why hide your light under an +alibi?"</p> + +<p>The horn continued its dismal wail for a few seconds more before two +patrolmen and a sergeant came up on horses. It took somewhat more time +than that for Malone to convince the sergeant that he didn't have time +to go down to the station to prefer charges. He showed his +identification and the police were suitably impressed.</p> + +<p>"Lock 'em up for violating the Sullivan Law," he said. "I'm sure they +don't have licenses for these lovely little guns of theirs."</p> + +<p>"Probably not," the sergeant agreed. "There's been an awful lot of +this kind of thing going on lately. But here's an idea: the cabbie +here can come on with us."</p> + +<p>The top of the cabbie's head turned pale. "That," he said, "is the +trouble with being a law-abiding citizen such as I have been for +upwards of thirty years. Because I do not want to lose twenty dollars +to these young strangers, I lose twenty dollars' worth of time in a +precinct station, the air of which is very bad for my asthma."</p> + +<p>Malone, taking the hint, dug a twenty out of his pockets, and then +added another to it, remembering how much he had spent in Las Vegas, +where his money funneled slowly into the pockets of Primo Palveri. The +cabbie took the money with haste and politeness and stowed it away.</p> + +<p>"Gentlemen," he said, "I am now prepared to spend the entire night +signing affidavits, if enough affidavits can be dug up." He looked +pleased.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said wearily, "people just don't realize +what's going on in this town. We never did have half enough cops, and +now, with so many men resigning and getting arrested and suspended, we +haven't got a quarter enough. People think this strike business is +funny, but if we spent any time fiddling around with traffic and +parking tickets, we'd never have time to stop even crimes like this, +let alone the big jobs. As it is, though, there haven't been a lot of +big ones. Every hood in the city's out to make a couple of bucks—but +that's it so far, thank God."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "How about the FBI?" he said. "Want them to come in and +help?"</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said, "the City of New York can take very +good care of itself, without outside interference."</p> + +<p>Some day, Malone told himself, good old New York City was going to +secede from the Union and form a new country entirely. Then it would +have a war with New Jersey and probably be wiped right off the map.</p> + +<p>Viewing the traffic around him as he hunted for another cab, he wasn't +at all sure that that was a bad idea. He began to wish vaguely that he +had borrowed one of the policemen's horses.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone wasn't in the least worried about arriving at Mike Sand's +office late. In the first place, Sand was notorious for sleeping late +and working late to make up for it. His work schedule was somewhere +around forty-five degrees out of phase with the rest of the world, +which made it just about average for the National Brotherhood of +Truckers. It had never agitated for a nine-to-five work day. A man +driving a truck, after all, worked all sorts of odd hours—and the +union officials did the same, maybe just to prove that they were all +good truckers at heart.</p> + +<p>The sign over the door read:</p> + +<p class="center"> +National Headquarters<br /> +NATIONAL BROTHERHOOD<br /> +OF TRUCKERS<br /> +Welcome, Brother +</p> + +<p>Malone pushed at the door and it swung open, revealing a rather +dingy-looking foyer. More Good Old Truckers At Heart, he told himself. +Mike Sand owned a quasi-palatial mansion in Puerto Rico for winter +use, and a two-floor, completely air-conditioned apartment on Fifth +Avenue for summer use. But the Headquarters Building looked dingy +enough to make truckers conscience-stricken about paying back dues.</p> + +<p>Behind the reception desk there was a man whose face was the +approximate shape and color of a slightly used waffle. He looked up +from his crossword puzzle as Malone came in, apparently trying to +decide whether or not this new visitor should be greeted with: +"Welcome, Brother!"</p> + +<p>Taking pity on his indecision, Malone strode to the desk and said: +"Tell Mike Sand he has a visitor."</p> + +<p>The waffle-faced man blinked. "Mr. Sand is busy right now," he said. +"Who wants to talk to him?"</p> + +<p>Malone tried to look steely-eyed and tough. "You pick up the +intercom," he said, "and you tell Sand there's a man out here who's in +the cloak-and-suit business."</p> + +<p>"The what?"</p> + +<p>"Tell him this man is worried about a recent shipment of buttons," +Malone went on.</p> + +<p>"Mister," the waffle-faced man said, "you're nuts."</p> + +<p>"So I'm nuts," Malone said. "Make the call."</p> + +<p>It was put through. After a few minutes of earnest conversation the +man turned to look at Malone again, dizzied wonder in his eyes. "Mr. +Sand says go right up," he told the FBI Agent in a shocked voice. +"Elevator to the third floor."</p> + +<p>Malone went over to the elevator, stepped in and pressed the +third-floor button. As the doors closed, the familiar itch of +precognition began to assail him again. This time he had nothing else +to distract him. He paid very close attention to it as he was carried +slowly and creakily upward.</p> + +<p>He looked up. There was an escape-hatch in the top of the car. +Standing on tiptoe, he managed to lift it aside, grasp the edges of +the resulting hole and pull himself up through the hole to the top of +the car. He looked back down, memorizing the elevator, and then pulled +the hatch shut again. There was a small peephole in it, and Malone put +his eye to it and waited.</p> + +<p>About twenty seconds later, the car stopped and the doors opened. A +little more time passed, and then a gun, closely followed by a man, +edged around the door frame.</p> + +<p>"What the hell," the man said. "The car's empty!"</p> + +<p>Another voice said: "Let's cover the stairway."</p> + +<p>Two pairs of footsteps receded rapidly down the hall. Malone, gun in +hand, teleported himself back to the previously memorized elevator, +tiptoed to the door and looked out. The two men were standing at the +far end of the hall, posted at either side of the stairwell and +obviously waiting for him to come on up.</p> + +<p>Instead, he tiptoed out of the elevator hefting his gun, and came up +silently behind the pair. When he was within ten feet he stopped and +said, very politely: "Drop the guns, boys."</p> + +<p>The guns thudded to the floor and the two men turned round.</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said, smiling into their astonished faces. "Now, let's go on and see +Mr. Sand."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/image_016.jpg" width="400" height="739" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>He picked up the guns with his free hand and put them into his coat +pockets. Together, the three men went down toward the lighted office +at the far end of the hall.</p> + +<p>"Open it," Malone said as they came to the door. He followed them into +the office. Behind a battered, worm-eaten desk in a dingy room sat a +very surprised-looking Mike Sand.</p> + +<p>He was only about five feet six, but he looked as if weighed over two +hundred pounds. He had huge shoulders and a thick neck, and his face +was sleepy-looking. He seemed to have lost a lot of fights in his long +career; Sand, Malone reflected, was nearing fifty now, and he was +beginning to look his age. His short hair, once black, was turning to +iron-gray.</p> + +<p>He didn't say anything. Malone smiled at him pleasantly. "These boys +were carrying deadly weapons," he told Sand in a polite voice. "That's +hardly the way to treat a brother." His precognitive warning system +wasn't ringing any alarm bells, but he kept his gun trained on the +pair of thugs as he walked over to Mike Sand's desk and took the two +extra revolvers from his pocket. "You'd better keep these, Sand," he +said. "Your boys don't know how to handle them."</p> + +<p>Sand grinned sourly, pulled open a desk drawer and swept the guns into +it with one motion of his ham-like hand. He didn't look at Malone. +"You guys better go downstairs and keep Jerry company," he said. "You +can do crossword puzzles together."</p> + +<p>"Now, Mike, we—" one of them began.</p> + +<p>Mike Sand snorted. "Go on," he said. "Scram."</p> + +<p>"But he was supposed to be in the elevator, and we—"</p> + +<p>"Scram," Sand said. It sounded like a curse. The two men got out. +"Like apes in the trees," Sand said heavily. "Ask for bright boys and +what do you get? Everything," he went on dismally, "is going to hell."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>That line, Malone reflected, was beginning to have all the persistence +of a bass-bourdon. It droned its melancholy way through anything and +everything else. He signed deeply, thought about a cigar and lit a +cigarette instead. It tasted awful. "About those buttons—" he said.</p> + +<p>"I got nothing to do with buttons," Sand said.</p> + +<p>"You do with these," Malone said. "A shipment of buttons from the +Nevada desert. You grabbed them from Palveri."</p> + +<p>"I got nothing to do with it," Sand said.</p> + +<p>Malone looked around and found a chair and an ashtray. He grabbed one +and sat down in the other. "I'm not from Castelnuovo," he said. "Or +Palveri, or any of the Mafia boys. If I were, you'd know it fast +enough."</p> + +<p>Sand regarded him from under eyelids made almost entirely of +scar-tissue. "I guess so," he said sourly at last. "But what do you +want to know about the stuff? And who are you, anyhow?"</p> + +<p>"The name's Malone," Malone said. "You might say trouble is my +business. Or something like that. I see an opportunity to create a +little trouble—but not for you. That is, if you want to hear some +more about those buttons. Of course, if you had nothing to do with +it—"</p> + +<p>"All right," Sand said. "All right. But it was strictly a legitimate +proposition, understand?"</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said. "Strictly legitimate."</p> + +<p>"Well, it was," Sand said defensively. "We got to stop scab trucking, +don't we? And that Palveri was using nonunion boys on the trucks. We +had to stop them; it was a service to the Brotherhood, understand?"</p> + +<p>"And the peyotl buttons?" Malone asked.</p> + +<p>Sand shrugged. "So we had to confiscate the cargo, didn't we?" he +said. "To teach them a lesson. Nonunion drivers, that's what we're +against."</p> + +<p>"And you're for peyotl," Malone said, "so you can make it into peyote +and get enough money to refurbish Brotherhood Headquarters."</p> + +<p>"Now, look," Sand said. "You think you're tough and you can get away +with a lot of wisecracks. That's a wrong idea, brother." He didn't +move, but he suddenly seemed set to spring. Malone wondered if, just +maybe, his precognition had blown a fuse.</p> + +<p>"O.K., let's forget it," he said. "But I've got some inside lines, +Sand. You didn't get the real shipment."</p> + +<p>"Didn't get it?" Sand said with raised eyebrows. "I got it. It's +right where I can put my finger on it now."</p> + +<p>"That was the fake," Malone said easily. "They knew you were after a +shipment, Sand, so they suckered you in. They fed your spies with +false information and sent you out after the fake shipment."</p> + +<p>"Fake shipment?" Sand said. "It's the real stuff, brother. The real +stuff."</p> + +<p>"But not enough of it," Malone said. "Their big shipments are almost +three times what you got. They made one while you were suckered off +with the fake—and they're making another one next week. Interested?"</p> + +<p>Sand snorted. "The hell," he said. "Didn't you hear me say I got the +first shipment right where I can put my finger on it?"</p> + +<p>"So?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"So I can't get rid of it," Sand said. "What do I want with a new +load? Every day I hold the stuff is dangerous. You never know when +somebody's going to look for it and maybe find it."</p> + +<p>"Can't get rid of it?" Malone said. This was a new turn of events. +"What's happening?"</p> + +<p>"Everything," Sand said tersely. "Look, you want to sell me some +information—but you don't know the setup. Maybe when I tell you, +you'll stop bothering me." He put his head in his hands, and his +voice, when he spoke again, was muffled. "The contacts are gone," he +said. "With the arrests and the resignations and everything else, +nobody wants to take any chances; the few guys that aren't locked up +are scared they will be. I can't make any kind of a deal for anything. +There just isn't any action."</p> + +<p>"Things are tough, huh?" Malone said hopelessly. Apparently even Mike +Sand wasn't going to pan out for him.</p> + +<p>"Things are terrible," Sand said. "The locals are having +revolutions—guys there are kicking out the men from National +Headquarters. Nobody knows where he stands any more—a lot of my +organizers have been goofing up and getting arrested for one thing and +another. Like apes in the trees, that's what."</p> + +<p>Malone nodded very slowly and took another puff of the cigarette. +"Nothing's going right," he said.</p> + +<p>"Listen," Sand said. "You want to hear trouble? My account books are +in duplicate—you know? Just to keep things nice and peaceful and +quiet."</p> + +<p>"One for the investigators and one for the money," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Sand said, preoccupied with trouble. "You know the setup. But +both sets are missing. Both sets." He raised his head, the picture of +witless agony. "I've got an idea where they are, too. I'm just waiting +for the axe to fall."</p> + +<p>"O.K.," Malone said. "Where are they?"</p> + +<p>"The U. S. Attorney's Office," Sand said dismally. He stared down at +his battered desk and sighed.</p> + +<p>Malone stubbed out his cigarette. "So you're not in the market for any +more buttons?" he said.</p> + +<p>"All I'm in the market for," Sand said without raising his eyes, "is +a nice, painless way to commit suicide."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Malone walked several blocks without noticing where he was going. He +tried to think things over, and everything seemed to fall into a +pattern that remained, agonizingly, just an inch or so out of his +mental reach. The mental bursts, the trouble the United States was +having, Palveri, Queen Elizabeth, Burris, Mike Sand, Dr. O'Connor, Sir +Lewis Carter and even Luba Ardanko juggled and flowed in his mind like +pieces out of a kaleidoscope. But they refused to form any pattern he +could recognize.</p> + +<p>He uttered a short curse and managed to collide with a bulky woman +with frazzled black hair. "Pardon me," he said politely.</p> + +<p>"The hell with it," the woman said, looking straight past him, and +went jerkily on her way. Malone blinked and looked around him. There +were a lot of people still on the streets, but they didn't look like +normal New York City people. They were all curiously tense and wary, +as if they were suspicious not only of him and each other, but even +themselves. He caught sight of several illegal-looking bulges beneath +men's armpits, and many heavily sagging pockets. One or two women +appeared to be unduly solicitous of their large and heavy handbags. +But it wasn't his job to enforce the Sullivan Law, he told himself. +Especially while he was on vacation.</p> + +<p>A single foot patrolman stood a few feet ahead, guarding a liquor +store with drawn revolver, his eyes scanning the passers-by warily +while he waited for help. Behind him, the smashed plate glass and +broken bottles and the sprawled figure just inside the door told a +fairly complete story.</p> + +<p>Down the block, Malone saw several stores that carried <i>Closed</i> or +<i>Gone Out Of Business</i> signs. The whole depressing picture gave him +the feeling that all the tragedies of the 1930-1935 period had somehow +been condensed into the past two weeks.</p> + +<p>Ahead there was a chain drugstore, and Malone headed for it. Two +uniformed men wearing Special Police badges were standing near the +door eyeing everyone with suspicion, but Malone managed to get past +them and went on to a telephone booth. He tried dialling the +Washington number of the FBI, but got only a continuous <i>beep-beep</i>, +indicating a service delay. Finally he managed to get a special +operator, who told him sorrowfully that calls to Washington were +jamming all available trunk lines.</p> + +<p>Malone glanced around to make sure nobody was watching. Then he +teleported himself to his apartment in Washington and, on arriving, +headed for the phone there. Using that one, he dialed again, got +Pelham's sad face on the screen, and asked for Thomas Boyd.</p> + +<p>Boyd didn't look any different, Malone thought, though maybe he was a +little more tired. Henry VIII had obviously had a hard day trying to +get his wives to stop nagging him. "Ken," he said. "I thought you were +on vacation. What are you doing calling up the FBI, or do you just +want to feel superior to us poor working slobs?"</p> + +<p>"I need some information," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Boyd uttered a short, mirthless laugh. "How to beat the tables, you +mean?" he said. "How are things in good old Las Vegas?"</p> + +<p>Malone, realizing that with direct-dial phones Boyd had no idea where +he was actually calling from, kept wisely quiet. "How about Burris?" +he said after a second. "Has he come up with any new theories yet?"</p> + +<p>"New theories?" Boyd said. "What about?"</p> + +<p>"Everything," Malone said. "From all I see in the papers things +haven't been quieting down any. Is it still Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch putting psychodrugs in water-coolers, or has something new +been added?"</p> + +<p>"I don't know what the chief thinks," Boyd said. "Things'll straighten +out in a while. We're working on it—twenty-four hours a day, or damn +near, but we're working. While you take a nice, long vacation that—"</p> + +<p>"I want you to get me something," Malone said. "Just go and get it and +send it to me at Las Vegas."</p> + +<p>"Money?" Boyd said with raised eyebrows.</p> + +<p>"Dossiers," Malone said. "On Mike Sand and Primo Palveri."</p> + +<p>"Palveri I can understand," Boyd said. "You want to threaten him with +exposure unless he lets you beat the roulette tables. But why Sand? +Ken, are you working on something psionic?"</p> + +<p>"Me?" Malone said sweetly. "I'm on vacation."</p> + +<p>"The chief won't like—"</p> + +<p>"Can you send me the dossiers?" Malone interrupted.</p> + +<p>Boyd shook his head very slowly. "Ken, I can't do it without the chief +finding out about it. If you are working on something ... hell, I'd +like to help you. But I don't see how I can. You don't know what +things are like here."</p> + +<p>"What are they like?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"The full force is here," Boyd said. "As far as I know, you're the +only vacation leave not canceled yet. And not only that, but we've got +agents in from the Sureté and New Scotland Yard, agents from Belgium +and Germany and Holland and Japan ... Ken, we've even got three MVD +men here working with us."</p> + +<p>"It's happening all over?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"All over the world," Boyd said. "Ken, I'm beginning to think we've +got a case of Martian Invaders on our hands. Or something like it." He +paused. "But we're licking them, Ken," he went on. "Slowly but surely, +we're licking them."</p> + +<p>"How do you mean?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Crime is down," Boyd said, "away down. Major crime, I mean—petty +theft, assault, breaking and entering and that sort of thing has gone +away up, but that's to be expected. Everything's going to—"</p> + +<p>"Skip the handbasket," Malone said. "But you're working things out?"</p> + +<p>"Sooner or later," Boyd said. "Every piece of equipment and every man +in the FBI is working overtime; we can't be stopped forever."</p> + +<p>"I'll wave flags," Malone said bitterly. "And I wish I could join +you."</p> + +<p>"Believe me," Boyd said, "you don't know when you're well off."</p> + +<p>Malone switched off. He looked at his watch; it was ten-thirty.</p> + + +<h3>XII</h3> +<p>That made it eight-thirty in Las Vegas. Malone opened his eyes again +in his hotel room there. He had half an hour to spare until his dinner +date with Luba. That gave him plenty of time to shower, shave and +dress, and he felt pleased to have managed the timing so neatly.</p> + +<p>Two minutes later, he was soaking in the luxury of a hot tub allowing +the warmth to relax his body while his mind turned over the facts he +had collected. There were a lot of them, but they didn't seem to mean +anything special.</p> + +<p>The world, he told himself, was going to hell in a handbasket. That +was all very well and good, but just what was the handbasket made of? +Burris' theory, the more he thought about it, was a pure case of +mental soapsuds, with perhaps a dash of old cotton-candy to make +confusion even worse confounded.</p> + +<p>And there wasn't any other theory, was there?</p> + +<p>Well, Malone reflected, there was one, or at least a part of one. Her +Majesty had said that everything was somehow tied up with the mental +bursts—and that sounded a lot more probable. Assuming that the bursts +and the rest of the mixups were <i>not</i> connected made, as a matter of +fact, very little sense; it was multiplying hypotheses without reason. +When two unusual things happen, they have at least one definite +connection: they're both unusual. The sensible thing to do, Malone +thought, was to look for more connections.</p> + +<p>Which meant asking who was causing the bursts, and why. Her Majesty +had said that she didn't know, and couldn't do it herself. Obviously, +though, some telepath or a team of telepaths was doing the job. And +the only trouble with that, Malone reflected sadly, was that all +telepaths were in the Yucca Flats laboratory.</p> + +<p>It was at this point that he sat upright in the tub, splashing water +over the floor and gripping the soap with a strange excitement. Who'd +ever said that <i>all</i> the telepaths were in Yucca Flats? All the ones +so far discovered were—but that, obviously, was an entirely different +matter.</p> + +<p>Her majesty didn't know about any others, true. But Malone thought of +his own mind-shield. If he could make himself telepathically +"invisible," why couldn't someone else? Dr. Marshall's theories seemed +to point the other way—but they only went for telepaths like Her +Majesty, who were psychotic. A sane telepath, Malone thought, might +conceivably develop such a mind-shield.</p> + +<p>All known telepaths were nuts, he told himself. Now, he began to see +why. He'd started out, two years before, <i>hunting</i> for nuts, and for +idiots. But they wouldn't even know anything about sane telepaths—the +sane ones probably wouldn't even want to communicate with them.</p> + +<p>A sane telepath was pretty much of an unknown quantity. But that, +Malone told himself with elation, was exactly what he was looking for. +Could a sane telepath do what an insane one couldn't—and project +thoughts, or at least mental bursts?</p> + +<p>He got out of the cooling tub and grabbed for a terry-cloth robe. Not +even bothering about the time, he closed his eyes. When he opened them +again he was in the Yucca Flats apartment of Dr. Thomas O'Connor.</p> + +<p>O'Connor wasn't sleeping, exactly. He sat in a chair in his +bare-looking living room, a book open on his lap, his head nodding +slightly. Malone's entrance made no sounds, and O'Connor didn't move +or look around.</p> + +<p>"Doctor," Malone said, "is it possible that—"</p> + +<p>O'Connor came up off the chair a good foot and a half. He went: "Eee," +and came down again, still gripping the book. His head turned.</p> + +<p>"It's me," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Indeed," O'Connor said. "Indeed indeed. My goodness." He opened his +mouth some more but no words came out of it. "Eee," he said again, at +last, in a conversational tone.</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. "I'm sorry I startled you," he said, "but +this is important and it couldn't wait." O'Connor stared blankly at +him. "Dr. O'Connor," Malone said, "it's me. Kenneth J. Malone. I want +to talk to you."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>At last O'Connor's expression returned almost to normal. "Mr. Malone," +he said, "you are undressed."</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. "This is important, doctor," he said. "Let's not waste +time with all that kind of thing."</p> + +<p>"But, Mr. Malone—" O'Connor began frostily.</p> + +<p>"I need some information," Malone said, "and maybe you've got it. What +do you know about telepathic projection?"</p> + +<p>"About what?" O'Connor said. "Do you mean nontelepaths receiving some +sort of ... communication from telepaths?"</p> + +<p>"Right," Malone said. "Mind-to-mind communication, of course; I'm not +interested in the United States mail or the telephone companies. How +about it, doctor? Is it possible?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor gnawed at his lower lip for a second. "There have been cases +reported," he said at last. "Very few have been written up with any +accuracy, and those seem to be confined to close relatives or loved +ones of the person projecting the message."</p> + +<p>"Is that necessary?" Malone said. "Isn't it possible that—"</p> + +<p>"Further," O'Connor said, getting back into his lecture-room stride, +"I think you'll find that the ... ah ... message so received is one +indicating that the projector of such a message is in dire peril. He +has, for instance, been badly injured, or is rapidly approaching +death, or else he has narrowly escaped death."</p> + +<p>"What does that have to do with it?" Malone said. "I mean, why should +all those requirements be necessary?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor frowned slightly. "Because," he said, "the amount of psionic +energy necessary for such a feat is tremendous. Usually, it is the +final burst of energy, the outpouring of all the remaining psionic +force immediately before death. And if death does not occur, the +person is at the least greatly weakened; his mind, if it ever does +recover, needs time and rest to do so."</p> + +<p>"And he reaches a relative or a loved one," Malone said, "because the +linkage is easier; there's some thought of him in that other mind for +him to 'tune in' on."</p> + +<p>"We assume so," O'Connor said.</p> + +<p>"Very well, then," Malone said. "I'll assume so, too. But if the +energy is so great, then a person couldn't do this sort of thing very +often."</p> + +<p>"Hardly," O'Connor said.</p> + +<p>Malone nodded. "It's like ... like giving blood to a blood bank," he +said. "Giving ... oh, three quarts of blood. It might not kill you. +But if it didn't, you'd be weak for a long time."</p> + +<p>"Exactly," O'Connor said. "A good analogy, Mr. Malone." Malone looked +at him and felt relieved that he'd managed to get the conversation +onto pure lecture-room science so quickly. O'Connor, easily at home in +that world, had been able to absorb the shock of Malone's sudden +appearance while providing the facts in his own inimitable, frozen +manner.</p> + +<p>"So one telepath couldn't go on doing it all the time," he said. +"But—how about several people?"</p> + +<p>"Several people?" O'Connor said.</p> + +<p>"I mean ... well, let's look at that blood bank again," Malone said. +"You need three quarts of blood. But one person doesn't have to give +it. Suppose twelve people gave half a pint each."</p> + +<p>"Ah," O'Connor said. "I see. Or twenty-four people, giving a +quarter-pint each. Or—"</p> + +<p>"That's the idea," Malone said hurriedly. "I guess there'd be a point +of diminishing returns, but that's the point. Would something like +that be possible?"</p> + +<p>O'Connor thought for what seemed like a long time. "It might," he said +at last. "At least theoretically. But it would take a great deal of +mental co-ordination among the participants. They would all have to be +telepaths, of course."</p> + +<p>"In order to mesh their thoughts right on the button, and direct them +properly and at the correct time," Malone said. "Right?"</p> + +<p>"Ah ... correct," O'Connor said. "Given that, Mr. Malone, I imagine +that it might possibly be done."</p> + +<p>"Wonderful," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"However," O'Connor said, apparently glad to throw even a little cold +water on the notion, "it could not be done for very long periods of +time, you understand. It would happen in rather short bursts."</p> + +<p>"That's right," Malone said, enjoying the crestfallen look on +O'Connor's face. "That's exactly what I was looking for."</p> + +<p>"I'm ... ah ... glad to have been of service," O'Connor said. +"However, Mr. Malone, I should like to request—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, don't worry," Malone said. "I won't slam the door." He vanished.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>It was eight-fifty. Hurriedly, he rinsed himself off, shaved and put +on his evening clothes. But he was still late—it was two minutes +after nine when he showed up at the door that led off the lobby to the +Universal Joint. Luba was, surprisingly, waiting for him there.</p> + +<p>"Ready for a vast feast?" she asked pleasantly.</p> + +<p>"In about a minute and a half," Malone said. "Do you mind waiting that +long?"</p> + +<p>"Frankly," Luba said, "in five minutes I will be gnawing holes in the +gold paneling around here. And I do want to catch the first floor +show, too. I understand they've got a girl who has—"</p> + +<p>"That," Malone said sternly, "should interest me more than it does +you."</p> + +<p>"I'm always interested in what the competition is doing," Luba said.</p> + +<p>"Nevertheless," Malone began, and stopped. After a second he started +again: "Anyhow, this is important."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/image_017.jpg" width="400" height="366" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>"All right," she said instantly. "What is it?"</p> + +<p>He led her away from the door to an alcove in the lobby where they +could talk without being overheard. "Can you get hold of Sir Lewis at +this time of night?" he asked.</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis?" she said. "If ... if it's urgent, I suppose I could."</p> + +<p>"It's urgent," Malone said. "I need all the data on telepathic +projection I can get. The scientists have given me some of it—maybe +Psychical Research has some more. I imagine it's all mixed up with +ghosts and ectoplasm, but—"</p> + +<p>"Telepathic projection," Luba said. "Is that where a person projects a +thought into somebody else's mind?"</p> + +<p>"That's it," Malone said. "Can Sir Lewis get me all the data on that +tonight?"</p> + +<p>"Tonight?" Luba said. "It's pretty late and what with sending them +from New York to Nevada—"</p> + +<p>"Don't bother about that," Malone said. "Just send 'em to the FBI +Offices in New York. I'll have the boys there make copies and send the +copies on." Instead, he thought, he would teleport to New York +himself. But Luba definitely didn't have to know that.</p> + +<p>"He'd have to send the originals," Luba said.</p> + +<p>"I'll guarantee their safety," Malone said. "But I need the data right +now."</p> + +<p>Luba hesitated.</p> + +<p>"Tell him to bill the FBI," Malone said. "Call him collect and he can +bill the phone call, too."</p> + +<p>"All right, Ken," Luba said at last. "I'll try."</p> + +<p>She went off to make the call, and came back in a few minutes.</p> + +<p>"O.K.?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>She smiled at him, very gently. "O.K.," she said. "Now let's go in to +dinner, before I get any hungrier and the Great Universal loses some +of its paneling."</p> + +<p>Dinner, Malone told himself, was going to be wonderful. He was alone +with Luba, and he was in a fancy, fine, expensive place. He was happy, +and Luba was happy, and everything was going to be perfectly frabjous.</p> + +<p>It was. He had no desire whatever, when dinner and the floor show were +over, to leave Luba. Unfortunately, he did have work to do—work that +was more important than anything else he could imagine. He made a +tentative date for the next day, went to his room, and from there +teleported himself to FBI Headquarters, New York.</p> + +<p>The agent-in-charge looked up at him. "Hey," he said. "I thought you +were on vacation, Malone."</p> + +<p>"How come everybody knows about me being on vacation?" Malone said +sourly.</p> + +<p>The agent-in-charge shrugged. "The only leave not canceled?" he said. +"Hell, it was all over the place in five minutes."</p> + +<p>"O.K., O.K.," Malone said. "Don't remind me. Is there a package for +me?"</p> + +<p>The agent-in-charge produced a large box. "A messenger brought it," he +said. "From the Psychical Research Society," he said. "What is it, +ghosts?"</p> + +<p>"Dehydrated," Malone said. "Just add ectoplasm and out they come, +shouting <i>Boo!</i> at everybody."</p> + +<p>"Sounds wonderful," the agent-in-charge said. "Can I come to the +party?"</p> + +<p>"First," Malone said judiciously, "you'd have to be dead. Of course I +can arrange that—"</p> + +<p>"Thanks," the agent-in-charge said, leaving in a hurry. Malone went on +down to his office and opened the box. It contained books, pamphlets +and reports from Sir Lewis, all dealing with some area of telepathic +projection. He spent a few minutes looking them over and trying to +make some connected sense out of them, but finally he gave up and just +sat and thought. The material seemed to be no help at all; it told him +even less than Dr. O'Connor had.</p> + +<p>What he needed, he decided, was somebody to talk to. But who? He +couldn't talk to the FBI, and nobody else knew much about what he was +trying to investigate. He thought of Her Majesty and rejected the +notion with a sigh. No, what he needed was somebody smart and quick, +somebody who could be depended on, somebody with training and +knowledge.</p> + +<p>And then, very suddenly, he knew who he wanted.</p> + +<p>"Well, now, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Let's put everything together and +see what happens."</p> + +<p>"Indeed," said Sir Kenneth Malone, "it is high time we did so, Sirrah. +Proceed: I shall attend."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"Let's start from the beginning," Malone said. "We know there's +confusion in all parts of the country—in all parts of the world, I +guess. And we know that confusion is being caused by carefully timed +accidents and errors. We also know that these errors appear to be +accompanied by violent bursts of psionic static—violent energy. And +we know, further, that on three specific occasions, these bursts of +energy were immediately followed by a reversal of policy in the mind +of the person on the receiving end."</p> + +<p>"You mean," Sir Kenneth put in, "that these gentlemen changed their +opinions."</p> + +<p>"Correct," Malone said. "I refer, of course, to the firm of Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch, Spying Done Cheap."</p> + +<p>"Indeed," Sir Kenneth said. "Then the operators of this strange force, +whatever it may prove to be, must have some interest in allowing the +spies' confession?"</p> + +<p>"Maybe," Malone said. "Let's leave that for later. To get back to the +beginning of all this: it seems to me to follow that the accidents and +errors which have caused all the confusion throughout the world happen +because somebody's mind is changed just the right amount at the right +time. A man does something he didn't intend to do—or else he forgets +to do it at all."</p> + +<p>"Ah," Sir Kenneth said. "We have done those things we ought not to +have done; we have left undone those things we ought to have done. And +you feel, Sirrah, that a telepathic command is the cause of this +confusion?"</p> + +<p>"A series of them," Malone said. "But we also know, from Dr. O'Connor, +that it takes a great deal of psychic energy to perform this +particular trick—more than a person can normally afford to expend."</p> + +<p>"Marry, now," Sir Kenneth said. "Meseemeth this is not reasonable. +Changing the mind of a man indeed seems a small thing in comparison to +teleportation, or psychokinesis, or levitation or any such witchery. +And yet it take more power than any of these?"</p> + +<p>Malone thought for a second. "Sure it does," he said. "I'd say it was +a matter of resistance. Moving an inanimate object is pretty +simple—comparatively, anyhow—because inert matter has no mental +resistance."</p> + +<p>"And moving oneself?" Sir Kenneth said.</p> + +<p>"There's some resistance there, probably," Malone said. "But you'll +remember that the Fueyo system of training for teleportation involved +overcoming your own mental resistance to the idea."</p> + +<p>"True," Sir Kenneth said. "'Tis true. Then let us agree that it takes +great power to effect this change. Where does our course point from +that agreement, Sirrah?"</p> + +<p>"Next," Malone said, "we have to do a little supposing. This project +must be handled by a fairly large group, since no individual can do it +alone. This large group has to be telepathic—and not only for the +reasons Dr. O'Connor and I specified."</p> + +<p>"And why else?" Sir Kenneth demanded.</p> + +<p>"They've also got to know exactly when to make this victim of theirs +change his mind," Malone said. "Right?"</p> + +<p>"Correct," Sir Kenneth said.</p> + +<p>"We've got to look for a widespread organization of telepaths," Malone +said, "with enough mental discipline to hold onto a tough mental +shield. Strong, trained, sane men."</p> + +<p>"A difficult assignment," Sir Kenneth commented.</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "suppose you hold on for a second—don't go +away—and let me figure something out."</p> + +<p>"I shall wait," sir Kenneth said, "without."</p> + +<p>"Without what?" Malone murmured. But there was no time for games. Now, +then, he told himself—and sneezed.</p> + +<p>He shook his head, cursed softly and went on.</p> + +<p>Now, then....</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>There was an organization, spread all over the Western world, and with +what were undoubtedly secret branches in the Soviet Union. The +organization had to be an old one—because it had to have trained +telepaths, of a high degree of efficiency. And training took time.</p> + +<p>There was something else to consider, too. In order to organize to +such a degree that they could wreak the complete havoc they were +wreaking, the organization couldn't be completely secret; there are +always leaks, always suspicious events, and a society that spent time +covering all of those up would have no time for anything else.</p> + +<p>So the organization had to be a known one, in the Western world at +least—a known group, masquerading as something else.</p> + +<p>So far, everything made sense. Malone frowned and tried to think. +Where, he wondered, did he go from here?</p> + +<p>Maybe this time a list would help. He found a pencil and a piece of +paper, and headed the paper: <i>Organization</i>. Then he started putting +down what he knew about it, and what he'd figured out:</p> + +<p> +1. Large<br /> +2. Old<br /> +3. Disguised<br /> +</p> + +<p>It sounded, so far, just a little like Frankenstein's Monster wearing +a red wig. But what else did he know about it?</p> + +<p>After a second's thought, he murmured: "Nothing," and put the pencil +down.</p> + +<p>But that, he realized, wasn't quite true. He knew one more thing about +the organization. He knew they'd probably be immune to the confusion +everybody else was suffering from. The organization would be—had to +be—efficient. It would be composed of intelligent, superbly +co-operative people, who could work together as a unit without in the +least impairing their own individuality.</p> + +<p>He reached for the pencil again, and put down:</p> + +<p>4. Efficient</p> + +<p>He looked at it. Now it didn't remind him so much of the Monster. But +it didn't look terribly familiar, either. Who did he know, he thought, +who was large, old, disguised and efficient?</p> + +<p>It sounded like an improbable combination. He set the paper down, +clearing off some of the PRS books to make room for it. And then he +stopped.</p> + +<p>The papers the PRS had sent him....</p> + +<p>And he'd gotten them so quickly, so efficiently....</p> + +<p>They were a large organization....</p> + +<p>And an old one....</p> + +<p>He looked for a desk phone, found one and grabbed at it frantically.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The girl who answered the phone looked familiar. Malone suddenly +remembered to check the time—it was just after nine. The girl stared +at him. She did not look terribly old, but she was large and she had +to be disguised. There seemed to be a lot of teeth running around in +this case, Malone thought, between the burlesque stripper in Las Vegas +and Miss Dental Display here in New York. Nobody, he told himself, +could have collected that many teeth honestly.</p> + +<p>"Psychical Research Society," she said. "Oh, Mr. Malone. Good +morning."</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis," Malone said in a rush. "Sir Lewis Carter. I want to talk +to him. Hurry."</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis Carter?" the girl said very slowly. "Oh, I'm sorry, Mr. +Malone, but he won't be in at all today."</p> + +<p>"Home number," Malone said desperately. "I've got to."</p> + +<p>"Well, I can give you that, Mr. Malone," she said, "but it wouldn't do +you any good, really. Because he went away on his vacation and when he +does that he never tells us where. You know? He won't be back for two +or three weeks," she added as an afterthought.</p> + +<p>Malone said: "Oog," and thought for less than a second. "Somebody +official," he said. "Got to talk to somebody official. Now."</p> + +<p>"Oh, I can't do that either, Mr. Malone," the toothy girl said. "All +of the executives already left on their vacation. They just left a +skeleton force here at the office."</p> + +<p>"They're all gone?" Malone said hollowly.</p> + +<p>"That's right," the girl said with great cheer. "As a matter of fact, +I'm in charge now. You know?"</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid I do," Malone said. "It's very important, though. You +don't have any idea where any of them went?"</p> + +<p>"None at all," she said. "I'm sorry, but that's how it is. Maybe if +you were me you'd ask questions, but I just follow orders and those +were my orders. To take over until they get back. You know? They +didn't tell me where and I just didn't ask."</p> + +<p>"Great," Malone said. He wanted to shoot himself. Everything was +obvious now—about twenty-four hours too late. And now, they'd all +gone—for two weeks—or for good.</p> + +<p>The girl's rancid voice broke in on his thoughts.</p> + +<p>"Oh, Mr. Malone," she said. "I'm sorry, but I just remembered they +left a note for you."</p> + +<p>"A note?" Malone said. "For me?"</p> + +<p>"Sir Lewis said you might call," the girl said, "and he left a +message. If you'll hold on a minute I'll read it."</p> + +<p>Malone waited tensely. The girl found a slip of paper, blinked at it +and read:</p> + +<p>"My dear Malone, I'm afraid that what you have deduced is quite +correct; and, as you can see, that leaves us no alternative. Sorry. +Miss Luba A. sends her apologies to you, since she is joining us; my +apologies are also tendered." The girl looked up. "It's signed by Sir +Lewis," she said. "Does that mean anything to you, Mr. Malone?"</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid it does," Malone said blankly. "It means entirely too +much."</p> + + +<h3>XIII</h3> +<p>After Miss Dental Display had faded from Malone's screen, he just sat +there, looking at the dead, gray front of the visiphone and feeling +about twice as dead and at least three times as gray.</p> + +<p>Things, he told himself, were terrible. But even that sentence, which +was a good deal more cheerful than what he actually felt, did nothing +whatever to improve his mood. All of the evidence, after all, had been +practically living on the tip of his nose for God alone knew how long, +and not only had he done nothing about it, he hadn't even seen it.</p> + +<p>There was the organization, staring him in the face. There was +Luba—nobody's fool, no starry-eyed dreamer of occult dreams. She was +part of the Psychical Research Society, why hadn't he thought to +wonder why she was connected with it?</p> + +<p>And there was his own mind-shield. Why hadn't he wondered whether +other telepaths might not have the same shield?</p> + +<p>He thought about Luba and told himself bitterly that from now on she +was Miss Ardanko. Enough, he told himself, was enough. From now on he +was calling her by her last name, formally and distantly. In his own +mind, anyhow.</p> + +<p>Facts came tumbling in on him like the side of a mountain falling on a +hapless traveler, during a landslide season. And, Malone told himself, +he had never possessed less hap in all of his ill-starred life.</p> + +<p>And then, very suddenly, one more fact arrived, and pushed the rest +out into the black night of Malone's bitter mind. He stood up, pushing +the books away, and closed his eyes. When he opened them he went to +the telephone in his Las Vegas hotel suite, and switched it on. A +smiling operator appeared. Malone wanted to see him die of poison, +slowly.</p> + +<p>"Give me Room 4-T," he snapped. "Hurry."</p> + +<p>"Room forty?" the operator asked.</p> + +<p>"Damn it," Malone said, "I said 4-T and I meant 4-T. Four as in four +and T as in—as in China. And hurry."</p> + +<p>"Oh," the operator said. "Yes, sir." He turned away from the screen. +"That would have been Miss Luba Ardanko's room, sir?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Right," Malone snapped. "I ... wait a minute. Would have been?"</p> + +<p>"That's correct, sir," the operator said. "She checked out, sir, early +this morning. The room is unoccupied."</p> + +<p>Malone swallowed hard. It was all true, then. Sir Lewis' note hadn't +simply been one last wave of the red cape before an angry bull. Luba +was one of them.</p> + +<p><i>Miss Ardanko</i>, he corrected himself savagely.</p> + +<p>"What time?" he said.</p> + +<p>The operator consulted an information board before him. "Approximately +one o'clock, sir," he said.</p> + +<p>"In the morning?"</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir," the clerk said.</p> + +<p>Malone closed his eyes. "Thanks," he said.</p> + +<p>"You're quite welcome, sir," the operator said. "A courtesy of the +Great Universal Ho—"</p> + +<p>Malone cut him off. "Ho, indeed," he said bitterly. "Not to mention ha +and hee—hee and yippe-ki-yay. A great life." He whisked himself back +to New York in a dismal, rainy state of mind. As he sat down again to +the books and papers the door to the room opened.</p> + +<p>"You still here?" the agent-in-charge said. "I'm just going off duty +and I came by to check. Don't you ever sleep?"</p> + +<p>"I'm on vacation, remember?"</p> + +<p>"Some vacation," the a-in-c said. "If you're on special assignment why +not tell the rest of us?"</p> + +<p>"I want it to be a surprise," Malone said. "And meantime, I'd +appreciate it if I were left entirely to my own devices."</p> + +<p>"Still conjuring up ghosts?" the a-in-c said.</p> + +<p>"That," Malone said, "I don't know. I've got some long-distance calls +to make."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>He started with the overseas calls, leaving the rest of the United +States time for the sun to get round to them. His first call, which +involved a lot of cursing on Malone's part and much hard work for the +operator, who claimed plaintively that she didn't know how things had +gotten so snarled up, but overseas calls were getting worse and worse, +went to New Scotland Yard in London. After great difficulty, Malone +managed to get Assistant Commissioner C. E. Teal, who promised to +check on the inquiry at once.</p> + +<p>It seemed like years before he called back, and Malone leaped to the +phone.</p> + +<p>"Yes?" he said.</p> + +<p>Teal, red-faced and apparently masticating a stick of gum, said: "I +got C. I. D. Commander Gideon to follow up on that matter, Mr. Malone. +As you know, it's after noon here—"</p> + +<p>"And they're all out to lunch," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"As a matter of fact," Teal went on, "they seem to have disappeared +entirely. On vacation, that sort of thing. It is rather difficult +attempting any full-scale tracing job just now; our men are terribly +overworked. I imagine you've had reports from the New Scotland Yard +representatives working with you there—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, certainly," Malone said. "But the hour; what does that have to do +with anything?"</p> + +<p>"I'm afraid I was thinking of our Inspector Ottermole," Teal said. "He +was sent to locate Dr. Carnacki, President of the Psychical Research +Society here. On being told that Dr. Carnacki was 'out to lunch,' +Ottermole investigated every restaurant and eating-place within ten +blocks of the offices. Dr. Carnacki was not present; he, like the rest +of the Society here, appears to have left for places unknown."</p> + +<p>"Thorough work," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"Ottermole's a good man," Teal said. "We've checked as quickly as +possible, Mr. Malone. I would like to ask you a question in return."</p> + +<p>"Ask away," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Teal looked worried. "Do you people think this may have anything to do +with the present ... ah ... trouble?" he said. "Things are quite upset +here, as you know; so many members of Parliament have resigned or ... +ah ... died that the realm is being run by a rather shakily assembled +coalition government. There is even some talk of giving executive +power to Her Majesty until a general election can be held."</p> + +<p>For one brief moment, Malone thought Teal was talking about Rose +Thompson. Then he recalled Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, and felt +better. Things weren't quite as bad as he'd thought.</p> + +<p>But they were bad enough. "We simply don't know yet," he said +untruthfully. "But as soon as anything definite comes up, of course, +you'll be informed."</p> + +<p>"Thank you, Mr. Malone," Teal said. "Of course, we'll do the same." +And then, still masticating, he switched off.</p> + +<p>Paris was next, then Rome, Berlin and a couple more. Every one had the +same result. From Maigret of the Paris Sureté to Poirot in Belgium, +from Berlin's strict officialdom to the cheerful Hollanders, all the +reports were identical. The PRS of each country had gone underground.</p> + +<p>Malone buried his face in his hands, thought about a cigar and decided +that even a cigar might make him feel worse. Where were they? What +were they doing now? What did they plan to do?</p> + +<p>Where had they gone?</p> + +<p>"Out of the everywhere," he heard himself say in a hollow, sepulchral +voice, "into the here."</p> + +<p>But where was the here?</p> + +<p>He tried to make up his mind whether or not that made sense. +Superficially, it sounded like extremely bad English, but he wasn't +sure of anything any more. Things were getting much too confused.</p> + +<p>He close his eyes wearily, and vanished.</p> + +<p>When he opened them, he was in his Washington apartment. He went over +to the big couch and sat down, feeling that if he were going to curse +he might as well be comfortable while he did it. But, some minutes +later, when the air was a bright electric blue around him, he didn't +feel any better. Cursing was not the answer.</p> + +<p>Nothing seemed to be.</p> + +<p>What was his next move?</p> + +<p>Where did he go from here?</p> + +<p>The more he thought about it, the more his mind spun. He was, he +realized, at an absolute, total dead end.</p> + +<p>Oh, there were things he could do. Malone knew that very well. He +could make a lot of noise and go through a lot of waste motion; that +was what it amounted to. He could have all the homes of all the +missing PRS members checked somehow. That would undoubtedly result in +the startling discovery that the PRS members involved weren't home. He +could have their dossiers sent to him, which would clutter everything +with a great many more pieces of paper. But he felt quite sure that +the pieces of paper would do no good at all. In general, he could +raise all hell—and find nothing whatever.</p> + +<p>Now, he told himself sadly, he had the evidence to start the FBI in +motion. The only trouble was that he could think of nowhere for them +to go.</p> + +<p>And, though he had evidence that might convince Burris—the PRS +members, after all, <i>had</i> done a rather unusual fadeout—he had +nowhere near enough to carry the case into court, much less make a +try at getting the case to stand up once carried in. That was one +thing he couldn't do, he realized, he couldn't issue warrants for the +arrest of anybody at all.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_018.jpg" width="600" height="298" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>But, vacation or no vacation, he thought solemnly, he was an FBI +Agent, and his motto was: "There's always a way." No normal method of +tracking down the PRS members, or finding their present whereabouts, +was going to work. They'd been covering themselves for such an +emergency, undoubtedly, for a good many years—and if anyone got +close, a burst of mental energy was quite enough to turn the seeker +aside.</p> + +<p>Nobody, Malone told himself grimly, was perfect. There were clues +lying around somewhere; he was sure of that. There had to be. The +problem was simply to figure out where to look, and how to look, and +what to look for.</p> + +<p>Somewhere, the clues were sitting quietly and waiting for him to find +them. The thought cheered him slightly, but not very much. He stood up +slowly and went into the kitchen to start heating water for coffee. +There was, he told himself, a long night ahead of him. He sighed +gently. But there was no help for it; the work had to be done—and +done quickly.</p> + +<p>But when eight cigars had been reduced to ash, and what seemed like +several gallons of coffee had sloshed their way into Malone's interior +workings, his mind was as blank as a baby's. The lovely, opalescent +dawn began to show in the East, and Malone tendered it some extremely +rude words. Then, Haggard, red-eyed, confused, violently angry, and +not one inch closer to a solution, he fell into a fitful doze on his +couch.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>When he awoke, the sun was high in the sky, and outside his window the +cheerful sound of too much traffic floated in the air. Downstairs +somebody was playing a television set too loudly, and the voice +reached Malone's semiaware mind in a great tinny shout:</p> + +<p>"The President, taking action on the current crisis, has declared martial +law throughout the nation," a voice said in an important-sounded +monotone. "Exempt from this proclamation are members of the Armed +Services, Special Agents and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The +proclamation, issued this morning, was made public in a special news +conference which—"</p> + +<p>Malone ripped out a particularly foul oath and sat up on the couch. +"That," he muttered, "is a fine thing to wake up to." He focused his +eyes, with only slight difficulty, on his watch. The time was a little +after two.</p> + +<p>"Later developments will be reported as and when they occur," the +announcer was saying, "and in one hour a special panel of newscasters +will be assembled here to discuss this latest action in the light of +present happenings. Any special rules and regulations will be +broadcast over this station—"</p> + +<p>"Shut up," Malone said. He had wasted a lot of time doing nothing but +sleeping, he told himself. This was no time to be listening to +television. He got up and found, to his vague surprise, that he felt a +lot better and clearer-headed than he had been. Maybe the sleep had +actually done him some good.</p> + +<p>He yawned, blinked and stretched, and then padded into the bathroom +for a shower and shave. After he'd changed he thought about a morning +or afternoon cup of coffee, but last night's dregs appeared to have +taken up permanent residence in his digestive tract, and he decided +against it at last. He swallowed some orange juice and toast and +then, heaving a great sigh of resignation and brushing crumbs off his +shirt, he teleported himself over to his office.</p> + +<p>Now he knew that, sooner or later, he was going to have to talk to +Burris. Burris <i>had</i> to know, even if there was nothing to be done.</p> + +<p>And now was just as good—or as bad—a time as any.</p> + +<p>He didn't hesitate. He punched the button on his intercom for Burris' +office and then sat back, with his eyes closed, waiting for the +well-known voice.</p> + +<p>It didn't come.</p> + +<p>Instead, Wolf, the Director's secretary, spoke up.</p> + +<p>"Burris isn't in, Malone," he said. "He had to fly to Miami. I can get +a call through to him on the plane, if it's urgent, but he'll be +landing in about fifteen minutes. And he did say he'd call in this +afternoon."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Malone said. "Sure. O.K. It isn't urgent." He was just as glad +of the reprieve; it gave him one more chance to work matters through +to a solution, and hand it to Burris on a silver platter. "But why +Miami?" he added.</p> + +<p>"Don't you hear about anything any more?" Wolf asked.</p> + +<p>"I've been on vacation."</p> + +<p>"Oh," Wolf said. "Well, the Governor of Mississippi was assassinated +yesterday, at Miami Beach."</p> + +<p>"Ah," Malone said. He thought about it for a second. "Frankly," he +said, "this does not strike me as an irreparable loss to the nation. +Not even to Mississippi."</p> + +<p>"You express my views precisely," Wolf said.</p> + +<p>"How about the killer?" Malone said. "I gather they haven't got him +yet, or Burris wouldn't be on his way down."</p> + +<p>"No," Wolf said. "The killer would be on his way here instead. But you +know how things are—everything's confused. Governor Flarion was +walking along Collins Avenue when somebody fired at him, using a +high-powered rifle with, I guess, a scope sight."</p> + +<p>"Professional," Malone commented.</p> + +<p>"It looks like it," Wolf said. "And he picked the right time for it, +too—the way things are he was just one more confusion among the rest. +Nobody even heard the sniper's shot; the governor just fell over, +right there in the street. And by the time his bodyguards found out +what had happened, it was impossible even to be sure just which way he +was facing when the shot had been fired."</p> + +<p>"And as I remember Collins Avenue—" Malone started.</p> + +<p>"Right," Wolf said. "But it's even worse now, with everything going +nuts. Out where Governor Flarion was taking his stroll, there's an +awful lot of it to search. The boys are trying to find somebody who +saw a man acting suspicious in any of the nearby buildings, or heard a +shot, or saw anybody at all lurking or loitering anywhere near to the +scene."</p> + +<p>"Lovely," Malone said. "Sounds like a nice complicated job."</p> + +<p>"You don't know the half of it," Wolf said. "There's also the Miami +Beach Chamber of Commerce. According to them, Flarion died of a heart +attack, and not even in Miami Beach. Everything happening down there +isn't happening, according to them; Miami Beach is the one unsullied +beauty spot in a mixed-up United States."</p> + +<p>"All I can say," Malone offered, "is good luck. This is the saddest +day in American history since the assassination of Huey P. Long."</p> + +<p>"Agreed," Wolf said. "Want me to tell Burris you called?"</p> + +<p>"Right," Malone said, and switched off.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>The assassination of Nemours P. Flarion, he told himself, obviously +meant something. It pointed straight toward some entirely new kind of +answer. Granted, old Nemours P. had been a horrible mistake, a +paranoid, self-centered, would-be, dictator whose final act was quite +in keeping with the rest of his official life. Who else would be in +Miami Beach, far away from his home state, while the President was +declaring nationwide martial law?</p> + +<p>But that, Malone told himself, wasn't the point. Or not quite the +point, anyhow.</p> + +<p>Maybe some work would dig up more facts. Anyhow, Malone was reasonably +sure that he could reassign himself from vacation time, at least until +he called Burris. And he had work to do; nobody was going to hand him +anything on a silver serving salver.</p> + +<p>He punched the intercom again and got the Records office.</p> + +<p>"Yes, sir?" a familiar voice said.</p> + +<p>"Potter," Malone said, "this is Malone. I want facsimiles of +everything we have on the Psychical Research Society, on Sir Lewis +Carter, and on Luba Ardanko. Both of these last are connected with the +Society."</p> + +<p>"You're back on duty, Malone?" Potter said.</p> + +<p>"Right," Malone said. "Make that fast, will you?"</p> + +<p>Potter nodded. "Right away," he said.</p> + +<p>It didn't take long for the facsimile records to arrive, and Malone +went right to work on them. Maybe somewhere in those records was the +clue he had desperately needed. Where was the PRS? What were they +doing now? What did they plan to do?</p> + +<p>And why had they started the whole row in the first place?</p> + +<p>The PRS, he saw, was even more widely spread than he had thought. It +had branches in almost every major city in the United States, in +Europe, South Africa, South America and Australia. There was even a +small branch society in Greenland. True, the Communist disapproval of +such nonmaterialistic, un-Marxian objectives as Psychical Research +showed up in the fact that there were no registered branches in the +Sino-Soviet bloc. But that, Malone thought, hardly mattered. Maybe in +Russia they called themselves the Lenin Study Group, or the Better +Borschch League. He was fairly sure, from all the evidence, that the +PRS had some kind of organization even behind the Iron Curtain.</p> + +<p>Money backing didn't seem to be much of a problem, either. Malone +checked for the supporters of the organization and found a microfilmed +list that ran into the hundreds of thousands of names, most of them +ordinary people who seemed to be interested in spiritualism and the +like, and who donated a few dollars apiece to the PRS. Besides this +mass of small donations, of course, there were a few large ones, from +independently wealthy men who gave support to the organization and +seemed actively interested in its aims.</p> + +<p>It wasn't an unusual picture; just an exceptionally big one.</p> + +<p>Malone sighed and went on to the personal dossiers.</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis Carter himself was a well-known astronomer and +mathematician. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society, the Royal +Astronomical Society and the Royal Mathematical Society. He had been +knighted for his contributions in higher mathematics only two years +before he had come to live in the United States. Malone went over the +papers dealing with his entry into the country carefully, but they +were all in order and they contained absolutely nothing in the way of +usable clues.</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis' books on political and historical philosophy had been +well-received, and he had also written a novel, "But Some Are More +Equal," which, for a few weeks after publication, had managed to claw +its way to the bottom of the best-seller list.</p> + +<p>And that was that. Malone tried to figure out whether all this +information did him any good, and the answer came very quickly. The +answer was no. He opened the second dossier.</p> + +<p>Luba Ardanko had been born in New York. Her mother had been a woman of +Irish descent named Mary Foley, and had died in '69. Her father had +been a Hungarian named Chris Yorgen Ardanko, and had died in the same +year.</p> + +<p>Malone sighed. Somewhere in the dossiers, he was sure, there was a +clue, the basic clue that would tell him everything he needed to know. +His prescience had never been so strong; he knew perfectly well that +he was staring at the biggest, most startling and most complete +disclosure of all. And he couldn't see it.</p> + +<p>He stared at the folders for a long minute. What did they tell him? +What was the clue.</p> + +<p>And then, very slowly, the soft light of a prodigal sun illuminated +his mind.</p> + +<p>"Mr. Malone," Malone said gently, "you are a damned fool. There are +times when it is necessary to discard the impossible after you have +seen that the obscure is the obvious."</p> + +<p>He wasn't sure whether that meant anything, or even whether he knew +what he was saying. But, as the entire structure of facts became +clear, and then turned right upside down in his mind and changed into +something else entirely—something that told him not only who, and +where, but also why, he became absolutely sure of one thing.</p> + +<p>He knew the final answer.</p> + +<p>And it <i>was</i> obvious. Obvious as all hell!</p> + + +<h3>XIV</h3> +<p>There was, of course, only one thing to do and only one place to go. +Malone teleported to the New York offices of the FBI and went +immediately downstairs to the garage, where a specially-built Lincoln +awaited him at all times.</p> + +<p>One of the mechanics looked up curiously as Malone headed for the car. +"Want a driver?" he said.</p> + +<p>Malone thanked his lucky stars that he didn't have to get into any +lengthy and time-consuming argument about whether or not he was on +vacation. "No, thanks," he said. "This is a solo job."</p> + +<p>That, he told himself, was for sure. He drove out onto the streets and +into the heavy late-afternoon traffic of New York. The Lincoln handled +smoothly, but Malone didn't press his luck in the traffic which he +thought was even worse than the mess he'd driven through with the +happy cab driver two days before. He wasn't in any hurry now, after +all. He had all the time in the world, and he knew it. They—and, for +once, Malone could put real names to that "they"—would still be +waiting for him when he got there.</p> + +<p><i>If</i> he got there, he thought suddenly, turning a corner and being +confronted with a great mass of automobiles wedged solidly fender to +fender as far as the eye could see. The noise of honking horns was +deafening, and great clouds of smoke rose up to make the scene look +like the circle of Hell devoted to hot-rod drivers. Malone cursed and +sweated until the line began to move, and then cursed and sweated some +more until he was out of the city at last.</p> + +<p>It took quite a lot of time. New York traffic, in the past forty-eight +hours, hadn't gotten better; it had gotten a lot worse. He was nearly +exhausted by the time he finally crossed the George Washington Bridge +and headed west. And, while he drove, he began to let his reflexes +take over most of the automotive problems now that New York City was +behind him.</p> + +<p>He took all his thoughts from behind the shield that had sheltered +them and arrayed them neatly before him. They were beamed, he told +himself firmly, to one particular group of persons and to no one else. +Everything was perfectly clear; all he had to do now was explain it.</p> + +<p>Malone had wondered, over the years, about the detectives in books. +They always managed to wrap everything up in the last chapter, which +was perfectly all right by itself. But they always had a whole crowd +of suspects listening to them, too. Malone knew perfectly well that he +could never manage a setup like that. People would interrupt him. +Things would happen. Two dogs would rush in and start a battle royal +on the floor. There would be an earthquake or an invasion of little +green Venusians, or else somebody would just decide to faint and +cause a furor.</p> + +<p>But now, at long last, he realized, he had his chance. Nobody could +interrupt him. And he could explain to his heart's content.</p> + +<p>Because the members of the PRS were telepathic. And Kenneth J. Malone, +he thought happily, was not.</p> + +<p>Luba, he was sure, would be tuned in on him as he drove toward their +Pennsylvania hiding place. At least, he wanted to think so; it made +things much more pleasant. And he hoped that Luba, or whoever was +really tuned in, would alert everybody else, so they could all hook in +and hear his grand final explanation of everything.</p> + +<p>He opened his mind in that one special direction, beaming his thoughts +to nobody else but the group he'd decided on. A second of silence +passed.</p> + +<p>And then a sound began. Malone had passed a company of soldiers some +yards back, but he hadn't noticed them particularly; with the country +under martial law, soldiers were going to be as common as tree frogs. +Now, however, something different was happening.</p> + +<p>Malone felt the car tremble slightly, and stopped. Past him, rolling +along the side of the highway he was on, came a parade of thirty-ton +tanks. They rumbled and roared their slow, elephantine way down the +highway and, after what seemed about three days, disappeared from +sight. Malone wondered what the tanks were for, and then dismissed it +from his mind. It certainly wasn't very pleasant to think about, no +matter how necessary it turned out to be.</p> + +<p>He started up again. There were few cars on the road, although a lot +of them were parked along the sides. A series of <i>Closed</i> signs on +filling stations explained that, and Malone began to be grateful for +the national emergency. It allowed him to drive without much +interference, anyhow.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p><i>And a hearty good afternoon to all, he thought—especially to Miss +Luba Ardanko. I hope she's tuned in ... and, if she isn't, I hope +somebody alerts her. Frankly, I'd rather talk to her than to anyone +else I can think of at the moment. As a matter of fact, it's a little +easier to concentrate if I talk out loud, so I think I'll do that.</i></p> + +<p>He swerved the car at this point, neatly avoiding a broken wooden +crate that crouched in wait for him. "Road hog," he told it bitterly, +and went on.</p> + +<p>"Nothing personal," he went on after a second. "I don't care if you're +<i>all</i> listening in, as a matter of fact. And I'm not going to hide +anything." He thought a second, and then added: "Frankly, I'm not sure +I've got anything to hide."</p> + +<p>He paused and, in his imagination, he could almost hear Luba's voice.</p> + +<p><i>I'm listening, Kenneth,</i> she said. <i>Go on.</i></p> + +<p>He fished around in his mind for a second, wondering exactly where to +start. Then he decided, in the best traditions of the detective story, +not to mention "Alice in Wonderland," to start at the beginning.</p> + +<p>"The dear old Psychical Research Society," he said, speaking earnestly +to his windshield, "has been going on for a good many years now—since +the 1880's, as a matter of fact. That's a long time and it adds up to +a lot of Psychical Research. A lot of famous and intelligent people +have belonged to the Society. And, with all that, it's hardly +surprising that, after nearly a hundred years of work, something +finally turned up."</p> + +<p>At this point, there was another interruption. A couple of sawhorses +blocked the road ahead of Malone. As he stared at them, he felt his +prescience begin to itch. He took out his .44 Magnum and slowed the +car, memorizing the road as he passed it. He stopped the car before +the sawhorses. Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles, and a stern, +pale captain, his bars pointing sideways and glittering on his +shoulders, appeared from the sides of the road.</p> + +<p>The captain's voice was a military bark. "Out of the car!"</p> + +<p>Malone began to obey.</p> + +<p>"With your hands up!" the captain snapped. Malone dropped the .44 +unobtrusively into his jacket pocket and complied. Then, as he came +out of the car, he teleported himself back to a section of the road +he'd memorized, ten feet behind the car. The four men were gaping, +dumbfounded, as Malone drew his gun and shot them. Then he removed the +sawhorses, got back in his car, reloaded the .44, put it back in his +holster and drove on.</p> + +<p>"Now," he said in a thoughtful tone. "Where was I?"</p> + +<p>He imagined Luba's voice saying: <i>You were telling us how, all this +time, it's hardly surprising—</i></p> + +<p>"Oh, yes," he said. "Well, then. So you solved some of the problems, +you'd set. You learned how to use and control telepathy and +teleportation, maybe, long before scientific boys like Dr. O'Connor +became interested. But you never announced it publicly. You kept the +knowledge all to yourself. 'Is this what the common folk call +telepathy, Lord Bromley?' 'Yes, Lady Bromley.' 'Much too good for +them, isn't it?' And maybe it is, at that; I don't know."</p> + +<p>His thoughts, he recognized, were veering slightly. After a second he +got back on the track.</p> + +<p>"At any rate," he went on, "you—all of your out there—are +responsible for what's happening to this country and all of Europe and +Asia—and, for all I know, the suburbs of Hell.</p> + +<p>"I remember one of the book facsimiles you got me, for instance," he +said. "The writer tried for an 'expose' of the Society, in which he +attempted to prove that Sir Lewis Carter and certain other members +were trying to take over the world and run it to suit themselves, +using their psionic powers to institute a rather horrible type of +dictatorship over the world.</p> + +<p>"It was a pretty convincing book in a lot of ways. The author +evidently know a lot about what he was dealing with."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>At this point, Malone ran into another roadblock. There had been a +fight of some kind up ahead, and a lot of cars with what looked like +shell-holes in them were piled on one side of the road. The State +Police were working under the confused direction of an Army major to +straighten things out, while a bulldozer pushed the cars off the road +onto the grass bordering it. The major stopped what he was doing and +came to meet Malone as the car stopped.</p> + +<p>"Get off the road," the major said surlily.</p> + +<p>Malone looked up at him. "I've got some identification here," he said. +"Mind if I get it out?"</p> + +<p>The major reached for a gun and held it. "Go ahead," he said. "Don't +try anything funny. It's been hell up and down this road, mister."</p> + +<p>Malone flipped out his wallet and showed the identification.</p> + +<p>"FBI?" the Major said. "What're you doing out here?"</p> + +<p>"Special assignment," Malone said. "Oh ... by the way ... you might +send some men back a ways. There are four dead mean in military +uniforms lying on the road near a couple of sawhorses."</p> + +<p>The major stared. "Dead?" he said at last. "Dead how?"</p> + +<p>"I shot them," Malone said.</p> + +<p>"You—" The major's finger tightened on the trigger of his gun.</p> + +<p>"Now wait a minute," Malone said. "I said they were in military +uniforms. I didn't say they were soldiers."</p> + +<p>"But—"</p> + +<p>"Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles?" Malone said. "When the M-1's +out of date? And a captain with his bars on sideways? No, major. +Those were renegades. Looters of some kind; they wanted to kill me and +get the car and any valuables I happened to have."</p> + +<p>The major, very slowly, relaxed his grip on the gun and his arm fell +to his side. "You did the smart thing, Mr. Malone," he said.</p> + +<p>"And I've got to go on doing it," Malone said. "I'm in a hurry."</p> + +<p>He noticed a newspaper fluttering at the side of the road, not too +near the cars. Somehow it made everything seem even more lonely and +strange. The headlines fluttered into sight:</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p>MARTIAL LAW EDICT</p> + +<p>"MUST BE OBEYED," SAYS GOVERNOR</p> + +<p>But Riots Are Feared In Outlying Towns</p> + +<p>MAN AND WIFE CONFESS KILLING OF RELATIVES ABOARD PRIVATE +PLANE:</p> + +<p>Force Kin To Drop Off</p></div> + +<p>There was a photo of a woman there, too, and Malone could read just a +little of the caption:</p> + +<p>"Obeying the edict of martial law laid down by the President, Miss +Helen A.—"</p> + +<p>He wondered vaguely if her last name were Handbasket.</p> + +<p>The major was looking at him. "O.K., then," he said.</p> + +<p>"I can go on?" Malone said.</p> + +<p>The major looked stern. "Drive on," he said.</p> + +<p>Malone got the car going; the roadblock was lifted for him and he went +on by.</p> + +<p>After a moment, he said: "Pardon the interruption. I trust that all +the devoted listeners to Uncle Kenneth's Happy Hour are still tuned +in."</p> + +<p><i>Go ahead,</i> said Lou's voice.</p> + +<p>"All right, let's take a look at what you've been doing. You've caused +people to change their minds about what they've been intending to do. +You can cause all sorts of hell to break loose that way. You have a +lot of people you want to get rid of, so you play on their neuroses +and concoct errors for them to fight. You rig things so that they +quit, or get fired, or lose elections, or get arrested, or just +generally get put out of circulation. Some of the less stable ones +just up and did away with themselves.</p> + +<p>"Sometimes, it's individuals who have to go. Sometimes, it's whole +groups or maybe even whole nations. And sometimes it's in between, and +you manage to foul up organizational moves with misplaced papers, +mis-sent messages, errors, changed minds, and everything else you can +think of.</p> + +<p>"You know," he went on, "at first I couldn't see any pattern in what +was going on—though I remember telling myself that there was a kind +of justice in the way this thing was just as hard on gangsters as it +was on businessmen and Congressmen.</p> + +<p>"The Congressman from Gahoochie County, Arkansas, gets himself in a +jam over fraudulent election returns on the same day that the +accountant for the Truckers Union sends Mike Sands' books to the +Attorney General. Simple justice, I call it.</p> + +<p>"And, you know, seen from that viewpoint, this whole caper might come +out looking pretty good. If most of the characters you've taken care +of are just the boys who needed taking care of, I'd say more power to +you—except for one thing. It's all right to get rid of all the fools, +idiots, maniacs, blockheads, morons, psychopaths, paranoids, +timidity-ridden, fear-worshipers, fanatics, thieves, and the rest of +the general, all-round, no-good characters; I'm all for it. But not +this way. Oh, no.</p> + +<p>"You've pressed the panic button, that's what you've done.</p> + +<p>"You've done more damage in two weeks than all those fumblebrains have +been able to do in several myriads of lifetimes. You've loused up the +economy of this nation and every other civilized nation. You've caused +riots in which innocent people have died; you've caused thousands more +to lose their businesses and their savings. And only God Himself knows +how many more are going to die of starvation and murder before this +thing is over.</p> + +<p>"And you can't tell me that <i>all</i> of those people deserve to die."</p> + +<p>He slowed down as he came to a small town, and for the first time in +many miles he focused on the road ahead with his full mind. The town, +he saw, looked like a shambles. There were four cars tastefully +arranged on the lawn of what appeared to be the local library. Across +the street, a large drugstore was in flames, and surprised people were +hurrying to put it out. There didn't seem to be any State Police or +Army men around, but they'd passed through; Malone saw a forgotten +overseas cap lying on the road ahead.</p> + +<p>With a shock, he realized that he was now in Pennsylvania, close to +where he wanted to go. A signboard told him the town he was looking at +was Milford. It was a mess, and Malone hoped fervently that it was a +mess that could eventually be cleaned up.</p> + +<p>The town was a small one, and Malone was glad to get out of it so +quickly.</p> + +<p>"That's the kind of thing I mean," he said aloud. Then he paused. "Are +you there, anybody?"</p> + +<p>He imagined he heard Luba's voice saying: <i>Yes, Ken. Yes, I'm here. +Listening to you.</i></p> + +<p>Imagination was fine but, of course, there was no way for them to get +through to him. They were telepathic, but Kenneth J. Malone, he told +himself sadly, was not.</p> + +<p>"Hello, out there," he went on. "I hope you've been listening so far, +because there isn't too much more for me to say.</p> + +<p>"Just this: you've wrecked my country, and you've wrecked almost all +of the rest of civilization. You've brought my world down around my +ears.</p> + +<p>"I have every logical reason to hate your guts. By all the evidence I +have, you are a group of the worst blackguards who ever existed; by +all the evidence, I should be doing everything in my power to +exterminate you.</p> + +<p>"But I'm not.</p> + +<p>"My prescience tells me that what you've been doing is right and +necessary. I'm damned if I can see it, but there it is. I just hope +you can explain it to me."</p> + + +<h3>XV</h3> +<p>Soon, he was in the midst of the countryside. It was, of course, +filled with country. It spread around him in the shape of hills, +birds, trees, flowers, grass, billboards and other distractions to the +passing motorist.</p> + +<p>It took Malone better than two hours more to find the place he was +looking for. Long before he found it, he had come to the conclusion +that finding country estates in Pennsylvania was only a shade easier +than finding private homes in the Borough of Brooklyn. In both cases, +he had found himself saddled with the same frantic search down what +seemed likely routes which turned out to lead nowhere. He had found, +in both cases, complete ignorance of the place on the part of local +citizens, and even strong doubts that the place could possibly have +any sort of existence.</p> + +<p>The fact that is was growing dark didn't help much, either.</p> + +<p>But he found it at last. Rounding a curve in a narrow, blacktop road, +he saw the home behind a grove of trees.</p> + +<p>He recognized it instantly.</p> + +<p>He had seen it so often that he felt as if he knew it intimately.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"> +<img src="images/image_019.jpg" width="600" height="389" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p>It was a big, rambling, Colonial-type mansion, painted a blinding and +beautiful white, with a broad, pillared porch and a great carved front +door. The front windows were curtained in rich purples, and before the +house was a great front garden, and tall old trees. Malone +half-expected Scarlett O'Hara to come tripping out of the house at any +minute shouting: "Rhett! The children's mush is on fire!" or something +equally inappropriate.</p> + +<p>Inside it, however, if Malone were right, was not the magnetic +Scarlett. Inside the house were some of the most important members of +the PRS—and one person who was not a member.</p> + +<p>But it was impossible to tell from the outside. Nothing moved on the +well-kept grounds, and the windows didn't show so much as the flutter +of a purple curtain. There was no sound. No cars were parked around +the house—nor, Malone realized, thinking of "Gone With the Wind," +were there any horses or carriages.</p> + +<p>The place looked deserted.</p> + +<p>Malone thought he knew better, but it took a few minutes for him to +get up enough courage to go up the long driveway. He stared at the +house. It was an old one, he knew, built long before the Civil War and +originally commanding a huge tract of land. Now, all that remained of +the vast acreage was the small portion that surrounded the house.</p> + +<p>But the original family still inhabited it, proud of the house and of +their part in its past. Over the years, Malone knew, they had kept it +up scrupulously, and the place had been both restored and modernized +on the inside without harming the classic outlines of the +hundred-and-fifty-year-old structure.</p> + +<p>A fence surrounded the estate, but the front gate was swinging open. +Malone saw it and took a deep breath. Now, he told himself, or never. +He drove the Lincoln through the opening slowly, alert for almost +anything.</p> + +<p>There was no disturbance. Thirty yards from the front door he pulled +the car to a cautious stop and got out. He started to walk toward the +building. Each step seemed to take whole minutes, and everything he +had thought raced through his mind again. Nothing seemed to move +anywhere, except Malone himself.</p> + +<p>Was he right? Were the people he'd been beaming to really here? Or had +he been led astray by them? Had he been manipulated, in spite of his +shield, as easily as they had manipulated so many others?</p> + +<p>That was possible. But it wasn't the only possibility.</p> + +<p>Suppose, he thought, that he was perfectly right, and that the group +was waiting inside. And suppose, too, that he'd misunderstood their +motives.</p> + +<p>Suppose they were just waiting for him to get a little closer.</p> + +<p>Malone kept walking. In just a few steps, he could be close enough so +that a bullet aimed at him from the house hadn't a real chance of +missing him.</p> + +<p>And it didn't have to be bullets, either. They might have set a trap, +he thought, and were waiting for him to walk into it. Then they would +hold him prisoner while they devised ways to....</p> + +<p>To what?</p> + +<p>He didn't know. And that was even worse; it called up horrible terrors +from the darkest depths of Malone's mind. He continued to walk +forward.</p> + +<p>Finally he reached the steps that led up to the porch, and took them +one at a time.</p> + +<p>He stood on the porch. A long second passed.</p> + +<p>He took a step toward the high, wide and handsome oaken door. Then he +took another step, and another.</p> + +<p>What was waiting for him inside?</p> + +<p>He took a deep breath, and pressed the doorbell button.</p> + +<p>The door swung open immediately, and Malone involuntarily stepped +back.</p> + +<p>The owner of the house smiled at him from the doorway. Malone let out +his breath in one long sigh of relief.</p> + +<p>"I was hoping it would be you," he said weakly. "May I come in?"</p> + +<p>"Why, certainly, Malone. Come on in. We've been expecting you, you +know," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the FBI.</p> + + +<h3>XVI</h3> +<p>Malone sat, quietly relaxed and almost completely at ease, in the +depths of a huge, comfortable, old-fashioned Morris chair. Three +similar chairs were clustered around a squat, massive coffee table, +made of a single slab of dark wood set on short, curved legs. Malone +looked around at the other three with a relaxed feeling of +recognition: Andrew J. Burris, Sir Lewis Carter and Luba Ardanko.</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis softly exhaled a cloud of smoke as he removed the briar from +his mouth. "Malone," he asked gently, "how did you know we would be +here?"</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "I just ... I mean, it was obvious as soon as +I—" He stopped, frowning. "I had one thing to go on, anyway," he +said. "I figured out the PRS was responsible for all the troubles +because it was so efficient. And then, while I was sitting and staring +at the file reports, it suddenly came to me: the FBI was just as +efficient. So it was obvious."</p> + +<p>"What was?" Burris said.</p> + +<p>Malone shrugged. "I thought you'd been keeping me on vacation because +your mind was being changed," he said. "Now I can see you were doing +it of your own free will."</p> + +<p>"Yes," Sir Lewis said. "But how did you know you'd find us <i>here</i>, +Malone?"</p> + +<p>There was a shadow in the room, but not a visible one. Malone felt the +chill of sudden danger. Whatever was going to happen, he realized, he +would not be around for the finish. He, Kenneth Joseph Malone, the +cuddly, semi-intrepid FBI Agent he had always known and loved, would +never get out of this deadly situation. If he lived, he would be so +changed that—</p> + +<p>He didn't even want to think about it.</p> + +<p>"What sort of logic," Sir Lewis was saying, "led you to the belief +that we would all be here, in Andrew's house?"</p> + +<p>Malone forced his mind to consider the question. "Well," he began, "it +isn't exactly logic, I guess."</p> + +<p>Luba smiled at him. He felt a little reassured, but not much. "You +should have phrased that differently," she said. "It's: 'It isn't +exactly logic. I guess.'"</p> + +<p>"Not guess," Sir Lewis said. "You know. Prescience, Malone. Your +precognitive faculty."</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said. "All right. So what?"</p> + +<p>"Take it easy," Burris put in. "Relax, Malone. Everything's going to +be all right."</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis waved a hand negligently. "Let's continue," he said. "Tell +me, Malone: if you were a mathematics professor, teaching a course in +calculus, how would you grade a paper that had all the answers but +didn't show the work?"</p> + +<p>"I never took calculus," Malone said. "But I imagine I'd flunk him."</p> + +<p>"Why?" Sir Lewis said.</p> + +<p>"Because if he can't back up his answer," Malone said slowly, "then +it's no better than a layman's guess. He has to give reasons for his +answers; otherwise nobody else can understand him."</p> + +<p>"Fine," Sir Lewis said. "Perfectly fine. Now—" he puffed at his +pipe—"can you give me a logical reason for arriving at the decision +you made a few hours ago?"</p> + +<p>The danger was coming closer, Malone realized. He didn't know what it +was or how to guard himself against it. All he could do was answer, +and play for time.</p> + +<p>"While I was driving up here," he said, "I sent you a message. I told +you what I knew and what I believed about the whole world picture as +it stands now. I don't know if you received it, but I—"</p> + +<p>Luba spoke without the trace of a smile. "You mean you didn't know?" +she said. "You didn't know I was answering you?"</p> + +<p>That was the first pebble of the avalanche, Malone knew suddenly—the +avalanche that was somehow going to destroy him. "You forced your +thoughts into my mind, then," he said as coolly as he could. "Just as +you forced decision on the rest of society."</p> + +<p>"Now, dammit, Malone!" Burris said suddenly. "You know those bursts +take a lot of energy, and only last for a fraction of a second!"</p> + +<p>Malone blinked. "Then you ... didn't—"</p> + +<p><i>Of course I didn't force anything on you, Kenneth. I can't. Not all +the power of the entire PRS could force anything through your shield. +But you opened it to me.</i></p> + +<p>It was Luba's mental "voice." Malone opened his mouth, shut it and +then, belatedly, snapped shut the channel through which he'd contacted +her. Luba gave him a wry look, but said nothing. "You mean I'm a +telepath?" Malone asked weakly.</p> + +<p>"Certainly," Sir Lewis snapped. "At the moment, you can only pick up +Luba—but you are certainly capable of picking up anyone, eventually. +Just as you learned to teleport, you can learn to be a telepath. +You—"</p> + +<p>The room was whirling, but Malone tried to keep his mind steady. "Wait +a minute," he said. "If you received what I sent, then you know I've +got a question to ask."</p> + +<p>There was a little silence.</p> + +<p>Finally Sir Lewis looked up. "You want to know why you felt we—the +PRS—were innocent of the crimes you want to charge us with. Very +well." He paused. "We have wrecked civilization: granted. We could +have done it more smoothly: granted."</p> + +<p>"Then—"</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis' face was serious and steady. Malone tensed.</p> + +<p>"Malone," Sir Lewis said, "do you think you're the only one with a +mental shield?"</p> + +<p>Malone shook his head. "I guess stress—fixity of mind or +purpose—could develop it in anyone," he said. "At least, in some +people."</p> + +<p>"Very well," Sir Lewis said. "Now, among the various people of the +world who have, through one necessity or another, managed to develop +such shields—"</p> + +<p>Burris broke in impatiently. His words rang, and then echoed in the +old house.</p> + +<p>"Some fool," he said flatly, "was going to start the Last War."</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>"So you had to stop it," Malone said after a long second. "But I still +don't see—"</p> + +<p>"Of course you don't," Sir Lewis said. "But you've got to understand +why you don't see it first."</p> + +<p>"Because I'm stupid," Malone said.</p> + +<p>Luba was shaking her head. Malone turned to face her. "Not stupid," +she said. "But some people, Kenneth, have certain talents. Others +have—other talents. There's no way of equating these talents; all are +useful, each performs a different function."</p> + +<p>"And my talent," Malone said, "is stupidity. But—"</p> + +<p>She lit a cigarette daintily. "Not at all," she said. "You've done a +really tremendous job, Kenneth. I was trained ever since I was a baby +to use my psionic abilities—the PRS has known how to train children +in that line ever since 1970. Only Mike Fueyo developed a system for +instruction independently; the boy was, and is, a genius, as you've +noticed."</p> + +<p>"Agreed," Malone said. "But—"</p> + +<p>"You, however," Luba said, "have the distinction of being the first +human being who has, as an adult, achieved his full powers without +childhood training. In addition, you're the only human being who has +ever developed to the extent you have—in precognition, too."</p> + +<p>She puffed on the cigarette. Malone waited.</p> + +<p>"But what you don't have," she said at last, very carefully, "is the +ability to reason out the steps you've taken, after you've reached the +proper conclusion."</p> + +<p>"Like the calculus student," Malone said. "I flunk." Something inside +him grated over the marrow in his bones. It was as though someone had +decided that the best cure for worry was coarse emery in the joints, +and he, Kenneth J. Malone, had been picked for the first experiment.</p> + +<p>"You're not flunking," Luba said. "You're a very long way from +flunking, Kenneth."</p> + +<p>Burris cleared his throat suddenly. Malone turned to him. The Head of +the FBI stuck an unlighted cigar into his mouth, chewed it a little, +and then said: "Malone, we've been keeping tabs on you. Your shield +was unbreakable—but we have been able to reach the minds of people +you've talked to: Mike Sands, Primo Palveri, and so on. And Her +Majesty, of course: you opened up a gap in your shield to talk to her, +and you haven't closed it down. Until you started broadcasting here on +the way up, naturally."</p> + +<p>"All right," Malone said, waiting with as much patience as possible +for the point.</p> + +<p>"I tried to take you off the case," Burris went on, "because Sir Lewis +and the others felt you were getting too close to the truth. Which you +were, Malone, which you were." He lit his cigar and looked obscurely +pleased. "But they didn't know how you'd take it," he said. "They ... +we ... felt that a man who hadn't been trained since childhood to +accept the extrasensory abilities of the human mind couldn't possibly +learn to accept the reality of the job the PRS has to do."</p> + +<p>"I still don't," Malone said. "I'm stupid. I flunk. Remember?"</p> + +<p>"Now, now," Burris said helplessly. "Not at all, Malone. But we were +worried. I lied to you about those three spies—I put the drug in the +water-cooler. I tried to keep you from learning the Fueyo method of +teleportation. I didn't want you to learn that you were telepathic."</p> + +<p>"But I did," Malone said, "And what does that make me?"</p> + +<p>"That," Sir Lewis cut in, "is what we're attempting to find out."</p> + +<p>Malone felt suitably crushed, but he wasn't sure by what. "I've got +some questions," he said after a second. "I want to know three +things."</p> + +<p>"Go ahead," Sir Lewis said.</p> + +<p>"One:" Malone said, "How come Her Majesty and the other nutty +telepaths didn't spot you? Two: How come you sent me out on these jobs +when you were afraid I was dangerous? And three: What was it that was +so safe about busting up civilization? How did that save us from the +Last War?"</p> + +<p>Sir Lewis nodded. "First," he said, "we've developed a technique of +throwing up a shield and screening it with a surface of innocuous +thoughts—like hiding behind a movie screen. Second ... well, we had +to get the jobs done, Malone. And Andrew thought you were the most +capable, dangerous or not. For one thing, we wanted to get all the +insane telepaths in one place; it's difficult to work when the +atmosphere's full of such telepathic ravings."</p> + +<p>"But wrecking the world because of a man with a mind-shield—why not +just work things so his underlings wouldn't obey him?" Malone shook +his head. "That sounds more reasonable."</p> + +<p>"It may," Sir Lewis said. "But it wouldn't work. As a matter of fact, +it was tried, and it didn't work. You see, the Sino-Soviet top men +were smart enough to see that their underlings were being tampered +with. And they've developed a system, partly depending on automatic +firing systems, partly on individuals with mind-blocks—that is, +people who aren't being tampered with—which we can't disrupt +directly. So we had to smash them."</p> + +<p>"And the United States at the same time," Burris said. "The economic +balance had to be kept; a strong America would be forced in to fill +the power vacuum otherwise, and that would make for an even worse +catastrophe. And if we weren't in trouble, the Sino-Soviet Bloc would +blame their mess on us. And that would start the Last War before +collapse could get started. Right, Malone?"</p> + +<p>"I see," Malone said, thinking that he almost did. He told himself he +could feel happy now; the danger—which hadn't been danger to him, +really, but danger from him toward the PRS, toward civilization—was +over. But he didn't feel happy. He didn't feel anything.</p> + +<p>"There's a crisis building in New York," Sir Lewis said suddenly, +"that's going to take all our attention. Malone, why don't you ... +well, go home and get some rest? We're going to be busy for a while, +and you'll want to be fresh for the work coming up."</p> + +<p>"Sure," Malone said listlessly. "Sure."</p> + +<p>As the others rose, he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. Then +he vanished.</p> + + +<h3>XVII</h3> +<p>Two hours passed, somehow. Bourbon and soda helped them pass, Malone +discovered; he drank two high-balls slowly, trying not to think about +anything. He felt terrible. After a while he made himself a third +high-ball and started on it. Maybe this would make him feel better. +Maybe he thought, he ought to break out his cigars and celebrate.</p> + +<p>But there didn't seem to be very much to celebrate somehow. He felt +like an amoeba on a slide being congratulated on having successfully +conquered the world.</p> + +<p>He drank some more bourbon-and-soda. Amoebae, he told himself, didn't +drink bourbon-and-soda. He was better off than an amoeba. He was +happier than an amoeba. But somehow he couldn't imagine any amoeba in +the world, no matter how heart-broken, feeling any worse than Kenneth +J. Malone.</p> + +<p>He looked up. There was another amoeba in the room.</p> + +<p>Then he frowned. She wasn't an amoeba, he thought. She was the +scientist the amoeba was supposed to fall in love with, so the +scientist could report on everything he did, so all the other +scien—psiontists could know all about him. But whoever heard of a +scien—psiontist—falling in love with an amoeba? Nobody. It was fate. +And fate was awful. Malone had often suspected it, but now he was +sure. Now he was looking at things from the amoeba's side, and fate +was terrible.</p> + +<p>"No, Ken," the psiontist said. "It needn't be at all like that."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, it need," Malone said positively. "It need be even worse. +When I have some more to drink, it'll <i>be</i> even worse. Wait and see."</p> + +<p>"Ken," Luba said softly, "you don't have to suffer this way."</p> + +<p>"No," Malone said agreeably, "I don't. You could shoot me and then I'd +be dead. Just quit all this amoebing around, O.K.?"</p> + +<p>"You're already half shot," Luba said sharply. "Now be quiet and +listen. You're angry because you've fallen in love with me and you're +all choked up over the futility of it all."</p> + +<p>"Exactly," Malone said. "Ex-positively-actly. You're a psionic +super-man—woman. You can figure things out in your own little head +instead of just getting along on dum psionic luck like us amoebae. +You're too far above me."</p> + +<p>"Ken, listen!" Luba snapped. "Look into my mind. You can link up with +me: go ahead and do it. You can read me clear down to the subconscious +if you want to."</p> + +<p>Malone blinked.</p> + +<p>"Now, Ken!" Luba said.</p> + +<p>Malone looked. For a long time.</p> + +<hr style="width: 45%;" /> + +<p>Half an hour later, Kenneth J. Malone, alone in his room, was humming +happily to himself as he brushed a few specks of dust from the top of +his best royal blue bowler. He faced the mirror on the wall, puffed on +the cigar clenched between his teeth, and adjusted the bowler to just +the right angle.</p> + +<p>There was a knock on the door. He went and opened it, carefully +disposing of the cigar first. "Oh," he said. "What are you doing +here?"</p> + +<p>"Just saying hello," Thomas Boyd grinned. "Back at work?"</p> + +<p>Boyd didn't know, of course, what had happened. Nor need he ever know. +"Just about," Malone said. "Spending the evening relaxing, though."</p> + +<p>"Hm-m-m," Boyd said. "Let me guess. Her name begins with L?"</p> + +<p>"It does not," Malone said flatly.</p> + +<p>"But—" Boyd began.</p> + +<p>Malone cast about in his mind for an explanation. Telling Boyd the +truth—that Luba and Kenneth J. Malone just weren't equals as far as +social intercourse went—would leave him exactly nowhere. But, +somehow, it had to be said. "Tom," he said, "suppose you met a +beautiful girl—charming, wonderful, brilliant."</p> + +<p>"Great," Boyd said. "I like it already."</p> + +<p>"Suppose she looked about ... oh ... twenty-three," Malone went on.</p> + +<p>"Do any more supposing," Boyd said, "and I'll be pawing the ground."</p> + +<p>"And then," Malone said, very carefully, "suppose you found out, after +you'd been out with her ... well, when you took her out, say, you met +your grandmother."</p> + +<p>"My grandmother," Boyd said virtuously, "doesn't go to joints like +that."</p> + +<p>"Use your imagination," Malone snapped. "And suppose your grandmother +recognized the girl as an old schoolmate of hers."</p> + +<p>Boyd swallowed hard. "As a what?"</p> + +<p>"An old schoolmate," Malone said. "Suppose this girl were so charming +and everything just because she'd had ... oh, ninety years or so to +practice in."</p> + +<p>"Malone," Boyd said in a depressed tone, "you can spoil more ideas—"</p> + +<p>"Well," Malone said, "would you go out with her again?"</p> + +<p>"You kidding?" Boyd said. "Of course not."</p> + +<p>"But she's the same girl," Malone said. "You've just found out +something new about her, that's all."</p> + +<p>Boyd nodded. "So," he said, "you found out something new about Luba. +Like, maybe, she's ninety years old?"</p> + +<p>"No," Malone said. "Nothing like that. Just—something." He remembered +Queen Elizabeth's theory of politeness toward superiors: people, she'd +said, act as if they believed their bosses were superior to them, but +they didn't believe it.</p> + +<p>On the other hand, he thought, when a man knows and believes that +someone actually <i>is</i> superior—then, he doesn't mind at all. He can +depend on that superiority to help him. And love, ordinary +man-and-woman love, just can't exist.</p> + +<p>Nor, Malone told himself, would anyone want it to. It would, after +all, be damned uncomfortable.</p> + +<p>"So who's the girl?" Boyd said. "And where? The clubs are all closed, +and the streets probably aren't very safe just now."</p> + +<p>"Barbara Wilson," Malone said, "and Yucca Flats. I ought to be able to +get a fast plane." He shrugged. "Or maybe teleport," he added.</p> + +<p>"Sure," Boyd said. "But on a night with so many troubles—"</p> + +<p>"Oh, King Henry," Malone said, "hearken. A man who looks as historical +as you do ought to know a little history."</p> + +<p>"Such as?" Boyd said, bristling slightly.</p> + +<p>"There have always been troubles," Malone said. "In the Eighth +Century, it was Saracens; in the Fourteenth, the Black Death. Then +there was the Reformation, and the Prussians in 1870, and the Spanish +in 1898, and—"</p> + +<p>"And?" Boyd said.</p> + +<p>Malone took a deep breath. He could almost feel the court dress +flowing over him, as the court manners did. Lady Barbara, after all, +attendant to Her Majesty, would expect a certain character from him.</p> + +<p>After a second, he had it.</p> + +<p>"In 1914, it was enemy aliens," said Sir Kenneth Malone.</p> + + +<h3>THE END</h3> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + +***** This file should be named 30434-h.htm or 30434-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/4/3/30434/ + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_001.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8982ae8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_001.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_002.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3839fcc --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_002.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_003.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18e85e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_003.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_004.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b98a5c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_004.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_005.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ded482 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_005.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_006.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5df2b3c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_006.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_007.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..acdd33b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_007.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_008.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48b47b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_008.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_009.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d85017 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_009.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_010.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fb5a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_010.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_011.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..012eeeb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_011.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_012.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..63e3e74 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_012.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_013.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1dd508c --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_013.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_014.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b452643 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_014.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_015.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..68321c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_015.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_016.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_016.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f6f4c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_016.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_017.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_017.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d2fd56 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_017.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_018.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_018.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c0e097 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_018.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_019.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_019.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e2c7d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_019.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_b.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_b.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7152f75 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_b.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_i.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_i.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3eefeb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_i.jpg diff --git a/old/30434-h/images/image_m.jpg b/old/30434-h/images/image_m.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..18ee4b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434-h/images/image_m.jpg diff --git a/old/30434.txt b/old/30434.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b509c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9765 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Occasion for Disaster + +Author: Gordon Randall Garrett + Laurence Mark Janifer + +Illustrator: van Dongen + +Release Date: November 9, 2009 [EBook #30434] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + + + + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + Transcriber's Note: + + This etext was produced from Analog Science Fact & Fiction November 1960, + December 1960, January 1961, February 1961. Extensive research did not + uncover any evidence that the U.S. copyright on this publication was + renewed. + + + + OCCASION ... for DISASTER + + + By MARK PHILLIPS + + + Illustrated by van Dongen + + + _A very small slip, at just the wrong place, can devastate + any enterprise. One tiny transistor can go wrong ... and + ruin a multi-million dollar missile. Which would be one way + to stop the missiles...._ + + + + "_We must remember not to judge any public servant by any + one act, and especially should we beware of attacking the + men who are merely the occasions and not the causes of + disaster._" + + Theodore Roosevelt + + * * * * * + + + + +In 1914, it was enemy aliens. + +In 1930, it was Wobblies. + +In 1957, it was fellow-travelers. + +In 1971, it was insane telepaths. + +And, in 1973: + +"We don't know _what_ it is," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the +FBI. He threw his hands in the air and looked baffled and confused. + +Kenneth J. Malone tried to appear sympathetic. "What what is?" + +Burris frowned and drummed his fingers on his big desk. "Malone," he +said, "make sense. And don't stutter." + +"Stutter?" Malone said. "You said you didn't know what it was. And I +wanted to know what it was." + +"That's just it," Burris said. "I don't know." + +Malone sighed and repressed an impulse to scream. "Now, wait a minute, +Chief--" he started. + +Burris frowned again. "Don't call me Chief," he said. + +Malone nodded, "O.K.," he said. "But--if you don't know what it is, +you must have some idea of what you don't know. I mean, is it larger +than a breadbox? Does it perform helpful tasks? Is it self-employed?" + +"Malone," Burris sighed, "you ought to be on television." + +"But--" + +"Let me explain," Burris said. His voice was calmer now, and he spoke +as if he were enunciating nothing but the most obvious and eternal +truths. "The country," he said, "is going to Hell in a handbasket." + +Malone nodded again. "Well, after all, Chief--" he started. + +"Don't call me Chief," Burris said wearily. + +"Anything you say," Malone agreed peacefully. He eyed the Director of +the FBI warily. "After all, it isn't anything new," he went on. "The +country's always been going to Hell in a handbasket, one way or +another. Look at Rome." + +"Rome?" Burris said. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Rome was always going to Hell in a handbasket, +and finally it--" He paused. "Finally it did, I guess," he said. + +"Exactly," Burris said. "And so are we. Finally." He passed a hand +over his forehead and stared past Malone at a spot on the wall. Malone +turned and looked at the spot, but saw nothing of interest. "Malone," +Burris said, and the FBI Agent whirled around again. + +"Yes, Ch--Yes?" he said. + +"This time," Burris said, "it isn't the same old story at all. This +time it's different." + +"Different?" Malone said. + +Burris nodded. "Look at it this way," he said. His eyes returned to +the FBI Agent. "Suppose you're a congressman," he went on, "and you +find evidence of inefficiency in the government." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. He had the feeling that if he +waited around a little while everything would make sense, and he was +willing to wait. After all, he wasn't on assignment at the moment, and +there was nothing pressing waiting for him. He was even between +romances. + +If he waited long enough, he told himself, Andrew J. Burris might say +something worth hearing. He looked attentive and eager. He considered +leaning over the desk a little, to look even more eager, but decided +against it; Burris might think he looked threatening. There was no +telling. + +"You're a congressman," Burris said, "and the government is +inefficient. You find evidence of it. What do you do?" + + * * * * * + +Malone blinked and thought for a second. It didn't take any longer +than that to come up with the old, old answer. "I start an +investigation," he said. "I get a committee and I talk to a lot of +newspaper editors and magazine editors and maybe I go on television +and talk some more, and my committee has a lot of meetings--" + +"Exactly," Burris said. + +"And we talk a lot at the meetings," Malone went on, carried away, +"and get a lot of publicity, and we subpoena famous people, just as +famous as we can get, except governors or presidents, because you +can't--they tried that back in the '50s, and it didn't work very +well--and that gives us some more publicity, and then when we have all +the publicity we can possibly get--" + +"You stop," Burris said hurriedly. + +"That's right," Malone said. "We stop. And that's what I'd do." + +"Of course, the problem of inefficiency is left exactly where it +always was," Burris said. "Nothing's been done about it." + +"Naturally," Malone said. "But think of all the lovely publicity. And +all the nice talk. And the subpoenas and committees and everything." + +"Sure," Burris said wearily. "It's happened a thousand times. But, +Malone, that's the difference. It isn't happening this time." + +There was a short pause. "What do you mean?" Malone said at last. + +"This time," Burris said, in a tone that sounded almost awed, "they +want to keep it a secret." + +"A secret?" Malone said, blinking. "But that's ... that's not the +American way." + +Burris shrugged. "It's un-congressman-like, anyhow," he said. "But +that's what they've done. Tiptoed over to me and whispered softly that +the thing has to be investigated quietly. Naturally, they didn't give +me any orders--but only because they know they can't make one stick. +They suggested it pretty strongly." + +"Any reasons?" Malone said. The whole idea interested him strangely. +It was odd--and he found himself almost liking odd cases, lately. That +is, he amended hurriedly, if they didn't get _too_ odd. + +"Oh, they had reasons, all right," Burris said. "It took a little +coaxing, but I managed to pry some loose. You see, every one of them +found inefficiency in his own department. And every one knows that +other men are investigating inefficiency." + +"Oh," Malone said. + +"That's right," Burris said. "Every one of them came to me to get me +to prove that the goof-ups in his particular department weren't his +fault. That covers them in case one of the others happens to light +into the department." + +"Well, it must be _somebody's_ fault," Malone said. + +"It isn't theirs," Burris said wearily. "I ought to know. They told +me. At great length, Malone." + +Malone felt a stab of honest pity. "How many so far?" he said. + +"Six," Burris said. "Four representatives, and two senators." + +"Only two?" Malone said. + +"Well," Burris said, "the Senate is so much smaller. And, besides, we +may get more. As a matter of fact, Senator Lefferts is worth any six +representatives all by himself." + +"He is?" Malone said, puzzled. Senator Lefferts was not one of his +favorite people. Nor, as far as he knew, did the somewhat excitable +senator hold any place of honor in the heart of Andrew J. Burris. + +"I mean his story," Burris said. "I've never heard anything like +it--at least, not since the Bilbo days. And I've only heard about +those," he added hurriedly. + +"What story?" Malone said. "He talked about inefficiency--" + +"Not exactly," Burris said carefully. "He said that somebody was out +to get him--him, personally. He said somebody was trying to discredit +him by sabotaging all his legislative plans." + +"Well," Malone said, feeling that some comment was called for, "three +cheers." + +"That isn't the point," Burris snapped. "No matter how we felt about +Senator Lefferts or his legislative plans, we're sworn to protect him. +And he says 'they' are out to get him." + +"They?" Malone said. + +"You know," Burris said, shrugging. "The great 'they.' The invisible +enemies all around, working against him." + +"Oh," Malone said. "Paranoid?" He had always thought Senator Lefferts +was slightly on the batty side, and the idea of real paranoia didn't +come as too much of a surprise. After all, when a man was batty to +start out with ... and he even _looked_ like a vampire, Malone thought +confusedly. + +"As far as paranoia is concerned," Burris said, "I checked with one of +our own psych men, and he'll back it up. Lefferts has definite +paranoid tendencies, he says." + +Malone said, "That's that." + +Burris shook his head. "It isn't that simple," he said. "You see, +Malone, there's some evidence that somebody _is_ working against him." + +"The American public, with any luck at all," Malone said. + +"No," Burris said. "An enemy. Somebody sabotaging his plans. Really." + +Malone shook his head. "You're crazy," he said. + +Burris looked shocked. "Malone, I'm the Director of the FBI," he said. +"And if you insist on being disrespectful--" + +"Sorry," Malone murmured. "But--" + +"I am perfectly sane," Burris said slowly. "It's Senator Lefferts +who's crazy. The only trouble is, he has evidence to show he's not." + +Malone thought about odd cases, and suddenly wished he were somewhere +else. Anywhere else. This one showed sudden signs of developing into +something positively bizarre. "I see," he said, wondering if he did. + +"After all," Burris said, in a voice that attempted to sound +reasonable, "a paranoid has just as much right to be persecuted as +anybody else, doesn't he?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "Everybody has rights. But what do you want me to +do about that?" + +"About their rights?" Burris said. "Nothing, Malone. Nothing." + +"I mean," Malone said patiently, "about whatever it is that's going +on." + +Burris took a deep breath. His hands clasped behind his head, and he +looked up at the ceiling. He seemed perfectly relaxed. That, Malone +knew, was a bad sign. It meant that there was a dirty job coming, a +job nobody wanted to do, and one Burris was determined to pass off on +him. He sighed and tried to feel resigned. + + * * * * * + +"Well," the FBI Director said, "the only actual trouble we can +pinpoint is that there seem to be a great many errors occurring in the +paperwork--more than usual." + +"People get tired," Malone said tentatively. + +"But computer-secretary calculating machines don't," Burris said. "And +that's where the errors are--in the computer-secretaries down in the +Senate Office Building. I think you'd better start out there." + +"Sure," Malone said sadly. + +"See if there's any mechanical or electrical defect in any of those +computers," Burris said. "Talk to the computer technicians. Find out +what's causing all these errors." + +"Yes, sir," Malone said. He was still trying to feel resigned, but he +wasn't succeeding very well. + +"And if you don't find anything--" Burris began. + +"I'll come right back," Malone said instantly. + +"No," Burris said. "You keep on looking." + +"I do?" + +"You do," Burris said. "After all, there has to be _something_ wrong." + +"Sure," Malone said, "if you say so. But--" + +"There are the interview tapes," Burris said, "and the reports the +congressmen brought in. You can go through those." + +Malone sighed. "I guess so," he said. + +"And there must be thousands of other things to do," Burris said. + +"Well--" Malone began cautiously. + +"You'll be able to think of them," Burris said heartily. "I know you +will. I have confidence in you, Malone. Confidence." + +"Thanks," Malone said sadly. + +"You just keep me posted from time to time on what you're doing, and +what ideas you get," Burris said. "I'm leaving the whole thing in your +hands, Malone, and I'm sure you won't disappoint me." + +"I'll try," Malone said. + +"I know you will," Burris said warmly. "And no matter how long it +takes--I know you'll succeed." + +"No matter how long it takes?" Malone said hesitantly. + +"That's right!" Burris said. "You can do it, Malone! You can do it." + +Malone nodded slowly. "I hope so," he said. "Well, I ... well, I'll +start out right away, then." + +He turned. Before he could make another move Burris said: "Wait!" + +Malone turned again, hope in his eyes. "Yes, sir?" he said. + +"When you leave--" Burris began, and the hope disappeared "please do +one little favor for me. Just one little favor, because I'm an old, +tired man and I'm not used to things any more." + +"Sure," Malone said. "Anything, Chief." + +"Don't call me--" + +"Sorry," Malone said. + +Burris breathed heavily. "When you leave," he said, "please, please +use the door." + +"But--" + +"Malone," Burris said, "I've tried. I've really tried. Believe me. +I've tried to get used to the fact that you can teleport. But--" + +"It's useful," Malone said, "in my work." + +"I can see that," Burris said. "And I don't want you to ... well, to +stop doing it. By no means. It's just that it sort of unnerves me, if +you see what I mean. No matter how useful it is for the FBI to have an +agent who can go instantaneously from one place to another, it +unnerves me." He sighed. "I can't get used to seeing you disappear +like an over-dried soap bubble, Malone. It does something to +me--here." He placed a hand directly over his sternum and sighed +again. + +"I can understand that," Malone said. "It unnerved me, too, the first +time I saw it. I thought I was going crazy, when that kid--Mike +Fueyo--winked out like a light. But then we got him, and some FBI +agents besides me have learned the trick." He stopped there, wondering +if he'd been tactful. After all, it took a latent ability to learn +teleportation, and some people had it, while others didn't. Malone, +along with a few other agents, did. Burris evidently didn't--so he +couldn't teleport, no matter how hard he tried or how many lessons he +took. + +"Well," Burris said, "I'm still unnerved. So ... please, Malone ... +when you come in here, or go out, use the door. All right?" + +"Yes, sir," Malone said. He turned and went out. As he opened the +door, he could almost hear Burris' sigh of relief. Then he banged it +shut behind him and, feeling that he might as well continue with his +spacebound existence, walked all the way to the elevator, and rode it +downstairs to the FBI laboratories. + +The labs, highly efficient and divided into dozens of departments, +covered several floors. Malone passed through the Fingerprint section, +filled with technicians doing strange things to great charts and +slides, and frowning over tiny pieces of material and photographs. +Then came Forgery Detection, involving many more technicians, many +more slides and charts and tiny pieces of things and photographs, and +even a witness or two sitting on the white bench at one side and +looking lost and somehow civilian. Identification Classified was next, +a great barn of a room filled with index files. The real indexes were +in the sub-basement; here, on microfilm, were only the basic division. +A man was standing in front of one of the files, frowning at it. +Malone went on by without stopping. + +Cosmetic Surgery Classification came next. Here there were more indexes, +and there were also charts and slides. There was an FBI agent sitting on a +bench looking bored while two female technicians--classified as O&U for +Old and Ugly in Malone's mind--fluttered around him, deciding what +disguises were possible, and which of those was indicated for the +particular job on hand. Malone waved to the agent, whom he knew very +slightly, and went on. He felt vaguely regretful that the FBI couldn't +hire prettier girls for the Cosmetic Surgery Division, but the trouble was +that pretty girls fell for the agents--and vice versa--and this led to an +unfortunate tendency toward only handsome and virile-looking disguises. +The O&U Division was unfortunate, he decided, but a necessity. + +Chemical Analysis (III) was next. The Chemical Analysis section was +scattered over several floors, with the first stages up above. +Division III, Malone remembered, was devoted to non-poisonous +substances--like clay or sand found in boots or trouser cuffs, cigar +ashes and such. They were placed on the same floor as Fingerprints to +allow free and frequent passage between the sections on the problems +of plastic prints--made in putty or like substances--and visible +prints, made when the hand is covered with a visible substance like +blood, ketchup or glue. + +Malone found what he was looking for at the very end of the floor. It +was the Computer Section, a large room filled with humming, clacking +and buzzing machines of an ancient vintage, muttering to themselves as +they worked, and newer machines which were smaller and more silent. +Lights were lighting and bells were ringing softly, relays were +relaying and the whole room was a gigantic maze of calculating and +control machines. What space wasn't filled by the machines themselves +was filled by workbenches, all littered with an assortment of gears, +tubes, spare relays, transistors, wires, rods, bolts, resistors and +all the other paraphernalia used in building the machines and +repairing them. Beyond the basic room were other, smaller rooms, each +assigned to a particular kind of computer work. + +The narrow aisles were choked here and there with men who looked up as +Malone passed by, but most of them gave him one quick glance and went +back to work. A few didn't even do that, but went right on +concentrating on their jobs. Malone headed for a man working all alone +in front of a workbench, frowning down at a complicated-looking +mechanism that seemed to have neither head nor tail, and prodding at +it with a long, thin screwdriver. The man was thin, too, but not very +long; he was a little under average height, and he had straight black +hair, thick-lensed glasses and a studious expression, even when he was +frowning. He looked as if the mechanism were a student who had cut too +many classes, and he was being kindly but firm with it. + + * * * * * + +Malone managed to get to the man's side, and coughed discreetly. There +was no response. + +"Fred?" he said. + +The screwdriver waggled a little. Malone wasn't quite sure that the +man was breathing. + +"Fred Mitchell," he said. + +Mitchell didn't look up. Another second passed. + +"Hey," Malone said. Then he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. +"Fred," he said in a loud, reasonable-sounding voice, "the State +Department's translator has started to talk pig-Latin." + +Mitchell straightened up as if somebody had jabbed him with a pin. The +screwdriver waved wildly in the air for a second, and then pointed at +Malone. "That's impossible," Mitchell said in a flat, precise voice. +"Simply impossible. It doesn't have a pig-Latin circuit. It can't +possibly--" He blinked and seemed to see Malone for the first time. +"Oh," he said. "Hello, Malone. What can I do for you?" + +Malone smiled, feeling a little victorious at having got through the +Mitchell armor, which was almost impregnable when there was a job in +hand. "I've been standing here talking to you for some time." + +"Oh, have you?" Mitchell said. "I was busy." That, obviously, +explained that. Malone shrugged. + +"I want you to help me check over some calculators, Fred," he said. +"We've had some reports that some of the government machines are out +of kilter, and I'd like you to go over them for me." + +"Out of kilter?" Fred Mitchell said. "No, you can forget about it. +It's absolutely unnecessary to make a check--believe me. Absolutely. +Forget it." He smiled suddenly. "I suppose it's some kind of a joke, +isn't it?" he said, just a trifle uncertainly. Fred Mitchell's world, +while pleasant, did not include much humor, Malone knew. "It's +supposed to be funny," he said in the same flat, precise voice. + +"It isn't funny," Malone said. + +Fred sighed. "Then they're obviously lying," he said, "and that's all +there is to it. Why bother me with it?" + +"Certainly," Fred said. He looked at the machinery with longing. + +Malone took a breath. "How do you know?" he said. + +Fred sighed. "It's perfectly obvious," he said in a patient tone. +"Since the State Department translator has no pig-Latin circuit, it +can't possibly be talking pig-Latin. I will admit that such a circuit +would be relatively easy to build, though it would have no utility as +far as I can see. Except, of course, for a joke." He paused. "Joke?" +he said, in a slightly uneasy tone. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Joke." + +Mitchell looked relieved. "Very well, then," he began. "Since--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "The pig-Latin is a joke. That's right. +But I'm not talking about the pig-Latin." + +"You're not?" Mitchell asked, surprised. + +"No," Malone said. + +Mitchell frowned. "But you said--" he began. + +"A joke," Malone said. "You were perfectly right. The pig-Latin is a +joke." He waited for Fred's expression to clear, and then added: "But +what I want to talk to you about isn't." + +"It sounds very confused," Fred said after a pause. "Not at all the +sort of thing that ... that usually goes on." + +"You have no idea," Malone said. "It's about the political machines, +all right, but it isn't anything as simple as pig-Latin." He +explained, taking his time over it. + +When he had finished, Fred was nodding his head slowly. "I see," he +said. "I understand just what you want me to do." + +"Good," Malone said. + +"I'll take a team over to the Senate Office Building," Fred said, "and +check the computer-secretaries there. That way, you see, I'll be able +to do a full running check on them without taking any one machine out +of operation for too long." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"And it shouldn't take long," Fred went on, "to find out just what the +trouble is." He looked very confident. + +"How long?" Malone asked. + +Fred shrugged. "Oh," he said, "five or six days." + +Malone repressed an impulse to scream. "Days?" he said. "I mean ... +well, look, Fred, it's important. Very important. Can't you do the job +any faster?" + +Fred gave a little sigh. "Checking and repairing all those machines," +he said, "is an extremely complex job. Sometimes, Malone, I don't +think you realize quite how complex, and how delicate a job it is to +deal with such a high-order machine. Why--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "Check and repair them?" + +"Of course," Fred said. + +"But I don't want them repaired," Malone said. Seeing the look of +horror on Fred's face, he added hastily: "I only want a report from +you on what's wrong, whether they are actually making errors or not. +And if they are making errors, just what's making them do it. And just +what kind of errors. See?" + +Fred nodded very slowly. "But I can't just ... just leave them there," +he said piteously. "In ... pieces and everything. It isn't right, +Malone. It just isn't right." + +"Well, then," Malone said with energy, "you go right ahead and repair +them, if you want to. Fix 'em all up. But you can do that _after_ you +make the report to me, can't you?" + +"I--" Fred hesitated. "I had planned to check and repair each machine +on an individual basis--" + +"The Congress can allow for a short suspension," Malone said. "Anyhow, +they can now--or as soon as I get the word to them. Suppose you check +all the machines first, and then get around to the repair work." + +"It's not the best way," Fred demurred. + +Malone discovered that it was his turn to sigh. "Is it the fastest?" +he said. + +Fred nodded. + +"Then it's the best," Malone said. "How long?" + +Fred rolled his eyes to the ceiling and calculated silently for a +second. "Tomorrow morning," he announced, returning his gaze to +Malone. + +"Fine," Malone said. "Fine." + +"But--" + +"Never mind the buts," Malone said hurriedly. "I'll count on hearing +from you tomorrow morning." + +"Oh--" Fred said. "All right." + +"And if it looks like sabotage," Malone added, "if the errors aren't +caused by normal wear and tear on the machines--you let me know right +away. Phone me. Don't waste an instant." + +[Illustration] + +"I'll ... I'll start right away," Fred said heavily. He looked sadly +at the mechanism he had been working on, and put his screwdriver down +next to it. It looked to Malone as if he were putting flowers on the +grave of a dear departed. "I'll get a team together," Fred added. He +gave the mechanism and screwdriver one last fond parting look. + +Malone looked after him for a second, thinking of nothing in +particular, and then turned in the opposite direction and headed back +toward the elevator. As he walked, he began to feel more and more +pleased with himself. After all, he'd gotten the investigation +started, hadn't he? + +And now all he had to do was go back to his office and read some +reports and listen to some interview tapes, and then he could go home. + +The reports and the interview tapes didn't exactly sound like fun, +Malone thought, but at the same time they seemed fairly innocent. He +would work his way through them grimly, and maybe he would even +indulge his most secret vice and smoke a cigar or two to make the work +pass more pleasantly. Soon enough, he told himself, they would be +finished with. + +Sometimes, though, he regretted the reputation he'd gotten. It had +been bad enough in the old days--the pre-1971 days when Malone had +thought he was just lucky. Burris had called him a Boy Wonder then, +when he'd cracked three difficult cases in a row. Being just lucky had +made it a little tough to live with the Boy Wonder label--after all, +Malone thought, it wasn't actually as if he'd done anything. + +But since 1971 and the case of the Telepathic Spy, things had gotten +worse. Much worse. Now Malone wasn't just lucky any more. Instead, he +could teleport and he could even foretell the future a little, in a +dim sort of way. He'd caught the Telepathic Spy that way, and when the +case of the Teleporting Juvenile Delinquents had come up he'd been +assigned to that one too, and he'd cracked it. Now Burris seemed to +think of him as a kind of god, and gave him all the tough dirty jobs. + +And if he wasn't just lucky any more, Malone couldn't think of himself +as a Fearless, Heroic FBI Agent, either. He just wasn't the type. He +was--well, talented. That was the word, he told himself: talented. He +had all these talents and they made him look like something +spectacular to Burris and the other FBI men. But he wasn't, really. He +hadn't done anything really tough to get his talents; they'd just +happened to him. + +Nobody, though, seemed to believe that. He heaved a little sigh and +stepped into the waiting elevator. + +There were, after all, he thought, compensations. He'd had some good +times, and the talents did come in handy. And he did have his pick of +the vacation schedule lately. And he'd met some lovely girls-- + +And besides, he told himself savagely as the elevator shot upward, he +wasn't going to do anything except return to his office and read some +reports and listen to some tapes. And then he was going to go home and +sleep all night, peacefully. And in the morning Mitchell was going to +call him up and tell him that the computer-secretaries needed nothing +more than a little repair. He'd say they were getting old, and he'd be +a little pathetic about it; but it wouldn't be anything serious. +Malone would send out orders to get the machines repaired, and that +would be that. And then the next case would be something both normal +and exciting, like a bank robbery or a kidnapping involving a gorgeous +blonde who would be so grateful to Malone that-- + +He had stepped out of the elevator and gone down the corridor without +noticing it. He pushed at his own office door and walked into the +outer room. The train of thought he had been following was very nice, +and sounded very attractive indeed, he told himself. + +Unfortunately, he didn't believe it. His prescient ability, +functioning with its usual efficient aplomb, told Malone that things +would not be better, or simpler, in the morning. They would be worse, +and more complicated. + +They would be quite a lot worse. + +And, as usual, that prescience was perfectly accurate. + + +II + +The telephone, Malone realized belatedly, had had a particularly +nasty-sounding ring. He might have known it would be bad news. + +As a matter of fact, he told himself sadly, he had known. + +"Nothing at all wrong?" he said into the mouthpiece. "Not with any of +the computers?" He blinked. "Not even one of them?" + +"Not a thing," Mitchell said. "I'll be sending a report up to you in a +little while. You read it; we put them through every test, and it's +all detailed there." + +"I'm sure you were very thorough," Malone said helplessly. + +"Of course we were," Mitchell said. "Of course. And the machines +passed every single test. Every one. Malone, it was beautiful." + +"Goody," Malone said at random. "But there's got to be something--" + +"There is, Malone," Fred said. "There is. I think there's definitely +something odd going on. Something funny. I mean peculiar, not +humorous." + +"I thought so," Malone put in. + +"Right," Fred said. "Malone, try and relax. This is a hard thing to +say, and it must be even harder to hear. But--" + +"Tell me," Malone said. "Who's dead? Who's been killed?" + +"I know it's tough, Malone," Fred went on. + +"Is everybody dead?" Malone said. "It can't be just one person, not +from that tone in your voice. Has somebody assassinated the entire +Senate? Or the President and his Cabinet? Or--" + +"It's nothing like that, Malone," Fred said, in a tone that implied +that such occurrences were really rather minor. "It's the machines." + +"The machines?" + +"That's right," Fred said grimly. "After we checked them over and +found they were in good shape, I asked for samples of both the input +and the output of each machine. I wanted to do a thorough job." + +"Congratulations," Malone said. "What happened?" + +Fred took a deep breath. "They don't agree," he said. + +"They don't?" Malone said. The phrase sounded as if it meant something +momentous, but he couldn't quite figure out what. In a minute, he +thought confusedly, it would come to him. But did he want it to? + +"They definitely do not agree," Fred was saying. "The correlation is +erratic; it makes no statistical sense. Malone, there are two +possibilities." + +"Tell me about them," Malone said. He was beginning to feel relieved. +To Fred, the malfunction of a machine was more serious than the murder +of the entire Congress. But Malone couldn't quite bring himself to +feel that way about things. + +"First," Fred said in a tense tone, "it's possible that the +technicians feeding information to the machines are making all kinds +of mistakes." + +Malone nodded at the phone. "That sounds possible," he said. "Which +ones?" + +"All of them," Fred said. "They're all making errors--and they're all +making about the same number of errors. There don't seem to be any +real peaks or valleys, Malone; everybody's doing it." + +Malone thought of the Varsity Drag and repressed the thought. "A bunch +of fumblebums," he said. "All fumbling alike. It does sound unlikely, +but I guess it's possible. We'll get after them right away, and--" + +"Wait," Fred said. "There is a second possibility." + +"Oh," Malone said. + +"Maybe they aren't mistakes," Fred said. "Maybe the technicians are +deliberately feeding the machine with wrong answers." + +Malone hated to admit, even to himself, but that answer sounded a lot +more probable. Machine technicians weren't exactly picked off the +streets at random; they were highly trained for their work, and the +idea of a whole crew of them starting to fumble at once, in a big way, +was a little hard to swallow. + +The idea of all of them sabotaging the machines they worked on, Malone +thought, was a tough one to take, too. But it had the advantage of +making some sense. People, he told himself dully, will do nutty things +deliberately. It's harder to think of them doing the same nutty things +without knowing it. + +"Well," he said at last, "however it turns out, we'll get to the +bottom of it. Frankly, I think it's being done on purpose." + +"So do I," Fred said. "And when you find out just who's making the +technicians do such things--when you find out who gives them their +orders--you let me know." + +"Let you know?" Malone said. "But--" + +"Any man who would give false data to a perfectly innocent computer," +Fred said savagely, "would ... would--" For a second he was apparently +lost for comparisons. Then he finished: "Would kill his own mother." +He paused a second and added, in an even more savage voice: "And then +lie about it!" + + * * * * * + +The image on the screen snapped off, and Malone sat back in his chair +and sighed. He spent a few minutes regretting that he hadn't chosen, +early in life, to be a missionary to the Fiji Islanders, or possibly +simply a drunken bum without any trouble, and then the report Mitchell +had mentioned arrived. Malone picked it up without much eagerness, and +began going through it carefully. + +It was beautifully typed and arranged; somebody on Mitchell's team had +obviously been up all night at the job. Malone admired the work, +without being able to get enthusiastic about the contents. Like all +technical reports, it tended to be boring and just a trifle obscure to +someone who wasn't completely familiar with the field involved. Malone +and cybernetics were not exactly bosom buddies, and by the time he +finished reading through the report he was suffering from an extreme +case of _ennui_. + +There were no new clues in the report, either; Mitchell's phone +conversation had covered all of the main points. Malone put the sheaf +of papers down on his desk and looked at them for a minute as if he +expected an answer to leap out from the pile and greet him with a glad +cry, but nothing happened. Unfortunately, he had to do some more work. + +The obvious next step was to start checking on the technicians who +were working on the machines. Malone determined privately that he +would give none of his reports to Fred Mitchell; he didn't like the +idea of being responsible for murder, and that was the least Fred +would do to someone who confused his precious calculators. + +He picked up the phone, punched for the Records Division, and waited +until a bald, middle-aged face appeared. He asked the face to send up +the dossiers of the technicians concerned to his office. The face +nodded. + +"You want them right away?" it said in a mild, slightly scratchy +voice. + +"Sooner than right away," Malone said. + +"They're coming up by messenger," the voice said. + +Malone nodded and broke the connection. The technicians had, of +course, been investigated by the FBI before they'd been hired, but it +wouldn't do any harm to check them out again. He felt grateful that he +wouldn't have to do all that work himself; he would just go through +the dossiers and assign field agents to the actual checking when he +had a picture of what might need to be checked. + +He sighed again and leaned back in his chair. He put his feet up on +the desk, remembered that he was entirely alone, and swung them down +again. He fished in a private compartment in his top desk drawer, drew +out a cigar and unwrapped it. Putting his feet back on the desk, he +lit the cigar, drew in a cloud of smoke, and lapsed into deep thought. + +Cigar smoke billowed around him, making strange, fantastic shapes in +the air of the office. Malone puffed away, frowning slightly and +trying to force the puzzle he was working on to make some sense. + +It certainly looked as though something were going on, he thought. +But, for the life of him, he couldn't figure out just what it was. +After all, what could be anybody's purpose in goofing up a bunch of +calculators the way they had? Of course, the whole thing could be a +series of accidents, but the series was a pretty long one, and made +Malone suspicious to start with. It was easier to assume that the +goof-ups were being done deliberately. + +Unfortunately, they didn't make much sense as sabotage, either. + +Senator Deeds, for instance, had sent out a ten-thousand-copy form +letter to his constituents, blasting an Administration power bill in +extremely strong language, and asking for some comments on the +Deeds-Hartshorn Air Ownership Bill, a pending piece of legislation +that provided for private, personal ownership, based on land title, to +the upper stratosphere--with a strong hint that rights of passage no +longer applied without some recompense to the owner of the air. +Naturally, Deeds had filed the original with a computer-secretary to +turn out ten thousand duplicate copies, and the machine had done so, +folding the copies, slipping them into addressed envelopes and sending +them out under the senator's franking stamp. + +The addresses on the envelopes, however, had not been those of the +senator's supporters. The letter had been sent to ten thousand +stockholders in major airline companies, and the senator's head was +still ringing from the force of the denunciatory letters, telegrams +and telephone calls he'd been getting. + + * * * * * + +And then there was Representative Follansbee of South Dakota. A set of +news releases on the proposed Follansbee Waterworks Bill contained the +statement that the artificial lake which Follansbee proposed in the +Black Hills country "be formed by controlled atomic power blasts, and +filled with water obtained from collecting the tears of widows and +orphans." + +Newsmen who saw this release immediately checked the bill. The wording +was exactly the same. Follansbee claimed that the "widows and orphans" +phrase had appeared in his speech on the bill, and not in the proposed +bill itself. "It's completely absurd," he said, with commendable calm, +"to consider this method of filling an artificial lake." +Unfortunately, the absurdity was now contained in the bill, which +would have to go back to committee for redefinition, and probably +wouldn't come up again in the present session of Congress. Judging +from the amount of laughter that had greeted the error when it had +come to light, Malone privately doubted whether any amount of +redefinition was going to save it from a landslide defeat. + +Representative Keller of Idaho had made a speech which contained so +many errors in fact that newspaper editorials, and his enemies on the +floor of Congress, cut him to pieces with ease and pleasure. Keller +complained of his innocence and said he'd gotten his facts from a +computer-secretary, but this didn't save him. His re-election was a +matter for grave concern in his own party, and the opposition was, +naturally, tickled. They would not, Malone thought, dare to be tickled +pink. + +And these were not the only casualties. They were the most blatant +foul-ups, but there were others, such as the mistake in numbering of a +House Bill that resulted in a two-month delay during which the +opposition to the bill raised enough votes to defeat it on the floor. +Communications were diverted or lost or scrambled in small ways that +made for confusion--including, Malone recalled the perfectly horrible +mixup that resulted when a freshman senator, thinking he was talking +to his girlfriend on a blanked-vision circuit, discovered he was +talking to his wife. + +The flow of information was being blocked by bottlenecks that suddenly +existed where there had never been bottlenecks before. + +And it wasn't only the computers, Malone knew. He remembered the +reports the senators and representatives had made. Someone forgot to +send an important message here, or sent one too soon over there. Both +courses were equally disturbing, and both resulted in more snarl-ups. +Reports that should have been sent in weeks before arrived too late; +reports meant for the eyes of only one man were turned out in +triplicate and passed all over the offices of Congress. + +Each snarl-up was a little one. But, together, they added up to +inefficiency of a kind and extent that hadn't been seen, Malone told +himself with some wonder, since the Harding administration fifty years +before. + +And there didn't seem to be anyone to blame anything on. + +Malone thought hopefully of sabotage, infiltration and mass treason, +but it didn't make him feel much better. He puffed out some more smoke +and frowned at nothing. + +There was a knock at the door of his office. + +Speedily and guiltily, he swung his feet off the desk and snatched the +cigar out of his mouth. He jammed it into a deep ashtray and put the +ashtray back into his desk drawer. He locked the drawer, waved +ineffectively at the clouds of smoke that surrounded him, and said in +a resigned voice: "Come in." + +The door opened. A tall, solidly built man stood there, wearing a +fringe of beard and a cheerful expression. The man had an enormous +amount of muscle distributed more or less evenly over his chunky body, +and a potbelly that looked as if he had swallowed a globe of the +world. In addition, he was smoking a cigarette and letting out little +puffs of smoke, rather like a toy locomotive. + +"Well, well," Malone said, brushing feebly at the smoke that still +wreathed him faintly. "If it isn't Thomas Boyd, the FBI's answer to +Nero Wolfe." + +"And if the physique holds true, you're Sherlock Holmes, I suppose," +Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head, thinking sadly of his father and the cigar. +"Not exactly," he said. "Not ex--" And then it came to him. It wasn't +that he was ashamed of smoking cigars like his father, exactly--but +cigars just weren't right for a fearless, dedicated FBI agent. And he +had just thought of a way to keep Boyd from knowing what he'd been +doing. "That's a hell of a cigarette you're smoking, by the way," he +said. + +Boyd looked at it. "It is?" he said. + +"Sure is," Malone said, hoping he sounded sufficiently innocent. +"Smells like a cigar or something." + +Boyd sniffed the air for a second, his face wrinkled. Then he looked +down at his cigarette again. "You're right, Ken. It _does_ smell like +a cigar." He came over to Malone's desk, looked around for an ashtray +and didn't find one, and finally went to the window and tossed the +cigarette out into the Washington breeze. "How are things, anyhow, +Ken?" he said. + +"Things are confused," Malone said. "Aren't they always?" + +Boyd came back to the desk and sat down in a chair at one side of it. +He put his elbow on the desk. "Sure they are," he said. "I'm confused +myself, as a matter of fact. Only I think I know where I can get some +help." + +"Really?" Malone said. + +Boyd nodded. "Burris told me I might be able to get some information +from a certain famous and highly respected person," he said. + +"Well, well," Malone said. "Who?" + +"You," Boyd said. + +"Oh," Malone said, trying to look disappointed, flattered and modest +all at the same time. "Well," he went on after a second, "anything I +can do--" + +"Burris thought you might have some answers," Boyd said. + +"Burris is getting optimistic in his old age," Malone said. "I don't +even have many questions." + +Boyd nodded. "Well," he said, "you know this California thing?" + +"Sure I do," Malone said. "You're looking into the resignation out +there, aren't you?" + +"Senator Burley," Boyd said. "That's right. But Senator Burley's +resignation isn't all of it, by any means." + +"It isn't?" Malone said, trying to sound interested. + +"Not at all," Boyd said. "It goes a lot deeper than it looks on the +surface. In the past year, Ken, five senators have announced their +resignations from the Senate of the United States. It isn't exactly a +record--" + +"It sounds like a record," Malone said. + +"Well," Boyd said, "there was 1860 and the Civil War, when a whole lot +of senators and representatives resigned all at once." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But there isn't any Civil War going on now. At +least," he added, "I haven't heard of any." + +"That's what makes it so funny," Boyd said. "Of course, Senator Burley +said it was ill health, and so did two others, while Senator Davidson +said it was old age." + +"Well," Malone said, "people do get old. And sick." + +"Sure," Boyd said. "The only trouble is--" He paused. "Ken," he said, +"do you mind if I smoke? I mean, do you mind the smell of cigars?" + +"Mind?" Malone said. "Not at all. Not at all." He blinked. "Besides," +he added, "maybe this one won't smell like a cigar." + +"Well, the last one did," Boyd said. He took a cigarette out of a pack +in his pocket, and lit it. He sniffed. "You know," he said, "You're +right. This one doesn't." + +"I told you," Malone said. "Must have been a bad cigarette. Spoiled or +something." + +"I guess so," Boyd said vaguely. "But about these retirements--the FBI +wanted me to look into it because of Burley's being mixed up with the +space program scandal last year. Remember? + +"Vaguely," Malone said. "I was busy last year." + +"Sure you were," Boyd said. "We were both busy getting famous and +well-known." + +Malone grinned. "Go on with the story," he said. + +Boyd puffed at his cigarette. "Anyhow, we couldn't find anything +really wrong," he said. "Three senators retiring because of ill +health, one because of old age. And Farnsworth, the youngest. He had a +nervous breakdown." + +"I didn't hear about it," Malone said. + +Boyd shrugged. "We hushed it up," he said. "But Farnsworth's got +delusions of persecution. He apparently thinks somebody's out to get +him. As a matter of fact, he thinks _everybody's_ out to get him." + +"Now that," Malone said, "sounds familiar." + +Boyd leaned back a little more in his chair. "Here's the funny thing, +though," he said. "The others all act as if they're suspicious of +everybody who talks to them. Not anything obvious, you understand. +Just--worried. Apprehensive. Always looking at you out of the corners +of their eyes. That kind of thing." + +Malone thought of Senator Lefferts, who was also suffering from +delusions of persecution--delusions that had real evidence to back +them up. "It does sound funny," he said cautiously. + +"Well, I reported everything to Burris," Boyd went on. "And he said +you were working on something similar, and we might as well pool our +resources." + +"Here we go again," Malone said. He took a deep breath, filling his +nostrils with what remained of the cigar odor in the room, and felt +more peaceful. Quickly, he told Boyd about what had been happening in +Congress. "It seems pretty obvious," he finished, "that there is some +kind of a tie-up between the two cases." + +"Maybe it's obvious," Boyd said, "But it is just a little bit odd. Fun +and games. You know, Ken, Burris was right." + +"How?" Malone said. + +"He said everything was all mixed up," Boyd went on. "He told me the +country was going to Rome in a handbasket, or something like that." + +Wondering vaguely if Burris had really been predicting mass religious +conversions, Malone nodded silently. + +"And he's right," Boyd said. "Look at the newspapers. Everything's +screwy lately." + +"Everything always is screwy," Malone said. + +"Not like now," Boyd said. "So many big-shot gangsters have been +killed lately we might as well bring back Prohibition. And the labor +unions are so busy with internal battles that they haven't had time to +go on strike for over a year." + +"Is that bad?" Malone said. + +Boyd shrugged. "God knows," he said. "But it's sure confusing as all +hell." + +"And now," Malone said, "with all that going on--" + +"The Congress of the United States decides to go off its collective +rocker," Boyd finished. "Exactly." He stared down at his cigarette for +a minute with a morose and pensive expression on his face. He looked, +Malone thought, like Henry VIII trying to decide what to do about all +these here wives. + +[Illustration] + +Then he looked up at Malone. "Ken," he said in a strained voice, +"there seem to be a lot of nutty cases lately." + +Malone considered. "No," he said at last. "It's just that when a nutty +one comes along, we get it." + +"That's what I mean," Boyd said. "I wonder why that is." + +Malone shrugged. "It takes a thief to catch a thief," he said. + +"But these aren't thieves," Boyd said. "I mean--they're just nutty." +He paused. "Oh," he said. + +"And, two thieves are better than one," Malone said. + +"Anyhow," Boyd said with a small, gusty sigh, "it's company." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +Boyd looked for an ashtray, failed again to find one, and walked over +to flip a second cigarette out onto Washington. He came back to his +chair, sat down, and said: "What's our next step, Ken?" + +Malone considered carefully. "First," he said finally, "we'll start +assuming something. We'll start assuming that there is some kind of +organization behind all this--behind all the senators' resignations +and everything like that." + +"It sounds like a big assumption," Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head. "It isn't really," he said. "After all, we +can't figure it's the work of one person: it's too widespread for +that. And it's silly to assume that everything's accidental." + +"All right," Boyd said equably. "It's an organization." + +"Trying to subvert the United States," Malone went on. "Reducing +everything to chaos. And that brings in everything else, Tom. That +brings in the unions and the gang wars and everything." + +Boyd blinked. "How?" he said. + +"Obvious," Malone said. "Strife brought on by internal +confusion--that's what's going on all over. It's the same pattern. And +if we assume an organization trying to jam up the United States, it +even makes sense." He leaned back and beamed. + +"Sure it makes sense," Boyd said. "But who's the organization?" + +Malone shrugged. + +"If I were doing the picking," Boyd said, "I'd pick the Russians. Or +the Chinese. Or both. Probably both." + +"It's a possibility," Malone said. "Anyhow, if it's sabotage, who else +would be interested in sabotaging the United States? There's some +Russian or Chinese organization fouling up Congress, and the unions, +and the gangs. Come to think of it, why the gangs? It seems to me that +if you left the professional gangsters strong, it would do even more +to foul things up." + +"Who knows?" Boyd said. "Maybe they're trying to get rid of American +gangsters so they can import some of their own." + +"That doesn't make any sense," Malone said, "but I'll think about it. +In the meantime, we have one more interesting question." + +"We do?" Boyd said. + +"Sure we do," Malone said. "The question is: How?" + +Boyd said: "Hm-m-m." Then there was silence for a little while. + +"How are the saboteurs doing all this?" Malone said. "It just doesn't +seem very probable that _all_ the technicians in the Senate Office +Building, for instance, are spies. It makes even less sense that the +labor unions are composed mostly of spies. Or, for that matter, the +Mafia and the organizations like it. What would spies be doing in the +Mafia?" + +"Learning Italian," Boyd said instantly. + +"Don't be silly," Malone said. "If there were that many spies in this +country, the Russians wouldn't have to fight at all. They could _vote_ +the Communists into power--and by a nice big landslide, too." + +"Wait a minute," Boyd said. "If there aren't so many spies, then how +is all this getting done?" + +Malone beamed. "That's the question," he said. "And I think I have the +answer." + +"You do?" Boyd said. After a second he said: "Oh, no." + +"Suppose you tell me," Malone said. + +Boyd opened his mouth. Nothing emerged. He shut it. A second passed +and he opened it again. "Magic?" he said weakly. + +"Not exactly," Malone said cheerfully. "But you're getting warm." + +Boyd shut his eyes. "I'm not going to stand for it," he announced. +"I'm not going to take any more." + +"Any more what?" Malone said. "Tell me what you have in mind." + +"I won't even consider it," Boyd said. "It haunts me. It gets into my +dreams. Now, look, Ken: I can't even see a pitchfork any more without +thinking of Greek letters." + +Malone took a breath. "Which Greek letter?" he said. + +"You know very well," Boyd said. "What a pitchfork looks like. _Psi_. +And I'm not even going to think about it." + +"Well," Malone said equably, "you won't have to. If you'd rather start +with the Russian spy end of things, you can do that." + +"What I'd rather do," Boyd said, "is resign." + +"Next year," Malone said instantly. "For now, you can wait around +until the dossiers come up--they're for the Senate Office Building +technicians, and they're on the way. You can go over them, and start +checking on any known Russian agents in the country for contacts. You +can also start checking on the dossiers, and in general for any +hanky-panky." + +Boyd blinked. "Hanky-panky?" he said. + +"It's a perfectly good word," Malone said, offended. "Or two words. +Anyhow, you can start on that end, and not worry about anything else." + +"It's going to haunt me," Boyd said. + +"Well," Malone said, "eat lots of ectoplasm and get enough sleep, and +everything will be fine. After all, I'm going to have to do the real +end of the work--the psionics end. I may be wrong, but--" + +He was interrupted by the phone. He flicked the switch and Andrew J. +Burris' face appeared on the screen. + +"Malone," Burris said instantly, "I just got a complaint from the +State Department that ties in with your work. Their translator has +been acting up." + +Malone couldn't say anything for a minute. + +"Malone," Burris went on. "I said--" + +"I heard you," Malone said. "And it doesn't have one." + +"It doesn't have one what?" Burris said. + +"A pig-Latin circuit," Malone said. "What else?" + +Burris' voice was very calm. "Malone," he said, "what does pig-Latin +have to do with anything?" + +"You said--" + +"I said one of the State Department translators was acting up," Burris +said. "If you want details--" + +"I don't think I can stand them," Malone said. + +"Some of the Russian and Chinese releases have come through with the +meaning slightly altered," Burris went on doggedly. "And I want you to +check on it right away. I--" + +"Thank God," Malone said. + +Burris blinked. "What?" + +"Never mind," Malone said. "Never mind. I'm glad you told me, Chief. +I'll get to work on it right away, and--" + +"You do that, Malone," Burris said. "And stop calling me Chief! Do I +look like an Indian? Do I have feathers in my hair?" + +"Anything," Malone said grandly, "is possible." He broke the +connection in a hurry. + + +III + +The summer sun beat down on the white city of Washington, D. C. as if +it had mistaken its instructions slightly, and was convinced that the +city had been put down somewhere in the Sahara. The sun seemed +confused, Malone thought. If this were the Sahara, obviously there was +no reason whatever for the Potomac to be running through it. The sun +was doing its best to correct this small error, however, by exerting +even more heat in a valiant attempt to dry up the river. + +Its attempt was succeeding, at least partially. The Potomac was still +there, but quite a lot of it was not in the river bed any more. +Instead, it had gone into the air, which was so humid by now that +Malone was willing to swear that it was splashing into his lungs at +every inhalation. Resisting an impulse to try the breast-stroke, he +stood in the full glare of the straining sun, just outside the Senate +Office Building. He looked across at the Capitol, squinting his eyes +manfully against the glare of its dome in the brightness. + +The Capitol was, at any rate, some relief from the sight of Thomas +Boyd and a group of agents busily grilling two technicians. That was +going on in the Senate Office Building, and Malone had come over to +watch the proceedings. Everything had been set up in what Malone +considered the most complicated fashion possible. A big room had been +turned into a projection chamber, and films were being run off over +and over. The films, taken by hidden cameras watching the +computer-secretaries, had caught two technicians red-handed punching +errors into the machines. Boyd had leaped on this evidence, and he and +his crew were showing the movies to the technicians and questioning +them under bright lights in an effort to break down their resistance. + +But it didn't look as though they were going to have any more success +than the sun was having, turning Washington into the Sahara. After +all, Malone told himself, wiping his streaming brow, there were no +Pyramids in Washington. He tried to discover whether that made any +sense, but it was too much work. He went back to thinking about Boyd. + +The technicians were sticking to their original stories, that the +mistakes had been honest ones. It sounded like a sensible idea to +Malone; after all, people did make mistakes. And the FBI didn't have a +single shred of evidence to prove that the technicians were engaged in +deliberate sabotage. But Boyd wasn't giving up. Over and over he got +the technicians to repeat their stories, looking for discrepancies or +slips. Over and over he ran off the films of their mistakes, looking +for some clue, some shred of evidence. + +Even the sight of the Capitol, Malone told himself sadly, was better +than any more of Boyd's massive investigation techniques. + +He had come out to do some thinking. He believed, in spite of a good +deal of evidence to the contrary, that his best ideas came to him +while walking. At any rate, it was a way of getting away from four +walls and from the prying eyes and anxious looks of superiors. He +sighed gently, crammed his hat onto his head and started out. + +Only a maniac, he reflected, would wear a hat on a day like the one he +was swimming through. But the people who passed him as he trudged +onward to no particular destination didn't seem to notice; they gave +him a fairly wide berth, and seemed very polite, but that wasn't +because they thought he was nuts, Malone knew. It was because they +knew he was an FBI man. + +That was the result of an FBI regulation. All agents had to wear hats. +Malone wasn't sure why, and his thinking on the matter had only +dredged up the idea that you had to have a hat in case somebody asked +you to keep something under it. But the FBI was firm about its +rulings. No matter what the weather, an agent wore a hat. Malone +thought bitterly that he might just as well wear a red, white and blue +luminous sign that said _FBI_ in great winking letters, and maybe a +hooting siren, too. Still, the Federal Bureau of Investigation was not +supposed to be a secret organization--no matter what occasional +critics might say. And the hats, at least as long as the weather +remained broiling, were enough proof of that for anybody. + +Malone could feel water collecting under his hat and soaking his head. +He removed the hat quickly, wiped his head with a handkerchief and +replaced the hat, feeling as if he had become incognito for a few +seconds. The hat was back on now, feeling official but terrible, and +about the same was true of the fully-loaded Smith & Wesson .44 Magnum +revolver which hung in his shoulder holster. The harness chafed at his +shoulder and chest and the weight of the gun itself was an added and +unwelcome burden. + +But even without the gun and the hat, Malone did not feel exactly +chipper. His shirt and undershirt were no longer two garments, but +one, welded together by seamless sweat and plastered heavily and not +too skillfully to his skin. His trouser legs clung damply to calves +and thighs, rubbing as he walked, and at the knees each trouser leg +attached and detached itself with the unpleasant regularity of a wet +bastinado. Inside Malone's shoes, his socks were completely awash, and +he seemed to squish as he walked. It was hard to tell, but there +seemed to be a small fish in his left shoe. It might, he told himself, +be no more than a pebble or a wrinkle in his sock. But he was willing +to swear that it was swimming upstream. + +And the forecast, he told himself bitterly, was for continued warm. + +He forced himself to take his mind off his own troubles and get back +to the troubles of the FBI in general, such as the problem at hand. It +was an effort, but he frowned and kept walking, and within a block he +was concentrating again on the _psi_ powers. + + * * * * * + +_Psi_, he told himself, was behind the whole mess. In spite of Boyd's +horrified refusal to believe such a thing, Malone was sure of it. +Three years ago, of course, he wouldn't have considered the notion +either. But since then a great many things had happened, and his +horizons had widened. After all, capturing a double handful of totally +insane, if perfectly genuine telepaths, from asylums all over the +country, was enough by itself to widen quite a few stunned horizons. +And then, later, there had been the gang of juvenile delinquents. They +had been perfectly normal juvenile delinquents, stealing cars and +bopping a stray policeman or two. It just happened, though, that they +had solved the secret of instantaneous teleportation, too. This made +them just a trifle unusual. + +In capturing them, Malone, too, had learned the teleportation secret. +Unlike Boyd, he thought, or Burris, the idea of psionic power didn't +bother him much. After all, the psionic spectrum--if it was a spectrum +at all--was just as much a natural phenomenon as gravity, or +magnetism. + +It was just a little hard for some people to get used to. + +And, of course, he didn't fully understand _how_ it worked, or _why_. +This put him in the position, he told himself, of an Australian +aborigine. He tried to imagine an Australian aborigine in a hat on a +hot day, decided the aborigine would have too much sense, and got back +off the subject again. + +However, he thought grimly, there was this Australian aborigine. And +he had a magnifying glass, which he'd picked up from the wreck of some +ship. Using that--assuming that experience, or a friendly missionary, +taught him how--he could manage to light a fire, using the sun's +thermonuclear processes to do the job. Malone doubted that the +aborigine knew anything about thermonuclear processes, but he could +start a fire with them. + +As a matter of fact, he told himself, the aborigine didn't understand +oxidation, either. But he could use that fire, when he got it going. +In spite of his lack of knowledge, the aborigine could use that nice, +hot, burning fire ... + +Hurriedly, Malone pried his thoughts away from aborigines and heat, +and tried to focus his mind elsewhere. He didn't understand psionic +processes, he thought; but then, nobody did, really, as far as he +knew. But he could use them. + +And, obviously, somebody else could use them, too. + +Only what kind of force was being used? What kind of psionic force +would it take to make so many people in the United States goof up the +way they were doing? + +That, Malone told himself, was a good question, a basic and an +important question. He was proud of himself for thinking of it. + +Unfortunately, he didn't have the answer. + +But he thought he knew a way of getting one. + +It was perfectly true that nobody knew much about how psionics worked. +For that matter, nobody knew very much about how gravity worked. But +there was still some information--and, in the case of psionics, Malone +knew where it was to be found. + +It was to be found in Yucca Flats, Nevada. + +It was, of course, true that Nevada would probably be even hotter than +Washington, D. C. But there was no help for that, Malone told himself +sadly; and, besides, the cold chill of the expert himself would +probably cool things off quite rapidly. Malone thought of Dr. Thomas +O'Connor, the Westinghouse psionics expert and frowned. O'Connor was +not exactly what might be called a friendly man. + +But he did know more about psionics than anyone else Malone could +think of. And his help had been invaluable in solving the two previous +psionic cases Malone had worked on. + +For a second he thought of calling O'Connor, but he brushed that +thought aside bravely. In spite of the heat of Yucca Flats, he would +have to talk to the man personally. He thought again of O'Connor's +congealed personality, and wondered if it would really be effective in +combating the heat. If it were, he told himself, he would take the man +right back to Washington with him, and plug him into the +air-conditioning lines. + +He sighed deeply, thought about a cigar and decided regretfully +against it, here on the public street where he would be visible to +anyone. Instead, he looked around him, discovered that he was only a +block from a large, neon-lit drugstore and headed for it. Less than a +minute later he was in a phone booth. + + * * * * * + +The operators throughout the country seemed to suffer from heat +prostration, and Malone was hardly inclined to blame them. But, all +the same, it took several minutes for him to get through to Dr. +O'Connor's office, and a minute or so more before he could convince a +security-addled secretary that, after all, he would hardly blow +O'Connor to bits over the long-distance phone. + +Finally the secretary, with a sigh of reluctance, said she would see +if Dr. O'Connor were available. Malone waited in the phone booth, +opening the door every few seconds to breathe. The booth was +air-conditioned, but remained for some mystical reason an even ten +degrees above the boiling point of Malone's temper. + +Finally Dr. O'Connor's lean, pallid face appeared on the screen. He +had not changed since Malone had last seen him. He still looked, and +acted, like one of Malone's more disliked law professors. + +"Ah," the scientist said in a cold, precise voice. "Mr. Malone. I am +sorry for our precautions, but you understand that security must be +served." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"Being an FBI man, of course you would," Dr. O'Connor went on, his +face changing slightly and his voice warming almost to the boiling +point of nitrogen. It was obvious that the phrase was Dr. O'Connor's +idea of a little joke, and Malone smiled politely and nodded. The +scientist seemed to feel some friendliness toward Malone, though it +was hard to tell for sure. But Malone had brought him some fine +specimens to work with--telepaths and teleports, though human, being +no more than specimens to such a very precise scientific mind--and he +seemed grateful for Malone's diligence and effort in finding such +fascinating objects of study. + +That Malone certainly hadn't started out to find them made, it +appeared, very little difference. + +"Well, then," O'Connor said, returning to his normal, serious tone, +"what can I do for you, Mr. Malone?" + +"If you have the time, doctor," Malone said respectfully, "I'd like to +talk to you for a few minutes." He had the absurd feeling that +O'Connor was going to tell him to stop by after class, but the +scientist only nodded. + +"Your call is timed very well," he said. "As it happens, Mr. Malone, I +do have a few seconds to spare just now." + +"Fine," Malone said. + +"I should be glad to talk with you," O'Connor said, without looking +any more glad than ever. + +"I'll be right there," Malone said. O'Connor nodded again, and blanked +out. Malone switched off and took a deep, superheated breath of phone +booth air. For a second he considered starting his trip from outside +the phone booth, but that was dangerous--if not to Malone, then to +innocent spectators. Psionics was by no means a household word, and +the sight of Malone leaving for Nevada might send several citizens +straight to the wagon. Which was not a place, he thought judiciously, +for anybody to be on such a hot day. + +He closed his eyes for a fraction of a second. In that time he +reconstructed from memory a detailed, three-dimensional, full-color +image of Dr. O'Connor's office in his mind. It was perfect in detail; +he checked it over mentally and then, by a special effort of will, he +gave himself the psychic push that made the transition possible. + +When he opened his eyes, he was in O'Connor's office, standing in +front of the scientist's wide desk. He hoped nobody had been looking +into the phone booth at the instant he had disappeared; but he was +reasonably sure he'd been unobserved. People didn't go around peering +into phone booths, after all, and he had seen no one. + +O'Connor looked up without surprise. "Ah," he said. "Sit down, Mr. +Malone." Malone looked around for the chair, which was an +uncomfortably straight-backed affair, and sat down in it gingerly. +Remembering past visits to O'Connor, he was grateful for even the +small amount of relaxation the hard wood afforded him. O'Connor had +only recently unbent to the point of supplying a spare chair in his +office for visitors, and, apparently, especially for Malone. Perhaps, +Malone thought, it was more gratitude for the lovely specimens. + +Malone still felt uncomfortable, but tried bravely not to show it. He +felt slightly guilty, too, as he always did when he popped into +O'Connor's office without bothering to stay spacebound. By law, after +all, he knew he should check in and out at the main gate of the huge, +ultra-top-secret government reservation whenever he visited Yucca +Flats. But that meant wasting a lot of time and going through a lot of +trouble. Malone had rationalized it out for himself that way, and had +got just far enough to do things the quick and easy way, and not quite +far enough to feel undisturbed about it. After all, he told himself +grimly, anything that saved time and trouble increased the efficiency +of the FBI, so it was all to the good. + +He swallowed hard. "Dr. O'Connor--" he began. + +O'Connor looked up again. "Yes?" he said. He'd had plenty of practice +in watching people appear and disappear, between Malone and the +specimens Malone had brought him; he was beyond surprise or shock by +now. + +"I came here to talk to you," Malone began again. + +O'Connor nodded, a trifle impatiently. "Yes," he said. "I know that." + +"Well--" Malone thought fast. Presenting the case to O'Connor was +impossible; it was too complicated, and it might violate governmental +secrecy somewhere along the line. He decided to wrap it up in a +hypothetical situation. "Doctor," he said, "I know that all the +various manifestations of the _psi_ powers were investigated and named +long before responsible scientists became interested in the subject." + +"That," O'Connor said with some reluctance, "is true." He looked sad, +as if he wished they'd waited on naming some of the psionic +manifestations until he'd been born and started investigating them. +Malone tried to imagine a person doing something called O'Connorizing, +and decided he was grateful for history. + +"Well, then--" he said. + +"At least," O'Connor cut in, "it is true in a rather vague and general +way. You see, Mr. Malone, any precise description of a psionic +manifestation must wait until a metalanguage has grown up to encompass +it; that is, until understanding and knowledge have reached the point +where careful and accurate description can take place." + +"Oh," Malone said helplessly. "Sure." He wondered if what O'Connor had +said meant anything, and decided that it probably did, but he didn't +want to know about it. + +"While we have not yet reached that point," O'Connor said, "we are +approaching it in our experiments. I am hopeful that, in the near +future--" + +"Well," Malone cut in desperately, "sure. Of course. Naturally." + + * * * * * + +Dr. O'Connor looked miffed. The temperature of the room seemed to +drop several degrees, and Malone swallowed hard and tried to look +ingratiating and helpful, like a student with nothing but A's on his +record. + +Before O'Connor could pick up the thread of his sentence, Malone went +on: "What I mean is something like this. Picking up the mental +activity of another person is called telepathy. Floating in the air is +called levitation. Moving objects around is psychokinesis. Going from +one place to another instantaneously is teleportation. And so on." + +"The language you use," O'Connor said, still miffed, "is extremely +loose. I might go so far as to say that the statements you have made +are, essentially, meaningless as a result of their lack of rigor." + +Malone took a deep breath. "Dr. O'Connor," he said, "you know what I +mean, don't you?" + +"I believe so," O'Connor said, with the air of a king granting a +pardon to a particularly repulsive-looking subject in the lowest +income brackets. + +"Well, then," Malone said. "Yes or no?" + +O'Connor frowned. "Yes or no what?" he said. + +"I" Malone blinked. "I meant, the things have names," he said at last. +"All the various psionic manifestations have names." + +"Ah," O'Connor said. "Well. I should say." He put his fingertips +together and stared at a point on the white ceiling for a second. +"Yes," he said at last. + +Malone breathed a sigh of relief. "Good," he said. "That's what I +wanted to know." He leaned forward. "And if they all do have names," +he went on, "what is it called, when a large group of people are +forced to act in a certain manner?" + +O'Connor shrugged. "Forced?" he said. + +"Forced by mental power," Malone said. + +There was a second of silence. + +"At first," O'Connor said, "I might think of various examples: the +actions of a mob, for example, or the demonstrations of the Indian +Rope Trick, or perhaps the sale of a useless product through +television or through other advertising." Again his face moved, ever +so slightly, in what he obviously believed to be a smile. "The usual +name for such a phenomenon is 'mass hypnotism,' Mr. Malone," he said. +"But that is not, strictly speaking, a _psi_ phenomenon at all. +Studies in that area belong to the field of mob psychology; they are +not properly in my scope." He looked vastly superior to anything and +everything that was outside his scope. Malone concentrated on looking +receptive and understanding. + +"Yes?" he said. + +O'Connor gave him a look that made Malone feel he'd been caught +cribbing during an exam, but the scientist said nothing to back up the +look. Instead, he went on: "I will grant that there may be an +amplification of the telepathic faculty in the normal individual in +such cases." + +"Good," Malone said doubtfully. + +"Such an amplification," O'Connor went on, as if he hadn't heard, +"would account for the apparent ... ah ... mental linkage that makes a +mob appear to act as a single organism during certain periods of ... +ah ... stress." He looked judicious for a second, and then nodded. +"However," he said, "other than that, I would doubt that there is any +psionic force involved." + +Malone spent a second or two digesting O'Connor's reply. "Well," he +said at last, "I'm not sure that's what I meant. I mean, I'm not sure +I meant to ask that question." He took a breath and decided to start +all over. "It's not like a mob," he said, "with everybody all doing +the same thing at the same time. It's more like a group of men, all +separated, without any apparent connections between any of the men. +And they're all working toward a common goal. All doing different +things, but all with the same objective. See?" + +"Of course I do," O'Connor said flatly. "But what you're suggesting--" +He looked straight at Malone. "Have you had any experience of this ... +phenomenon?" + +"Experience?" Malone said. + +"I believe you have had," O'Connor said. "Such a concept could not +have come to you in a theoretical manner. You must be involved with an +actual situation very much like the one you describe." + +Malone swallowed. "Me?" he said. + +"Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "May I remind you that this is Yucca +Flats? That the security checks here are as careful as anywhere in the +world? That I, myself, have top-security clearance for my special +projects? You do not need to watch your words here." + +"It's not security," Malone said. "Anyhow, it's not only security. But +things are pretty complicated." + +"I assure you," O'Connor said, "that I will be able to understand even +events which you feel are complex." + +Malone swallowed again, hard. "I didn't mean--" he started. + +"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. His voice was colder than usual. +Malone had the feeling that he was about to take the extra chair away. +"Go on," O'Connor said. "Explain yourself." + +Malone took a deep breath. He started with the facts he'd been told by +Burris, and went straight through to the interviews of the two +computer-secretary technicians by Boyd and Company. + +It took quite a while. By the time he had finished, O'Connor wasn't +looking frozen any more; he'd apparently forgotten to keep the freezer +coils running. Instead, his face showed frank bewilderment, and great +interest. "I never heard of such a thing," he said. "Never. Not at any +time." + +"But--" + +O'Connor shook his head. "I have never heard of a psionic +manifestation on that order," he said. It seemed to be a painful +admission. "Something that would make a random group of men co-operate +in that manner--why, it's completely new." + +"It is?" Malone said, wondering if, when it was all investigated and +described, it might be called O'Connorizing. Then he wondered how +anybody was going to go about investigating it and describing it, and +sank even deeper into gloom. + +[Illustration] + +"Completely new," O'Connor said. "You may take my word." Then, slowly, +he began to brighten again, with all the glitter of newly-formed ice. +"As a matter of fact," he said, in a tone more like his usual one, +"Mr. Malone, I don't think it's possible." + +"But it happened," Malone said. "It's still happening. All over." + +O'Connor's lips tightened. "I have given my opinion," he said. "I do +not believe that such a thing is possible. There must be some other +explanation." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. "I'll bite. What is it?" + +O'Connor frowned. "Your levity," he said, "is uncalled-for." + +Malone shrugged. "I didn't mean to be--" he paused. "Anyhow, I didn't +mean to be funny," he went on. "But I would like to have another idea +of what's causing all this." + +"Scientific theories," O'Connor said sternly, "are not invented on the +spur of the moment. Only after long, careful thought--" + +"You mean you can't think of anything," Malone said. + +"There must be some other explanation," O'Connor said. "Naturally, +since the facts have only now been presented to me, it is impossible +for me to display at once a fully constructed theory." + +Malone nodded slowly. "O.K.," he said. "Have you got any hints, then? +Any ideas at all?" + +O'Connor shook his head. "I have not," he said. "But I strongly +suggest, Mr. Malone, that you recheck your data. The fault may very +well lie in your own interpretations of the actual facts." + +"I don't think so," Malone said. + +O'Connor grimaced. "I do," he said firmly. + +Malone sighed, very faintly. He shifted in the chair and began to +realize, for the first time, just how uncomfortable it really was. He +also felt a little chilly, and the chill was growing. That, he told +himself, was the effect of Dr. O'Connor. He no longer regretted +wearing his hat. As a matter of fact, he thought wistfully for a +second of a small, light overcoat. + +O'Connor, he told himself, was definitely not the warm, friendly type. + +"Well, then," he said, conquering the chilly feeling for a second, +"maybe there's somebody else. Somebody who knows something more about +psionics, and who might have some other ideas about--" + +"Please, Mr. Malone," O'Connor said. "The United States Government +would hardly have chosen me had I not been uniquely qualified in my +field." + +Malone sighed again. "I mean ... maybe there are some books on the +subject," he said quietly, hoping he sounded tactful. "Maybe there's +something I could look up." + +"Mr. Malone." The temperature of the office, Malone realized, was +definitely lowering. O'Connor's built-in freezer coils were working +overtime, he told himself. "The field of psionics is so young that I +can say, without qualification, that I am acquainted with everything +written on the subject. By that, of course, I mean scientific works. I +do not doubt that the American Society for Psychical Research, for +instance, has hundreds of crackpot books which I have never read, or +even heard of. But in the strictly scientific field, I must say +that--" + +He broke off, looking narrowly at Malone with what might have been +concern, but looked more like discouragement and boredom. + +"Mr. Malone," he said, "are you ill?" + +Malone thought about it. He wasn't quite sure, he discovered. The +chill in the office was bothering him more and more, and as it grew he +began to doubt that it was all due to the O'Connor influence. Suddenly +a distinct shudder started somewhere in the vicinity of his shoulders +and rippled its way down his body. + +Another one followed it, and then a third. + +"Me?" Malone said. "I'm ... I'm all right." + +"You seem to have contracted a chill," O'Connor said. + +A fourth shudder followed the other three. + +"I ... guess so," Malone said. "I d-d ... I do s-seem to be r-r-rather +chilly." + +O'Connor nodded. "Ah," he said. "I thought so. Although a chill is +certainly odd at seventy-two degrees Fahrenheit." He looked at the +thermometer just outside the window of his office, then turned back to +Malone. "Pardon me," he said. "Seventy-one point six." + +"Is ... is that all it is?" Malone said. Seventy-one point six +degrees, or even seventy-two, hardly sounded like the broiling Nevada +desert he'd expected. + +"Of course," O'Connor said. "At nine o'clock in the morning, one would +hardly expect great temperatures. The desert becomes quite hot during +the day, but cools off rapidly; I assume you are familiar with the +laws covering the system." + +"Sure," Malone said. "S-sure." + +The chills were not getting any better. They continued to travel up +and down his body with the dignified regularity of Pennsylvania +Railroad commuter trains. + +O'Connor frowned for a second. It was obvious that his keen scientific +eye was sizing up the phenomenon, and reporting events to his keen +scientific brain. In a second or less, the keen scientific brain had +come up with an answer, and Dr. O'Connor spoke in his very keenest +scientific voice. + +"I should have warned you," he said, without an audible trace of +regret. "The answer is childishly simple, Mr. Malone. You left +Washington at noon." + +"Just a little before noon," Malone said. Remembering the burning sun, +he added: "High noon. Very high." + +"Just so," O'Connor said. "And not only the heat was intense; the +humidity, I assume, was also high." + +"Very," Malone said, thinking back. He shivered again. + +"In Washington," O'Connor said, "it was noon. Here it is nine o'clock, +and hardly as warm. The atmosphere is quite arid, and about twenty +degrees below that obtaining in Washington." + +Malone thought about it, trying to ignore the chills. "Oh," he said at +last. "And all the time I thought it was you." + +"What?" O'Connor leaned forward. + +"Nothing," Malone said hastily. + +"My suggestion," O'Connor said, putting his fingertips together again, +"is that you take off your clothes, which are undoubtedly damp, and--" + +Naturally, Malone had not brought any clothes to Yucca Flats to change +into. And when he tried to picture himself in a spare suit of Dr. +O'Connor's, the picture just wouldn't come. Besides, the idea of doing +a modified strip-tease in, or near, the O'Connor office was thoroughly +unattractive. + +"Well," he said slowly, "thanks a lot, doctor, but no thanks. I really +have a better idea." + +"Better?" O'Connor said. + +"Well, I--" Malone took a deep breath and shut his eyes. + +He heard Dr. O'Connor say: "Well, Mr. Malone--good-by. And good luck." + +Then the office in Yucca Flats was gone, and Malone was standing in +the bedroom of his own apartment, on the fringes of Washington, D. C. + + +IV + +He walked over to the wall control and shut off the air-conditioning +in a hurry. He threw open a window and breathed great gulps of the +hot, humid air from the streets. In a small corner at the back of his +mind, he wondered why he was grateful for the air he had suffered +under only a few minutes before. But that, he reflected, was life. And +a very silly kind of life, too, he told himself without rancor. + +In a few minutes he left the window, somewhat restored, and headed for +the shower. When it was running nicely and he was under it, he started +to sing. But his voice didn't sound as much like the voice of Lauritz +Melchior as it usually did, not even when he made a brave, if +foolhardy stab at the Melchior accent. Slowly, he began to realize +that he was bothered. + +He climbed out of the shower and started drying himself. Up to now, he +thought, he had depended on Dr. Thomas O'Connor for edifying, +trustworthy and reasonably complete information about psionics and +_psi_ phenomena in general. He had looked on O'Connor as a sort of +living version of an extremely good edition of the _Britannica_, +always available for reference. + +And now O'Connor had failed him. That, Malone thought, was hardly +fair. O'Connor had no business failing him--particularly when there +was no place else to go. + +The scientist had been right, of course, Malone knew. There was no +other scientist who knew as much about psionics as O'Connor, and if +O'Connor said there were no books, then that was that: there were no +books. + +He reached for a drawer in his dresser, opened it and pulled out some +underclothes, humming tunelessly under his breath as he dressed. If +there was no one to ask, he thought, and if there were no books-- + +He stopped with a sock in his hand, and stared at it in wonder. +O'Connor hadn't said there were no books. As a matter of fact, Malone +realized, he'd said exactly the opposite. + +There were books. But they were "crackpot" books. O'Connor had never +read them. He had, he said, probably never even heard of many of them. + +"Crackpot" was a fighting word to O'Connor. But to Malone it had all +the sweetness of flattery. After all, he'd found telepaths in insane +asylums, and teleports among the juvenile delinquents of New York. +"Crackpot" was a word that was rapidly ceasing to have any meaning at +all in Malone's mind. + +He realized that he was still staring at the sock, which was black +with a gold clock. Hurriedly, he put it on, and finished dressing. He +reached for the phone and made a few fast calls, and then teleported +himself to his locked office in FBI Headquarters, on East Sixty-ninth +Street in New York. He let himself out, and strolled down the +corridor. The agent-in-charge looked up from his desk as Malone +passed, blinked, and said: "Hello, Malone. What's up now?" + +"I'm going prowling," Malone said. "But there won't be any work for +you, as far as I can see." + +"Oh?" + +"Just relax," Malone said. "Breathe easy." + +"I'll try to," the agent-in-charge said, a little sadly. "But every +time you show up, I think about that wave of red Cadillacs you +started. I'll never feel really secure again." + +"Relax," Malone said. "Next time it won't be Cadillacs. But it might +be spirits, blowing on ear-trumpets. Or whatever it is they do." + +"Spirits, Malone?" the agent-in-charge said. + +"No, thanks," Malone said sternly. "I never drink on duty." He gave +the agent a cheery wave of his hand and went out to the street. + + * * * * * + +The Psychical Research Society had offices in the Ravell Building, a +large structure composed mostly of plate glass and anodized aluminum +that looked just a little like a bright blue, partially transparent +crackerbox that had been stood on end for purposes unknown. Having +walked all the way down to this box on Fifty-sixth Street, Malone had +recovered his former sensitivity range to temperature and felt +pathetically grateful for the coolish sea breeze that made New York +somewhat less of an unbearable Summer Festival than was normal. + +The lobby of the building was glittering and polished, as if human +beings could not possibly exist in it. Malone took an elevator to the +sixth floor, stepped out into a small, equally polished hall, and +hurriedly looked off to his right. A small door stood there, with a +legend engraved in elegantly small letters. It said: + + _The Psychical Research Society_ + _Push_ + +Malone obeyed instructions. The door swung noiselessly open, and then +closed behind him. + +He was in a large square-looking room which had a couch and chair set +at one corner, and a desk at the far end. Behind the desk was a brass +plate, on which was engraved: + + _The Psychical Research Society_ + _Main Offices_ + +To Malone's left was a hall that angled off into invisibility, and to +the left of the desk was another one, going straight back past doors +and two radiators until it ran into a right-angled turn and also +disappeared. + +Malone took in the details of his surroundings almost automatically, +filing them in his memory just in case he ever needed to use them. + +One detail, however, required more than automatic attention. Sitting +behind the desk, her head just below the brass plaque, was a redhead. +She was, Malone thought, positively beautiful. Of course, he could not +see the lower two-thirds of her body, but if they were half as +interesting as the upper third and the face and head, he was willing +to spend days, weeks or even months on their investigation. Some jobs, +he told himself, feeling a strong sense of duty, were definitely worth +taking time over. + +She was turned slightly away from Malone, and had obviously not heard +him come in. Malone wondered how best to announce himself, and +regretfully gave up the idea of tiptoeing up to the girl, placing his +hands over her eyes, kissing the back of her neck and crying: +"Surprise!" It was elegant, he felt, but it just wasn't right. + +He compromised at last on the old established method of +throat-clearing to attract her attention. He was sure he could take it +from there, to an eminently satisfying conclusion. + +He tiptoed on the deep-pile rug right up to her desk. + +And the expected happened. + +He sneezed. + +The sneeze was loud and long, and it echoed through the room and +throughout the corridors. It sounded to Malone like the blast of a +small bomb, or possibly a grenade. Startled himself by the volume of +sound he had managed to generate, he jumped back. + +The girl had jumped, too--but her leap had been straight upward, about +an inch and a half. She came down on her chair and reached up a hand. +The hand wiped the back of her neck with a slow, lingering motion of +complete loathing. Then, equally slowly, she turned. + +"That," she said in a low, sweet voice, "was a dirty trick." + +"It was an accident," Malone said. + +She regarded Malone darkly. "Do you always do that to strangers? Is it +some new sort of perversion?" + +"I have never done such a thing before," Malone said sternly. + +"Oh," the girl said. "An experimenter. Avid for new sensations. +Probably a jaded scion of a rich New York family." She paused. "Tell +me," she said. "Is it fun?" + +Malone opened his mouth, but nothing came out. He shut it, thought for +a second and then tried again. He got as far as: "I--" before Nemesis +overtook him. The second sneeze was even louder and more powerful than +the first had been. + +"It must be fun," the girl said acidly, producing a handkerchief from +somewhere and going to work on her face. "You just can't seem to wait +to do it again. Would it do any good to tell you that the fascination +with this form of greeting is not universal? Or don't you care?" + +Malone said, goaded, "I've got a cold." + +"And you feel you should share it with the world," the girl said. "I +quite understand. Tell me, is there anything I can do for you? Or has +your mission been accomplished?" + +"My mission?" Malone said. + +"Having sneezed twice at me," the girl said, "do you now feel +satisfied? Will you vanish softly and silently away? Or do you want to +sneeze at somebody else?" + +"I want the President of the Society," Malone said. "According to my +information, his name is Sir Lewis Carter." + +"And if you sneeze at him," the girl said, "yours is going to be mud. +He isn't much on novelty." + +"I--" + +"Besides which," she said, "he's extremely busy. And I don't think +he'll see you at all. Why don't you go and sneeze at somebody else? +There must be lots of people who would consider themselves honored to +be noticed, especially in such a startling way. Why don't you try and +find one somewhere? Somewhere very far away?" + +Malone was beyond speech. He fumbled for his wallet, flipped it open +and showed the girl his identification. + +"My, my," she said. "And hasn't the FBI anything better to do? I mean, +can't you go and sneeze at counterfeiters in their lairs, or wherever +they might be?" + +"I want to see Sir Lewis Carter," Malone said doggedly. + +The girl shrugged and picked up the phone on her desk. It was a +blank-vision device, of course; many office intercoms were. She +dialed, waited and then said: "Sir Lewis, please." Another second went +by. Then she spoke again. "Sir Lewis," she said, "this is Lou, at the +front desk. There's a man here named Malone, who wants to see you." + +She waited a second. "I don't know what he wants," she told the phone. +"But he's from the FBI." A second's pause. "That's right, the FBI," +she said. "All right, Sir Lewis. Right away." She hung up the phone +and turned to watch Malone warily. + +"Sir Lewis," she said, "will see you. I couldn't say why. But take the +side corridor to the rear of the suite. His office has his name on it, +and I won't tell you you can't miss it because I have every faith that +you will. Good luck." + +Malone blinked. "Look," he said. "I know I startled you, but I didn't +mean to. I--" He started to sneeze, but this time he got his own +handkerchief out in time and muffled the explosion slightly. + +"Good work," the girl said approvingly. + + * * * * * + +There was nothing at all to say to that remark, Malone reflected as he +wended his way down the side corridor. It seemed endless, and kept +branching off unexpectedly. Once he blundered into a large open room +filled with people at desks. A woman who seemed to have a great many +teeth and rather bulbous eyes looked up at him. "Can I help you?" she +said in a fervent whine. + +"I sincerely hope not," Malone said, backing away and managing to find +the corridor once more. After what seemed like a long time, and two +more sneezes, he found a small door which was labeled in capital +letters: + + THE PSYCHICAL RESEARCH + SOCIETY + SIR LEWIS CARTER + PRESIDENT + +Malone sighed. "Well," he muttered, "they certainly aren't hiding +anything." He pushed at the door, and it swung open. + +Sir Lewis was a tall, solidly-built man with a kindly expression. He +wore gray flannel trousers and a brown tweed jacket, which made an +interesting color contrast with his iron-gray hair. His teeth were +clenched so firmly on the bit of a calabash pipe with a meerschaum +bowl that Malone wondered if he could ever get loose. Malone shut the +door behind him, and Sir Lewis rose and extended a hand. + +Malone went to the desk and reached across to take the hand. It was +firm and dry. "I'm Kenneth Malone," Malone said. + +"Ah, yes," Sir Lewis said. "Pleased to meet you; always happy, of +course, to do whatever I can for your FBI. Not only a duty, so to +speak, but a pleasure. Sit down. Please do sit down." + +Malone found a chair at the side of the desk, and sank into it. It was +soft and comfortable. It provided such a contrast to O'Connor's +furnishings that Malone began to wish it was Sir Lewis who was +employed at Yucca Flats. Then he could tell Sir Lewis everything about +the case. + +Now, of course, he could only hedge and try to make do without stating +very many facts. "Sir Lewis," he said, "I trust you'll keep this +conversation confidential." + +"Naturally," Sir Lewis said. He removed the pipe, stared at it, and +replaced it. + +"I can't give you the full details," Malone went on, "but the FBI is +presently engaged in an investigation which requires the specialized +knowledge your organization seems to have." + +"FBI?" Sir Lewis said. "Specialized investigation?" He seemed pleased, +but a trifle puzzled. "Dear boy, anything we have is at your disposal, +of course. But I quite fail to see how you can consider us--" + +"It's rather an unusual problem," Malone said, feeling that that was +the understatement of the year. "But I understand that your records go +back nearly a century." + +"Quite true," Sir Lewis murmured. + +"During that time," Malone said, "the Society investigated a great +many supposedly supernatural or supernormal incidents." + +"Many of them," Sir Lewis said, "were discovered to be fraudulent, I'm +afraid. The great majority, in fact." + +"That's what I'd assume," Malone said. He fished in his pockets, found +a cigarette and lit it. Sir Lewis went on chewing at his unlit pipe. +"What we're interested in," Malone said, "is some description of the +various methods by which these frauds were perpetrated." + +"Ah," Sir Lewis said. "The tricks of the trade, so to speak?" + +"Exactly," Malone said. + +"Well, then," Sir Lewis said. "The luminous gauze, for instance, that +passes for ectoplasm; the various methods of table-lifting; control of +the ouija board--things like that?" + +"Not quite that elementary," Malone said. He puffed on the cigarette, +wishing it was a cigar. "We're pretty much up to that kind of thing. +But had it ever occurred to you that many of the methods used by phony +mind-reading acts, for instance, might be used as communication +methods by spies?" + +"Why, I believe some have been," Sir Lewis said. "Though I don't know +much about that, of course; there was a case during the First World +War--" + +"Exactly," Malone said. He took a deep breath. "It's things like that +we're interested in," he said, and spent the next twenty minutes +slowly approaching his subject. Sir Lewis, apparently fascinated, was +perfectly willing to unbend in any direction, and jotted down notes on +some of Malone's more interesting cases, murmuring: "Most unusual, +most unusual," as he wrote. + +The various types of phenomena that the Society had investigated came +into the discussion, and Malone heard quite a lot about the Beyond, +the Great Summerland, Spirit Mediums and the hypothetical existence of +fairies, goblins and elves. + +"But, Sir Lewis--" he said. + +"I make no claims personally," Sir Lewis said. "But I understand that +there is a large and somewhat vocal group which does make rather +solid-sounding claims in that direction. They say that they have seen +fairies, talked with goblins, danced with the elves." + +"They must be very unusual people," Malone said, understating heavily. + +"Oh," Sir Lewis said, "without a that it goes through +Accounting." + +Talk like this passed away nearly a half hour, until Malone finally +felt that it was the right time to introduce some of his real +questions. "Tell me, Sir Lewis," he said, "have you had many instances +of a single man, or a small group of men, controlling the actions of a +much larger group? And doing it in such a way that the larger group +doesn't even know it is being manipulated?" + +"Of course I have," Sir Lewis said. "And so have you. They call it +advertising." + +Malone flicked his cigarette into an ashtray. "I didn't mean exactly +that," he said. "Suppose they're doing it in such a way that the +larger group doesn't even suspect that manipulation is going on?" + +Sir Lewis removed his pipe and frowned at it. "I may be able to give +you a little information," he said slowly, "but not much." + +"Ah?" Malone said, trying to sound only mildly interested. + +"Outside of mob psychology," Sir Lewis said, "and all that sort of +thing, I really haven't seen any record of a case of such a thing +happening. And I can't quite imagine anyone faking it." + +"But you have got some information?" Malone said. + +"Certainly," Sir Lewis said. "There is always spirit control." + +"Spirit control?" Malone blinked. + +"Demonic intervention," Sir Lewis said. "'My name is Legion,' you +know." + +Sir Lewis Legion, Malone thought confusedly, was a rather unusual +name. He took a breath and caught hold of his revolving mind. "How +would you go about that?" he said, a little hopelessly. + +"I haven't the foggiest," Sir Lewis admitted cheerfully. "But I will +have it looked up for you." He made a note. "Anything else?" + +Malone tried to think. "Yes," he said at last. "Can you give me a +condensed report on what is known--and I mean _known_--on telepathy +and teleportation?" + +"What you want," Sir Lewis said, "are those cases proven genuine, not +the ones in which we have established fraud, or those still in doubt." + +"Exactly," Malone said. If he got no other use out of the data, it +would provide a measuring-stick for the Society. The general public +didn't know that the government was actually using psionic powers, and +the Society's theories, checked against actual fact, would provide a +rough index of reliability to use on the Society's other data. + +But spirits, somehow, didn't seem very likely. Malone sighed and stood +up. + +"I'll have copies made of all the relevant material," Sir Lewis said, +"from our library and research files. Where do you want the material +sent? I do want to warn you of its bulk; there may be quite a lot of +it." + +"FBI Headquarters, on Sixty-ninth Street," Malone said. "And send a +statement of expenses along with it. As long as the bill's within +reason, don't worry about itemizing; I'll see that it goes through +Accounting." + +Sir Lewis nodded. "Fine," he said. "And, if you should have any +difficulties with the material, please let me know. I'll always be +glad to help." + +"Thanks for your co-operation," Malone said. He went to the door, and +walked on out. + +He blundered back into the same big room again, on his way through the +corridors. The bulbous-eyed woman, who seemed to have inherited a full +set of thirty-two teeth from each of her parents, gave him a friendly +if somewhat crowded smile, but Malone pressed on without a word. After +a while, he found the reception room again. + + * * * * * + +The girl behind the desk looked up. "How did he react?" she said. + +Malone blinked. "React?" he said. + +"When you sneezed at him," she said. "Because I've been thinking it +over, and I've got a new theory. You're doing a survey on how people +act when encountering sneezes. Like Kinsey." + +This girl--Lou something, Malone thought, and with difficulty +refrained from adding "Gehrig"--had an unusual effect, he decided. He +wondered if there were anyone in the world she couldn't reduce to +paralyzed silence. + +"Of course," she went on, "Kinsey was dealing with sex, and you +aren't. At least, you aren't during business hours." She smiled +politely at Malone. + +"No," he said helplessly, "I'm not." + +"It is sneezing, then," she said. "Will I be in the book when it's +published?" + +"Book?" Malone said, feeling more and more like a rather low-grade +moron. + +"The book on sneezing, when you get it published," she said. "I can +see it now--the Case of Miss X, a Receptionist." + +"There isn't going to be any book," Malone said. + +She shook her head. "That's a shame," she said. "I've always wanted to +be a Miss X. It sounds exciting." + +"X," Malone said at random, "marks the spot." + +"Why, that's the sweetest thing that's been said to me all day," the +girl said. "I thought you could hardly talk, and here you come out +with lovely things like that. But I'll bet you say it to all the +girls." + +"I have never said it to anybody before," Malone said flatly. "And I +never will again." + +The girl sighed. "I'll treasure it," she said. "My one great moment. +Good-by, Mr. ... Malone, isn't it?" + +"Ken," Malone said. "Just call me Ken." + +"And I'm Lou," the girl said. "Good-by." + +An elevator arrived and Malone ducked into it. Louie? he thought. +Louise? Luke? Of course, there was Sir Lewis Carter, who might be +called Lou. Was he related to the girl? + +No, Malone thought wildly. Relations went by last names. There was no +reason for Lou to be related to Sir Lewis. They didn't even look +alike. For instance, he had no desire whatever to make a date with Sir +Lewis Carter, or to take him to a glittering nightclub. And the very +idea of Sir Lewis Carter sitting on the Malone lap was enough to give +him indigestion and spots before the eyes. + +Sternly, he told himself to get back to business. The elevator stopped +at the lobby and he got out and started down the street, feeling that +consideration of the Lady Known As Lou was much more pleasant. After +all, what did he have to work with, as far as his job was concerned? + +So far, two experts had told him that his theory was full of lovely +little holes. Worse than that, they had told him that mass control of +human beings was impossible, as far as they knew. + +And maybe it was impossible, he told himself sadly. Maybe he should +just junk his whole theory and think up a new one. Maybe there was no +psionics involved in the thing at all, and Boyd and O'Connor were +right. + +Of course, he had a deep-seated conviction that psionics was somewhere +at the root of everything, but that didn't necessarily mean anything. +A lot of people had deep-seated convictions that they were beetles, or +that the world was flat. And then again, murderers often suffered as a +result of deep-seated convictions. + +On the other hand, maybe he had invented a whole new psionic +theory--or, at least, observed some new psionic facts. Maybe they +would call the results Maloneizing, instead of O'Connorizing. He tried +to picture a man opening a door and saying: "Come out quick--Mr. +Frembits is Maloneizing again." + +It didn't sound very plausible. But, after all, he did have a +deep-seated conviction. He tried to think of a shallow-seated +conviction, and failed. Didn't convictions ever stand up, anyhow, or +lie down? + +He shook his head, discovered that he was on Sixty-ninth Street, and +headed for the FBI headquarters. His convictions, he had found, were +sometimes an expression of his precognitive powers; he determined to +ride with them, at least for a while. + +By the time he came to the office of the agent-in-charge, he had +figured out the beginnings of a new line of attack. + +"How about the ghosts?" the agent-in-charge asked as he passed. + +"They'll be along," Malone said. "In a big bundle, addressed to me +personally. And don't open the bundle." + +"Why not?" the agent-in-charge asked. + +"Because I don't want the things to get loose and run around saying +_Boo!_ to everybody," Malone said brightly, and went on. + + * * * * * + +He opened the door of his private office, went inside and sat down at +the desk there. He took his time about framing a thought, a single, +clear, deliberate thought: + +_Your Majesty, I'd like to speak to you._ + +[Illustration] + +He hardly had time to finish it. A flash of color appeared in the +room, just a few feet from his desk. The flash resolved itself into a +tiny, grandmotherly-looking woman with a corona of white hair and a +kindly, twinkling expression. She was dressed in the full court +costume of the First Elizabethan period, and this was hardly +surprising to Malone. The little old lady believed, quite firmly, that +she was Queen Elizabeth I, miraculously preserved over all these +centuries. Malone, himself, had practically forgotten that the woman's +real name was Rose Thompson, and that she had only been alive for +sixty-five years or so. For most of that time, she had been insane. + +For all of that time, however, she had been a genuine telepath. She +had been discovered during the course of Malone's first psionic case, +and by now she had even learned to teleport by "reading" the process +in Malone's mind. + +"Good afternoon, Sir Kenneth," she said in a regal, kindly voice. She +was mad, he knew, but her delusion was nicely kept within bounds. All +of her bright world hinged on the single fact that she was unshakably +certain of her royalty. As long as the FBI catered to that +notion--which included a Royal dwelling for her in Yucca Flats, and +the privilege of occasionally knighting FBI Agents who had pleased her +unpredictable fancy--she was perfectly rational on all other points. +She co-operated with Dr. O'Connor and with the FBI in the +investigation of her psionic powers, and she had given her Royal word +not to teleport except at Malone's personal request. + +"I'd like to talk to you," Malone said, "Your Majesty." + +There was an odd note in the Queen's voice, and an odd, haunted +expression on her face. "I've been hoping you'd ask me to come," she +said. + +"I had a hunch you were following me telepathically," Malone said. +"Can you give me any help?" + +"I ... I really don't know," she said. "It's something new, and +something ... disturbing. I've never come across anything like it +before." + +"Like what?" Malone asked. + +"It's the--" She made a gesture that conveyed nothing at all to +Malone. "The ... the static," she said at last. + +Malone blinked. "Static?" he said. + +"Yes," she said. "You're not telepathic, so I can't tell you what it's +really like. But ... well, Sir Kenneth, have you ever seen disturbance +on a TV screen, when there's some powerful electric output nearby? The +bright, senseless snowstorms, the meaningless hash?" + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"It's like that," she said. "It's a ... a sudden, meaningless, +disturbing blare of telepathic energy." + +The telephone rang once. Malone ignored it. + +"What's causing these disturbances?" he asked. + +She shook her head. "I don't know, Sir Kenneth. I don't know," she +said. "I can't pick up a person's mind over a distance unless I know +him--and I can't see what's causing this at all. It's ... frankly, Sir +Kenneth, it's rather terrifying." + +The phone rang again. + +"How long have you been experiencing this disturbance?" Malone asked. +He looked at the phone. + +"The telephone isn't important," Her Majesty said. "It's only Sir +Thomas, calling to tell you he's arrested three spies, and that +doesn't matter at all." + +"It doesn't?" + +"Not at all," Her Majesty said. "What does matter is that I've only +been picking up these flashes since you were assigned to this new +case, Sir Kenneth. And--" She paused. + +"Well?" Malone said. + +"And they only appear," Her Majesty said, "when I'm tuned to _your_ +mind!" + +[Illustration] + + +V + +Malone stared. He tried to say something but he couldn't find any +words. The telephone rang again and he pushed the switch with a sense +of relief. The beard-fringed face of Thomas Boyd appeared on the +screen. + +"You're getting hard to find," Boyd said. "I think you're letting fame +and fortune go to your head." + +"I left word at the office that I was coming here," Malone said +aggrievedly. + +"Sure you did," Boyd said. "How do you think I found you? Am I +telepathic? Do I have strange powers?" + +"Wouldn't surprise me in the least," Malone said. "Now, about those +spies--" + +"See what I mean?" Boyd said. "How did you know?" + +"Just lucky, I guess," Malone murmured. "But what about them?" + +"Well," Boyd said, "we picked up two men working in the Senate Office +Building, and another one working for the State Department." + +"And they are spies?" Malone said. "Real spies?" + +"Oh, they're real enough," Boyd said. "We've known about 'em for +years, and I finally decided to pick them up for questioning. Maybe +they have something to do with all this mess that's bothering +everybody." + +"You haven't the faintest idea what you mean," Malone said. "Mess is +hardly the word." + +Boyd snorted. "You go on getting yourself confused," he said, "while +some of us do the real work. After all--" + +"Never mind the insults," Malone said. "How about the spies?" + +"Well," Boyd said, a trifle reluctantly, "they've been working as +janitors and maintenance men, and of course we've made sure they +haven't been able to get their hands on any really valuable +information." + +"So they've suddenly turned into criminal masterminds," Malone said. +"After being under careful surveillance for years--" + +"Well, it's possible," Boyd said defensively. + +"Almost anything is possible," Malone said. + +"Some things," Boyd said carefully, "are more possible than others." + +"Thank you, Charles W. Aristotle," Malone said. "I hope you realize +what you've done, picking up those three men. We might have been able +to get some good lines on them, if you'd left them where they were." + +There is an old story about a general who went on an inspection tour +of the front during World War I, and, putting his head incautiously up +out of a trench, was narrowly missed by a sniper's bullet. He turned +to a nearby sergeant and bellowed: "Get that sniper!" + +"Oh, we've got him spotted, sir," the sergeant said. "He's been there +for six days now." + +"Well, then," the general said, "why don't you blast him out of +there?" + +"Well, sir, it's this way," the sergeant explained. "He's fired about +sixty rounds since he's been out there, and he hasn't hit anything +yet. We're afraid if we get rid of him they'll put up somebody who +_can_ shoot." + +This was standard FBI policy when dealing with minor spies. A great +many had been spotted, including four in the Department of Fisheries. +But known spies are easier to keep track of than unknown ones. And, as +long as they're allowed to think they haven't been spotted, they may +lead the way to other spies or spy networks. + +"I thought it was worth the risk," Boyd said. "After all, if they have +something to do with the case--" + +"But they don't," Malone said. + +Boyd exploded, "Let me find out for myself, will you? You're spoiling +all the fun." + +"Well, anyhow," Malone said, "they don't." + +"You can't afford to take any chances," Boyd said. "After all, when I +think about William Logan, I tell myself we'd better take care of +every lead." + +"Well," Malone said finally, "you may be right. And then again, you +may be normally wrong." + +"What is that supposed to mean?" Boyd said. + +"How should I know?" Malone said "I'm too busy to go around and around +like this. But since you've picked up the spies, I suppose it won't do +any harm to find out if they know anything." + +Boyd snorted again. "Thank you," he said, "for your kind permission." + +"I'll be right down," Malone said. + +"I'll be waiting," Boyd said. "In Interrogation Room 7. You'll +recognize me by the bullet hole in my forehead and the strange South +American poison, hitherto unknown to science, in my oesophagus." + +"Very funny," Malone said. "Don't give up the ship." + + * * * * * + +Boyd switched off without a word. Malone shrugged at the blank screen +and pushed his own switch. Then he turned slowly back to Her Majesty, +who was standing, waiting patiently, at the opposite side of the desk. +Interference, he thought, located around him-- + +"Why, yes," she said. "That's exactly what I did say." + +Malone blinked. "Your Majesty," he said, "would you mind terribly if I +asked you questions before you answered them? I know you can see them +in my mind, but it's simpler for me to do things the normal way, just +now." + +"I'm sorry," she said sincerely. "I do agree that matters are confused +enough already. Please go on." + +"Thank you, Your Majesty," Malone said. "Well, then. Do you mean that +_I'm_ the one causing all this ... mental static?" + +"Oh, no," she said. "Not at all. It's definitely coming from somewhere +else, and it's beamed at you, or beamed around you." + +"But--" + +"It's just that I can only pick it up when I'm tuned to your mind," +she said. + +"Like now?" Malone said. + +She shook her head. "Right now," she said, "there isn't any. It only +happens every once in a while--every so often, and not continuously." + +"Does it happen at regular intervals?" Malone said. + +"Not as far as I've been able to tell," Her Majesty said. "It just ... +happens, that's all. There doesn't seem to be any rhyme or reason to +it. Except that it did start when you were assigned to this case." + +"Lovely," Malone said. "And what is it supposed to mean?" + +"Interference," she said. "Static. Jumble. That's all it means. I just +don't know any more than that, Sir Kenneth; I've never experienced +anything like it in my life. It really does disturb me." + +That, Malone told himself, he could believe. It must be an experience, +he told himself, like having someone you were looking at suddenly +dissolve into a jumble of meaningless shapes and lights. + +"That's a very good analogy," Her Majesty said. "If you'll pardon me +speaking before you've voiced your thought--" + +"Not at all," Malone said. "Go right ahead." + +"Well, then," Her Majesty said. "The analogy you use is a good one. +It's just as disturbing and as meaningless as that." + +"And you don't know what's causing it?" Malone said. + +"I don't know," she said. + +"Nor what the purpose of it is?" he said. + +Her Majesty shook her head slowly. "Sir Kenneth," she said, "I don't +even know whether or not there _is_ any purpose." + +Malone sighed deeply. Nothing in the case seemed to make any sense. It +wasn't that there were no clues, or no information for him to work +with. There were a lot of clues, and there was a lot of information. +But nothing seemed to link up with anything else. Every new fact was a +bright, shiny arrow pointing nowhere in particular. + +"Well, then--" he started. + +The intercom buzzed. Malone jabbed ferociously at the button. "Yes," +he said. + +"The ghosts are here," the agent-in-charge's voice said. + +Malone blinked. "What?" he said. + +"You said you were going to get some ghosts," the agent-in-charge +said. "From the Psychical Research Society, in a couple of large +bundles And they're here now. Want me to exorcise 'em for you?" + +"No," Malone said wearily. "Just send them in to join the crowd. Got +a messenger?" + +"I'll send them down," the agent-in-charge said. "About one minute." + +Malone nodded, realized the man couldn't see him, said: "Fine," and +switched off. He looked at his watch. A little over half an hour had +passed since he had left the Psychical Research Society offices. That, +he told himself, was efficiency. + +Not that the books would mean anything, he thought. They would just +take their places at the end of the long row of meaningless, +disturbing, vicious facts that cluttered up his mind. He wasn't an FBI +agent any more; he was a clown and a failure, and he was through. He +was going to resign and go to South Dakota and live the life of a +hermit. He would drink goat's milk and eat old shoes or something, and +whenever another human being came near he would run away and hide. +They would call him Old Kenneth, and people would write articles for +magazines about The Twentieth Century Hermit. + +And that would make him famous, he thought wearily, and the whole +circle would start all over again. + +"Now, now, Sir Kenneth," Queen Elizabeth said. "Things aren't quite +that bad." + +"Oh, yes, they are," Malone said. "They're even worse." + +"I'm sure we can find an answer to all your questions," Her Majesty +said. + +"Sure," Malone said. "Even I can find an answer. But it isn't the +right one." + +"You can?" Her Majesty said. + +"That's right," Malone said. "My answer is: To Hell with everything." + + * * * * * + +Malone's Washington offices didn't look any different. He sighed and +put the two big packages from the Psychical Research Society down on +his desk, and then turned to Her Majesty. + +"I wanted you to teleport along with me," he said, "because I need +your help." + +"Yes," she said. "I know." + +He blinked. "Oh. Sure you do. But let me go over the details." + +Her Majesty waved a gracious hand. "If you like, Sir Kenneth," she +said. + +Malone nodded. "We're going on down to Interrogation Room 7 now," he +said. "Next door to it, there's an observation room, with a one-way +panel in the wall. You'll be able to see us, but we won't be able to +see you." + +"I really don't require an observation panel," Her Majesty said. "If I +enter your mind, I can see through your eyes--" + +"Oh, sure," Malone said. "But the observation room was built for more +normal people--saving your presence, Your Majesty." + +"Of course," she said. + +"Now," Malone went on, "I want you to watch all three of the men we're +going to bring in, and dig everything you can out of their minds." + +"Everything?" she said. + +"We don't know what might be useful," Malone said. "Anything you can +find. And if you want any questions asked--if there's anything you +think I ought to ask the men, or say to them--there's a nonvision +phone in the observation room. Just lift the receiver. That +automatically rings the one in the Interrogation Room and I'll pick it +up. Understand?" + +"Perfectly, Sir Kenneth," she said. + +"O.K., then," Malone said. "Let's go." They headed for the door. +Malone stopped as he opened it. "And by the way," he said. + +"Yes?" + +"If you get any more of those--disturbances, let me know." + +"At once," Her Majesty promised. + +They went on down the hall and took the elevator down to Interrogation +Room 7, on the lowest level. There was no particular reason for +putting the Interrogation section down there, except that it tended to +make prisoners more nervous. And a nervous prisoner, Malone knew, was +very possibly a confessing prisoner. + +Malone ushered Her Majesty through the unmarked door of the +observation chamber, made sure that the panel and phone were in +working order, and went out. He stepped into Interrogation Room 7 +trying hard to look bored, businesslike and unbeatable. Boyd and four +other agents were already there, all standing around and talking +desultorily in low tones. None of them looked as if they had ever had +a moment's worry in their lives. It was all part of the same +technique, of course, Malone thought. Make the prisoner feel +resistance is useless, and you've practically got him working for you. + +The prisoner was a hulking, flabby fat man in work coveralls. He had +black hair that spilled all over his forehead, and tiny button eyes. +He was the only man in the room who was sitting down, and that was +meant to make him feel even more inferior and insecure. His hands were +clasped fatly in his lap, and he was staring down at them in a +regretful manner. None of the FBI agents paid the slightest attention +to him. The general impression was that something really tough was +coming up, but that they were in no hurry for it. They were willing to +wait for the Third Degree, it seemed, until the blacksmith had done a +really good job with the new spikes for the Iron Maiden. + +The prisoner looked up apprehensively as Malone shut the door. Malone +paid no attention to him, and the prisoner unclasped his hands, rubbed +them on his coveralls and then reclasped them in his lap. His eyes +fell again. + +Boyd looked up, too. "Hello, Ken," he said. He tapped a sheaf of +papers on the single table in the room. Malone went over and picked +them up. + +They were the abbreviated condensations of three dossiers. All three +of the men covered in the dossiers were naturalized citizens, but all +had come in us "political refugees"--from Hungary, from +Czechoslovakia, and from East Germany. Further checking had turned up +the fact that all three were actually Russians. They had been using +false names during their stay in the United States, but their real +ones were appended to the dossiers. + +The fat one in the Interrogation Room was named Alexis Brubitsch. The +other two, who were presumably waiting separately in other rooms, were +Ivan Borbitsch and Vasili Garbitsch. The collection sounded, to +Malone, like a seedy musical-comedy firm of lawyers: Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch. He could picture them dancing gaily across a +stage while the strains of music followed them, waving legal forms and +telephones and singing away. + +Brubitsch did not, however, look very gay. Malone went over to him +now, walking slowly, and looked down. Boyd came and stood next to him. + + * * * * * + +"This is the one who won't talk, eh?" Malone said, wondering if he +sounded as much like Dick Tracy as he thought he did. It was a +standard opening, meant to make the prisoner think his fellows had +already confessed. + +"That's him," Boyd said. + +"Hm-m-m," Malone said, trying to look as if he were deciding between +the rack and the boiling oil. Brubitsch fidgeted slightly, but he +didn't say anything. + +"We didn't know whether we had to get this one to talk, too," Boyd +said. "What with the others, and all. But we did think you ought to +have a look at him." He sounded very bored. It was obvious from his +tone that the FBI didn't care in the least if Alexis Brubitsch never +opened his mouth again, in what was likely to be a very short +lifetime. + +"Well," Malone said, equally bored, "we might be able to get a few +corroborative details." + +Brubitsch swallowed hard. Malone ignored him. + +"Now, just look at him," Boyd said. "He certainly doesn't _look_ like +the head of a spy ring, does he?" + +"Of course he doesn't," Malone said. "That's probably why the Russians +used him. They figured nobody would ever look twice at a fat slob like +this. Nobody would ever suspect him of being the head man." + +"I guess you're right," Boyd said. He yawned, which Malone thought was +overacting a trifle. Brubitsch saw the yawn, and one hand came up to +jerk at his collar. + +"Who'd ever think," Malone said, "that he plotted those killings in +Redstone--all three of them?" + +"It is surprising," Boyd said. + +"But, then," Malone said, "we know he did. There isn't any doubt of +that." + +Brubitsch seemed to be turning a pale green. It was a fascinating +color, unlike any other Malone had ever seen. He watched it with +interest. + +"Oh, sure," Boyd said. "We've got enough evidence from the other two +to send this one to the chair tomorrow, if we want to." + +"More than enough," Malone agreed. + +Brubitsch opened his mouth, shut it again and closed his eyes. His +lips moved silently. + +"Tell me," Boyd said conversationally, leaning down to the fat man, +"Did your orders on that job come from Moscow, or did you mastermind +it all by yourself?" + +Brubitsch's eyes stirred, then snapped open as if they'd been pulled +by a string. "Me?" he said in a hoarse bass voice. "I know nothing +about this murder. What murder?" + +There were no such murders, of course. But Malone was not ready to let +Brubitsch know anything about that. "Oh, the ones you shot in +Redstone," he said in an offhand way. + +"The what?" Brubitsch said. "I shot people? Never." + +"Oh, sure you did," Boyd said. "The others say you did." + +Brubitsch's head seemed to sink into his neck. "Borbitsch and +Garbitsch, they tell you about a murder? It is not true. Is a lie." + +"Really?" Malone said. "We think it's true." + +"Is a lie," Brubitsch said, his little eyes peering anxiously from +side to side. "Is not true," he went on hopefully. "I have alibi." + +"You do?" Boyd said. "For what time?" + +"For time when murder happened," Brubitsch said. "I was some place +else." + +"Well, then," Malone said, "how do you know when the murders were +done? They were kept out of the newspapers." That, he reflected, was +quite true, since the murders had never happened. But he watched +Brubitsch with a wary eye. + +"I know nothing about time," Brubitsch said, jerking at his collar. "I +don't know when they happened." + +"Then how can you have an alibi?" Boyd snapped. + +"Because I didn't do them!" Brubitsch said tearfully. "If I didn't, +then I _must_ have alibi!" + +"You'd be surprised," Malone said. "Now, about these murders--" + +"Was no murder, not by me," Brubitsch said firmly. "Was never any +killing of anybody, not even by accident." + +"But your two friends say--" Boyd began. + +"My two friends are not my friends," Brubitsch said firmly. "If they +tell you about murder and say it was me, they are no friends. I did +not murder anybody. I have alibi. I did not even murder anybody a +little bit. They are no friends. This is terrible." + +"There," Malone said reflectively, "I agree with you. It's positively +awful. And I think we might as well give it up. After all, we don't +need your testimony. The other two are enough; they'll get maybe ten +years apiece, but you're going to get the chair." + +"I will not sit down," Brubitsch said firmly. "I am innocent. I am +innocent like a small child. Does a small child commit a murder? It is +ridiculous." + + * * * * * + +Boyd picked up his cue with ease. "You might as well give us your side +of the story, then," he said easily. "If you didn't commit any +murders--" + +"I am a small child," Brubitsch announced. + +"O.K.," Boyd said. "But if you didn't commit any murders, just what +_have_ you been doing since you've been in this country as a Soviet +agent?" + +[Illustration] + +"I will say nothing," Brubitsch announced. "I am a small child. It is +enough." He paused, blinked, and went on: "I will only tell you this: +no murders were done by our group in any of our activities." + +"And what were your activities?" + +"Oh, many things," Brubitsch said. "Many, many things. We--" + +The telephone rang loudly, and Malone scooped it up with a practiced +hand. "Malone here," he said. + +Her Majesty's voice was excited. "Sir Kenneth!" she said. "I just got +a tremendous burst of--static!" + +Malone blinked. _Is my mind acting up again?_ he thought, knowing she +would pick it up. _Am I being interfered with?_ + +He didn't feel any different. But then, how was he supposed to feel? + +"It's not _your_ mind, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "Not this time. +It's _his_ mind. That sneaky-thinking Brubitsch fellow." + +_Brubitsch?_ Malone thought. _Now what is that supposed to mean?_ + +"I don't know, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But get on back to +your questioning. He's ready to talk now." + +"O.K.," Malone said aloud. "Fine." He hung up and looked back to the +Russian sitting on his chair. Brubitsch was ready to talk, and that +was one good thing, anyhow. But what was all the static about? + +What was going on? + +"Now, then," Malone said. "You were telling us about your group +activities." + +"True," Brubitsch said. "I did not commit any murders. It is possible +that Borbitsch committed murders. It is possible that Garbitsch +committed murders. But I do not think so." + +"Why not?" Boyd said. + +"They are my friends," Brubitsch said. "Even if they tell lies. They +are also small children. Besides, I am not even the head of the +group." + +"Who is?" Malone said. + +"Garbitsch," Brubitsch said instantly. "He worked in the State +Department, and he told us what to look for in the Senate Office +Building." + +"What were you supposed to look for?" Boyd said. + +"For information," Brubitsch said. "For scraps of paper, or things we +overheard. But it was very bad, very bad." + +"What do you mean, bad?" Malone said. + +"Everything was terrible," Brubitsch said mournfully. "Sometimes +Borbitsch heard something and forgot to tell Garbitsch about it. +Garbitsch did not like this. He is a very inflamed person. Once he +threatened to send Borbitsch to the island of Yap as a spy. That is a +very bad place to go to. There are no enjoyments on the island of Yap, +and no one likes strangers there." + +"What did you do with your information?" Boyd said. + +"We remembered it," Brubitsch said. "Or, if we had a scrap of paper, +we saved it for Garbitsch and gave it to him. But I remember once that +I had some paper. It had a formula on it. I do not know what the +formula said." + +"What was it about?" Malone said. + +Brubitsch gave a massive shrug. "It was about an X and some numbers," +he said. "It was not very interesting, but it was a formula, and +Garbitsch would have liked it. Unfortunately, I did not give it to +him." + +"Why not?" Boyd said. + +"I am ashamed," Brubitsch said, looking ashamed. "I was lighting a +cigarette in the afternoon, when I had the formula. It is a very +relaxing thing to smoke a cigarette in the afternoon. It is soothing +to the soul." He looked very sad. "I was holding the piece of paper in +one hand," he said. "Unfortunately, the match and the paper came into +contact. I burned my finger. Here." He stuck out a finger toward +Malone and Boyd, who looked at it without much interest for a second. +"The paper is gone," he said. "Don't tell Garbitsch. He is very +inflamed." + +Malone sighed. "But you remember the formula," he said. "Don't you?" + +Brubitsch shook his massive head very slowly. "It was not very +interesting," he said. "And I do not have a mathematical mind." + +"We know," Malone said, "You are a small child." + + * * * * * + +"It was terrible," Brubitsch said. "Garbitsch was not happy about our +activities." + +"What did Garbitsch do with the information?" Boyd said. + +"He passed it on," Brubitsch said. "Every week he would send a +short-wave message to the homeland, in code. Some weeks he did not +send the message." + +"Why not?" Malone said. + +"The radio did not work," Brubitsch said simply. "We received orders +by short-wave, but sometimes we did not receive the orders. The radio +was of very poor quality, and some weeks it refused to send any +messages. On other weeks, it refused to receive any messages." + +"Who was your contact in Russia?" Boyd said. + +"A man named X," Brubitsch said. "Like in the formula." + +"But what was his real name?" Malone said. + +"Who knows?" Brubitsch said. + +"What else did you do?" Boyd said. + +"We met twice a week," Brubitsch said. "Sometimes in Garbitsch's home, +sometimes in other places. Sometimes we had information. At other +times, we were friends, having a social gathering." + +"Friends?" Malone said. + +Brubitsch nodded. "We drank together, talked, played chess. Garbitsch +is the best chess player in the group. I am not very good. But once we +had some trouble." He paused. "We had been drinking Russian liquors. +They are very strong. We decided to uphold the honor of our country." + +"I think," Malone murmured sadly, "I know what's coming." + +"Ah?" Brubitsch said, interested. "At any rate, we decided to honor +our country in song. And a policeman came and talked to us. He took us +down to the police station." + +"Why?" Boyd said. + +"He was suspicious," Brubitsch said. "We were singing the +_Internationale_, and he was suspicious. It is unreasonable." + +"Oh, I don't know," Boyd said. "What happened then?" + +"He took us to the police station," Brubitsch said, "and then after a +little while he let us go. I do not understand this." + +"It's all right," Malone said. "I do." He drew Boyd aside for a +second, and whispered to him: "The cops were ready to charge these +three clowns with everything in the book. We had a time springing them +so we could go on watching them. I remember the stir-up, though I +never did know their names until now." + +Boyd nodded, and they returned to Brubitsch, who was staring up at +them with surly eyes. + +"It is a secret you are telling him," Brubitsch said. "That is not +right." + +"What do you mean, it's not right?" Malone said. + +"It is wrong," Brubitsch went on. "It is not the American way." + +He went on, with some prodding, to tell about the activities of the +spy ring. It did not seem to be a very efficient spy ring; Brubitsch's +long sad tale of forgotten messages, mixed orders, misplaced documents +and strange mishaps was a marvel and a revelation to the listening +officers. + +"I've never heard anything like it," one of them whispered in a tone +of absolute wonder. "They're almost working on our side." + +Over an hour later, Malone turned wearily away from the prisoner. "All +right, Brubitsch," he said. "I guess that pretty much covers things +for the moment. If we want any more information, though--" + +"Call on me," Brubitsch said sadly. "I am not going any place. And I +will give you all the information you desire. But I did not commit any +murders--" + +"Good-bye, small child," Malone said, as two agents led the fat man +away. The other two left soon afterward, and Malone and Boyd were +alone. + + * * * * * + +"Think he was telling the truth?" Boyd said. + +Malone nodded. "Nobody," he said, "could make up a story like that." + +"I suppose so," Boyd said, and the phone rang. Malone picked it up. + +"Well?" he asked. + +"He was telling the truth, all right," Her Majesty said. "There are a +few more details, of course--there was a girl Brubitsch was involved +with, Sir Kenneth. But she doesn't seem to have anything to do with +the spy ring, and besides, she isn't a very nice person. She always +wants money." + +"Sounds perfectly lovely," Malone said. "As a matter of fact, I think +I know her. I know a lot of girls who always want money." + +"You don't know this one, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "and +besides, she wouldn't be a good influence on you." + +Malone sighed. "How about the static explosions?" he said. "Pick up +any more?" + +"No," she said. "Just that one." + +Malone nodded at the receiver. "All right," he said. "We're going to +bring in the second one now. Keep up the good work." + +He hung up. + +"Who've you got in the Observation Room?" Boyd asked. + +"Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said. "Her Royal Majesty." + +"Oh," Boyd said without surprise. "Well, was Brubitsch telling the +truth?" + +"He wasn't holding back anything important," Malone said, thinking +about the girl. It would be nice to meet a bad influence, he thought +mournfully. It would be nice to go somewhere with a bad influence--a +bad influence, he amended, with a good figure--and forget all about +his job, about the spies, about telepathy, teleportation, psionics and +everything else. It might be restful. + +Unfortunately, it was impossible. + +"What's this business about a static explosion?" Boyd said. + +"Don't ask silly questions," Malone said. "A static explosion is a +contradiction in terms. If something is static, it doesn't move--and +whoever heard of a motionless explosion?" + +"If it is a contradiction in terms," Boyd said, "they're your terms." + +"Sure," Malone said. "But I don't know what they mean. I don't even +know what I mean." + +"You're in a bad way," Boyd said, looking sympathetic. + +"I'm in a perfectly terrible way," Malone said, "and it's going to get +worse. You wait and see." + +"Of course I'll wait and see," Boyd said. "I wouldn't miss the end of +the world for anything. It ought to be a great spectacle." He paused. +"Want them to bring in the next one?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "What have we got to lose but our minds? And who +is the next one?" + +"Borbitsch," Boyd said. "They're saving Garbitsch for a big finish." + +Malone nodded wearily. "Onward," he said, and picked up the phone. He +punched a number, spoke a few words and hung up. + +A minute later, the four FBI agents came back, leading a man. This one +was tall and thin, with the expression of a gloomy, degenerate and +slightly nauseated bloodhound. He was led to the chair and he sat down +in it as if he expected the worst to start happening at once. + +"Well," Malone said in a bored, tired voice. "So this is the one who +won't talk." + + +VI + +Midnight. + +Kenneth J. Malone sat at his desk, in his Washington office, +surrounded by piles of papers covering the desk, spilling off onto the +floor and decorating his lap. He was staring at the papers as if he +expected them to leap up, dance round him and shout the solution to +all his problems at him in trained choral voices. They did nothing at +all. + +Seated cross-legged on the rug in the center of the room, and looking +like an impossible combination of the last Henry Tudor and Gautama +Buddha, Thomas Boyd did nothing either. He was staring downward, his +hands folded on his ample lap, wearing an expression of utter, burning +frustration. And on a nearby chair sat the third member of the +company, wearing the calm and patient expression of the gently born +under all vicissitudes: Queen Elizabeth I. + +"All right," Malone said into the silence. "Now let's see what we've +got." + +"I think we've got cerebral paresis," Boyd said. "It's been coming on +for years." + +"Don't be funny," Malone said. + +Boyd gave a short, mirthless bark. "Funny?" he said. "I'm absolutely +hysterical with joy and good humor. I'm out of my mind with +happiness." He paused. "Anyway," he finished, "I'm out of my mind. +Which puts me in good company. The entire FBI, Brubitsch, Borbitsch, +Garbitsch, Dr. Thomas O'Connor and Sir Lewis Carter--we're all out of +our minds. If we weren't, we'd all move away to the Moon." + +"And drink to forget," Malone added. "Sure. But let's try and get some +work done." + +"By all means, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. Boyd had not included +her in his list of insane people, and she looked slightly miffed. It +was hard for Malone to tell whether she was miffed by the mention of +insanity, or at being left out. + +"Let's review the facts," Malone said. "This whole thing started with +some inefficiency in Congress." + +"And some upheavals elsewhere." Boyd said. "Labor unions, gangster +organizations--" + +"Just about all over," Malone said. "And though we've found three +spies, it seems pretty obvious that they aren't causing this." + +"They aren't causing much of anything," Boyd said. "Except a lot of +unbelieving laughter farther up the FBI line. I don't think anybody is +going to believe our reports of those interviews." + +"But they're true," Her Majesty said. + +"Sure they're true," Boyd said. "That's the unbelievable part. They +read like farce--and not very good farce at that." + +"Oh, I don't know," Malone said. "I think they're pretty funny." + +"Shall we get back to the business at hand?" Her Majesty said gently. + +"Ah," Malone said. "Anyhow, it isn't the spies. And what we now have +is confusion even worse compounded." + +"Confounded," Boyd said. "John Milton. 'Paradise Lost.' I heard it +somewhere...." + +"I don't mean confounded," Malone said. "I mean confusion. Anyhow, the +Russian espionage rings in this country seem to be in as bad a state +as the Congress, the labor unions, the Syndicates, and all the rest. +And all of them seem to have some sort of weird tie-in to these +flashes of telepathic interference. Right, Your Majesty?" + +"I ... believe so, Sir Kenneth," she said. The old woman looked tired +and confused. Somehow, a lot of the brightness seemed to have gone out +of her life. "That's right," she said. "I didn't realize there was so +much of it going on. You see, Sir Kenneth, you're the only one I can +pick up at a distance who has been having these flashes. But now that +I'm here in Washington, I can feel it going on all around me." + +"It may not have anything to do with everything else," Boyd said. + +Malone shook his head. "If it doesn't," he said, "it's the weirdest +coincidence I've ever even dreamed about, and my dreams can be pretty +strange. No, it's got to be tied in. There's some kind of mental +static that is somehow making all these people goof up." + +"But why?" Boyd said. "What is it being done for? Just fun?" + +"God only knows," Malone said. "But we're going to have to find out." + +"In that case," Boyd said, "I suggest lots and lots of prayers." + +Her Majesty looked up. "That's a fine idea," she said. + +"But God helps those," Malone said, "who help themselves. And we're +going to help ourselves. Mostly with facts." + +"All right," Boyd said. "So far, all the facts have been a great +help." + +"Well, here's one," Malone said. "We got one flash each from +Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch while we were questioning them. +And in each case, that flash occurred just before they started to blab +everything they knew. Before the flash, they weren't talking. They +were behaving just like good spies and keeping their mouths shut. +After the flash, they couldn't talk fast enough." + +"That's true," Boyd said reflectively. "They did seem to give up +pretty fast, even for amateurs." + +Malone nodded. "So the question is this," he said. "Just what happens +during those crazy bursts of static?" + +He looked expectantly at Her Majesty, but she shook her head sadly. "I +don't know," she said. "I simply don't know. It's just noise to +me--meaningless noise." She put her hands slowly over her face. +"People shouldn't do things like that to their Sovereign," she said in +a muffled voice. + + * * * * * + +Malone got up and went over to her. She wasn't crying, but she wasn't +far from it. He put an arm around her thin shoulders. "Now, look, Your +Majesty," he said in gentle tones, "this will all clear up. We'll find +out what's going on, and we'll find a way to put a stop to it." + +"Sure we will," Boyd said. "After all, Your Majesty, Sir Kenneth and I +will work hard on this." + +"And the Queen's Own FBI," Malone said, "won't stop until we've +finished with this whole affair, once and for all." + +Her Majesty brought her hands down from her face, very slowly. She was +forcing a smile, but it didn't look too well. "I know you won't fail +your Queen," she said. "You two have always been the most loyal of my +subjects." + +"We'll work hard," Malone said. "No matter how long it takes." + +"Because, after all," Boyd said in a musing, thoughtful tone, "it is a +serious crime, you know." + +The words seemed to have an effect on Her Majesty, like a tonic. For a +second her face wore an expression of Royal anger and indignance, and +the accustomed strength flowed back into her aged voice. "You're quite +correct, Sir Thomas!" she said. "The security of the Throne and the +Crown are at stake!" + +Malone blinked. "What?" he said. "Are you two talking about something? +What crime is this?" + +"An extremely serious one," Boyd said in a grave voice. He rose +unsteadily to his feet, planted them firmly on the carpet, and +frowned. + +"Go on," Malone said, fascinated. Her Majesty was watching Boyd with +an intent expression. + +"The crime," Boyd said, "the very serious crime involved, is that of +Threatening the Welfare of the Queen. The criminal has committed the +crime of Causing the Said Sovereign, Baselessly, Reasonlessly and +Without Consent or Let, to Be in a State of Apprehension for Her Life +or Her Well-Being. And this crime--" + +"Aha," Malone said. "I've got it. The crime is--" + +"High treason," Boyd intoned. + +"High treason," Her Majesty said with satisfaction and fire in her +voice. + +"Very high treason," Malone said. "Extremely high." + +"Stratospheric," Boyd agreed. "That is, of course," he added, "if the +perpetrators of this dastardly crime are Her Majesty's subjects." + +"My goodness," the Queen said. "I never thought of that. Suppose +they're not?" + +"Then," Malone said in his most vibrant voice, "it is an Act of War." + +"Steps," Boyd said, "must be taken." + +"We must do our utmost," Malone said. "Sir Thomas--" + +"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" Boyd said. + +"This task requires our most fervent dedication," Malone said. "Please +come with me." + +He went to the desk. Boyd followed him, walking straight-backed and +tall. Malone bent and removed from a drawer of the desk a bottle of +bourbon. He closed the drawer, poured some bourbon into two handy +water glasses from the desk, and capped the bottle. He handed one of +the water glasses to Boyd, and raised the other one aloft. + +"Sir Thomas," Malone said, "I give you--Her Majesty, the Queen!" + +"To the Queen!" Boyd echoed. + +They downed their drinks and turned, as one man, to hurl the glasses +into the wastebasket. + + * * * * * + +In thinking it over later, Malone realized that he hadn't considered +anything about that moment silly at all. Of course, an outsider might +have been slightly surprised at the sequence of events, but Malone was +no outsider. And, after all, it was the proper way to treat a Queen, +wasn't it? + +And-- + +When Malone had first met Her Majesty, he had wondered why, although +she could obviously read minds, and so knew perfectly well that +neither Malone nor Boyd believed she was Queen Elizabeth I, she +insisted on an outward show of respect and dedication. He'd asked her +about it at last, and her reply had been simple, reasonable and to the +point. + +According to her--and Malone didn't doubt it for an instant--most +people simply didn't think their superiors were all they claimed to +be. But they acted as if they did--at least while in the presence of +those superiors. It was a common fiction, a sort of handy oil on the +wheels of social intercourse. + +And all Her Majesty had ever insisted on was the same sort of +treatment. + +"Bless you," she'd said, "I can't help the way you _think_, but, as +Queen, I do have some control over the way you _act_." + +The funny thing, as far as Malone was concerned, was that the two +parts of his personality were becoming more and more alike. He didn't +actually believe that Her Majesty was Queen Elizabeth I, and he hoped +fervently that he never would. But he did have a great deal of respect +for her, and more affection than he had believed possible at first. +She was the grandmother Malone had never known; she was good, and +kind, and he wanted to keep her happy and contented. There had been +nothing at all phony in the solemn toast he had proposed--nor in the +righteous indignation he had felt against anyone who was giving Her +Majesty even a minute's worth of discomfort. + +And Boyd, surprisingly enough, seemed to feel the same way. Malone +felt good about that; Her Majesty needed all the loyal supporters she +could get. + +But all of this was later. At the time, Malone was doing nothing +except what came naturally--nor, apparently, was Boyd. After the +glasses had been thrown, with a terrifying crash, into the metal +wastebasket, and the reverberations of that second had stopped ringing +in their ears, a moment of silence had followed. + +Then Boyd turned, briskly rubbing his hands. "All right," he said. +"Let's get back to work." + +Malone looked at the proud, happy look on Her Majesty's face; he saw +the glimmer of a tear in the corner of each eye. But he gave no +indication that he had noticed anything at all out of the ordinary. + +"Fine," he said. "Now, getting on back to the facts, we've established +something, anyhow. Some agency is causing flashes of telepathic static +all over the place. And those flashes are somehow connected with the +confusion that's going on all around us. Somehow, these flashes have +an effect on the minds of people." + +"And we know at least one manifestation of that effect," Boyd said. +"It makes spies blab all their secrets when they're exposed to it." + +"These three spies, anyhow," Malone said. + +"If 'spies' is the right word," Boyd said. + +"O.K.," Malone said. "And now we've got another obvious question." + +"It seems to me we've got about twelve," Boyd said. + +"I mean: who's doing it?" Malone said. "Who is causing these +telepathic flashes?" + +"Maybe it's just happening," Boyd said. "Out of thin air." + +"Maybe," Malone said. "But let's go on the assumption that there's a +human cause. The other way, we can't do a thing except sit back and +watch the world go to hell." + +Boyd nodded. "It doesn't seem to be the Russians," he said. "Although, +of course, it might be a Red herring." + +"What do you mean?" Malone said. + +"Well," Boyd said, "they might have known we were on to Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch--" He stopped. "You know," he said, "every +time I say that name I have to reassure myself that we're not all +walking around in the world of Florenz Ziegfeld?" + +"Likewise," Malone said. "But go on." + +"Sure," Boyd said. "Anyhow, they might have set the three of them up +as patsies--just in case we stumbled on to this mess. We can't +overlook that possibility." + +"Right," Malone said. "It's faint, but it is a possibility. In other +words, the agency behind the flashes might be Russian, and it might +not be Russian." + +"That clears that up nicely," Boyd said. "Next question?" + + * * * * * + +"The next one," Malone said grimly, "is: what's behind the flashes? +Some sort of psionic power is causing them--that much is obvious." + +"I'll go along with that," Boyd said. "I have to go along with it. But +don't think I like it." + +"Nobody likes it," Malone said. "But let's go on. O'Connor isn't any +help; he washes his hands of the whole business." + +"Lucky man," Boyd said. + +"He says that it can't be happening," Malone said, "and if it is we're +all screwy. Now, right or wrong, that isn't an opinion that gives us +any handle to work with." + +"No," Boyd said reflectively. "A certain amount of comfort, to be +sure, but no handles." + +"Sir Lewis Carter, on the other hand--" Malone said. He fumbled +through some of the piles of paper until he had located the ones the +President of the Psychical Research Society had sent. "Sir Lewis +Carter," he went on, "does seem to be doing some pretty good work. At +least, some of the more modern stuff he sent over looks pretty solid. +They've been doing quite a bit of research into the subject, and their +theories seem to be all right, or nearly all right, to me. Of course, +I'm not an expert--" + +"Who is?" Boyd said. "Except for O'Connor, of course." + +"Well, somebody is," Malone said. "Whoever's doing all this, for +instance. And the theories do seem O.K. In most cases, for instance, +they agree with O'Connor's work--though they're not in complete +agreement." + +"I should think so," Boyd said. "O'Connor wouldn't recognize an Astral +Plane if TWA were putting them into service." + +"I don't mean that sort of thing," Malone said. "There's lots about +astral bodies and ghosts, ectoplasm, Transcendental Yoga, theosophy, +deros, the Great Pyramid, Atlantis, and other such pediculous pets. +That's just silly, as far as I can see. But what they have to say +about parapsychology and psionics as such does seem to be reasonably +accurate." + +"I suppose so," Boyd said tiredly. + +"O.K., then," Malone said. "Did anybody notice anything in that pile +of stuff that might conceivably have any bearing whatever on our +problems?" + +"I did," Boyd said. "Or I think I did." + +"You both did," Her Majesty said. "And so did I, when I looked through +it. But I didn't bother with it. I dismissed it." + +"Why?" Malone said. + +"Because I don't think it's true," she said. "However, my opinion is +really only an opinion." She smiled around at the others. + +Malone picked up a thick sheaf of papers from one of the piles of his +desk. "Let's get straight what it is we're talking about," he said. +"All right?" + +"Anything's all right with me," Boyd said. "I'm easy to please." + +Malone nodded. "Now, this writer ... what's his name?" he said. He +glanced at the copy of the cover page. "'Minds and Morons'," he read. +"By Cartier Taylor." + +"Great title," Boyd said. "Does he say which is which?" + +"Let's get back to serious business," Malone said, giving Boyd a +single look. There was silence for a second, and then Malone said: "He +mentions something, in the book, that he calls 'telepathic +projection.' As far as I understand what he's talking about, that's +some method of forcing your thoughts on another person." He glanced +over at the Queen. "Now, Your Majesty," he said, "you don't think it's +true--and that may only be an opinion, but it's a pretty informed one. +It seems to me as if Taylor makes a good case for this 'telepathic +projection' of his. Why don't you think so?" + +"Because," Her Majesty said flatly, "it doesn't work." + +"You've tried it?" Boyd put in. + +"I have," she said. "And I have had no success with it at all. It's a +complete failure." + + * * * * * + +"Now, wait a minute," Boyd said. "Just a minute." + +"What's the matter?" Malone said. "Have you tried it, and made it +work?" + +Boyd snorted. "Fat chance," he said. "I just want to look at the +thing, that's all." He held out his hand, and Malone gave him the +sheaf of papers. Boyd leafed through them slowly, stopping every now +and again to consult a page, until he found what he was looking for. +"There," he said. + +"There, what?" Malone said. + +"Listen to this," Boyd said. "'For those who draw the line at demonic +possession, I suggest trying telepathic projection. Apparently, it is +possible to project one's own thoughts directly into the mind of +another--even to the point of taking control of the other's mind. +Hypnotism? You tell me, and we'll both know. Ever since the orthodox +scientists have come around to accepting hypnotism, I've been chary of +it. Maybe there really is an astral body or a soul that a person has +stashed about him somewhere--something that he can send out to take +control of another human being. But I, personally, prefer the +telepathic projection theory. All you have to do is squirt your +thoughts across space and spray them all over the fellow's brain. +Presto-bingo, he does pretty much what you want him to do.'" + +"That's the quote I was thinking of," Malone said. + +"Of course it is," Her Majesty said. "But it really doesn't work. I've +tried it." + +"How have you tried it?" Malone said. + +"There were many times, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "when I wanted +someone to do something particular--for me, or for some other person. +After all, you must remember that I was in a hospital for a long +time. Of course, that represents only a short segment of my life span, +but it seemed long to me." + +Malone, who was trying to view the years from age fifteen to age +sixty-odd as a short segment of anybody's lifetime, remembered with a +shock that this was not Rose Thompson speaking. It was Queen Elizabeth +I, who had never died. + +"That's right, Sir Kenneth," she said kindly. "And in that hospital, +there were a number of times when I wanted one of the doctors or +nurses to do what I wanted them to. I tried many times, but I never +succeeded." + +Boyd nodded his head. "Well--" he began. + +"Oh, yes, Sir Thomas," Her Majesty said. "What you're thinking is +certainly possible. It may even be true." + +"What _is_ he thinking?" Malone said. + +"He thinks," Her Majesty said, "that I may not have the talent for +this particular effect--and perhaps I don't. But, talent or not, I +know what's possible and what isn't. And the way Mr. Taylor describes +it is simply silly, that's all. And unladylike. Imagine any +self-respecting lady 'squirting' her thoughts about in space!" + +"Well," Malone said carefully, "aside from its being unladylike--" + +"Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you are not telepathic. Neither is +Sir Thomas." + +"I'm nothing," Boyd said. "I don't even exist." + +"And it is very difficult to explain to the nontelepath just what Mr. +Taylor is implying," Her Majesty went on imperturbably. "Before you +could inject any thoughts into anyone else's mind, you'd have to be +able to see into that mind. Is that correct?" + +[Illustration] + +"I guess so," Malone said. + +"And in order to do that, you'd have to be telepathic," Her Majesty +said. "Am I correct?" + +"Correct," Malone said. + +"Well, then," Her Majesty said with satisfaction, and beamed at him. + +A second passed. + +"Well, then, what?" Malone said in confusion. + +"Telepathy," Her Majesty said patiently, "is an extremely complex +affair. It involves a sort of meshing with the mind of this other +person. It has nothing--absolutely nothing--in common with this simple +'squirting' of thoughts across space, as if they were orange pips you +were trying to put into a wastebasket. No, Sir Kenneth, I cannot +believe in what Mr. Taylor says." + +"But it's still possible," Malone said. + +"Oh," Her Majesty said, "it's certainly possible. But I should think +that if any telepaths were around, and if they were changing people's +minds by 'squirting' at them, I would know it." + +Malone frowned. "Maybe you would at that," he said. "I guess you +would." + +"Not to mention," Boyd put in, "that if you were going to control +everything we've come across like that you'd need an awful lot of +telepathic operators." + +"That's true," Malone admitted. "And the objections seem to make some +sense. But what else is there to go on?" + +"I don't know," Boyd said. "I haven't the faintest idea. And I'm +rapidly approaching the stage where I don't care." + +"Well," Malone said, heaving a sigh, "let's keep looking." + +He bent down and picked up another sheaf of copies from the Psychical +Research Society. + +"After all," he said, without much hope, "you never know." + + +VII + +Malone looked around the office of Andrew J. Burris as if he'd never +seen it before. He felt tired, and worn out, and depressed; it had +been a long night, and here it was morning and the head of the FBI was +talking to him about his report. It was, Malone told himself heavily, +a hell of a life. + +"Now, Malone," Burris said in a kindly voice, "this is a very +interesting report." + +"Yes, sir," Malone said automatically. + +"A very interesting report indeed, Kenneth," Burris went on, +positively bursting with good-fellowship. + +"Thank you, sir," Malone said dully. + +Burris beamed a little more. "You've done a fine job," he said, "a +really fine job. Hardly on the job any time at all, and here you've +managed to get all three of the culprits responsible." + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said in sudden panic. "That isn't what I +said." + +"No?" Burris said, looking a little surprised. + +"Not at all," Malone said. "I don't think those three spies have +anything to do with this at all. Not a thing." + +There was a brief silence, during which Burris' surprise seemed to +expand like a gas and fill the room. "But they've confessed," he said +at last. "Their job was to try and get information, and also to +disrupt our own work here." + +"I know all that," Malone said. "But--" + +Burris held up a pink, patient hand. Malone stared at it, fascinated. +It had five pink, patient fingers on it. "Malone," Burris said slowly, +"just what's bothering you? Don't you think those men _are_ spies? Is +that it?" + +"Spies?" Malone said, slightly confused. + +"You know," Burris said. "The men you arrested, Malone. The men you +wrote this report about." + +Malone blinked and focused on the hand again. It still had five +fingers. "Sure they are," he said. "They're spies, all right. And +they're caught, and that's that. Except I don't think they're causing +all the confusion around here." + +"Well, of course they're not," Burris said, the beam of kindliness +coming back to his face. "Not any more. You caught them." + +"I mean," Malone said desperately, "they never were. Even before I +caught them." + +"Then why," Burris said with great patience, "did you arrest them?" + +"Because they're spies," Malone said. "Besides, I didn't." + +"Didn't what?" Burris said, looking confused. He seemed to realize he +was still holding up his hand, and dropped it to the desk. Malone felt +sad as he watched it go. Now he had nothing to concentrate on except +the conversation, and he didn't even want to think about what was +happening to that. + +"Didn't arrest them," he said. "Tom Boyd did." + +"Acting," Burris pointed out gently, "under your orders, Kenneth." + +It was the second time Burris had called him Kenneth, Malone realized. +It started a small warning bell in the back of his mind. When Burris +called him by his first name, Burris was feeling paternal and kindly. +And that, Malone thought determinedly, boded Kenneth J. Malone very +little good indeed. + +"He was under my orders to arrest them because they were spies," he +said at last. He wondered if the sentence made any real sense, but +shrugged his shoulders and plunged on. "But they're not the real +spies," he said. "Not the ones everybody's been looking for." + +"Kenneth," Burris said, his voice positively dripping with what Malone +thought of as the heavy, Grade A, Government-inspected cream of human +kindness, "all the confusion with the computer-secretaries has +stopped. Everything is running fine in that department." + +"But--" Malone began. + +"The technicians," Burris said, hypnotized by this poem of beauty, +"aren't making any more mistakes. The information is flowing through +beautifully. It's a pleasure to see their reports. Believe me, +Kenneth--" + +"Call me Chief," Malone said wearily. + +Burris blinked. "What?" he said. "Oh. Ha. Indeed. Very well, then: +Malone, what more proof do you want?" + +"Is that proof?" Malone said. "The spies didn't even confess to that. +They--" + +"Of course they didn't, Malone," Burris said. + +"Of course?" Malone said weakly. + +"Look at their confessions," Burris said. "Just look at them, in black +and white." He reached for a sheaf of papers and pushed them across +the desk. Malone looked at them. They were indeed, he told himself, in +black and white. There was no arguing with that. None at all. + + * * * * * + +"Well?" Burris said after a second. + +"I don't see anything about computer-secretaries," Malone said. + +"The Russians," Burris began slowly, "are not stupid, Malone. You +believe that, don't you?" + +"Of course I believe it," Malone said. "Otherwise we wouldn't need an +FBI." + +Burris frowned. "There are still domestic cases," he said. "Like +juvenile delinquents stealing cars inter-state, for instance. If you +remember." He paused, then went on: "But the fact remains: Russians +are not stupid. Not by a long shot." + +"All right," Malone said agreeably. + +"Do you really think, then," Burris said instantly, "that a spy ring +could be as utterly inefficient as the one described in those +confessions?" + +"Lots of people are inefficient," Malone said. + +"Not spies," Burris said with decision. "Do you really believe that +the Russians would send over a bunch of operatives as clodheaded as +these are pretending to be?" + +"People make mistakes," Malone said weakly. + +"Russian spies," Burris said, "do not make mistakes. Or, anyhow, we +can't depend on it. We have to depend on the fact that they're +operating at peak efficiency, Malone. Peak." + +Malone nearly asked: "Where?" but controlled himself at the last +minute. Instead, he said: "But the confessions are right there. And, +according to the confessions--" + +"Do you really believe," Burris said, "that a trio of Soviet agents +would confess everything as easily as all that if they didn't intend +to get something out of it? Such as, for instance, covering up their +methods of doing damage? And do you really believe--" + +Malone began to feel as if he were involved in the Athanasian Creed. +"I don't think the spies are the real spies," he said stubbornly. "I +mean the spies we're all looking for." + +"Do you mean to stand there and tell me," Burris went on inexorably, +"that you take the word of spies when they tell you about their own +activities?" + +"Their confessions--" + +"Spies can lie, Malone," Burris said gently. "As a matter of fact, +they usually do. We have come to depend on it as one of the facts of +life." + +"But Queen Elizabeth," Malone said stubbornly, "told me they weren't +lying." As he finished the sentence, he suddenly realized what it +sounded like. "You know Queen Elizabeth," he said chummily. + +"The Virgin Queen," Burris said helpfully. + +"I wouldn't know," Malone said, feeling uncomfortable. "I mean Rose +Thompson. She thinks she's Queen Elizabeth and I just said it that way +because--" + +"It's all right, Malone," Burris said softly. "I know who you mean." + +"Well, then," Malone said. "If Queen Elizabeth says the spies aren't +lying, then--" + +"Then nothing," Burris said flatly. "Miss Rose Thompson is a nice, +sweet, little old lady. I admit that." + +"And she's been a lot of help," Malone said. + +"I admit that, too," Burris said. "But she is also somewhat battier, +Malone, than the entire Order Chiroptera, including Count Dracula and +all his happy friends." + +"She only thinks she's Queen Elizabeth I," Malone said defensively. + +"That," Burris said, "is a large sort of _only_. Malone, you've got to +look at the facts sensibly. Square in the face." + +Malone pictured a lot of facts going by with square faces. He didn't +like the picture. "All right," he said. + +"Things are going wrong in the Congressional computer-secretaries," +Burris said. "So I assign you to the case. You come back to me with +three spies, and the trouble stops. And what other information have +you got?" + +"Plenty," Malone said, and stopped for thought. There was a long +pause. + +"All this business about mysterious psionic faculties," Burris said, +"comes direct from the testimony of that sweet little old twitch. +Which she is. Dr. O'Connor, for instance, has told you in so many +words that there's no such thing as this mysterious force. And if you +don't want to take the word of the nation's foremost authority, +there's this character from the Psychical Research Society--Carter, or +whatever his name is. Carter told you he'd never heard of such a +thing." + +"But that doesn't mean there isn't such a thing," Malone said. + +"Even your own star witness," Burris said, "even the Queen herself, +told you it couldn't be done." + +"Nevertheless--" Malone began. But he felt puzzled. There was no way, +he decided, to finish a sentence that started with _nevertheless_. It +was the wrong kind of word. + +"What are you trying to do?" Burris said. "Beat your head against a +stone wall?" + +Malone realized that that was just what he felt like. Of course, +Burris thought the stone wall was his psionic theory. Malone knew that +the stone wall was Andrew J. Burris. But it didn't matter, he thought +confusedly. Where there's a stone, there's a way. + +"I feel," he said carefully, "like a man with a stone head." + +"And I don't blame you," Burris said in an understanding tone. "Here +you are trying to make evidence to fit your theories. What real +evidence is there, Malone, that these three spies ... these three +comic-opera spies--are innocent?" + +"What evidence is there that they're guilty?" Malone said. "Now, +listen, Chief--" + +"Don't call me Chief," Burris murmured. + +"Another five minutes," Malone said in a sudden rage, "and I won't +even call you." + +"Malone!" Burris said. + +Malone swallowed hard. "Sorry," he said at last. "But isn't it just +barely possible that these three spies aren't the real criminals? +Suppose you were a spy." + +"All right," Burris said. "I'm a spy." Something in his tone made +Malone look at him with a sudden suspicion. Burris, he thought, was +humoring him. + +Is it possible, Malone asked himself, that _I_ am the one who is as a +little child? + +Little children, he told himself with decision, do not capture Russian +spies and then argue about it. They go home, eat supper and go to bed. + + * * * * * + +He stopped thinking about sleep in a hurry, and got back to the +business at hand. "If you were a spy," he said, "and you knew that a +lot of other spies had been arrested and charged with the crimes you +were committing, what would you do?" + +Burris appeared to think deeply. "I would celebrate," he said at last, +in a judicious tone. + +"I mean, would you just go on with the same crimes?" Malone said. + +"What are you talking about, Malone?" Burris said cautiously. + +"If you knew we'd arrested Brubitsch, Borbitsch and Garbitsch," Malone +went on doggedly, "you'd lay off for a while, just to make us think +we'd caught the right men. Doesn't that make sense?" + +"Of course it makes sense," Burris said in what was almost a pitying +tone. "But don't push it too far. Malone, I want you to know +something." + +Malone sighed. "Yes, sir?" he said. + +"Contrary to popular opinion," Burris said, "I was not appointed +Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation just because I own a +Hoover vacuum cleaner." + +"Of course not," Malone said, feeling that something of the sort was +called for. + +"And I think you ought to know by now," Burris went on, "that I +wouldn't fall for a trick like that any more than you would. There are +obviously more members in this spy ring. Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch are just a start." + +"Well, then--" Malone began. + +"_I'm_ not going to be taken in by what these three say," Burris said. +"But now, Malone, we know what to look for. All we have to do is +pretend to be taken in. Get it?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "We pretend to be taken in. And in the meantime I +can go on looking for--" + +"We don't have to look for anything," Burris said calmly. + +Malone took a deep breath. Somehow, he told himself, things were not +working out very well. "But the other spies--" + +"The next time they try anything," Burris said, "we'll be able to +reach out and pick them up as easy as falling off a log." + +"It's the wrong log!" Malone said. + +Burris folded his hands on the desk and looked at them for a second, +frowning slightly like a psychiatrist. "Malone," he said at last, "I +want you to listen to me. Calmly. Coolly. Collectedly." + +Malone shrugged. "All right," he said. "I'm calm and cool." + +"And collected," Burris added. + +"That, too," Malone said vaguely. + +"Malone," Burris began, "you've got to get rid of this idea that +everything the FBI investigates these days is somehow linked with +psionics. I know you've done a lot of work in that connection--" + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "There are those errors. How did +the technicians feed the wrong data into the machines?" + +"Errors do happen," Burris said. "If I slip on a banana peel, do I +blame psionics? Do I even blame the United Fruit Growers? I do not, +Malone. Instead, I tell myself that errors do happen. All the time." + +"Now," Malone said, "you've contradicted yourself." + +"I have?" Burris said with a look of complete surprise. + +"Sure," Malone said. He leaned forward across the desk. "If the errors +were just ordinary accidental errors, then how were the spies +responsible? And why did they stop after the spies were arrested? When +you slip on a banana peel, does it matter whether or not the United +Fruit Growers are out on strike?" + +"Oh," Burris said. + +"You see?" Malone said. "You've gone and contradicted yourself." He +felt victorious, but somewhere in the back of his mind was the +horrible sensation that someone was about to come up behind him and +hit him on the head with a wet sock full of old sand. + +A long second passed. Then Burris said: "Oh. Malone, I forgot to give +you the analysis report." + +That, Malone realized dimly, was supposed to be the wet sock. Fate, he +told himself, was against him. Anyhow, something was against him. It +was a few seconds before he came to the conclusion that what he had +heard didn't really make any sense. "Analysis report?" he said. + +"On the water cooler," Burris explained cheerfully. + +"There is an analysis report on a water cooler," Malone said. +"Everything now becomes as clear as crystal." He heard his voice begin +to rise. "You analyzed a water cooler and discovered that it was a +Siberian spy in disguise," he said, trying to make himself sound less +hysterical. + +"No, no," Burris said, pushing at Malone with his palms. "The water in +it, Malone. The water in it." + +"No Siberian spy," Malone said with decision, "could disguise himself +as the water in a water cooler." + +"I didn't say that," Burris went on. "But what do you think was in +that water cooler, Malone?" + +"Water," Malone said. "_Cool_ water." + +"Congratulations," Burris said, in the hearty tones usually reserved +for announcers on programs where housewives win trips to Nome. "You +are just a shade less than ninety-nine point nine nine per cent +correct." + +"The rest of the water," Malone hazarded, "was warm?" + +"The rest of the water," Burris said, "wasn't water. Aside from the +usual minerals, there was also a trace of one of the psychodrugs." + + * * * * * + +The word seemed to hang in mid-air, like somebody's sword. Malone knew +perfectly well what the psychodrugs were. Over the past twenty years, +a great number of them had been developed by confused and anxious +researchers. Some were solids, some liquids and a few gaseous at +normal temperatures. Some were weak and some were highly potent. Some +were relatively innocuous, and quite a few were as deadly as any of +the more common poisons. They could be administered by mouth, by +injection, by spray, as drops, grains, whiffs or in any other way +conceivable to medical science. But they all had one thing in common. +They affected the mental functioning--what seemed to be the +personality itself--of the person dosed with them. + +The effect of the drugs was, in most cases, highly specific. One might +make a normally brave man a craven coward; laboratory tests on that +one had presented the interesting spectacle of terrified cats running +from surprised, but by no means displeased, experimental mice. Another +drug reversed this picture, and made the experimental mice mad with +power. They attacked cats in battalions or singly, cheering and almost +waving large flags as they went over the top, completely foolhardy in +the presence of any danger whatever. Others made man abnormally +suspicious and still others disassociated judgment to the point where +all decisions were made completely at random. + +The FBI had a large file on psychodrugs, Malone knew. But he didn't +need the file to see what was coming. He asked the question anyhow, +just for the record: "What particular psychodrug was this one?" + +"One of the judgment-warpers," Burris said. "Haenlingen's Mixture; +it's more or less a new development, but the Russians probably know as +much about it as we do. In large doses, the drug affects even the +automatic nervous system and throws the involuntary functions out of +whack; but it isn't usually used in killing amounts." + +"And in the water cooler?" Malone asked. + +"There wasn't much of it," Burris said, "but there was enough. The +technicians could be depended on to make a great many more mistakes +than usual--just how many we can't determine, but the order of +magnitude seems about right. It would depend on how much water each +one of them drank, of course, and we haven't a chance of getting +anything like a precise determination of that now." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But it comes out about right, doesn't it?" He felt +hopeless. + +"Just about," Burris said cheerfully. "And since it was Brubitsch's +job to change the cooler jug--" + +"Wait a minute," Malone said. "I think I see a hole in that." + +"Really?" Burris said. He frowned slightly. + +Malone nodded. "Sure," he said. "If any of the spies drank the +water--their judgment would be warped, too, wouldn't it?" + +"So they didn't drink the water," Burris said easily. + +"How can we be sure?" Malone asked. + +Burris shrugged. "Why do we have to be?" he said. "Malone, you've got +to stop pressing so hard on this." + +"But a man who didn't drink water all day would be a little +conspicuous," Malone said. "After a while, anyhow." + +Burris sighed. "The man is a janitor, Kenneth," he said. "Do you know +what a janitor is?" + +"Don't baby me," Malone snapped. + +Burris shrugged. "A janitor doesn't work in the office with the men," +he said. "He can drink out of a faucet in the broom closet--or +wherever the faucets might be. Nobody would notice. Nobody would think +it odd." + +Malone said: "But--" and stopped and thought it over. "All right," he +went on at last. "But I still insist--" + +"Now, Kenneth," Burris said in a voice that dripped oil. "I'll admit +that psionics is new and wonderful and you've done a lot of fine work +with it. A lot of very fine work indeed. But you can't go around +blaming everything on psionics no matter what it is or how much sense +it makes." + +"I don't," Malone said, injured. "But--" + +"But you do," Burris said. "Lately, you've been acting as though magic +were loose in the world. As though nothing were dependable any more." + +"It's not magic," Malone said. + +"But it is," Burris told him, "when you use it as an explanation for +anything and everything." He paused, "Kenneth," he said in a more +kindly tone, "don't think I blame you. I know how hard you've been +working. I know how much time and effort you've put into the gallant +fight against this country's enemies." + +Malone closed his eyes and turned slightly green. "It was nothing," he +said at last. He opened his eyes but nothing had changed. Burris' +expression was still kindly and concerned. + +"Oh, but it was," Burris said. "Something, I mean. You've been working +very hard and you're just not at peak efficiency any more. You need a +rest, Kenneth. A nice rest." + +"I do not," Malone said indignantly. + +"A lovely rest," Burris went on, oblivious. "Somewhere peaceful and +quiet, where you can just sit around and think peacefully about +peaceful things. Oh, it ought to be wonderful for you, Kenneth. A +nice, peaceful, lovely, wonderful vacation." + +Through the haze of adjectives, Malone remembered dimly the last time +Burris had offered him a vacation in that tone of voice. It had turned +out to be one of the toughest cases he'd ever had: the case of the +teleporting delinquents. + +[Illustration] + +"Nice?" Malone said. "Peaceful? Lovely? Wonderful? I can see it now." + +"What do you mean, Malone?" Burris said. + +"What am I going to get?" Malone said. "A nice easy job like arresting +all the suspected nose-pickers in Mobile, Alabama?" + +Burris choked and recovered quickly. "No," he said. "No, no, no. I +mean it. You've earned a vacation, Kenneth, a real vacation. A nice, +peaceful--" + +"Lovely, wonderful vacation," Malone said. "But--" + +"You're one of my best agents," Burris said. "I might almost say +you're my top man. My very top man. And because of that I've been +overworking you." + +"But--" + +"Now, now," Burris said, waving a hand vaguely. "I have been +overworking you, Kenneth, and I'm sorry. I want to make amends." + +"A what?" Malone said, feeling confused again. + +"Amends," Burris said. "I want to do something for you." + +Malone thought about that for a second. Burris was well-meaning, all +right, but from the way the conversation was going it looked very much +as if "vacation" weren't going to be the right word. + +The right word, he thought dismally, was going to be "rest home." Or +possibly even "insane asylum." + +"I don't want to stop work," he said grimly. "Really, I don't." + +"You'll have lots of time to yourself," Burns said in a wheedling +tone. + +Malone nodded. "Sure I will," he said. "Until they come and put me in +a wet pack." + +Burris blinked, but recovered gamely. "You don't have to go swimming," +he said, "if you don't want to go swimming. Up in the mountains, for +instance--" + +"Where there are nice big guards to watch everything," Malone said. +"And nuts." + +"Guides," Burris said. "But you could just sit around and take things +easy." + +"All locked up," Malone said. "Sure. I'll love it." + +"If you want to go out," Burris said, "you can go out. Anywhere. Just +do whatever you feel like doing." + +Malone sighed. "O.K.," he said. "When do the men in the white coats +arrive?" + +"White coats?" Burris said. There was a short silence. "Kenneth," he +said, "don't suspect me of trying to do anything to you. This is my +way of doing you a favor. It would just be a vacation--going anywhere +you want to go, doing anything you want to do." + +"Avacado," Malone muttered at random. + +Burris stared. "What?" + +"Nothing," Malone said shamefacedly. "An old song. It runs through my +mind. And when you said that about going where I want to go--" + +"An old song with avacados in it?" Burris said. + +Malone cleared his throat and burst into shy and slightly hoarse song. + +"Avacado go where you go," he piped feebly, "do what you do--" + +"Oh," Burris said. "Oh, my." + +"Sorry," Malone muttered. He took a breath and waited. A second +passed. + +"Well, Kenneth," Burris said at last, with an attempt at heartiness, +"you can do anything you like. The mountains. The seashore. Hawaii. +The Riviera. Just go and forget all about gangsters, spies, +counter-espionage, kidnapings, mad telepaths, juvenile teleports and +anything else like that." + +"You forgot water coolers," Malone said. + +Burris nodded. "And water coolers," he said, "by all means. Forget +about FBI business. Forget about me. Just relax." + +It did sound appealing, Malone told himself. But there was a case to +finish, and he was sure Burris was finishing it wrong. He wanted to +argue about it some more, but he was fresh out of arguments. + +And besides, the idea of being able to forget all about Andrew J. +Burris for a little while was almost insidious. Malone liked it more +the more he thought about it. Burris went on naming vacation spots and +drawing magnificent travel-agency pictures of how wonderful life could +be, and after a while Malone left. There just wasn't anything else to +say. Burris had given him an order for his vacation pay and another +guaranteeing travel expenses. Not, he thought glumly, that he would be +expected to buy return tickets. Oh, no. Once he'd been to a place he +could teleport back, so there would be no point in taking a plane or +a train back from wherever he went. + +"And suppose I like planes and trains?" he muttered, going on down the +hall. But there was nothing he could do about it. He did think of +looking for some sympathy, at least, but he couldn't even get much of +that. Tom Boyd had apparently already talked to Burris, and was in +full agreement with him. + +"After all," Boyd said, "there's the drug in the water--and it looks +like pretty solid proof to me, Ken." + +"It's not proof of anything," Malone said sourly. + +"Sure it is," Boyd said. "Why would anybody put it there otherwise?" + +Malone shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I'm not surprised you like +Burris' theory. Psionics never did make you very happy, did it?" + +"Not very," Boyd admitted. "This way, anyhow, I've got something I can +cope with. And it makes nice, simple sense. No reason to go and +complicate it, Ken. None at all." + + * * * * * + +Glumly, Malone made his farewells and then teleported himself from the +Justice Department Building back to his own apartment. There, slowly +and sadly, he began to pack. He hadn't yet decided just where he _was_ +going, but that was a minor detail. The important thing was that he +was going. If the Director of the FBI tells you that you need a rest +cure, Malone thought, you do not argue with him. Argument may result +in your vacation being extended indefinitely. And that is not a good +thing. + +Of course, such a "vacation" wouldn't be the end of the world. Not +quite. He could even beat Burris to the gun, hand in his resignation +and go into private practice as a lawyer. The name of Malone, he told +himself proudly, had not been entirely forgotten in Chicago, by any +means. But he didn't feel happy about the idea. He knew, perfectly +well, that he didn't want to live by trading on his father's +reputation. And besides, he _liked_ being an FBI agent. It had +glamour. It had standing. + +It had everything. It even had trouble. + +Malone caught his whirling mind and forced it back to a landing. +Where, he asked himself, was he going? + +He thought about that for a second. Perhaps, as Burris had apparently +suspected, he was going nuts. When he considered it, it even sounded +like a good possibility. + +After all, what evidence _did_ he have for his psionic theory? Her +Majesty had told him about those peculiar bursts of metal energy, +true. But there wasn't anything else. And, come to think of it, wasn't +it possible that Her Majesty had slipped just a little off the trolley +of her one-track psychosis? + +At that thought a quick wave of guilt swept through him. Her Majesty, +after all, might be reading his mind from Yucca Flats, where she had +returned the previous night, right at that moment. He felt as if he +had committed high, middle and low treason all in one great big +package, not to mention Jack and the Game, he added disconsolately. + +"Nevertheless," he muttered, and stopped. He blinked and started over +again. In spite of all that, he told himself, the Burris Theory +certainly looked a lot sounder when you considered it objectively. + +The big question was whether or not he _wanted_ to consider it +objectively. But he put this aside for the future, and continued +packing slowly and carefully. When at last he snapped shut the last +suitcase, he still hadn't made up his mind as to the best spot for a +vacation. Images tumbled through his brain: mountains, seacoasts, +beaches, beautiful native girls and even a few insane asylums. But +nothing definite appeared. He sat down in his favorite easychair, +found a cigar and lit it, and luxuriated in the soothing fumes while +his mind began to wander. + +Her Majesty, he was quite certain, wouldn't lie purposely. Granted, +she had misled him now and again, but even when she felt misleading +necessary she hadn't lied; she had merely juggled the truth a little. +And Malone was sure she would continue to tell him the truth as she +knew it. + +Of course, that was the stopper: _as she knew it_. And she might have +developed another delusion. In which case, he thought sadly, Burris +was very probably right. + +But she might also be telling the actual truth. And that meant, Malone +thought, that little pops of energy were occasionally bursting in +various minds. These little pops had an effect, or an apparent effect: +they made people change their minds about doing one thing or another. + +And that meant--Malone stopped, his cigar halfway to his mouth. + +_Wasn't it possible that just such a burst of energy had made Burris +call him off the case?_ + +It seemed like a long time before the cigar reached his mouth. Malone +felt slightly appalled. The flashes that had been going on in his own +mind had already been bothering him, and he'd decided that he'd have +to check every decision he made to be sure that it was not capricious; +now he made a resolve that he'd kept his mental faculties on a +perpetual watch for that sort of interference. Of course, it was more +than barely possible that he wouldn't notice it if anything happened. +But it would be pretty stupid to succumb to that sort of defeatism +now, he told himself grimly. + +Now that everything was narrowing down so nicely, anyhow, he thought. +There were only two real possibilities. Malone numbered them in his +mind: + +1. Her Majesty has developed a new delusion. In this case, he thought, +Burris was perfectly right. I can enjoy a month of free vacation. + +2. Her Majesty is no nuttier than before. If this is the case, he +thought, then there's more to the case than has appeared, and Kenneth +J. Malone, with or without the FBI, is going to get to the bottom of +it. + +Therefore, he summed up, everything now hinged on whether or not Her +Majesty was unhinged. + +That was confusing, but he managed to straighten it out after a +second. He put his half-smoked cigar carefully in an ashtray and stood +up. He went over to the phone and dialed the special unlisted number +of the FBI. + +The face that appeared was faintly sallow and looked sad. "Pelham +here," it said in the tones of a discouraged horse. + +"Hello, Pelham," Malone said. "Kenneth Malone here." + +"Trouble?" Pelham said. It was obvious that he expected trouble, and +always had, and probably always would. + +"Nope," Malone said. Pelham looked even sadder. "Just checking out for +vacation. You can tell the Chief I'm going to take off for Las Vegas. +I'm taking his advice, tell him; I'm going to carouse and throw my +money away and look at dancing girls and smoke and drink and stay out +late. I'll let the local office know where I'm staying when I get +there, just in case something comes up." + +"O.K.," Pelham said unhappily. "I'll check you out." He tried a smile, +but it looked more like the blank expression on the face of a local +corpse. "Have fun," he said. + +"Thanks," Malone said. "I'll try." + +But his precognitive sense suddenly rose up on its hind legs as he +broke the connection. The attempt to have fun, it told him in no +uncertain terms, was going to be a morbid failure. + +"Nevertheless," Malone muttered, heaved a great sigh, and started for +the suitcase and the door. + + +VIII + +The Great Universal was not the tops in every field. Not by a long +shot. As Las Vegas resorts went, as a matter of fact, almost any of +them could outdo the Great Universal in one respect or another. The +Golden Palace, for instance, had much gaudier gaming rooms. The +Moonbeam had a louder orchestra. The Barbary Coast and the Ringing +Welkin both had more slot machines, and it was undeniable that the +Flower of the West had fatter and pinker dancing girls. The Red Hot, +the Last Fling and the Double Star all boasted more waiters and more +famous guests per square foot of breathable air. + +But the Great Universal, in sheer size, volume of business and +elegance of surroundings, outdid any three of the others combined. It +stood grandly alone at the edge of the Strip, the grandiloquent Las +Vegas version of Broadway or Hollywood Boulevard. It had a central +Tower that climbed thirty stories into the clean desert air, and the +Tower was surrounded by a quarter of a square mile of single-level +structures. At the base, the building spread out for five hundred feet +in every direction, and beyond that were the clusters of individual +cabins interlaced by walks, small parks, an occasional pool, and a few +little groves of trees "for privacy and the feeling of oneness with +Nature," the brochure said. But the brochure didn't even do justice to +the place. Nothing could have except the popping eyes of the thousand +of tourists who saw the Great Universal every month. And they were +usually in no condition to sit down and talk calmly about it. + +Around the entire collection of buildings rose a wall that fitted the +architectural style of the place perfectly. A Hollywood writer out for +a three-day bender had called it "Futuristic Mediaeval," since it +seemed to be a set-designer's notion of Camelot combined with a +Twenty-fifth Century city as imagined by Frank R. Paul. It had +Egyptian designs on it, but no one knew exactly why. On the other +hand, of course, there was no real reason why not. + +That was not the only decoration. Emblazoned on the Tower, in huge +letters of evershifting color, was a glowing sign larger than the eye +could believe. The sign proclaimed through daylight and the darkest +night: Great Universal Hotel. Malone had no doubts about it. + +There was a running argument as to whether or not the Great Universal +was actually on the Strip. Certainly the original extent of the Strip +didn't include it. But the Strip itself had been spreading Westward at +a slow but steady pace for two decades, and the only imaginable +stopping-point was the California border. + +Malone had taken a taxi from the airfield, and had supplied himself +with silver dollars there. He gave the cabbie one of them and added +another when the man's expression showed real pain. Still unhappy but +looking a little less like a figure out of the Great Depression, the +cabbie gunned his machine away, leaving Malone standing in the carport +surrounded by suitcases and bags of all sizes and weights. + +A robot redcap came gliding along. Inevitably, it was gilded, and +looked absolutely brand new. Behind it, a chunky little man with +bright eyes waved at Malone. "Reserved here?" he said. + +"That's right," Malone said. "The name is Malone." + +The redcap's escort shrugged. "I don't care if the name is Jack the +Ripper," he said. "Just reservations, that's all I care." + +Malone watched the luggage being stowed away, and followed after the +redcap and its escort with mixed feelings. Las Vegas glittered like +mad, but the two inhabitants he had met so far seemed a little dim. +However, he told himself, better things might turn up. + +Better things did, almost immediately. In the great lobby of the +Tower, guests were lounging about in little groups. Many of the guests +were dressed in tuxedos, others in sport shirts and slacks. Quite a +number were wearing dresses, skirt-and-blouse combinations or evening +gowns, and Malone paid most of his attention to these. + +New York, Washington and even Chicago had nothing to match them, he +thought dazedly. They were magnificent, and almost frightening in +their absolute beauty. Malone however, was not easily daunted. He +followed a snappily-dressed bellman to the registration desk while his +robot purred gently after him. First things first, he thought--but +making friends with the other guests definitely came up number two. Or +three, anyhow, he amended sadly. + +He signed his own name to the register, but didn't add: "Federal +Bureau of Investigation" after it. After all, he thought, he was there +unofficially. And even though gambling was perfectly legal in Nevada, +the thought of the FBI still made many of the club owners just the +least little bit nervous. Instead, Malone gave a Chicago firm as his +business address--one which the FBI used as a cover for just such +purposes. + +The clerk looked at him politely and blankly. "A room in the Tower, +sir?" he said. + +Malone shook his head. "Ground floor," he said. "But not too far from +the Tower. I get airsick easily." + +The clerk gave Malone a large laugh, which made him uncomfortable and +a little angry. The joke hadn't been all that good, he thought. If +he'd ordered a top-price room he could understand the hospitality, but +the most expensive rooms were in the Tower, with the outside cabins +running a close second. The other rooms dropped in price as they +approached the periphery of the main building. + +"A humorist, sir?" the clerk said. + +"Not at all," Malone said pleasantly, wishing he'd signed with his +full occupation and address. "I'm a gravedigger. Business has been +very good this year." + +The clerk, apparently undecided as to whether or not to offer +congratulations, settled for consulting his registry and then stabbing +at a button on a huge and complex board at his right. A key slid out +of a slot and the clerk handed it to Malone with a rather strained +smile. "10-Q," he said. + +"You're very welcome," Malone said in his most unctuous tones. He took +the key. + +The clerk blinked. "The bellman will take you to your rooms, sir," he +said in a good imitation of his original voice. "There are maps of the +building at intervals along the halls, and if you find that you have +become lost you have only to ask one of the hall guides to show you +the proper directions." + +"My, my," Malone said. + +The clerk cleared his throat. "If you wish to use one of the cars," he +went on in a slightly more unsteady voice, "simply insert your key in +the slot beneath one of the wall maps, and a car will be at your +service." + +Malone shook his head and gave a deep sigh. "What," he said, "will +they think of next?" + + * * * * * + +Satisfied with that for an exit line, he turned and found that the +bellman had already taken his luggage from the robot redcap and put it +aboard a small electric car. Malone got in beside him and the bellman +started the vehicle down the hallway. It rolled along on soft, silent +tires. It, too, was gilded. It didn't move very fast, Malone thought, +but it certainly beat walking. + +Each hallway which radiated out from the central section beneath the +Tower was built like a small-edition city street. The little cars +scooted up and down the two center lanes while pedestrians, poor +benighted souls, kept to the side walkways. Every so often Malone saw +one, walking along the raised walkway and holding the rail along the +outside that was meant to keep guests of every stage of drunkenness +from falling into the road. At the intersections, small, +Japanese-style bridges crossed over the roadway. On these, Malone saw +uniformed men standing motionless, one to a bridge. They all looked +identical, and each one had a small gold stripe sewn to the chest of +the red uniform. Malone read the letters on the stripe as they passed +the third man. It said: _Guide_. + +"Now, you live in Q-wing, sir," the bellman was saying in a nasal, but +rather pleasant voice as Malone looked away. "You're not far from the +Tower Lobby, so you won't have a lot to remember. It's not like living +along, say, the D-E Passageway out near 20 or 23." + +"I'm sure it isn't," Malone said politely. + +"No," the bellman said, "you got it simple. This here is Q-Yellow--see +the yellow stripe on the wall?" + +Malone looked. There was a yellow stripe on the wall. "I see it," he +said. + +"So all you got to do," the bellman said, "is follow Q-Yellow to the +Tower Lobby." He acted as if he had demonstrated a Euclidean +proposition flawlessly. "Got it?" he asked. + +"Very simple," Malone said. + +"O.K.," the bellman said. "Now, the gaming rooms--" + +Malone listened with about a fifth of an ear while the bellman went on +spinning out incredibly complex directions for getting around in the +quasi-city that was the Great Universal. At one point he thought he +caught the man saying that an elephant ramp took guests past the +resplendent glass rest rooms to the roots of the roulette wheel, but +that didn't sound even remotely plausible when he considered it. At +last the bellman announced: + +"Here we are, sir. Right to your door. A courtesy of the friendly +Great Universal Hotel." + +He pulled over to the side, pushed a button on the sidewalk, and the +little car's body elevated itself on hydraulic pistons until it was +even with the elevated sidewalk. The bellman pushed a stud on the +walkway rail and a gate swung open. Malone stepped out and waited +while luggage was unloaded. The courtesy of the Great Universal Hotel +was not free, of course; Malone got rid of some more silver dollars. +He fished in his pockets, found one lone crumpled ten-dollar bill and +arranged it neatly and visibly in his right hand. + +"I notice you've got a lot of guides in the halls," he said as the +bellman eyed the ten-spot. "Do that many people get lost in here?" + +"Well, not really, sir," the bellman said. "Not really. That's for +the--what they call the protection of our guests. A courtesy." + +"Protection?" Malone said. He had noticed, he recalled, odd bulges +beneath the left armpits of the guides. "Protection from what?" he +asked, keeping a firm, loving grip on the bill. "There are a lot more +guides than you'd expect, aren't there?" + +The bellman shifted uneasily from foot to foot. "Well, sir," he said +at last in an uneasy manner, "I guess it's because of the politics +around here. I mean, it's sort of confused." + +"Confused how?" Malone said, waving the bill ever so slightly. + +The bellman appeared to be hypnotized by its green color. "It's the +governor shooting himself," he said at last. "And the Legislature +wants to impeach the Lieutenant-governor, and the City Council of Las +Vegas is having trouble with the Mayor, and the County Sheriff is +having a feud with the State Police, and--Sir, it's all sort of +confused right now. But it isn't serious." He grinned hopefully. + +Malone sighed and let go of the ten. It stayed fluttering in the air +for perhaps a tenth of a second, and disappeared. "I'm sure it isn't," +Malone said. "Just forget I asked you." + +The bellman's hand went to his pocket and came out again empty. "Asked +me, sir?" he said. "Asked me what?" + + * * * * * + +The next fifteen minutes were busy ones. Malone made himself quickly +at home, keeping his eyes open for hidden TV cameras or other forms of +bugging. Satisfied at last that he was entirely alone, he took a deep +breath, closed his eyes and teleported himself to Yucca Flats. + +[Illustration] + +This time, he didn't land in Dr. O'Connor's office. Instead, he opened +his eyes in the hallway in the nearby building that housed the +psychologists, psychiatrists and psychotherapists who were working +with the telepaths Malone and the FBI had unearthed two years before. + +Apparently, telepathy was turning out to be more a curse than a +blessing. Of the seven known telepaths in the world, only Her Majesty +retained anything like the degree of sanity necessary for +communication. The psych men who were working with the other six had +been trying to establish some kind of rapport, but their efforts so +far had been as fruitless as a petrified tree. + +Malone went down the hallway until he came to a door near the end. He +looked at the sign painted on the opaqued glass for a second: + + ALAN MARSHALL, M.D. + CHIEF OF STAFF + PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT + +With a slight sigh, he pushed open the door and went in. + +Dr. Marshall was a tall, balding man with a light-brown brush mustache +and a pleasant smile. He wore thick glasses but he didn't look at all +scholarly; instead, he looked rather like Alec Guinness made up for a +role as a Naval lieutenant. He rose as Malone entered, and stretched a +hand across the desk. "Glad to see you, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Very +glad." + +Malone shook hands and raised his eyebrows. "_Sir_ Kenneth?" he said. + +Dr. Marshall shrugged slightly. "She prefers it," he said. "And since +there's no telling whose mind she might look into--" He smiled. "After +all," he finished, "why not?" + +"Tell me, doctor," Malone said. "Don't you ever get uneasy about the +fact that Her Majesty can look into your mind? I mean, it has +disturbed some people." + +"Not at all," Marshall said. "Not in the least. After all, Sir +Kenneth, it's all a matter of adjustment. Simple adjustment and no +more." He paused, then added: "Like sex." + +"Sex?" Malone said in a voice he hoped was calm. + +"Cultural mores," Marshall said. "That sort of thing. Nothing, +really." He sat down. "Make yourself comfortable," he told Malone. "As +a matter of fact, the delusion Her Majesty suffers from has its +compensations for the psychiatrist. Where else could I be appointed +Royal Psychiatrist, Advisor to the Crown, and Earl Marshal?" + +Malone looked around, found a comfortable chair and dropped into it. +"I suppose so," he said. "It must be sort of fun, in a way." + +"Oh, it is," Marshall said. "Of course, it can get to be specifically +troublesome; all cases can. I remember a girl who'd managed to get +herself married to the wrong man--she was trying to escape her mother, +or some such thing. And she'd moved into this apartment where her +next-door neighbor, a nice woman really, had rather strange sexual +tendencies. Well, what with those problems, and the husband himself--a +rather ill-tempered brute, but a nice fellow basically--and her +eventually meeting Mr. Right, which was inevitable--" + +"I'm sure it was very troublesome," Malone put in. + +"Extremely," Marshall said. "Worked out in the end, though. Ah ... +most of them do seem to, when we're lucky. When things break right." + +"And when they don't?" Malone said. + +Marshall shook his head slowly and rubbed at his forehead with two +fingers. "We do what we can," he said. "It's an infant science. I +remember one rather unhappy case--started at a summer theatre, but the +complications didn't stop there. As I recall, there were something +like seven women and three men involved deeply before it began to +straighten itself out. My patient was a young boy. Ah ... he had +actually precipitated the situation, or was convinced that he had. All +basically nice people, by the way. All of them. But the kind of thing +they managed to get mixed up in--" + +"I'm sure it was interesting," Malone said. "But--" + +"Oh, they're all interesting," Marshall said. "But for sheer +complexity ... well, this is an unusual sort of case, the one I'm +thinking about now. I remember it began with a girl named Ned--" + +"Dr. Marshall," Malone said desperately, "I'd like to hear about a +girl named Ned. I really would. It doesn't even sound probable." + +"Ah?" Dr. Marshall said. "I'd like to tell you--" + +"Unfortunately," Malone went on doggedly, "there is some business I've +got to talk over." + +Dr. Marshall's disappointment was evident for less than a second. +"Yes, Sir Kenneth?" he said. + +Malone took a deep breath. "It's about Her Majesty's mental state," he +said. "I understand that a lot of it is complicated, and I probably +wouldn't understand it. But can you give me as much as you think I can +digest?" + +Marshall nodded slowly. "Ah ... you must understand that psychiatrists +differ," he said. "We appear to run in schools--like fish, which is +neither here nor there. But what I tell you might not be in accord +with a psychiatrist from another school, Sir Kenneth." + +"O.K.," Malone said. "Shoot." + +"An extremely interesting slang word, by the way," Marshall said. +"'Shoot.' Superficially an invitation to violence. I wonder--" A +glance from Malone was sufficient. "Getting back to the track, +however," he went on, "I should begin by saying that Her Majesty +appears to have suffered a shock of traumatic proportions early in +life. That might be the telepathic faculty itself coming to the +fore--or, rather, the realization that others did not share her +faculty. That she was, in fact, in communication with a world which +could never reach her on her own deepest and most important level." He +paused. "Are you following me so far?" he asked. + +"Gamely," Malone admitted. "In other words, when she couldn't +communicate, she went into this traumatic shock." + +"Nor exactly," Marshall said. "We must understand what communication +is. Basically, Sir Kenneth, we can understand it as a substitute for +sexual activity. That is, in its deepest sense. It is this attack on +the deepest levels of the psychic organism that results in the trauma; +and has results of its own, by the way, which succeed in stabilizing +the traumatic shock on several levels." + +Malone blinked. "That last part began to get me a little," he said. +"Can we go over it again, just the tune this time and leave out the +harmony?" + +Marshall smiled. "Certainly," he said. "Remember that Her Majesty has +been locked up in institutions since early adolescence. Because of +this--a direct result of the original psychosis--she has been +deprived, not only of the communication which serves as a sublimation +for sexual activity, but, in fact, any normal sexual activity. Her +identification of herself with the Virgin Queen is far from +accidental, Sir Kenneth." + +The idea that conservation was sex was a new and somewhat frightening +one to Malone, but he stuck to it grimly. "No sex," Malone said. +"That's the basic trouble." + +Marshall nodded. "It always is," he said. "In one form or another, Sir +Kenneth; it is at the root of such problems at all times. But in Her +Majesty's case the psychosis has become stabilized; she is the Virgin +Queen, and therefore her failure to become part of the normal sexual +activity of her group has a reason. It is accepted on that basis by +her own psyche." + +"I see," Malone said. "Or, anyhow, I think I do. But how about +changes? Could she get worse or better? Could she start lying to +people--for the fun of it, or for reasons of her own?" + +"Changes in her psychic state don't seem very probable," Marshall +said. "In theory, of course, anything is possible; but in fact, I have +observed and worked with Her Majesty and no such change has occurred. +You may take that as definite." + +"And the lying?" Malone said. + +Marshall frowned slightly. "I've just explained," he said, "that Her +Majesty has been blocked in the direction of communication--that is, +in the direction of one of her most important sexual sublimations. +Such communication as she can have, therefore, is to be highly +treasured by her; it provides the nearest thing to sex that she may +have. As the Virgin Queen, she may still certainly _converse_ in any +way possible. She would not injure that valuable possession and right +by falsifying it. It's quite impossible, Sir Kenneth. Quite +impossible." + +This did not make Malone feel any better. It removed one of the two +possibilities--but it left him with no vacation, and the most +complicated case he had ever dreamed of sitting squarely in his lap +and making rude faces at him. + +He had to solve the case--and he had nobody but himself to depend on. + +"You're sure?" he said. + +"Perfectly sure, Sir Kenneth," Marshall said. + +Malone sighed. "Well, then," he said, "can I see Her Majesty?" He knew +perfectly well that he didn't have to ask Marshall's permission--or +anybody else's. But it seemed more polite, somehow. + +"She's receiving Dr. Sheldon Lord in audience just at the moment," +Marshall said. "I don't see why you shouldn't go on to the Throne +Room, though. He's giving her some psychological tests, but they ought +to be finished in a minute or two." + +"Fine," Malone said. "How about court dress? Got anything here that +might fit me?" + +Marshall nodded. "We've got a pretty complete line of court costume +now," he said. "I should say it was the most complete in +existence--except possibly for the TV historical companies. Down the +hall, three doors farther on, you'll find the dressing room." + + * * * * * + +Malone thanked Dr. Marshall and went out slowly. He didn't really mind +the court dress or the Elizabethan etiquette Her Majesty liked to +preserve; as a matter of fact, he was rather fond of it. There had +been some complaints about expense when the Throne Room and the +costume arrangement were first set up, but the FBI and the Government +had finally decided that it was better and easier to humor Her +Majesty. + +Malone spent ten minutes dressing himself magnificently in hose and +doublet, slash-sleeved, ermine-trimmed coat, lace collar, and plumed +hat. By the time he presented himself at the door to the Throne Room +he felt almost cheerful. It had been a long time since he had entered +the world of Elizabethan knighthood over which Her Majesty held sway, +and it always made him feel taller and more sure of himself. He bowed +to a chunkily-built man of medium height in a stiffly brocaded jacket, +carrying a small leather briefcase. The man had a whaler's beard of +blond-red hair that looked slightly out of period, but the costume +managed to overpower it. "Dr. Lord?" Malone said. + +The bearded man peered at him. "Ah, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Yes, yes. +Just been giving Her Majesty a few tests. Normal weekly check, you +know." + +"I know," Malone said. "Any change?" + +"Change?" Lord said. "In Her Majesty? Sir Kenneth, you might as well +expect the very rocks to change. Her Majesty remains Her Majesty--and +will, in all probability, throughout the foreseeable future." + +"The same as ever?" Malone asked hopefully. + +"Exactly," Lord said. "But--if you do want background on the case--I'm +flying back to New York tonight. Look me up there, if you have a +chance. I'm afraid there's little information I can give you, but it's +always a pleasure to talk with you." + +"Thanks," Malone said dully. + +"Barrow Street," Lord said with a cheery wave of the briefcase. +"Number 69." He was gone. The Security Officer at the door, a young +man in the uniform of a page, opened it and peered out at Malone. The +FBI Agent nodded to him and the Security Officer announced in a firm, +loud voice: "Sir Kenneth Malone, of Her Majesty's Own FBI!" + +The Throne Room was magnificent. The whole place had been done in +plastic and synthetic fibers to look like something out of the +Sixteenth Century. It was as garish, and as perfect, as a Hollywood +movie set--which wasn't surprising, since two stage designers had been +hired away from color-TV spectaculars to set it up. At the far end of +the room, past the rich hangings and the flaming chandeliers, was a +great golden throne, and on it Her Majesty was seated. + +Lady Barbara Wilson, Her Majesty's personal nurse, was sitting on a +camp-chair arrangement nearby. She smiled slowly at Malone as he went +by, and Malone returned the smile with a good deal of interest. He +strode firmly down the long crimson carpet that stretched from the +doorway to the throne. At the steps leading up toward the dais that +held the Throne, his free hand went up and swept off the plumed hat. +He sank to one knee. + +"Your Majesty," he said gravely. + +The queen looked down on him. "Rise, Sir Kenneth," she said in a tone +of surprise. "We welcome your presence." + +Malone got up off his knee and stood, his hat in his hand. + +"What is your business with us?" Her Majesty asked. + +Malone looked her full in the face for the first time. He realized +that her expression was rather puzzled and worried. She looked even +more confused than she had the last time he'd seen her. + +He took a deep breath, wished for a cigar and plunged blindly ahead +into the toils of court etiquette. + +"Your Majesty," he said, "I know full well that you are aware of the +thoughts that I have had concerning the case we have been working on. +I beg Your Majesty's pardon for having doubted Your Majesty's Royal +Word. Since my first doubts, of which I am sore ashamed, I have been +informed by Our Majesty's Royal Psychiatrist that my doubts were +ill-founded, and I wish to convey my deepest apologies. Now, having +been fully convinced of the truth of Your Majesty's statements, I have +a theory I would discuss with you, the particulars of which you can +doubtless see in my mind." + +He paused. Her Majesty was staring at him, her face pale. + +"Sir Kenneth," she said in a strained voice, "we appreciate your +attitude. However--" She paused for a moment, and then continued. +"However, Sir Kenneth, it is our painful duty to inform you--" + +She stopped again. And when she managed to speak, she had dropped all +pretense of Court Etiquette. + +"Sir Kenneth, I've been so worried! I was afraid you were dead!" + +Malone blinked. "Dead?" he asked. + +"For the past twenty-four hours," Her Majesty said in a frightened +voice, "I've been unable to contact your mind. And right now, as you +stand there, I can't read anything! + +"It's as though you weren't thinking at all!" + +[Illustration] + + +PART 3 + +IX + +Malone stared at Her Majesty for what seemed like a long time. "Not +thinking at all?" he said at last, weakly. "But I _am_ thinking. At +least, I _think_ I am." He suddenly felt as if he had gone Rene +Descartes one better. It wasn't a pleasant feeling. + +Her Majesty regarded Malone for an interminable, silent second. Then +she turned to Lady Barbara. "My dear," she said, "I would like to +speak to Sir Kenneth alone. We will go to my chambers." + +Malone, feeling as though his brain had suddenly turned to quince +jelly, followed the two women out of a small door at the rear of the +Throne Room, and into Her Majesty's private apartments. Lady Barbara +left them alone with some reluctance, but she'd evidently been getting +used to following her patient's orders. Which, Malone thought with +admiration, must take a lot of effort for a nurse. + +The door closed and he was alone with the Queen. Malone opened his +mouth to speak, but Her Majesty raised a monitory hand. "Please, Sir +Kenneth," she said. "Just a moment. Don't say anything for a little +bit." + +Malone shut his mouth. When the minute was up, Her Majesty began to +nod her head, very slowly. Her voice, when she spoke, was low and +calm. + +"It's as though you were almost invisible," she said. "I can see you +with my eyes, of course, but mentally you are almost completely +indetectable. Knowing you as well as I do, and being this close to +you, it is just possible for me to detect very faint traces of +activity." + +"Now, wait a minute," Malone said. "I am thinking. I know I am. Maybe +it's not me. Your telepathy might be fading out temporarily, or +something like that. It's possible, isn't it?" He was reasonably sure +it wasn't, but it was a last try at making sense. Her Majesty shook +her head. + +"I can still receive Sir Thomas, for instance, quite clearly," she +said. She seemed a little miffed, but the irritation was overpowered +by her worry. "I think, Sir Kenneth, that you just don't know your own +power, that's all. I don't know how, but you've managed somehow to +smother telepathic communication almost completely." + +"But not quite?" Malone said. Apparently, he was thinking, but very +weakly. Like a small child, he told himself dismally. Like a small +Elizabethan child. + +Her Majesty's face took on a look of faraway concentration. "It's like +looking at a very dim light," she said, "a light just at the threshold +of perception. You might say that you've got to look at such a light +sideways. If you look directly at it, you can't see it. And, of +course, you can't see it at all if you're a long way off." She +blinked. "It's not exactly like that, you understand," she finished. +"But in some ways--" + +"I get the idea," Malone said. "Or I think I do. But what's causing +it? Sunspots? Little green men?" + +"Not so little," Her Majesty said with some return of her old humor, +"and not green, either. As a matter of fact, _you_ are, Sir Kenneth." + +Malone opened his mouth, shut it again and finally managed to say: +"Me?" in a batlike squeal of surprise. + +"I don't know how, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty went on, "but you are. +It's ... rather frightening to me, as a matter of fact; I've never +seen such a thing before. I've never even considered it before." + +"You?" Malone said. "How about me?" It was like suddenly discovering +that you'd been lifting two-hundred-pound barbells and not knowing it. +"How could I be doing anything like that without knowing anything +about it?" + +Her Majesty shook her head. "I haven't the faintest idea," she said. + +But Malone, very suddenly, did. He remembered deciding to keep a close +check on his mental processes to make sure those bursts of energy +didn't do anything to him. Subconsciously, he knew, he was still +keeping that watch. + +And maybe the watch itself caused the complete blanking of his +telepathic faculties. It was worth a test, at least, he decided. And +it was an easy test to make. + +"Listen," he said. He told himself that he would now allow +communication between himself and Her Majesty--and only between those +two. Maybe it wasn't possible to let down the barrier in a selective +way, but he gave it all he had. A long second passed. + +"My goodness!" Her Majesty said in pleased surprise. "There you are +again!" + +"You can read me?" Malone asked. + +"Why ... yes," Her Majesty said. "And I can see just what you're +thinking. I'm afraid, Sir Kenneth, that I don't know whether it's +selective or not. But ... oh. Just a minute. You go right on thinking, +now, just the way you are." Her Majesty's eyes unfocused slightly and +a long time passed, while Malone tried to keep on thinking. But it was +difficult, he told himself, to think about things without having any +things to think about. He felt his mind begin to spin gently with the +rhythm of the last sentence, and he considered slowly the possibility +of thinking about things when there weren't any things thinking about +you. That seemed to make as much sense as anything else, and he was +turning it over and over in his mind when a voice broke in. + + * * * * * + +"I was contacting Willie," Her Majesty said. + +"Ah," Malone said. "Willie. Of course. Very fine for contacting." + +Her Majesty frowned. "You remember Willie, don't you?" she said. +"Willie Logan--who used to be a spy for the Russians, just because he +didn't know any better, poor boy?" + +"Oh," Malone said. "Logan." He remembered the catatonic youngster who +had used his telepathic powers against the United States until Her +Majesty, the FBI, and Kenneth J. Malone had managed to put matters +right. That had been the first time he'd met Her Majesty; it seemed +like fifty years before. + +"Well," Her Majesty said, "Willie and I had a little argument just +now. And I think you'll be interested in it." + +"I'm fascinated," Malone said. + +"Was he thinking about things or were things thinking about him?" + +"Really, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, "you do think about the +silliest notions when you don't watch yourself." + +Malone blushed slightly. "Anyhow," he said after a pause, "what was +the argument about?" + +"Willie says you aren't here," Her Majesty said. "He can't detect you +at all. Even when I let him take a peek at you through my own +mind--making myself into sort of a relay station, so to speak--Willie +wouldn't believe it. He said I was hallucinating." + +"Hallucinating me?" Malone said. "I think I'm flattered. Not many +people would bother." + +"Don't underestimate yourself, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, rather +severely. "But you do see what this little argument means, don't you? +I think you may assume that your telepathic contact is quite +selective. If Willie can't read you, Sir Kenneth, believe me, nobody +at all can ... unless you let them." + +How he had developed this mental shield, he couldn't imagine, unless +his subconscious had done it for him. Good old subconscious, he +thought, always looking out for a person's welfare, preparing little +surprises and things. Though he hoped vaguely that the next surprise, +if there were a next one, would sneak up a little more gently. Being +told flatly that your mind was not in operation was not a very good +way to start an investigation. + +Then he thought of something else. "Do you think this ... barrier of +mine will keep out those little bursts of mental energy?" he said. + +Her Majesty looked judicious. "I really do," she said. "It does appear +quite impenetrable, Sir Kenneth. I can't understand how you're doing +it. Or why, for that matter." + +"Well--" Malone began. + +Her Majesty raised a hand. "No," she said. "I'd rather not know, if +you please." Her voice was stern, but just a little shaken. "The +thought of blocking off thought--the only real form of communication +that exists--is, frankly, quite horrible to me. I would rather be +blinded, Sir Kenneth. I truly would." + +Malone thought of Dr. Marshall and blushed. Her Majesty peered at him +narrowly, and then smiled. + +"You've been talking to my Royal Psychiatrist again, haven't you?" she +said. Malone nodded. "Frankly, Sir Kenneth," she went on, "I think +people pay too much attention to that sort of thing nowadays." + +The subject, Malone recognized, was firmly closed. He cleared his +throat and started up another topic. "Let's talk about these energy +bursts," he said. "Do you still pick them up occasionally?" + +"Oh, my, yes," Her Majesty said. "And it's not only me. Willie has +been picking them up too. We've had some long talks about it, Willie +and I. It's frightening, in a way, but you must admit that it's very +interesting." + +"Fascinating," Malone muttered. "Tell me, have you figured out what +they might be, yet?" + +Her Majesty shook her head. "All we know is that they do seem to occur +just before a person intends to make a decision. The burst somehow +appears to influence the decision. But we don't know how, and we don't +know where they come from, or what causes them. Or even why." + +"In other words," Malone said, "we know absolutely nothing new." + +"I'm afraid not, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said. "But Willie and I do +intend to keep working on it. It is important, isn't it?" + +"Important," Malone said, "is not the word." He paused. "And now, if +your Majesty will excuse me," he said, "I'll have to go. I have work +to do, and your information has been most helpful." + +"You may go, Sir Kenneth," Her Majesty said, returning with what +appeared to be real pleasure to the etiquette of the Elizabethan +Court. "We are grateful that you have done so much, and continue to do +so much, to defend the peace of Our Realm." + +"I pledge myself to continue in those efforts which please Your +Majesty," Malone said, and started back for the costume room. Once +he'd changed into his regular clothing again he snapped himself back +to the room he had rented in the Great Universal. He had a great deal +of thinking to do, he told himself, and not much time to do it in. + + * * * * * + +However, he was alone. That meant he could light up a cigar--something +which, as an FBI Agent, he didn't feel he should do in public. Cigars +just weren't right for FBI Agents, though they were all right for +ordinary detectives like Malone's father. As a matter of fact, he +considered briefly hunting up a vest, putting it on and letting the +cigar ash dribble over it. His father seemed to have gotten a lot of +good ideas that way. But, in the end, he rejected the notion as being +too complicated, and merely sat back in a chair, with an ashtray +conveniently on a table by his side, and smoked and thought. + +Now, he knew with reasonable certainty that Andrew J. Burris was wrong +and that he, Malone, was right. The source of all the confusion in the +country was due to psionics, not to psychodrugs and Walt Disney spies. + +His first idea was to rush back and tell Burris. However, this looked +like a useless move, and every second he thought about it made it seem +more useless. He simply didn't have enough new evidence to convince +Burris of anything whatever; psychiatric evidence was fine to back up +something else, but on its own it was still too shaky to be accepted +by the courts, in most cases. And Burris thought even more strictly +than the courts in such matters. + +Not only that, Malone realized with alarm, but even if he did manage +somehow to convince Burris there was very little chance that Burris +would stay convinced. If his mind could be changed by a burst of wild +mental power--and why not? Malone reflected--then he could be +unconvinced as often as necessary. He could be spun round and round +like a top and never end up facing the way Malone needed him to face. + +That left the burden of solving the problem squatting like a +hunchback's hunch squarely on Malone's shoulders. He thought he could +bear the weight for a while, if he could only think of some way of +dislodging it. But the idea of its continuing to squat there forever +was horribly unnerving. "Quasimodo Malone," he muttered, and uttered a +brief prayer of thanks that his father had been spared a classical +education. "Ken" wasn't so bad. "Quasi" would have been awful. + +He couldn't think of any way to get a fingerhold on the thing that +weighed him down. Slowly, he went over it in his mind. + +Situation: an unidentifiable something is attacking the United States +with an untraceable something else from a completely unknown source. + +Problem: how do you go about latching on to anything as downright +nonexistent as all that? + +Even the best detective, Malone told himself irritably, needed clues +of some kind. And this thing, whatever it was, was not playing fair. +It didn't go around leaving bloody fingerprints or lipsticked +cigarette butts or packets of paper matches with _Ciro's, Hollywood_, +written on them. It didn't even have an alibi for anything that could +be cracked, or leave tire marks or footprints behind that could be +photographed. Hell, Malone thought disgustedly, it wasn't that the +trail was cold. It just _wasn't_. + +Of course, there were ways to get clues, he reflected. He thought of +his father. His father would have gone to the scene of the crime, or +questioned some of the witnesses. But the scene of the crime was +anywhere and everywhere, and most of the witnesses didn't know they +were witnessing anything. Except for Her Majesty, of course--but he'd +already questioned her, and there hadn't been any clues he could +recall in that conversation. + +Malone stubbed out his cigar, lit another one absent-mindedly, and +rescued his tie, which was working its slow way around to the side of +his collar. There were, he remembered, three classic divisions of any +crime: method, motive and opportunity. Maybe thinking about those +would lead somewhere. + +As an afterthought, he got up, found a pencil and paper with the +hotel's name stamped on them in gold and came back to the chair. +Clearing the ashtray aside, he put the paper on the table and divided +the paper into three vertical columns with the pencil. He headed the +first one _Method_, the second _Motive_ and the third _Opportunity_. + +He stared at the paper for a while, and decided with some trepidation +to take the columns one by one. Under _Method_, he put down: "Little +bursts. Who knows cause?" Some more thought gave him another item, and +he set it down under the first one: "Psionic. Look for psionic +people?" + +That apparently was all there was to the first column. After a while +he moved to number two, _Motive_. "Confuse things," he wrote with +scarcely a second's reflection. But that didn't seem like enough. A +few minutes more gave him several other items, written down one under +the other. "Disrupt entire US. Set US up for invasion? Martians? +Russians? CK: Is Russia having trble?" That seemed to exhaust the +subject and with some relief he went on. But the title of the next +column nearly stopped him completely. + +[Illustration] + +_Opportunity._ There wasn't anything he could put down under that one, +Malone told himself, until he knew a great deal more about method. As +things stood at present, the best entry under _Opportunity_ was a +large, tastefully done question mark. He made one, and then sat back +to look at the entire list and see what help it gave him: + +_Method_ +Little bursts. Who knows cause? +Psionic. Look for psionic people? + +_Motive_ +Confuse things. +Disrupt entire US. +Set US up for invasion? +Martians? +Russians? +CK: Is Russia having trble? + +_Opportunity_ +? + +Somehow, it didn't seem to be much help, when he thought about it. It +had a lot of information on it, but none of the information seemed to +lead anywhere. It did seem to be established that the purpose was to +confuse or disrupt the United States, but this didn't seem to point to +anybody except a Russian, an alien or a cosmic practical joker. Malone +could see no immediate way of deciding among the trio. However, he +told himself, there are other ways to start investigating a crime. +There must be. + +Psychological methods, for instance. People had little gray cells, he +remembered from his childhood reading. Some of the more brainy +fictional detectives never stooped to anything so low as an actual +physical clue. They concentrated solely on finding a pattern in the +crimes that indicated, infallibly, the psychology of the individual. +Once his psychology had been identified, it was only a short step to +actually catching him and putting him in jail until his psychology +changed for the better. Or, of course, until it disappeared entirely +and was buried, along with the rest of him, in a small wood box. + +That wasn't Malone's affair. All he had to do was take the first few +steps and actually find the man. And perhaps psychology and pattern +was the place to start. Anyhow, he reflected, he didn't have any other +method that looked even remotely likely to lead to anything except +brain-fag, disappointment, and catalepsy. + +But he didn't have enough cases to find a pattern. There must, he +thought, be a way to get some more. After a few seconds he thought of +it. + + * * * * * + +At first he thought of asking Room Service for all the local and +out-of-state papers, but that, he quickly saw, was a little unwise. +People didn't come to Las Vegas to catch up on the news; they came to +get away from it. A man might read Las Vegas papers, and possibly even +his home town's paper if he couldn't break himself of the pernicious +habit. But nobody on vacation would start reading papers from +everywhere. + +There was no sense in causing suspicion, Malone told himself. Instead, +he reached for the phone and called the desk. + +"Great Universal, good afternoon," a pleasant voice said in his ear. + +Malone blinked. "What time _is_ it?" he said. + +"A few minutes before six," the voice said. "In the evening, sir." + +"Oh," Malone said. It was later than he'd thought; the list had taken +some time. "This is Kenneth J. Malone," he went on, "in Room--" He +tried to remember the number of his room and failed. It seemed like +four or five days since he'd entered it. "Well, wherever I am," he +said at last, "send up some kind of a car for me and have a taxi +waiting outside." + +The voice sounded unperturbed. "Right away, sir," it said. "Will there +be anything else?" + +"I guess not," Malone said. "Not now, anyhow." He hung up and stubbed +out the latest in his series of cigars. + +The hallway car arrived in a few minutes. It was manned by a muscular +little man with beady eyes and thinning black hair. "You Malone?" he +said when the FBI Agent opened the door. + +"Kenneth J.," Malone said. "I called for a car." + +"Right outside, Chief," the little man said in a gravelly voice. "Just +hop in and off we go into the wild blue yonder. Right?" + +"I guess so," Malone said helplessly. He followed the man outside, +locked his door and climbed into a duplicate of the little car that +had taken him to his room in the first place. + +"Step right in, Chief," the little man said. "We're off." + +Malone, overcoming an immediate distaste for the chummy little fellow, +climbed in and the car retreated down to the road. It started off +smoothly and they went back toward the lobby. The little man chatted +incessantly and Malone tried not to listen. But there was nothing else +to do except watch the gun-toting "guides" as the car passed them, and +the sight was making him nervous. + +"You want anything--special," the driver said, giving Malone a blow in +the ribs that was apparently meant to be subtle, "you just ask for +Murray. Got it?" + +"I've got it," Malone said wearily. + +"You just pick up the little phone and you ask for Murray," the driver +said. "Maybe you want something a little out of the ordinary--get what +I mean?" Malone moved aside, but not fast enough, and Murray's stone +elbow caught him again. "Something special, extra-nice. For my +friends, pal. You want to be a friend of mine?" + +Assurances that friendship with Murray was Malone's dearest ambition +in life managed to fend off further blows until the car pulled to a +stop in the lobby. "Cab's outside, Mr. Malone," Murray said. "You +remember me--hey?" + +"I will never, never forget you," Malone said fervently, and got out +in a hurry. He found the cab and the driver, a heavy-set man with a +face that looked as if, somewhere along the line, it had run into a +Waring Blendor and barely escaped, swiveled around to look at him as +he got in. + +"Where to, Mac?" he asked sourly. + +Malone shrugged. "Center of town," he said. "A nice big newsstand." + +The cabbie blinked. "A what?" he said. + +"Newsstand," Malone said pleasantly. "All right with you?" + +"Everybody's a little crazy, I guess," the cabbie said. "But why do I +always get the real nuts?" He started the cab with a savage jerk and +Malone was carried along the road at dizzying speed. They managed to +make ten blocks before the cab squealed to a stop. Malone peered out +and saw a nice selection of sawhorses piled up in the road, guarded by +two men with guns. The men were dressed in police uniforms and the +cabby, staring at them, uttered one brief and impolite word. + +"What's going on?" Malone said. + +"Roadblock," the cabbie said. "Thing's going to stay here until Hell +freezes over. Not that they need it. Hell, I passed it on the way in +but I figured they'd take it down pretty quick." + +"Roadblock?" Malone said. "What for?" + +The cabbie shrugged eloquently. "Who knows?" he said. "You ask +questions, you might get answers you don't like. I don't ask +questions, I live longer." + +"But--" + +The cops, meanwhile, had advanced toward the car. One of them looked +in. "Who's the passenger?" he said. + +The cabbie swore again. "You want me to take loyalty oaths from +people?" he said. "You want to ruin my business? I got a passenger, +how do I know who he is? Maybe he's the Lone Ranger." + +"Don't get funny," the cop said. His partner had gone around to the +back of the car. + +"What's this, the trunk again?" the cabbie said. "You think maybe I'm +smuggling in showgirls from the edge of town?" + +"Ha, ha," the cop said distinctly. "One more joke and it's thirty +days, buster. Just keep cool and nothing will happen." + +"Nothing, he calls it," the cabbie said dismally. But he stayed silent +until the second cop came back to rejoin his partner. + +"Clean," he said. + +"Here, too, I guess," the first cop said, and looked in again. "You," +he said to Malone. "You a tourist?" + +"That's right," Malone said. "Kenneth J. Malone, at the Great +Universal. Arrived this afternoon. What's happening here, officer?" + +"I'm asking questions," the cop said. "You're answering them. Outside +of that, you don't have to know a thing." He looked very tough and +official. Malone didn't say anything else. + +After a few more seconds they went back to their positions and the +cabbie started the car again. Ten yards past the roadblock he turned +around and looked at Malone. "It's the sheriff's office every time," +he said. "Now, you take a State cop, he's O.K. because what does he +care? He's got other things to worry about, he don't have to bear down +on hard-working cabbies." + +"Sure," Malone said helpfully. + +"And the city police--they're right here in the city, they're O.K. I +know them, they know me, nothing goes wrong. Get what I mean?" + +"The sheriff's office is the worst, though?" Malone said. + +"The worst is nothing compared to those boys," the cabbie said. +"Believe me, every time they can make life tough for a cabbie, they do +it. It's hatred, that's what it is. They hate cabbies. That's the +sheriff's office for you." + +"Tough," Malone said. "But the roadblock--what _was_ it for, anyhow?" + +The cabbie looked back at the road, avoided an oncoming car with a +casual sweep of the wheel, and sighed gustily. "Mister," he said, "you +don't ask questions, I don't give out answers. Fair?" + +There was, after all, nothing else to say. "Fair," Malone told him, +and rode the rest of the way in total silence. + + * * * * * + +Buying the papers in Las Vegas took more time than Malone had +bargained for. He had to hunt from store to store to get a good, +representative selection, and there were crowds almost everywhere +playing the omnipresent slot-machines. The whir of the machines and +the low undertones and whispers of the bettors combined in the air to +make what Malone considered the single most depressing sound he had +ever heard. It sounded like a factory, old, broken-down and unwanted, +that was geared only to the production of cigarette butts and old +cellophane, ready-crumpled for throwing away. Malone pushed through +the crowds as fast as possible, but nearly an hour had gone by when he +had all his papers and hailed another cab to get him back to the +hotel. + +This time, the cabbie had a smiling, shining face. He looked like +Pollyanna, after eight or ten shots at the middleweight title. Malone +beamed right back at him and got in. "Great Universal," he said. + +"Hey, that's a nice place," the cabbie said heartily, as they started +off. "I heard there was a couple TV stars there last week and they got +drunk and had a fight. You see that?" + +"Just arrived this afternoon," Malone said. "Sorry." + +"Oh, don't worry," the cabbie assured him. "Something's always going +on at the Universal. I hear they posted a lot of guards there, just +waiting for something to come up now. Something about some shooting, +but I didn't get the straight story yet. That true?" + +"Far as I know," Malone said. "There's a lot of strange things +happening lately, aren't there?" + +"Lots," the cabbie said eagerly. He meandered slowly around a couple +of bright-red convertibles. "A guy owned the _Last Stand_, he killed +himself with a gun today. It's in the papers. Listen, Mister, funny +things happen all the time around here. I remember last week there was +a lady in my cab, nice old bat, looked like she wouldn't take off an +earring in public, not among strangers. You know the type. Well, sir, +she asked me to take her on to the Golden Palace, and that's a fair +ride. So on the way down, she--" + +Fascinated as he was by the unreeling story of the shy old bat, Malone +interrupted. "I hear there's a roadblock up now, and they're searching +all the cars. Know anything about that?" + +The cabbie nodded violently. "Sure, Mister," he said. "Now, it's funny +you should ask. I hit the block once today and I was saying to myself, +I'll bet somebody's going to ask me about this. So when I was in town +I talked around with Si Deeds ... you know Si? Oh, no, you just +arrived today ... anyhow, I figured Si would know." + +"And did he?" Malone said. + +"Not a thing," the cabbie said. Malone sighed disgustedly and the +cabbie went on: "So I went over and talked to Bob Grindell. I figured, +there was action, Bob would know. And guess what?" + +"He didn't know either," Malone said tiredly. + +"Bob?" the cabbie said. "Say, Mister, you must be new here for sure, +if you say Bob wouldn't know what was going on. Why, Bob knows more +about this town than guys lived in it twice as long, I'll tell you. +Believe me, he knows." + +"And what did he say?" Malone asked. + +The cabbie paused. "About what?" he said. + +"About the roadblock," Malone said distinctly. + +"Oh," the cabbie said. "That. Well, that was a funny thing and no +mistake. There was this fight, see? And Shellenberger got in the +middle of it, see? So when he was dead they had to set up this +roadblock." + +Malone restrained himself with some difficulty. "What fight?" he said. +"And who's Shellenberger? And how did he get in the way?" + +"Mister," the cabbie said, "you must be new here." + +"A remarkable guess," Malone said. + +The cabbie nodded. "Sure must be," he said. "Gus Shellenberger's lived +here over ten years now. I drove him around many's the time. Remember +when he used to go out to this motel out on the outskirts there; there +was this doll he was interested in but it never came to much. He said +she wasn't right for his career, you know how guys like that are, they +got to be careful all the time. Never hit the papers or anything--I +mean with the doll and all--but people get to know things. You know. +So with this doll--" + +"How long ago did all this happen?" Malone asked. + +"The doll?" the cabbie said. "Oh, five-six years. Maybe seven. I +remember it was the year I got a new cab, business was pretty good, +you know. Seven, I guess. Garage made me a price, you know, I had to +be an idiot to turn it down? A nice price. Well, George Lamel who owns +the place, he's an old friend, you know? I did him some favors so he +gives me a nice price. Well, this new cab--" + +"Can we get back to the present for a little while?" Malone said. +"There was this fight, and your friend Gus Shellenberger got involved +in it somehow--" + +"Oh, that," the cabbie said. "Oh, sure. Well, there was a kind of +chase. Some sheriff's officers were looking for an escaped convict, +and they were chasing him and doing some shooting. And Shellenberger, +he got in the way and got shot accidentally. The criminal, he got +away. But it's kind of a mess, because--" + +A loud chorus of sirens effectively stopped all conversation. Two cars +stamped with the insignia of the sheriff's office came into sight and +streaked past, headed for Las Vegas. + +"Because Shellenberger was State's attorney, after all," the cabbie +said. "It's not like just anybody got killed." + +"And the roadblock?" Malone said. + +"For the criminal, I guess," the cabbie said. + +Malone nodded heavily. The whole thing smelled rather loudly, he +thought. The "accident" wasn't very plausible to start with. And a +search for an escaped criminal that didn't even involve checking +identification of strangers like Malone wasn't much of a search. The +cops knew who they were looking for. + +And Shellenberger hadn't been killed by accident. + +The roadblock was down, he noticed. The sheriff's office cars had +apparently carried the cheerful cops back to Las Vegas. Maybe they'd +found their man, Malone thought, and maybe they just didn't care any +more. + +"Wouldn't a State's attorney live in Carson City?" he asked after a +while. + +"Not old Gus Shellenberger," the cabbie said. "Many's the time I +talked with him and he said he loved this old town. Loved it. Like an +old friend. Why, he used to say to me--" + +At that point the Great Universal hove into view. Malone felt +extraordinarily grateful to see it. + + * * * * * + +He went to his room with the bundle of papers in his hand and locked +himself in. He lit a fresh cigar and started through the papers. Las +Vegas was the one on top, and he gave it a quick going-over. Sure +enough, the suicide of the Golden Palace owner was on page one, along +with a lot of other local news. + +_Mayor Resigns Under Council Pressure_, one headline read. On page 3 +another story was headlined: _County Attorney Indicted by Grand Jury +in Bribery Case_. And at the bottom of page 1, complete with pictures +of baffled phone operators and linemen, was a double column spread: +_Damage to Phone Relay Station Isolates City Five Hours_. + +Carson City, the State Capitol, came in for lots of interesting news, +too. Three headlines caught Malone's attention: + + LT.-GOVERNOR MORRIS SWORN IN AS GOVERNOR TWELVE MEMBERS OF + LEGISLATURE RESIGN + + Ill Health Given As Reason + + STATE'S ATTORNEY'S OFFICE: "NO COMMENT" ON RACKETS + CONNECTION CHARGE. + +The next paper was the New York Post. Malone studied the front page +with interest: + + MAYOR ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMM. + +The story on page 3 had a little more detail: + + MAYOR AMALFI ORDERS ARREST OF POLICE COMMISSIONER ON + EVIDENCE SHOWING "COLLUSION WITH GAMBLING INTERESTS" + +But Malone didn't have time to read the story. Other headlines on +pages 2 and 3 attracted his startled attention: + + TWELVE DIE IN BROOKLYN GANG MASSACRE + + Ricardo, Numbers Head, Among Slain + + "DANGEROUS DAN" SUGRUE LINKED WITH TRUCKER'S UNION + + Admits Connection "Gladly" + +[Illustration] + + HOUSING AUTHORITY DENIES, THEN CONFESSES GRAFT CHARGE + +Malone wiped a streaming brow. Apparently all hell was busting loose. +Under the _Post_ was the San Francisco _Examiner_, its crowded front +page filled with all sorts of strange and startling news items. Malone +looked over a few at random. A wildcat waterfront strike had been +called off after the resignation of the union local's president. The +"Nob Hill Mob," which had grown notorious in the past few years, had +been rounded up and captured _in toto_ after what the paper described +only as a "police tipoff." Two headlines caught his special attention: + + BERSERK POLICE CAPTAIN KILLS TWO AIDES, SELF: CORRUPTION + HINTED + +The second hit closer to home: + + FBI ARRESTS THREE STATE SENATORS ON INCOME TAX CHARGE + +Malone felt a pang of nostalgia. Conquering it after a brief struggle, +he went on to the next paper. From Los Angeles, its front page showed +that Hollywood, at least, was continuing to hold its own: + + LAVISH FUNERAL PLANNED FOR WONDER DOG TOMORROW + +But the Washington _Times-Herald_ brought things back to the mess +Malone had expected. All sorts of things were going on: + + PRESIDENT ACCEPTS RESIGNATION OF THREE CABINET MEMBERS + + New Appointees Not Yet Named + + PENTAGON TO INVESTIGATE QUARTER-MASTER CORPS GRAFT + + Revelations Hinted In Closed Hearing Thursday + + RIOT ON SENATE FLOOR QUELLED BY GUARDS + + Sen. Briggs Hospitalized + + GENERAL BREGER, MISSILE BASE HEAD, DIES IN TESTING ACCIDENT + + Faulty Equipment Blamed + +Malone put the papers down with a deep sigh. There was some kind of a +pattern there, he was sure; there had to be. More was happening in the +good old United States inside of twenty-four hours than ordinarily +happened in a couple of months. The big trouble was that some of it +was, doubtless, completely unconnected with the work of Malone's +psychological individual. It was equally certain that some of it +wasn't; no normal workings of chance could account for the spate of +resignations, deaths, arrests of high officials, freak accidents and +everything else he'd just seen. + +But there was no way of telling which was which. The only one he was +reasonably sure he could leave out of his calculations was Hollywood's +good old Wonder Dog. And when he looked at the rest all he could see +was that confusion was rampant. Which was exactly what he'd known +before. + +He remembered once, when he was a boy, his mother had taken him to an +astronomical observatory, and he had looked at Mars through the big +telescope, hoping to see the canals he'd heard so much about. Sure, +enough, there had been a blurred pattern of some kind. It might have +represented canals--but he'd been completely unable to trace any given +line. It was like looking at a spiderweb through a sheet of frosted +glass. + +He needed a clearer view, and there wasn't any way to get it without +finding some more information. Sooner or later, he told himself, +everything would fall into one simple pattern, and he would give a cry +of "Eureka!" + +There was, at any rate, no need to go to the scene of the crime. He +was right in the middle of it--and would have been, apparently, no +matter where he'd been. The big question was: where were all the facts +he needed? + +He certainly wasn't going to find them all alone in his room, he +decided. Mingling with the Las Vegas crowds might give him some sort +of a lead--and, besides, he had to act like a man on vacation, didn't +he? Satisfied of this, Malone began to change into his dress suit. +People who came to Las Vegas, he told himself while fiddling with what +seemed to be a left-hand-thread cufflink of a peculiarly nasty +disposition, were usually rich. Rich people would be worried about the +way the good old United States was acting up, just like anybody else, +but they'd have access to various sources both of information and +rumor. Rumor was more valuable than might at first appear, Malone +thought sententiously, sneaking up on the cufflink and fastening it +securely. He finished dressing with what was almost an air of hope. + +He surveyed himself in the mirror when he was done. Nobody, he told +himself with some assurance, would recognize him as the FBI Agent who +had come into the Golden Palace two years before, clad in Elizabethan +costume and escorting a Queen who had turned out to be a phenomenal +poker player. After all, Las Vegas was a town in which lots of strange +things happened daily, and he was dressed differently, and he'd aged +at least two years in the intervening two years. + +He put in a call for a hallway car--carefully refraining from asking +for Murray. + + +X + +"Business, Mr. Malone," the bartender said, "is shot all to hell. The +whole country is shot all to hell." + +"I believe it," Malone said. + +"Sure," the bartender said. He finished polishing one glass and set to +work on another one. "Look at the place," he went on. "Half full. You +been here two weeks now, and you know how business was when you came. +Now look." + +It wasn't necessary, but Malone turned obediently to survey the huge +gambling hall. It was roofed over by a large golden dome that seemed +to make the place look even emptier than it could possibly be. There +were still plenty of people around the various tables, and something +approaching a big crowd clustered around the _chemin de fer_ layout. +But it was possible to breathe in the place, and even move from table +to table without stepping into anybody's pocket. Las Vegas was +definitely sliding downhill at the moment, Malone thought. + +The glitter of polished gold and silver ornaments, the low cries of +the various dealers and officials, the buzz of conversation, were all +the same. But under the great dome, Malone told himself sadly, you +could almost see the people leaving, one by one. + +"No money around either," the bartender said. "Except maybe for a few +guys like yourself. I mean, people take their chances at the wheel or +the tables, but there's no big betting going on, just nickel-dime +stuff. And no big spending, either. Used to be tips in a place like +this, just tips, would really mount up to something worth while. Now, +nothing." He put the glass and towel down and leaned across the bar. +"You know what I think, Mr. Malone?" he said. + +"No," Malone said politely. "What do you think?" + +The bartender looked portentous. "I think all the big-money guys have +rushed off home to look after their business and like that," he said, +"everything's going to hell, and what I want to know is: What's wrong +with the country? You're a big businessman, Mr. Malone. You ought to +have some ideas." + +Malone paused and looked thoughtful. "I'll tell you what I think," he +said. "I think people have decided that gambling is sinful. Maybe we +all ought to go and get our souls dry-cleaned." + +The bartender shook his head. "You always got a little joke, Mr. +Malone," he said. "It's what I like about you. But there must be some +reason for what's happening." + +"There must be," Malone agreed. "But I'll be double-roasted for extra +fresh flavor if I know what it is." + +His vacation pay, he told himself with a feeling of downright misery, +was already down the drain. He'd been dipping into personal savings to +keep up his front as a big spender, but that couldn't go on +forever--even though he saved money on the front by gambling very +little while he tipped lavishly. And in spite of what he'd spent he +was no closer to an answer than he had been when he'd started. + +"Now, you take the stock market," the bartender said, picking up the +glass and towel again and starting to work in a semiautomatic fashion. +"It's going up and down like a regular roller coaster. I know because +I got a few little things going for me there--nothing much, you +understand, but I keep an eye out for developments. It doesn't make +any sense, Mr. Malone. Even the financial columnists can't make sense +out of it." + +"Terrible," Malone said. + +"And the Government's been cracking down on business everywhere it +can," the bartender went on. "All kinds of violations. I got nothing +against the law, you understand. But that kind of thing don't help +profits any. Look at the Justice Department." + +"You look at it," Malone muttered. + +"No," the bartender said. "I mean it. They been arresting people all +over the place for swindling on Government contracts, and falsifying +tax records, and graft, and all kinds of things. Listen, every FBI man +in the country must be up to his cute little derby hat in work." + +"I'll bet they are," Malone said. He heaved a great sigh. Every one of +them except Kenneth J. Malone was probably hopping full time in an +effort to straighten out the complicated mess everything was getting +into. Of course, he was working, too--but not officially. As far as +the FBI knew, he was on vacation, and they were perfectly willing to +let him stay there. + +A nationwide emergency over two weeks old, and getting worse all the +time--and Burris hadn't even so much as called Malone to talk about +the weather. He'd said that Malone was one of his top operatives, but +now that trouble was really piling up there wasn't a peep out of him. + +The enemy, whoever they were, were doing a great job, Malone thought +bitterly. Every time Burris decided he might need Malone, apparently, +they pushed a little mental burst at him and turned him around again. +He could just picture Burris looking blankly at an FBI roster and +saying: "Malone? Who's he?" + +It wasn't a nice picture. Malone took a deep swallow of his +bourbon-and-water and tried forgetting about it. The bartender, called +by another customer, put the glass and towel down and went to the +other end of the bar. Malone finished his drink very slowly, feeling +more lonely than he could ever remember being before. + + * * * * * + +At last, though, four-thirty rolled around and he got up from the +plush bar stool and headed for the Universal Joint, the hotel's big +show-room. It was one of the few places in the hotel that was easily +reachable from the front bar on foot, and Malone walked, taking an +unexpected pleasure in this novel form of locomotion. In a few minutes +he was at the great curtained front doors. + +He pushed them open. Later, of course, when the Universal Joint was +open to the public, a man in a uniform slightly more impressive than +that of a South American generalissimo would be standing before the +doors to save patrons the unpleasant necessity of opening them for +themselves. But now, in the afternoon, the Universal Joint was closed. +There was no one inside but Primo Palveri, the manager and majority +stockholder of the Great Universal, and the new strip act he was +watching. Malone didn't particularly like the idea of sharing his +conversation with a burlesque stripper, but there was little he could +do about it; he'd waited several days for the appointment already. + +As the doors opened he could hear a nasal voice, almost without +over-tones, saying: "Now turn around, baby. Turn around." A pause, and +then another voice, this one female: + +"Is this all right, Mr. Palveri? You want me to show you something +else?" + +Malone shut the door quietly behind him. The female voice was coming +from the throat of a semi-naked girl about five feet eight, with +bright red hair and a wide, wide smile. She was staring at a chunky +little black-haired man sunk in a chair, whose back was to Malone. + +"What else do you do, Sweetheart?" the chunky man said. "Let me see +whatever you do. I want some wide-talent stuff, you know, for the +place. Class." + +The girl smiled even wider. Malone was sure her teeth were about to +fall out onto the floor, probably in a neat arrangement that spelled +out _Will You Kiss Me In The Dark Baby_. That would take an awful lot +of teeth, he reflected, but the stripper looked as if she could manage +the job. "I dance and sing," she said. "I could do a dance for you, +but my music is upstairs. You want me to go and get it?" + +Palveri shook his head. "How about a song, baby? You mind singing +without a piano?" + +"I don't have anything prepared," the girl said, her eyes wide. "I +didn't know this was going to be a special audition. I thought, you +know, just a burlesque audition, so I didn't bring anything." + +Palveri sank a little lower in the chair. "O.K., Sweetheart," he said. +"You got a nice shape, you'll fit in the line anyhow. But just sing a +song you know. How about that? If you make it with that, you could get +yourself a featured spot. More dough." + +The girl appeared to consider this proposition. "Gee," she said +slowly. "I could do 'God Bless America'. O.K., Mr. Palveri?" + +The chunky man sank even deeper toward the floor. "Never mind," he +said. "Go get dressed, tell Tony you got the number five spot in the +line. O.K.?" + +"Gee," she said. "Maybe I could work on something and do it for you +some other time, Mr. Palveri?" + +He nodded wearily. "Some other time," he said. "Sure." + + * * * * * + +The girl went off through a door at the left of the club. Malone +threaded his way past tables with chairs piled on top of them until he +came to Palveri's side. The club owner was sitting on a single chair +dragged off the heap that stood on a table next to him. He didn't turn +around. "Mr. Malone," he said, "take another chair, sit down and we'll +talk. O.K.?" + +Malone blinked. "How'd you know I was there?" he said. "Much less who +I was?" + +"In this business," Palveri said, still without turning, "you learn to +notice things, Mr. Malone. I heard you come in and wait. Who else +would you be?" + +Malone took a chair from the pile and set it up next to Palveri's. The +chunky man turned to face him for the first time. Malone took a deep +breath and tried to look hard and tough as he studied the club owner. + +Palveri had small, sunken eyes decorated with bluish bags below and +tufted black eyebrows above. The eyes were very cold. The rest of his +face didn't warm things up any; he had an almost lipless slash for a +mouth, a small reddish nose and cheeks that could have used either a +shave or a good sandblasting job. + + * * * * * + +"You said you wanted to see me," Palveri began after a second. "But +you didn't say what about. What's up, Mr. Malone?" + +"I've been looking around," Malone said in what he hoped was a grim, +no-nonsense tone. "Checking things. You know." + +"Checking?" Palveri said. "What's this about?" + +Malone shrugged. He fished out a cigarette and lit it. "Castelnuovo in +Chicago sent me down," he said. "I've been doing some checking around +for him." + +Palveri's eyes narrowed slightly. Malone puffed on the cigarette and +tried to act cool. "You throwing names around to impress me?" the club +owner said at last. + +"I'm not throwing names around," Malone said grimly. "Castelnuovo +wants me to look around, that's all." + +"Castelnuovo's a big man in Chicago," Palveri said. "He wouldn't send +a guy down without telling me about it." + +"He did," Malone said. He thought back to the FBI files on Giacomo +Castelnuovo, which took up a lot of space in Washington, even on +microfilm. "You want proof?" he said. "He's got a scar over his ribs +on the left side--got it from a bullet in '62. He wears a little black +mustache because he thinks he looks like an old-time TV star, but he +doesn't, much. He's got three or four girls on the string, but the +only one he cares about is Carla Bragonzi. He--" + +"O.K.," Palveri said. "O.K., O.K. You know him. You're not fooling, +around. But how come he sends you down without telling me?" + +Malone shrugged. "I've been here two weeks," he said. "You didn't know +I was around, did you? That's the way Castelnuovo wanted it." + +"He thinks I'd cheat him?" Palveri said, his face changing color +slightly. "He thinks I'd dress up for him or drag down? He knows me +better than that." + +Malone took a puff of his cigarette. "Maybe he just wants to be sure," +he said. "Funny things are happening all over." The cigarette tasted +terrible and he put it out in an ashtray from the chair-covered table. + +"You're telling me," Palveri said. "Things are crazy. What I'm +thinking is this: Maybe Castelnuovo wants to keep this place +operating. Maybe he wants to keep me here working for him." + +"And if he does?" Malone said. + +"If he does, he's going to have to pay for it," Palveri said firmly. +"The place needs dough to keep operating. I've got to have a loan, or +else I'm going under." + +"The place is making money," Malone said. + +Palveri shook his head vigorously. He reached into a pocket and took +out a gold cigar case. He flipped it open. "Have one," he told Malone. + +An FBI Agent, Malone told himself, had no business smoking cigars and +looking undignified. But as a messenger from Castelnuovo, he could do +as he pleased. He almost reached for one before he realized that +maybe, sometime in the future, Palveri would find out who Kenneth J. +Malone really was. And then he'd remember Malone smoking cigars, and +that would be bad for the dignity of the FBI. Reluctantly, he drew his +hand back. + +"No, thanks," he said. "Never touch 'em." + +"To each his own," Palveri muttered. He took out a cigar, lit it and +returned the case to his pocket. The immediate vicinity became crowded +with smoke. Malone breathed deeply. + +"About the money--" Malone said after a second. + +Palveri snorted. "The place is making half of what I'm losing," he +said. "You got to see it this way, Malone: the contacts are gone." + +"Contacts?" Malone said. + +Palveri nodded. "The mayor's resigned, remember?" he said. "You saw +that. Everybody's getting investigated. A couple of weeks ago the +Golden Palace guy knocked himself off, and where does that leave me? +He's my only contact with half the State boys; hell, he ran the whole +string of clubs here, more or less. Castelnuovo knows all that." + +"Sure," Malone said. "But you can make new contacts." + +"Where?" Palveri said. He flung out his arms. "When nobody knows +what's going to happen tomorrow? I tell you, Malone, it's like a curse +on me." + +Malone decided to push the man a little farther. "Castelnuovo," he +said with what he hoped was a steely glint in his eyes, "isn't going +to like a curse ruining business." He took another deep breath of +tobacco smoke. + +"Primo Palveri don't like it either," Palveri said. "You think +whatever you like but that's the way things are. It's like Prohibition +except we're losing all the way down the line. Listen, and I'll tell +you something you didn't pick up around town." + +"Go ahead," Malone said. + + * * * * * + +Palveri blew out some more smoke. "You know about the shipments?" he +said. "The stuff from out on the desert?" + +Malone nodded. The FBI had a long file on the possibility of +Castelnuovo, through Palveri or someone else in the vicinity, shipping +peyotl buttons from Nevada and New Mexico all over the country. Until +this moment, it had only been a possibility. + +"Mike Sand wanted to get in on some of that," Palveri said. "Well, +it's big money, a guy figures he's got to have competition. But it's +business nowadays, not a shooting war. That went out forty years ago." + +"So?" Malone said, acting impatient. + +"I'm getting there," Palveri said. "I'm getting there. Mike Sand and +his truckers, they tried to high jack a shipment coming through out on +the desert. Now, the Trucker's Union is old and experienced, maybe, +but not as old and experienced as the Mafia. It figures we can take +them, right?" + +"It figures," Malone agreed. "But you didn't?" + +Palveri looked doleful. "It's like a curse," he said. "Two boys +wounded and one of them dead, right there on the sand. The shipment +gone, and Mike Sand on his way to the East with it. A curse." He +sucked some more at the cigar. + +Malone looked thoughtful and concerned. "Things are certainly bad," he +said. "But how's money going to make things any better?" + +Palveri almost dropped his cigar. Malone watched it lovingly. "Help?" +the club owner said. "With money I could stay open, I could stay +alive. Listen, I had investments, nice guaranteed stuff: real estate, +some California oil stuff ... you know the kind of thing." + +"Sure," Malone said. + +"Now that the contacts are gone and everybody's dead or resigned or +being investigated," Palveri said, "what do you think's happened to +all that? Down the drain, Malone." + +Malone said: "But--" + +"And not only that," Palveri said, waving the cigar. "The club was +going good, and you know I thought about building a second one a +little farther out. A straight investment, get me: an honest one." + +Malone nodded as if he knew all about it. + +"So I got the foundation in, Malone," Palveri said, "and it's just +sitting there, not doing anything. A whole foundation going to pot +because I can't do anything more with it. Just sitting there because +everything's going to hell with itself." + +"In a handbasket," Malone said automatically. + +Palveri gave him a violent nod. "You said it, Malone," he added. +"Everything. My men, too." He sighed. "And the contractor after me for +his dough. Good old Harry Seldon, everybody's friend. Sure. Owe him +some money and find out how friendly he is. Talks about nothing but +figures. Ten thousand. Twelve thousand." + +"Tough," Malone said. "But what do you mean about your men?" + +"Mistakes," Palveri said. "Book-keepers throwing the computers off and +croupiers making mistakes paying off and collecting--and always +mistakes against me, Malone. Always. It's like a curse. Even the hotel +bills--three of them this week were made out too small and the +customer paid up and went before I found out about it." + +"It sounds like a curse," Malone said. "Either that or there are spies +in the organization." + +"Spies?" Palveri said. "With the checking we do? With the way I've +known some of these guys from childhood? They were little kids with +me, Malone. They stuck with me all the way. And with Castelnuovo, +too," he added hurriedly. + +"Sure," Malone said. "But they could still be spies." + +Palveri nodded sadly. "I thought of that," he said. "I fired four of +them. Four of my childhood friends, Malone. It was like cutting off an +arm. And all it did was leave me with one arm less. The same mistakes +go on happening." + +Malone stood up and heaved a sigh. "Well," he said, "I'll see what I +can do." + +"I'd appreciate it, Malone," Palveri said. "And when Primo Palveri +appreciates something, he _appreciates_ it. Get what I mean?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "I'll report back and let you know what happens." + +Palveri looked just as anxious, but a little hopeful. "I need the +dough," he said. "I really need it." + +"With dough," Malone said, "you could fix up what's been happening?" + +Palveri shrugged. "Who knows?" he said. "But I could stay open long +enough to find out." + +Malone went back to the gaming room feeling that he had learned +something, but not being quite sure what. Obviously whatever +organization was mixing everything up was paying just as much +attention to gangsters as to congressmen and businessmen. The simple +justice of this arrangement did not escape Malone, but he failed to +see where it led him. + +[Illustration] + +He considered the small chance that Palveri would actually call +Castelnuovo and check up on Kenneth J. Malone, but he didn't think it +was probable. Palveri was too desperate to take the chance of making +his boss mad in case Malone's story were true. And, even if the check +were made, Malone felt reasonably confident. It's hard to kill a man +who has a good, accurate sense of precognition and who can teleport +himself out of any danger he might get into. Not impossible, but hard. +Being taken for a ride in the desert, for instance, might be an +interesting experience, but could hardly prove inconvenient to anybody +except the driver of the car and the men holding the guns. + +The gaming room wasn't any fuller, he noticed. He wended his way back +to the bar for a bourbon-and-water and greeted the bartender morosely. +The drink came along and he sipped at it quietly, trying to put things +together in his mind. The talk with Palveri, he felt sure, had +provided an essential clue--maybe _the_ essential clue--to what was +going on. But he couldn't find it. + +"Mess," he said quietly. "Everything's in a mess. And so what?" + +A voice behind him picked that second to say: "Gezundheit." Malone +didn't turn. Instead he looked at the bar mirror, and one glance at +what was reflected there was enough to freeze him as solid as the core +of Pluto. + +Lou was there. Lou Gehrig or whatever her name was, the girl behind +the reception desk of the New York offices of the Psychical Research +Society. That, in itself, didn't bother him. The company of a +beautiful girl while drinking was not something Malone actually hated. +But she knew he was an FBI Agent, and she might pick any second to +blat it out in the face of an astonished bartender. This, Malone told +himself, would not be pleasant. He wondered just how to hush her up +without attracting attention. Knock-out pills in her drink? A hand +over her mouth? A sudden stream of unstoppable words? + +He had reached no decision when she sat down on the stool beside him, +turned a bright, cheerful smile in his direction and said: "I've +forgotten your name. Mine's Luba Ardanko." + +"Oh," Malone said dully. Even the disclosure of what "Lou" stood for +did nothing to raise his spirits. + +"I'm always forgetting things," Lou went on. "I've forgotten just +about everything about you." + +Malone breathed a long, inaudible sigh of relief. If more people, he +thought, had the brains not to greet FBI Agents by name, rank and +serial number when meeting them in a strange place, there would be +fewer casualties among the FBI. + +He realized that Luba was still smiling at him expectantly. "My name's +Malone," he said. "Kenneth Malone. I'm a cookie manufacturer, +remember?" + +"Oh," Luba said delightedly. "Sure! I remember last time I met you you +gave me that lovely box of cookies. Modeled on the Seven Dwarfs." + +Occasionally, Malone told himself, things moved a little faster than +he liked. "On the Seven Dwarfs," he said. "Oh, sure." + +"And I thought the model of Sneezy was awfully cute," she said. "But +don't let's talk about cookies. Let's talk about Martinis." + +Malone opened his mouth, tried to think of something clever to say, +and shut it again. Luba Ardanko was, perfectly obviously, altogether +too fast for him. But then, he reflected, I've had a hard day. "All +right," he said at last. "What _about_ Martinis?" + +Luba's smile broadened. "I'd like one," she said. "And since you're a +wealthy cookie manufacturer--" + +"Be my guest," Malone said. "On the other hand, why not buy your own? +Since they're free as long as you're in the gambling room." + +The bartender had approached them silently. "That's right," he said in +a voice that betrayed the fact that he had memorized the entire +speech, word for word. "Drinks are free for those who play the gaming +tables. A courtesy of the Great Universal." + +He delivered a Martini and Luba drank it while Malone finished his +bourbon-and-water. "Well," she said, "I suppose we've got to go to the +gambling tables now. If only to be fair." + +"A horrible fate," Malone agreed, "but there you are: that's life." + +"It certainly is," she said brightly, and moved off. Malone, shaking +his head, went after her and found her standing in front of a roulette +wheel. "I just love roulette," she said, turning. "Don't you? It's so +exciting and expensive." + +Malone licked dry lips, said: "Sure," and started to move off. + +"Oh, let's just play a little," Luba said. + +There was nothing to do but agree. Malone put a small stack of silver +dollars on Red, and the croupier looked up with a bored expression. +There were three other people in the game, including a magnificent old +lady with blue hair who spent her money with a lavish hand. Two weeks +before, she wouldn't even have been noticed. Now the croupier was +bending over backward in an attempt not to show how grateful he was +for the patronage. + +The wheel spun around and landed on Number Two, Black. Malone sighed +and fished for more money. He felt his precognitive sense beginning to +come into play and happily decided to ride with it. This time the +stack of silver dollars was larger. + +Twenty minutes later he left the table approximately nine hundred +dollars richer. Luba was beaming. "There, now," she said. "Wasn't that +fun?" + +"Hysterical," Malone said. He glanced back over his shoulder. The +blue-haired old lady was winning and losing large sums with a speed +and aplomb that was certainly going to make her a twenty-four-hour +legend by the end of the evening. She looked grim and secure, as if +she were undergoing a penance. Malone shrugged and looked away. + +"Now," Luba said, "you can take me dancing." + +"I can?" Malone said. "I mean, do I? I mean--" + +"I mean the Solar Room," Luba said. "I've always wanted to enter on +the arms of a handsome cookie manufacturer. It will make me the +sensation of New York society." + + * * * * * + +The Solar Room was magnificently expensive. Malone had been there +once, establishing his character as a man of lavish appetites, and had +then avoided the place in deference to his real bankroll. He +remembered it as the kind of place where an order of scrambled eggs +was liable to come in, flaming, on a golden sabre. But Luba wanted the +Solar Room, and Malone was not at all sure she wouldn't use blackmail +if he turned her down. "Fine," he said in a lugubrious tone. + +The place shone, when they entered, as if they had come in from the +darkness of midnight. Along with the Universal Joint, it was the pride +and glory of the Great Universal Hotel and no expense had been spared +in the attempt to give it what Primo Palveri called Class. Couples and +foursomes were scattered around at the marble-topped tables, and +red-uniformed waiters scurried around bearing drinks, food and even +occasional plug-in telephones. There seemed to be more of the last +than Malone remembered as usual; people were worrying about +investments and businesses, and even those who had decided to stick it +out grimly at Las Vegas and, _enjoy_ themselves had to check up with +the home folks in order to know when to start pricing windows in high +buildings. Malone wondered how many people were actually getting their +calls through. Since the first breakdown two weeks before, Las Vegas +and virtually every other United States city had suffered +interruptions in telephone service. Las Vegas had had three breakdowns +in two weeks; other cities weren't doing much better, if at all. + +Vaguely, Malone began looking around for handbaskets. + +"Let's dance," Luba said happily. "They're playing our song." + +On a stand at the front of the room a small orchestra was working away +busily. There were two or three couples on the postage-stamp dance +floor, whirling away to the strains of something Malone dimly +remembered as: "My heart's in orbit out in space until I see you +again." + +"Our song?" he said. + +Luba nodded. "You sang it to me the very first time we met," she said. +"At the cookie-manufacturer's ball. Remember?" + +Malone sighed. If Luba wanted to dance, Luba was going to dance. And +so was Malone. He rose and they went to the dance floor. Malone took +her in his arms and for a few bars they danced silently. At the end of +that time they were much closer together than they had been, and +Malone realized that he was somehow managing to enjoy himself. +Thoroughly. + +He thought dimly of the stripper he'd seen when he walked in on +Palveri. Like Luba, she had red hair. But somehow, she looked less +attractive undressed than Luba did in a complete wardrobe. Malone +wondered what the funny feeling creeping up his spine was. After a +second he realized that it wasn't love. Luba's hand was tickling him. +He shifted slightly and the hand left, but the funny feeling remained. + +Maybe it _was_ love, he thought. He didn't know whether or not to hope +so. + +Luba was pressed close to him. He wondered how to open the +conversation, and decided that a sudden passionate declaration would +be more startling than welcome. At last he said: "Thanks for not +tipping my hand." + +Luba's whisper caressed his ear. "Don't thank me," she said. "I +enjoyed it." + +"Why are you doing this?" Malone said. "Not that I don't appreciate +it, but I thought you were sore." + +"Let's just say that your masterful, explosive approach was +irresistible," Luba said. + +Malone wondered briefly whether or not they'd turned off the +air-conditioning. If he moved slightly away from Luba, he thought, he +could breathe more easily. But breathing just wasn't worth it. "I will +cheerfully admit," he said, "that I am a ball of fire in the +feathers, as they say. But I didn't realize it was that obvious--even +to a woman of your tender sensitivity." + +Somehow, Luba had managed to get even closer to him. "You touch me +deeply," she whispered into his ear. + +Malone swallowed hard and tried to take another breath. Just one more, +he thought; that would be all he needed. "What are you doing in Las +Vegas?" he asked in what he hoped was a casual tone. It didn't sound +very casual, though. + +"I'm on vacation," Luba said in an off-handed manner. "I won't ask +what you're doing; I can guess pretty well. Besides, you obviously +want to keep it under cover." + +"Well," Malone said, "I certainly wouldn't want what I'm doing to be +broadcast aloud to the great American public out there in +television-land." It was a long speech for a man without any breath. +Just one more, Malone told himself, and he could die happy. + +"I felt that," Luba said. "You know, Mr. Malone--" + +"Call me Ken," Malone said. + +"It is silly to be formal now, isn't it?" Luba said. "You know, Ken, +I'm beginning to realize that you are really a very nice person--in +spite of your rather surprising method of attack." + +"What's surprising about it?" Malone said. "People do it all the +time." + + * * * * * + +The orchestra suddenly shifted from the previous slow number to a +rapid fire tune Malone couldn't remember having heard before. "That," +he announced, "is too fast for me. I'm going to get some fresh air." + +Luba nodded, her red hair brushing Malone's cheek silkily. "I'm +coming, too," she said. + +Surrounding the Great Universal, Malone remembered, was a small belt +of parkland. He flagged a hallway car--remembering carefully to check +whether or not the driver was the sniggering Murray--and he and Luba +piled in and started out for the park. In the car, he held her hand +silently, feeling a little like a bashful schoolboy and a little like +Sir Kenneth Malone. It was a strange mixture, but he decided that he +liked it. + +They got out, standing in the cool darkness of the park. Overhead a +moon and stars were shining. The little hallway car rolled away and +they were alone. Completely alone. Malone swallowed hard. + +"Sleuth," Luba said softly in the darkness. + +Malone turned to face her. + +"Sleuth," she said, "don't you ever take a chance?" + +"Chance?" Malone said. + +"Damn it," Luba said in a soft, sweet voice, "kiss me, Ken." + +Malone had no answer to that--at least, no verbal answer. But then, +one didn't seem to be needed. + +When he finally came up for air, he said: "Lou--" + +"Yes, Ken?" + +"Lou, how long are you going to be here? Or in New York? What I mean +is--" + +"I'll be around," Lou said. "I will be going back to New York of +course; after all, Ken, I do have a living to make, such as it is, and +Sir Lewis is expecting me." + +"I don't know," Malone said, "but it still sounds funny. A girl like +you working for ... well, for the Psychical Research people. Ghosts +and ectoplasm and all that." + +Suddenly Lou wasn't in his arms any more. "Now, wait a minute," she +said. "You seemed to need their information, all right." + +"But that was ... oh, well," Malone said. "Never mind. Maybe I'm +silly. It really doesn't matter." + +"I guess it doesn't, now," Lou said in a softer tone. "Except that it +does mean I'll be going back to New York pretty soon." + +"Oh," Malone said. "But ... look, Lou, maybe we could work something +out. I could tell Sir Lewis I needed you here for something, and then +he'd--" + +"My, my," she said. "What it must be like to have all that influence." + +"What?" Malone said. + +Lou grinned, almost invisibly. "Nothing," she said. "Nothing. But, my +fine feathered Fed, I don't want to be pulled around on somebody +else's string." + +"But--" + +"I mean it, Ken," Luba said. + +Malone shrugged. "Suppose we table it for now, then," he said, "and +get around to it later. At dinner, say ... around nine?" + +"And just where," Luba said, "will you be before nine? Making improper +advances to the local contingent of chorines?" + +"I will make improper advances," Malone vowed, "only to you, Lou." + +Lou's eyes sparkled. "Goody," she said. "I've always wanted to be a +Fallen Woman." + +"But I have got some things to do before nine," Malone said. "I've got +to work, too." + +"Well, then," Lou said in a suspiciously sweet voice, "suppose I talk +to Sir Lewis Carter, and tell him to keep you in New York? Then--" + +"Enough," Malone said. "Nine o'clock." + +[Illustration] + + +XI + + Somebody somewhere was wishing all the world "a plague on + both your houses," and making it stick. Confusion is fun in a + comedy--but in the pilot of a plane or an executive of a + nation.... + +Back in his room, Malone put on a fresh shirt, checked the .44 Magnum +in his shoulder holster, changed jackets, adjusted his hat to the +proper angle, and vanished. + +He had, he'd realized, exactly one definite lead. And now he was going +to follow up on it. The Government was apparently falling to pieces; +so was business and so was the Mafia. Nobody Malone had heard of had +gained anything. Except Mike Sand and his truckers. They'd beaten the +Mafia, at least. + +Sand was worth a chat. Malone had a way to get in to see him, but he +had to work fast. Otherwise Sand would very possibly know what Malone +was trying to do. And that might easily be dangerous. + +He had made his appearance in the darkness beneath one of the bridges +at the southwest side of Central Park, in New York. It was hardly +Malone's idea of perfect comfort, but it did mean safety; there was +very seldom anyone around after dark, and the shadows were thick +enough so that his "appearance" would only mean, to the improbable +passerby, that he had stepped out into the light. + +Now he strolled quietly over to Central Park West, and flagged a taxi +heading downtown. He'd expected to run into one of the roving muggers +who still made the Park a trap for the unwary--he'd almost looked +forward to it, in a way--but nobody appeared. It was unusual, but he +didn't have time to wonder about it. + +The headquarters for the National Brotherhood of Truckers was east of +Greenwich Village, on First Avenue, so Malone had plenty of time to +think things out while the cab wended its laborious southeast way. +After a few minutes he realized that he would have even more time to +think than he'd planned on. + +"Lots of traffic for this time of night," he volunteered. + +The cabbie, a fiftyish man with a bald, wrinkled head and surprisingly +bright blue eyes, nodded without turning his head. "Maybe you think +this is bad," he said. "You would not recognize the place an hour +earlier, friend. During the real rush hour, I mean. Things are what +they call _meshuggah_, friend. It means crazy." + +"How come?" Malone said. + +"The subway is on strike since last week," the cabbie said. "The buses +are also on strike. This means that everybody is using a car. They +can make it faster if they wish to walk, but they use a car. It does +not help matters, believe me." + +"I can see that," Malone murmured. + +"And the cops are not doing much good either," the cabbie went on, +"since they went on strike sometime last Tuesday." + +Malone nodded, and then did a double-take. "Cops?" he said. "On +strike? But that's illegal. They could be arrested." + +"You can be funny," the cabbie said. "I am too sad to be funny." + +"But--" + +"Unless you are from Rhode Island," the cabbie said, "or even farther +away, you are deaf, dumb and blind. Everybody in New York knows what +is going on by this time. I admit that it is not in the newspapers, +but the newspapers do not tell the truth since, as I remember it, the +City Council election of 1924, and then it is an accident, due to the +major's best friend working in the printing plants." + +"But cops can't go on strike," Malone said plaintively. + +"This," the cabbie said in a judicious tone, "is true. But they do not +give out any parking tickets any more, or any traffic citations +either. They are working on bigger things, they say, and besides all +this there are not so many cops on the force now. They are spread very +thin." + +Malone could see what was coming. "Arrests of policemen," he said, +"and resignations." + +"And investigations," the cabbie said. "Mayor Amalfi is a good Joe +and does not want anything in the papers until a real strike comes +along, but the word gets out anyhow, as it always does." + +"Makes driving tough," Malone said. + +"People can make better time on their hands and knees," the cabbie +said, "with the cops pulling a strike. They concentrate on big items +now, and you can even smoke in the subways if you can find a subway +that is running." + +Malone stopped to think how much of the city's income depended on +parking tickets and small fines, and realized that a "strike" like the +one the police were pulling might be very effective indeed. And, +unlike the participants in the Boston Police Strike of sixty-odd years +before, these cops would have public sentiment on their side--since +they were keeping actual crime down. + +"How long do they think it's going to last?" Malone said. + +"It can be over tomorrow," the cabbie said, "but this is not generally +believed in the most influential quarters. Mayor Amalfi and the new +Commissioner try to straighten things out all day long, but the way +things go straightening them out does no good. Something big is in the +wind, friend. I--" + + * * * * * + +The cab, on Second Avenue and Seventeenth Street, stopped for a +traffic light. Malone felt an itch in the back of his mind, as if his +prescience were trying to warn him of something; he'd felt it for a +little while, he realized, but only now could he pay attention to it. + +The door on the driver's side opened suddenly, and so did the door +next to Malone. Two young men, obviously in their early twenties, were +standing in the openings, holding guns that were plainly intended for +immediate use. + +The one next to the driver said, in a flat voice: "Don't nobody get +wise. That way nobody gets hurt. Give us--" + +That was as far as he got. + +When the rear door had opened, Malone had had a full second to prepare +himself, which was plenty of time. The message from his precognitive +powers had come along just in time. + +The second gunman thrust his gun into the cab. He seemed almost to be +handing it to Malone politely, and this effect was spoiled only by +Malone's twist of the gunman's wrist, which must have felt as if he'd +put his hand into a loop tied to the axle of a high-speed centrifuge. +The gunman let go of the gun and Malone, spurning it, let it drop. + +He didn't need it. His other hand had gone into his coat and come out +again with the .44 Magnum. + +The thug at the front of the car had barely realized what was +happening by the time it was all over. Automatic reflexes turned him +away from the driver and toward the source of danger, his gun pointing +toward Malone. But the reflexes gave out as he found himself staring +down a rifled steel tube which, though hardly more than +seven-sixteenths of an inch in diameter, must have looked as though a +high-speed locomotive might come roaring out of it at any second. + +Malone hardly needed to bark: "_Drop it!_" The revolver hit the seat +next to the cabbie. + +"Driver," Malone said in a conversational voice, "can you handle a +gun?" + +"Why, it is better than even that I still can," the cabbie said. "I am +in the business myself many years ago, before I see the error of my +ways and buy a taxi with the profits I make. It is a high-pay +business," he went on, "but very insecure." + +The cabbie scooped up the weapon by his side, flipped out the cylinder +expertly to check the cartridges, flipped it back in and centered the +muzzle on the gunman who'd dropped the revolver. + +"It is more than thirty years since I use one of these," he said +gently, "but I do not forget how to pull the trigger, and at this +range I can hardly miss." + +Malone noticed vaguely that he was still holding hands with the second +gunman, and that this one was trying to struggle free. Malone shrugged +and eased off a bit, at the same time shifting his own aim. The .44 +Magnum now pointed at gunman number two, and the cabbie was aiming at +gunman number one. The tableau was silent for some seconds. + +"Now," Malone said at last, "we wait. Driver, if you would sort of +lean against your horn button, we might be able to speed things up a +little. The light has turned green." + +"The local constables," the cabbie said, "do not bother with stalled +cars in traffic these days." + +"But," Malone pointed out, "I have a hunch no cop could resist a taxi +which is not only stalled and blocking traffic but is also blatting +its horn continuously. Strike or no strike," he finished +sententiously, "there are things beyond the power of man to ignore." + +"Friend," the cabbie said, "you convince me. It is a good move." He +sagged slightly against the horn button, keeping the gun centered at +all times on the man before him. + +The horn began to wail horribly. + +The first gunman swallowed nervously. "Hey, now, listen," he said, +shouting slightly above the horn. "This wasn't anything. Just a gag, +see? A little gag. We was playing a joke. On a friend." + +The driver addressed Malone. "Do you ever see either of these boys +before?" + +"Never," Malone said. + +"Nor do I," the cabbie said. He eyed the gunman. "We are not your +friend," he said. "Either of us." + +"No, no," the gunman said. "Not you. This friend, he ... uh ... owns a +taxi, and we thought this was it. It was kind of a joke, see? A +friendly joke, that's all. Believe me, the gun's not even loaded. Both +of them aren't. Phony bullets, honest. Believe me?" + +"Why, naturally I believe you," the cabbie said politely. "I never +doubt the word of a stranger, especially such an honest-appearing +stranger as you seem to be. And since the gun is loaded with false +bullets, as you say, all you have to do is reach over and take it away +from me." + +There was a short silence. + +"A joke," the gunman said feebly. "Honest, just a joke." + +"We believe you," Malone assured him grandly. "As a matter of fact, we +appreciate the joke so much that we want you to tell it to a panel of +twelve citizens, a judge and a couple of lawyers, so they can +appreciate it, too. They get little fun out of life and your joke may +give them a few moments of happiness. Why hide your light under an +alibi?" + +The horn continued its dismal wail for a few seconds more before two +patrolmen and a sergeant came up on horses. It took somewhat more time +than that for Malone to convince the sergeant that he didn't have time +to go down to the station to prefer charges. He showed his +identification and the police were suitably impressed. + +"Lock 'em up for violating the Sullivan Law," he said. "I'm sure they +don't have licenses for these lovely little guns of theirs." + +"Probably not," the sergeant agreed. "There's been an awful lot of +this kind of thing going on lately. But here's an idea: the cabbie +here can come on with us." + +The top of the cabbie's head turned pale. "That," he said, "is the +trouble with being a law-abiding citizen such as I have been for +upwards of thirty years. Because I do not want to lose twenty dollars +to these young strangers, I lose twenty dollars' worth of time in a +precinct station, the air of which is very bad for my asthma." + +Malone, taking the hint, dug a twenty out of his pockets, and then +added another to it, remembering how much he had spent in Las Vegas, +where his money funneled slowly into the pockets of Primo Palveri. The +cabbie took the money with haste and politeness and stowed it away. + +"Gentlemen," he said, "I am now prepared to spend the entire night +signing affidavits, if enough affidavits can be dug up." He looked +pleased. + +"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said wearily, "people just don't realize +what's going on in this town. We never did have half enough cops, and +now, with so many men resigning and getting arrested and suspended, we +haven't got a quarter enough. People think this strike business is +funny, but if we spent any time fiddling around with traffic and +parking tickets, we'd never have time to stop even crimes like this, +let alone the big jobs. As it is, though, there haven't been a lot of +big ones. Every hood in the city's out to make a couple of bucks--but +that's it so far, thank God." + +Malone nodded. "How about the FBI?" he said. "Want them to come in and +help?" + +"Mr. Malone," the sergeant said, "the City of New York can take very +good care of itself, without outside interference." + +Some day, Malone told himself, good old New York City was going to +secede from the Union and form a new country entirely. Then it would +have a war with New Jersey and probably be wiped right off the map. + +Viewing the traffic around him as he hunted for another cab, he wasn't +at all sure that that was a bad idea. He began to wish vaguely that he +had borrowed one of the policemen's horses. + + * * * * * + +Malone wasn't in the least worried about arriving at Mike Sand's +office late. In the first place, Sand was notorious for sleeping late +and working late to make up for it. His work schedule was somewhere +around forty-five degrees out of phase with the rest of the world, +which made it just about average for the National Brotherhood of +Truckers. It had never agitated for a nine-to-five work day. A man +driving a truck, after all, worked all sorts of odd hours--and the +union officials did the same, maybe just to prove that they were all +good truckers at heart. + +The sign over the door read: + + National Headquarters + NATIONAL BROTHERHOOD + OF TRUCKERS + Welcome, Brother + +Malone pushed at the door and it swung open, revealing a rather +dingy-looking foyer. More Good Old Truckers At Heart, he told himself. +Mike Sand owned a quasi-palatial mansion in Puerto Rico for winter +use, and a two-floor, completely air-conditioned apartment on Fifth +Avenue for summer use. But the Headquarters Building looked dingy +enough to make truckers conscience-stricken about paying back dues. + +Behind the reception desk there was a man whose face was the +approximate shape and color of a slightly used waffle. He looked up +from his crossword puzzle as Malone came in, apparently trying to +decide whether or not this new visitor should be greeted with: +"Welcome, Brother!" + +Taking pity on his indecision, Malone strode to the desk and said: +"Tell Mike Sand he has a visitor." + +The waffle-faced man blinked. "Mr. Sand is busy right now," he said. +"Who wants to talk to him?" + +Malone tried to look steely-eyed and tough. "You pick up the +intercom," he said, "and you tell Sand there's a man out here who's in +the cloak-and-suit business." + +"The what?" + +"Tell him this man is worried about a recent shipment of buttons," +Malone went on. + +"Mister," the waffle-faced man said, "you're nuts." + +"So I'm nuts," Malone said. "Make the call." + +It was put through. After a few minutes of earnest conversation the +man turned to look at Malone again, dizzied wonder in his eyes. "Mr. +Sand says go right up," he told the FBI Agent in a shocked voice. +"Elevator to the third floor." + +Malone went over to the elevator, stepped in and pressed the +third-floor button. As the doors closed, the familiar itch of +precognition began to assail him again. This time he had nothing else +to distract him. He paid very close attention to it as he was carried +slowly and creakily upward. + +He looked up. There was an escape-hatch in the top of the car. +Standing on tiptoe, he managed to lift it aside, grasp the edges of +the resulting hole and pull himself up through the hole to the top of +the car. He looked back down, memorizing the elevator, and then pulled +the hatch shut again. There was a small peephole in it, and Malone put +his eye to it and waited. + +About twenty seconds later, the car stopped and the doors opened. A +little more time passed, and then a gun, closely followed by a man, +edged around the door frame. + +"What the hell," the man said. "The car's empty!" + +Another voice said: "Let's cover the stairway." + +Two pairs of footsteps receded rapidly down the hall. Malone, gun in +hand, teleported himself back to the previously memorized elevator, +tiptoed to the door and looked out. The two men were standing at the +far end of the hall, posted at either side of the stairwell and +obviously waiting for him to come on up. + +Instead, he tiptoed out of the elevator hefting his gun, and came up +silently behind the pair. When he was within ten feet he stopped and +said, very politely: "Drop the guns, boys." + +The guns thudded to the floor and the two men turned round. + +"All right," Malone said, smiling into their astonished faces. "Now, +let's go on and see Mr. Sand." + +[Illustration] + +He picked up the guns with his free hand and put them into his coat +pockets. Together, the three men went down toward the lighted office +at the far end of the hall. + +"Open it," Malone said as they came to the door. He followed them into +the office. Behind a battered, worm-eaten desk in a dingy room sat a +very surprised-looking Mike Sand. + +He was only about five feet six, but he looked as if weighed over two +hundred pounds. He had huge shoulders and a thick neck, and his face +was sleepy-looking. He seemed to have lost a lot of fights in his long +career; Sand, Malone reflected, was nearing fifty now, and he was +beginning to look his age. His short hair, once black, was turning to +iron-gray. + +He didn't say anything. Malone smiled at him pleasantly. "These boys +were carrying deadly weapons," he told Sand in a polite voice. "That's +hardly the way to treat a brother." His precognitive warning system +wasn't ringing any alarm bells, but he kept his gun trained on the +pair of thugs as he walked over to Mike Sand's desk and took the two +extra revolvers from his pocket. "You'd better keep these, Sand," he +said. "Your boys don't know how to handle them." + +Sand grinned sourly, pulled open a desk drawer and swept the guns into +it with one motion of his ham-like hand. He didn't look at Malone. +"You guys better go downstairs and keep Jerry company," he said. "You +can do crossword puzzles together." + +"Now, Mike, we--" one of them began. + +Mike Sand snorted. "Go on," he said. "Scram." + +"But he was supposed to be in the elevator, and we--" + +"Scram," Sand said. It sounded like a curse. The two men got out. +"Like apes in the trees," Sand said heavily. "Ask for bright boys and +what do you get? Everything," he went on dismally, "is going to hell." + + * * * * * + +That line, Malone reflected, was beginning to have all the persistence +of a bass-bourdon. It droned its melancholy way through anything and +everything else. He signed deeply, thought about a cigar and lit a +cigarette instead. It tasted awful. "About those buttons--" he said. + +"I got nothing to do with buttons," Sand said. + +"You do with these," Malone said. "A shipment of buttons from the +Nevada desert. You grabbed them from Palveri." + +"I got nothing to do with it," Sand said. + +Malone looked around and found a chair and an ashtray. He grabbed one +and sat down in the other. "I'm not from Castelnuovo," he said. "Or +Palveri, or any of the Mafia boys. If I were, you'd know it fast +enough." + +Sand regarded him from under eyelids made almost entirely of +scar-tissue. "I guess so," he said sourly at last. "But what do you +want to know about the stuff? And who are you, anyhow?" + +"The name's Malone," Malone said. "You might say trouble is my +business. Or something like that. I see an opportunity to create a +little trouble--but not for you. That is, if you want to hear some +more about those buttons. Of course, if you had nothing to do with +it--" + +"All right," Sand said. "All right. But it was strictly a legitimate +proposition, understand?" + +"Sure," Malone said. "Strictly legitimate." + +"Well, it was," Sand said defensively. "We got to stop scab trucking, +don't we? And that Palveri was using nonunion boys on the trucks. We +had to stop them; it was a service to the Brotherhood, understand?" + +"And the peyotl buttons?" Malone asked. + +Sand shrugged. "So we had to confiscate the cargo, didn't we?" he +said. "To teach them a lesson. Nonunion drivers, that's what we're +against." + +"And you're for peyotl," Malone said, "so you can make it into peyote +and get enough money to refurbish Brotherhood Headquarters." + +"Now, look," Sand said. "You think you're tough and you can get away +with a lot of wisecracks. That's a wrong idea, brother." He didn't +move, but he suddenly seemed set to spring. Malone wondered if, just +maybe, his precognition had blown a fuse. + +"O.K., let's forget it," he said. "But I've got some inside lines, +Sand. You didn't get the real shipment." + +"Didn't get it?" Sand said with raised eyebrows. "I got it. It's +right where I can put my finger on it now." + +"That was the fake," Malone said easily. "They knew you were after a +shipment, Sand, so they suckered you in. They fed your spies with +false information and sent you out after the fake shipment." + +"Fake shipment?" Sand said. "It's the real stuff, brother. The real +stuff." + +"But not enough of it," Malone said. "Their big shipments are almost +three times what you got. They made one while you were suckered off +with the fake--and they're making another one next week. Interested?" + +Sand snorted. "The hell," he said. "Didn't you hear me say I got the +first shipment right where I can put my finger on it?" + +"So?" Malone said. + +"So I can't get rid of it," Sand said. "What do I want with a new +load? Every day I hold the stuff is dangerous. You never know when +somebody's going to look for it and maybe find it." + +"Can't get rid of it?" Malone said. This was a new turn of events. +"What's happening?" + +"Everything," Sand said tersely. "Look, you want to sell me some +information--but you don't know the setup. Maybe when I tell you, +you'll stop bothering me." He put his head in his hands, and his +voice, when he spoke again, was muffled. "The contacts are gone," he +said. "With the arrests and the resignations and everything else, +nobody wants to take any chances; the few guys that aren't locked up +are scared they will be. I can't make any kind of a deal for anything. +There just isn't any action." + +"Things are tough, huh?" Malone said hopelessly. Apparently even Mike +Sand wasn't going to pan out for him. + +"Things are terrible," Sand said. "The locals are having +revolutions--guys there are kicking out the men from National +Headquarters. Nobody knows where he stands any more--a lot of my +organizers have been goofing up and getting arrested for one thing and +another. Like apes in the trees, that's what." + +Malone nodded very slowly and took another puff of the cigarette. +"Nothing's going right," he said. + +"Listen," Sand said. "You want to hear trouble? My account books are +in duplicate--you know? Just to keep things nice and peaceful and +quiet." + +"One for the investigators and one for the money," Malone said. + +"Sure," Sand said, preoccupied with trouble. "You know the setup. But +both sets are missing. Both sets." He raised his head, the picture of +witless agony. "I've got an idea where they are, too. I'm just waiting +for the axe to fall." + +"O.K.," Malone said. "Where are they?" + +"The U. S. Attorney's Office," Sand said dismally. He stared down at +his battered desk and sighed. + +Malone stubbed out his cigarette. "So you're not in the market for any +more buttons?" he said. + +"All I'm in the market for," Sand said without raising his eyes, "is +a nice, painless way to commit suicide." + + * * * * * + +Malone walked several blocks without noticing where he was going. He +tried to think things over, and everything seemed to fall into a +pattern that remained, agonizingly, just an inch or so out of his +mental reach. The mental bursts, the trouble the United States was +having, Palveri, Queen Elizabeth, Burris, Mike Sand, Dr. O'Connor, Sir +Lewis Carter and even Luba Ardanko juggled and flowed in his mind like +pieces out of a kaleidoscope. But they refused to form any pattern he +could recognize. + +He uttered a short curse and managed to collide with a bulky woman +with frazzled black hair. "Pardon me," he said politely. + +"The hell with it," the woman said, looking straight past him, and +went jerkily on her way. Malone blinked and looked around him. There +were a lot of people still on the streets, but they didn't look like +normal New York City people. They were all curiously tense and wary, +as if they were suspicious not only of him and each other, but even +themselves. He caught sight of several illegal-looking bulges beneath +men's armpits, and many heavily sagging pockets. One or two women +appeared to be unduly solicitous of their large and heavy handbags. +But it wasn't his job to enforce the Sullivan Law, he told himself. +Especially while he was on vacation. + +A single foot patrolman stood a few feet ahead, guarding a liquor +store with drawn revolver, his eyes scanning the passers-by warily +while he waited for help. Behind him, the smashed plate glass and +broken bottles and the sprawled figure just inside the door told a +fairly complete story. + +Down the block, Malone saw several stores that carried _Closed_ or +_Gone Out Of Business_ signs. The whole depressing picture gave him +the feeling that all the tragedies of the 1930-1935 period had somehow +been condensed into the past two weeks. + +Ahead there was a chain drugstore, and Malone headed for it. Two +uniformed men wearing Special Police badges were standing near the +door eyeing everyone with suspicion, but Malone managed to get past +them and went on to a telephone booth. He tried dialling the +Washington number of the FBI, but got only a continuous _beep-beep_, +indicating a service delay. Finally he managed to get a special +operator, who told him sorrowfully that calls to Washington were +jamming all available trunk lines. + +Malone glanced around to make sure nobody was watching. Then he +teleported himself to his apartment in Washington and, on arriving, +headed for the phone there. Using that one, he dialed again, got +Pelham's sad face on the screen, and asked for Thomas Boyd. + +Boyd didn't look any different, Malone thought, though maybe he was a +little more tired. Henry VIII had obviously had a hard day trying to +get his wives to stop nagging him. "Ken," he said. "I thought you were +on vacation. What are you doing calling up the FBI, or do you just +want to feel superior to us poor working slobs?" + +"I need some information," Malone said. + +Boyd uttered a short, mirthless laugh. "How to beat the tables, you +mean?" he said. "How are things in good old Las Vegas?" + +Malone, realizing that with direct-dial phones Boyd had no idea where +he was actually calling from, kept wisely quiet. "How about Burris?" +he said after a second. "Has he come up with any new theories yet?" + +"New theories?" Boyd said. "What about?" + +"Everything," Malone said. "From all I see in the papers things +haven't been quieting down any. Is it still Brubitsch, Borbitsch and +Garbitsch putting psychodrugs in water-coolers, or has something new +been added?" + +"I don't know what the chief thinks," Boyd said. "Things'll straighten +out in a while. We're working on it--twenty-four hours a day, or damn +near, but we're working. While you take a nice, long vacation that--" + +"I want you to get me something," Malone said. "Just go and get it and +send it to me at Las Vegas." + +"Money?" Boyd said with raised eyebrows. + +"Dossiers," Malone said. "On Mike Sand and Primo Palveri." + +"Palveri I can understand," Boyd said. "You want to threaten him with +exposure unless he lets you beat the roulette tables. But why Sand? +Ken, are you working on something psionic?" + +"Me?" Malone said sweetly. "I'm on vacation." + +"The chief won't like--" + +"Can you send me the dossiers?" Malone interrupted. + +Boyd shook his head very slowly. "Ken, I can't do it without the chief +finding out about it. If you are working on something ... hell, I'd +like to help you. But I don't see how I can. You don't know what +things are like here." + +"What are they like?" Malone said. + +"The full force is here," Boyd said. "As far as I know, you're the +only vacation leave not canceled yet. And not only that, but we've got +agents in from the Surete and New Scotland Yard, agents from Belgium +and Germany and Holland and Japan ... Ken, we've even got three MVD +men here working with us." + +"It's happening all over?" Malone said. + +"All over the world," Boyd said. "Ken, I'm beginning to think we've +got a case of Martian Invaders on our hands. Or something like it." He +paused. "But we're licking them, Ken," he went on. "Slowly but surely, +we're licking them." + +"How do you mean?" Malone said. + +"Crime is down," Boyd said, "away down. Major crime, I mean--petty +theft, assault, breaking and entering and that sort of thing has gone +away up, but that's to be expected. Everything's going to--" + +"Skip the handbasket," Malone said. "But you're working things out?" + +"Sooner or later," Boyd said. "Every piece of equipment and every man +in the FBI is working overtime; we can't be stopped forever." + +"I'll wave flags," Malone said bitterly. "And I wish I could join +you." + +"Believe me," Boyd said, "you don't know when you're well off." + +Malone switched off. He looked at his watch; it was ten-thirty. + + +XII + +That made it eight-thirty in Las Vegas. Malone opened his eyes again +in his hotel room there. He had half an hour to spare until his dinner +date with Luba. That gave him plenty of time to shower, shave and +dress, and he felt pleased to have managed the timing so neatly. + +Two minutes later, he was soaking in the luxury of a hot tub allowing +the warmth to relax his body while his mind turned over the facts he +had collected. There were a lot of them, but they didn't seem to mean +anything special. + +The world, he told himself, was going to hell in a handbasket. That +was all very well and good, but just what was the handbasket made of? +Burris' theory, the more he thought about it, was a pure case of +mental soapsuds, with perhaps a dash of old cotton-candy to make +confusion even worse confounded. + +And there wasn't any other theory, was there? + +Well, Malone reflected, there was one, or at least a part of one. Her +Majesty had said that everything was somehow tied up with the mental +bursts--and that sounded a lot more probable. Assuming that the bursts +and the rest of the mixups were _not_ connected made, as a matter of +fact, very little sense; it was multiplying hypotheses without reason. +When two unusual things happen, they have at least one definite +connection: they're both unusual. The sensible thing to do, Malone +thought, was to look for more connections. + +Which meant asking who was causing the bursts, and why. Her Majesty +had said that she didn't know, and couldn't do it herself. Obviously, +though, some telepath or a team of telepaths was doing the job. And +the only trouble with that, Malone reflected sadly, was that all +telepaths were in the Yucca Flats laboratory. + +It was at this point that he sat upright in the tub, splashing water +over the floor and gripping the soap with a strange excitement. Who'd +ever said that _all_ the telepaths were in Yucca Flats? All the ones +so far discovered were--but that, obviously, was an entirely different +matter. + +Her majesty didn't know about any others, true. But Malone thought of +his own mind-shield. If he could make himself telepathically +"invisible," why couldn't someone else? Dr. Marshall's theories seemed +to point the other way--but they only went for telepaths like Her +Majesty, who were psychotic. A sane telepath, Malone thought, might +conceivably develop such a mind-shield. + +All known telepaths were nuts, he told himself. Now, he began to see +why. He'd started out, two years before, _hunting_ for nuts, and for +idiots. But they wouldn't even know anything about sane telepaths--the +sane ones probably wouldn't even want to communicate with them. + +A sane telepath was pretty much of an unknown quantity. But that, +Malone told himself with elation, was exactly what he was looking for. +Could a sane telepath do what an insane one couldn't--and project +thoughts, or at least mental bursts? + +He got out of the cooling tub and grabbed for a terry-cloth robe. Not +even bothering about the time, he closed his eyes. When he opened them +again he was in the Yucca Flats apartment of Dr. Thomas O'Connor. + +O'Connor wasn't sleeping, exactly. He sat in a chair in his +bare-looking living room, a book open on his lap, his head nodding +slightly. Malone's entrance made no sounds, and O'Connor didn't move +or look around. + +"Doctor," Malone said, "is it possible that--" + +O'Connor came up off the chair a good foot and a half. He went: "Eee," +and came down again, still gripping the book. His head turned. + +"It's me," Malone said. + +"Indeed," O'Connor said. "Indeed indeed. My goodness." He opened his +mouth some more but no words came out of it. "Eee," he said again, at +last, in a conversational tone. + +Malone took a deep breath. "I'm sorry I startled you," he said, "but +this is important and it couldn't wait." O'Connor stared blankly at +him. "Dr. O'Connor," Malone said, "it's me. Kenneth J. Malone. I want +to talk to you." + + * * * * * + +At last O'Connor's expression returned almost to normal. "Mr. Malone," +he said, "you are undressed." + +Malone sighed. "This is important, doctor," he said. "Let's not waste +time with all that kind of thing." + +"But, Mr. Malone--" O'Connor began frostily. + +"I need some information," Malone said, "and maybe you've got it. What +do you know about telepathic projection?" + +"About what?" O'Connor said. "Do you mean nontelepaths receiving some +sort of ... communication from telepaths?" + +"Right," Malone said. "Mind-to-mind communication, of course; I'm not +interested in the United States mail or the telephone companies. How +about it, doctor? Is it possible?" + +O'Connor gnawed at his lower lip for a second. "There have been cases +reported," he said at last. "Very few have been written up with any +accuracy, and those seem to be confined to close relatives or loved +ones of the person projecting the message." + +"Is that necessary?" Malone said. "Isn't it possible that--" + +"Further," O'Connor said, getting back into his lecture-room stride, +"I think you'll find that the ... ah ... message so received is one +indicating that the projector of such a message is in dire peril. He +has, for instance, been badly injured, or is rapidly approaching +death, or else he has narrowly escaped death." + +"What does that have to do with it?" Malone said. "I mean, why should +all those requirements be necessary?" + +O'Connor frowned slightly. "Because," he said, "the amount of psionic +energy necessary for such a feat is tremendous. Usually, it is the +final burst of energy, the outpouring of all the remaining psionic +force immediately before death. And if death does not occur, the +person is at the least greatly weakened; his mind, if it ever does +recover, needs time and rest to do so." + +"And he reaches a relative or a loved one," Malone said, "because the +linkage is easier; there's some thought of him in that other mind for +him to 'tune in' on." + +"We assume so," O'Connor said. + +"Very well, then," Malone said. "I'll assume so, too. But if the +energy is so great, then a person couldn't do this sort of thing very +often." + +"Hardly," O'Connor said. + +Malone nodded. "It's like ... like giving blood to a blood bank," he +said. "Giving ... oh, three quarts of blood. It might not kill you. +But if it didn't, you'd be weak for a long time." + +"Exactly," O'Connor said. "A good analogy, Mr. Malone." Malone looked +at him and felt relieved that he'd managed to get the conversation +onto pure lecture-room science so quickly. O'Connor, easily at home in +that world, had been able to absorb the shock of Malone's sudden +appearance while providing the facts in his own inimitable, frozen +manner. + +"So one telepath couldn't go on doing it all the time," he said. +"But--how about several people?" + +"Several people?" O'Connor said. + +"I mean ... well, let's look at that blood bank again," Malone said. +"You need three quarts of blood. But one person doesn't have to give +it. Suppose twelve people gave half a pint each." + +"Ah," O'Connor said. "I see. Or twenty-four people, giving a +quarter-pint each. Or--" + +"That's the idea," Malone said hurriedly. "I guess there'd be a point +of diminishing returns, but that's the point. Would something like +that be possible?" + +O'Connor thought for what seemed like a long time. "It might," he said +at last. "At least theoretically. But it would take a great deal of +mental co-ordination among the participants. They would all have to be +telepaths, of course." + +"In order to mesh their thoughts right on the button, and direct them +properly and at the correct time," Malone said. "Right?" + +"Ah ... correct," O'Connor said. "Given that, Mr. Malone, I imagine +that it might possibly be done." + +"Wonderful," Malone said. + +"However," O'Connor said, apparently glad to throw even a little cold +water on the notion, "it could not be done for very long periods of +time, you understand. It would happen in rather short bursts." + +"That's right," Malone said, enjoying the crestfallen look on +O'Connor's face. "That's exactly what I was looking for." + +"I'm ... ah ... glad to have been of service," O'Connor said. +"However, Mr. Malone, I should like to request--" + +"Oh, don't worry," Malone said. "I won't slam the door." He vanished. + + * * * * * + +It was eight-fifty. Hurriedly, he rinsed himself off, shaved and put +on his evening clothes. But he was still late--it was two minutes +after nine when he showed up at the door that led off the lobby to the +Universal Joint. Luba was, surprisingly, waiting for him there. + +"Ready for a vast feast?" she asked pleasantly. + +"In about a minute and a half," Malone said. "Do you mind waiting that +long?" + +"Frankly," Luba said, "in five minutes I will be gnawing holes in the +gold paneling around here. And I do want to catch the first floor +show, too. I understand they've got a girl who has--" + +"That," Malone said sternly, "should interest me more than it does +you." + +"I'm always interested in what the competition is doing," Luba said. + +"Nevertheless," Malone began, and stopped. After a second he started +again: "Anyhow, this is important." + +[Illustration] + +"All right," she said instantly. "What is it?" + +He led her away from the door to an alcove in the lobby where they +could talk without being overheard. "Can you get hold of Sir Lewis at +this time of night?" he asked. + +"Sir Lewis?" she said. "If ... if it's urgent, I suppose I could." + +"It's urgent," Malone said. "I need all the data on telepathic +projection I can get. The scientists have given me some of it--maybe +Psychical Research has some more. I imagine it's all mixed up with +ghosts and ectoplasm, but--" + +"Telepathic projection," Luba said. "Is that where a person projects a +thought into somebody else's mind?" + +"That's it," Malone said. "Can Sir Lewis get me all the data on that +tonight?" + +"Tonight?" Luba said. "It's pretty late and what with sending them +from New York to Nevada--" + +"Don't bother about that," Malone said. "Just send 'em to the FBI +Offices in New York. I'll have the boys there make copies and send the +copies on." Instead, he thought, he would teleport to New York +himself. But Luba definitely didn't have to know that. + +"He'd have to send the originals," Luba said. + +"I'll guarantee their safety," Malone said. "But I need the data right +now." + +Luba hesitated. + +"Tell him to bill the FBI," Malone said. "Call him collect and he can +bill the phone call, too." + +"All right, Ken," Luba said at last. "I'll try." + +She went off to make the call, and came back in a few minutes. + +"O.K.?" Malone said. + +She smiled at him, very gently. "O.K.," she said. "Now let's go in to +dinner, before I get any hungrier and the Great Universal loses some +of its paneling." + +Dinner, Malone told himself, was going to be wonderful. He was alone +with Luba, and he was in a fancy, fine, expensive place. He was happy, +and Luba was happy, and everything was going to be perfectly frabjous. + +It was. He had no desire whatever, when dinner and the floor show were +over, to leave Luba. Unfortunately, he did have work to do--work that +was more important than anything else he could imagine. He made a +tentative date for the next day, went to his room, and from there +teleported himself to FBI Headquarters, New York. + +The agent-in-charge looked up at him. "Hey," he said. "I thought you +were on vacation, Malone." + +"How come everybody knows about me being on vacation?" Malone said +sourly. + +The agent-in-charge shrugged. "The only leave not canceled?" he said. +"Hell, it was all over the place in five minutes." + +"O.K., O.K.," Malone said. "Don't remind me. Is there a package for +me?" + +The agent-in-charge produced a large box. "A messenger brought it," he +said. "From the Psychical Research Society," he said. "What is it, +ghosts?" + +"Dehydrated," Malone said. "Just add ectoplasm and out they come, +shouting _Boo!_ at everybody." + +"Sounds wonderful," the agent-in-charge said. "Can I come to the +party?" + +"First," Malone said judiciously, "you'd have to be dead. Of course I +can arrange that--" + +"Thanks," the agent-in-charge said, leaving in a hurry. Malone went on +down to his office and opened the box. It contained books, pamphlets +and reports from Sir Lewis, all dealing with some area of telepathic +projection. He spent a few minutes looking them over and trying to +make some connected sense out of them, but finally he gave up and just +sat and thought. The material seemed to be no help at all; it told him +even less than Dr. O'Connor had. + +What he needed, he decided, was somebody to talk to. But who? He +couldn't talk to the FBI, and nobody else knew much about what he was +trying to investigate. He thought of Her Majesty and rejected the +notion with a sigh. No, what he needed was somebody smart and quick, +somebody who could be depended on, somebody with training and +knowledge. + +And then, very suddenly, he knew who he wanted. + +"Well, now, Sir Kenneth," he said. "Let's put everything together and +see what happens." + +"Indeed," said Sir Kenneth Malone, "it is high time we did so, Sirrah. +Proceed: I shall attend." + + * * * * * + +"Let's start from the beginning," Malone said. "We know there's +confusion in all parts of the country--in all parts of the world, I +guess. And we know that confusion is being caused by carefully timed +accidents and errors. We also know that these errors appear to be +accompanied by violent bursts of psionic static--violent energy. And +we know, further, that on three specific occasions, these bursts of +energy were immediately followed by a reversal of policy in the mind +of the person on the receiving end." + +"You mean," Sir Kenneth put in, "that these gentlemen changed their +opinions." + +"Correct," Malone said. "I refer, of course, to the firm of Brubitsch, +Borbitsch and Garbitsch, Spying Done Cheap." + +"Indeed," Sir Kenneth said. "Then the operators of this strange force, +whatever it may prove to be, must have some interest in allowing the +spies' confession?" + +"Maybe," Malone said. "Let's leave that for later. To get back to the +beginning of all this: it seems to me to follow that the accidents and +errors which have caused all the confusion throughout the world happen +because somebody's mind is changed just the right amount at the right +time. A man does something he didn't intend to do--or else he forgets +to do it at all." + +"Ah," Sir Kenneth said. "We have done those things we ought not to +have done; we have left undone those things we ought to have done. And +you feel, Sirrah, that a telepathic command is the cause of this +confusion?" + +"A series of them," Malone said. "But we also know, from Dr. O'Connor, +that it takes a great deal of psychic energy to perform this +particular trick--more than a person can normally afford to expend." + +"Marry, now," Sir Kenneth said. "Meseemeth this is not reasonable. +Changing the mind of a man indeed seems a small thing in comparison to +teleportation, or psychokinesis, or levitation or any such witchery. +And yet it take more power than any of these?" + +Malone thought for a second. "Sure it does," he said. "I'd say it was +a matter of resistance. Moving an inanimate object is pretty +simple--comparatively, anyhow--because inert matter has no mental +resistance." + +"And moving oneself?" Sir Kenneth said. + +"There's some resistance there, probably," Malone said. "But you'll +remember that the Fueyo system of training for teleportation involved +overcoming your own mental resistance to the idea." + +"True," Sir Kenneth said. "'Tis true. Then let us agree that it takes +great power to effect this change. Where does our course point from +that agreement, Sirrah?" + +"Next," Malone said, "we have to do a little supposing. This project +must be handled by a fairly large group, since no individual can do it +alone. This large group has to be telepathic--and not only for the +reasons Dr. O'Connor and I specified." + +"And why else?" Sir Kenneth demanded. + +"They've also got to know exactly when to make this victim of theirs +change his mind," Malone said. "Right?" + +"Correct," Sir Kenneth said. + +"We've got to look for a widespread organization of telepaths," Malone +said, "with enough mental discipline to hold onto a tough mental +shield. Strong, trained, sane men." + +"A difficult assignment," Sir Kenneth commented. + +"Well," Malone said, "suppose you hold on for a second--don't go +away--and let me figure something out." + +"I shall wait," sir Kenneth said, "without." + +"Without what?" Malone murmured. But there was no time for games. Now, +then, he told himself--and sneezed. + +He shook his head, cursed softly and went on. + +Now, then.... + + * * * * * + +There was an organization, spread all over the Western world, and with +what were undoubtedly secret branches in the Soviet Union. The +organization had to be an old one--because it had to have trained +telepaths, of a high degree of efficiency. And training took time. + +There was something else to consider, too. In order to organize to +such a degree that they could wreak the complete havoc they were +wreaking, the organization couldn't be completely secret; there are +always leaks, always suspicious events, and a society that spent time +covering all of those up would have no time for anything else. + +So the organization had to be a known one, in the Western world at +least--a known group, masquerading as something else. + +So far, everything made sense. Malone frowned and tried to think. +Where, he wondered, did he go from here? + +Maybe this time a list would help. He found a pencil and a piece of +paper, and headed the paper: _Organization_. Then he started putting +down what he knew about it, and what he'd figured out: + +1. Large +2. Old +3. Disguised + +It sounded, so far, just a little like Frankenstein's Monster wearing +a red wig. But what else did he know about it? + +After a second's thought, he murmured: "Nothing," and put the pencil +down. + +But that, he realized, wasn't quite true. He knew one more thing about +the organization. He knew they'd probably be immune to the confusion +everybody else was suffering from. The organization would be--had to +be--efficient. It would be composed of intelligent, superbly +co-operative people, who could work together as a unit without in the +least impairing their own individuality. + +He reached for the pencil again, and put down: + +4. Efficient + +He looked at it. Now it didn't remind him so much of the Monster. But +it didn't look terribly familiar, either. Who did he know, he thought, +who was large, old, disguised and efficient? + +It sounded like an improbable combination. He set the paper down, +clearing off some of the PRS books to make room for it. And then he +stopped. + +The papers the PRS had sent him.... + +And he'd gotten them so quickly, so efficiently.... + +They were a large organization.... + +And an old one.... + +He looked for a desk phone, found one and grabbed at it frantically. + + * * * * * + +The girl who answered the phone looked familiar. Malone suddenly +remembered to check the time--it was just after nine. The girl stared +at him. She did not look terribly old, but she was large and she had +to be disguised. There seemed to be a lot of teeth running around in +this case, Malone thought, between the burlesque stripper in Las Vegas +and Miss Dental Display here in New York. Nobody, he told himself, +could have collected that many teeth honestly. + +"Psychical Research Society," she said. "Oh, Mr. Malone. Good +morning." + +"Sir Lewis," Malone said in a rush. "Sir Lewis Carter. I want to talk +to him. Hurry." + +"Sir Lewis Carter?" the girl said very slowly. "Oh, I'm sorry, Mr. +Malone, but he won't be in at all today." + +"Home number," Malone said desperately. "I've got to." + +"Well, I can give you that, Mr. Malone," she said, "but it wouldn't do +you any good, really. Because he went away on his vacation and when he +does that he never tells us where. You know? He won't be back for two +or three weeks," she added as an afterthought. + +Malone said: "Oog," and thought for less than a second. "Somebody +official," he said. "Got to talk to somebody official. Now." + +"Oh, I can't do that either, Mr. Malone," the toothy girl said. "All +of the executives already left on their vacation. They just left a +skeleton force here at the office." + +"They're all gone?" Malone said hollowly. + +"That's right," the girl said with great cheer. "As a matter of fact, +I'm in charge now. You know?" + +"I'm afraid I do," Malone said. "It's very important, though. You +don't have any idea where any of them went?" + +"None at all," she said. "I'm sorry, but that's how it is. Maybe if +you were me you'd ask questions, but I just follow orders and those +were my orders. To take over until they get back. You know? They +didn't tell me where and I just didn't ask." + +"Great," Malone said. He wanted to shoot himself. Everything was +obvious now--about twenty-four hours too late. And now, they'd all +gone--for two weeks--or for good. + +The girl's rancid voice broke in on his thoughts. + +"Oh, Mr. Malone," she said. "I'm sorry, but I just remembered they +left a note for you." + +"A note?" Malone said. "For me?" + +"Sir Lewis said you might call," the girl said, "and he left a +message. If you'll hold on a minute I'll read it." + +Malone waited tensely. The girl found a slip of paper, blinked at it +and read: + +"My dear Malone, I'm afraid that what you have deduced is quite +correct; and, as you can see, that leaves us no alternative. Sorry. +Miss Luba A. sends her apologies to you, since she is joining us; my +apologies are also tendered." The girl looked up. "It's signed by Sir +Lewis," she said. "Does that mean anything to you, Mr. Malone?" + +"I'm afraid it does," Malone said blankly. "It means entirely too +much." + + +XIII + +After Miss Dental Display had faded from Malone's screen, he just sat +there, looking at the dead, gray front of the visiphone and feeling +about twice as dead and at least three times as gray. + +Things, he told himself, were terrible. But even that sentence, which +was a good deal more cheerful than what he actually felt, did nothing +whatever to improve his mood. All of the evidence, after all, had been +practically living on the tip of his nose for God alone knew how long, +and not only had he done nothing about it, he hadn't even seen it. + +There was the organization, staring him in the face. There was +Luba--nobody's fool, no starry-eyed dreamer of occult dreams. She was +part of the Psychical Research Society, why hadn't he thought to +wonder why she was connected with it? + +And there was his own mind-shield. Why hadn't he wondered whether +other telepaths might not have the same shield? + +He thought about Luba and told himself bitterly that from now on she +was Miss Ardanko. Enough, he told himself, was enough. From now on he +was calling her by her last name, formally and distantly. In his own +mind, anyhow. + +Facts came tumbling in on him like the side of a mountain falling on a +hapless traveler, during a landslide season. And, Malone told himself, +he had never possessed less hap in all of his ill-starred life. + +And then, very suddenly, one more fact arrived, and pushed the rest +out into the black night of Malone's bitter mind. He stood up, pushing +the books away, and closed his eyes. When he opened them he went to +the telephone in his Las Vegas hotel suite, and switched it on. A +smiling operator appeared. Malone wanted to see him die of poison, +slowly. + +"Give me Room 4-T," he snapped. "Hurry." + +"Room forty?" the operator asked. + +"Damn it," Malone said, "I said 4-T and I meant 4-T. Four as in four +and T as in--as in China. And hurry." + +"Oh," the operator said. "Yes, sir." He turned away from the screen. +"That would have been Miss Luba Ardanko's room, sir?" he said. + +"Right," Malone snapped. "I ... wait a minute. Would have been?" + +"That's correct, sir," the operator said. "She checked out, sir, early +this morning. The room is unoccupied." + +Malone swallowed hard. It was all true, then. Sir Lewis' note hadn't +simply been one last wave of the red cape before an angry bull. Luba +was one of them. + +_Miss Ardanko_, he corrected himself savagely. + +"What time?" he said. + +The operator consulted an information board before him. "Approximately +one o'clock, sir," he said. + +"In the morning?" + +"Yes, sir," the clerk said. + +Malone closed his eyes. "Thanks," he said. + +"You're quite welcome, sir," the operator said. "A courtesy of the +Great Universal Ho--" + +Malone cut him off. "Ho, indeed," he said bitterly. "Not to mention ha +and hee--hee and yippe-ki-yay. A great life." He whisked himself back +to New York in a dismal, rainy state of mind. As he sat down again to +the books and papers the door to the room opened. + +"You still here?" the agent-in-charge said. "I'm just going off duty +and I came by to check. Don't you ever sleep?" + +"I'm on vacation, remember?" + +"Some vacation," the a-in-c said. "If you're on special assignment why +not tell the rest of us?" + +"I want it to be a surprise," Malone said. "And meantime, I'd +appreciate it if I were left entirely to my own devices." + +"Still conjuring up ghosts?" the a-in-c said. + +"That," Malone said, "I don't know. I've got some long-distance calls +to make." + + * * * * * + +He started with the overseas calls, leaving the rest of the United +States time for the sun to get round to them. His first call, which +involved a lot of cursing on Malone's part and much hard work for the +operator, who claimed plaintively that she didn't know how things had +gotten so snarled up, but overseas calls were getting worse and worse, +went to New Scotland Yard in London. After great difficulty, Malone +managed to get Assistant Commissioner C. E. Teal, who promised to +check on the inquiry at once. + +It seemed like years before he called back, and Malone leaped to the +phone. + +"Yes?" he said. + +Teal, red-faced and apparently masticating a stick of gum, said: "I +got C. I. D. Commander Gideon to follow up on that matter, Mr. Malone. +As you know, it's after noon here--" + +"And they're all out to lunch," Malone said. + +"As a matter of fact," Teal went on, "they seem to have disappeared +entirely. On vacation, that sort of thing. It is rather difficult +attempting any full-scale tracing job just now; our men are terribly +overworked. I imagine you've had reports from the New Scotland Yard +representatives working with you there--" + +"Oh, certainly," Malone said. "But the hour; what does that have to do +with anything?" + +"I'm afraid I was thinking of our Inspector Ottermole," Teal said. "He +was sent to locate Dr. Carnacki, President of the Psychical Research +Society here. On being told that Dr. Carnacki was 'out to lunch,' +Ottermole investigated every restaurant and eating-place within ten +blocks of the offices. Dr. Carnacki was not present; he, like the rest +of the Society here, appears to have left for places unknown." + +"Thorough work," Malone said. + +"Ottermole's a good man," Teal said. "We've checked as quickly as +possible, Mr. Malone. I would like to ask you a question in return." + +"Ask away," Malone said. + +Teal looked worried. "Do you people think this may have anything to do +with the present ... ah ... trouble?" he said. "Things are quite upset +here, as you know; so many members of Parliament have resigned or ... +ah ... died that the realm is being run by a rather shakily assembled +coalition government. There is even some talk of giving executive +power to Her Majesty until a general election can be held." + +For one brief moment, Malone thought Teal was talking about Rose +Thompson. Then he recalled Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, and felt +better. Things weren't quite as bad as he'd thought. + +But they were bad enough. "We simply don't know yet," he said +untruthfully. "But as soon as anything definite comes up, of course, +you'll be informed." + +"Thank you, Mr. Malone," Teal said. "Of course, we'll do the same." +And then, still masticating, he switched off. + +Paris was next, then Rome, Berlin and a couple more. Every one had the +same result. From Maigret of the Paris Surete to Poirot in Belgium, +from Berlin's strict officialdom to the cheerful Hollanders, all the +reports were identical. The PRS of each country had gone underground. + +Malone buried his face in his hands, thought about a cigar and decided +that even a cigar might make him feel worse. Where were they? What +were they doing now? What did they plan to do? + +Where had they gone? + +"Out of the everywhere," he heard himself say in a hollow, sepulchral +voice, "into the here." + +But where was the here? + +He tried to make up his mind whether or not that made sense. +Superficially, it sounded like extremely bad English, but he wasn't +sure of anything any more. Things were getting much too confused. + +He close his eyes wearily, and vanished. + +When he opened them, he was in his Washington apartment. He went over +to the big couch and sat down, feeling that if he were going to curse +he might as well be comfortable while he did it. But, some minutes +later, when the air was a bright electric blue around him, he didn't +feel any better. Cursing was not the answer. + +Nothing seemed to be. + +What was his next move? + +Where did he go from here? + +The more he thought about it, the more his mind spun. He was, he +realized, at an absolute, total dead end. + +Oh, there were things he could do. Malone knew that very well. He +could make a lot of noise and go through a lot of waste motion; that +was what it amounted to. He could have all the homes of all the +missing PRS members checked somehow. That would undoubtedly result in +the startling discovery that the PRS members involved weren't home. He +could have their dossiers sent to him, which would clutter everything +with a great many more pieces of paper. But he felt quite sure that +the pieces of paper would do no good at all. In general, he could +raise all hell--and find nothing whatever. + +Now, he told himself sadly, he had the evidence to start the FBI in +motion. The only trouble was that he could think of nowhere for them +to go. + +And, though he had evidence that might convince Burris--the PRS +members, after all, _had_ done a rather unusual fadeout--he had +nowhere near enough to carry the case into court, much less make a +try at getting the case to stand up once carried in. That was one +thing he couldn't do, he realized, he couldn't issue warrants for the +arrest of anybody at all. + +[Illustration] + +But, vacation or no vacation, he thought solemnly, he was an FBI +Agent, and his motto was: "There's always a way." No normal method of +tracking down the PRS members, or finding their present whereabouts, +was going to work. They'd been covering themselves for such an +emergency, undoubtedly, for a good many years--and if anyone got +close, a burst of mental energy was quite enough to turn the seeker +aside. + +Nobody, Malone told himself grimly, was perfect. There were clues +lying around somewhere; he was sure of that. There had to be. The +problem was simply to figure out where to look, and how to look, and +what to look for. + +Somewhere, the clues were sitting quietly and waiting for him to find +them. The thought cheered him slightly, but not very much. He stood up +slowly and went into the kitchen to start heating water for coffee. +There was, he told himself, a long night ahead of him. He sighed +gently. But there was no help for it; the work had to be done--and +done quickly. + +But when eight cigars had been reduced to ash, and what seemed like +several gallons of coffee had sloshed their way into Malone's interior +workings, his mind was as blank as a baby's. The lovely, opalescent +dawn began to show in the East, and Malone tendered it some extremely +rude words. Then, Haggard, red-eyed, confused, violently angry, and +not one inch closer to a solution, he fell into a fitful doze on his +couch. + + * * * * * + +When he awoke, the sun was high in the sky, and outside his window the +cheerful sound of too much traffic floated in the air. Downstairs +somebody was playing a television set too loudly, and the voice +reached Malone's semiaware mind in a great tinny shout: + +"The President, taking action on the current crisis, has declared martial +law throughout the nation," a voice said in an important-sounded +monotone. "Exempt from this proclamation are members of the Armed +Services, Special Agents and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. The +proclamation, issued this morning, was made public in a special news +conference which--" + +Malone ripped out a particularly foul oath and sat up on the couch. +"That," he muttered, "is a fine thing to wake up to." He focused his +eyes, with only slight difficulty, on his watch. The time was a little +after two. + +"Later developments will be reported as and when they occur," the +announcer was saying, "and in one hour a special panel of newscasters +will be assembled here to discuss this latest action in the light of +present happenings. Any special rules and regulations will be +broadcast over this station--" + +"Shut up," Malone said. He had wasted a lot of time doing nothing but +sleeping, he told himself. This was no time to be listening to +television. He got up and found, to his vague surprise, that he felt a +lot better and clearer-headed than he had been. Maybe the sleep had +actually done him some good. + +He yawned, blinked and stretched, and then padded into the bathroom +for a shower and shave. After he'd changed he thought about a morning +or afternoon cup of coffee, but last night's dregs appeared to have +taken up permanent residence in his digestive tract, and he decided +against it at last. He swallowed some orange juice and toast and +then, heaving a great sigh of resignation and brushing crumbs off his +shirt, he teleported himself over to his office. + +Now he knew that, sooner or later, he was going to have to talk to +Burris. Burris _had_ to know, even if there was nothing to be done. + +And now was just as good--or as bad--a time as any. + +He didn't hesitate. He punched the button on his intercom for Burris' +office and then sat back, with his eyes closed, waiting for the +well-known voice. + +It didn't come. + +Instead, Wolf, the Director's secretary, spoke up. + +"Burris isn't in, Malone," he said. "He had to fly to Miami. I can get +a call through to him on the plane, if it's urgent, but he'll be +landing in about fifteen minutes. And he did say he'd call in this +afternoon." + +"Oh," Malone said. "Sure. O.K. It isn't urgent." He was just as glad +of the reprieve; it gave him one more chance to work matters through +to a solution, and hand it to Burris on a silver platter. "But why +Miami?" he added. + +"Don't you hear about anything any more?" Wolf asked. + +"I've been on vacation." + +"Oh," Wolf said. "Well, the Governor of Mississippi was assassinated +yesterday, at Miami Beach." + +"Ah," Malone said. He thought about it for a second. "Frankly," he +said, "this does not strike me as an irreparable loss to the nation. +Not even to Mississippi." + +"You express my views precisely," Wolf said. + +"How about the killer?" Malone said. "I gather they haven't got him +yet, or Burris wouldn't be on his way down." + +"No," Wolf said. "The killer would be on his way here instead. But you +know how things are--everything's confused. Governor Flarion was +walking along Collins Avenue when somebody fired at him, using a +high-powered rifle with, I guess, a scope sight." + +"Professional," Malone commented. + +"It looks like it," Wolf said. "And he picked the right time for it, +too--the way things are he was just one more confusion among the rest. +Nobody even heard the sniper's shot; the governor just fell over, +right there in the street. And by the time his bodyguards found out +what had happened, it was impossible even to be sure just which way he +was facing when the shot had been fired." + +"And as I remember Collins Avenue--" Malone started. + +"Right," Wolf said. "But it's even worse now, with everything going +nuts. Out where Governor Flarion was taking his stroll, there's an +awful lot of it to search. The boys are trying to find somebody who +saw a man acting suspicious in any of the nearby buildings, or heard a +shot, or saw anybody at all lurking or loitering anywhere near to the +scene." + +"Lovely," Malone said. "Sounds like a nice complicated job." + +"You don't know the half of it," Wolf said. "There's also the Miami +Beach Chamber of Commerce. According to them, Flarion died of a heart +attack, and not even in Miami Beach. Everything happening down there +isn't happening, according to them; Miami Beach is the one unsullied +beauty spot in a mixed-up United States." + +"All I can say," Malone offered, "is good luck. This is the saddest +day in American history since the assassination of Huey P. Long." + +"Agreed," Wolf said. "Want me to tell Burris you called?" + +"Right," Malone said, and switched off. + + * * * * * + +The assassination of Nemours P. Flarion, he told himself, obviously +meant something. It pointed straight toward some entirely new kind of +answer. Granted, old Nemours P. had been a horrible mistake, a +paranoid, self-centered, would-be, dictator whose final act was quite +in keeping with the rest of his official life. Who else would be in +Miami Beach, far away from his home state, while the President was +declaring nationwide martial law? + +But that, Malone told himself, wasn't the point. Or not quite the +point, anyhow. + +Maybe some work would dig up more facts. Anyhow, Malone was reasonably +sure that he could reassign himself from vacation time, at least until +he called Burris. And he had work to do; nobody was going to hand him +anything on a silver serving salver. + +He punched the intercom again and got the Records office. + +"Yes, sir?" a familiar voice said. + +"Potter," Malone said, "this is Malone. I want facsimiles of +everything we have on the Psychical Research Society, on Sir Lewis +Carter, and on Luba Ardanko. Both of these last are connected with the +Society." + +"You're back on duty, Malone?" Potter said. + +"Right," Malone said. "Make that fast, will you?" + +Potter nodded. "Right away," he said. + +It didn't take long for the facsimile records to arrive, and Malone +went right to work on them. Maybe somewhere in those records was the +clue he had desperately needed. Where was the PRS? What were they +doing now? What did they plan to do? + +And why had they started the whole row in the first place? + +The PRS, he saw, was even more widely spread than he had thought. It +had branches in almost every major city in the United States, in +Europe, South Africa, South America and Australia. There was even a +small branch society in Greenland. True, the Communist disapproval of +such nonmaterialistic, un-Marxian objectives as Psychical Research +showed up in the fact that there were no registered branches in the +Sino-Soviet bloc. But that, Malone thought, hardly mattered. Maybe in +Russia they called themselves the Lenin Study Group, or the Better +Borschch League. He was fairly sure, from all the evidence, that the +PRS had some kind of organization even behind the Iron Curtain. + +Money backing didn't seem to be much of a problem, either. Malone +checked for the supporters of the organization and found a microfilmed +list that ran into the hundreds of thousands of names, most of them +ordinary people who seemed to be interested in spiritualism and the +like, and who donated a few dollars apiece to the PRS. Besides this +mass of small donations, of course, there were a few large ones, from +independently wealthy men who gave support to the organization and +seemed actively interested in its aims. + +It wasn't an unusual picture; just an exceptionally big one. + +Malone sighed and went on to the personal dossiers. + +Sir Lewis Carter himself was a well-known astronomer and +mathematician. He was a Fellow of the Royal Society, the Royal +Astronomical Society and the Royal Mathematical Society. He had been +knighted for his contributions in higher mathematics only two years +before he had come to live in the United States. Malone went over the +papers dealing with his entry into the country carefully, but they +were all in order and they contained absolutely nothing in the way of +usable clues. + +Sir Lewis' books on political and historical philosophy had been +well-received, and he had also written a novel, "But Some Are More +Equal," which, for a few weeks after publication, had managed to claw +its way to the bottom of the best-seller list. + +And that was that. Malone tried to figure out whether all this +information did him any good, and the answer came very quickly. The +answer was no. He opened the second dossier. + +Luba Ardanko had been born in New York. Her mother had been a woman of +Irish descent named Mary Foley, and had died in '69. Her father had +been a Hungarian named Chris Yorgen Ardanko, and had died in the same +year. + +Malone sighed. Somewhere in the dossiers, he was sure, there was a +clue, the basic clue that would tell him everything he needed to know. +His prescience had never been so strong; he knew perfectly well that +he was staring at the biggest, most startling and most complete +disclosure of all. And he couldn't see it. + +He stared at the folders for a long minute. What did they tell him? +What was the clue. + +And then, very slowly, the soft light of a prodigal sun illuminated +his mind. + +"Mr. Malone," Malone said gently, "you are a damned fool. There are +times when it is necessary to discard the impossible after you have +seen that the obscure is the obvious." + +He wasn't sure whether that meant anything, or even whether he knew +what he was saying. But, as the entire structure of facts became +clear, and then turned right upside down in his mind and changed into +something else entirely--something that told him not only who, and +where, but also why, he became absolutely sure of one thing. + +He knew the final answer. + +And it _was_ obvious. Obvious as all hell! + + +XIV + +There was, of course, only one thing to do and only one place to go. +Malone teleported to the New York offices of the FBI and went +immediately downstairs to the garage, where a specially-built Lincoln +awaited him at all times. + +One of the mechanics looked up curiously as Malone headed for the car. +"Want a driver?" he said. + +Malone thanked his lucky stars that he didn't have to get into any +lengthy and time-consuming argument about whether or not he was on +vacation. "No, thanks," he said. "This is a solo job." + +That, he told himself, was for sure. He drove out onto the streets and +into the heavy late-afternoon traffic of New York. The Lincoln handled +smoothly, but Malone didn't press his luck in the traffic which he +thought was even worse than the mess he'd driven through with the +happy cab driver two days before. He wasn't in any hurry now, after +all. He had all the time in the world, and he knew it. They--and, for +once, Malone could put real names to that "they"--would still be +waiting for him when he got there. + +_If_ he got there, he thought suddenly, turning a corner and being +confronted with a great mass of automobiles wedged solidly fender to +fender as far as the eye could see. The noise of honking horns was +deafening, and great clouds of smoke rose up to make the scene look +like the circle of Hell devoted to hot-rod drivers. Malone cursed and +sweated until the line began to move, and then cursed and sweated some +more until he was out of the city at last. + +It took quite a lot of time. New York traffic, in the past forty-eight +hours, hadn't gotten better; it had gotten a lot worse. He was nearly +exhausted by the time he finally crossed the George Washington Bridge +and headed west. And, while he drove, he began to let his reflexes +take over most of the automotive problems now that New York City was +behind him. + +He took all his thoughts from behind the shield that had sheltered +them and arrayed them neatly before him. They were beamed, he told +himself firmly, to one particular group of persons and to no one else. +Everything was perfectly clear; all he had to do now was explain it. + +Malone had wondered, over the years, about the detectives in books. +They always managed to wrap everything up in the last chapter, which +was perfectly all right by itself. But they always had a whole crowd +of suspects listening to them, too. Malone knew perfectly well that he +could never manage a setup like that. People would interrupt him. +Things would happen. Two dogs would rush in and start a battle royal +on the floor. There would be an earthquake or an invasion of little +green Venusians, or else somebody would just decide to faint and +cause a furor. + +But now, at long last, he realized, he had his chance. Nobody could +interrupt him. And he could explain to his heart's content. + +Because the members of the PRS were telepathic. And Kenneth J. Malone, +he thought happily, was not. + +Luba, he was sure, would be tuned in on him as he drove toward their +Pennsylvania hiding place. At least, he wanted to think so; it made +things much more pleasant. And he hoped that Luba, or whoever was +really tuned in, would alert everybody else, so they could all hook in +and hear his grand final explanation of everything. + +He opened his mind in that one special direction, beaming his thoughts +to nobody else but the group he'd decided on. A second of silence +passed. + +And then a sound began. Malone had passed a company of soldiers some +yards back, but he hadn't noticed them particularly; with the country +under martial law, soldiers were going to be as common as tree frogs. +Now, however, something different was happening. + +Malone felt the car tremble slightly, and stopped. Past him, rolling +along the side of the highway he was on, came a parade of thirty-ton +tanks. They rumbled and roared their slow, elephantine way down the +highway and, after what seemed about three days, disappeared from +sight. Malone wondered what the tanks were for, and then dismissed it +from his mind. It certainly wasn't very pleasant to think about, no +matter how necessary it turned out to be. + +He started up again. There were few cars on the road, although a lot +of them were parked along the sides. A series of _Closed_ signs on +filling stations explained that, and Malone began to be grateful for +the national emergency. It allowed him to drive without much +interference, anyhow. + + * * * * * + +_And a hearty good afternoon to all, he thought--especially to Miss +Luba Ardanko. I hope she's tuned in ... and, if she isn't, I hope +somebody alerts her. Frankly, I'd rather talk to her than to anyone +else I can think of at the moment. As a matter of fact, it's a little +easier to concentrate if I talk out loud, so I think I'll do that._ + +He swerved the car at this point, neatly avoiding a broken wooden +crate that crouched in wait for him. "Road hog," he told it bitterly, +and went on. + +"Nothing personal," he went on after a second. "I don't care if you're +_all_ listening in, as a matter of fact. And I'm not going to hide +anything." He thought a second, and then added: "Frankly, I'm not sure +I've got anything to hide." + +He paused and, in his imagination, he could almost hear Luba's voice. + +_I'm listening, Kenneth,_ she said. _Go on._ + +He fished around in his mind for a second, wondering exactly where to +start. Then he decided, in the best traditions of the detective story, +not to mention "Alice in Wonderland," to start at the beginning. + +"The dear old Psychical Research Society," he said, speaking earnestly +to his windshield, "has been going on for a good many years now--since +the 1880's, as a matter of fact. That's a long time and it adds up to +a lot of Psychical Research. A lot of famous and intelligent people +have belonged to the Society. And, with all that, it's hardly +surprising that, after nearly a hundred years of work, something +finally turned up." + +At this point, there was another interruption. A couple of sawhorses +blocked the road ahead of Malone. As he stared at them, he felt his +prescience begin to itch. He took out his .44 Magnum and slowed the +car, memorizing the road as he passed it. He stopped the car before +the sawhorses. Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles, and a stern, +pale captain, his bars pointing sideways and glittering on his +shoulders, appeared from the sides of the road. + +The captain's voice was a military bark. "Out of the car!" + +Malone began to obey. + +"With your hands up!" the captain snapped. Malone dropped the .44 +unobtrusively into his jacket pocket and complied. Then, as he came +out of the car, he teleported himself back to a section of the road +he'd memorized, ten feet behind the car. The four men were gaping, +dumbfounded, as Malone drew his gun and shot them. Then he removed the +sawhorses, got back in his car, reloaded the .44, put it back in his +holster and drove on. + +"Now," he said in a thoughtful tone. "Where was I?" + +He imagined Luba's voice saying: _You were telling us how, all this +time, it's hardly surprising--_ + +"Oh, yes," he said. "Well, then. So you solved some of the problems, +you'd set. You learned how to use and control telepathy and +teleportation, maybe, long before scientific boys like Dr. O'Connor +became interested. But you never announced it publicly. You kept the +knowledge all to yourself. 'Is this what the common folk call +telepathy, Lord Bromley?' 'Yes, Lady Bromley.' 'Much too good for +them, isn't it?' And maybe it is, at that; I don't know." + +His thoughts, he recognized, were veering slightly. After a second he +got back on the track. + +"At any rate," he went on, "you--all of your out there--are +responsible for what's happening to this country and all of Europe and +Asia--and, for all I know, the suburbs of Hell. + +"I remember one of the book facsimiles you got me, for instance," he +said. "The writer tried for an 'expose' of the Society, in which he +attempted to prove that Sir Lewis Carter and certain other members +were trying to take over the world and run it to suit themselves, +using their psionic powers to institute a rather horrible type of +dictatorship over the world. + +"It was a pretty convincing book in a lot of ways. The author +evidently know a lot about what he was dealing with." + + * * * * * + +At this point, Malone ran into another roadblock. There had been a +fight of some kind up ahead, and a lot of cars with what looked like +shell-holes in them were piled on one side of the road. The State +Police were working under the confused direction of an Army major to +straighten things out, while a bulldozer pushed the cars off the road +onto the grass bordering it. The major stopped what he was doing and +came to meet Malone as the car stopped. + +"Get off the road," the major said surlily. + +Malone looked up at him. "I've got some identification here," he said. +"Mind if I get it out?" + +The major reached for a gun and held it. "Go ahead," he said. "Don't +try anything funny. It's been hell up and down this road, mister." + +Malone flipped out his wallet and showed the identification. + +"FBI?" the Major said. "What're you doing out here?" + +"Special assignment," Malone said. "Oh ... by the way ... you might +send some men back a ways. There are four dead mean in military +uniforms lying on the road near a couple of sawhorses." + +The major stared. "Dead?" he said at last. "Dead how?" + +"I shot them," Malone said. + +"You--" The major's finger tightened on the trigger of his gun. + +"Now wait a minute," Malone said. "I said they were in military +uniforms. I didn't say they were soldiers." + +"But--" + +"Three enlisted men carrying M-1 rifles?" Malone said. "When the M-1's +out of date? And a captain with his bars on sideways? No, major. +Those were renegades. Looters of some kind; they wanted to kill me and +get the car and any valuables I happened to have." + +The major, very slowly, relaxed his grip on the gun and his arm fell +to his side. "You did the smart thing, Mr. Malone," he said. + +"And I've got to go on doing it," Malone said. "I'm in a hurry." + +He noticed a newspaper fluttering at the side of the road, not too +near the cars. Somehow it made everything seem even more lonely and +strange. The headlines fluttered into sight: + + MARTIAL LAW EDICT + + "MUST BE OBEYED," SAYS GOVERNOR + + But Riots Are Feared In Outlying Towns + + MAN AND WIFE CONFESS KILLING OF RELATIVES ABOARD PRIVATE + PLANE: + + Force Kin To Drop Off + +There was a photo of a woman there, too, and Malone could read just a +little of the caption: + +"Obeying the edict of martial law laid down by the President, Miss +Helen A.--" + +He wondered vaguely if her last name were Handbasket. + +The major was looking at him. "O.K., then," he said. + +"I can go on?" Malone said. + +The major looked stern. "Drive on," he said. + +Malone got the car going; the roadblock was lifted for him and he went +on by. + +After a moment, he said: "Pardon the interruption. I trust that all +the devoted listeners to Uncle Kenneth's Happy Hour are still tuned +in." + +_Go ahead,_ said Lou's voice. + +"All right, let's take a look at what you've been doing. You've caused +people to change their minds about what they've been intending to do. +You can cause all sorts of hell to break loose that way. You have a +lot of people you want to get rid of, so you play on their neuroses +and concoct errors for them to fight. You rig things so that they +quit, or get fired, or lose elections, or get arrested, or just +generally get put out of circulation. Some of the less stable ones +just up and did away with themselves. + +"Sometimes, it's individuals who have to go. Sometimes, it's whole +groups or maybe even whole nations. And sometimes it's in between, and +you manage to foul up organizational moves with misplaced papers, +mis-sent messages, errors, changed minds, and everything else you can +think of. + +"You know," he went on, "at first I couldn't see any pattern in what +was going on--though I remember telling myself that there was a kind +of justice in the way this thing was just as hard on gangsters as it +was on businessmen and Congressmen. + +"The Congressman from Gahoochie County, Arkansas, gets himself in a +jam over fraudulent election returns on the same day that the +accountant for the Truckers Union sends Mike Sands' books to the +Attorney General. Simple justice, I call it. + +"And, you know, seen from that viewpoint, this whole caper might come +out looking pretty good. If most of the characters you've taken care +of are just the boys who needed taking care of, I'd say more power to +you--except for one thing. It's all right to get rid of all the fools, +idiots, maniacs, blockheads, morons, psychopaths, paranoids, +timidity-ridden, fear-worshipers, fanatics, thieves, and the rest of +the general, all-round, no-good characters; I'm all for it. But not +this way. Oh, no. + +"You've pressed the panic button, that's what you've done. + +"You've done more damage in two weeks than all those fumblebrains have +been able to do in several myriads of lifetimes. You've loused up the +economy of this nation and every other civilized nation. You've caused +riots in which innocent people have died; you've caused thousands more +to lose their businesses and their savings. And only God Himself knows +how many more are going to die of starvation and murder before this +thing is over. + +"And you can't tell me that _all_ of those people deserve to die." + +He slowed down as he came to a small town, and for the first time in +many miles he focused on the road ahead with his full mind. The town, +he saw, looked like a shambles. There were four cars tastefully +arranged on the lawn of what appeared to be the local library. Across +the street, a large drugstore was in flames, and surprised people were +hurrying to put it out. There didn't seem to be any State Police or +Army men around, but they'd passed through; Malone saw a forgotten +overseas cap lying on the road ahead. + +With a shock, he realized that he was now in Pennsylvania, close to +where he wanted to go. A signboard told him the town he was looking at +was Milford. It was a mess, and Malone hoped fervently that it was a +mess that could eventually be cleaned up. + +The town was a small one, and Malone was glad to get out of it so +quickly. + +"That's the kind of thing I mean," he said aloud. Then he paused. "Are +you there, anybody?" + +He imagined he heard Luba's voice saying: _Yes, Ken. Yes, I'm here. +Listening to you._ + +Imagination was fine but, of course, there was no way for them to get +through to him. They were telepathic, but Kenneth J. Malone, he told +himself sadly, was not. + +"Hello, out there," he went on. "I hope you've been listening so far, +because there isn't too much more for me to say. + +"Just this: you've wrecked my country, and you've wrecked almost all +of the rest of civilization. You've brought my world down around my +ears. + +"I have every logical reason to hate your guts. By all the evidence I +have, you are a group of the worst blackguards who ever existed; by +all the evidence, I should be doing everything in my power to +exterminate you. + +"But I'm not. + +"My prescience tells me that what you've been doing is right and +necessary. I'm damned if I can see it, but there it is. I just hope +you can explain it to me." + + +XV + +Soon, he was in the midst of the countryside. It was, of course, +filled with country. It spread around him in the shape of hills, +birds, trees, flowers, grass, billboards and other distractions to the +passing motorist. + +It took Malone better than two hours more to find the place he was +looking for. Long before he found it, he had come to the conclusion +that finding country estates in Pennsylvania was only a shade easier +than finding private homes in the Borough of Brooklyn. In both cases, +he had found himself saddled with the same frantic search down what +seemed likely routes which turned out to lead nowhere. He had found, +in both cases, complete ignorance of the place on the part of local +citizens, and even strong doubts that the place could possibly have +any sort of existence. + +The fact that is was growing dark didn't help much, either. + +But he found it at last. Rounding a curve in a narrow, blacktop road, +he saw the home behind a grove of trees. + +He recognized it instantly. + +He had seen it so often that he felt as if he knew it intimately. + +[Illustration] + +It was a big, rambling, Colonial-type mansion, painted a blinding and +beautiful white, with a broad, pillared porch and a great carved front +door. The front windows were curtained in rich purples, and before the +house was a great front garden, and tall old trees. Malone +half-expected Scarlett O'Hara to come tripping out of the house at any +minute shouting: "Rhett! The children's mush is on fire!" or something +equally inappropriate. + +Inside it, however, if Malone were right, was not the magnetic +Scarlett. Inside the house were some of the most important members of +the PRS--and one person who was not a member. + +But it was impossible to tell from the outside. Nothing moved on the +well-kept grounds, and the windows didn't show so much as the flutter +of a purple curtain. There was no sound. No cars were parked around +the house--nor, Malone realized, thinking of "Gone With the Wind," +were there any horses or carriages. + +The place looked deserted. + +Malone thought he knew better, but it took a few minutes for him to +get up enough courage to go up the long driveway. He stared at the +house. It was an old one, he knew, built long before the Civil War and +originally commanding a huge tract of land. Now, all that remained of +the vast acreage was the small portion that surrounded the house. + +But the original family still inhabited it, proud of the house and of +their part in its past. Over the years, Malone knew, they had kept it +up scrupulously, and the place had been both restored and modernized +on the inside without harming the classic outlines of the +hundred-and-fifty-year-old structure. + +A fence surrounded the estate, but the front gate was swinging open. +Malone saw it and took a deep breath. Now, he told himself, or never. +He drove the Lincoln through the opening slowly, alert for almost +anything. + +There was no disturbance. Thirty yards from the front door he pulled +the car to a cautious stop and got out. He started to walk toward the +building. Each step seemed to take whole minutes, and everything he +had thought raced through his mind again. Nothing seemed to move +anywhere, except Malone himself. + +Was he right? Were the people he'd been beaming to really here? Or had +he been led astray by them? Had he been manipulated, in spite of his +shield, as easily as they had manipulated so many others? + +That was possible. But it wasn't the only possibility. + +Suppose, he thought, that he was perfectly right, and that the group +was waiting inside. And suppose, too, that he'd misunderstood their +motives. + +Suppose they were just waiting for him to get a little closer. + +Malone kept walking. In just a few steps, he could be close enough so +that a bullet aimed at him from the house hadn't a real chance of +missing him. + +And it didn't have to be bullets, either. They might have set a trap, +he thought, and were waiting for him to walk into it. Then they would +hold him prisoner while they devised ways to.... + +To what? + +He didn't know. And that was even worse; it called up horrible terrors +from the darkest depths of Malone's mind. He continued to walk +forward. + +Finally he reached the steps that led up to the porch, and took them +one at a time. + +He stood on the porch. A long second passed. + +He took a step toward the high, wide and handsome oaken door. Then he +took another step, and another. + +What was waiting for him inside? + +He took a deep breath, and pressed the doorbell button. + +The door swung open immediately, and Malone involuntarily stepped +back. + +The owner of the house smiled at him from the doorway. Malone let out +his breath in one long sigh of relief. + +"I was hoping it would be you," he said weakly. "May I come in?" + +"Why, certainly, Malone. Come on in. We've been expecting you, you +know," said Andrew J. Burris, Director of the FBI. + + +XVI + +Malone sat, quietly relaxed and almost completely at ease, in the +depths of a huge, comfortable, old-fashioned Morris chair. Three +similar chairs were clustered around a squat, massive coffee table, +made of a single slab of dark wood set on short, curved legs. Malone +looked around at the other three with a relaxed feeling of +recognition: Andrew J. Burris, Sir Lewis Carter and Luba Ardanko. + +Sir Lewis softly exhaled a cloud of smoke as he removed the briar from +his mouth. "Malone," he asked gently, "how did you know we would be +here?" + +"Well," Malone said, "I just ... I mean, it was obvious as soon as +I--" He stopped, frowning. "I had one thing to go on, anyway," he +said. "I figured out the PRS was responsible for all the troubles +because it was so efficient. And then, while I was sitting and staring +at the file reports, it suddenly came to me: the FBI was just as +efficient. So it was obvious." + +"What was?" Burris said. + +Malone shrugged. "I thought you'd been keeping me on vacation because +your mind was being changed," he said. "Now I can see you were doing +it of your own free will." + +"Yes," Sir Lewis said. "But how did you know you'd find us _here_, +Malone?" + +There was a shadow in the room, but not a visible one. Malone felt the +chill of sudden danger. Whatever was going to happen, he realized, he +would not be around for the finish. He, Kenneth Joseph Malone, the +cuddly, semi-intrepid FBI Agent he had always known and loved, would +never get out of this deadly situation. If he lived, he would be so +changed that-- + +He didn't even want to think about it. + +"What sort of logic," Sir Lewis was saying, "led you to the belief +that we would all be here, in Andrew's house?" + +Malone forced his mind to consider the question. "Well," he began, "it +isn't exactly logic, I guess." + +Luba smiled at him. He felt a little reassured, but not much. "You +should have phrased that differently," she said. "It's: 'It isn't +exactly logic. I guess.'" + +"Not guess," Sir Lewis said. "You know. Prescience, Malone. Your +precognitive faculty." + +"All right," Malone said. "All right. So what?" + +"Take it easy," Burris put in. "Relax, Malone. Everything's going to +be all right." + +Sir Lewis waved a hand negligently. "Let's continue," he said. "Tell +me, Malone: if you were a mathematics professor, teaching a course in +calculus, how would you grade a paper that had all the answers but +didn't show the work?" + +"I never took calculus," Malone said. "But I imagine I'd flunk him." + +"Why?" Sir Lewis said. + +"Because if he can't back up his answer," Malone said slowly, "then +it's no better than a layman's guess. He has to give reasons for his +answers; otherwise nobody else can understand him." + +"Fine," Sir Lewis said. "Perfectly fine. Now--" he puffed at his +pipe--"can you give me a logical reason for arriving at the decision +you made a few hours ago?" + +The danger was coming closer, Malone realized. He didn't know what it +was or how to guard himself against it. All he could do was answer, +and play for time. + +"While I was driving up here," he said, "I sent you a message. I told +you what I knew and what I believed about the whole world picture as +it stands now. I don't know if you received it, but I--" + +Luba spoke without the trace of a smile. "You mean you didn't know?" +she said. "You didn't know I was answering you?" + +That was the first pebble of the avalanche, Malone knew suddenly--the +avalanche that was somehow going to destroy him. "You forced your +thoughts into my mind, then," he said as coolly as he could. "Just as +you forced decision on the rest of society." + +"Now, dammit, Malone!" Burris said suddenly. "You know those bursts +take a lot of energy, and only last for a fraction of a second!" + +Malone blinked. "Then you ... didn't--" + +_Of course I didn't force anything on you, Kenneth. I can't. Not all +the power of the entire PRS could force anything through your shield. +But you opened it to me._ + +It was Luba's mental "voice." Malone opened his mouth, shut it and +then, belatedly, snapped shut the channel through which he'd contacted +her. Luba gave him a wry look, but said nothing. "You mean I'm a +telepath?" Malone asked weakly. + +"Certainly," Sir Lewis snapped. "At the moment, you can only pick up +Luba--but you are certainly capable of picking up anyone, eventually. +Just as you learned to teleport, you can learn to be a telepath. +You--" + +The room was whirling, but Malone tried to keep his mind steady. "Wait +a minute," he said. "If you received what I sent, then you know I've +got a question to ask." + +There was a little silence. + +Finally Sir Lewis looked up. "You want to know why you felt we--the +PRS--were innocent of the crimes you want to charge us with. Very +well." He paused. "We have wrecked civilization: granted. We could +have done it more smoothly: granted." + +"Then--" + +Sir Lewis' face was serious and steady. Malone tensed. + +"Malone," Sir Lewis said, "do you think you're the only one with a +mental shield?" + +Malone shook his head. "I guess stress--fixity of mind or +purpose--could develop it in anyone," he said. "At least, in some +people." + +"Very well," Sir Lewis said. "Now, among the various people of the +world who have, through one necessity or another, managed to develop +such shields--" + +Burris broke in impatiently. His words rang, and then echoed in the +old house. + +"Some fool," he said flatly, "was going to start the Last War." + + * * * * * + +"So you had to stop it," Malone said after a long second. "But I still +don't see--" + +"Of course you don't," Sir Lewis said. "But you've got to understand +why you don't see it first." + +"Because I'm stupid," Malone said. + +Luba was shaking her head. Malone turned to face her. "Not stupid," +she said. "But some people, Kenneth, have certain talents. Others +have--other talents. There's no way of equating these talents; all are +useful, each performs a different function." + +"And my talent," Malone said, "is stupidity. But--" + +She lit a cigarette daintily. "Not at all," she said. "You've done a +really tremendous job, Kenneth. I was trained ever since I was a baby +to use my psionic abilities--the PRS has known how to train children +in that line ever since 1970. Only Mike Fueyo developed a system for +instruction independently; the boy was, and is, a genius, as you've +noticed." + +"Agreed," Malone said. "But--" + +"You, however," Luba said, "have the distinction of being the first +human being who has, as an adult, achieved his full powers without +childhood training. In addition, you're the only human being who has +ever developed to the extent you have--in precognition, too." + +She puffed on the cigarette. Malone waited. + +"But what you don't have," she said at last, very carefully, "is the +ability to reason out the steps you've taken, after you've reached the +proper conclusion." + +"Like the calculus student," Malone said. "I flunk." Something inside +him grated over the marrow in his bones. It was as though someone had +decided that the best cure for worry was coarse emery in the joints, +and he, Kenneth J. Malone, had been picked for the first experiment. + +"You're not flunking," Luba said. "You're a very long way from +flunking, Kenneth." + +Burris cleared his throat suddenly. Malone turned to him. The Head of +the FBI stuck an unlighted cigar into his mouth, chewed it a little, +and then said: "Malone, we've been keeping tabs on you. Your shield +was unbreakable--but we have been able to reach the minds of people +you've talked to: Mike Sands, Primo Palveri, and so on. And Her +Majesty, of course: you opened up a gap in your shield to talk to her, +and you haven't closed it down. Until you started broadcasting here on +the way up, naturally." + +"All right," Malone said, waiting with as much patience as possible +for the point. + +"I tried to take you off the case," Burris went on, "because Sir Lewis +and the others felt you were getting too close to the truth. Which you +were, Malone, which you were." He lit his cigar and looked obscurely +pleased. "But they didn't know how you'd take it," he said. "They ... +we ... felt that a man who hadn't been trained since childhood to +accept the extrasensory abilities of the human mind couldn't possibly +learn to accept the reality of the job the PRS has to do." + +"I still don't," Malone said. "I'm stupid. I flunk. Remember?" + +"Now, now," Burris said helplessly. "Not at all, Malone. But we were +worried. I lied to you about those three spies--I put the drug in the +water-cooler. I tried to keep you from learning the Fueyo method of +teleportation. I didn't want you to learn that you were telepathic." + +"But I did," Malone said, "And what does that make me?" + +"That," Sir Lewis cut in, "is what we're attempting to find out." + +Malone felt suitably crushed, but he wasn't sure by what. "I've got +some questions," he said after a second. "I want to know three +things." + +"Go ahead," Sir Lewis said. + +"One:" Malone said, "How come Her Majesty and the other nutty +telepaths didn't spot you? Two: How come you sent me out on these jobs +when you were afraid I was dangerous? And three: What was it that was +so safe about busting up civilization? How did that save us from the +Last War?" + +Sir Lewis nodded. "First," he said, "we've developed a technique of +throwing up a shield and screening it with a surface of innocuous +thoughts--like hiding behind a movie screen. Second ... well, we had +to get the jobs done, Malone. And Andrew thought you were the most +capable, dangerous or not. For one thing, we wanted to get all the +insane telepaths in one place; it's difficult to work when the +atmosphere's full of such telepathic ravings." + +"But wrecking the world because of a man with a mind-shield--why not +just work things so his underlings wouldn't obey him?" Malone shook +his head. "That sounds more reasonable." + +"It may," Sir Lewis said. "But it wouldn't work. As a matter of fact, +it was tried, and it didn't work. You see, the Sino-Soviet top men +were smart enough to see that their underlings were being tampered +with. And they've developed a system, partly depending on automatic +firing systems, partly on individuals with mind-blocks--that is, +people who aren't being tampered with--which we can't disrupt +directly. So we had to smash them." + +"And the United States at the same time," Burris said. "The economic +balance had to be kept; a strong America would be forced in to fill +the power vacuum otherwise, and that would make for an even worse +catastrophe. And if we weren't in trouble, the Sino-Soviet Bloc would +blame their mess on us. And that would start the Last War before +collapse could get started. Right, Malone?" + +"I see," Malone said, thinking that he almost did. He told himself he +could feel happy now; the danger--which hadn't been danger to him, +really, but danger from him toward the PRS, toward civilization--was +over. But he didn't feel happy. He didn't feel anything. + +"There's a crisis building in New York," Sir Lewis said suddenly, +"that's going to take all our attention. Malone, why don't you ... +well, go home and get some rest? We're going to be busy for a while, +and you'll want to be fresh for the work coming up." + +"Sure," Malone said listlessly. "Sure." + +As the others rose, he closed his eyes and took a deep breath. Then +he vanished. + + +XVII + +Two hours passed, somehow. Bourbon and soda helped them pass, Malone +discovered; he drank two high-balls slowly, trying not to think about +anything. He felt terrible. After a while he made himself a third +high-ball and started on it. Maybe this would make him feel better. +Maybe he thought, he ought to break out his cigars and celebrate. + +But there didn't seem to be very much to celebrate somehow. He felt +like an amoeba on a slide being congratulated on having successfully +conquered the world. + +He drank some more bourbon-and-soda. Amoebae, he told himself, didn't +drink bourbon-and-soda. He was better off than an amoeba. He was +happier than an amoeba. But somehow he couldn't imagine any amoeba in +the world, no matter how heart-broken, feeling any worse than Kenneth +J. Malone. + +He looked up. There was another amoeba in the room. + +Then he frowned. She wasn't an amoeba, he thought. She was the +scientist the amoeba was supposed to fall in love with, so the +scientist could report on everything he did, so all the other +scien--psiontists could know all about him. But whoever heard of a +scien--psiontist--falling in love with an amoeba? Nobody. It was fate. +And fate was awful. Malone had often suspected it, but now he was +sure. Now he was looking at things from the amoeba's side, and fate +was terrible. + +"No, Ken," the psiontist said. "It needn't be at all like that." + +"Oh, yes, it need," Malone said positively. "It need be even worse. +When I have some more to drink, it'll _be_ even worse. Wait and see." + +"Ken," Luba said softly, "you don't have to suffer this way." + +"No," Malone said agreeably, "I don't. You could shoot me and then I'd +be dead. Just quit all this amoebing around, O.K.?" + +"You're already half shot," Luba said sharply. "Now be quiet and +listen. You're angry because you've fallen in love with me and you're +all choked up over the futility of it all." + +"Exactly," Malone said. "Ex-positively-actly. You're a psionic +super-man--woman. You can figure things out in your own little head +instead of just getting along on dum psionic luck like us amoebae. +You're too far above me." + +"Ken, listen!" Luba snapped. "Look into my mind. You can link up with +me: go ahead and do it. You can read me clear down to the subconscious +if you want to." + +Malone blinked. + +"Now, Ken!" Luba said. + +Malone looked. For a long time. + + * * * * * + +Half an hour later, Kenneth J. Malone, alone in his room, was humming +happily to himself as he brushed a few specks of dust from the top of +his best royal blue bowler. He faced the mirror on the wall, puffed on +the cigar clenched between his teeth, and adjusted the bowler to just +the right angle. + +There was a knock on the door. He went and opened it, carefully +disposing of the cigar first. "Oh," he said. "What are you doing +here?" + +"Just saying hello," Thomas Boyd grinned. "Back at work?" + +Boyd didn't know, of course, what had happened. Nor need he ever know. +"Just about," Malone said. "Spending the evening relaxing, though." + +"Hm-m-m," Boyd said. "Let me guess. Her name begins with L?" + +"It does not," Malone said flatly. + +"But--" Boyd began. + +Malone cast about in his mind for an explanation. Telling Boyd the +truth--that Luba and Kenneth J. Malone just weren't equals as far as +social intercourse went--would leave him exactly nowhere. But, +somehow, it had to be said. "Tom," he said, "suppose you met a +beautiful girl--charming, wonderful, brilliant." + +"Great," Boyd said. "I like it already." + +"Suppose she looked about ... oh ... twenty-three," Malone went on. + +"Do any more supposing," Boyd said, "and I'll be pawing the ground." + +"And then," Malone said, very carefully, "suppose you found out, after +you'd been out with her ... well, when you took her out, say, you met +your grandmother." + +"My grandmother," Boyd said virtuously, "doesn't go to joints like +that." + +"Use your imagination," Malone snapped. "And suppose your grandmother +recognized the girl as an old schoolmate of hers." + +Boyd swallowed hard. "As a what?" + +"An old schoolmate," Malone said. "Suppose this girl were so charming +and everything just because she'd had ... oh, ninety years or so to +practice in." + +"Malone," Boyd said in a depressed tone, "you can spoil more ideas--" + +"Well," Malone said, "would you go out with her again?" + +"You kidding?" Boyd said. "Of course not." + +"But she's the same girl," Malone said. "You've just found out +something new about her, that's all." + +Boyd nodded. "So," he said, "you found out something new about Luba. +Like, maybe, she's ninety years old?" + +"No," Malone said. "Nothing like that. Just--something." He remembered +Queen Elizabeth's theory of politeness toward superiors: people, she'd +said, act as if they believed their bosses were superior to them, but +they didn't believe it. + +On the other hand, he thought, when a man knows and believes that +someone actually _is_ superior--then, he doesn't mind at all. He can +depend on that superiority to help him. And love, ordinary +man-and-woman love, just can't exist. + +Nor, Malone told himself, would anyone want it to. It would, after +all, be damned uncomfortable. + +"So who's the girl?" Boyd said. "And where? The clubs are all closed, +and the streets probably aren't very safe just now." + +"Barbara Wilson," Malone said, "and Yucca Flats. I ought to be able to +get a fast plane." He shrugged. "Or maybe teleport," he added. + +"Sure," Boyd said. "But on a night with so many troubles--" + +"Oh, King Henry," Malone said, "hearken. A man who looks as historical +as you do ought to know a little history." + +"Such as?" Boyd said, bristling slightly. + +"There have always been troubles," Malone said. "In the Eighth +Century, it was Saracens; in the Fourteenth, the Black Death. Then +there was the Reformation, and the Prussians in 1870, and the Spanish +in 1898, and--" + +"And?" Boyd said. + +Malone took a deep breath. He could almost feel the court dress +flowing over him, as the court manners did. Lady Barbara, after all, +attendant to Her Majesty, would expect a certain character from him. + +After a second, he had it. + +"In 1914, it was enemy aliens," said Sir Kenneth Malone. + + +THE END + + * * * * * + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Occasion for Disaster, by +Gordon Randall Garrett and Laurence Mark Janifer + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK OCCASION FOR DISASTER *** + +***** This file should be named 30434.txt or 30434.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/4/3/30434/ + +Produced by Sankar Viswanathan, Greg Weeks, and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/30434.zip b/old/30434.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdaac3f --- /dev/null +++ b/old/30434.zip |
